Surveys aspects of financial and managerial accounting with an emphasis on analysis and interpretation of financial statements and the preparation and uses of management reports for decision-making. Intended for majors outside the Department and does not meet the requirements for any majors offered by the Department. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: MTH 111 or equivalent.]
ACC 281 Introduction to Financial Accounting (B)
Provides an introduction to generally accepted accounting principles used to classify, value, and record assets, liabilities, stockholder equity, revenues and expenses. Preparation, interpretation and analysis of financial statements are discussed. Also, the importance of accounting information for interested parties outside the enterprise is addressed. Ethical codes and professional conduct of accountants are examined. 3 Cr.
ACC 282 Introduction to Managerial Accounting (B)
Provides an introduction to accounting information used by business managers to make short- and long-term decisions. Topics include cost accumulation and product costing, cost/volume/profit analysis, budgeting, standard costing and variance analysis, job order and process costing, activity-based costing, and capital budgeting. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: ACC 281.]
ACC 287 Accounting Services Training (B)
This course provides undergraduate students with hands-on experience in accounting and financial services through volunteering with the CASH/VITA program. Students will undergo comprehensive training and reflect on their learning and contributions in preparation to serve as volunteers who, under appropriate supervision, file taxes for underserved populations. 1 Cr. (Even Fall.)
ACC 288 Accounting Services Training 2 (B)
This course provides undergraduate students with hands-on experience in accounting and financial services through volunteering with the CASH/VITA program. Students who have undergo comprehensive training in ACC 287 will be able to put their skills to use by serving as volunteers who, under appropriate supervision, file taxes for underserved populations. 1 Cr.
ACC 383 Introduction to Accounting Systems and Software (B)
This course provides an introduction to accounting information systems (AIS) and the software used to manage AIS. AIS topics include the accounting transaction cycle, business processes, internal controls, integrating AIS into the business environment, the role of information processing in management decision making, the role of the accountant in AIS and business modeling. Software applications include one or more general ledger packages (such as QuickBooks and/or Sage 50) and Excel. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: ACC 281 and CIS 217.]
ACC 385 Intermediate Accounting I (B)
An examination of the theoretical, conceptual, and procedural aspects of generally accepted principles as related to assets. Topics include the measurement, recording, and reporting of assets, the time valuation of money, the accounting cycle, and preparation of general purpose financial statements. Both US GAAP and IFRS are covered. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite is ACC281 (min grade C).]
ACC 386 Intermediate Accounting II (B)
An examination of the theoretical, conceptual, and procedural aspects of generally accepted principles as related to long-term investments, liabilities, and stockholder equity. Topics include long-term investments, bonds and notes payable, stockholder equity issues, earnings per share, leases, pensions, and deferred taxes. Revenue recognition and the Statement of Cash Flows are also covered. Both US GAAP and selected IFRS are covered. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: ACC 385.]
ACC 389 Accounting Profession Seminar (B)
Develops the professional acumen of accounting students, consistent with the expectations of accounting firms. Examines accounting as a profession, focusing on expected professional comportment and work behaviors of accounting professionals. Requires students to conform to a mandatory dress code and to participate in events sponsored by professional accounting organizations. Accounting majors should complete this seminar in their junior year. 1 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: ACC 282, ACC 385 (may be taken concurrently).]
ACC 447 Financial Statement Analysis (B)
Provides an introduction to stock valuation through fundamental analysis utilizing information in financial statements. Combining information from financial statements with estimates of future performance and growth, students will be able to calculate intrinsic equity and enterprise values. Topics include an overview of GAAP, articulation of financial statements, discounted cash flow models, the residual income model, and forecasting. Swing course ACC 547. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ACC 281, BUS 325, ECN 304, MTH 121, or higher.]
ACC 448 Cost Accounting (B)
Focuses on the internal accounting problems of business dealing with cost behavior, cost accounting systems, budgeting, and performance measurement. Includes topics such as cost-volume-profit analysis, variance analysis, standard costing procedures, and managerial decision analysis. Swing course ACC 548. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: ACC 282 and MTH 201 or MTH 221.]
ACC 485 Federal Income Tax I (B)
An introduction to the US Federal system of income taxation. Emphasis is on understanding conceptual basis of taxation and tax treatment of common transactions, including items of income, exclusion, deduction, and credit. Property transactions and tax research are introduced. In addition, the use of software to prepare tax returns is addressed. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ACC 385.]
ACC 486 Advanced Accounting (B)
Examines accounting and reporting for partnerships, branch operations, consolidated financial statements, and multi-national corporations. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ACC 386 and either MTH 201 or MTH 221.]
ACC 487 Auditing (B)
An introductory course in Auditing examining the theory, concepts, principles and procedures under generally accepted auditing standards for external auditors (CPAs). Topics include evidence, internal control, audit risk, statistical sampling, test of controls and substantive tests. The Professional Code of Conduct and legal liability are also discussed with emphasis on ethical conduct of auditors. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ACC 283 and ACC 386.]
ACC 488 Federal Income Tax II (B)
Examines the Federal income taxation of property transactions, corporations, shareholders, partnerships, and partners. Topics include tax effects of entity formation, operations, distributions, and liquidations. The emphasis is on distinctions among the types of business entities. An introduction to Federal estate and gift taxation is also provided. In addition, the use of tax software to prepare tax returns and online tax research are addressed. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ACC 485.]
ACC 489 Accounting for Not-For-Profit Entities (B)
Examines the unique accounting characteristics of governmental and not-for-profit entities. Course content includes a basic knowledge of funds and fund accounting as well as theory and procedures from the latest GASB Statements, including how accounting for funds will change with the implementation of GASB #34. Students are introduced to the basic accounting procedures relating to various funds, legally required budgetary accounts, financial statement preparation, proper footnote disclosure, and other reporting issues. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ACC 386 and either MTH 201 or MTH 221.]
ACC 497 Tax Practicum (B)
This course focuses on the intersection of theory and practice. Students will be completing real tax returns as part of the VITA program. Likewise, students will complete academic assignments relevant to the practice of taxation. 3 Cr.
ACC 498 Accounting Internship (B)
Provides supervised experience in an accounting environment, with an opportunity to apply concepts learned in accounting course work. Also provides an opportunity for students to better understand (1) accounting career opportunities, (2) the accounting work culture, and (3) the high level of professional acumen required to be successful in accounting. Recommended for all accounting majors without accounting work experience. 1-9 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ACC 499 Independent Study in Accounting (B)
Allows students to pursue accounting topics and/or projects beyond those covered in regularly scheduled accounting courses. Arranged in consultation with the instructor-sponsor who will supervise and direct the student. Registration requires completion of forms prior to the beginning of the semester. 1-6 Cr. [Prerequisites: ACC 283 and ACC 385.]
ACC 547 Financial Statement Analysis (B)
Provides an introduction to stock valuation through fundamental analysis utilizing information in financial statements. Combining information from financial statements with estimates of future performance and growth, students will be able to calculate intrinsic equity and enterprise values. Topics include an overview of GAAP, articulation of financial statements, discounted cash flow models, the residual income model, and forecasting. Graduate students will be required to complete an additional project that is more advanced than those expected at the undergraduate level, and will be focused on a problem/situation focused on their firm and/or industry sector, with numbers and other data anonymized. Swing course ACC 447. 3 Cr.
ACC 548 Cost Accounting (B)
Focuses on the internal accounting problems of business dealing with cost behavior, cost accounting systems, budgeting, and performance measurement. Includes topics such as cost-volume-profit analysis, variance analysis, standard costing procedures, and managerial decision analysis. Graduate students will be required to complete an additional project that is more advanced than those expected at the undergraduate level, and will be focused on a problem/situation focused on their firm and/or industry sector, with numbers and other data anonymized. Swing course ACC 448. 3 Cr.
ACC 620 Advanced Topics in Financial Accounting Theory (B)
Selected topics in advanced financial accounting theory and applications. Includes framework of accounting concepts and principles, the development of accounting thought and knowledge, financial statement and footnote disclosure issues and practices under U.S. GAAP with an emphasis on how management's choices among alternative principles affect the quality of earnings and financial position, an introduction to current research issues, and financial statement analysis. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: Undergraduate Courses in Intermediate Accounting I and II at the 300 level with a minimum grade of C.]
ACC 630 Accounting Data Analytics (B)
Data has proliferated in business and managers and accountants need to understand the implications for decision-making and tap into the data to provide better insights into a firm/client/customer/supplier, etc. This course is intended to provide students with an understanding of data analytic thinking and terminology as well as hands-on experience with data analytics tools and techniques. Students should leave this course with the skills necessary to translate accounting and business problems into actionable proposals that they can competently present to managers and data scientists. While there will be some use of tools in this course, the focus of this class is on concepts, not algorithms or statistical math. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: ACC487 with minimum grade of C.]
ACC 640 Advanced Topics in Managerial Accounting (B)
Examines ramifications of managerial accounting within the firm through case studies. Includes, but is not limited to, analysis of measuring, reporting, estimating, and summarizing cost activities for management decision-making in complex corporations. Extends from job order costing, ABC costing, process costing, through budgets and variances, to cost behavior and allocation, transfer pricing, and accounting for all aspects of lean production. Prerequisite: Undergraduate Course in Cost or Managerial Accounting at the 300 level with a minimum grade of C. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite - Undergraduate Course in Cost or Managerial Accounting at the 300 level with a minimum grade of C.]
ACC 650 Advanced Topics in Taxation and Regulation (B)
Examines the Federal Income taxation and compliance aspects of corporations, shareholders, partnerships, and partners. Topics include tax effects of entity formation, operations, distributions, and liquidations,. Also discusses Federal tax reporting for not-for-profit entities, and an introduction to Federal estate and gift taxation. Requires that students prepare tax forms 1120, 1065, 1120S, and 990 and related schedules, using commercial tax software; study codes of ethics and conduct related to tax practice; and perform tax research and prepare related memoranda. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: Undergraduate Course in Federal Taxation at the 300 or 400 level with a minimum grade of C.]
ACC 655 Information Systems Auditing (B)
This course examines the theory and practice of information systems auditing for the financial statement audit. Students will learn the information systems auditing life cycle, from information gathering, planning, testing, reporting and issue tracking, etc. Students will learn applications in information systems auditing by using hands-on audit software ACL. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
ACC 660 Advanced Topics in Audit and Assurance Services (B)
Examines selected topics in auditing and assurance services at the advanced level. Topics include internal control, tests of controls substantive tests of transactions, substantive testing for the transaction cycles. Audit reports and other assurance services are also discussed. Accounting software and cases will be used. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: ACC283 or 383 and 487.]
ACC 669 Seminar in Accounting (B)
Addresses recent developments in the area of accounting. Includes a review of recent literature, analysis of cases and situations, and use of software packages as appropriate. Topics rotate, so students should check with instructor to confirm interest in the subjects to be addressed. Required course for Master's in Accounting program. 3 Cr. (Summer.) [Prerequisites: Undergraduate courses in Auditing at the 400 level with a C or better, Intermediate Accounting II at the 300 level with C or better, Federal Taxation at the 300 or 400 level with a C or better, and Accounting Information Systems with C or better.]
ACC 680 Principles of Forensic Accounting (B)
This course develops the skills needed for the forensic accountant including investigation, dispute resolution, and litigation support. Emphasis is placed on investigations other than the fraud audit including money laundering, bankruptcy, divorce, cybercrime and business valuations. Interviewing skills are also discussed. Case studies are used throughout the course. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: Undergraduate Course in Auditing at the 400 level with a minimum grade of C.]
ACC 681 Fraud Examination (B)
This course examines the area of occupational fraud and abuse. Topics include investigation technique and skills, fraud theory and reasons occupational fraud is committed. Various types of occupational fraud are examined including skimming, larceny, payroll schemes, reimbursement schemes, and fraudulent financial reporting. Cases will be used throughout the course. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: Undergraduate Course in Auditing at the 400 level with a minimum grade of C.]
ACC 682 Case Studies in Forensic Accounting (B)
This course uses cases to develop a greater understanding of the entire field of forensic accounting including litigation support services and fraud examination. Students will develop analytical skills and writing skills in developing solutions to complex cases. Interviewing skills will also be developed. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: ACC 680 and ACC 681 with a minimum grade of B-.]
African and African-American Studies
AAS 100 Introduction to African-American Studies (AD)
Introduces the student to the multidisciplinary nature of the study of African people in Africa, the Caribbean and in the United States. Acquaints students with the history, religion, sociology, politics, economics, the creative arts, and the psychology of African people in Africa and the Diaspora, with particular emphasis on their positional ties in the past, the present and in the future. Enables students to critically examine the place of the pan-African segment of humanity in light of the contending forces that have and continue to inform our global societies. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
AAS 104 Institutional Racism (AS)
Pursues three major goals designed to enhance students' intellectual understanding of racism. Familiarizes students with the history and development of racist institutions in America. Engages students in an examination of the structure or "anatomy" of contemporary race relations in its interconnections with racial stereotypes and prejudice. Explores the psychological dimensions of racism, that is, how racism manifests itself in individual and group contexts. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
AAS 113 Introduction to African American History (AD)
Examines the historical experience and conditions of persons of African descent within the American historical milieu. Cross-listed as HST 113. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
AAS 114 African-Amer Hist II 1865 to Present (AS)
Surveys the history of African Americans from 1865 to the present, covering such themes as emancipation, reconstruction, migration, urbanization, community formation and development, the political and cultural movements of the 1960s and 1970s, affirmative action, the underclass, and the reparations debate. Makes students aware of the historical conditions and development of people of African descent in the United States along with their contributions to American society. Crosslisted with HST114. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
AAS 118 Introduction to Swahili Language and Culture (A)
This course introduces the student to the language and culture of the Swahili people. 3 Cr.
AAS 203 Ancient Africa (A)
Explores the diversity of people and cultures in Africa from the earliest period of human history; Africa's historical foundation and historical development. 3 Cr.
AAS 204 African Power: Politics, Gender, and Society, 600-1900 (AO)
This course examines how Africans conceptualized, created, and wielded power, authority, and gender within their societies before European conquest and colonization. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
AAS 211 Social Disparities in Health (AD)
Provides an introduction to sociological research and theory on social disparities in health, with a special emphasis on how structural inequalities based on race, gender, and class intersect to produce differential health outcomes in life expectancy, morbidity, and mortality. Will count for elective credit in both Sociology & AAS for majors & minors. Crosslisted with SOC211. 3 Cr.
AAS 213 African Legacy (A)
Provides a detailed examination of the nature of Africa's past, with specific attention to the manner in which song, dance, storytelling and history become interwoven into one aspect of life. 3 Cr.
AAS 215 Caribbean History (A)
The importance of sugar in the world economy along with the procurement of Africans as free laborers will be evaluated in concert with economies in the Caribbean. Important events such as the Haitian Revolution will be analyzed to determine its effect not only on the Caribbean but the world at large. The objective of this course is to familiarize students with the multitude of social economic and political factors which brought change to the West Indies for a period of 500 years. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
AAS 232 African Music and Drumming for Dance (AF)
Provides a study of selected traditional musical instruments for dance accompaniment and the development of performance skills and techniques through studio and live performance applications. Explores traditional styles and their social and artistic needs for formal religious and recreational application, as w ell as modern educational and cultural usages in African schools and colleges. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Cross-listed as DNS 232.]
AAS 234 Puerto Rico and Puerto Ricans:Colony, Nation, Race, Diaspora (ADW)
Explores through interactive lecture and discussion Puerto Rico as a Spanish and U.S. colony and homeland/patria for millions, and the Puerto Rican diaspora. Through films, music, and documents students analyze struggles that yielded evolving systems of power, patterns of resistance, and identities, especially in terms of race and gender. Develops skills in critical reading, analysis, discussion of historical texts and debates, and writing. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as HST 234.]
AAS 235 Introduction to African American Literature (AH)
Provides an introductory survey of the literature of people of African ancestry in the Americas. Acquaints students with major literary figures and significant historical periods through a discussion of issues regarding the relationship between the writers and socio-political and cultural movements, and of questions concerning the socio-cultural function that the black writer serves for his/her community. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Cross-listed as ENL 235.]
AAS 271 Gender, Race and Class (ADW)
Examines the intersecting socio-political forces of gender, race and class, and how these forces interact. Looks at how these forces affect individuals, and individual and social responses to these forces. Investigates the history of efforts to end discrimination, and the ways these efforts translate into issues of current concern in the US. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as WMS 271 and SOC 271.]
AAS 302 History of Southern Africa (A)
This course surveys the history of the Southern region of the African continent from prehistoric times to the present. The course covers the countries of Zambia, Zimbabwe, South Africa, Lesotho, Eswatini, Angola, Mozambique, Botswana and Namibia 3 Cr.
AAS 303 Slavery and the Underground Railroad (AD)
Considers an aspect of American history (approximately 1830-1861) involving the quest for freedom by African slaves who ran away from bondage through an elaborate system of escape routes stretching from the US South to the North and Canada. Labeled the Underground Railroad, these networks were managed by conductors who helped their passengers (the escaped slaves) move from station to station and to reach freedom in the North. Probes the background history of slavery, the legislative backcloth of the Underground Railroad, its geography of routes, and the biography of its major conductors. Also explores the local history of the Underground Railroad of Western New York, including planned visits to its stations in Buffalo, Rochester, and Ontario. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
AAS 304 The Black Americas (A)
The history of Africans in the Americas from the colonial period to the present. Focus is on the historical agency of Africans and their role in shaping the political and social characters of various nations over time and examine key moments that shaped the Americas (colonization, resistance to slavery, revolutions, independence movements, populist movements, expansion of civil rights and changing notions of black identity. 3 Cr.
AAS 305 Urban Sociology (AIY)
Considers the process of urbanization and its social consequences. Explores a number of urban theories; the evolution of U.S. cities; suburbanization, immigration, race relations, redevelopment, urban politics and planning, and international comparison. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed with SOC 305.]
AAS 307 Exploring the Black Experience (AWY)
Explores the black experience through writing with a detailed examination of African peoples' social, cultural, and literary responses to the modern zeitgeist. Aims to increase students' response repertoire and writing abilities about African peoples' social, cultural and literary traditions. 3 Cr.
AAS 310 Urban Black Politics (A)
Provides a study of the historical processes leading to larger urban black populations: forces permitting and restraining the exercise of political power in the urban black context; position of various black leaders and groups and their relationship with urban government; and the need for alternative strategies for the exercise of power. 3 Cr.
AAS 313 Slavery in the Antebellum South (A)
Provides a study of some of the dynamics of slavery in the South between 1800 and 1860. Examines firsthand accounts of observers and the political, economic and racial implications of this system. Compares US plantation slavery to other slave systems in the Americas. Encourages students to borrow from the disciplines of anthropology, sociology, literature, economics, as well as from political and intellectual history. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as HST 313.]
AAS 314 The Black Family (A)
Provides a study of the socio-cultural, political and economic conditions that afflict black family life. Confronts the pejorative tradition as the primary modality for examining black family life; and explores the African antecedents and continuities that have influenced the black family in the US. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Cross-listed as SOC 314.]
AAS 315 Contemporary Black Woman (ADW)
Eclectically explores the various positions and roles played by black women in contemporary times against their historical backdrop. Focuses on the roles of black women in traditional and contemporary contexts in Africa; black women in rural and urban areas and in the Caribbean; and professional black women and their characteristics. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Cross-listed as WMS 315.]
AAS 316 The African Novel (AI)
Examines major authors and movements in the development of the novel in Africa. Primary emphasis is on the texts themselves, but with attention to their social and historical contexts. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Cross-listed as ENG 316.]
AAS 317 Prejudice, Personality and Culture (A)
Explores the historical and social conditions in which prejudice arises; social functions of prejudice and its psycho-social manifestations; the impact of prejudice and discrimination upon social and race relations in mass societies; and theories of prejudice. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: SOC 100; Cross-listed as SOC 317.]
AAS 320 Africa: Ancient and Precolonial (A)
Crosslisted with HST320. Explores the diversity of peoples and cultures in Africa from the earlier period of human history. Provides an overview of Africa's historical foundation and development. 3 Cr.
AAS 321 Modern Africa (AI)
Explores continuities and diversity in the African experience, focusing on the eras of colonization and decolonization (c.1870s-1970s). Students are introduced to major events in modern African history while engaging in discussions regarding central themes in African historiography, including cultural encounters, gender roles, the conflicting demands of tradition and modernity, religion, development, and violence. Cross-listed with HST 321. 3 Cr.
AAS 322 Gospel Music I (B)
Provides history of Black American gospel music and its relationship to contemporary music forms; includes performances of gospel music. 1 Cr. [Cross-listed as MUS 322.]
AAS 328 Racial and Ethnic Relations (ADI)
Explores the dynamic qualities of race and ethnicity in terms of definition, meaning, and experience. Topics include the role of race and ethnicity in social relations, major theoretical orientations on racial and ethnic stratification, and the consequences of and resistance to racial and ethic inequality. Cross listed with SOC328. 3 Cr.
AAS 330 African Dance II (A)
Provides a more detailed examination of the content of DNS 106. Also provides background of the African dance with historical linkages with dance movement forms within the Afro-American, Caribbean and Latin-American setting; a general survey of the material of the dance; the structure and design of African dances in relation to ceremonial and recreational forms, e.g. linear circular forms, massed and team dances; and social organization of the dances. Cross-listed as DNS 330. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: DNS106 or instructor's permission.]
AAS 331 Birthing Hip-Hop: Tradition, Performance, and Protest (A)
This course focuses on the elements of West African and African-American cultures and the historical socio-economic realities and personalities that birthed hip-hop as a musical genre and cultural entity. 3 Cr.
AAS 332 Urban Economic Problems (A)
Examines important urban economic issues, such as the location of economic activity, the ghetto and poverty, land use, suburbanization, housing, urban renewal, transportation, education, crime, public finance, growth and planning. Evaluates local and national policies. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Cross-listed as ECN 332.]
AAS 333 African Music and Drumming II (A)
Gives the student the fundamental techniques for the execution and performance of traditional West African Rhythms. The ceremonial, processional and recreative forms practiced in Africa and the diaspora (South America and the Caribbean) will be explored with the objective being the broadening of cultural awareness and participation in this dynamic art form. Group singing, percussive accompaniment and movement are expected of all participants. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
AAS 334 Black Women's Narratives, Resistance, & Joy (A)
Analyzes the ways in which Black female writers and readers across political locations have endured trauma and, ultimately, engaged in moments of recovery, laughter, and hope as registered in literary artifacts. Approaches the subject through interdisciplinarity, in the fields of history, criticism, literary studies, as well as cultural and visual studies. Covers theoretical works, novels, short stories, poems, drama to gain a greater understanding of Black women’s cultural and literary expressions of joy, happiness, and humor. 3 Cr.
AAS 339 Latinx History of the United States (ADW)
Latinx History of the United States is a course that offers a comprehensive introduction to the diversity of Latinx cultures and history in the United States. Students will explore the intersections of race, class, gender, ethnicity, and citizenship in the lives of Latinx peoples. This course spans over 200 years, evaluating the Latinx experience in various locations and times, from the first Spanish North American colonies to the rise of Latino/a studies departments on college campuses. Elective within major. Crosslisted with HST WMS 339. 3 Cr.
AAS 344 Black Poets (A)
Explores Black American poetry and poetics of the twentieth and twenty-first centuries with emphasis on the cyclical dynamic of political discomfort for African Americans & the subsequent poetic movements created in response. Pursuant to this aim, major authors such as Hughes, Walker, Brown, Brooks, Baraka, Neale, Sanchez, Dove, Komunyakaa, Alexander, Schockley, Hayes and the Roots are studied. 3 Cr.
AAS 345 African Politics (A)
The course seeks to explore the contrast between the promise of the continent's potential and the shortcoming of its reality. To achieve this goal, the course examines briefly the political history of the continent and its encounter with the external world. The course discusses the transformation that ensued, and concretely addresses the consequence of it all, in the functioning of contemporary African politics, economics, society, and culture. Finally, the course discusses the improvements observed in the continent, since the 1990s. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as PLS 345.]
AAS 347 Major African American Novels (A)
Examines the genealogy of African American novels, beginning with the19th Century fictional slave narrative and resulting in contemporary novels written by African American authors that reveal a cultural mulattoism, or the merging of Eurocentric and black literary aesthetics. Explores canon politics as well as readings that restrict the material to matters of race alone. 3 Cr.
AAS 359 Black Church (A)
Provides for an extended definition of the soul (essence) of the black church, and a critical analysis of the works of exponents of the theology of liberation in the light of the historical experience of black people. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as SOC 359.]
AAS 360 Africa Today (AIW)
Seeks to deepen students' understanding of contemporary Africa. Gives attention to issues which have profoundly affected the lives of multitudes on the second largest continent. Includes issues such as slavery, racism, colonialism and neocolonialism, desertification, hunger and malnutrition, civil wars, the problem of refugees, development and underdevelopment, and the reality of winds of change in Mozambique, Angola, Zimbabwe, Namibia and South Africa. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
AAS 381 Fannie Barrier Williams Project (ADW)
The Fannie Barrier Williams Project is an ongoing digital public history inquiry into the life, times, and lasting historical significance of Fannie Barrier Williams (1855-1944), Brockport resident, first Black woman to graduate from the Brockport State Normal School (predecessor to SUNY Brockport), antiracist and women's rights activist, educator, writer, thinker, musician, visual artist. This is a project-based, experiential learning course. With guidance and support, each student produces a research project for a curated website, public symposium, and poster session. No advanced computer skills are required. While the course is grounded in historical inquiry, creative and Interdisciplinary approaches are very much welcome. Swing courses AAS & WMS 381 3 Cr.
AAS 404 Cultures of Sub-Saharan Africa (A)
Explores the rich African heritage by means of a critical review of selected African ethnographic studies with particular focus on topics such as: subsistence agriculture, trade, kinship, political systems, urban life, and religion. Serves a broad spectrum of students to contribute to the need to understand the increasing global interdependence and cultural diversity of the present age. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as ANT 404/504.]
AAS 408 Pan-Africanism (A)
Historians of this global movement have tended to represent it as a 20th-century phenomenon. This is an erroneous view since the essentials of the ideology of Pan-Africanism existed years before the word entered dictionaries in 1900. Seeks to grapple with Pan-Africanism ideologically and practically. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
AAS 410 Apartheid (AI)
Attempts to use certain realities of post-1948 South Africa to cast light on a racial conflict that has raged for more than 500 years over the broad issues of hegemony and economic resources. Grapples with issues such as human rights, the role of international capitalism in development and underdevelopment, Balkanization, Pax Africana and human survival. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
AAS 416 Contemporary African American Issues (AI)
Deals with the continuing problem of what place black Americans should have in the socio-political scheme, a problem of dramatic contemporary importance because compromise solutions during this century have been short-lived, and because American policies have global implications which could influence foreign policy outcomes in Africa. Requires students to use scholarly articles, monographs and contemporary newspapers as the basis for discussion. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
AAS 417 Cultural Heritage and the African American Child (A)
Explores African-American creativity, as well as the despair African-Americans have and continue to exhibit in response to discrimination and opportunity. Contrasts children's game songs with the black English controversy. Examines the influence of social and educational policies on the behavior of African-Americans. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
AAS 419 Civil War and Reconstruction (A)
Surveys the breakdown of the American institutions that led to the Civil War, followed by an examination of the War itself and its controversial aftermath in the Reconstruction era. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as HST 419.]
AAS 420 Overseas Seminar in Africa (A)
Consists of lectures, discussions, on-site field trips and opportunities to interact with Africans. Introduces students to various aspects of life in Africa as seen in the history, economy, culture, arts, social change and political development of the country visited. 1-15 Cr. [Cross-listed as OAP 420.]
AAS 423 Black Feminist Theory (AIW)
Cross listed with WMS 423. A critical analysis of Black feminist theoretical approaches to studying Black women's oppression and liberation struggles from 1800s to present. Focus on race, sexuality, gender identity, and expression to understand ways systems of power and dominance operate across state, nation, empire. Analyze seminal theoretical texts, fiction, and poetry to locate feminist theories and practices within a tradition of Black women’s activism, theory, and cultural production. Requires minimum grade of C for general education/major/minor/certification 3 Cr.
AAS 427 Cultural Heritage and the African American Child (A)
Explores African-American creativity, as well as the despair African-Americans have and continue to exhibit in response to discrimination and opportunity. Contrasts children's game songs with the black English controversy. Examines the influence of social and educational policies on the behavior of African-Americans. Cross listed with EDI427. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
AAS 429 The Civil Rights Years (A)
Explores the theme that the Civil Rights Movement (WW II to today) is one of the most significant in our history, one that made America a more democratic society, gave rise to other movements which transformed the face of American culture, changed those who participated in it, and influenced and created a new generation of American leadership. Entails telecourse instruction with print, video and audio materials. 3 Cr.
AAS 431 Islam in Africa (B)
This course provides an overview of the history and continuing development of Islam in Africa in terms of various political, social, and religious factors 3 Cr.
AAS 433 African Dance III (A)
Covers advanced dance for recreation and ceremonial dance, including festival, war, court and ritual forms. Enables students to develop a mental, emotional and aesthetic awareness of the performance of an African dance. Examines the role of the African dance in the service of society in campus and off-campus performances. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as DNS 433, Prerequisite: AAS 330 or instructor's permission.]
AAS 434 Modern Caribbean History: Puerto Rico and Cuba since 1898 (A)
As an advanced course, covers the French, Spanish, and British Caribbeans since the Haitian Revolution of the 1790s. Investigates how slavery and abolition, colonialism and nationalism, social and cultural movements, racism and dependency have forged this fascinating and paradoxical region. Considers questions of identity, especially for Afro-Caribbean women and men, in comparative framework. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as HST 434.]
AAS 435 Legal Rights of the Disadvantaged (AIW)
An issue-oriented course. Provides an understanding of how the US legal system can improve the status of underprivileged persons, such as blacks, Hispanics, women, prisoners, the poor, students, Native Americans, homosexuals, and those with mental and physical disabilities. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Cross-listed as PLS 435, WMS 435.]
AAS 437 Latinx Heritage and Cultures in Education (B)
This interdisciplinary course examines the racial, ethnic, cultural, gender, and intersectional nuances of the diasporic populations from Latin America and the Caribbean in schooling and education. Students will engage in discussing key concepts surrounding these communities such as identity, multilingualism, immigration, cultural differences, perspectives on gender, indigenous heritages, and other opportunities and challenges as they pertain to education. Through the use of literature, case studies, media exploration, and biographical stories, students will reflect and analyze historical and current issues and design ways to properly represent and advocate for these communities in education. cross listed with EDI & WMS 437 swing courses EDI AAS WMS 537 3 Cr. (Fall.)
AAS 443 Beauty and Performance: Black Women's Writing (AW)
Examines how Eurocentric philosophical theories of aesthetics and beauty became popularized and have affected Black women and women in general. Pursues an understanding of the ways Black women writers have engaged in discourse with these theories and resisted the harm they perpetuate. Covers works of literature by and about Black women, films and documentaries, and other artifacts of popular culture. 3 Cr.
AAS 457 Dark Continent to Wakanda: The Image of Africa (ADI)
Students will analyze Western images of African nature, ranging from the idea of Africa as a Dark Continent to the images of Africa in recent films. We will consider how colonial travel, exploration, hunting, and movies constructed ideas about Africa and how those 'old' ideas continue to shape and create major controversies over conservation, tourism, hunting, and movie representations to this day. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as AAS 457 or HST 557.]
AAS 476 The Harlem Renaissance (A)
Surveys painting, sculpture, photography and ceramics from the Harlem Renaissance of the 1920s. Provides an overview of the period including literature, music and dance. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as ARH 476.]
AAS 478 Gender and Race in Modern America (A)
This reading seminar will focus on ideas about, and the lived experiences of, gender and race from Reconstruction (1865) to the present. This course explores the intersections of race, gender, and sexuality and examines a multiplicity of themes affecting differing women's lives. Discussions will include a focus on the historical social construction of gender, the impact of race, sexuality, reproduction, work, education, media, material condition (class), and women's agency. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as HST and WMS 478.]
AAS 485 The Jamaica Seminars (A)
Focuses on Caribbean society, and the area's cultural, sociological, economic, and political aspects. Entails field study in Jamaica. 3 Cr.
AAS 489 African Gods: Religion in Africa (A)
This class is a seminar in which we will survey various religious traditions on the continent of Africa and analyze how these traditions shaped African cultures and societies as well as directed and influenced Islam and Christianity in Africa and by extension the African Diaspora. Course requires a minimum grade of "D" (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections) Crosslisted with ANT489. 3 Cr.
AAS 492 Capstone Project African and African-American Studies (A)
This is a research-intensive course that allows students to apply their knowledge gained from years of coursework in African and African American Studies to complete a research proposal. Capstone projects offer students the ability to envision, plan, and construct their own culmination experience in African and African American Studies. Course requires a minimum grade of "C-" (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) 3 Cr. (Spring.)
AAS 494 African Dance Ensemble (A)
Provides a study of advanced techniques in solo, duet and ensemble experience to explore special areas of drumming and dance; costuming and relationships to dances; and acquaintance with another dance culture and production methods. Entails class studies for lectures, demonstrations and performances. Includes video studies for discussion and examples of performance. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as DNS 494, Prerequisite: AAS 232 and 433.]
AAS 499 Independent Study in AAS (A)
Arranged in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-6 Cr.
AAS 537 Latinx Heritage and Cultures in Education (A)
This interdisciplinary course examines the racial, ethnic, cultural, gender, and intersectional nuances of the diasporic populations from Latin America and the Caribbean in schooling and education. Students will engage in discussing key concepts surrounding these communities such as identity, multilingualism, immigration, cultural differences, perspectives on gender, indigenous heritages, and other opportunities and challenges as they pertain to education. Through the use of literature, case studies, media exploration, and biographical stories, students will reflect and analyze historical and current issues and design ways to properly represent and advocate for these communities in education. Graduate students will engage in an additional project that will assess their research skills and deepen their understanding of the content. They will also be held accountable to produce quality of work commensurate to their academic level. cross listed with EDI & WMS 537 swing courses EDI AAS WMS 437 3 Cr. (Fall.)
American Sign Language
ASL 111 Beginning American Sign Language I (AR)
Develops language skills in American Sign Language (receptive, expressive, interactive) and fosters understanding and appreciation of deaf culture. Content includes: expressive skills, finger spelling exercises, sentence formation, vocabulary, verbs, and readings on deaf culture. Video work is required. 3 Cr.
ASL 112 Beginning American Sign Language II (AR)
Develops language skills in American Sign Language (receptive, expressive, interactive) and fosters understanding and appreciation of deaf culture. Content includes expressive skills, finger-spelling exercises, sentence formation, vocabulary, verbs, and readings on deaf culture. Video work is required. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: ASL 111.]
ASL 211 Intermediate American Sign Language I (AR)
Emphasizes and expands on grammar, syntax, spatial referencing, classifiers and vo¬cabulary development. Develops communicative competencies in ASL conversations beyond the basic level. Fluency and accuracy of fingerspelling will be developed as well as the use of lexiclized signs. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: ASL 112.]
ASL 212 Intermediate American Sign Language II (AR)
Continues to advance ASL grammar and vocabulary. Sentence constructions will be reviewed and expanded, and classifiers as well as non-manual behaviors will be developed. Advances fluency in fingerspelling, lexicalized signs and numbering. The use of space in basic ASL discourse will be expanded. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: ASL 211.]
American Society
Anthropology
ANT 101 The Human Condition: Introduction to Anthropology (ADW)
Provides basic knowledge of human beings from the broad and comparative perspective of anthropology. Students are introduced to the different subfields of biological, archaeological, cultural, and linguistic anthropology. Provides opportunities to develop intercultural competence through cross cultural and evolutionary knowledge of human variation, allowing students to gain a better understanding of the dynamic interplay between humans and their environments. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ANT 201 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (AO)
Introduces basic concepts of cultural anthropology by relating them to pressing local and worldwide problems. Includes topics such as the relationships between people and their environments; the impact of technological modernization on traditional cultures; and the practical applications of anthropology in cross-cultural communication, health, economic development and ecology. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ANT 202 Introduction to Archaeology (AO)
Provides an overview of the field of anthropological archaeology while emphasizing the relationship between the past and the present. Topics include the history of archaeology, methods and techniques used to recover archaeological data, and an examination of how data are used to understand and interpret human existence in the past, and exploration of particular case studies and important issues in contemporary archaeology. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ANT 203 Introduction to Human Evolution (AL)
This is a survey and lab course that introduces the scientific study of human diversity through the lens of evolutionary theory, accessing multiple lines of evidence including genetics, human biological variation, the hominid fossil record, population demography, and comparative primate ethology and morphology. Course requires a minimum grade of C- (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) 4 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ANT 256 Introduction to Forensic Anthropology (A)
Who are the anthropologists that help solve crimes? When skeletonized victims of crime, human rights abuses or mass disasters are found, forensic anthropologists help identify victims, reconstruct events surrounding death, and provide legal evidence. This course provides a broad overview of forensic anthropology, an applied field of physical anthropology. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ANT 301 Indigenous Issues in Native North America (AIS)
Examines key contemporary issues, problems, and prospects of Indigenous peoples and territories in the United States and Canada (a.k.a. Native Americans, First Nations, Inuit, and Metis), using anthropological frameworks of culture and power. Topics include colonization, oppression, human rights, environmental degradation, cultural and linguistic revitalization. Emphasizes Indigenous Native American voices and perspectives. 3 Cr.
ANT 303 Native American Women (ADW)
Cross listed with WMS 303. Representations of Native American women generally conform to two stereotypes: the submissive drudge or the Indian princess. Both ignore the complexity and diversity of Native women's roles in their respective societies. Taught primarily from a Native women's perspective, this course moves beyond the two-dimensional portrait to engage life experience and social institutions, emphasizing strength and endurance, the complementary nature of traditional gender roles and contemporary strategies for cultural survival. 3 Cr.
ANT 304 Native American Images in Film and Media (AIW)
From early drawings, photographs and films of visual anthropologists to the shaping of the Western genre in commercial films and TV, images of Native Americans are a real part of the American cultural process. An overview of stereotypical images will emerge as we trace how Native American are (re) presented and etched into cultural memory and examine the sacrificial “killing off” of Indian maidens in the western genre of film. As such, analysis and deconstruction of (re)presentations of racial and gendered stereotypes in mainstream media is a specific goal of this course. Indigenous viewpoints about these images will be a central theme for this learning experiences. 3 Cr.
ANT 305 Gender, Sex and Power: the View from Inside (AIW)
How might your assigned sex and gender categories impact your life? This course explores the power dynamics intertwined within systems of sex and gender. Looking at people's diverse experiences, we will use a multidisciplinary perspective that considers the historical, socio-cultural, and political-economic factors of a range of cultural contexts within the US and abroad. Coursework emphasizes the intersecting connections of sex and gender to race, class, ethnicity and sexual orientation in a globalized and transnational world. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as WMS 305.]
ANT 307 Gendering the Past (ASW)
Introduces students to a wide range of historically conditioned gender roles based on archaeological, historical, and contemporary cultural studies to expand students' understanding of gender as a cultural construction. Teaches students how to critically analyze academic interpretations of past gender constructions based on historical or archaeological data while discussing the theories that influence these interpretations. Course requires minimum grade of C- for general education/major/minor/certification. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as WMS 307.]
ANT 308 Introduction to Ethnomusicology (A)
Introduces ethnomusicology’s principal concepts, theories, methods, history, development and fieldwork approaches. Readings and case studies in the field introduce students to applied ethnomusicological and anthropological theory, method, and analysis, while class projects and discussions prepare students to document and discuss a world of music on their own terms. Students complete an original research paper, surveying and documenting sound in their local environments. 3 Cr.
ANT 311 Global Perspectives on Justice and Power (A)
What is the nature of justice in an unequal society? How do communities create cultures of peace and equity? This course cross-culturally examines these questions using ethnographic case-studies from around the world, including the US. We will take an interdisciplinary approach, drawing upon the fields of anthropology, sociology, philosophy and criminology. Together, we will use a community-justice approach to resolving societal problems and consider the role of social justice in our communities of membership and our own lives. Cross listed with CJU 311. 3 Cr. (Odd Spring.)
ANT 315 The Migration Experience (ADW)
Economic change, war and political upheaval have created an increasing number of authorized and unauthorized migrants in the contemporary world. Using the holistic approach and cultural insight of anthropology, this course takes a migrant's perspective from departure from one's native land through the journey and challenges of adaptation in a new place. We will focus on issues related to gender, identity and personal histories. 3 Cr.
ANT 316 Food and Culture (AIO)
Because the consumption of food serves our most basic need, explores how food is one of the most culturally elaborated areas of human experience. Also explores the production, preparation and consumption of food as guided by cultural rules and taboos that define social relations, ethnic identity, gender, and class. Examines contemporary issues that center on food, among them food policy, hunger, obesity, sustainable agriculture and the genetic modification of foodstuffs. 3 Cr.
ANT 320 The Ethnographic Experience (AS)
Provides an introduction to the study of cultures through selected case studies, or ethnographies. Also provides an in-depth view of specific cultures and the anthropological analysis of them; introduces students to theories and methodologies that frame ethnographic studies, and present a sample of the best in contemporary ethnographic writing. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: ANT 101 or 201.]
ANT 321 Global Friction: Conflict in the Anthropocene (AIW)
Studies the global problem of modern world cultures and societies in conflict, from a cultural perspective of friction. Gives particular attention to how the economic, political and social interests of major international powers shape confliict outcomes throughout the global south. Considers conflict resolution strategies from the anthropological record for human cooperation. 3 Cr.
ANT 330 Global Inequality (AY)
Examines the drivers of inequality as an emerging form of human organization. Studies the impact of poverty on people around the world in both past and present societies. Covers issues related to economic development, international and institutional practices of structural violence, and resistance movements and questions the popular assumption that inequality is natural and/or inevitable. 3 Cr.
ANT 331 Environmental Anthropology (AIY)
Examines nature/human relationships cross-culturally, through the lens of Anthropocene and political ecology theories that aim at understanding and explaining the impact of the human species on planet Earth, with the goal of making evidence-based assessments of the near-future possibilities for life on Earth. Covers climate change, the 6th big extinction event, changing land and water conditions, and human responses to these changes. 3 Cr.
ANT 336 Environment, Traditional Arts and Women's Lives (AIW)
Cross listed with WMS 336 What is the relationship between cultural and biological diversity when seen through the lens of "folk arts," rituals, story telling and material culture? In a time of rapid climate change, the traditional ecological knowledge of indigenous peoples as reflected in their artwork, stories, beliefs and their environmental stewardship holds lessons for us all. It enhances scientific knowledge of local environments and broadens our understanding of diversity. 3 Cr.
ANT 337 Introduction to HAUDENOSAUNEE Studies (AI)
Introduces Haudenosaunee studies through a holistic lens of art, activism, and survivance; with emphasis on the contemporary sociocultural relevance of Indigenous traditions and politics in New York State and beyond. Work with Indigenous theories to analyze and critique the substantial anthropological literature about the Haudenosaunee, including ‘Iroquoianist’ archaeology, ethnography, and history. 3 Cr.
ANT 343 Ancient Empires (AO)
This course delves into the great empires of Africa and Eurasia from the past 5000 years, examining their rise and fall through archaeological and historical evidence. It emphasizes the roles of environment, economy, social stratification, and culture in these societies. By identifying patterns in the histories of powerful empires, students will see how these historical processes continue to influence the modern world. Archaeology, our main tool for studying past human cultures, uses material remains like stone tools, pottery, food waste, art, documents, and bones to infer non-material culture aspects such as kinship, political systems, economy, and religion. By the end of the course, students will learn that understanding the past is vital to shaping our future. 3 Cr.
ANT 344 Archaeology of the Americas (AO)
This course will provide students with an introduction to archaeology of prehistoric cultures in the Americas. We will discuss trends in subsistence and settlement, cultural patterns, exchange, social complexity, and culture contact. Discussions will cover theoretical and methodological underpinnings of contemporary archaeological thought in the prehistory of the Americas, and explore some of the hotly debated issues currently at the forefront of the archaeology of the Americas. Case studies will be used to provide in-depth examples and as material for classroom discussion. Finally, we will discuss culture contact arising from European exploration and settlement in the Americas. Issues to be covered include disease, environmental degradation, religion, and resistance to European influence. 3 Cr.
ANT 356 Forensic Anthropology Methods (A)
This course provides a methods-based approach to research and analysis in forensic anthropology. In this course we will focus on the processes and analytical methods used in the analysis of human remains in forensic applications including: recovery of remains, skeletal biology, trauma analysis, taphonomy, and positive identification. Further topics include forensic anthropology as an applied science and ethics considerations. This course employs lecture and lab-based instruction. Course requires a minimum grade of "C-" for major/minor/certification. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: ANT 256.]
ANT 363 Anthropology of Religion (AIW)
This course introduces the study of religion from an anthropological perspective, and suggests the human capacity for religion is a generally adaptive trait that has profoundly shaped the evolution of the human species. Religious ideas may be perennial philosophical questions, but religious behaviors are real enough. One of religions evolutionary features is its capacity to unite and organize individuals into coherent groups that help each other to survive. The flip side of religion is its capacity to incite groups to kill and destroy other groups with whom they disagree. Within anthropology, there are diverse approaches to the study of religion. This course will engage with the new biocultural synthesis that draws on neuroscience, consciousness studies, and ethology, in addition to surveying the varieties of religious phenomena discovered through ethnography and comparative and historical studies. The format of the class will be a combination of lectures, general discussion, and focused group learning. 3 Cr.
ANT 364 GIS and Spatial Survey for the Social Sciences (B)
This course will cover mapping for the non-science major, which includes archaeology, anthropology, sociology, psychology, economics, history, criminal justice, and so on. GIS, which stands for geographic information system(s), is the primary focus of this course, assessing how to digitally create, modify and analyze maps using ESRI’s ArcGIS software. We will also learn about how to conduct spatial surveys in the social sciences, including the theories behind proper practice in the field and the computer lab. 3 Cr.
ANT 367 Gender in the Islamic World (AOW)
Covers gender in the Islamic world, and goes "beyond the Veil" and women's "oppression" to deal with the array of culturally-specific discourses that shape men's and women's lives in Islamic cultures. Presents a detailed look at Islamic history to make sense out of gender in the contemporary world. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed with HST 367.]
ANT 368 Forced from Home: Becoming a Refugee (ADI)
Refugees and asylum seekers are people who are forced to flee their homes due to civil war, political repression and other forms of violence. This course examines the challenges faced by displaced populations including efforts to survive, to seek safe passage and to access places of asylum. Course topics include the contemporary refugee crisis, the dehumanization of the displaced and the debates over the right to asylum and movement. 3 Cr.
ANT 373 LGBTQ+ Cultures (AIW)
Explores the history and emergence of lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender cultures in the U.S. from the 1940s to present. Topics include the history of the movement before and after Stonewall; the intersections between sexuality and ethnicity, gender and social status; and urban/rural/suburban differences in attitudes and approaches within the homosexual rights movement. Cross-listed as SOC & WMS 373. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
ANT 380 Intermediate Topics in Cultural Anthropology (A)
Topic will vary from semester to semester and cover such areas as nutrition, art, religion, the ethnography of specific regions or ethnic groups, etc. Select CRN for description of specific topic. 1-6 Cr. [Prerequisites: may or may not exist.]
ANT 381 Intermediate Topics in Archaeology (A)
Topic will very from semester to semester and may cover such areas as museum studies, the archaeology of specific geographical regions, etc. 1-6 Cr. [Prerequisites: may or may not exist.]
ANT 382 Intermediate Topics in Biological Anthropology (A)
Topic will very from semester to semester and might include such areas as the human adaptation, primatology, the paleontology of specific geographic regions, etc. 1-6 Cr. [Prerequisites: may or may not exist.]
ANT 383 Research Methods in Cultural Anthropology (A)
Provides an introduction to the art and science of field research in cultural anthropology. Provides hands-on experience with selected research techniques and analysis of data. Course requires a minimum grade of "C-" (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: ANT 101 or ANT 201 with min grade of C-.]
ANT 384 Methods in Archaeology (A)
grade of C-. Principles, concepts, techniques and interpretive approaches used by archaeologists to study past human cultures. Topics include material culture analysis, archaeological dating, analysis of archaeological artifacts and explanation in archaeology. Examples will be drawn from archaeological research from around the world. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ANT101 or 202 with min.]
ANT 385 Biological Anthropology Methods (A)
grade C-. Methods used by biological anthropologists including research design, measurement techniques, human osteology, forensic identification, data analysis, genetic analysis, etc. in the analysis of human variation, the fossil record, and skeletal remains associated with the archaeological record. Combines lab and lectures. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: ANT101 or 203 with min.]
ANT 386 Archaeology of Death (AO)
Introduces anthropological approaches and methods to studying death, burial and commemoration using archaeological and skeletal evidence from prehistoric and historical periods. This course answers questions such as: what insights does burial of the dead provide about the human condition; what do graves reveal about burial rites; what do funerary objects reveal about social identities; what do gravestones, tombs and cemeteries reveal about beliefs, sentiments and political relationships; and what does the skeleton reveal about a person’s life? 3 Cr.
ANT 406 Cultural Resource Management (A)
This course examines the development, expansion, and legislature of modern contract archaeology in America. Topics approached in this course include: the history of Cultural Resource Management (Heritage Management), archaeology as a profession, archaeological ethics and law, agents involved in Cultural Resource Management (Federal, State and Tribal agencies, Museums, Private Collectors, and the Public), as well as New York State’s standard’s for archaeological and cultural resource investigation. Students will be encouraged to think critically about the advantages and disadvantages of the current Cultural Resource Management system through weekly readings, case studies, and student discourse. Swing Course ANT 406. 3 Cr.
ANT 415 Human Rights and Political Ecology (A)
What are human rights and why do we seem to need them? Some say we live in a post-human rights world. How is it that rights are inalienable and self-evident? This course examines the relationships between human rights, nation-states, corporations, international agencies, civil society, people, and the environment. In addition to the genealogy of human rights, the course focuses on the development and implementation of human rights instruments in the 20th and 21st centuries. 3 Cr.
ANT 416 Exiled to America: Experiences of Refugee Resettlement (AI)
Civil war and genocide often force people to flee their homes seeking safety and refuge. Examines refugees living in New York including groups from Burma, Burundi, Somalia and Bhutan. Themes include the causes of displacement, the process of resettlement and adaptation issues. Refugee perspectives are highlighted as well as their interactions with service providers, health professionals, educators and the government. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed with SOC 416.]
ANT 440 Historical Archaeology (AS)
Examines the methods and theories used for the archaeological investigation of the recent past (post 1492) primarily in the United States, with case studies from Australia, Africa, Europe, and elsewhere. Discusses the way 'historical archaeological practice, theory, and material culture has shed light on particular social issues including class, gender, ethnicity, inequality, public practice, and globalization. Course requires a minimum grade of C- for major/minor/certification. 3 Cr.
ANT 441 Archaeological Analysis (A)
Presents contemporary laboratory methods used to identify patterns in artifacts and field data recovered from archaeological site surveys and excavations. Students learn to analyze, interpret, manage, and conserve artifacts and field data. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: ANT 101 or 442 min grade C-, or instructor's permission.]
ANT 442 Field Methods in Archaeology (A)
As a field-based course, introduces students to the methods used by archaeologists to collect data in the field. Allows students to participate in an archaeological dig at an actual site off-campus, and perform all the duties involved in that work, with activities including survey mapping, testing, excavation, documenting and recording finds, and processing artifacts in the lab. 1-6 Cr.
ANT 448 Roman Archaeology (AO)
This course offers an in-depth look at Etruscan and Roman archaeology, from Early Iron Age Italy to the rise and spread of Roman culture during the Republican and Imperial periods. Focusing on material culture, it examines the social, economic, religious, and political activities of these civilizations. Students will study ancient texts, art, architecture, and recent archaeological finds to gain a comprehensive view of the Roman world. The course highlights Roman achievements and their lasting impact on Western society, helping students appreciate the profound legacy of the Roman world on contemporary culture. 3 Cr.
ANT 449 Greek Archaeology (AO)
Greek Archaeology surveys Ancient Greece's material culture from the 3rd millennium BCE through the rise of city-states and Greek civilization's expansion via colonization and trade across the Mediterranean. Focusing on artifacts and eco-facts, the course explores Greek social, economic, religious, and political activities over time. Students analyze ancient texts, art, architecture, and recent archaeological findings to understand the Greek archaeological record. We will study monuments, artworks, and artifacts to appreciate Ancient Greece's material evidence. Through reading and discussing academic articles, students engage critically with classical scholarship, gaining insight into the ancient world's influence on modern Western civilization in material culture, politics and thought. 3 Cr.
ANT 452 Ancient Disease and Paleopathology (A)
Human history and prehistory have been shaped in many ways by disease processes that leave their mark in the skeletal, archaeological and historical records. Furthermore, the skeletal marks of disease and injury provide clues to changing environmental, social, political and other cultural realities affecting the evolution of human society and culture. Course covers methods used by paleopathologists to reconstruct health and disease processes in the past. 3 Cr.
ANT 453 Scientific Study of Mummies (A)
Focuses on the scientific methods and findings associated with mummies, which include parts of completely preserved human remains in which preservation is the result of natural as well as cultural processes. Mummies are found in a number of temporal, cultural and environmental contexts, including modern forensic settings, providing a wealth of data on sociocultural processes, environmental processes, the evolution of pathological conditions, historical trends, etc. 3 Cr.
ANT 456 Skeleton Keys: Forensic Analysis of Bones (A)
Focus is on human osteology (the study of the human skeleton) and the applicable forensic techniques associated with human skeletal identification and trauma analysis. These methods serve as a basis for forensic anthropological analysis and bioarchaeological analysis. This course employs lecture and lab-based instruction. Please note that this course is lab intensive and may require use of the lab outside of scheduled class times. 4 Cr.
ANT 460 Anthropology Internship (A)
Allows students to conduct an internship in an off-campus work setting, nonprofit organization, health or social services setting, museum or zoo. Typically, apart from one's internship duties, Interns will maintain a field journal, meet periodically with a faculty advisor, and write a final report or equivalent applied project. 3-6 Cr. [Prerequisite: departmental approval.]
ANT 462 Museum Internship (A)
Because of the internship nature of this course, specific requirements will vary. Graduate students are subject to higher expectations in terms of both the quality and quantity of their work. They may be required to give leadership to group activities or collaborative work. 3-6 Cr.
ANT 463 Introduction to Museum Studies (A)
Focuses on the interdisciplinary field of museum studies, including the history and theory of museums as well as the practice of museum curation, registration, collections management, exhibitions, research, administration·, and fundraising. Includes field trips to representative museums and hands-on work relevant to museum work. It is a foundational course in the College's Museum Studies & Public History Program. Course requires a minimum grade of C- for major, minor, certification. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
ANT 465 Environmental Archaeology (A)
Environmental archaeology is the study of past human interactions with the natural world-a world which encompasses plants, animals and landscapes. Examines the methods used to reconstruct this complex ancient relationship through lectures, hands-on labs, and class discussions. Covers environmental archaeological methods-specifically palynology, archaeoentomology and geoarchaeology-as well as methods used to reconstruct the ancient diet and economy through archaeozoology and archaeobotany. 3 Cr.
ANT 470 Anthropology as a Profession (B)
There is a growing demand in the public and private sectors for people with college or postgraduate anthropological training. ANT 470 examines and provides hands on experience in the specific skills and issues related to applying anthropology in the workplace. Topics and course exercises include: Anthropological and workplace ethics, research and institutional project design, grant development and writing, anthropological and institutional writing, researching and obtaining opportunities for relevant postgraduate training within and outside of Anthropology. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: ANT 101 or ANT 201 or ANT 202, or ANT 203.]
ANT 471 Anthropological Theory (A)
How do we make sense of humanity? This course provides a sample of the discipline's most important ideas and seminal thinkers. It introduces theoretical schools of thought that have shaped the discipline such as but not limited to cultural evolutionism, Marxism, archaeological post-processualism, feminism, and post-modernism. Course requires a minimum grade of C- (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: AN 101 and/or 201 with min grade of C-.]
ANT 480 Advanced Topics in Cultural Anthropology (A)
Similar to ANT 380, except usually has prerequisites or requires instructor's permission to enroll. 1-6 Cr.
ANT 481 Advanced Topics in Archaeology (A)
Similar to ANT 381 except usually has prerequisites or requires instructor's permission to enroll. 1-6 Cr.
ANT 482 Advanced Topics in Biological Anthropology (A)
Similar to ANT 382 except that ANT 482/582 usually has prerequisites or requires instructor's permission to enroll. 1-6 Cr.
ANT 489 African Gods: Religion in Africa (A)
This class is a seminar in which we will survey various religious traditions on the continent of Africa and analyze how these traditions shaped African cultures and societies as well as directed and influenced Islam and Christianity in Africa and by extension the African Diaspora. Course requires a minimum grade of "D" (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections) Crosslisted with AAS489. 3 Cr.
ANT 496 Senior Thesis (A)
Requires students to design, carry out, write and defend a field, laboratory or library research project in collaboration with or under the supervision of an anthropology faculty member. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: departmental approval.]
ANT 499 Independent Study in Anthropology (A)
Established in consultation between student and instructor-sponsor. 1-6 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ANT 501 Native American Art and Culture (A)
Provides a survey of Native-American visual arts (north of Mexico) viewed within the context of Native-American cultures and through the framework of anthropology. Considers Native- American arts by culture area: their roots, traditional expressions, changes with European contact, and contemporary expressions. Relies heavily upon the use of audiovisual material. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
ANT 505 Applied Anthropology (A)
This course covers a comprehensive understanding of applied cultural anthropology, including careers in applied cultural anthropology, research methods used, theoretical perspectives, the history of applied anthropology, ethical issues, developmental anthropology, applied educational anthropology, applied medical anthropology and international health, environmental issues, global policy issues, applying urban anthropology, business and industrial anthropology, social work issues, legal issues, advocacy and empowerment anthropology, and social marketing. 3 Cr.
ANT 506 Cultural Resource Management (A)
This course examines the development, expansion, and legislature of modern contract archaeology in America. Topics approached in this course include: the history of Cultural Resource Management (Heritage Management), archaeology as a profession, archaeological ethics and law, agents involved in Cultural Resource Management (Federal, State and Tribal agencies, Museums, Private Collectors, and the Public), as well as New York State’s standard’s for archaeological and cultural resource investigation. Students will be encouraged to think critically about the advantages and disadvantages of the current Cultural Resource Management system through weekly readings, case studies, and student discourse. Swing Course ANT 406. 3 Cr.
ANT 516 Exiled to America: Experiences of Refugee Resettlement (A)
Civil war and genocide often force people to flee their homes seeking safety and refuge. Examines refugees living in New York including groups from Burma, Burundi, Somalia and Bhutan. Themes include the causes of displacement, the process of resettlement and adaptation issues. Refugee perspectives are highlighted as well as their interactions with service providers, health professionals, educators and the government. 3 Cr.
ANT 540 Historical Archaeology (A)
Provides a survey of the field of American historical archaeology. Examines the rationale, methods and theories for the archaeological investigation of the recent past. Explores the insights gained on particular social issues, such as class, ethnicity and slavery, where historical archaeology has played a role. 3 Cr.
ANT 541 Archaeological Analysis (A)
Presents contemporary laboratory methods used to identify patterns in artifacts and field data recovered from archaeological site surveys and excavations. Students learn to analyze, interpret, manage, and conserve artifacts and field data. 3 Cr.
ANT 542 Field Methods in Archaeology (A)
As a field-based course, introduces students to the methods used by archaeologists to collect data in the field. Allows students to participate in an archaeological dig at an actual site off-campus, and perform all the duties involved in that work. Includes activities such as survey, mapping, testing, excavation, documenting and recording finds, and processing artifacts in the lab. 1-6 Cr.
ANT 548 Roman Archaeology (A)
Archaeology of the Etruscan and Roman cultures, from the origins and developments of the former in Early Iron Age Italy, to the rise of Rome and the spread of Roman culture throughout the Mediterranean world in the Roman Republican and Imperial periods. Emphasizes the contributions of studies of material culture to our understandings of social, economic, religious, and political activities and their changes over time. 3 Cr.
ANT 549 Greek Acrhaeology (A)
Three thousand years of Greek archaeology and art, from third millennium B.C. through Hellenistic period. Students will study monuments, artworks, artifacts, etc. to appreciate the material evidence for the lost world of ancient Greece. Readings focus on classical scholarship in the fields of art history and archaeology and how archaeologists construct knowledge about the ancient world. 3 Cr.
ANT 552 Ancient Disease and Paleopathology (A)
Human history and prehistory have been shaped in many ways by disease processes that leave their mark in the skeletal, archaeological and historical records. Furthermore, the skeletal marks of disease and injury provide clues to changing environmental, social, political and other cultural realities affecting the evolution of human society and culture. Course covers methods used by paleopathologists to reconstruct health and disease processes in the past. 3 Cr.
ANT 553 Scientific Study of Mummies (A)
Focuses on the scientific methods and findings associated with mummies, which include parts of completely preserved human remains in which preservation is the result of natural as well as cultural processes. Mummies are found in a number of temporal, cultural and environmental contexts, including modern forensic settings, providing a wealth of data on sociocultural processes, environmental processes, the evolution of pathological conditions, historical trends, etc. 3 Cr.
ANT 562 Museum Internship (A)
Because of the internship nature of this course, specific requirements will vary. Graduate students are subject to higher expectations in terms of both the quality and quantity of their work. They may be required to give leadership to group activities or collaborative work. 3-6 Cr.
ANT 563 Introduction to Museum Studies (A)
Focuses on the interdisciplinary field of museum studies, including the history and theory of museums as well as the practice of museum curation, registration, collections management, exhibitions, research, administration·, and fundraising. Includes field trips to representative museums and hands-on work relevant to museum work. It is a foundational course in the College's Museum Studies & Public History Program. Graduate students are required to produce approximately twice the requisite writing for undergraduate students and lead class discussion on two occasions. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
ANT 564 Historic Preservation and Archaeology (A)
Archaeological sites, old buildings, places of religious importance, and landscapes are all cultural resources. This course examines the development of historic preservation ideas, the laws structuring "historic resources". Also examines the development of historic preservation ideas, the laws structuring historic preservation, and how this structure affects archaeological work in the United States. Practical aspects include an examination of local preservation initiatives, the mechanics of National Register nominations, and public presentation and outreach. 3 Cr.
ANT 565 Environmental Archaeology (A)
Environmental archaeology is the study of past human interactions with the natural world-a world which encompasses plants, animals and landscapes. Examines the methods used to reconstruct this complex ancient relationship through lectures, hands-on labs, and class discussions. Covers environmental archaeological methods-specifically palynology, archaeoentomology and geoarchaeology-as well as methods used to reconstruct the ancient diet and economy through archaeozoology and archaeobotany. 3 Cr.
ANT 590 Topics in Anthropology (A)
As an advanced course, addresses current topics, issues, controversies, etc. of anthropological significance. Specific topics vary from semester to semester and may address issues in physical anthropology, archaeology, cultural anthropology or applied/ developmental anthropology. Descriptions of specific topics courses offered in any particular semester may be obtained through the department. May be taken more than once for credit if topics differ. 3 Cr.
ANT 599 Independent Study in Anthropology (A)
Established in consultation between student and instructor. 1-6 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
Arabic
ARB 111 Beginning Arabic I (AR)
Introductory course designed to develop language skills in Arabic (listening, speaking, reading and writing) as well as understanding and appreciation of Arabic culture. Oral comprehension drills, pronunciation exercises, sentence formation, vocabulary, verbs and simple readings in Arabic culture. Succinct explanations in English as followed by group and individual practice in Arabic. 3 Cr.
ARB 112 Beginning Arabic II (AR)
Continuation of Arabic 111. Designed to further the development of language skills (listening, speaking, reading and writing) as well as the understanding and appreciation of Arabic cultures. Includes the verb system, vocabulary building, more complex sentences, and more complex readings in Arabic cultures. Succinct explanation in English as followed by group and individual practice in Arabic. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: ARB 111 or equivalent.]
ARB 211 Intermediate Arabic I (AR)
An intermediate level course in the Arabic Language including listening, speaking, reading and writing which will also include an understanding of Arab culture. 3 Cr.
Art
ART 101 Visual Art Experience (AF)
$45 Course fee required: An introductory course for students with little or no art experience, designed to broaden their visual vocabulary. Explores the basic elements and principles of art through a sequence of problems to be solved by the execution of original works in various media. 3 Cr.
ART 110 Art and Artists (AF)
Please note: Students may select ART 110 or ARH 215 as credit towards the Fine Arts requirement (F), but may not receive credit for both. Explores the basic forms of artistic production and the study of aesthetic principles of visual art, and how those principles reveal cultural meaning through lectures, slides videos, gallery visits, student-teacher dialogues, written assignments and tests. 3 Cr.
ART 210 Two-Dimensional Design (A)
$75.00 Course fee required: An introduction to the elements and principles of two-dimensional visual composition. The course explores visual problem solving and concepts of creating two-dimensional images via line, shape, color, value, etc. Includes lectures, written assignments, demonstrations, and critiques. Assignments include the production of two-dimensional artwork using various media. 3 Cr.
ART 212 Three-Dimensional Design (AF)
$40.00 Course fee required: An introduction to the elements and principles of three-dimensional art making. The course explores visual problem solving and concepts of creating three-dimensional artwork via line, form, volume, texture, color, spacial relationships, etc. Includes lectures, written assignments, demonstrations, and critiques. Assignments include the production of three-dimensional artwork using various media. 3 Cr.
ART 215 Digital Foundations (A)
A lecture-based introduction to the Adobe Creative Suite. Through a series of demonstrations, exercises and projects, students will learn the fundamentals of the Adobe Creative Suite, with a focus on Photoshop, Illustrator and InDesign. Class structure includes lectures, demonstrations of processes, and exploration of software capabilities. Required course. Course requires a minimum grade of "C" (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification). 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ART 221 Drawing I (AF)
$80.00 Course fee required: Provides an introduction to the basic elements of drawing and two dimensional imagery; including drawing from natural forms; aesthetic elements, such as line, value, composition, space, perspective, and mark making; and a basic understanding of the development of content in a work of art. 3 Cr.
ART 225 Introduction to Graphic Design (A)
$125.00 Course fee required; Co-requisite: ART210. Studio course that introduces students to the elements and principles of visual communication including typography and layout. The course will provide a survey of graphic design, through the application of tools, materials, processes and software including: lnDesign, Photoshop and Illustrator. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ART 231 Elements of Photography (AF)
$150 Course fee required: Introduces non-Art majors to the conceptual, technical, and visual elements of Photography through the creation of works of art. Students gain introductory skills with materials as well as understanding of Photography concepts and contemporary concerns. Students explore sources and subject matter used by artists in their work. Writing assignments and gallery/museum visits supplement the student's appreciation of photography as an art form. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ART 235 Typography I (A)
$90 Course fee required; Co-requisite: ART210. Typography is the visual representation of language . This studio course introduces students to the applied practice of arranging type, type design, and typographic structure. Course investigates the formal qualities of characters and typefaces as methods of visual problem solving. A range of theoretical and applied projects are used to investigate typography as a tool for communication. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ART 241 Elements of Painting (AF)
$65 Course fee required: Introduces non-Art majors to the conceptual, technical, and visual elements of painting through the creation of works of art. Students gain introductory skills with materials as well as understanding of concepts and contemporary concerns in painting. Students explore sources and subject matter used by artists in their work. Writing assignments and gallery/museum visits supplement the student's appreciation of painting as an art form. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ART 251 Elements of Printmaking (AF)
$100 Course fee required: Introduces non-Art majors to the conceptual, technical, and visual elements of Printmaking through the creation of works of art. Students gain introductory skills with materials as well as understanding of Printmaking concepts and contemporary concerns. Students explore sources and subject matter used by artists in their work. Writing assignments and gallery/museum visits supplement the student's appreciation of printmaking as an art form. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ART 261 Elements of Sculpture (AF)
$140 Course fee required: Introduces non-Art majors to the conceptual, technical, and visual elements of Sculpture through the creation of works of art. Students gain introductory skills with materials as well as understanding of sculptural concepts and contemporary concerns. Students explore sources and subject matter used by artists in their work. Writing assignments and gallery/museum visits supplement the student's appreciation of sculpture as an art form. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ART 271 Elements of Ceramics (AP)
$100 Course fee required: Introduces non-Art majors to the conceptual, technical, and visual elements of Ceramics through the creation of works of art. Students gain introductory skills with materials as well as understanding of concepts and contemporary concerns in Ceramics. Students explore sources and subject matters used by artists in their work. Writing assignments and gallery/museum visits supplement the student's appreciation of ceramics as an art form. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ART 300 Branding and Identity (A)
$125 Course fee required: Prerequisite: ART 225 & 235. An important segment of the design field involves the development of visual identity systems (branding) for businesses and organizations. This studio course explores identity design through conceptual thinking and visual problem solving with class progression mirroring a professional design methodology (research, ideation, development, evaluation, implementation, and review) . Students learn ideation and evaluation strategies to develop and refine their solutions. They apply developed systems to traditional identity applications such as stationary, signage, web sites and advertising specialties. Historical examples and recent case studies provide context for student work. This course includes advanced work in the following software: lnDesign, Photoshop and Illustrator. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
ART 301 BFA Group Review (A)
A group review process consisting of professional presentation of a body of work completed during the course of the semester in the student's area of concentration, along with a written statement about the work, and an oral presentation to be given for faculty and peers during the review process. Critique, informed discussion, and feedback from both students and faculty members also are integral components of the course. Students required to compile and present a journal/notebook of influences and other resource materials relevant to the work being presented at the time of the BFA Group Review. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ART 322 Figure Drawing (A)
$80 Course fee required: Prerequisite: ART 221 or instructor’s permission. Provides studio experience in observing, analyzing and drawing the human form in formal, anatomical and expressive modes. The course incorporates a variety of drawing materials and drawing skills and allow students to acquire the necessary background for further study. 3 Cr.
ART 323 Introduction to Illustration (A)
$85 Course fee required: Prerequisites: ART 210 and 221. Introduces major elements of technique, application, and theory in the field of illustration. Through a series of projects and exercises, students will explore how choices related to technique, design principles, and composition can lead to effective visual solutions to illustration design problems. Class structure includes demonstrations of processes and experimentation for assignment development. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ART 325 Typography II (A)
$95 Course fee required: Pre-requisites: ART225 and ART235. This studio course introduces students to principles of typographic signaling and hierarchy as a means of controlling text in order to clarify and enhance communication. Students explore typographic grid systems as a compositional tool to organize, structure, and harmonize content in both limited and extended layout situations. Projects apply lessons to relevant design problems with emphasis on content analysis, typographic problem-solving, aesthetic sensitivity, and typesetting detail. This course includes advanced work in the following software: lnDesign, Photoshop and Illustrator. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ART 326 Interaction Design (A)
An introduction to the concepts, uses, and general principles of interactive media. The course will explore several planning and organizing methods and how they can be used in this design process. Concepts and principles in site design, page design, interface design, and usability will be studied and applied to interactive projects. Students will be encouraged to explore highly structured as well as highly experimental approaches to merging content with interactivity design. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: ART 225 and 235.]
ART 327 Web Publication and Design (A)
Introduces the basic elements of both print and Web publication design and production: headlines, text, photos and illustrations, type manipulation and use, charts and graphs, Web site links, hypertext, sound, video and other emerging publication technologies. (cross listed with CIS/CMC/JRB-327) 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ART 330 Digital Art I (A)
$100 Course fee required: Prerequisite: ART 210. Introduces students to the use of the computer as a tool of art making. Uses multimedia software to create digital art. Encourages students to explore and combine computer-based techniques with traditional studio art techniques. Requires short readings to accompany the assignments to help students contextualize their work within the historical, social and political arena that surrounds the production of computer-based art. 3 Cr.
ART 331 Photography I (A)
$150 Course fee required: Prerequisite: ART 210. (Visual Studies) Two sections: SUNY Brockport campus and Visual Studies Workshop. Explores photography's creative potential for personal expression. Covers 35mm camera operation, processing and developing film, and printing black and white photographs in the darkroom. During the first half of this class focus is on technical skills. During the second half focus is on the use of the students' newly found skills and their creative potential. Requires students to have access to an adjustable 35mm camera. 3 Cr.
ART 332 Intro to Digital Photography (A)
$75 Course fee required: An introduction to digital photography, including DSLR camera operation, software basics for image adjustments and manipulation, and digital printing. During the first half of this class, focus is on technical skills. During the second half, focus is on the application of digital camera skills and their creative potential in digital image manipulation and printing. Requires students to have access to a DSLR camera. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ART 341 Painting I (A)
$120.00 Course fee required. Prerequisite: ART 221. Provides an introduction to painting and design theory. Emphasizes such design elements as form, texture, line, tone, and the spatial and structural aspects of color through the application of various painting techniques. Uses principally oil and acrylics. 3 Cr.
ART 342 Painting II (A)
$65 Course fee required: Prerequisite: ART 341. Provides a continuation of ART 341 with emphasis on composition, structure of pictorial space, abstraction, and the human figure. Uses principally oil and acrylic paints. 3 Cr.
ART 351 Printmaking I: From Steamroller Press to T-shirt Design (A)
$100 Course fee required: Prerequisite: ART 221 or instructor's permission. Entails an introduction to printmaking processes including monotype, intaglio, relief processes, book making and paper making . Stresses conceptual development, technical skills and compositional elements throughout the semester. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ART 352 Printmaking II: From Steamroller Press to T-shirt Design (A)
$100 Course fee required: Provides advanced skills and techniques and includes bookmaking, papermaking and alternative methods in printmaking. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ART 358 Introduction to Visual Books (A)
(Visual Studies) Taught at Visual Studies Workshop. Introduces bookworks, which combines text, images, unexpected materials and unusual bindings, through examples, discussions and demonstrations, including access to outstanding collections. Requires students to work on individual projects, including one-of-a-kind books, and small editions. Emphasizes developing books that integrate word, image, and structure. 3 Cr.
ART 361 Sculpture: Mixed Media (A)
$140 Course fee required: Familiarizes students with the conceptual, technical, and visual vocabulary of sculpture well enough to create dimensional works of artistic merit and personal expression. Students are expected to gain basic skills with materials as well as understanding of sculptural concepts. Problems designed to distinguish between technique and idea in sculpture and how materials are used to express concepts. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ART 362 Sculpture: Metal (A)
$140 Course fee required: Expands student’s knowledge of sculptural materials and techniques, with an emphasis on metal-working through both direct and indirect methods. In addition, allows students to further explore sculptural concepts and 3-dimentional spatial organization through the completion of class projects. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ART 371 Beginning Handbuilding (A)
$100 Course fee required: Introduces students to basic hand-building techniques that are used to form objects out of clay. Students address projects in a problem solving approach that utilizes and develops creative thinking capabilities and technical knowledge about clay as an expressive art material. Covers traditional and non-traditional glazing techniques and applications. 3 Cr.
ART 372 Beginning Wheelthrowing (A)
$100 Course fee required: Provides an exploration of clay as an expressive material while focusing on production methods utilizing the potter’s wheel. Introduces glaze calculation, oxidation, reduction firing and formulation of clay bodies. 3 Cr.
ART 385 Digital Illustration (A)
This class explores illustrative techniques and applications using the Adobe Creative Suite of products. Through a series of tutorials and projects, students will explore various techniques for expressing illustrative concepts in Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator and After Effects using a graphics tablet. Student solutions will utilize design principles, composition, and digital color theory, and will serve as an introduction to motion design for illustrators. Class structure includes lectures, demonstrations of digital processes, and experimentation for assignment development. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ART 215 & ART 210.]
ART 386 New Methods in Digital Illustration (A)
This class explores illustrative techniques and applications in the Procreate software for iPad. Through a series of tutorials and projects, students will explore various techniques for expressing illustrative concepts in Procreate. Student solutions will utilize design principles, composition, and digital color theory. Class structure includes lectures, demonstrations of digital processes, and experimentation for assignment development. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ART210 and ART221 with min grade C.]
ART 387 Digital Animation (A)
Explores Adobe After Effects as a tool to create digital animations. Through a series of demonstrations, tutorials and projects, students will explore various techniques for creating animated clips and videos using digital software. The course will also serve as an introduction the principles and key concepts of time-based media. Class structure includes lectures, analysis of animation history, demonstrations of digital processes, and experimentation for assignment development. Can be taken by BFA students as one of 12 "BFA elective credits" 3 Cr.
ART 399 Independent Study in Art (B)
May require a course fee. Arranged in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. May be repeated for credit. 1-6 Cr. [Prerequisite: instructor's permission.]
ART 401 Senior Seminar (A)
$50 Course fee required: Prerequisites: ARH 201 and ARH 202, and ART 221. Class to be taken in the senior year. Requires readings, portfolio development, exhibition preparation, advanced studio problems and a discussion of the theory and criticism of art. 3 Cr.
ART 402 BFA Senior Exhibition (A)
A Senior Exhibition is required of all BFA students prior to graduation. Allows students to work with the professor in their area of specialization to produce an exhibition of quality that represents their accomplishments in the program. Covers exhibition design, installation and advertising as well as other pertinent responsibilities and information relative to a successful exhibition. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ART 403 Mixed Media (A)
$40 Course fee required: Prerequisites: either ART 210 or ART 212 and ART 221. Explores the content and formal possibilities of the interaction of two- and three-dimensional media. Investigates the process of how ideas take physical form and how artists use mixed media to manifest their ideas. Traditional and non-traditional media will be used to investigate a series of thematic assignments. Group discussion and critiques will be held during the semester. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
ART 404 Collections Management (A)
(Visual Studies) Provides an overview of the function of registration and cataloguing staff; developing cataloguing systems; collection management procedures; insurance; and condition reports. Students will learn cataloguing and the use of a collection database; the guiding principles of stewardship and collection management; explore various legal and ethical issues museum professionals face; examine the regulatory system designed to uphold the integrity of collection care and manage liability exposure associated with a broad range of collection activities. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
ART 423 Drawing III (A)
$50 Course fee required: Prerequisite: ART 322. Provides a continuation of ART 322. Allows for in-depth studio experience, concentrating on drawing the humane, the nature of space, individual exploration of imagery and further experimentation with a variety of media. 3 Cr.
ART 424 Advanced Problems in Drawing (A)
$50 Course fee required: Prerequisite: ART 423 and instructor permission. Provides for intensive drawing, research on concepts, readings, advanced projects, and discussion of theory and criticism as applied to creative drawing. May be repeated for credit. 3 Cr.
ART 427 Information Design (A)
$125 Course fee required: Prerequisite ART325. This studio course explores the designer's role in information design - the visual presentation of complex quantitative, comparative, spatial, and sequential data. Advanced problems are solved through principles of data analysis, appropriate graphical format selection, typographic structure, and diagrammatic interpretation with emphasis on accuracy, efficiency, and clarity. Applications include: statistical charts, graphs, isotype displays, map systems, and diagrams. This course includes advanced work in the following software: lnDesign, Photoshop and Illustrator. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
ART 428 Web & Digital Design II (B)
This course offers an advanced exploration of the principles and techniques of modern web and interactive digital design. It emphasizes responsive design, advanced HTML + CSS, and the use of Figma for wireframing, prototyping, and design systems. Students will enhance their skills through project-based learning and produce portfolio option projects by the end of the course. Class structure includes lectures, demonstrations of digital processes, and experimentation for assignment development. 3 Cr. [Pre-requisites ART325 and ART327 (grade of C required in pre-requisites).]
ART 433 Intermediate Photography (A)
$125 Course fee required: Prerequisites: ART 231 or ART 331 and ART 232 or ART 332. Focuses on further development of technical skills and creative exploration of the media of photography. Explores projects in darkroom and digital photography, including hybrid processes. Class trips and research project exposes students to local resources. Emphasis on development and presentation of unified projects. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ART 434 Advanced Problems in Photography (A)
$125 Course fee required: Prerequisite: ART 433. (Taught at Brockport Campus and Visual Studies Workshop.) Structured for students to gain independence in their working methods. Expects students to locate an area of interest and create a substantial project that reflects a thoughtful and developed investigation. Requires conceptual and technical readings to supplement their work. Course is repeatable. 3 Cr.
ART 443 Painting III (A)
$65 Course fee required. Prerequisite: ART 342. Covers advanced painting, painting from life, and the human figure. Emphasizes creative forms of self expression. Intensive painting and research on imagery begins in the second half of the semester. 3 Cr.
ART 444 Advanced Problems in Painting (A)
$65 Course fee required: Prerequisite: Instructor Permission. Emphasizes personal solutions related to content in the work as well as technical issues in painting, advanced projects, and discussion of theory and criticism applied to creative painting. May be repeated for credit. 3 Cr.
ART 450 Graphic Design Portfolio Development (A)
$85 Course fee required: Prerequisite ART325. This studio course will help students prepare their art and design portfolios for presentation post-graduation. Students will participate in critical discussions about career planning, working with clients, interview etiquette, and portfolio review. Student will assess, revise, and add to their current portfolio while developing presentation formats for both its print and digital display. Students will prepare their resume. They will also develop a personalized identity system to implement across their personal marketing materials (resume, business cards, cover letters, and online presence). This studio course will help students prepare their art and design portfolios for presentation post-graduation. Students will participate in critical discussions about career planning, working with clients, interview etiquette, and portfolio review. Students will assess, revise, and add to their current portfolio while developing presentation formats for both its print and digital display. Students will prepare their resume. They will also develop a personalized identity system to implement across their personal marketing materials (resume, business cards, cover letters, and online presence). 3 Cr. (Spring.)
ART 453 Printmaking III (A)
$100 Course fee required: Prerequisite: ART 352. Allows advanced students to design their individual projects for the semester. Requires a minimum of four projects exploring advanced technical and conceptual development. 3 Cr.
ART 454 Advanced Problems in Printmaking (A)
$100 Course fee required: Prerequisite: ART 453. Allows for a continuation of personal development of ideas, skills and varied technical approaches to the art of printmaking at the advanced level. 3 Cr.
ART 463 Intermediate Sculpture (B)
$140 Course fee required: Prerequisite: ART 361 & ART 362 and the minimum of C only applies to students who use this course to fulfill a requirement in the ART major. Allows students to expand their knowledge of materials and techniques used in the production of sculpture. Assignments address contemporary concerns in working three-dimensionally, such as permanence, process and site-specificity. Allows students to gain knowledge and experience with public art, installation art, and performance art. Entails readings to supplement class demonstrations, critiques, slide lectures, and videos on contemporary sculpture. 3 Cr.
ART 464 Advanced Problems in Sculpture (A)
$140 Course fee required: Prerequisite: ART 463. Students will expand their knowledge of sculptural materials and techniques while working toward the development of their own vision. Individual explorations into various approaches to art making will be encouraged. Information and guidance will be given on documentation and presentation of sculpture for portfolios. May be repeated for credit. 3 Cr.
ART 470 Gallery Management and Exhibition Design (B)
$12 Course fee required: Cross-listed as ARH 480. This course is designed as an intense practicum to prepare students for careers as curators, gallery directors and gallery professionals. Students will actively engage with diverse mediums, arts and curators to develop public exhibitions and programs. Through hands-on experience, students will be challenged to address meanings conveyed consciously and unconsciously by exhibition design and presentation. 3 Cr.
ART 472 Intermediate Handbuilding (A)
Emphasizes continued development of technical skills, creative thinking and problem solving. Students address assigned problems using hand construction techniques to create functional and / or sculptural ceramic forms. Students support their work through related research of contemporary ceramic artists and issues related to the discipline. Course fee. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: ART 371.]
ART 473 Intermediate Wheel (A)
$100 Course fee required: Prerequisite: ART 372. Emphasizes continued development of technical skills, creative thinking and problem solving. Students address assigned problems using the potter's wheel as a tool to create functional and / or sculptural ceramic forms. Students support their work through related research of contemporary ceramic artists and issues related to the discipline. 3 Cr.
ART 474 Advanced Problems in Ceramics: Handbuilding (A)
$100 Course fee required: Prerequisite: ART 472. Provides for advanced skill development, individualized projects, and discussion of theory and criticism applied to the discipline of ceramics. Students support their work through individualized research projects. May be repeated for credit. 3 Cr.
ART 475 Advanced Problems in Ceramics: Wheel (A)
Provides for advanced skill development, individualized projects, and discussion of theory and criticism applied to the discipline of ceramics. Students support their work through individualized research projects. May be repeated for credit. Course fee. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: ART 473.]
ART 488 Intermediate Illustration (B)
Intermediate Illustration continues instruction in the principles and applications of illustration. The course will explore the different contexts and mediums that utilize illustration, and will expand instruction on how to use illustrative compositions to develop clear visual communication. Student solutions will utilize design principles, color theory and composition. Class structure includes demonstrations of digital and analog processes and research to inform the context of the student’s work within historical and contemporary illustrative practice. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: ART 323 and 215 or instructor approval.]
ART 491 Topics in Art (A)
$40 Course fee required. Prerequisite: ART 210. Topics Course, provides an upper-division art studio experience. Allows students to earn credit for a special offering not normally a part of regular department curriculum. Swing course ART 591. 1-6 Cr.
ART 499 Independent Study in Art (A)
Course fee possible. Arranged in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. May be repeated for credit. 1-6 Cr.
ART 570 Gallery Management and Exhibition Design (B)
$12 Course fee required 3 Cr.
ART 591 Topics in Art Studio (B)
$75 Course fee required: Topics Course, provides an upper-division art studio experience. Allows students to earn credit for a special offering not normally a part of regular department curriculum. Swing course ART 491. 1-6 Cr.
ART 641 Visual Studies Studio Critique II (A)
Examines studio work through experimenting with materials, subject matter, and production techniques that are new to the student in addition to continuing to develop ongoing bodies of work. Weekly critiques are by peer review, led by the instructor, with several visiting artist critiques in the term. The culminating event for the course is the Work Share critique. 3-6 Cr. (Fall.) [Course fee.]
ART 643 Visual Studies Studio Critique IV (A)
Examines studio work through experimenting with materials, subject matter, and production techniques that are new to the student in addition to continuing to develop ongoing bodies of work. Weekly critiques are by peer review, led by the instructor, with several visiting artist critiques in the term. The culminating event for the course is the Work Share critique. 3-6 Cr. (Fall.) [Course fee.]
ART 644 Studio Critique V (B)
Examines studio work through experimenting with materials, subject matter, and production techniques that are new to the student in addition to continuing to develop ongoing bodies of work. Weekly critiques are by peer review, led by the instructor, with several visiting artist critiques in the term. The culminating event for the course is the Work Share critique. Due to the independent nature of work in this graduate field, multiple levels (I-VI) of Studio Critique courses meet together in order to facilitate critical feedback from a group of peer graduate students in addition to the instructor and visiting artists/critics. 3 Cr.
ART 645 Studio Critique VI (B)
Examines studio work through experimenting with materials, subject matter, and production techniques that are new to the student in addition to continuing to develop ongoing bodies of work. Weekly critiques are by peer review, led by the instructor, with several visiting artist critiques in the term. The culminating event for the course is the Work Share critique. Studio Critique I-VI are part of the required 18 credits in studio courses required for the MFA in Visual Studies degree. Examines studio work through experimenting with materials, subject matter, and production techniques that are new to the student in addition to continuing to develop ongoing bodies of work. Weekly critiques are by peer review, led by the instructor, with several visiting artist critiques in the term. The culminating event for the course is the Work Share critique. 3 Cr.
Art History
ARH 201 Survey of World Art I (AO)
Provides an integrated chronological study of world art from prehistory to the 14th century. Covers western art along with the ancient arts of Asia, Islamic arts, and pre Columbian arts. Teaches students to identify cross-cultural influences and regional stylistic features. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
ARH 202 Survey of World Art II (AO)
Examines major developments in world art from the 1400s to the present. Students will gain a broad understanding of the history of art making during the modern era, including the European Renaissance, as well as art making in Asia, the Middle East, Africa, and the Americas. Issues of artistic techniques and practices, patronage, power, religion, and aesthetics, as well as societal and cross-cultural influences will be addressed during each time period and with respect to each culture. 3 Cr.
ARH 310 Women in Art (AW)
Examines the contributions and creations of women to the visual arts throughout history, with an emphasis on the women artists of the last two centuries. Students will gain an understanding of artistic techniques and movements and become familiar with the social and political history of women, in order to understand how such conditions affect artistic production. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as WMS 310.]
ARH 315 The History of Graphic Design (A)
This course follows the changes in graphic communications, from its origin with the birth of written language through its evolution into modern mass visual communications. The course surveys important graphic arts movements and individuals. We explore how design theory, technology and seminal works have transformed our visual language and the world in which we live. Students will examine the continuities and interrelationships of graphic communications as it has evolved and expanded, and demonstrate learning through exams and written assignments. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ARH 410 Contemporary Art Criticism (AIW)
Examines art of made throughout the late 20th and early 21st centuries, while simultaneously exploring how the "art world" both reflects and resists societal influences. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ARH 201, ARH 202 and ARH 420.]
ARH 418 Women in Art (B)
Examines the contributions and creations of women to the visual arts throughout history, with an emphasis on the women artists of the last two centuries. Students will gain an understanding of artistic techniques and movements and become familiar with the social and political history of women, in order to understand how such conditions affect artistic production. 3 Cr.
ARH 420 Twentieth Century Art (A)
Examines the major trends and developments of the 20th century, primarily in Europe and the United States. Students will learn how biographical, social, cultural, and political forces influenced various artists. Helps students understand how art making is not a practice in isolation, but an expression of how creators respond to their interior and exterior worlds. 3 Cr. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ARH 201 and ARH 202.]
ARH 423 Feminist Performance Art, Film and Video (A)
This course examines performance art, film, and video that was created during and in the wake of the second-wave feminist revolution of the late 1960s and early 1970s. After reading a number of critical texts, exploring the historical period, and watching myriad films and videos, students will be able to analyze how these art forms were implicit and explicit political acts that expressed women’s discontent with the socio-political status quo, and were attempts to speak back to the hegemonic imagery produced by the mainstream media, Hollywood, and advertising industries. 3 Cr.
ARH 431 American Art (A)
Students will gain a broad comprehension of the painting, sculpture, architecture, photography, and popular arts made in the United States from the Colonial period to the present. Throughout the semester, thematic lectures will chart the history of our nation and simultaneously illustrate how the visual arts and visual culture influenced and were influenced by the notion of a distinctly “American” identity. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ARH 201 & ARH 202.]
ARH 490 Topics in Art History (A)
Reserved for different topics not listed in this catalog. May be repeated for credit. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ARH 201 and ARH 202.]
ARH 491 Seminar in Art History (A)
Examines in detail selected topics in art history with the emphasis on the exploration of research methodologies in fine arts, and writing papers and sharing them in the class. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: ARH 201 and ARH 202 or instructor's permission.]
ARH 499 Independent Study in Art History (A)
Special project in art history arranged in consultation with the instructor-sponsor in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement before registration. May be repeated for credit. 3-6 Cr.
ARH 510 Contemporary Art Criticism (A)
Examines art of made throughout the late 20th and early 21st centuries, while simultaneously exploring how the "art world" both reflects and resists societal influences. 3 Cr.
ARH 518 Women in Art (B)
Examines the contributions and creations of women to the visual arts throughout history, with an emphasis on the women artists of the last two centuries. Students will gain an understanding of artistic techniques and movements and become familiar with the social and political history of women, in order to understand how such conditions affect artistic production. 3 Cr.
ARH 520 Twentieth Century Art (A)
Examines the major trends and developments of the 20thcentury, primarily in Europe and the United States. Explores how biographical, social, cultural, and political forces influenced various artists. Helps students to understand how are making is not a practice in isolation, but an expression of how creators respond to their interior and exterior worlds. 3 Cr.
ARH 531 American Art (A)
Surveys art, architecture, and popular culture from colonial era to the present. 3 Cr.
ARH 561 History of Photography (A)
(Taught at Visual Studies Workshop.) Surveys the development of photographic processes and the movements and artists that have influenced photography. 3 Cr.
ARH 566 Curatorial Outlooks (B)
Curators play a key role in mappying the ever-shifting boarders of the art world. From the traditional role of a keeper of collections to the more recent interpretation as one who selects and interprets a particular exhibit, the position of curator is a powerful one. This course will identify the role of curators and examine the work of curators who have been influential in their respective fields. *elective 3 Cr.
ARH 661 History of Photography II (A)
This course provides a survey of the medium's history from early experiments to present. It provides an overview of photography's development and its impact on society as both an artistic, cultural and sociological phenomenon. It also familiarizes students with existing histories of photography, and addresses some of the problems of defining a visual history through photographic collections. 3 Cr.
Arts for Children
IAC 280 Seminar in Interdisciplinary Arts for Children (A)
Covers the unique aspects of visual art, dance, music, literary art and theatre, as well as relationships among the arts and non-arts curricular areas. Course includes theory, discussion, service learning, inquiry, lesson planning and experiences in creative process. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites - Consult with program advisor for required introductory arts courses, one in each area: visual art, dance, music, theatre.]
IAC 399 Independent Study in Arts for Children (A)
Arranged in consultation with instructor-sponsor in accordance with procedures of Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-3 Cr. [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission.]
IAC 450 Performances for Young Audiences (A)
Explores performance and staging techniques for young audiences; develops skills in improvisation and ensemble playing; prepares shows involving art, dance, music, and theatre; tours and performs for and with young audiences. 1-4 Cr. [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission.]
IAC 490 Arts for Children Special Topics Workshop (B)
Provides opportunities for arts for children students to focus for a full semester on meaningful current topics which cannot be developed fully in other curricular offerings. Both theory and/or art making may serve as content. 2-6 Cr. [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission.]
IAC 491 Advanced Studies in Interdisciplinary Arts for Children (A)
Examines issues and representative theories, program development and evaluation, development of leadership skills, and ability to utilize arts resources. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: Completion of required arts for children specialty area courses.]
IAC 492 Internship in Arts for Children (A)
To provide theoretical and practical experience for exploring solutions to selected problems and issues in interdisciplinary arts for children. A student, who will be placed in an organization as an intern, will work on projects mutually agreed between the student, supervisor in the organization, and instructor. 1-3 Cr.
IAC 499 Independent Study in Arts for Children (A)
Arranged in consultation with instructor-sponsor in accordance with procedures of Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-3 Cr. [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission.]
IAC 550 Performances for Young Audiences (A)
Explores performance and staging techniques for young audiences; develops skills in improvisation and ensemble playing; prepares shows involving art, dance, music, and theatre; tours and performs for and with young audiences. Requires that students write research papers. 1-4 Cr.
IAC 580 Workshop in Interdisciplinary Arts for Children (B)
Through lecture, discussion and participation, studies the use of creative arts in the classroom and community agency. Focuses on integration of all the art forms. Requires graduate students to function as group leaders. 3 Cr.
IAC 590 Arts for Children Special Topics Workshop (B)
Provides students opportunities to develop an understanding of one topic that focuses on application of interdisciplinary arts experiences for children, e.g., performances for or by children, subject integration, curriculum development, and research. Deals with current arts and education issues and may be developed in response to programmatic needs identified by faculty and students. For information contact IAC program director. 2-6 Cr.
IAC 591 Interdisciplinary Arts for Children Seminar (A)
Discusses issues and representative theories; and entails program development and evaluation, and development of leadership skills and ability to utilize arts resources. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
IAC 680 Summer Sun Strong Museum (B)
Through collaboration with colleagues, provides students with hands-on experience in developing curriculum with a focus on multiple intelligences and integrative arts within a unique museum setting. 3 Cr.
IAC 690 Topics in Interdisciplinary Arts for Children (A)
Provides students opportunities to develop an understanding of topics which focus on application of interdisciplinary arts experiences for children, integration of arts into curriculum, and research. Deals with current arts, education, and advocacy issues. May explore other topics in response to programmatic needs identified by the faculty and students. 2-6 Cr.
IAC 692 Aesthetic Education Institute (B)
Through the Aesthetic Education Institute (AEI), entails an intensive summer seminar for educators, in which students engage with the four art areas of music, dance, theater, and visual art. Through performances by professional artists who model curricular offerings, provides students with the opportunity to discuss the art making process. Requires students to enroll both with SUNY Brockport and The Aesthetic Education Institute and pay separate enrollment fees. 3 Cr.
IAC 699 Independent Study Interdisciplinary Arts for Children (A)
Arranged in consultation with instructor/sponsor prior to registration. 1-3 Cr.
Arts Management
Astronomy
AST 205 Introduction to Astronomy (with Lab) (AL)
$5 Course fee required: Prerequisite MTH 112. An introduction to what we have learned about the solar system, stars, galaxies, and the Universe, as well as what is yet to be discovered. Special topics may include black holes, relativity, dark matter, and extraterrestrial life. Lab section provides for observation, both with the unaided eye and telescopes, and will use the College planetarium to illustrate some concepts. Three hours of lecture and three hours of lab per week. 4 Cr. (Every Semester.)
AST 213 Exploring the Solar System (A)
Traces our understanding of the Sun and its family of planets from ancient times to the present day, starting with early interpretations of celestial motions to modern discoveries made with robotic probes. Topics include the sky as seen from Earth; the Copernican revolution; light and telescopes; properties of terrestrial and jovian planets; history of the solar system; exoplants; and the possibilities for life beyond Earth. Not open to students with credit for AST 203 or 205. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
AST 215 Exploring the Solar System with Laboratory (AL)
Traces our understanding of the Sun and its family of planets from ancient times to the present day, starting with early interpretations of celestial motions to modern discoveries made with robotic probes. Topics include the sky as seen from Earth; the Copernican revolution; light and telescopes; properties of terrestrial and jovian planets; history of the solar system; exoplants; and the possibilities for life beyond Earth. Lab section will use the College planetarium to illustrate some concepts, and provides for observation with telescopes, Not open to students with credit for AST 203 or 205. 4 Cr. (Fall.)
AST 218 Stars, Galaxies, and the Universe (A)
Follows stellar and galactic astronomy through the last hundred years of discovery, leading to the modern scientific understanding of our place in the cosmos. Traces the lives of stars, the formation and evolution of galaxies, and the birth and fate of the universe. Emphasizes the modern frontiers of astrophysics, including black holes, dark matter, gravitational waves, and dark energy. Not open to students with credit for AST 203 or 205. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
AST 220 Stars, Galaxies, and the Universe with Laboratory (AL)
Follows stellar and galactic astronomy through the last hundred years of discovery, leading to the modern scientific understanding of our place in the cosmos. Traces the lives of stars, the formation and evolution of galaxies, and the birth and fate of the universe. Emphasizes the modern frontiers of astrophysics, including black holes, dark matter, gravitational waves, and dark energy. Lab section will use the College planetarium to illustrate some concepts, and provides for observation with telescopes. Not open to students with credit for AST 203 or 205. 4 Cr. (Spring.)
AST 399 Independent Study in Astronomy (A)
Arranged in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-6 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
AST 499 Independent Study in Astronomy (A)
Arranged in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-6 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
Biology
BIO 110 Principles of Biology Lectures (A)
For non-majors; course is not applicable to the major in biology. Through lecture/discussions, examines the structure and function of living organisms extending from the cellular level to the Earth’s biosphere as a system. Students who receive academic credits for BIO 111 may not receive credits for this course. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
BIO 111 Principles of Biology (AL)
$25 Course fee required: For non-majors; course is not applicable to the major in biological sciences; a prerequisite for BIO 321-322. Through lecture/discussions and laboratory activities, examines the structure and function of living organisms extending from the cellular level to the Earth’s biosphere as a system. 4 Cr. (Every Semester.)
BIO 201 Biology I (AL)
$50 Course fee required: For Biology and Med Tech Majors: Provides an integrated exploration of the fundamentals of biology as a science, the nature and origin of life, biological chemistry, cell biology, and genetics. Draws upon plants, animals and microbes to illustrate structure and function relationships. 4 Cr. (Every Semester.)
BIO 202 Biology II (AL)
$50 Course fee required: Prerequisite: BIO 201. Focuses on organismal biology by taking an evolutionary approach to examine how animals and plants adapt to the environment, to study structure and functions by examining both animal and plant physiology and to integrate this knowledge with laboratories that run parallel with the lectures. 4 Cr. (Every Semester.)
BIO 221 Survey of Anatomy and Physiology (AL)
$25 Course fee required: Credit not applicable to the major in biology. A systems overview of human anatomy and physiology, with emphasis on structure and function of skeletal, muscular, nervous, cardiovascular and respiratory systems. Presents development and integration of these units as a basis for understanding the anatomical and physiological aspects of humans at rest and during activity. Includes a weekly laboratory session. 4 Cr. (Every Semester.)
BIO 281 Elements of Human Biology (A)
Credit not applicable to the major in biology. Provides an introduction for non-majors to the human organism-structure, physiology, metabolism, behavior, genetics, evolution and ecological relationships. Addresses important issues in health and human disease as well as current societal and ethical issues in readings, lectures and classroom discussions. 3 Cr.
BIO 285 Biology of Aging (AY)
Credit not applicable to the major in biology. Covers mechanisms of aging at the physiological, cellular, and molecular levels. Examines physiological changes associated with human aging. Discusses aging as a disease and age-related diseases. Studies of aging in model organisms are used to provide insights into mechanisms of human aging. Covers treatments of aging, both bogus and bona fide that claim to decrease aging and increase longevity. While this course covers the biology of aging, various social, political, and ethical issues concerning aging will be covered. 3 Cr.
BIO 290 Introduction to Honors Research (A)
Provides an introduction to scientific research laboratory and the scientific method. Cellular and molecular techniques will be introduced in the context of a developing thesis proposal. Six hours per week is to be arranged with the faculty mentor. Only students with fewer than 54 college credits may register. 2 Cr. (Every Semester.)
BIO 302 Genetics (A)
$50 Course fee required: Prerequisites: BIO 201, BIO 202 and CHM 205, CHM 206; Recommended corequisite: CHM 305. A study of the principles and mechanisms of heredity, and the gene as the basis of inherited variation. Course topics include Mendelian transmission genetics, as well as molecular aspects of gene replication and gene expression. Covers selected topics in genetic regulation, mutation and repair, bacterial and eukaryotic gene mapping, genetic and recombinant DNA techniques as well as population genetics. Laboratory experiments illustrate the above principles. Experiments include basic techniques in DNA isolation and restriction enzyme analysis, gene and chromosome segregation, gene expression, mutagenesis and repair, DNA fingerprinting, and bioinformatics. 4 Cr. (Fall.)
BIO 303 Ecology (AY)
$50 Course fee required: Cross-listed as ENV 303; Prerequisites: BIO 202 or ENV 202 or 204 with min grade of C-. Ecology addresses interrelationships among organisms and the physical environment. Considers energy flow, nutrient cycling, population and community dynamics, principles of animal behavior, and natural history in lecture, laboratory and field study. 4 Cr.
BIO 310 Biological Chemistry (A)
A one-semester introduction to biochemistry concepts. Engages students in the chemical foundation of life, bioenergetics, enzyme regulation and kinetics, and cellular metabolism. Closed to students who have taken CHM 468. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: Must have a grade of C or better in both BIO 201 or BIO 202 for BIO and Med Tech Majors, and CHM 206.]
BIO 311 Biological Chemistry Laboratory (A)
$50 Course fee required: Prerequisite or Corequisite: BIO 310. Illustrates biological chemistry concepts using hands-on examples. Students will work independently and in teams. Activities may include modules on making solutions, titrations and pH, generating standard curves, protein, determination assays, gel electrophoresis, mammalian cell culture, fluorescence microscopy and Michaelis-Menten kinetics in a three-hour lab per week. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
BIO 315 Cell Biology (A)
Covers cellular structures and functions and the interrelationship between them. Topics include cell components, energy and metabolism, protein structure and function, membranes and transport, cell signaling, cytoskeleton, cell division cycle, and stem cells. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: BIO 201, BIO 202, CHM 205, and CHM 206.]
BIO 321 Anatomy and Physiology I (A)
$25 Course fee required: Prerequisites: BIO 111 or BIO 201 or BIO 221. Studies the structure and function of cells, tissues and organs with examples drawn from the human body. Introduces students to the anatomy and physiology of the skeletal, muscular, nervous, endocrine and integumentary systems of the body through lectures and laboratories. (BIO 321 and 322 are recommended to be taken in sequence). 4 Cr. (Fall.)
BIO 322 Anatomy and Physiology II (A)
$25 Course fee required: Prerequisites: BIO 111 or BIO 201 or BIO 221 or BIO 321. Introduces students to the anatomy and physiology of cardiovascular, circulatory, urinary, respiratory, digestive, immunological, and reproductive systems of the human body through lectures and laboratories. . 4 Cr. (Spring.)
BIO 323 Microbiology (A)
$25 Course fee required: Prerequisites: BIO 111 or BIO 201, AND CHM 205 or CHM 260. Provides lectures concerned with the structure, function, diversity, and control of microorganisms, including metabolism, growth and regulation, microbial genetics, disease, and immunology. Provides lab experiences in techniques of pure culture, cultivation, enumeration, isolation and characterization of microorganisms. 4 Cr. (Fall.)
BIO 333 Contemporary Issues in Life Science (AI)
Credit not applicable to the major in biological sciences. What is life? When does human life begin? How do genes control life processes? Is it natural/ ethical to alter the genetic makeup of species, including humans? What drives pharmaceutical companies and drug development? Explores controversial issues raised by modern biotechnology. Reviews background information for identifying, understanding, and analyzing critical issues facing the life sciences. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
BIO 404 Developmental Biology (A)
$25 Course fee required: Pre/Co-requisites: BIO 315. Provides a comprehensive one-semester survey of the mechanisms of animal development through lectures and laboratory exercises. Lectures cover historical approaches, contemporary research, and links between evolution and development. Laboratories examine embryonic development of sea urchin, chick, and fruit fly. 4 Cr. (Fall.)
BIO 407 Advanced Cell Biology (A)
An advanced course in cell biology. In depth exploration of cell structure and function and the interrelationship between them including biological membranes, molecular transport, vesicle trafficking and secretion, cell division, cytoskeleton, receptors and cell signaling, extracellular matrix and the organization of tissues. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: BIO 301 or 315 and BIO 302.]
BIO 411 Evolution (A)
Commences with a review of philosophical and factual basis of evolutionary biology. Examines the physiochemical background for the evolution of life, mechanisms of evolution, population genetics, phylogeny, speciation, and consequences of the evolution of populations of living organisms. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: BIO 302.]
BIO 414 Immunology (A)
Designed to present the basic principles and concepts of immunology. Students will be able to understand and describe topics such as organization of the immune system, evolution of the immune system, cellular and molecular mechanisms used by the immune system to protect organisms from disease, antibodies and antibody diversity, antigens and antigen-antibody interactions, major histocompatibility complex function, B and T cell development and differentiation, development and survival of lymphocytes, cytokines and their role in regulation of immune responses, the role of the complement system and cell mediated effector response, vaccination, cancer immunology, mechanisms for rejection of transplanted tissue, autoimmunity. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite/Coreq: BIO 310 or BIO 310 & 311; swing course BIO 514.]
BIO 415 Molecular Biology (A)
Covers the biosynthesis and function of macromolecules, especially nucleic acids. Includes topics in regulation, molecular virology, DNA mutation and transposition, and DNA repair. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: BIO 302, 310, 311, and CHM 305.]
BIO 416 Exercise Physiology Lecture & Laboratory (A)
$20 Course fee required: Prerequisite: PBH 488, Corequisite: PES 410; Prerequisite: MTH 111 or MTH 121. Lecture - The course will include the theoretical background and laboratory techniques used to measure fatigue, muscular force production, and cardiovascular & metabolic responses to work of various intensities. In addition, students will be taught how to understand and critically evaluate scientific research in the field of Exercise Physiology. Laboratory - Students will be exposed to the processes involved in conducting a research project, which will result in writing a research manuscript. The manuscript will include the following sections: 1.) abstract; 2.) introduction; 3.) development of a testable hypothesis; 4.) experimental design and methods; 5.) data collection and analysis; and 6.) presentation of the results. Course is required by the Exercise Science major Cross-listed as PES 416. Course requires minimum grade of "C" for major/minor/certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
BIO 417 Recombinant DNA Laboratory (A)
$25 Course fee required: Prerequisites: BIO 302 and CHM 305. Covers laboratory methods involved in the construction of a genomic DNA library and the creation of recombinant DNA molecules. Standard molecular biology techniques such as plasmid and genomic DNA isolation, bacterial growth and selection techniques, gene isolation and detection, DNA ligation, restriction analysis, bioinformatics, and PCR methods will be utilized. 3 Cr.
BIO 420 Mechanisms of Aging (A)
Covers mechanisms of aging at the physiological, cellular and molecular levels. Discusses aging as a disease that can be treated and prevented. Studies of aging in model organisms are used to provide insights into mechanisms of human aging. The evolution of aging mechanisms also is discussed. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites BIO 301 & BIO 302 or BIO 310 & 311.]
BIO 422 Animal Physiology and Histology (B)
$25 Course fee required: Prerequisites: BIO 310 and BIO 311. Essential physiological concepts will be used to further the understanding of how the human body functions. Emphasis is placed on providing an integrated explanation of the histology, regulation and function of key organ systems such as nervous, circulatory, respiratory, gastrointestinal, endocrine and urinary systems. Includes a lab illustrating concepts covered in lecture. Recommended for Biology majors. 4 Cr. (Spring.)
BIO 423 General Microbiology (A)
$60 Course fee required: Prerequisites: BIO 310, 311, and 302. This course aimed at Biology majors provides lectures concerned with the structure, function, diversity, and control of microorganisms, including metabolism, growth and regulation, microbial genetics, disease, immunology, and microbial ecology. Provides lab experiences in techniques of pure culture, cultivation, enumeration, as well as isolation and characterization of diverse microorganisms such as bacteria, fungi, viruses from various sources such as food, environment, water. 4 Cr. (Spring.)
BIO 424 Experimental Research (A)
Under the supervision of a faculty member in biology, allows the student to undertake a lab research project in some area of biological science. Establishes the topic and methodology by mutual consent of the student and faculty member. Requires all students enrolled to meet together with the involved faculty once a week to discuss the background, methods and results of their projects. Encourages students to present their results at Scholars Day. May be repeated; a maximum of six credits from a combination of BIO 424, BIO 493, and BIO 499 may be applied toward the major in Biology or Medical Technology. 1-4 Cr. [Prerequisites: Junior status and instructor's permission.]
BIO 425 Microbial Ecology (A)
This course explores the role of microorganisms in various environmental contexts, including their interactions with ecosystems, biogeochemical cycles, and their applications in bioremediation and environmental monitoring. Emphasis will be placed on understanding microbial diversity, ecological functions, and the impact of human activities on microbial communities. Cross list & Swing course info BIO425 ENV425 BIO525 ENV525. 4 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: BIO302 OR (ENV202 AND ENV204 AND and ENV 303 AND CHM205 AND CHM206).]
BIO 430 Immunology Laboratory (A)
Course fee: $75. This laboratory is restricted to undergraduate students enrolled in the Medical Technology major. The objective of this course is to provide an introduction to experimental design and basic techniques commonly used in immunology research as well as medical laboratories. The techniques that the students will learn include preparation of cell suspensions from lymphoid organs of mice, detection of activated T cells, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), immunoprecipitation, SDS-PAGE, western blot, and flow cytometry. 1 Cr. (Spring.)
BIO 433 Bacterial Physiology and Genetics (A)
$75 Course fee required: Prerequisites: BIO 301 or BIO 310 & 311. The course provides lectures that will allow students to gain an understanding of the structural and metabolic diversity of bacteria, as well as genetic and physiological regulation in bacteria. The laboratory portion of the course will teach students experimental techniques used to investigate physiological and genetic control in bacteria. 4 Cr.
BIO 455 Neurophysiology (A)
Introduction to neurophysiology emphasizing cellular and molecular processes occurring at the plasma membrane. Biophysical mechanisms used by neurons to code, process, propagate, and transmit information are examined. Chemical signaling at the neuromuscular junction will be examined in detail. A quantitative description of neuronal function is provided. For example, the effects of ionic gradients on the resting membrane potential of a neuron, the influence on neuronal function, and the effect on the human nervous system is discussed. Current techniques, including electrophysiology and microscopy, will be covered. Swing Course BIO 555. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: BIO 310, 311 and BIO 315.]
BIO 456 Systems Physiology (A)
$25 Course fee required: An inquiry-based course providing experience in an authentic research project. Student teams will develop a testable hypothesis, design and perform experiments, and prepare a final presentation. Physiological mechanisms will be examined at the molecular and whole animal levels. The primary goal is to develop a hands-on perspective of the biomedical research process. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
BIO 466 General Endocrinology (A)
Explores the relationship between hormone action at the level of the cell and resulting physiological responses such as the regulation of growth, metabolic and reproductive processes. Mechanism of action at cell and molecular levels is emphasized. The pathophysiology of hormone-based disease is used to illustrate concepts. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: BIO 301 or BIO 310 & 311.]
BIO 475 Cancer Biology (A)
Focuses on the biology of cancer commencing with an epidemiological overview of the major human cancers, followed by a discussion of the major causes, progression, identification, prevention, and treatments of those cancers. Emphasizes the molecular mechanisms behind the development of cancer, as well as those being targeted for pharmacological treatments. Includes a discussion of the latest medical advances. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: BIO 301 & BIO 302 or BIO 310 & 311.]
BIO 480 Genomes and Proteomes in Biomedicine (A)
Introduces the knowledge of genomics and proteomics in biomedicine, and the bioinformatic approaches for accessing biological databases/programs and analyzing biological data. The topics include the tree of life, various genomes (from viruses, bacteria, fungi, plants to mammals) and their structure and function, genome sequencing technology and genome assembly, genome annotation and functional annotation, human genome and disease, next-generation sequencing technology and data analysis, phylogenetic analysis, protein structure and proteomics, We will mainly use web-based tools/databases and stand-alone programs with graphical user interface. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: BIO 301 or BIO 310 & 311.]
BIO 483 Introduction of Bioinformatics (A)
Introduces biologists with computational skills necessary to create and automate tools to analyze biological data. The course is divided into three sub-topics: Linux basics, Python programming, relational databases. A brief review about molecular biology will also be included. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: BIO 302.]
BIO 489 Neurobiology (A)
Fosters the understanding that the brain is the basis of our thoughts, feelings, actions and sense of selves. Advances the idea that brain development and synapse formation play a major role in defining who we are. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: BIO 315.]
BIO 491 Biological Sciences Overseas Program (A)
Requires students to attend classes in the biological sciences and/or related areas at the participating overseas university. 1-15 Cr. [Prerequisite: Departmental approval.]
BIO 493 Honors Research (A)
Provides an independent research experience for Honors Students in Biology with a faculty member. Up to nine hours per week (3hr/Cr.) is to be arranged with the faculty mentor. Juniors and Seniors only or departmental permission. May be repeated, but only 6 credits can be applied towards the major in Biology. Requires prior approval of the faculty mentor. 1-3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
BIO 495 Topics in Biology (A)
To be defined by the instructor-sponsor in accordance with the specific topic to be covered that semester. Additional information may be obtained from the department office. 1-4 Cr.
BIO 497 Honors Thesis (A)
The Honors Research Project culminates in a written Honors Thesis to be presented at Scholar’s Day or another appropriate scientific forum. The thesis must be approved by the Honors Coordinator and College Honors Program designee. Students must have obtained an overall GPA and a GPA in the major of 3.25 or higher in order to register. A minimum grade of B must be obtained to receive departmental honors. Departmental approval to register is required. 1 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
BIO 498 Seminar (A)
Provides an opportunity to research a topic and organize and present a seminar on the topic. Provides experience in scientific communication including oral and written forms. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: Senior status and a major in Biology.]
BIO 499 Independent Study in Biology (A)
To be defined in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-4 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission.]
BIO 504 Developmental Biology (A)
$25 Course fee required: Pre/Co-requisite: BIO 315. Provides a comprehensive one-semester survey of the mechanisms of animal development through lectures and laboratory exercises. Lectures cover historical approaches, contemporary research, and links between evolution and development. Laboratories examine embryonic development of sea urchin, chick, and fruit fly. 4 Cr. (Fall.)
BIO 507 Advanced Cell Biology (A)
An advanced course in cell biology. In depth exploration of cell structure and function and the interrelationship between them including biological membranes, molecular transport, vesicle trafficking and secretion, cell division, cytoskeleton, receptors and cell signaling, extracellular matrix and the organization of tissues. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites - BIO301 and BIO302.]
BIO 514 Introduction to Immunology (A)
Designed to present the basic principles and concepts of immunology. Students will be able to understand and describe topics such as organization of the immune system, evolution of the immune system, cellular and molecular mechanisms used by the immune system to protect organisms from disease, antibodies and antibody diversity, antigens and antigen-antibody interactions, major histocompatibility complex function, Band T cell development and differentiation, development and survival of lymphocytes, cytokines and their role in regulation of immune responses, the role of the complement system and cell mediated effector response, vaccination, cancer immunology, mechanisms for rejection of transplanted tissue, autoimmunity. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite or corequisite: BIO 301.]
BIO 515 Molecular Biology (A)
Covers the biosynthesis and function of macromolecules, especially nucleic acids. Includes topics in regulation, molecular virology, DNA mutation and transposition, and DNA repair. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
BIO 520 Mechanisms of Aging (A)
Covers mechanisms of aging at the physiological, cellular and molecular levels. Discusses aging as a disease that can be treated and prevented. Studies of aging in model organisms are used to provide insights into mechanisms of human aging. Finally, the evolution of aging mechanisms is discussed. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
BIO 522 Animal Physiology and Histology (B)
$25 Course fee required: Prerequisites: BIO310 and BIO311. Essential physiological concepts will be used to further the understanding of how the human body functions. Emphasis is placed on providing an integrated explanation of the histology, regulation and function of key organ systems such as nervous, circulatory, respiratory, gastrointestinal, endocrine and urinary systems. Includes a lab illustrating concepts covered in lecture. Recommended for Biology majors. 4 Cr. (Spring.)
BIO 525 Microbial Ecology (A)
This course explores the role of microorganisms in various environmental contexts, including their interactions with ecosystems, biogeochemical cycles, and their applications in bioremediation and environmental monitoring. Emphasis will be placed on understanding microbial diversity, ecological functions, and the impact of human activities on microbial communities. Graduate students will need to complete the following in addition to normal course content: 1) Two academic paper written assignments where students must find a relevant paper, summarize the information, and link it to class topics. As well as, critique the article, highlighting strengths, weaknesses, and any questions that remain unanswered. 2) Present one of these publications to the class including a summary and critique of the article. 3) Hypothesis driven research proposal where the graduate students must write a proposal that aims to address an unresolved question in microbial ecology. This includes proposing a novel experiment, including experimental design, methods, and expected outcomes. Cross list & Swing course info BIO425 ENV425 BIO525 ENV525. 4 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: BIO302 OR (ENV202 AND ENV204 AND and ENV 303 AND CHM205 AND CHM206).]
BIO 526 Recombinant DNA (A)
Considers theory and techniques in the recombinant DNA field. Includes topics such as cloning vectors, restriction analysis, PCR methods, and expression of cloned genes in both prokaryotes and eukaryotes. Also considers examples and implications of recombinant DNA methodology in plants and agriculture, as well as in medicine, human genetics and disease. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
BIO 533 Bacterial Physiology and Genetics (A)
$75 Course fee required: The course provides lectures that will allow students to gain an understanding of the structural and metabolic diversity of bacteria, as well as genetic and physiological regulation in bacteria. The laboratory portion of the course will teach students experimental techniques used to investigate physiological and genetic control in bacteria. 4 Cr.
BIO 555 Neurophysiology (A)
Introduction to neurophysiology emphasizing cellular and molecular processes occurring at the plasma membrane. Biophysical mechanisms used by neurons to code, process, propagate, and transmit information are examined. Chemical signaling at the neuromuscular junction will be examined in detail. A quantitative description of neuronal function is provided. For example, the effects of ionic gradients on the resting membrane potential of a neuron, the influence on neuronal function, and the effect on the human nervous system is discussed. Current techniques, including electrophysiology and microscopy, will be covered. Swing course BIO 455 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: BIO 110, 111, and 315.]
BIO 566 General Endocrinology (A)
Explores the relationship between hormone action at the level of the cell and resulting physiological responses such as the regulation of growth, metabolic and reproductive processes. Mechanism of action at cell and molecular levels is emphasized. The pathophysiology of hormone-based disease is used to illustrate concepts. 3 Cr.
BIO 567 Biochemistry I (A)
Covers proteins, lipids, carbohydrates, nucleic acids and other biomolecules with an emphasis on buffers, structures, experimental methods, main energy production pathways and biosynthesis. Requires application of concepts and information to experimental data and deduction of structures, functional roles and mechanisms. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
BIO 568 Biochemistry II (A)
Emphasizes topics such as metabolic pathways, human nutrition, chromosomes and genes, protein biosynthesis, cell walls, immunoglobulins, muscle contraction, cell motility, membrane transport, and excitable membranes and sensory systems. Investigates the experimental evidence for the structure and functions of biomolecules. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
BIO 570 Biochemistry Lab (A)
$25 Course fee required: Covers biochemical analyses, including preparation, separations and characterization of products from a variety of biological sources. Provides experiments with enzymes and experiments designed to measure inherent changes in the dynamics of living systems. 1 Cr. (Fall.)
BIO 575 Cancer Biology (A)
Focuses on the biology of cancer commencing with an epidemiological overview of the major human cancers, followed by a discussion of the major causes, progression, identification, prevention, and treatments of those cancers. Emphasizes the molecular mechanisms behind the development of cancer, as well as those being targeted for pharmacological treatments. Includes a discussion of the latest medical advances. 3 Cr.
BIO 580 Genomes and Proteomes in Biomedicine (A)
Introduces the knowledge of genomics and proteomics in biomedicine, and the bioinformatic approaches for accessing biological databases/programs and analyzing biological data. The topics include the tree of life, various genomes (from viruses, bacteria, fungi, plants to mammals) and their structure and function, genome sequencing technology and genome assembly, genome annotation and functional annotation, human genome and disease, next-generation sequencing technology and data analysis, phylogenetic analysis, protein structure and proteomics, We will mainly use web-based tools/databases and stand-alone programs with graphical user interface. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites - BIO 301 and BIO 302.]
BIO 583 Introduction to Bioinfomatics (A)
Introduces biologists with computational skills necessary to create and automate tools to analyze biological data. The course is divided into three sub-topics: Linux basics, Python programming, relational databases. A brief review about molecular biology will also be included. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite - BIO 302.]
BIO 589 Neurobiology (A)
Fosters the understanding that the brain is the basis of our thoughts, feelings, actions and sense of selves. Advances the idea that brain development and synapse formation play a major role in defining who we are. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: BIO 315.]
BIO 595 Topics in Biology (A)
To be defined by the instructor in accordance with the specific topic to be covered each semester. Additional information may be obtained from the department office. May be repeated under a different title. 1-4 Cr.
BIO 623 DNA Cloning Laboratory (A)
Covers laboratory methods involved in the construction of a genomic DNA library and the creation of recombinant DNA molecules. Standard molecular biology techniques such as plasmid and genomic DNA isolation, bacterial growth and selection techniques, gene isolation and detection, DNA ligation, restriction analysis, bioinformatics, and PCR methods will be utilized. 3 Cr.
BIO 643 General Microbiology (A)
Course fee: $50. This course aimed at Biology majors provides lectures concerned with the structure, function, diversity, and control of microorganisms, including metabolism, growth and regulation, microbial genetics, disease, immunology, and microbial ecology. Provides lab experiences in techniques of pure culture, cultivation, enumeration, as well as isolation and characterization of diverse microorganisms such as bacteria, fungi, viruses from various sources such as food, environment, and water. 4 Cr.
BIO 656 Systems Physiology (A)
A laboratory course providing engagement in an authentic research experience examining physiological control mechanisms at the molecular, organ, and whole animal levels. Leadership of student teams will develop essential communication skills. The primary goal is to learn current techniques and approaches to physiological problems, and to develop scientific communication skills that are necessary for success in modern research environments. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
BIO 692 Graduate Seminar (A)
Required of all graduate students. Requires each student to present a seminar on some mutually agreeable topic in science that is critiqued for scientific content, style of presentation, quality of visual aids, impact on the audience, etc. Provides experience in scientific communication including oral and written forms. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
BIO 695 Topics in Biology (A)
Current topics to be arranged by instructor in a special field of study. Details reflect student demand, needs and timely topics of interest. 1-3 Cr.
BIO 699 Independent Study (A)
Designed individually through consultation between student and instructor to suit the student's needs and interests and the special competence of the instructor. Additional requirements may be imposed by the department. 1-6 Cr. (Every Semester.)
BIO 702 Independent Research Experience (A)
Requires an independent research experience, but permits a more flexible course of study than does a traditional thesis program. Designed for Plan II of the MS program with teachers, medical technologists, lab technicians and other employed persons in mind. First semester Plan I MS students can apply 3 credits towards the degree. 1-6 Cr. (Every Semester.)
BIO 704 Thesis (A)
Provides for an individual investigation of an original problem to be submitted in a format acceptable to satisfy the requirements for the master's thesis as determined by department rules and regulations. 1-6 Cr. (Every Semester.)
Business
BUS 210 Social Media and Consumers (ASY)
This course provides students with the theoretical and practical approaches to think critically about the powerful ways social media are shaping our lives and society. This course covers a broad range of topics, including consumer culture, online communities, self-presentation and branding, business and marketing, crowdsourcing, online sharing, and word-of-mouth. 3 Cr.
BUS 217 Fundamentals of Business Computing (A)
Provides a broad overview of topics, technologies and terms associated with the use of computers in business organizations. Includes topics such as hardware, software, networks, information and reporting systems, e-commerce, and databases. Provides an opportunity for students to develop spreadsheet skills consistent with level one certification. Requires completion of laboratory assignments outside of class. Cross listed with CIS 217. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
BUS 220 Investment Fund Management (B)
This course offers an extraordinary opportunity for students to manage the Wade Investment Fund, a real-money investment portfolio exceeding $75,000. Under the direct supervision of experienced faculty, participants will engage in hands-on, practical financial management, gaining invaluable experience in real-world investment strategies. The course covers extensive training in portfolio management, financial analysis, risk assessment, and due diligence. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
BUS 260 Professional Skills and Acumen (BSY)
Discusses and develops skills that are key to success as a manager, including leadership, time management, workload management, communication, team work, interaction with colleagues and customers, presentation and writing skills, and professional comportment. This one- credit, 15-week course is required of all students in the management track of the business degree and establishes expectations for writing, presentation, and team exercises in all management track courses. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
BUS 261 Bloomberg Market Concepts (B)
Course fee: $50. This course is an adjunct to the self-paced Bloomberg Market Concepts (BMC) program. The course supplements Bloomberg's e-learning modules by providing hands-on training and facilitating in-depth discussions. A primary objective of this course is to successfully pass Bloomberg's BMC program and earn the accompanying certificate. 1 Cr. (Fall.)
BUS 262 Student-Led Marketing Agency (B)
In this innovative one-credit practicum, students will take on the role of marketing consultants as part of a dynamic student-led agency to address real-world marketing challenges faced by external clients. This hands-on experiential course is designed to bridge the gap between classroom theory and practical application by immersing students in the complexities of marketing strategy, campaign development, and analytics in collaboration with external clients. The class is repeatable for up to 4-credits. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
BUS 263 Socioeconomics of Entrepreneurship (ASY)
BUS 263 is a general business course that introduces students to the field of entrepreneurship and brings students' awareness to the concepts of self-employment, start-up companies, small and medium sized enterprises, innovation management, and the entrepreneurial mindset. It provides broad exposure to many topics of entrepreneurship, including understanding social and technical entrepreneurship, socioeconomic conditions facing new ventures, generating and iterating ideas, conducting basic market analysis and financial analysis, understanding innovation management process and its stakeholder impact, and designing plans for implementing ideas pertaining to the creation of for-profit and non-profit new ventures. BUS263 will benefit students of any discipline wishing for a single exposure tinto the broad world of innovation and entrepreneurship. Course requires a minimum grade of D for general education/major/minor/certification. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
BUS 265 Bloomberg ESG Certification (B)
Course fee: $50. This 1-credit course is an adjunct to the self-paced Bloomberg ESG Certification program. The course supplements Bloomberg's e-learning modules by providing hands-on training and facilitating in-depth discussions. Focusing on the buy-side asset management firm perspective, students will learn to implement ESG strategies and prepare ESG reports for regulators. A primary objective of this course is to successfully pass Bloomberg's ESG Certification program and earn the accompanying certificate. 1 Cr. (Spring.)
BUS 278 Environmental Ethics and Sustainable Business (AHY)
Investigates ethical issues related to environmental sustainability and business to develop students' abilities to critically analyze environmental issues from the perspective of business firms, consumers, and policy makers. Examines how business can both help solve sustainability issues and can create or exacerbate threats to environmental sustainability, including climate change. Explores how decision making frameworks from business and economics approach questions about how to properly value the natural environment. 3 Cr.
BUS 314 Tourism Principles (A)
Covers principles affecting tourism: the scope and magnitude of tourist attractions, services, facilities, transportation, accommodations, and the tourist. Examines travel motivations; demand for destinations; economic, socio-cultural and ecological impact; tourism planning; and tourism marketing. Minimum of grade of "C" for major/minor 3 Cr. (Fall.)
BUS 315 International Tourism (AI)
Examines the international tourism environment. Covers tourism growth and development and its costs and benefits as an international, economic, social, cultural, political, and environmental phenomenon. Covers trends in international tourism through the exploration of literature relating to international tourism destinations and looks at the role of various constituents in promoting international tourism. Minimum grade of "C" for majors/minors. 3 Cr.
BUS 317 Management Information Systems (B)
Explores the use of information systems in organizations. Examines how different types of information systems are used to enhance performance of organizations, management, and employees. Introduces the systems development process and the management of information resources, including data, hardware, software, infrastructures and personnel. Introduces and applies the key theories and frameworks in the discipline, such as systems theory and value chains. Develops an intermediate level of end-user computing skills and assumes introductory-level knowledge of MS Office applications. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: CIS 217 and either ACC 280 or ACC 281.]
BUS 325 Principles of Finance (B)
$80 Course fee required: Prerequisites: ACC 280 or ACC 281, ECN 201 and ECN 202, MTH 244, MTH 111 or higher. Provides a foundation in corporate financial decision-making. Covers the corporate environment, time value of money, risk and return, diversification, market efficiency, and valuation. Applies these concepts to financial analysis and planning, capital budgeting and financing. (Note: Declared minors in business may enroll in the course after having taken ECN100 or ECN201 or ECN202 as a prerequisite.) 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
BUS 335 Principles of Marketing (B)
Examines the business function that identifies current unfilled needs and wants, defines and measures their magnitudes, determines which target markets the organization can best serve, and decides upon appropriate products, services, and programs to serve these markets. Topics include product development and test-marketing, product planning and new product introduction, and methods of product promotion and service marketing. 3 Cr.
BUS 345 International Business Environment (A)
Analyzes the international business environment by examining political economy, trade, financial investment, multinational corporations, multilateral institutions and global business strategy. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
BUS 361 Production and Operation Management (B)
Addresses the management of systems that provide goods and services to customers. This function exists in all industries, including manufacturing, retail distribution, and government services. The objective of this course is to provide an introduction to the field of OM. It focuses on issues and techniques associated with managing the day-to-day operations of the firm. Topics include decision-making, forecasting, project management, quality, inventory management, production planning, production methods, product design. Location planning, facilities layout, scheduling, purchasing, supply chain management, MRP/ERP systems, lean/JIT operations and capacity planning. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
BUS 363 Innovation Management (B)
This course imparts to students a comprehension of the concept of innovation and its significance. Students will gain insights into different forms of innovation. The curriculum will examine the potential failure of established firms resulting from a deficiency in innovation. Subsequently, students will investigate potential sources of innovation for a firm and methods for developing innovative products or services. The course will also cover the commercialization of innovations and guide students on how a firm should approach capturing value from its created innovations. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: BUS 263 is recommended; at least sophomore or above student standing.]
BUS 365 Principles of Management (B)
Discusses the relationship of the management function with other functional areas, and provides an overview of the full span of managerial responsibilities in business organizations. Does not fulfill any requirement for any business administration major. Is a required course for business administration minors. 3 Cr.
BUS 366 Organizational Behavior (A)
Examines the interaction of individual characteristics and behavior within an organizational setting highlighting theories and practices that facilitate individual and organizational success. Includes topics such as fundamental management principles, human motivation, leadership, group dynamics, and communications, and organizational development, organizational culture, and workplace diversity, cross-cultural and global issues. Open to Business School Students only. 3 Cr.
BUS 375 Business Law I (B)
Provides basic knowledge of the legal environment of business, including, but not limited to, the judicial system, criminal law, torts, and contracts. 3 Cr.
BUS 376 Business Law II (B)
Continues the concepts of BUS 375 with topics including but not limited to, sales, agency, business entities, securities regulations, secured transactions, bankruptcy, and negotiable instruments. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: BUS 375 or instructor's permission.]
BUS 377 Business Communication (A)
This course is designed to prepare students to communicate effectively in business settings in both written and oral formats. The course covers fundamentals of writing on how to compose well-structured, organized, grammatically correct forms of business communications. It also reinforces the writing process of researching, drafting, revising, formatting, and editing as well as collaboration. Students will learn to write a wide variety of business documents, including online communication, business letters and memos, summaries, research reports, and presentations. The course will also develop students’ oral communication and presentation skills and strengthen their understanding of professionalism in business communication. Course requires a minimum grade of C- (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
BUS 378 Business, Government and Society (AI)
Investigates the market and non-market business environments to develop the student’s ability to critically analyze commercial, social, and ethical situations from the perspectives of different organizational stakeholders. Explores how businesses interact with their broader environments. Topics include globalization, public policy, government regulation, consumer rights, corporate social responsibility, environment concerns, employee rights, and corporate governance. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: BUS 377 (either BUS377 or ENG 302 satisfy prereq).]
BUS 389 Business Careers Seminar (B)
Students should complete this seminar before their senior year. Helps students develop their own competitive profile and plan for post-graduation. Develops the students' understanding of the career resources available to them, career paths, and opportunities in business, and how to find and prepare for jobs and interviews. Internships and graduate school options are also discussed. Requires students to conform to a mandatory dress code of professional business attire. 1 Cr.
BUS 404 Business Analytics (B)
This course introduces the fundamental data analytics concepts and tools needed to make data driven decisions to create value and address issues in organizations. Students will learn major descriptive, predictive, and prescriptive analytics techniques including data visualization, statistical data analysis, data mining, simulation, and optimization. More emphasis will be given on application of the models rather than the underlying theories. The course will mainly utilize spreadsheets as well as other software packages such as R and Tableau. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: ECN304.]
BUS 415 Data Management (B)
Develops knowledge and skills with regard to issues of data management and database design. Focuses on data management issues of importance to business organizations including database administration, security, and privacy. Introduces emerging data management issues including data warehousing, data mining, and shared database access through a LAN or the Web. Continues to develop student skills with database software. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: BUS 317 or instructor's permission; completion of ENG 302.]
BUS 417 Systems Analysis and Design (B)
Provides an in-depth examination of the processes, methods, and tools used to develop information systems. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: BUS 317 or CIS 304; completion of ENG 302.]
BUS 418 Advanced Management Information Systems (B)
Addresses contemporary issues, methods, and applications reflecting emerging trends and technology in the field of Management Information Systems. Emphasizes knowledge and skills relevant to the contemporary workplace, including end-user and business applications. Utilizes relevant literature and instructional materials, analysis of cases and situations, and use of software packages as appropriate. Topics change over time so students should check with instructor prior to registration to confirm interest in subjects to be addressed. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: BUS 317 or CIS 304; completion of ENG 302.]
BUS 420 Short-Term Financial Management (B)
A CTP Associate course. Provides a comprehensive introduction to short-term financial management and working capital management, including cash management systems, management of corporate liquidity, receivables and payables management, banking and payments systems. Allows students who successfully complete the course with a grade of "B" or better to be currently eligible to take the Certified Treasury Professional (CTP) exam and acquire the CTP designation. Graduate students will be required to complete an additional project that is more advanced than those expected at the undergraduate level, and will be focused on a problem/situation focused on their firm and/or industry sector, with numbers and other data anonymized. Swing course BUS 520. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: BUS 325.]
BUS 421 Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management (B)
Provides an introduction to modern investment theory and analysis. Covers the organization and functioning of securities markets, risk and return relationships, modern portfolio theory, asset pricing models, efficient markets and arbitrage concepts, stocks, bonds, options, futures, mutual funds, convertibles, and warrants. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: BUS 325.]
BUS 422 Corporate Financial Policy (B)
Provides in-depth coverage of corporate financial analysis and policy stressing agency theory, valuation, market efficiency, capital budgeting under conditions of certainty and uncertainty, capital structure, bankruptcy, underwriting, and dividend policy. Extensive analysis of real-world data, case studies, and spreadsheet analysis. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: BUS 325.]
BUS 428 Seminar in Finance (B)
Addresses recent developments in the area of corporate financial policy and/or investment analysis. Includes a review of recent literature, analysis of cases and situations, and use of software packages as appropriate. Topics rotate, so students should check with instructor to confirm interest in the subjects to be addressed. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ECN 304 and either BUS 421 or BUS 422.]
BUS 430 Special Event Planning (B)
Examines the special event planning process and the career of an event planner. Provides an overview of the major segments of the event industry: examination of social and cultural phenomenon of special events, event organization and control, securing contracts and sponsorships, research and Minimum grade of "C" for major/minor 3 Cr.
BUS 432 Sales Management (B)
Treats the responsibilities and challenges of managing the sales function. Stresses analytical and interpersonal skills, including planning, organizing, directing, motivating, and controlling a sales organization. Examines legal and ethical issues. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: BUS 335.]
BUS 433 International Marketing (B)
Examines and analyzes the similarities and differences among domestic and foreign markets. Includes in the analysis consumers, 4 Ps (product, price, place, promotion), uncontrollable variables, and implementation of the marketing concept in a foreign market. Also investigates the coordination and integration of a firm's national marketing program with its foreign marketing program. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: BUS 335.]
BUS 434 Direct Marketing (B)
Discusses one of the fastest growing marketing sectors. Covers database creation and management, direct mail, catalogs, telemarketing, and use of the media as stand-alones or integrated into a marketing mix. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: BUS 335.]
BUS 435 Consumer Behavior (A)
Explores how individual and group behavior affects marketing decisions, and how to market the right product/service to proper market segments. Relates behavior characteristics to product, price, place and promotion. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: BUS 335.]
BUS 436 Marketing Research (B)
Covers marketing information, proper techniques for problem identification, and use of research methodology and techniques to define problems, using primary and secondary data sources. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: BUS335, ECN 204, and BUS 217, and a min C grade in each.]
BUS 437 Advertising & Promotion (B)
Provides an overview of promotional policies, the relationship between promotional policy and marketing process, and the promotional policy in the context of the behavioral sciences. Discusses how to evaluate and select the best form of communication for the potential customer. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: BUS 335.]
BUS 438 Supply Chain Management (B)
Explores the management of resource transformations between raw material and end user, via value-added in manufacturing, marketing, or logistics. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: BUS 335.]
BUS 439 Social Media & Digital Marketing (B)
BUS 439 provides an in-depth, hands-on approach to digital marketing, with a particular emphasis on social media as a critical tool for brand engagement and customer interaction. Through experiential learning, the course covers the essentials of social media strategy and content creation, along with core digital skills like SEO, email marketing, website design, and campaign evaluation. Students will also be introduced to essential metrics across these topics and learn how to assess campaign effectiveness, adjust tactics in real time, and make data-driven decisions that maximize impact across digital platforms. This practical approach prepares students with the up-to-date skills needed to navigate today’s fast-paced digital and social media landscape. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: BUS 335.]
BUS 440 Business-To-Business Marketing (B)
Explores the marketing of goods and services to manufacturers, public entities, government agencies, and other private and public organizations for use in the production of goods and services. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: BUS 335.]
BUS 441 Marketing Management (B)
Provides an introduction to marketing problems as they relate to proprietary and public organizations, and decisions needed in product and service pricing, distribution and promotional strategy. Uses case analyses. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: BUS 335 and senior status.]
BUS 442 Tourism Marketing (B)
Examines the fundamental marketing and sales principles related to the tourism industry. Covers service marketing; destination marketing; professional marketing and sales organizations; consumer behavior; market segmentation; marketing research; tourism product, distribution, location, and price; marketing communication; marketing and sales information systems; and the role of a manager. Minimum grade of "C" for majors/minors. 3 Cr.
BUS 445 International Financial Management (B)
Covers the theories and practical aspects of international financial management, Includes topics such as international payment mechanisms, exchange market operations, arbitrage and hedging, spot and forward exchange, long-term international capital movements, international financial institutions, accounting and taxation; and current topics in international financial management. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: Senior status, BUS 325 and BUS 345.]
BUS 453 International Business Seminar (B)
Addresses contemporary and emerging issues in international business, with a particular emphasis on international strategic management and operations. The course integrates and builds on knowledge and skills acquired in the course prerequisites. It is the capstone course for the International Business major. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: ECN 201 and ECN 202.]
BUS 462 Quality Management Systems (B)
Discusses and contrasts various organizational systems and behaviors that promote product and service quality. Investigates micro-level individual behaviors and macro-level organizational issues and policies that impact quality. Helps students understand how some management and organizational systems represent barriers to quality. Explores how approaches to quality differ across the international business community. Includes these topics: TQM, continuous improvement, process reengineering, benchmarking, statistical process control, and ISO standards. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: Open to declared majors or minors; Completion of ENL 308 strongly advised.]
BUS 463 Startups and Small Businesses (B)
BUS 463 explores many dimensions of new venture creation and growth. It is designed for the prospective entrepreneur who needs the tools and techniques essential for starting, building, and maintaining a successful enterprise. It includes topics helpful to the successful operation of start-ups and small business, especially finance, marking, production, personnel, purchasing, planning, cost control, and entrepreneurial leadership. 3 Cr.
BUS 464 Electronic Commerce (B)
Explores issues, methods, and opportunities associated with electronic forms of business focusing on Web-based commerce. Topics include: business models, transaction processing, marketing issues, legal issues, security concepts and issues, hardware, software, technology, business planning, and management issues. Teaches students the various aspects of designing and running an Internet business. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: BUS 317 or instructor's permission, open to declared majors or minors; Completion of ENL 308 strongly advised.]
BUS 465 Human Resource Management (B)
Undertakes a broad survey of the human resources management issues faced by contemporary organizations. Topics include: human resource planning, recruitment, selection, orientation, training and development, performance management, compensation and benefits, employment law, unions, and collective bargaining. Students should take BUS 465 before enrolling in BUS 467 or 468. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: BUS 366, open to declared majors or minors; Completion of ENL 308 strongly advised.]
BUS 466 Project Management (B)
This course seeks to develop skills that are a key to success as a manager, with emphasis on applying project management skills, and enhancing interpersonal, leadership, time management, conflict resolution, communication, team, and presentation skills. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
BUS 467 Employment Law and Compliance (B)
It is recommended that students complete BUS 465 prior to taking this course. Places major emphasis on developing and understanding of the legal rights and responsibilities in the employment relationship. Considers the content, enforcement, interpretation, and day-to-day application of laws in the employment area. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: BUS 375.]
BUS 468 Advanced Human Resource Topics (B)
Explores and further elaborates on key topics introduced in BUS 465. Topics include recruitment and selection, performance management and development, and compensation and benefits administration. Places particular emphasis on developing skills and knowledge necessary for entry-level positions in human resource management. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: BUS 465 or instructor's permission.]
BUS 469 Survey of Management Topics (B)
Using business cases, contemporary examples and the business press, students explore topics pertinent to the management field. Projects and readings are both applied and analytical in content. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: BUS377 or ENG 302 or instructor's permission, declared majors only.]
BUS 474 Business Knowledge Assessment (B)
This class is a co-requisite for BUS 475. Strategic Management. Students are required to enroll in and successfully complete BUS474 during the same semester in which they enroll in BUS475. Students will earn an S grade upon successful completion. Cr. (Every Semester.)
BUS 475 Strategic Management (B)
$80 Course fee required: Prerequisites: ACC282, ECN201, ECN202, BUS217, BUS325, BUS335, BUS345, BUS366, BUS377, co-requisite BUS 474, Senior Status. Capstone course that integrates material from earlier core courses and applies theories and models of strategic management to analyze real-world data, solve complex business problems, and analyze business case studies. Group-based research, analysis, and presentation are an integral part of this course. 3 Cr.
BUS 490 Senior Thesis Research (A)
Part of a two-semester course of study aimed at providing students an opportunity to acquire in-depth knowledge in a specialized area. Allows students to select a faculty member willing to serve as their thesis advisor. Requires students to identify a research topic and conduct background research to include the preparation of an introduction and bibliography. Requires the data to be collected by the end of the semester. 3 Cr. (By Arrangement.) [Prerequisites: Minimum GPA 3.25, declared business major, completion of 18 upper-division business credits.]
BUS 491 Senior Thesis (A)
Provides a continuation of BUS 490. Requires students to analyze collected data, explain the results and prepare conclusions. Requires the thesis to be in proper thesis format according to departmental procedures. 3 Cr. (By Arrangement.) [Prerequisite: BUS 490.]
BUS 495 Spec Topics in Business (B)
Spec Topics in Business - Introduces a special field of study in Business not offered in the regular curriculum. Details reflect student demand, needs, topics of interest, and instructor availability. Can potentially be used to cover a range of relevant topics. 1-6 Cr.
BUS 498 Internship (B)
Students must have a minimum 2.75 GPA in the major and a minimum overall 2.5 GPA. Internship not open to intents to major. Open to declared majors in business administration or international business and economics with junior or senior standing. Students must have a 2.75 GPA in the major and an overall 2.5 GPA. This internship is not open to "Intents to Major." Provides supervised experience in a business environment. Required application forms are available through the department's internship coordinator or on the Web at: http://www.brockport.edu/bus-econ/career/students/interns_overview.htm. 1-9 Cr. [Prerequisites: Junior or senior status, declared major in business administration (any concentration) or major in international business and economics.]
BUS 499 Independent Study in Business Administration (B)
Entails special projects in business under the direction of individual staff members. Arranged in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-6 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
BUS 520 Short-Term Financial Management (B)
A CTP Associate course. Provides a comprehensive introduction to short-term financial management and working capital management, including cash management systems, management of corporate liquidity, receivables and payables management, banking and payments systems. Allows students who successfully complete the course with a grade of "B" or better to be currently eligible to take the Certified Treasury Professional (CTP) exam and acquire the CTP designation. Swing course BUS 420. 3 Cr.
BUS 617 Management Information Systems (B)
Explores the need and role of information systems in organizations, examines the use of different types of organizational information systems and technical foundations of information systems, and addresses management of the systems function. An introduction to systems analysis and design is provided. Students must have a working knowledge of Excel and Access prior to enrolling. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: Undergraduate Course in Management Information Systems with a minimum grade of C- or an Undergraduate Course in Accounting Information Systems with a minimum grade of C.]
BUS 625 Corporate Finance for Managers (B)
Advanced analysis of concepts, techniques, and tools used for decision-making within a business entity. Topics include time value of money, security valuation, investment and financing decision analysis, dividend policy, and an introduction to derivative securities and contracts. Students must have completed an undergraduate course in Finance with a grade of C- or better. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: Undergraduate Course in Finance with a minimum grade of C-.]
BUS 660 Seminar in Accounting (B)
Auditing - ACC487 or Tax - ACC485 or 488 would suffice. Addresses recent developments in the area of accounting. Includes a review of recent literature, analysis of cases and situations, and use of software packages as appropriate. Topics rotate, so students should check with instructor to confirm interest in the subjects to be addressed. Course requires a minimum grade of C-(for Major/Minor/Certification) 3 Cr. (Summer.) [Prerequisites: Undergraduate courses in (1) Auditing at the 400 level with a C or better and (2) Federal Taxation at the 300 or 400 level with a C or better.]
BUS 661 Decision Analysis (B)
Decision analysis, process of transforming input data into useful information through proper analytic tools, is relevant to all business professionals. This process enhances the decision maker’s ability to use data effectively, in order to better understand the cases that they are dealing with, and to provide better, consistent, and to the point decision models to solve a wide range of business problems. This course is designed to introduce necessary tools and techniques to improve students’ data analysis and decision making skills through use of spreadsheets. These skills are important for defining and solving many types of business problems and in high demand in the areas of internal and external auditing, forensic accounting and fraud investigation. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: Undergraduate Courses in Statistics and Calculus with a minimum grades of C-.]
BUS 676 Business Law for Executives (B)
Provides a survey of topics related to accounting and business practice, including coverage of the Uniform Commercial Code articles on sales, negotiable instruments, secured transactions, as well as bankruptcy, real and personal property, corporations, partnerships, and limited liability entities, wills and trusts, intellectual property, employment law, antitrust, international business law, and cyberlaw. Criminal law and procedures will also be discussed including the role of the attorney in forensic and fraud examinations. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: Undergraduate Course in Business Law with a minimum grade of C-.]
Chemistry
CHM 111 Introduction to Chemistry (A)
This course is intended for students who have none or limited knowledge in chemistry as a preparation to successfully complete other chemistry courses such as College Chemistry I/II or Chemistry for the Health Professions. The course will cover basic concepts involved in structure and bonding, the periodic table, periodic trends, nomenclature, and application of algebra for chemical problem solving relating to chemical reactions and stoichiometry. The course has four lecture hours and two online hours a week. Hybrid course. 3 Cr.
CHM 121 Chemistry and Scientists (ALY)
$25 Course fee required: Covers atomic structure, nuclear chemistry, chemical bonds, inorganic and organic nomenclature, molecular structures, biochemistry, inorganic chemical equations and quantitative problems. Examines the contributions of women and minorities to physical science. Three hours lecture and two hours lab per week. 4 Cr. (Every Semester.)
CHM 171 Elements of Forensic Science (A)
Shows how principles and techniques of biology, chemistry and physics are used to develop evidence for legal proceedings. Includes topics such as types and handling of physical evidence; finger prints; impressions; chromatography; spectroscopy, microscopy; toxicology; and serology (including blood and DNA typing). (Closed to students who have completed CRJ 371.) DOES NOT FULFILL ELECTIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR CHEMISTRY MAJOR OR MINOR. Three hours of lecture/discussion per week. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites - MTH 112 or equivalent math background.]
CHM 205 College Chemistry I (AL)
$25 Course fee required: Corequisite: MTH 111 or equivalent. Covers atomic structure, chemical periodicity, inorganic nomenclature, chemical bonding, molecular orbitals, molecular structures, properties of solids, liquids, gases, and solutions, chemical equations, and quantitative problems. Three hours lecture and 3.5 hours lab per week. 4 Cr. (Every Semester.)
CHM 206 College Chemistry II (A)
$25 Course fee required: Prerequisite: CHM 205. Covers strong and weak electrolytes, reactions, buffer systems, structure and bonding of coordination complexes, kinetics, homogeneous and heterogeneous equilibrium, thermodynamics, chemical equations and quantitative problems. Three hours lecture and three hours lab per week. 4 Cr. (Spring.)
CHM 260 Chemistry for the Health Professions (A)
$25 Course fee required: Prerequisite: MTH 111. The foundations of general chemistry, organic chemistry and biochemistry are provided, for students interesting in the nursing profession. Fundamentals include: dimensional analysis; matter and energy; structure and bonding; chemical reactions; solution chemistry; states of matter; acid/base chemistry; organic nomenclature and structure; and functional groups including alcohols, carbonyls, amines, and organic reactions. The functional group chemistry is then applied to the structures and chemistry of carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic acids and proteins. The lecture is complemented by relevant laboratory exercises. Three hours lecture and two hours lab per week. 4 Cr. (Spring.)
CHM 301 Chemical Safety (A)
The safe and responsible practice of the chemical sciences, including regulatory obligations, information sources, record keeping, and responses to emergency situations. Describes hazards in chemical labs and prudent measures to minimize risks: fire; reactivity; health effects; electrical, mechanical, cryogen and laser hazards; and storage and responsible disposal of chemicals. One hour lecture per week. Offered in the fall. 1 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: CHM 206.]
CHM 302 Inorganic Chemistry I (A)
$25 Course fee required: Prerequisite: CHM 206. Studies of atomic structure, trends in properties within the periodic table, covalent bonding models, structures of simple solids, acid-base chemistry, oxidation-reduction chemistry, physical techniques in inorganic chemistry, chemical equilibrium, inorganic qualitative analysis, and the descriptive chemistry of the elements. Three hours lecture and 3.5 hours laboratory per week. 4 Cr. (Fall.)
CHM 303 Analytical Chemistry I (A)
$25 Course fee required: Prerequisite: CHM 206. Introduction to analytical methods with emphasis on statistical evaluation of quantitative data and sampling strategies, analytical applications of acid-base equilibria, and chromatographic separations. Also includes a survey of classical volumetric methods, quantitative absorption spectrophotometry, and an introduction to ion selective electrode potentiometry. Three hours lecture and four hours lab per week. 4 Cr.
CHM 305 Organic Chemistry I (A)
$25 Course fee required: Prerequisite: CHM 206. The chemistry of carbon-containing compounds: structure and bonding; nomenclature; functional groups; properties; acids and bases; isomers and stereochemistry; kinetics and thermodynamics; energy diagrams, reaction mechanisms, and their underlying concepts; reactions of hydrocarbons; substitution and elimination reactions of organic halides and related compounds; spectroscopy; and separations. Three hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. 4 Cr.
CHM 306 Organic Chemistry II (A)
$25 Course fee required: Prerequisite: CHM 305. Continuation of CHM 305: aromaticity; the chemical reactions of aromatic compounds; the nomenclature, structure, and chemistry of carbonyl compounds; oxidation and reduction reactions; carbohydrate chemistry; amino acids, peptides and proteins; polymers; spectroscopy; multistep synthesis; and the chemical literature. Three hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. 4 Cr.
CHM 313 Quantitative Chemical Analysis (A)
$25 Course fee required: Introduction to analytical methods with emphasis on statistical evaluation of quantitative data and sampling strategies, analytical applications of acid-base equilibria, and chromatographic separations. Also includes a survey of classical volumetric methods, quantitative absorption spectrophotometry, and an introduction to ion selective electrode potentiometry. Required for Environmental Science majors. Elective for Medical Technology and Biology majors. 4 Cr. (Spring.)
CHM 341 Advanced Organic Laboratory I (A)
Selected advanced reactions and techniques, which may include: vacuum and fractional distillation, catalytic hydrogenation, organometallic reagents, phase transfer reagents, and other advanced experiments. Four hours of laboratory per week. 1 Cr. [Prerequisite: CHM 305.]
CHM 342 Advanced Organic Laboratory II (A)
Continuation of advanced techniques begun in CHM 341. Four hours of laboratory per week. 1 Cr. [Prerequisite: CHM 341.]
CHM 350 Junior Seminar I (A)
Junior Seminar I is a satisfactory/unsatisfactory course meant particularly for junior chemistry and biochemistry majors to become engaged in our seminar program, CHM 400, Seminar I. The intention is to help our majors start to prepare for their post-Brockport pathways, by integrating them into a course in which they can learn about research at Brockport and beyond, graduate programs, and career opportunities and how to prepare for them. 1 Cr. (Fall.)
CHM 375 Materials In Our Lives (A)
Students will explore how materials-based technologies shape our society, as well as, conversely, how social and cultural forces shape the development and use of materials and technologies. In doing so, students will synthesize knowledge from critically evaluating information from various sources and repeatedly summarize in writing their findings and insights. DOES NOT FULFILL ELECTIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE CHEMISTRY MAJOR OR MINOR. Three hours of lecture/discussion per week. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
CHM 399 Independent Study in Chemistry (A)
To be defined in consultation with the professor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement/Transcript Evaluation prior to registration. 1-3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
CHM 400 Seminar I (A)
Includes attendance at seminars, critique writing, and participation in career and employment workshops. One hour per week. 1 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: Departmental major's advisor or course instructor's permission; permission normally requires completion of 20 credits of the chemistry major.]
CHM 401 Seminar II (A)
Continuation of CHM 400. Includes preparation and presentation of a technical speech by each registrant. One hour per week. 1 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: CHM 400.]
CHM 404 Physical Chemistry for the Biological Sciences (A)
Principles of physical chemistry and their applications in the biological sciences: biochemical thermodynamics, equilibria, ion and electron transport, kinetics of life processes, biomolecular structure, macromolecules and self-assembly, optical and magnetic resonance spectroscopy, and photobiology with illustrations how these principles apply to fundamental problems in biochemistry. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Corequisite: CHM 467 or Prerequisites MTH 202 and PHS 240.]
CHM 405 Physical Chemistry I (A)
The principles of quantum mechanics and their application to the proper description of chemical systems, spectroscopic phenomena, and chemical bonding. Three hours of lecture per week. Swing course CHM 505. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: MTH 202, PHS 240 and CHM 206.]
CHM 406 Physical Chemistry II (A)
Kinetic-molecular theory of gases; kinetics; thermodynamics, with an introduction to statistical thermodynamics; and applications of thermodynamics to phase equilibria and chemical equilibria. Three hours of lecture per week. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CHM 405.]
CHM 407 Physical Chemistry for the Biological Sciences Lab (A)
$25 Course fee required: Prerequisites: MTH 202, PHS 240 and CHM 302. Designed to expose students to a variety of physical techniques used in the life sciences with particular emphasis on the biophysical characterization of macromolecules. Students will also be exposed to the mathematical treatment of data to better understand structure/function relationships (3.25 hours of laboratory per week.) Students need to register for CHM 404 with this course. 1 Cr. (Spring.)
CHM 408 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (A)
$25 Course fee required: Prerequisites: MTH 202, PHS 240 and CHM 303. Covers the statistical treatment of data, propagation of errors, graphs, and report writing. Requires students to conduct experiments using modern physical measurement techniques, produce written scientific reports, and make oral presentations describing and analyzing the methods and their results. Three hours lab per week. Offered in the fall. 1 Cr. (Fall.)
CHM 409 Physical Chemisty Laboratory II (A)
$25 Course fee required: Prerequisite: CHM 406. Requires students to conduct experiments using modern physical measurement techniques, produce written scientific reports, and make oral presentations describing and analyzing the methods and their results. 1 Cr. (Spring.)
Covers proton and carbon-13 nuclear magnetic resonance, ultraviolet and visible, infrared, and mass spectrometry data for the identification and structural elucidation of organic compounds. Three hours of lecture/discussion per week. 3 Cr. (Even Spring.) [Prerequisite: CHM 305.]
CHM 414 Instrumental Methods II Electro-analytical Techniques (A)
Explores the application of instrumental techniques used in chemical analysis. Topics include a subset of techniques from the broad categories of electrochemical, spectroscopic, and chromatographic instrumentation. Includes an overview of scientific instrumentation design, data domains and electronic approaches to signal transduction. Three hours of lecture per week. Course requires a minimum grade of D- (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: CHM 303 or CHM 313.]
CHM 416 Instrumental Methods Laboratory (A)
The use of various electro-analytical, spectroscopic, and chromatographic instruments to perform chemical analyses. Emphasis is on optimizing instrumental selectivity, sensitivity and resolution. Organization and analysis of data are also discussed. Four hours of laboratory per week. 1 Cr. [Course fee. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 414.]
CHM 423 Standard and Modern NMR Tech- a Nuts & Bolts Hands-on Wkshp (A)
Students receive instruction and hands-on training in widely used nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) techniques. 1 credit lecture, 1 credit lab. Offered in WinterSession. 2 Cr.
CHM 431 Inorganic Chemistry II (A)
Study of physical techniques used in inorganic chemistry; molecular symmetry, group theory and their applications; coordination compound bonding theories, structure, and reactivity; and the descriptive chemistry of the d- and f-block elements. Three hours lecture per week. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: CHM 302, corequisite: CHM 405.]
CHM 432 Inorganic Chemistry II Laboratory (A)
Explores use of classical synthetic methods to prepare coordination compounds. Applies advanced physical theory and instrumental methods to the problems of defining the composition, structure, bonding, and reactivity of these compounds. Four hours lab per week. 1 Cr. (Spring.) [Course fee. Prerequisites: CHM 405 and CHM 408.]
CHM 440 Introduction to Polymers (A)
Polymers are one of the most important materials, with broad applications in everyday life, including all materials we see around us (e.g., clothing, shelter, transportation, papers, and advices). Topics covered include: Step polymerization; radical chain polymerization; ionic polymerization (cationic, anionic); ring-opening polymerization; chain copolymerization; polymer characterization and properties in solution. Prerequisites: Organic Chemistry CHM 306. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: CHM 306.]
CHM 450 Internship in Chemistry and Biochemistry (A)
By departmental admission only. Students must inquire about this internship and its application procedure to the chair of the department prior to any term. This course is an internship with a local company or organization associated with the chemical sciences. It will involve hands-on experience for academic credit. The student is expected to keep a laboratory notebook and provide a progress report at the end of the term. Variable credit, 1-6 lab credit hours, 45 hour/credit to be arranged. 1-6 Cr.
CHM 467 Biochemistry I (A)
A college course in biology is strongly recommended. Covers the chemistry of proteins, lipids, carbohydrates, nucleic acids and other biomolecules with an emphasis on structure function relationships, experimental methods, and interpretation of biochemical data. Covers the concepts of protein and nucleic acid folding enzyme kinetics, signaling, and membrane biophysics. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: CHM 306.]
CHM 468 Biochemistry II (A)
Provides a continuation of CHM 467. Covers additional metabolic pathways, human nutrition, chromosomes and genes, protein biosynthesis, cell walls, immunoglobulins, muscle contraction, cell motility, membrane transport and excitable membranes and sensory systems. Investigates experimental evidence for the structures and functions of biomolecules. Three hours of lecture/discussion per week. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Cross-listed as BIO 468, Prerequisite: CHM 467 or BIO 467.]
CHM 470 Biochemistry Laboratory (A)
$25 Course fee required: Cross-listed: BIO 470, Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 467 or BIO 467. Covers biochemical analyses, including preparation, separations and characterization of products from a variety of biological sources; and experiments with enzymes and experiments designed to measure changes inherent in the dynamics of living systems. Four hours lab per week. 1 Cr.
CHM 490 Chemistry Thesis (A)
A three- credit course devoted to researching primary literature and thesis writing under the supervision of a faculty sponsor to fulfill the Senior Thesis requirement of the Chemistry Honors Degree Program. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
CHM 499 Independent Study in Chemistry (A)
To be defined in consultation with the professor/sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement/Transcript Evaluation prior to registration. 1-6 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: CHM 399 or equivalent experience such as summer research experience.]
CHM 505 Physical Chemistry I (A)
The principles of quantum mechanics and their application to the proper description of chemical systems, spectroscopic phenomena, and chemical bonding. Three hours of lecture per week. Swing Course CHM 405. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: MTH 202, PHS 240 and CHM 206.]
CHM 506 Physical Chemistry II (A)
Kinetic-molecular theory of gases; kinetics; thermodynamics, with an introduction to statistical thermodynamics; and applications of thermodynamics to phase equilibria and chemical equilibria. Three hours of lecture per week. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite - CHM 405.]
CHM 507 Physical Chemistry for the Biological Sciences Lab (A)
$25 Course fee required: Prerequisites: MTH202, PHS240 and CHM302. This course is designed to expose students to a variety of physical techniques used in the life sciences with particular emphasis on the biophysical characterization of macromolecules. Students will also gain exposure to the mathematical treatment of data to better understand structure/function relationships 3.25 hours lab per week. 1 Cr. (Spring.)
CHM 508 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (A)
$25 Course fee required: Prerequisites: MTH202, PHS202 and CHM206. Covers the statistical treatment of data, propagation of errors , graphs, and report writing. Requires students to conduct experiments using modern physical measurement techniques, produce written scientific reports, and make oral presentations describing and analyzing the methods and their results. Three hours lab per week. 1 Cr.
CHM 509 Physical Chemistry Laboratory II (A)
$25 Course fee required: Prerequisite: CHM408. Requires students to conduct experiments using modern physical measurement techniques, produce written scientific reports, and make oral presentations describing and analyzing the methods and their results. 1 Cr.
CHM 511 Optical Spectroscopic Methods of Analysis (B)
Students will learn the theoretical principles of molecular spectroscopy and how to apply these principles to photon and electron spectroscopy. Theories of spectroscopic transitions and their applications in structural elucidations and quantitative analysis. Topics include ultraviolet/visible, infrared, Raman and nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, atomic absorption spectroscopy, atomic and flame emission spectroscopy, chemiluminescence, fluorescence, phosphorescence, light scattering and refractometry. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr.
Covers proton and carbon-13 nuclear magnetic resonance, ultraviolet and visible, infrared, and mass spectrometry data for the identification and structural elucidation of organic compounds. Three hours of lecture/discussion per week. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CHM 305.]
Theory and application to quantitative analyte determination of optical, spectroscopic, electro-analytical, and chromatographic instrumental techniques. Optimization of instrumental and analytical parameters and strategies for data acquisition are also discussed. Three hours of lecture per week. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: CHM 303 and CHM 406.]
CHM 516 Instrumental Methods Laboratory (A)
The use of various electro-analytical, spectroscopic, and chromatographic instruments to perform chemical analyses. Emphasis is on optimizing instrumental selectivity, sensitivity and resolution. Organization and analysis of data are also discussed. Four hours of laboratory per week. 1 Cr. [Course fee. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 414.]
CHM 523 Standard and Modern NMR Tech- a Nuts & Bolts Hands-on Wkshp (A)
Students receive instruction and hands-on training in widely used nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) techniques (1 credit lecture, 1 credit lab) 2 Cr.
CHM 531 Inorganic Chemistry (A)
Study of: physical techniques used in inorganic chemistry; molecular symmetry, group theory and their applications; coordination compound bonding theories, structure, and reactivity; and the descriptive chemistry of the d- and f-block elements. Three hours lecture per week. Three hours lecture per week. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CHM 302; Corequisite: CHM 405.]
CHM 532 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory (A)
Course fee; Prerequisites - CHM 405 and CHM 408. Explores use of classical synthetic methods to prepare coordination compounds. Applies advanced physical theory and instrumental methods to the problems of defining the composition, structure, bonding, and reactivity of these compounds. Four hours lab per week. 1 Cr.
CHM 557 Geochemistry (A)
Applies basic chemical principles of thermodynamics, kinetics, and equilibrium to the investigation of common geologic problems ranging from crystallization of silicate melts to surface reactions on soil minerals. Focuses on laboratory exercises on application of good laboratory practices to wet chemical and instrumental techniques involving geologic materials. Three hours lecture and three hours lab per week. 4 Cr. [Prerequisites: CHM 205, CHM 206 and GEL 101, Course fee; Cross-listed as GEL 457.]
CHM 567 Biochemistry I (A)
Covers the chemistry of proteins, lipids, carbohydrates, nucleic acids and other biomolecules with an emphasis on structure function relationships, experimental methods, and interpretation of biochemical data. Covers the concepts of protein and nucleic acid folding enzyme kinetics, signaling, and membrane biophysics. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite CHM 306; a college course in biology is strongly recommended.]
CHM 568 Biochemistry II (A)
Provides a continuation of BIO 467. Covers the metabolism of all the major biomolecules including: proteins, nucleic acids, lipids, and carbohydrates. Both anabolic and catabolic pathways are explored along with the regulations of those pathways. Gene expression and regulation are also covered. 3 Cr.
CHM 570 Biochemistry Laboratory (A)
$25 Course fee required: Cross-listed as BIO 470, course fee, Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 467 or BIO 467. Covers biochemical analyses, including preparation, separations and characterization of products from a variety of biological sources; and experiments with enzymes and experiments designed to measure changes inherent in the dynamics of living systems. Four hours lab per week. 1 Cr.
CHM 599 Independent Study in Chemistry (A)
To be defined in consultation with the professor/sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement/Transcript Evaluation prior to registration. 1-6 Cr. [Prerequisites - CHM 399 or equivalent experience such as summer research experience.]
CHM 610 Advanced Analytical Chemistry (B)
An intensive survey of selected principles and techniques in modern analytical chemistry. Topics may include basic statistics, sampling, complexation and extraction, equilibria, molecular and atomic spectroscopy, microscopy, electroanalysis, and chromatography. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr.
CHM 620 Advanced Biochemistry (B)
An overview of the basic principles of biochemistry, as well as their application in the laboratory setting. In this course, students will gain an understanding of the structure and function of macromolecules, enzymes, metabolic pathways, and more. Topics such as membrane transport, nucleic acid structure, and metabolic regulation will be discussed. Additionally, students will be exposed to the techniques used in biochemistry laboratories, including chromatography, PCR, and protein purification. Through a combination of lectures, laboratory exercises, and problem-solving activities, students will gain an appreciation for the complexities of biochemistry. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr.
CHM 630 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (B)
This advanced inorganic chemistry course is designed to provide graduate students with a comprehensive and in-depth understanding of the principles, theories, and applications of inorganic chemistry. Building upon the foundational knowledge acquired in undergraduate courses, this course will delve into the complexities of inorganic compounds, their synthesis, reactivity, and significance in modern chemistry. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr.
CHM 700 Scientific Writing, Communication, and Research Seminar (B)
An overview of research methods in chemistry. Includes strategies for effective scientific communication – both written and oral – and development of a literature-based research question. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr.
CHM 799 Graduate Research Thesis (B)
Individual investigation of an original research problem to be submitted in a format acceptable to satisfy the requirements for the master's degree as determined by department rules and regulations. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
Chinese
CHN 111 Beginning Chinese I (AR)
Introductory course in modern Mandarin Chinese designed to develop language skills in Chinese (listening, speaking, reading and writing) as well as an understanding and appreciation of Chinese culture. Content includes oral comprehension drills, pronunciation exercises, sentence formation, vocabulary, verbs, and simple readings on Chinese culture. Succinct explanations in English are followed by group and individual practice in Chinese. 3 Cr.
CHN 112 Beginning Chinese II (AR)
Continuation of CHN 111. This course is designed to further the development of language skills in modern Mandarin Chinese as well as an understanding and appreciation of Chinese culture. Emphasis is on communication. 3 Cr.
CHN 211 Intermediate Chinese I (AR)
Prerequisite: CHN 111. 3 Cr.
CHN 212 Intermediate Chinese II (AR)
Prerequisite: CHN 112. 3 Cr.
Communication
CMC 201 Public Speaking (AY)
A course in the development of effective informational, persuasive, and special occasion speaking. Attention given to analysis of audience, occasion, speech composition, oral delivery, and development of critical listening skills. A grade of C or better is required for CMC majors and minors. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
CMC 202 Principles of Communication (A)
Introduces students to selected concepts, principles and theories of human communication. Includes study of verbal and nonverbal messages in the contexts of intrapersonal, interpersonal, group, public, and mediated communication. Required of all students majoring in communication studies or inter-disciplinary communication. Transfer courses will not be accepted to meet this requirement. A grade of C or better is required for CMC majors and minors. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
CMC 208 Communication And Democracy (AH)
This course investigates the relationship between oratory and the American experience. To explore this link, students study foundational concepts about communication and important speeches that have shaped democracy in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on civic engagement and on issues of equity, diversity, and inclusion (EDI). Part of the "Required Core" for CMC majors. It will be an elective for CMC minors. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
CMC 211 Protest and Social Change (A)
Examines rhetorical transactions of group conflict; persuasive use of symbols; effects of mass media; and the process of theory-building in rhetorical studies. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
CMC 273 Interpersonal Communication (AS)
Introduces students to the theory and process of interpersonal communication, examining and applying the concepts and principles basic to interpersonal encounters. Acquaints students with the essentials of communication transactions in experiential learning opportunities that lead to effective skills; intimate, inter-gender, families; professional and intercultural relationships. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
CMC 304 Teaching Assistant I (B)
Teaching assistants help faculty members with a designated course. Responsibilities will be determined by the faculty member but may include assisting in grading, being available outside of class to assist students, directing of student productions and/or lab supervision. Students should have passed the class for which they will be the teaching assistant prior to taking CMC 304. Offered as a directed study. By permission of instructor. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
CMC 309 Speech Composition and Presentation (A)
For students who wish to go beyond the basics of public speaking. Assists the speaker who wishes to overcome the apathetic or hostile audience, and helps the speaker learn how to motivate those who express sympathy, but are without commitment to an idea. Examines ethics and ghostwriting. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: CMC 201.]
CMC 312 Argumentation and Debate (AY)
Provides for the preparation and defense of logical argument, response to attacks by opponents, construction of cross-examination, undergoing cross-examination, research and support of arguments, and recognition and refutation of fallacies. 3 Cr.
CMC 316 Interpersonal Communication in the Workplace (A)
Covers the principles of interpersonal communication in organizations, with a focus on strategies for gaining employment and using communication skills to enhance one’s success in the workplace. Topics include: resumes, networking, adjusting to a new workplace culture, handling workplace conflict, navigating organizational politics, etc. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
CMC 317 Interviewing (A)
Provides an introduction to principles of effective interviewing. Focuses on specific purposes, types, and the skills applied to different interview situations. Includes assignments for analysis, preparation, conducting and assessing of interviews. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
CMC 319 Propaganda and Persuasion (A)
Theories, principles and methods of persuasion; role and function of persuasion and propaganda in contemporary society. Develop critical thinking and listening skills necessary for persuasive communication; skills in preparing and presenting persuasive messages; a concept of ethical persuasion. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
CMC 330 Frontiers in Public Health (A)
Team taught interdisciplinary course offered by faculty in biology, public health, political science and communication. Students will acquire knowledge in science, rhetoric, ethics and public policy such that they are able to make informed choices as citizens in an increasingly technological world. A current public policy (eg. vaccines, stem cells, GMO’S) will serve as a vehicle for students to learn, integrate and apply acquired knowledge. Crosslisted with: BIO/HLS/PLS 330. 3 Cr.
CMC 377 Organizational Communication (B)
Integrates communication theories with practice of communication in organizations. Emphasizes communication roles and culture of organizations as a force in organizational philosophy and world view. Provides practice in diagnosing and improving organizational communication systems. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
CMC 399 Independent Study in Communication (A)
To be decided prior to registration in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement. 1-6 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
CMC 404 Teaching Assistant II (B)
Teaching assistants help faculty members with a designated course. Responsibilities will be determined by the faculty member but may include assisting in grading, being available outside of class to assist students, directing of student productions and/or lab supervision. Students should have passed the class for which they will be the teaching assistant prior to taking CMC 404. Offered as a directed study. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: CMC 304 and instructor’s permission.]
CMC 410 Speakers, Campaigns and Movements (A)
Surveys significant historical and contemporary speakers, persuasive campaigns and rhetorical movements, with special attention to the introduction of women to the speaking platform and to historical and contemporary spokespersons and movements on behalf of racial and gender equality. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
CMC 411 Rhetorical Criticism (A)
Explores methods of rhetorical criticism and application of methods of criticism to rhetorical discourse, including verbal and visual forms of persuasion. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
CMC 413 Nonverbal Communication (A)
Explores multisensory communication codes for human interaction through channels such as paralanguage, space, time, body, and artifacts. Takes a functional approach considering purpose and context to determine the situational characteristics and codes. 3 Cr.
CMC 415 Dynamic Speaking in Professional Contexts (AY)
Introduces students to a variety of speaking occasions that they might encounter professionally and encourages them to develop advanced speaking skills, such as being conversational with audiences, navigating interruptions and questions, leading discussions and using presentational software appropriately and effectively. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: CMC 201.]
CMC 417 Political Rhetoric (A)
Critically examines significant 20th-century American political speeches and campaigns. Explores the ways in which individuals and institutions use media to exercise power and influence opinion through the use of verbal and visual symbols. Places special emphasis on representations of gender in political rhetoric. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
CMC 418 Intercultural Communication (A)
Explores cultural similarities and differences affecting communication and intercultural competencies for interaction between cultural groups and individuals along gender, ethnic, and national lines. 3 Cr.
CMC 419 Freedom of Expression (AIY)
Critically examines the First Amendment by exploring its historical foundations and significant legal, political and philosophical arguments. Explores a variety of contemporary controversies concerning an individual's right to freedom of verbal and nonverbal expression, including hate speech, incitement to violence and obscenity. Examines controversies in a variety of contexts, including the public speaking platform, print, television and the Internet. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
CMC 464 Language, Culture, and Society (A)
This course provides a foundational introduction to connections between communication and culture. Students will examine the way people communicate in relation to social practices, values, and beliefs. Specific topics for investigation may include, but are not limited to, identity, religion, medicine, fashion, food, media, and popular culture. 3 Cr.
CMC 472 Group Leadership (A)
Examines group processes, relationships and leadership in task-oriented groups, such as committees, task forces, teams, and problem-solving groups. Includes topics such as analysis of group processes, agenda planning, motivation of participation, conflict management, team building, and group leadership styles and techniques. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
CMC 473 Theories of Interpersonal Communication (B)
Covers fundamental and contemporary theories of interpersonal communication. Explores interpersonal communication scholarship and applies theoretical frames to relational experiences and interactions. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CMC 273.]
CMC 475 Communication Internship (B)
Provides a supervised practicum in professional organization appropriate to the student's academic program. Applications are accepted the preceding semester for internship experience. For minimum GPA requirements and other information consult www.brockport.edu/cmc/internships.html. 1-6 Cr. [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission & Junior status.]
CMC 478 Applied Organizational Communication (A)
Examines key elements of organizational communication, with a particular focus on how theories can be applied to address real communication problems faced by organizations. Students will analyze a variety of case studies on communication in organizational settings on topics including culture, leadership, ethics, power, employee socialization, participation, organizational knowledge and crisis communication. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CMC 377.]
CMC 479 Conflict Management (A)
Covers interpersonal conflict and its essential characteristics; evolution of the study of social conflict; perspectives from which social conflict is viewed, including psychological, social-psychological, sociological, economic, political and mathematical; the sources, conditions and consequences of social conflict in a given social setting; and skills of conflict management. 3 Cr.
CMC 480 Advanced Interpersonal Communication (A)
Involves an in-depth examination of the process of interpersonal communication with a focus on major theories of interpersonal communication. Topics include methods of researching interpersonal communication, perception, verbal and nonverbal messages, listening, conflict, and relationship development and maintenance. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: CMC 273.]
CMC 483 Communication Training and Coaching (AY)
Requires Instructor permission. You will learn to help others improve their communication skills using two different approaches: training presentations and one-on-one coaching. Students will gain hands-on experience presenting communication training modules and coaching others one-on-one to improve some aspect of their their communication. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: CMC 201 & 273 with a grade of C or better.]
CMC 485 Professional Writing (A)
Builds on the close reading and critical thinking skills of Humanities students to strengthen detail-oriented, audience-driven written documents, both print and electronic, appropriate to expectations in a variety of workplaces. For Humanities majors and graduate students. Crosslisted with ENG485. 3 Cr.
CMC 490 Special Studies (A)
An umbrella course enabling the instructor to define the course focus and subject matter to address a topic or topics not covered in other communication courses. May be repeated for credit under different topics course title. Additional information can be obtained from Communication department office. 1-3 Cr.
CMC 491 Social Influence (A)
Much of life consists of trying to influence others and encountering influence attempts. Students will learn the role communication and psychology play in these attempts, and how they might influence both individuals and larger groups. Students also will have the opportunity to develop influence messages to advocate on behalf of one or more important social issues. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
CMC 492 Theories of Rhetoric (A)
Provides an intensive study of classical and contemporary theories of persuasion and social influence. Gives attention to the application of theory to the practice of social influence. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
CMC 499 Independent Study in Communication (A)
To be decided prior to registration in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement. 1-6 Cr. (By Arrangement.) [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission.]
CMC 510 Speakers, Campaigns and Movements (A)
Surveys significant historical and contemporary speakers, persuasive campaigns and rhetorical movements, with special attention to the introduction of women to the speaking platform and to historical and contemporary spokespersons and movements on behalf of social and gender equality. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
CMC 511 Rhetorical Criticism (A)
Explores methods of rhetorical criticism; application of methods to verbal and visual rhetorical discourse; and recognition of critical methods in rhetorical studies. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
CMC 513 Nonverbal Communication (A)
Explores multisensory communication codes for human interactions through channels such as paralanguage, space, time, body and artifacts. Takes a functional approach considering purpose and context and to determine the situational characteristics and codes. 3 Cr.
CMC 515 Dynamic Speaking in Professional Contexts (A)
Introduces students to a variety of speaking occasions that they might encounter professionally and encourages them to develop advanced speaking skills, such as being conversational with audiences, navigating interruptions and questions, leading discussions and using presentational software appropriately and effectively. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite - CMC201.]
CMC 517 Political Rhetoric in the Information Age (A)
Critically examines significant 20th-century American political speeches and campaigns. Explores the ways in which individuals and institutions use media to exercise power and influence opinion through the use of verbal and visual symbols. Places special emphasis on representations of gender in political rhetoric. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
CMC 518 Intercultural Communication (A)
Explores cultural similarities and differences affecting communication and intercultural competencies for interaction between cultural groups and individuals along gender, ethnic and national lines. 3 Cr.
CMC 532 Public Relations Campaigns (A)
Focuses on the treatment of an organization's public relations and information efforts, including situation analysis and research, program and campaign planning, development of communications materials and activities, and program management. Provides experience in planning and executing public relations and information campaigns and programs. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
CMC 563 Media and Society (A)
Covers significant phases, issues and controversies in the historical development of mass communication in the United States. Emphasizes contemporary media relationships with, and impact on, intellectual, sociopolitical, economic and technological aspects of culture and society. Considers daily and other periodical press, radio, television and film. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
CMC 572 Group Leadership (A)
Examines group processes, relationships and leadership in task-oriented groups, such as committees, task forces, teams, and problem-solving groups. Includes topics such as analysis of group processes, agenda planning, motivation of participation, conflict management, team building, and group leadership styles and techniques. 3 Cr.
CMC 573 Theories of Communication (A)
Covers classical and contemporary theories of human communication, research and practical applications of theory, relation of theoretical concepts to instances of communication behavior and identification of salient communication theses. 3 Cr.
CMC 579 Conflict Management through Communication (A)
Covers interpersonal conflict and its essential characteristics; evolution of the study of social conflict; perspectives from which social conflict is viewed, including psychological, social-psychological, sociological, economic, political and mathematical; the sources, conditions and consequences of social conflict within a given social setting; and skills of conflict management. 3 Cr.
CMC 583 Communication Training and Development (A)
Introduces communication training with emphasis on practice in designing, facilitating and evaluating a workshop presentation in an organizational setting. 3 Cr.
CMC 585 Professional Writing (A)
Builds on the close reading and critical thinking skills of Humanities students to strengthen detail-oriented, audience-driven written documents, both print and electronic, appropriate to expectations in a variety of workplaces. For Humanities majors and graduate students. Swing Course ENG585. 3 Cr.
CMC 592 Theories of Rhetoric (A)
Provides an intensive study of classical and contemporary theories of persuasion and social influence. Gives attention to the application of theory to the practice of social influence. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
CMC 596 Contemporary Media Issues (B)
Provides in-depth study of one or more instructor-selected contemporary issues or problems in journalism, public relations and/or mass communication. Issues and problems selected will vary with each offering and may be either conceptual or applied. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
CMC 600 Communication Research Methods (A)
Examines different research methodologies and techniques and their application in rhetorical, interpersonal and mass communication research. This course is a prerequisite for all CMC 600-and 700-level courses. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
CMC 601 Seminar in Quantitative Research Methods in Communication (A)
Provides students with the knowledge and skills necessary to design and conduct both experimental and survey research on communication topics. Requires students to design and conduct quantitative research prospectuses. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite CMC600.]
CMC 602 Seminar in Qualitative Research Methods in Communication (A)
Provides students with knowledge and skills necessary to design and conduct qualitative communication research. Focuses on various methods of rhetorical criticism, textual analysis and ethnography. Requires students to design and conduct qualitative research prospectuses. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite CMC600.]
CMC 691 Seminar in Rhetorical Criticism (A)
Examines the development of rhetorical criticism and application of methodologies to particular problems of criticism. 3 Cr.
CMC 692 Seminar in Rhetorical Theory (A)
Examines classical and contemporary theories of rhetoric, with an emphasis on the epistemic functions of rhetoric and on the role of rhetoric in public, social and cultural contexts. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
CMC 693 Seminar in Organizational Communication (A)
Examines organizational communication. Specific topic announced in advance by the instructor. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
CMC 694 Seminar in Mass Communication (A)
Covers mass communication theory, research and practice; development in contemporary mass communication theory; and the social and cultural contexts of mass communication. Specific topic announced in advance by the instructor. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
CMC 695 Seminar in Period and Types of Rhetorical Discourse (A)
Examines in depth particular periods or movements in the history of rhetorical discourse such as colonial American Speeches, the women's suffrage movement, totalitarian movements, or contemporary political speaking. Specific period or type announced in advance by the instructor. 3 Cr.
CMC 696 Seminar in Media Studies and Criticism (A)
Examines various approaches to media studies and criticism, including technological determinism, rhetorical criticism, semiotics, social criticism, cultural studies and ideological criticism. 3 Cr.
CMC 697 Seminar in Interpersonal Communication (A)
Examines diadic, relational, family, small group, therapeutic and/or negotiation communication. Specific topics will be selected by the instructor. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
CMC 699 Independent Study in Communication (A)
Designed individually through consultation between the student and instructor to suit the student's needs and interests, and the special competence of the instructor. Additional requirements may be established by the department. 1-6 Cr.
CMC 797 Project in Communication (A)
Entails a substantial research, creative or utilitarian project that serves to integrate and focus the graduate student's program of study. Acceptable projects can include limited historical, descriptive or experimental research; applied communication activities with a clearly defined end product; or creative work demonstrating an understanding of theoretical communication concepts. An acceptable project is determined through consultation between the student and his/her advisor and other graduate faculty in the department and in the student's cognate area. 1-6 Cr.
Computational Science
CPS 101 Introduction to Computation (A)
An introduction to computation as used in science and engineering. Emphasizes practical applications of formulas to real-life problems and on tools for their solution. Topics include: (1) some basic techniques used in computational modeling (linear regression for data-fitting, determination of areas and volumes, rate of change, and use of graphical calculator), (2) essentials of programming in FORTRAN 90; and (3) essentials of the UNIX operating system (basic commands, editors, file manipulation). 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: MTH 121 or instructor's approval.]
CPS 105 Scalable Game Design with Agent-based Modeling (A)
This course is designed to provide students with hands-on experience of developing computer games and simulations using agent-based modeling tools such as Agent Sheets (AS) which requires no previous experience in programming. Game design is gaining popularity as a way of introduction to modeling and computer programming. This course will broaden participation in computing at the entry level by shifting the pedagogical focus from programming to more general design comprehension for students. The notion of scalable design will allow students to create interactive games first and then move up to educational games as well as more complex simulations and traditional programming practices. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
CPS 201 Computational Tools I (A)
An introduction to fundamental concepts of computational science using the Fortran 90 programming language, and the clear and concise written presentation of scientific results. Topics include: the Fortran 90 language, program construction and debugging, consequences of finite precision arithmetic, basic machine constants, and modeling of simple physical situations. May also include other modeling tools such as Stella, Agent Sheets, and Project Interactivate. Extensive programming required. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: CSC 120 or CPS 101.]
CPS 202 Computational Tools II (A)
A continuation of CPS 201. Emphasizes commonly encountered scientific programming libraries (BLAS, LAPACK, ATLAS). Model problems in numerical linear algebra are heavily utilized. Topics include: advanced topics in Fortran 90 Programming (data structures, overloaded functions, dynamic memory allocation), programming in MATLAB, use of the UNIX operating system, use of the BLAS, LAPACK and ATLAS libraries, optimization of programs (by hand and via compiler optimization), and technical writing. Extensive programming in Fortran 90 and MATLAB required. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CPS 201.]
CPS 300 Internet and Technology Ethics (A)
The Internet has rapidly become a primary source of information, communication and entertainment for society. However, the rapid expansion has resulted in numerous issues that can adversely affect all Internet users. More importantly, new regulations are being passed that can expose users to significant legal risks. Fundamental legal principles that affect all users of the Internet will be discussed and analyzed. 3 Cr.
CPS 301 Issues in Criminal and Forensic Computing (A)
A discussion of issues related to the use of computers in the criminal justice system. Discussions of growing capabilities in and ramifications of such areas as forensic computing, criminal profiling, fingerprint identification, video image processing, and simulation of crime scenes. In addition, discussions of emerging and future trends in the use of computers as a crime fighting tool. 3 Cr.
CPS 302 Society, Science and Technology (A)
Discusses ways society and science have affected each other. Introduces a historical perspective of this relation for the past several decades, including the contemporary society. Identifies trends and changes within science and technology in relation to the larger society. Students will attend lectures, discuss issues, and write essays. 3 Cr.
CPS 303 High Performance Computing (A)
An introduction in applied parallel computing, using the Message Passing Interface (MPI) standard for parallel communication. Topics include: parallel architectures, problem decomposition, extracting parallelism from problems, benchmarking and performance of parallel programs, applications to the sciences, and technical writing. Extensive programming in Fortran 90 and/or C/C++ required. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CPS 202.]
CPS 304 Simulation and Modeling (A)
An introduction to stochastic and deterministic methods used to simulate systems of interest in a variety of applications, with emphasis on problem set-up and analysis and programming methods. Part I: discrete event simulation and statistical analysis of results. Part II: other examples of stochastic simulations such as the spread of forest fires. Part III: deterministic methods for particle simulations, with examples from astronomical and molecular simulation. In addition, a brief discussion of the simulation of continuous media. Extensive programming required. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: CPS 202 and MTH 203; and either MTH 243 or MTH 346.]
CPS 307 The Cmputrzed Society: The Cmpter in America Since Wrdl War2 (AI)
How has the history of the computer shaped our contemporary "digital" era? This course provides a past to our digital present, helping you get your grounding in today's wireless world. Through historical sources, we study how the computer relates to politics, economics, law, race, gender, class, culture, and other factors in recent American history? A particular focus is placed on the hidden history and continued relevance of women in computing. No previous digital or historical training is required, just an eagerness to explore our topic critically and creatively. Course requires a minimum grade of C for major/minor/certification. Crosslisted with HST307. Course requires a minimum grade of C for major/minor/certification. 3 Cr.
CPS 333 Scientific Computing (A)
A survey of programming methods and the use of UNIX for practical scientific computation: (1) Advanced features of Fortran 90/95 such as modules and operator and function overloading, and practical strategies for their use; (2) Bookkeeping; (3) Shell scripting and other methods for automating scientific computations; (4) Numerical linear algebra libraries (BLAS and LAPACK) and their use, and construction of libraries; (5) Advanced features of MATLAB and other scientific computing packages. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
CPS 404 Applied and Computational Mathematics (A)
A survey of scientific computing methods, emphasizing programming methods, interpretation of numerical results, and checks for numerical sensibility and self-consistency. The course is divided into several modules, including: (1) representation of floating point data, truncation and rounding error, and basic considerations for accurate numerical computation; (2) iterative numerical methods; (3) numerical differentiation and integration; (4) numerical interpolation; (5) random number generation; (6) the Fast Fourier Transform; and (7) numerical solution of ordinary differential equations. Extensive programming required. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: CPS 304 & MTH 203, & either MTH 243 or MTH 346.]
CPS 405 Applied and Computational Mathematics II (A)
A continuation of Applied and Computational Mathematics I. Topics include: iterative methods in numerical linear algebra, least squares methods, the Fast Fourier Transform, special functions and their computation, numerical solution of ordinary equations. Extensive programming required. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
CPS 417 Introduction to Computational Chemistry (A)
An introduction to classical and quantum simulation methods as applied to chemistry-related problems and computational chemistry software packages. Part I: introductory material, potential energy surfaces, vibrational and electronic properties of molecules, and capabilities/limitations of computational chemistry. Part II: classical molecular simulation methods, molecular dynamics, molecular mechanics, Monte Carlo calculations, normal coordinate analysis, computer "measurement" of materials properties. Part III: the Schrodinger equation, common electronic structure methods, basic sets, geometric optimization, and molecular properties. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as CHM 417.]
CPS 433 Scientific Visualization (A)
Examination of scientific visualization as a critical portion of the analysis and interpretation of numerical simulations, and an introduction to a wide variety of methods used for scientific visualization. Topics include: basic 2 and 3 dimensional graph types, visualization of 3D data, interpretation of simulation results, grid generation and visualization, problem solution via graphical techniques, image processing, rendering and animation. Extensive programming in MATLAB required. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: MTH 424 & either CSC 203 or CPS 202.]
CPS 504 Applied and Computational Mathematics (A)
A survey of scientific computing methods, emphasizing programming methods, interpretation of numerical results, and checks for numerical sensibility and self-consistency. Organized into several modules, including: (1) representation of floating point data, truncation and rounding error, and basic considerations for accurate numerical computation; (2) iterative numerical methods; (3) numerical differentiation and integration; (4) numerical interpolation; (5) random number generation; (6) the Fast Fourier Transform; and (7) numerical solution of ordinary differential equations. Extensive programming required. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
CPS 505 Applied and Computational Mathematics II (A)
A continuation of Applied and Computational Mathematics I. Topics include: iterative methods in numerical linear algebra, least squares methods, the Fast Fourier Transform, special functions and their computation, numerical solution of ordinary equations. Extensive programming required. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
CPS 517 Introduction to Computational Chemistry (A)
An introduction to classical and quantum simulation methods as applied to chemistry-related problems and computational chemistry software packages. Covers the topics in three parts. Part I: introductory material, potential energy surfaces, vibrational and electronic properties of molecules, and capabilities/ limitations of computational chemistry. Part II: classical molecular simulation methods, molecular dynamics, molecular dynamics, Monte Carlo calculations, normal coordinate analysis, computer "measurement" of materials properties. Part III: Schrodinger equation, common electronic structure methods, basis sets, geometric optimization and molecular properties. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as CHM 517.]
CPS 521 Introduction to Computational Physics (A)
An introduction to computational methods commonly used in physics applications, including three of the most famous equations in physics (Wave, Laplace and diffusion), as well as classical mechanics. Includes the classical equations of motion, detailed solution of the two-body l/r problem, planetary and astrophysical simulation methods and analysis of simulation data, wave motion and normal coordinate analysis, electromagnetic field and Laplace's equation, molecular simulation (N-body methods, liquid simulation, liquid structure, specification of initial conditions, constant temperature and pressure simulations, Langevin and Brownian dynamics, and correlation functions), diffusion and percolation. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: PHS 202, CPS 304 and MTH 203.]
CPS 533 Scientific Visualization (A)
Examination of scientific visualization as a critical portion of the analysis and interpretation of numerical simulations, and an introduction to a wide variety of methods used for scientific visualization. Topics include: basic 2 and 3 dimensional graph types, visualization of 3D data, interpretation of simulation results, grid generation and visualization, problem solution via graphical techniques, image processing, rendering and animation. Extensive programming in MATLAB required. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: MTH 424 and either CSC 203 or CPS 202.]
CPS 541 Introduction to Computational Finance (A)
Examines computational finance, a rapidly expanding discipline that merges the study and prediction of the behavior of investments in financial markets (such as the options and derivatives markets) with high-performance computing. Explores some of the fundamental principles for prediction in the options and derivatives markets in addition to recent adaptions and modifications to these principles. Topics include: definitions and terminology, portfolio optimization, risk/asset management, the Black-Scholes model, the Cox-Ross-Rubenstein model and the Capital Asset Pricing models. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: CPS 201, MTH 201 and ACC 281.]
CPS 555 Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics (A)
A concise introduction to the analytical and computational techniques required for the investigation of fluid flow through computational means. Topics include: derivation of fundamental equations, dimensional analysis and the Pi theorem; stability of numerical methods; the CFL condition; first, second, and higher order numerical methods; shooting methods; wave equations; parabolic equations; boundary layers; cavity flows; and grid generation. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: CPS 101, CSC 120 and MTH 203.]
CPS 561 Introduction to Computational Methods in Biology (A)
An introductory survey course on the applications of computer modeling and simulation to biological problems. Topics include molecular simulation for determination and dynamical properties of biological molecules and bioinformatics. Also covered is the use of the Biology Workbench, MATLAB, AMBER and other packages for biological simulations. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: CPS 201, BIO 111.]
CPS 602 Advanced Software Tools (A)
High level tools for parallel computing, mainly the Portable, Extensible Toolkit for Scientific Computing (PETSc). Examples and programming assignments draw heavily from partial differential equations and eigenvalue problems from the applied physical sciences. In addition, employs other high level tools such as finite element simulators. Topics include: numerical solution of partial differential equations and eigenvalue problems, evaluating the parallel performance of tools, iterative methods for the solutions of linear equations, and finite element analysis of problems in the physical sciences. Extensive programming required. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: CPS 202 and CPS 303.]
CPS 604 Computational Methods in Physical Sciences (A)
A one semester survey of methods for the computer solution of ordinary and partial differential equations (ODE's and PDE's) that commonly arise in scientific applications, and for analyzing results. Part I: numerical linear algebra. Part II: finite difference methods for ODE's and PDE's, including truncation error and consistency; one-stage, multistage, and multistep methods, initial value and boundary value problems; and systems of equations. Part III: finite element methods for ODE's and PDE's, including choice of basis and weighting functions (collocation, subdomain and Galerkin methods): general procedures for elementwise integration; treatment of boundary conditions; and finite element methods in two and three dimensions. Requires extensive programming. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CPS 504.]
CPS 632 Deterministic Dynamical Systems (A)
A one-semester survey of methods for the modeling and analysis of deterministic dynamical systems found in chemical, biology, fluid dynamics and other applications. Part I: formulations of classical mechanics, conservation laws, and families of solutions in some model systems. Part II: detailed discussion of simulation methods in chemistry, ecology, biology, fluid dynamics and other fields. Requires extensive programming. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: either CPS 404 or CPS 504 and MTH 424.]
CPS 633 Stochastic Dynamical Systems (A)
A one semester survey of methods for computer simulations and other calculations involving some level of random (stochastic) behavior. Covers modeling and analysis of stochastic dynamical systems in science, engineering and business applications. Topics include: generation of and statistical properties of discrete and continuous random number distributions; numerical integration; solution of stochastic differential equations commonly arising in scientific applications; Monte Carlo methods; discrete event simulation, including general principles, queueing and inventory simulations, and the use of simulation software; and analysis of simulation data. Requires extensive programming. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: either CPS 404 or CPS 504 and MTH 424.]
CPS 644 Supercomputing and Applications (A)
An extensive introduction to parallel computing, mostly in the context of scientific and mathematical applications. Topics include historical background and general capabilities of parallel computing; modern parallel architectures and interconnection networks; the MPI (Message Passing Interface) standard and parallel programming methods; issues in parallel programming such as deadlock, safety and fairness; parallel algorithms from numerical linear algebra, sorting and graph theory applications; porting of codes from serial to parallel architectures, and between different parallel architectures; performance issues and benchmarking; and parallel debuggers. Extensive programming required, using parallel computing environments both on campus and at national supercomputing facilities. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CPS 303.]
CPS 698 Graduate Seminar (A)
Provides a forum for the review and discussion of new discoveries and ideas in computational science. Explores information of topical interest obtained from recent issues of computational science journals. Research carried out by students and/or faculty may also be described and discussed. 1 Cr.
CPS 699 Independent Study (A)
Arranged in consultation with the instructor-sponsor prior to registration. 1-6 Cr.
CPS 700 Project Paper (A)
Targets development of skills for independent research or problem solving in the realm of computational science. Entails a computational project mutually agreed upon between the student and instructor with regular meetings for guidance and feedback. Also requires a written report and 2030 minute presentation. 3 Cr.
CPS 710 Thesis (A)
Mentored individual investigation for a substantial research project in computational science, to culminate in a master's thesis and oral defense. 3 Cr.
Computer Information Systems
CIS 102 Fundamentals of Information Systems (A)
Introduces the use of information systems and information technology in organizations. Considers concepts of information management, systems theory, quality, enhanced decision making, and added value in products and services. Stresses information technology, including computing and telecommunications systems. Teaches students to analyze requirements, define an information system, and develop custom solutions to enhance productivity. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
CIS 116 Introduction to Excel (A)
Develops students’ acumen in a key end-user computing technology, Microsoft Excel, to a level that will allow students to utilize it successfully in the workplace and to meet the contemporary expectations of employers. Requires extensive lab work. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
CIS 117 Introduction to Web Development (A)
Provides introduction to the infrastructure of the World Wide Web (WWW). Develops proficiency in creating static web pages. Includes these topics: client-server architecture, World Web Web, Internet protocols, Web document structure, XHTML tags, Cascading Style Sheets (CSS). Requires extensive hands-on laboratory exercises. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
CIS 206 Information Technology Tools (A)
Develops intermediate level proficiency in key office productivity and information technology tools. Includes these topics: operating systems, graphical user interfaces, word processing, desktop publishing, grammar and style checkers, office presentations, multimedia documents, spreadsheets and advanced applications, business charts, Internet and intranet, e-mail, World Wide Web, search engines, and Web publishing. Requires extensive hands-on laboratory exercises. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: CIS 116.]
CIS 295 Topics in Computer Information Systems (A)
Addresses current topics in the field at an introductory level. Each offering of the course is motivated by the expertise of the instructor and by students' interests. Descriptions and prerequisites are published prior to the registration period for the course. Example topic: information technology hardware and software laboratory. 1-3 Cr. [Prerequisite: Published prior to registration each semester.]
CIS 303 Information Technology Hardware and Software (A)
Covers both hardware and software components of computer systems. Includes these topics: basic elements of a computer system, data representation, digital logic, CPU architecture, memory, buses, instruction sets, assembly language, magnetic and optical disks, backup storage, video displays, I/O devices, networks, multi-user and multitasking operating systems, process, file, and memory management. Closed to students who have received credit for CSC 303. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: CSC 203 or CYB 203 and MTH 281.]
CIS 309 IT Hardware and Networking Lab (A)
Provides an introduction to computer hardware technology, operating systems, networking. The student will learn how components work together in a computer and network, how to take measurements, master industry-standard operating systems, and learn basic system and network troubleshooting. The student will gain experience solving real hardware, networking and software issues. 1 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: CIS303 or CSC311.]
CIS 317 Analysis and Logical Design of Information Systems (A)
Studies requirement analysis, system development and modification process. Includes topics such as lifecycle phases and the role of systems analyst; organizational style, feasibility and impact of information systems; requirements analysis, sampling and investigating data, interviewing; data flow diagrams, data dictionaries, preparing and writing proposals; prototyping, designing for effective input and output, user interface; software metrics, quality assurance and software package evaluation and acquisition. Requires supervised laboratory sessions. 4 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: CIS 202, CIS 206 and CSC 203.]
CIS 327 Web Publication and Design (A)
Introduces the basic elements of both print and Web publication design and production: headlines, text, photos and illustrations, type manipulation and use, charts and graphs, Web site links, hypertext, sound, video and other emerging publication technologies. (cross listed with ART/CMC/JRB-327) 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
CIS 404 Multimedia and Human-Computer Interaction (A)
Introduces human-computer interaction (HCI) issues in the design of multimedia information systems. Includes these topics: usability, theories of HCI, design process, evaluating interface design; internationalization, cross cultural usability; human information processing, direct manipulation, menus, commands, natural language solutions, user manuals and documentation; interactive devices, computer supported cooperative work, collaboration tools; multimedia tools (e.g., Flash) and implementation of prototypes. Swing course CIS504. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: CSC 209 and CIS 317.]
CIS 419 Computer Networks and Internet Applications (A)
Provides a comprehensive study of the field of computer communications, local area networks, and internetworking. Includes these topics: the OSI and TCP/IP models, protocols, topologies, data communication issues, error detection and correction, local area networks, network hardware, Ethernet and wireless technologies, WAN, packet-switching, routing, datagrams, Internet addressing, home networking and security. Includes hands-on experience with network hardware and software. Closed to students who have received credit for CSC 419. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: must take CSC 209 and either CSC 203 or CSC 219.]
CIS 421 Computer and Network Security (A)
Studies concepts, techniques, and tools in computer and network security. Includes these topics: security, privacy, information assurance, threats, user authentication and access control; UNIX and Windows examples; logs and intrusion detection; cryptography, public-key and private-key systems, Kerberos, IP security, firewalls, Web and database access control and security issues; ethical issues. Includes hands-on experience with security hardware and software. Closed to students who have received credit for CSC 421. Swing course CIS 521. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CIS 419.]
CIS 422 Physical Design and Implementation With DBMS (A)
Covers information systems design and implementation within a database management system environment. Requires students to design and construct a physical system using database software to implement the logical design. Stresses basic knowledge of normalization of data modeling, database methods, database design, and the use of databases in business. Closed to students who have received credit for CSC 422. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: CSC 205.]
CIS 427 Project Management and Practice (A)
Introduces software development and management of the development process. Includes these topics: managing the software life cycle (requirements definition, logical design, physical design, implementation, testing, system integration, maintenance); design techniques (structured, event-driven, object-oriented); implementation; testing and software quality assurance; delivery and user training; metrics for project management and system performance evaluation; management expectations; personnel management, cost analysis and change management; management of behavioral and technical project aspects. swing course CIS527. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: CIS 317.]
CIS 434 Decision Support and Expert Systems (A)
Covers Decision Support Systems (DSS) and its subsystems. Includes the following topics: DSS overview, modeling and analysis using linear programming, decision tables, trees, AHP, etc., group decision support systems, fundamentals of AI, expert systems, expert system building tools, and validation, knowledge representation. Involves hands-on experience with Excel LP Solver, Scenarios, Goal Seeking, etc., and DSS and ES software tools such as Expert Choice, Expertise2Go, etc. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: CIS 317 and MTH 243.]
CIS 435 Data Analytics and Predictive Modeling (A)
Teaches students how to be a data analyst. Learn how students can clean, manipulate, analyze and visualize databases to draw useful results and outcomes that help others to make decisions. Consists of two main parts. The first part covers data analytics using R language extensively. The second part covers several topics related to data science and analysis such as, machine learning and modeling, web scraping, natural language processing and clustering. Crosslisted with CSC 435 swing courses CSC&CIS535. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: CSC 205.]
CIS 436 Data Mining (A)
Studies data mining process with the goal of discovering nontrivial, interesting and actionable knowledge from large data sources. Includes the following topics: concepts, models and techniques of data mining; data preparation; concept description; decision tree and Bayesian classifications; cluster analysis and distance measures, hierarchical and probability based clustering; association rule mining. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: CIS 422 and MTH 243.]
CIS 442 Electronic Commerce Systems (A)
Covers defining tools of e-business, to understand the manner in which users, tools, needs and opportunities interact. Includes these topics: the infrastructure of e-commerce, e-commerce Web site design and implementation, social, political and ethical issues associated with e-commerce, and business plans for technology ventures. Real world applications and cases are studied to introduce concepts related to the analysis, design, implementation and maintenance of e-commerce systems. swing course CIS542. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: CSC 209 and CIS 422 and CIS 117.]
CIS 446 Principles of Cloud Computing (A)
Covers basic concepts, models, technologies, applications, and programming tools in cloud computing. Includes these topics: concepts of cloud, scalability, cloud models, broadband networks and Internet architecture, virtualization technology, computing and storage hardware, cloud security mechanism, cloud infrastructure, cloud platforms, metrics of SLA and QoS, load balancing and scheduling algorithms, resilient distributed datasets, programming patterns and tools for cloud computing, big data access, and big data processing via Spark APIs. Requires extensive programming. Swing Course CIS546. Cross listed CSC446. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: CSC 205, 209, and CIS 419.]
CIS 472 Enterprise Architecture and IS Strategy (A)
Discusses the alignment of Information Systems with organizational strategy and processes. Reviews business processes and how information systems support those processes. In particular, the business functions of marketing and sales, production and supply chain management, accounting, and human resources. Emphasis is on the methods for analysis of processes and the design and implementation of enterprise resource planning systems. Swing course CIS572. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: CIS 317, CIS 419, ACC 280, BUS 365; Corequisites: CIS 422 and CIS 427.]
CIS 487 Information Technology for Development (A)
Introduces IT for Development concepts for developing and adding value through IT to organizations. Involves working with small businesses in the region. Requires students to evaluate micro-business technology needs, prepare technology plans, provide training, and implement solutions. Teaches students to develop technical training and trust building skills to address IT needs. Provides an opportunity to apply knowledge from the classroom by working in a professional setting. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: Junior status and computer information systems major or minor only.]
CIS 492 Computer Information Systems Internship (A)
Provides an opportunity to apply knowledge from the classroom by working in a professional setting. Also provides a valuable and challenging experience for students who have never worked in such a situation, as well as for professionals furthering their education. Teaches the successful intern how effective professional performance requires integrating substantive knowledge with behavioral skills and proficiency in oral and written communication. Each student is supervised on campus by a computer science faculty member, and at the work site by qualified management personnel. Past projects have involved business programming, requirement analysis, web applications, database design, data communications, and project management. 1-3 Cr. (By Arrangement.) [Prerequisites: Junior status, 3.0 or better average in computer information systems courses, appropriate course work, at least 18 credits towards the major completed prior to starting the internship, and instructor's permission.]
CIS 493 Senior Thesis (A)
Provides students with an opportunity to apply knowledge from the classroom by working in an independent research or development project in an academic setting, which is a valuable and challenging experience for students who are contemplating graduate studies to test out their potential for independent study and advanced research. May involve substantial software development, structuring available commercial software/hardware for specific applications, or an empirical case study of the use of technology. By developing a successful thesis, permits students to enrich their knowledge of computer applications, theory, hardware or software, to develop skills in analyzing problems involving current computing technologies, and to make effective oral and writtepresentations of their accomplishments. Each student is supervised by a Department of Computer Science faculty member. 3 Cr. (By Arrangement.) [Prerequisites: Junior status, 3.0 or better average in computer information systems courses, appropriate course work, at least 18 credits toward the major completed prior to starting the thesis, and instructor's permission.]
CIS 495 Topics in CIS (A)
As an advanced course, addresses current topics in the field. Each offering of the course is motivated by the expertise of the instructor and by students' interests. Expects students to complete a major research, design, or development project. Descriptions and prerequisites are published prior to the registration period for the course. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: Published prior to registration each semester.]
CIS 499 Independent Study in Information Systems (A)
Arranged in consultation with the professor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-3 Cr. (By Arrangement.) [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission.]
CIS 504 Multimedia and Human-Computer Interaction (A)
Introduces human-computer interaction (HCI) issues in the design of multimedia information systems. Includes these topics: usability, theories of HCI, design process, evaluating interface design; internationalization, cross cultural usability; human information processing, direct manipulation, menus, commands, natural language solutions, user manuals and documentation; interactive devices, computer supported cooperative work, collaboration tools; multimedia tools (e.g., Flash) and implementation of prototypes. Graduate level: One or more of the following will be required: - Ethnographic Observation and Analysis: Graduate students will conduct a brief ethnographic study by observing users interacting with a public digital interface (e.g., an ATM or ticket kiosk). Document behaviors, challenges, and user interactions. Student will write an analysis focusing on HCI principles, highlighting pain points, and recommending design changes. - Cognitive load Experiment: Graduate students will design and conduct an experiment measuring cognitive load in different interface designs. They could test different font sizes, color contrasts, or layout complexities, using metrics like task completion time and user-reported difficulty. A report on findings and design recommendations would wrap up the exercise. swing course CIS404. 3 Cr.
CIS 521 Computer and Network Security (A)
Studies concepts, techniques, and tools in computer and network security. Includes these topics: security, privacy, information assurance, threats, user authentication and access control; UNIX and Windows examples; logs and intrusion detection; cryptography, public-key and private-key systems, Kerberos, IP security, firewalls, Web and database access control and security issues; ethical issues. Includes hands-on experience with security hardware and software. Closed to students who have received credit for CSC 421. Graduate students will be required to do one or more of the following: Analyze and develop simulations that mimic real-world scenarios, Complete a course project with a presentation, Write a research paper with a presentation. Swing course CIS 421. 3 Cr.
CIS 527 Project Management and Practice (A)
Introduces software development and management of the development process. Includes these topics: managing the software life cycle (requirements definition, logical design, physical design, implementation, testing, system integration, maintenance); design techniques (structured, event-driven, object-oriented); implementation; testing and software quality assurance; delivery and user training; metrics for project management and system performance evaluation; management expectations; personnel management, cost analysis and change management; management of behavioral and technical project aspects. Graduate level: One or more of the following items will be required: - Case studies and practical applications: This is a set of individual assignments based on a real-world case studies and applications of IT project management principles to enhance problem-solving skills. Each student will complete specific deliverables of the case study based on material covered in the lectures. - Agile and Scrum methodologies assignment: Student will explore and apply agile and scrum project management methodologies that are applicable in IT Framework. - Real life Case Study of IT Project Analysis: Graduate students will pick a real-life case study of an IT project that encountered challenges or failed. Graduate students will analyze the project, identify what went wrong, and propose alternative strategies that could have improved the outcome (ideally at least one). swing course CIS427. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
CIS 535 Data Analytics and Predictive Modeling (A)
Teaches students how to be a data analyst. Learn how students can clean, manipulate, analyze and visualize databases to draw useful results and outcomes that help others to make decisions. Consists of two main parts. The first part covers data analytics using R language extensively. The second part covers several topics related to data science and analysis such as, machine learning and modeling, web scraping, natural language processing and clustering. Crosslisted with CSC535 swing courses CSC&CIS435. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
CIS 542 Electronic Commerce Systems (A)
Covers defining tools of e-business, to understand the manner in which users, tools, needs and opportunities interact. Includes these topics: the infrastructure of e-commerce, e-commerce Web site design and implementation, social, political and ethical issues associated with e-commerce, and business plans for technology ventures. Real world applications and cases are studied to introduce concepts related to the analysis, design, implementation and maintenance of e-commerce systems. Graduate level: One or more of the following will be required: - Graduate students will analyze various e-commerce platforms (like Shopify, Magento, WooCommerce, and BigCommerce). In a detailed report of 10-12 pages, compare features, scalability, pricing, and ease of use. Final presentation is required. - Graduate students will be required to engage in individual research on emerging trend and technologies in ecommerce with focus on AI powered recommendations, augmented reality or voice commerce. Highlight the potential impact and adoption challenges. - Presentations of research papers. The goal is to urge a deeper study of the subject matter and allows students to share their insights. swing course CIS442. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
CIS 546 Principles of Cloud Computing (A)
Covers basic concepts, models, technologies, applications, and programming tools in cloud computing. Includes these topics: concepts of cloud, scalability, cloud models, broadband networks and Internet architecture, virtualization technology, computing and storage hardware, cloud security mechanism, cloud infrastructure, cloud platforms, metrics of SLA and QoS, load balancing and scheduling algorithms, resilient distributed datasets, programming patterns and tools for cloud computing, big data access, and big data processing via Spark APIs. Requires extensive programming. Graduate level: Graduate students will build a simple machine learning model using a cloud-based service (e.g., Amazon SageMaker or Google AI Platform) and deploy it as a web service. Swing course CSC446. Crosslisted CIS546. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
CIS 572 Enterprise Architecture and IS Strategy (A)
Discusses the alignment of Information Systems with organizational strategy and processes. Reviews business processes and how information systems support those processes. In particular, the business functions of marketing and sales, production and supply chain management, accounting, and human resources. Emphasis is on the methods for analysis of processes and the design and implementation of enterprise resource planning systems. Graduate level: One of more of the following will be required: - Enterprise Architecture Tool Simulation Exercise: Graduate students will use a popular EA tool open source, to model a business's current and target states. This exercise must include layers like business, application, technology, and motivation. Students will present their understanding on how various components support strategic objectives. - Strategic Alignment Model (SAM) Workshop: Graduate students will use the Strategic Alignment Model (SAM) to assess an organization’s business and IT alignment. You are required to examine factors such as business scope, IT scope, competencies, and governance. swing course CIS472. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
CIS 618 User Experience Design and Research (B)
This course will provide more on hands-on learning in project-based and experimental settings in the interdisciplinary field of Human-Computer Interaction. This course will provide students the ability to learn the process of designing the visual metaphorical, functional aspect of a system. Student will understand how to describe interface characteristic of systems, subsystems, software configuration and other system components. In addition, students will gain the knowledge of an interface prototyping the architecture and design of interfaces between a system and its components. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CIS 504.]
CIS 620 Advanced Interface Design (B)
This course is designed to provide a comprehensive and modern-day User interface (UI) design and user experience (UX) design. Students will learn practical principles and guidelines needed to develop high quality user-friendly interface designs that users can understand, predict, and control. This course introduces students to techniques used in the evaluation of system interfaces. In addition, students will gain the knowledge of an interface prototyping, the architecture and design of interfaces between a system and its components. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CIS 618.]
CIS 692 Computer Information Systems Internship (B)
A graduate student must have: completed at least six credits of course work at the graduate level at SUNY Brockport with minimum grades of “B” in each course; or demonstrate adequate background for the area of the internship. This course will provide an opportunity to apply knowledge from the classroom by working in a professional setting. Also provides a valuable and challenging experience for students who have never worked in such a situation, as well as for professionals furthering their education. Teaches the successful intern how effective professional performance requires integrating substantive knowledge with behavioral skills and proficiency in oral and written communication. Each student is supervised on campus by a computing sciences faculty member, and at the work site by qualified management personnel. 3 Cr.
CIS 698 Graduate Thesis in Computer Information Systems (B)
Provides students the opportunity for an individual investigation of an original problem. Requires the preparation and oral defense of a substantial research project planned and completed under the guidance of a graduate faculty committee. By developing a successful thesis, it permits students to enrich their knowledge of computer applications, theory, software or hardware, security; to develop skills in analyzing problems involving current computing technologies; and to make effective oral and written presentations of their accomplishments. 1-6 Cr. [Prerequisite: By Instructor permission and a graduate student must have completed at least 18 credits of course work at the graduate level at SUNY Brockport with minimum grades of “B” in each course.]
CIS 699 Independent Study in Computer Information Systems (B)
This course will provide students the opportunity to study individually with an instructor on a contractual basis. The course will permit graduate students to pursue topics they studied previously in greater depth. A content outline for the independent study course will be developed by the student and instructor-sponsor that suits the student’s needs and interest and aligns with the special competence of the instructor. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: By Instructor permission, A graduate student must have: 1 completed at least six credits of course work at the graduate level at SUNY Brockport with minimum grades of “B” in each course; or 2 demonstrate adequate background for the area of independent study.]
Computer Science
CSC 120 Introduction to Computing (A)
Covers the fundamental of computer problem solving and programming. Includes these topics: program development process, programming methodologies, language translation phases, Java programming (data types, variables, expressions, assignment, selection, iteration, methods, parameter passing and I/O), secure coding techniques and ethical, legal and social issues of computing. 4 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: MTH 111 or higher.]
CSC 203 Problem Solving with Objects (A)
Covers fundamentals of algorithms and object-oriented software development. Includes these topics: primitive and reference data types, classes, methods, selection, iteration, parameters, recursion, exception handling, arrays, file I/O, inheritance, polymorphism, program testing and documentation, introduction to GUIs and introduction to sorting and searching techniques and other basic algorithms. Requires extensive programming and supervised laboratory sessions. 4 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: CSC 120 and MTH 122 or higher.]
CSC 205 Fundamentals of Data Structures (A)
Covers the fundamentals of abstract data structures and their implementation. Includes these topics: software modeling, program development, testing; implementation and use of stacks, queues, linked lists, binary tress, recursion, searching and sorting algorithms, introduction to analysis of algorithms and program verification, even-driven programming with graphical user interfaces. Requires extensive programming and supervised laboratory sessions. 4 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: CSC 203 and MTH 281.]
CSC 209 UNIX Tools (A)
Provides a comprehensive introduction to the UNIX operating system from the programmer's point of view. Includes these topics: basic commands, file system structure, concept of shells, shell features (pipes, redirection, etc.), access control, process control, scripting, UNIX tools (sed, grep, make, etc.). Requires extensive hands-on laboratory exercises and shell-script programming. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: CSC 203 or CYB 203.]
CSC 219 Programming in C (A)
Provides an advanced coverage of the C language. Includes these topics: syntax, semantics, control structures; arrays, pointers and pointer arithmetic; string manipulation; structs and unions; functions and parameter passing, command line arguments; bit level operations. Requires extensive programming. 1 Cr. [Prerequisites: must take CSC 203 or CYB 203.]
CSC 295 Topics in Computer Science (A)
Addresses current topics in the field at an introductory level. Each offering of the course is motivated by the expertise of the instructor and by students' interests. Descriptions and prerequisites are published prior to the registration period for the course. Example topic: Problem Solving Seminar. 1-3 Cr. [Prerequisite: Published prior to registration each semester.]
CSC 311 Computer Organization and Architecture (A)
Covers fundamentals of computer architecture and organization. Includes the following topics: digital logic and circuit design, data representation, CPU and ALU architectures, instruction set encoding, fetch-decode-execute cycle, addressing modes, memory management, handling of subprograms and assembly language programming. Requires extensive programming and supervised laboratory sessions. 4 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: CSC 203 and MTH 281.]
CSC 312 Cybersecurity (A)
Covers fundamental issues and tools relating to insuring that computer systems are secure and reliable. Includes these topics: recognizing attackers, maintaining confidentiality, integrity and availability of computing systems, account control and access rights management, software vulnerability analysis, defense, exploitation, reverse engineering, operating system security and malware, applied cryptography, and legal and ethical issue of security. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: CSC 209 & CSC 311 or CIS 303.]
CSC 356 Life in the Digital Age (AI)
Studies the impact of new technologies on a global society. Includes the changing nature of privacy and growing use of government surveillance, ie. national ID cards and RFID tracking. Also considers the Internet's effect on societal communication and differences in gender communication patterns, issues of freedom of expression and censorship, the influence of technology in the workplace and at home, and other relevent topics. 3 Cr.
CSC 401 Programming Languages (A)
Studies the concepts of various programming languages. Includes these topics: history of languages, design principles, formal syntax and semantics, implementation: compilation and interpretation, comparative study of features in various languages considering criteria such as binding, scope, type conversion, data abstraction, parameter passing techniques, exceptions and I/O. Covers various programming paradigms such as procedural, object-oriented, functional, logic and scripting. Requires extensive programmming. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: CSC 205 and 219 and 311.]
CSC 406 Algorithms and Data Structures (A)
Covers design and analysis of data structures and associated algorithms using object-oriented methods. Includes these topics: complexity measures, pre-and post-conditions, programming to interfaces, union-find sets, hashing, trees (AVL, splay, B-Trees), graphs, recursion, algorithm design strategies and NP-completeness. Requires extensive programming. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: CSC 205 and MTH 481.]
CSC 414 Operating Systems and Parallel Computing (A)
Covers basic principles of operating systems and parallel and distributed computing. Includes these topics: OS role, components and structure, process concepts, threads, CPU scheduling, memory management, concurrent processes, interprocess coordination and communication, parallelism versus concurrency, parallel architecture, algorithms, and decomposition. Requires extensive programming. Swing Course CSC514. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: CSC 209 & 219 & 311.]
CSC 423 Web Application Development (A)
Covers the basic principles involved in developing Web-based applications that operate with a back-end relational database. Includes these topics: basics of HTTP-based client-server systems, web page creation with XHTML/CSS, client-side scripting, server-side software development, interfacing to relational databases, model-view separation, and database serialization/viewing using XML/XSLT. Requires team project involving design/setup of database server and development of application interfacing to database. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: CSC 209 and CSC 422 or CIS 422.]
CSC 427 Software Systems Engineering (A)
Provides an introduction to software engineering methodologies and programming-in-the-large. Includes these topics: life-cycle models, development standards, project organization, estimation techniques, requirements modeling, specification techniques, object-oriented and structured approaches to software design, implementation issues, testing, verification and validation, maintenance and documentation. Requires students to work in teams developing a large-scale software product. Develops technical communication and writing skills. Requires extensive programming. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: CSC 205.]
CSC 429 Object-Oriented Software Development (A)
Provides an introduction to OOP concepts and their applications using Java. Includes these topics: review of OOP fundamentals, UML modeling; advanced Java features: interfaces, abstract classes, GUI programming, layout managers, event and exception handlers, etc.; software design principles, cohesion and coupling; detailed coverage of design patterns: model-view-controller, observer, adapter, factory, strategy, singleton, etc.; software quality assurance: testing strategies. Requires extensive programming. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CSC 427.]
CSC 434 Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning (A)
Provides an introduction to artificial intelligence and machine learning, and their applications. Includes these topics: intelligent agents, problem solving using state space search, A* algorithm, heuristics, genetic algorithm, adversarial game, knowledge-based agent, machine learning basics, probabilistic reasoning, decision making, ensemble learning, support vector machine, feedforward neural networks, convolutional neural network; Al programming using Python. Project-based course. requires extensive programming. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: CSC 205.]
CSC 435 Data Analytics and Predictive Modeling (A)
Teaches students how to be a data analyst. Learn how students can clean, manipulate, analyze and visualize databases to draw useful results and outcomes that help others to make decisions. Consists of two main parts. The first part covers data analytics using R language extensively. The second part covers several topics related to data science and analysis such as, machine learning and modeling, web scraping, natural language processing and clustering. Crosslisted with CIS435 swing courses CSC&CIS535. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: CSC 205.]
CSC 446 Principles of Cloud Computing (A)
Covers basic concepts, models, technologies, applications, and programming tools in cloud computing. Includes these topics: concepts of cloud, scalability, cloud models, broadband networks and Internet architecture, virtualization technology, computing and storage hardware, cloud security mechanism, cloud infrastructure, cloud platforms, metrics of SLA and QoS, load balancing and scheduling algorithms, resilient distributed datasets, programming patterns and tools for cloud computing, big data access, and big data processing via Spark APIs. Requires extensive programming. Swing course CSC546. Crosslisted CIS446. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: CSC 205, 209, and CIS 419.]
CSC 483 Theory of Computation (A)
Provides a study of formal languages and theory of automata with an emphasis on Church's thesis and the "algorithm = machine" point of view. Includes these topics: regular expressions and context-free languages, finite and pushdown automata, Turing machines, computability, undecidability, and complexity of problems. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: CSC 203 and MTH 481.]
CSC 486 Junior/Senior Seminar (AY)
Provides an overall view of the professional field of computing, emphasizing development of communication skills for the profession. Includes these topics: ethics in the field, history of computing technology, professional literature, organizations and related activities, finding and preparing for jobs and interviews, contemporary workplace issues, and career paths and opportunities. Requires extensive reading and writing, both technical and non-technical, as well as library research, and prepared group discussions and oral presentations. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: Junior OR senior status AND Computer Science AND/OR Computer Information Systems AND/OR Cybersecurity majors only.]
CSC 492 Computer Science Internship (A)
Provides an opportunity to apply knowledge from the classroom by working in a professional setting. Also provides a valuable and challenging experience for students who have never worked in such a situation, as well as for professionals furthering their education. Teaches the successful intern how effective professional performance requires integrating substantive knowledge with behavioral skills and proficiency in oral and written communication. Each student is supervised on campus by a computer science faculty member, and at the work site by qualified management personnel. Past projects have involved software engineering, graphics, database design, data communications, and process control. 1-3 Cr. (By Arrangement.) [Prerequisites: Junior status, 3.0 or better average in computer science courses, appropriate course work, at least 18 credits towards the major completed prior to starting the internship, and instructor's permission.]
CSC 493 Senior Thesis (A)
Provides students with an opportunity to apply knowledge from the classroom by working in an independent research or development project in an academic setting, which is a valuable and challenging experience for students who are contemplating graduate studies in computer science, to test out their potential for independent study and advanced research. May involve substantial software or hardware development, structuring available commercial software/hardware for specific applications, or theoretical analysis of computational schemes. By developing a successful thesis, permits students to enrich their knowledge of computer applications, theory, hardware or software, to develop skills in analyzing problems involving current computing technologies, and to make effective oral aand written presentations of their accomplishments. Each student is supervised by a Department of Computer Science faculty member. 3 Cr. (By Arrangement.) [Prerequisites: Junior status, 3.0 or better average in computer science courses, appropriate course work, at least 18 credits towards the major completed prior to starting the thesis, and instructor's permission.]
CSC 495 Topics in Computer Science (A)
As an advanced course, addresses current topics in the field. Each offering is motivated by the expertise of the instructor and students' interests. Requires students to complete a major research, design, or development project. Descriptions and prerequisites are published prior to the registration period for the course. Past topics include: networking, human factors, computational linguistics, advanced architecture, software engineering, logic programming, and program validation, object-oriented programming and parallel algorithms. 1-3 Cr. [Prerequisite: Published prior to registration each semester.]
CSC 499 Independent Study in Computer Science (A)
Arranged in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-3 Cr. (By Arrangement.) [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission.]
CSC 501 Programming Languages (A)
Studies the concepts of various programming languages. Includes these topics: history of languages, design principles, formal syntax and semantics, implementation: compilation and interpretation, comparative study of features in various languages considering criteria such as binding, scope, type conversion, data abstraction, parameter passing techniques, exceptions and I/O. Covers various programming paradigms such as procedural, object-oriented, functional, logic and scripting. Requires extensive programmming. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: CSC 311.]
CSC 506 Algorithms and Data Structures (A)
Covers design and analysis of data structures and associated algorithms using object-oriented methods. Includes these topics: complexity measures, pre-and post-conditions, programming to interfaces, union-find sets, hashing, trees (AVL, splay, B-Trees), graphs, recursion, algorithm design strategies and NP-completeness. Requires extensive programming. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: CSC 205 and MTH 481.]
CSC 514 Operating Systems and Parallel Computing (A)
Covers basic principles of operating systems and parallel and distributed computing. Includes these topics: OS role, components and structure, process concepts, threads, CPU scheduling, memory management, concurrent processes, interprocess coordination and communication, parallelism versus concurrency, parallel architecture, algorithms, and decomposition. Requires extensive programming. Additional assignments on parallel algorithm design and a graduate-level project centered on parallel software design for computing systems. Swing course CSC414. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
CSC 522 Relational Database Design (A)
Provides a study of the theory and practice of the relational approach to database design. Includes these topics: DBMS vs. a traditional file processing, relational algebra, normalization, lossless and/or dependency preserving decomposition, query languages such as SQL and a language that is available on the system, query optimization, integrity and security, and database project design. Requires extensive programming. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CSC 205.]
CSC 523 Web Application Development (A)
Covers the basic principles involved in developing Web-based applications that operate with a back-end relational database. Includes these topics: basics of HTTP-based client-server systems, web page creation with XHTML/CSS, client-side scripting, server-side software development, interfacing to relational databases, model-view separation, and database serialization/viewing using XML/XSLT. Requires team project involving design/setup of database server and development of application interfacing to database. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites CSC 209 and CSC 422 or CIS 422.]
CSC 527 Software Systems Engineering (A)
Provides an introduction to software engineering methodologies and programming-in-the-large. Includes these topics: life-cycle models, development standards, project organization, estimation techniques, requirements modeling, specification techniques, object-oriented and structured approaches to software design, implementation issues, testing, verification and validation, maintenance and documentation. Requires students to work in teams developing a large-scale software product. Develops technical communication and writing skills. Requires extensive programming. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: CSC 205.]
CSC 529 Object-Oriented Software Development (A)
Provides an introduction to OOP concepts and their applications using Java. Includes these topics: review of OOP fundamentals, UML modeling; advanced Java features: interfaces, abstract classes, GUI programming, layout managers, event and exception handlers, etc.; software design principles, cohesion and coupling; detailed coverage of design patterns: model-view-controller, observer, adapter, factory, strategy, singleton, etc.; software quality assurance: testing strategies. Requires extensive programming. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CSC 427.]
CSC 534 Artificial Intelligence (A)
Provides an introduction to artificial intelligence, its applications, and languages. Includes these topics: problem solving using state space search, heuristics, A* algorithm, game playing, mini-max, alpha-beta, knowledge-based expert systems, forward and backward chaining, natural language understanding, evolutionary computing, cellular automata, genetic algorithms, neural networks; programming AI applications using Prolog, LISP, and/or using frameworks in Java. Requires extensive programming. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CSC 401.]
CSC 535 Data Analytics and Predictive Modeling (A)
Teaches students how to be a data analyst. Learn how students can clean, manipulate, analyze and visualize databases to draw useful results and outcomes that help others to make decisions. Consists of two main parts. The first part covers data analytics using R language extensively. The second part covers several topics related to data science and analysis such as, machine learning and modeling, web scraping, natural language processing and clustering. Crosslisted with CIS535 swing courses CSC&CIS435. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
CSC 546 Principles of Cloud Computing (A)
Covers basic concepts, models, technologies, applications, and programming tools in cloud computing. Includes these topics: concepts of cloud, scalability, cloud models, broadband networks and Internet architecture, virtualization technology, computing and storage hardware, cloud security mechanism, cloud infrastructure, cloud platforms, metrics of SLA and QoS, load balancing and scheduling algorithms, resilient distributed datasets, programming patterns and tools for cloud computing, big data access, and big data processing via Spark APIs. Requires extensive programming. Graduate level: Graduate students will build a simple machine learning model using a cloud-based service (e.g., Amazon SageMaker or Google AI Platform) and deploy it as a web service. Swing course CSC446. Crosslisted CIS546. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
CSC 583 Theory of Computation (A)
Studies formal languages and theory of automata with an emphasis on Church's thesis, "algorithm = machine" point of view. Includes these topics: regular expressions and context-free languages, finite and pushdown automata, Turing machines, computability, undecidability and complexity of problems. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: CSC 203 and MTH 481.]
CSC 602 Deep Learning ()
This course teaches students the fundamental principles and concepts of neural networks and state-of-the-art approaches to deep learning. Students will learn to design neural network and deep network architectures and training methods. Students will also learn to use critical software tools for deep learning. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: CSC534 or CIS/CSC535.]
CSC 618 Computer Vision (B)
Studies the concepts of computer vision. Includes these topics: image formation, image filtering, camera calibration, feature detection and matching, stereo, motion estimation and tracking, image classification and recognition. Uses classical machine learning and deep learning methods. Provides extensive programming experience from implementing computer vision and object recognition applications. 3 Cr.
CSC 692 Computer Science Internship (B)
This course will provide an opportunity to apply knowledge from the classroom by working in a professional setting. Also provides a valuable and challenging experience for students who have never worked in such a situation, as well as for professionals furthering their education. Teaches the successful intern how effective professional performance requires integrating substantive knowledge with behavioral skills and proficiency in oral and written communication. Each student is supervised on campus by a computing sciences faculty member, and at the work site by qualified management personnel. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: By Instructor permission, a graduate student must have: completed at least six credits of course work at the graduate level at SUNY Brockport with minimum grades of “B” in each course; or demonstrate adequate background for the area of the internship.]
CSC 698 Graduate Thesis in Computer Science (B)
Provides students the opportunity for an individual investigation of an original problem. Requires the preparation and oral defense of a substantial research project planned and completed under the guidance of a graduate faculty committee. By developing a successful thesis, it permits students to enrich their knowledge of computer applications, theory, software or hardware, security; to develop skills in analyzing problems involving current computing technologies; and to make effective oral and written presentations of their accomplishments. 1-6 Cr. [Prerequisite: By Instructor permission: a graduate student must have: completed at least 18 credits of course work at the graduate level at SUNY Brockport with minimum grades of “B” in each course.]
CSC 699 Independent Study in Computer Science (A)
By Instructor permission, a graduate student must have: 1. completed at least six credits of course work at the graduate level at SUNY Brockport with minimum grades of “B” in each course; or demonstrate adequate background for the area of independent study. Permission to grant an independent study is by discretion of the instructor and department chair. Individual independent study instructor-sponsor may have additional requirements, such as knowledge of specific subjects, programming languages or software. Besides meeting the formal prerequisites, candidates should be self-motivated and interested in real-world learning, and should have good communication and problem-solving skills. This course will provide students the opportunity to study individually with an instructor on a contractual basis. The course will permit graduate students to pursue topics they studied previously in greater depth. A content outline for the independent study course will be developed by the student and instructor-sponsor that suits the student’s needs and interest and aligns with the special competence of the instructor. 1-3 Cr.
Counselor Education
EDC 201 Life/Career Planning for Adults (B)
For adults desiring to determine future goals. Allows students to assess their ideal goals, interests, abilities and skills through class discussion, assigned readings and papers. Allows students to decide on future directions. 1 Cr.
EDC 202 Career Management (A)
Helps students develop an understanding that career planning and the development process is not a one-time event, but an ongoing process that requires personal attention and involvement. Prepares students for transition from college to professional workplace, focusing on career goals and developing skills to produce job-search correspondence. 1 Cr.
EDC 301 Introduction to Counseling (A)
Provides an overview and general understanding of the professional practice of counseling, including historical perspectives, basic concepts, major theoretical approaches, basic techniques and skills used by counselors, the process of counseling, and the various roles played by professional counselors in diverse settings. Course concepts are presented in both lecture and experiential formats. 3 Cr.
EDC 423 Sexuality in Counseling (B)
Assist counselors and other helping professionals to understand the role that sex, sexuality and gender can and do play in a client’s life. Sexual health, development and health related issues, sexual dysfunctions and paraphilias, the role of gender, sexual abuse and trauma, and other related topics will be addressed through collaboration, discussion forums, experiential activities, readings, journaling, and other learning modalities. 3 Cr.
EDC 501 Self in Society: School Counselor (B)
Examines the development of self-understanding and the influences of interpersonal relations in school counseling. Investigates the social, psychological and philosophical foundations of counseling. Introduces students to professional, ethical, theoretical and practical aspects of school counseling. Examines aspects of various academic disciplines pertinent to the development of the counselor, providing a broad base for individual speculations regarding issues in school counseling. 6 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDC 502 Self in Society: College Counselor (B)
Examines the development of self-understanding and influences of interpersonal relations in college personnel services, and investigates the social, psychological and philosophical foundations of counseling. Introduces students to professional, ethical, theoretical and practical aspects of college counseling. Examines various academic disciplines pertinent to the development of the college personnel worker, providing a broad base for individual speculations regarding issues in college personnel work. 6 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDC 503 Self in Society: Mental Health Counselor (B)
Examines the development of self-understanding and influences of interpersonal relations in counseling. Investigates the social, psychological and philosophical foundations of counseling. Introduces students to professional, ethical, theoretical and practical aspects of community counseling. Examines various academic disciplines Counselor Education 95 pertinent to the development of the community counselor, to provide a broad functional base. 6 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDC 523 Sexuality in Counseling (B)
Assist counselors and other helping professionals to understand the role that sex, sexuality and gender can and do play in a client’s life. Sexual health, development and health related issues, sexual dysfunctions and paraphilias, the role of gender, sexual abuse and trauma, and other related topics will be addressed through collaboration, discussion forums, experiential activities, readings, journaling, and other learning modalities. 3 Cr.
EDC 602 Counseling Theories (B)
Studies the general categories and specific examples of counseling theories. Theories discussed in terms of background, development, concepts, and research. Theories evaluated in terms of appropriateness to societal groups. Students explore the dynamics and techniques of counseling, examine counseling theories in terms of their own philosophical thinking and personal orientation, and formulate a personal counseling theory. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite - EDC 501 or 502 or 503.]
EDC 603 Group Counseling Concepts (B)
Studies the evolution, rationale, goals and basic dynamics of the individual in group interactions; facilitative and non-facilitative forces in groups; observation of and participation in the group process; initiation, maintenance and termination of groups; and supervision and analysis of small groups. Integrates self-understanding and the understanding of others into an effective style of group leadership. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: EDC 501, EDC 502 or EDC 503.]
EDC 604 Career Development Concepts (B)
Explores career development theories and decision-making models. Undertakes philosophical issues related to career development as they apply to life roles and factors including the role of diversity and gender in career development. Helps students to develop their own theory of career development and career counseling techniques. Exposes students to assessments, including internet-based applications. Covers program planning, organization, implementation, administration, and evaluation. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDC 606 Research and Program Evaluation (B)
Readings and experiences provide students with an understanding of quantitative and qualitative research methods, statistical analysis, including descriptive and inferential statistics and their uses, needs assessment, and program evaluation. An action research project and a literature review are required. Cultural, ethical and legal aspects of research are addressed. Students conduct electronic statistical analysis of data. Studies on the effectiveness of counseling are reviewed. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
EDC 612 The Human Experience (B)
Provides a broad understanding of the nature and needs of individuals at all development levels, including: major theories of personality, physiological development, psychological adjustment, and sociological influences. Incorporates all significant aspects of growth that make up the human experience. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDC 613 Diagnosis and Treatment Planning in Counseling (B)
Provides students with theoretical understanding and practical applications of diagnosis and treatment planning in mental health. Theoretical considerations include: concept of mental health, etiology of psychopathology, and cultural understandings of mental health and illness. Practical applications include conducting assessments, case conceptualization, diagnosis, treatment planning, and caseload management. Also covered are working with managed care, using medical and biopsychosocial assessment models, psychopharmacology, and treatment outcomes. 3 Cr.
EDC 614 Contemporary Issues (B)
Focuses on developing competencies in ethical decision making and working with clients representing diverse and multicultural contexts. Content knowledge integrates contemporary sociocultural contextual issues, current counseling ethical and professional practices, and student self-knowledge and awareness. Students demonstrate increased familiarity and competence when applying course principles with dynamic social issues. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDC 615 Counseling in Mental Health Settings (B)
Examines mental health counseling issues and trends such as managed care, licensure, HIPAA, cultural competence, and the funding and administration of mental health service delivery systems. Explores the evolution of the profession and its current and future role in a multidisciplinary field. Introduces skills such as assessment and diagnosis, case conceptualization, proper documentation, professional and client advocacy, and program development, implementation, and evaluation. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDC 616 Diagnostic Skills for Counselors (A)
This survey course is designed to provide students with an understanding of the development of the diagnosis and treatment of clients with mental disorders and the socio-historical rise of the psychological interest in the field. The course will focus on the diagnostic skills and practical applications that counselors in school, college and mental health settings utilize in the daily practice of their work. 3 Cr.
EDC 617 Leadership and Advocacy (B)
Prepares counseling leaders and advocates. Prepares counselors to serve as supervisors, managers, administrators, and leaders. Students will learn about forms of leadership, including: managerial, administrative, organizational, scholarship, and political. Students will learn about ethics, policies and regulations, staff development and evaluation, service delivery, resources, and vision-making. Forms of power (i.e. referent, legitimate, expert, information, coercive, reward, connection) will be explored. Social justice and advocacy will also be addressed. Advocacy content will be client and profession centered. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDC 619 Comprehensive School Counseling Programs (B)
Introduces the role of the school counselor and comprehensive, developmental school counseling programs. Emphasizes planning, delivering, managing, and evaluating counseling services with the goal of promoting academic, career, and personal/social development of all students. Prepares students to serve as change agents to reduce barriers that impede student development. Provides students to work as effective school counselor based on current research and practical experiences. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDC 621 Child and Adolescent Development (B)
Therapeutic theories and interventions used with children, and adolescents, within the context of school, family, and community. Moreover, focusing on the impact of cultural, socio-political (global challenges), and ecological factors on the neurological, behavioral, academic, and social-emotional development of youth. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: EDC 612 and Corequisite EDC 720.]
EDC 626 Counseling in College Settings (B)
Examines the organization and administration of higher education, including the history, growth, and functions of colleges and universities. Discusses the law as it relates to student affairs professionals and the breadth and depth of counseling services on college campuses. 3 Cr.
EDC 627 College Student Development (B)
This course provides a broad overview of the way in which college student identity impacts college students' experiences in and beyond college. Students in this class will learn to identify important sociocultural aspects of student development, issues that are unique to certain student populations based on identity and background, and critically analyze college student development theories and their relevance to a range of student populations and issues in higher education. Course requires a minimum grade of B (for Major/Minor/Certification) 3 Cr. (Spring.)
EDC 640 Neurology in Counseling (A)
Enables students to gain an understanding of the physiology of the brain function and how different regions of the brain influence emotional states. Students are exposed to the latest research in neurosciences relating to the formation of neural pathways and how healthy pathways are distorted in predictable ways related to specific mental disorders. The role of motivation, attachment, trauma, and more are addressed. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDC 685 Assessment in Counseling (B)
Covers elementary statistics and the concepts of validity, reliability, norms, and scores. Intelligence, achievement, aptitude, interest, and personality tests and their purpose, administration, selection, evaluation, and interpretation of individual tests and testing programs along with cultural, ethical and legal aspects of testing and evaluation are studied. Case conceptualization, functional behavioral assessment, overview of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual, the mental status exam, and lethality assessment are examined. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDC 690 Couples and Family Counseling (B)
Enhances the student's knowledge and skills in couples and family counseling. Provides an opportunity for exposure to summary theories in couples and marriage counseling. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
EDC 691 Use of Expressive Arts in Counseling (B)
Uses art, music, poetry, movement and drama to help clients identify and express thoughts and feelings, and gain new insight into the client's concerns. A research-based practice, it is used in many settings, such as schools, hospitals and agencies. An experiential class which teaches the skills of facilitating the arts in counseling individuals and groups of all ages. 3 Cr.
EDC 692 Spirituality in the Couseling Process (B)
Assists counselors and other helping professionals to understand one's own spirituality so as to recognize and intervene in issues of spirituality requested by the client. Wellness, meaning, hope, faith, forgiveness, and other dimensions of spirituality will be addressed through discussion, experiential activities, reading, guest speakers, and other learning modalities. 3 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
EDC 693 K-12 Student Services (B)
Provides knowledge and skills to perform secondary school counseling responsibilities with confidence. Includes ways to creatively resolve student issues through practical applications of the presented material. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDC 695 Child-centered Play Therapy in School and Agency Settings (A)
Covers the history and theoretical background of play therapy, and focuses on the use of Child-Centered Play Therapy (CCPT) as an effective method for helping children overcome a wide range of behavioral and emotional problems. Employs lecture, discussion, videotapes, and participant role-plays of mock play sessions to help students gain skills necessary to build therapeutic relationships with children. 3 Cr.
EDC 696 Wellness & Stress Management (B)
Provides the student with comprehensive information on wellness and self-care, including: a) the stress response cycle and its impacts, b) the biological, physiological and neurological effects of chronic stress, c) the emerging field of wellness counseling, d) wellness counseling theories and e) complementary modalities to enhance self-care for both the client and practitioner. Students will also be introduced to complementary self care resources from the community, and develop wellness programming for their future client populations as well as self-care plans for themselves. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDC 718 Pre-Practicum (B)
Course fee of $70.00: Teaches fundamental counseling skills, such as, relationship building, basic assessment, goal setting, selecting interventions and evaluations of client outcomes. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDC 720 Intergration and Application of Basic Concepts (B)
This practicum experience emphasizes integrating the concepts learned in preceding courses. Examines the extent to which students can assimilate and internalize individual counseling, measurement and evaluation, group counseling and career development and apply them to counseling situations. Expects students to demonstrate competence in integrating both cognitive and affective processes that have been acquired and developed thus far. Requires a minimum of 10 hours/week at the practicum site. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: EDC 602, 603; EDC 604, 606, 612, 614, 698 may be taken concurrently.]
EDC 721 Integration: Supervision Experience and Theory (B)
Co requisite: EDC 720; Taken concurrently with EDC 720: Integration and Application of Counseling Concepts. Students will gain both knowledge and experience with clinical supervision. Supervision theory, methods and processes are introduced to students via readings and discussion. Students experience with supervision will occur in individual clinical supervision of the counseling services the student provides during practicum. Supervision emphasizes the practice and evaluation of a student’s personal counseling style and your integration of concepts learned regarding the dynamics of the individual counseling process, self-evaluation techniques and the knowledge and skills gained thus far in the program. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
EDC 722 Implementation I: School Counselor (B)
Requires a minimum of a 20 hour per week approved school counseling internship. Students implement fundamental counseling tasks and other counseling duties under the supervision of a field supervisor and a faculty member. Focus is on consultation, internship experience, and the development of a thesis proposal and literature review. Also requires an on-campus seminar in which group supervision of internship experience occurs. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: EDC 619, 685, 720, 721; Co requisite: EDC 735.]
EDC 723 Implementation I: College Counselor (B)
Requires a minimum of a 20 hour per week approved college counseling internship. Students implement fundamental counseling tasks and other counseling duties under the supervision of a field supervisor and a faculty member. Focus is on consultation, internship experience, and the development of a thesis proposal and literature review. Also requires an on-campus seminar in which group supervision of internship experience occurs. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: EDC 626, 685, 720, 721; Co requisite: EDC 735.]
EDC 724 Implementation I: Mental Health Counselor (B)
Requires a minimum of a 20 hour per week approved mental health counseling internship. Students implement fundamental counseling tasks and other counseling duties under the supervision of a field supervisor and a faculty member. Focus is on consultation, internship experience, and the development of a thesis proposal and literature review. Also requires an on-campus seminar in which group supervision of internship experience occurs. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: EDC 613, 615, 685, 720, 721; Co requisite: EDC 735.]
EDC 728 Implementation II: School Counselor (B)
Constitutes the second of the supervised school counselor internship (a minimum of 20 hours per week) and is a continuation of EDC 722. Students work under the supervision of a field supervisor. Focuses on enhancement of skills and knowledge, role and functions related to mental health counseling and completion of the thesis requirement. Also requires an on-campus seminar in which group supervision of internship experience occurs. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: EDC 722, 735.]
EDC 729 Implementation II: College Counselor (B)
Constitutes the second of the supervised college counselor internship (a minimum of 20 hours per week) and is a continuation of EDC 723. Students work under the supervision of a field supervisor. Focuses on enhancement of skills and knowledge, role and functions related to mental health counseling and completion of the thesis requirement. Also requires an on-campus seminar in which group supervision of internship experience occurs. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: EDC 723, 735.]
EDC 730 Implementation II: Mental Health Counselor (B)
Constitutes the second of the supervised mental health counselor internship (a minimum of 20 hours per week) and is a continuation of EDC 724. Students work under the supervision of a field supervisor. Focuses on enhancement of skills and knowledge, role and functions related to mental health counseling and completion of the thesis requirement. Also requires an on-campus seminar in which group supervision of internship experience occurs. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: EDC 724, 735.]
EDC 731 Implementation III: Mental Health Counselor (B)
Constitutes the third of the supervised mental health counselor internships (minimum of 20 hours per week) and is a continuation of EDC 730. Focuses on refining knowledge and skills regarding diagnostic and treatment planning, developing proficiency with case conceptualization and presentation, enhancing individual, group, family and couples counseling skills. Also requires an on-campus seminar in which group supervision of internship experience occurs. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: EDC 730.]
EDC 735 Clinical Experience for Implementation I (A)
Co requisite: EDC 722 or 723 or 724. This supervision course is taken in conjunction with EDC 722 Implementation I – School Counselor or EDC 723 Implementation I – College Counselor or EDC 724 Implementation I – Mental Health Counselor. Students will gain both knowledge and experience with clinical supervision. Supervision theory, methods and processes with be introduced to students via readings and discussion. Students’ experience with supervision will occur in individual clinical supervision of your work with clients at your internship site. Supervision emphasizes the practice and evaluation of your personal counseling style and your integration of concepts learned regarding the dynamics of individual counseling process, self-evaluation techniques and the knowledge and skills gained thus far in the program. Further it focuses on your ability to case conceptualize, develop client goals and help focus your client work in a therapeutic manner. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDC 883 Counselor as Systems Consultant (B)
Focuses on developing student's awareness of their role as consultants in school settings. Exposes students to consultation theory and models of consulting with teachers, students, and parents/families utilizing both individual and group methods. Case examples are examined. 3 Cr. (Summer.) [Prerequisite: EDC 501 or 502 or 503; EDC 728; and permission of instructor.]
EDC 884 Group Theories and Supervised Practice (B)
Explores selected theories of personal and institutional change via small-group interactions, and simultaneous discussion of practical problems arising in groups. Expects students to form and lead their own groups, and to participate in intensive individual and group supervision. Provides for further development and explication of one's personal style of group leadership. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: EDC 501 or 502 or 503; EDC 728 or 729 or 730; and permission of instructor.]
EDC 885 Supervision of Counseling (B)
Focuses on the acquisition of knowledge and the practice of counseling supervision. Examines various models of supervision within a multicultural context. Students supervise students enrolled in EDC 720. Requires a final paper that demonstrates an understanding of the theory and practice of counseling supervision. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: EDC 501 or 502 or 503; EDC 728 or 729 or 730; and permission of instructor.]
Criminal Justice
CRJ 101 Introduction to Criminal Justice (A)
Covers the nature, scope and impact of crime in the US; independent and interdependent operations and procedures of police, courts and corrections; and introductory theories of crime and delinquency. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
CRJ 203 Police Process (A)
Covers the roles of law enforcement agencies at the local, state and federal levels; interrelationships with other criminal justice agencies; and selected law enforcement problems. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: CRJ 101.]
CRJ 205 Criminal Law and Procedure (B)
Provides students an introduction to criminal law in the United States and the adjudication process in U.S. courts. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: CRJ 101.]
CRJ 207 The Corrections Process (A)
Covers the history and evolution of corrections; the social organization of prisons; differences between adult and juvenile correction; and probation and parole practices and alternatives to incarceration. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: CRJ 101.]
CRJ 304 Investigations (B)
Provides a comprehensive examination of investigations relative to both public and private modes, including most major felony processes and relevant civil actions. Focuses on the fundamentals of the investigative process and the range of skills necessary for successful performance and management of investigations, including evidence gathering and analysis, witness assessment, field techniques and linkage between investigative and prosecutorial agencies. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CRJ 101.]
CRJ 305 Adjudication Process (A)
Examines the organization and functions of the courts; pre- and post-trial motions and procedures; and the role of prosecutorial and defensive agencies. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CRJ 101.]
CRJ 311 Criminal Law (A)
Covers the historical development of criminal law in the US; the parties to crime, including principals/accessories; and the elements of crimes against persons and property, and moral offenses and defenses to such crimes. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: CRJ 101.]
CRJ 313 Constitutional Criminal Procedure (A)
Covers the application of the Bill of Rights; rules governing evidence; and the legal concepts governing arrest, search and seizure, and interrogations and confessions. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CRJ 101.]
CRJ 321 Crime Patterns (B)
Covers the extent and nature of crimes against property and person, methods of crime commission, and prevention and repression of crime. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: Six credits of CRJ courses or instructor's permission.]
CRJ 323 White Collar Crime (A)
Provides an historical and contemporary look at white collar/occupational crime in the United States. Analyzes the concept of occupational crime, counting and recording occupational crimes and criminals, explanations of occupational criminality, organizational occupational crime, state authority occupational crime, professional occupational crime, individual occupational crime, and sanctioning, social control, and occupational crime. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CRJ 101.]
CRJ 331 Community-Based Corrections (A)
Explores the evolution of community-based corrections, the interrelationship between community based correction programs and other criminal justice agencies, and the role and involvement of the public in community-based corrections. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CRJ 101 & CRJ 207.]
CRJ 343 Juvenile Justice Process (A)
Covers the historical development of juvenile justice in the US, jurisdiction issues, the adjudication process, role of the police and community agencies, and abuses in the system. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CRJ 101.]
CRJ 370 Digital Forensic Investigations (B)
This course introduces students to digital forensics and the fundamental processes of analyzing data collected from electronic devices (e.g., computers). It familiarizes students with the proper techniques and tools for securing, handling, and preserving digital evidence. It acquaints students with the chain of custody forms, as well as crime scene and digital acquisition reports related to civil and criminal investigations. 3 Cr.
CRJ 371 Survey of Forensic Science (A)
Provides a study of the work of the crime lab and the medical examiner. Examines methods of analysis of items commonly found at crime scenes such as: fingerprints, blood, illegal drugs, hairs, fibers, arson residues, bullets, etc. Covers procedures for processing the crime scene and safeguarding the evidence. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: CRJ 101.]
CRJ 375 Forensic Law (B)
Serves as an interdisciplinary course covering law, criminal justice, science and technological issues in the evidentiary arena. Provides broad-based assessment of scientific evidence as it relates to litigation theory, tactics and evidentiary proof. 3 Cr.
CRJ 422 Cybercrime and Digital Forensics (A)
Provides an overview of cybercrime and digital forensics. Introduces students to technological, sociological, and criminological aspects of cybercrime. Focuses on methods and techniques that cybercriminals use, cybercrime investigation techniques, legal frameworks about cybercrime and cybersecurity. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CRJ101.]
CRJ 431 Crime Prevention and Control (A)
CRJ Explores crime problems and the role of the criminal justice system in crime prevention, its funding, planning and evaluation. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: CRJ 101.]
CRJ 434 Security Administration (B)
Provides a comprehensive examination of the nature and problems of private and public security administration. Focuses on the issues of administration and the solutions, especially security technology necessary for successful management. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CRJ 101.]
CRJ 436 Computer Security (B)
Examines the nature, problems, and programs to protect organizational information, especially electronically processed data and computer equipment. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CRJ 101.]
CRJ 451 International Criminal Justice Systems (A)
Compares and contrasts the criminal justice system of the United States with the systems of other countries. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CRJ 101.]
CRJ 465 Terrorism and the Criminal Justice System (A)
Examines current terrorism, its origins and ideological bases, with particular attention to its relation to political institutions and the criminal justice response. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CRJ 101.]
CRJ 471 Research Methods in Criminal Justice (A)
Familiarizes criminal justice majors with the development of data-gathering techniques, including scaling, questionnaire construction, sampling procedures, interviewing, secondary data analysis, and techniques of data processing using micro- and minicomputers. Also examines linear casual models as a tool in theory and research, research designs, central tendency, variation, and statistics for nominal and ordinal measures. Majors only. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: CRJ 101, Junior or senior status and successful completion of any one of the following courses: SOC 200, PSH 202, POL 300, MTH 243 or ECN 204.]
CRJ 472 Crime and Media (B)
In modern society, we are constantly bombarded with information. Crime is a phenomenon that, in the minds of most people, is constructed from information that people absorb from the media and political narratives. In this class, we examine these sources of information about crime through critical discussions of how and why different information sources construct crime the way they do. After setting up theoretical ideas that help us to understand why these questions are important, we examine the ways in which media actors and groups – including news organizations and popular culture – depict crime and justice. Through critical discussion, we will investigate the ways in which these depictions have real consequences for the ways that people think about crime and justice. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CRJ 101.]
CRJ 473 Death Penalty (B)
The death penalty is the most severe form of punishment given by the criminal justice system. The death penalty is also a hot-button issue. Discussions on capital punishment are fraught with numerous moral, ethical, and legal questions. This course serves as a general introduction to the use of the death penalty by the criminal justice system in the United States and the issues surrounding the death penalty debate. It takes an academic approach to exploring the death penalty, carefully examining multiple sides of contentious issues. This course explore topics such as: the history and current state of the death penalty, the effectiveness of capital punishment in fulfilling goals of punishment, public opinion on the death penalty, and legal and social issues surrounding the death penalty. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CRJ 101.]
CRJ 474 GIS (Geographic Information System) & Crime Mapping (B)
Provides knowledge and skills for displaying, exploring, and analyzing crime and criminal justice data by using GIS (Geographic Information System) software; Introduces computer-based methods of crime mapping and spatial data analysis; Covers criminal justice decision making practices with visualized data and statistics. Course requires a minimum grade of C for major/minor/certification 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite CRJ 101.]
CRJ 476 Race & Crime (A)
A critical examination of the interplay between race and ethnicity and crime in the American justice system. Many issues such as law enforcement, the court system, the corrections process, and impact of social policy in the system related to racial and ethnic relations and inequality will be addressed. Other related issues such as gender and social class are also incorporated in the context of crime and criminal justice. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CRJ 101.]
CRJ 477 Family Violence (A)
Focuses on the dynamics of family violence and the legal and social system response to the phenomenon. Explores and analyzes in-depth the scope and theoretical explanations of the issues of the various forms of family violence, e.g. spousal abuse, marital rape, elder abuse. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: CRJ 101; Cross listed as WMS 477.]
CRJ 479 Victimology (AY)
Develops an understanding of crime victimization, both direct and indirect. Focuses on street crime, social and political oppression, victimization of women, and victims of corporate deviance. Emphasizes theory and policy analysis. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as WMS 479. Prerequisite: CRJ 101.]
CRJ 481 Women and the Criminal Justice System (AW)
Examines women's relationships with crime and the criminal justice system. Specifically provides a study of women and crime, victimization and occupational obstacles and opportunities. Develops students' understanding of how social, political and economic conditions affect these problems. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as WMS 481. Prerequisite: CRJ 101.]
CRJ 485 Issues in Juvenile Justice (AI)
Provides an in-depth analysis of 10-12 selected topics germane to the juvenile justice system. Includes topics such as child abuse and domestic violence, alternatives for the status offender, ethical issues, children's rights, right to treatment and right to refuse treatment, the politics of juvenile justice, and the court as a socio-legal institution. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CRJ 101.]
CRJ 489 Problems in Policing (A)
Discusses specific problems of law enforcement and policing in contemporary American society. Emphasizes the development, nature and function of law enforcement as it relates to criminal justice. Covers topical issues and problems such as ethics, corruption, deadly force and civil liabilities. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CRJ 101 .]
CRJ 490 Internship in Criminal Justice (B)
Enables students to learn the basic operations of a criminal justice agency and participate in agency activity. Involves group discussion, weekly log, and final report. 1-6 Cr. [Prerequisite: CRJ 101.]
CRJ 491 Selected Topics in Criminal Justice (B)
Enables students to develop an understanding of one topic concerning criminal justice, and learn to conduct research and analyze research findings on a given topic. May be repeated with chair's permission. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CRJ 101.]
CRJ 492 Ethics in Criminal Justice (B)
Explores ethical dilemmas which may arise in the context of the U.S criminal justice system. Standards and codes that are in place to help those facing such ethical questions are introduced and evaluated. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CRJ 101.]
CRJ 493 Seminar in Criminal Justice (A)
Allows students to gain an understanding of a criminal justice issue. Utilizes research skills to prepare and present research projects, and defend findings to an audience of critical judges. May be repeated with chair's permission. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CRJ 101.]
CRJ 494 Criminology (A)
Provides a review and critical analysis of the major criminological theories including the classical school; biological school; and psychological, sociological, and psychoanalytic orientations, including economic determinism. Considers various forms of criminality, as well as studies dealing with the frequency of crime in different places at different times. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: CRJ 101.]
CRJ 499 Independent Studies in Criminal Justice (B)
To be defined in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. May be repeated with chair's permission. 1-6 Cr. [Prerequisite: CRJ 101.]
CRJ 504 Criminal Justice and Addictions (A)
Presents a survey on core knowledge about addictions to alcohol and other drugs and the responses of society and the criminal justice system. It presents an intervention and effectiveness focus addressing addictions to alcohol and other drugs. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
CRJ 534 Security Administration (B)
Provides a comprehensive examination of the nature and problems of private and public security administration. Focuses on the issues of administration and the solutions, especially security technology necessary for successful management. 3 Cr.
CRJ 536 Computer Security (B)
Examines the nature, problems, and programs to protect organizational information, especially electronically processed data and computer equipment. 3 Cr.
CRJ 551 International Criminal Justice Systems (A)
Compares and contrasts the criminal justice system of the United States with the systems of other countries. 3 Cr.
CRJ 565 Terrorism and the Criminal Justice System (A)
Examines current terrorism, its origins and ideological bases, with particular attention to its relation to political institutions and the criminal justice response. 3 Cr.
CRJ 571 Research Methods in Criminal Justice (A)
Familiarizes criminal justice majors with the development of data-gathering techniques, including scaling, questionnaire construction, sampling procedures, interviewing, secondary data analysis, and techniques of data processing using micro- and minicomputers. Also examines linear casual models as a tool in theory and research, research designs, central tendency, variation, and statistics for nominal and ordinal measures. 3 Cr.
CRJ 577 Family Violence (A)
Focuses on the dynamics of family violence and the legal and social system response to the phenomena. Explores and analyzes in-depth the scope and theoretical explanations of the issues of the various forms of family violence, e.g. spousal abuse, marital rape, elderly abuse. 3 Cr.
CRJ 579 Victimology (A)
Develops an understanding of crime victimization, both direct and indirect. Focuses on street crime, social and political oppression, victimization of women, and victims of corporate deviance. Emphasizes theory and policy analysis. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as WMS 479.]
CRJ 581 Women and the Criminal Justice System (A)
Examines women's relationships with crime and the criminal justice system. Specifically provides a study of women and crime, victimization and occupational obstacles and opportunities. Develops student understanding of how social, political and economic conditions affect these problems. 3 Cr.
CRJ 585 Issues in Juvenile Justice (A)
Provides an in-depth analysis of 10-12 selected topics germane to the juvenile justice system. Includes topics such as child abuse and domestic violence, alternatives for the status offender, ethical issues, children's rights, right to treatment and right to refuse treatment, the politics of juvenile justice, and the court as a socio-legal institution. 3 Cr.
CRJ 589 Police Problems (A)
Discusses specific problems of law enforcement and policing in contemporary American society. Emphasizes the development, nature and function of law enforcement as it relates to criminal justice. Covers topical issues and problems such as ethics, corruption, deadly force and civil liabilities. 3 Cr.
CRJ 590 Special Topics (A)
Enables students to learn the basic operations of a criminal justice agency and participate in agency activity. Involves group discussion, weekly log and final report. 3 Cr.
CRJ 593 Seminar in Criminal Justice (A)
Allows students to gain an understanding of a selected criminal justice issue. Utilizes research skills to prepare and present research projects, and defend findings to an audience of critical judges. May be repeated with chair's permission. 3 Cr.
CRJ 594 Criminology (A)
Provides a review and critical analysis of the major criminological theories including the classical school; biological school; and psychological, sociological and psychoanalytic orientations, including economic determinism. Considers various forms of criminality, as well as studies dealing with the frequency of crime in different places at different times. 3 Cr.
CRJ 599 Independent Study in Criminal Justice (A)
To be defined in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with college policy prior to registration. May be repeated with chair's permission. 1-6 Cr.
Cybersecurity
CYB 105 Cybersecurity Fundamentals I (A)
This initial course delivers a comprehensive overview of the essential concepts students must know as they pursue their education in cybersecurity. Students will learn the fundamental principles of cybersecurity and the concepts and tactics required to identify and mitigate attacks against enterprise networks and mission-critical infrastructure. Students will gain an understanding of the fundamental tenets of network security, and review the general concepts in maintaining a secure network-computing environment. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: CIS 102.]
CYB 203 Programming in Python (B)
Provides a coverage of the Python language. Includes these topics: syntax, primitive types, control structures, lists, tuples, sets, dictionaries, functions, recursion, object-oriented programming, files and exception handling, GUI programming. Requires extensive programming and supervised laboratory sessions. 4 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: CSC 120.]
CYB 205 Cybersecurity Fundamentals II (A)
This course is a continuation of the Cybersecurity Fundamentals I course. This course continues to build on the essential cybersecurity concepts needed to pursue education in cybersecurity. Students will learn the challenges and fundamental principles of securing cloud based IT systems, and the concepts and tactics required to identify and mitigate attacks against traditional, hybrid, and cloud based infrastructures. Students will also gain an understanding of the concepts and processes of Security Operations and the role it plays in protecting organizations. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: CYB 105.]
CYB 401 Ethical Hacking (B)
In general, this course exposes students to ethical hacking methodologies. It introduces students to cybersecurity concepts to discover and report vulnerabilities in wide variety of systems. Students in this course will use hacking methodologies and tools used by hackers used to perform attacks to learn best defense from these same hackers. The course is an in-depth study of wide range of different techniques and tools used for system hackings along with techniques used for defending systems against such kinds of attacks using hands-on lab exercises. Even though the skills and the techniques learned in the course can be used for malicious purposes, the course teaches the students how to use these techniques and tools to perform an ethical hack to defend themselves and their institutes. Swing course CYB 501. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CIS 419.]
CYB 403 Enterprise Security and Firewalls (B)
This course will teach the theory and practical application of critical components of Firewall design, implementation, configuration, and management. Next Generation Firewalls combine many cybersecurity technologies such as: threat prevention, intrusion detection, traffic handling, advanced content filtering, VPN and event logging and reporting. A lab environment will provide experience in the implementation of enterprise security tools. Swing course CYB 503. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: CYB 205 and CIS 419.]
CYB 405 Database and Web Security (A)
It is a study of principles and practices of implementing computer database security in modern businesses and industries. The following topics are covered in the course: database security principles, database auditing, security implementation and database reliability. The course also covers advanced topics such as database management security issues such as securing the DBMS, enforcing access controls, and related issues. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: CYB203 or CSC203 The course provides students a basic foundation in database security.]
CYB 418 Information Assurance & Incident Response (A)
This course provides students with the fundamental models and concepts in information assurance and cyber security that address the organizational needs to securely protect information assets from harm. Students will examine what is needed to manage an effective information security program and new module details incident response and detection strategies. This course will introduce students to topics including the need for Information Security, Security Management, Risk Management, Incident Response and Contingency Planning and strategies. This course is designed to provide an overview of the latest issues in information assurance and potential managerial and technical controls to improve the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of data and information. Swing course CYB518. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: CIS 102 AND CIS 303 AND CIS 419.]
CYB 499 Independent Study in Cybersecurity (A)
Arranged in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-3 Cr.
CYB 501 Ethical Hacking (B)
In general, this course exposes students to ethical hacking methodologies. It introduces students to cybersecurity concepts to discover and report vulnerabilities in wide variety of systems. Students in this course will use hacking methodologies and tools used by hackers used to perform attacks to learn best defense from these same hackers. The course is an in-depth study of wide range of different techniques and tools used for system hackings along with techniques used for defending systems against such kinds of attacks using hands-on lab exercises. Even though the skills and the techniques learned in the course can be used for malicious purposes, the course teaches the students how to use these techniques and tools to perform an ethical hack to defend themselves and their institutes. Graduate students would be required to do additional work on some of the assigned labs. These may include (but not limited to) passive Reconnaissance targeted company analyses, analyses for Active Reconnaissance targets, analyses focusing on Performing Packet Capture and Session Hijacking, and analyses centered on Exploiting Wireless Vulnerabilities. Students will also be required to do more significant analysis and content requirements for the Final Research Paper Project. Swing course CYB 401. 3 Cr.
CYB 503 Enterprise Security and Firewalls (B)
This course will teach the theory and practical application of critical components of Firewall design, implementation, configuration, and management. Next Generation Firewalls combine many cybersecurity technologies such as: threat prevention, intrusion detection, traffic handling, advanced content filtering, VPN and event logging and reporting. A lab environment will provide experience in the implementation of enterprise security tools. Graduate students would be required to complete additional lab assignments and write a research paper on a related class topic. Swing course CYB 403. 3 Cr.
CYB 518 Information Assurance & Incident Response (A)
This course provides students with the fundamental models and concepts in information assurance and cyber security that address the organizational needs to securely protect information assets from harm. Students will examine what is needed to manage an effective information security program and new module details incident response and detection strategies. This course will introduce students to topics including the need for Information Security, Security Management, Risk Management, Incident Response and Contingency Planning and strategies. This course is designed to provide an overview of the latest issues in information assurance and potential managerial and technical controls to improve the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of data and information. One or more of the following will be required at the graduate level: - Forensic Analysis of a Security Breach: Based on a set of compromised system logs, network traffic data, or malware samples, students will perform forensic analysis to identify the source of the breach, timeline, and attack vectors. Student will propose remediation steps and create a report summarizing their findings. · - Threat Intelligence Report: Students compile a report on a specific threat actor or malware, detailing tactics, techniques, and procedures (TTPs) using frameworks like MITRE ATT&CK. Students are required to assess the potential impact on various industries and recommend preventive measures. - Incident Response Plan Development: Students will create a comprehensive Incident Response Plan (IRP) for a hypothetical organization, covering procedures, roles, and escalation paths. Include requirements for continuous improvement and testing of the plan, as well as compliance with relevant standards (e.g., NIST, ISO 27001). Swing course CYB418. 3 Cr.
CYB 619 Advanced Cryptography (B)
This course covers theoretical and practical aspects of modern applied computer cryptography. The course introduces students to cryptography algorithms, protocols and applications. Topics include history, applications, such as SSL and SSH, protocols, such as hash functions, symmetric and asymmetric cryptography, the different types of PKI certificates and their usage, and attack-vectors for systems. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: CIS 521.]
CYB 621 Advanced System and Network Security (B)
This course aims at presenting advanced security topics on the computer and network systems. It will also provide insights into the system-level operations in computer systems, the principles of the security systems, the designs of network protocols, and the mechanisms of vulnerability mitigation, and reveal how these methods, principles, techniques, and designs further impact the system and network security. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: CSC 514 AND CIS 419 or equivalent content knowledge.]
CYB 692 Cybersecurity Internship (B)
This course will provide an opportunity to apply knowledge from the classroom by working in a professional setting. Also provides a valuable and challenging experience for students who have never worked in such a situation, as well as for professionals furthering their education. Teaches the successful intern how effective professional performance requires integrating substantive knowledge with behavioral skills and proficiency in oral and written communication. Each student is supervised on campus by a computing sciences faculty member, and at the work site by qualified management personnel. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: By Instructor permission and a graduate student must have: completed at least six credits of course work at the graduate level at SUNY Brockport with minimum grades of “B” in each course; or demonstrate adequate background for the area of the internship.]
CYB 698 Graduate Thesis in Cybersecurity (B)
a graduate student must have: completed at least 18 credits of course work at the graduate level at SUNY Brockport with minimum grades of “B” in each course. Provides students the opportunity for an individual investigation of an original problem. Requires the preparation and oral defense of a substantial research project planned and completed under the guidance of a graduate faculty committee. By developing a successful thesis, it permits students to enrich their knowledge of computer applications, theory, software or hardware, security; to develop skills in analyzing problems involving current computing technologies; and to make effective oral and written presentations of their accomplishments. 1-6 Cr. [Prerequisite: By Instructor permission.]
CYB 699 Independent Study in Cybersecurity (B)
This course will provide students the opportunity to study individually with an instructor on a contractual basis. The course will permit graduate students to pursue topics they studied previously in greater depth. A content outline for the independent study course will be developed by the student and instructor-sponsor that suits the student’s needs and interest and aligns with the special competence of the instructor. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: By Instructor permission, A graduate student must have: completed at least six credits of course work at the graduate level at SUNY Brockport with minimum grades of “B” in each course; or demonstrate adequate background for the area of independent study.]
Dance
DNS 102 Traditional Dance Jazz (AF)
Studies selected traditional jazz dance forms and development of skills through studio experience. Covers artistic and educational uses of traditional jazz dances. Requires reading along with experiencing the recreational value of the traditional jazz dance styles. 3 Cr.
DNS 103 Traditional Dance Tap (AF)
Studies selected traditional tap dance forms and development of skills through studio experience. Covers the artistic and educational uses of traditional tap dances. Reading along with experiencing the recreational value of the traditional tap dance styles. 3 Cr.
DNS 104 Traditional Dance Ballet (AF)
Studies selected traditional ballet dance forms and development of skills through studio experience. Covers artistic and educational uses of traditional ballet. Requires reading along with experiencing the recreational value of the traditional ballet dance styles. 3 Cr.
DNS 105 Traditional Dance Afro-Caribbean (AP)
Studies selected traditional Afro-Caribbean dance forms and development of skills through studio experience. Covers the artistic and educational uses of traditional Afro-Caribbean dances. Requires reading along with experiencing the recreational value of the traditional Afro-Caribbean dance styles. 3 Cr.
DNS 106 Traditional Dance African (AF)
Studies selected traditional African dance forms and development of skills through studio experience. Covers the artistic and educational uses of traditional African dances. Requires reading, along with experiencing the recreational value of the traditional African dance styles. 3 Cr.
DNS 115 Introduction to Dance (AF)
Provides an introduction to the study of dance as an art form and its relation to other art forms, and considers the role of dance in history and society. Includes studio classes in elementary modern dance technique, fundamentals of movement, elements of rhythm and spatial awareness, simple composition and improvisational dance studies. Provides the non-major with an awareness of the aesthetics and creative processes of dance. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
DNS 125 Looking At Dance (AF)
Provides a survey of dance forms through lecture, literature, film and live performance. Addresses contributions to the art of dance by major choreographers, dancers and others throughout the world. 3 Cr.
DNS 200 Traditional Dance Styles (topics) (AAF)
Provides a study of selected traditional dance forms and development of skills through studio experience. Includes traditional dance styles such as folk and country dance, African, Afro-Caribbean dance, jazz, tap and ballet. Covers the artistic and educational uses of traditional dances, while allowing students to experience the recreational value of traditional dance styles. Can be repeated, but only three credits may be used toward the 120 credits required for graduation. 3 Cr.
DNS 204 Experiential Anatomy and Conditioning (B)
Explores conditioning methods and materials/equipment for dancers including discussions of wellness issues (i.e., stress management, diet, rest, etc.). Introduces students to the Conditioning Studio and given conditioning programs tailored to their needs. Focuses on providing information and dance-specific materials appropriate for independent use. 3 Cr.
DNS 205 Modern Dance Technique I (A)
Provides an introduction to the Department of Dance and to the many aspects of the dance profession. Covers modern dance technique, improvisation, and dance composition assignments. Discusses pertinent topics in dance. Prerequisite to all other dance major courses. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite - audition prior to enrollment.]
DNS 206 20th and 21st-Century Dance: Issues and Styles (AW)
Provides for the study of the origin and evolution of 20th and 21st-century dance; important dance artists and their work; contemporary forms, trends and styles; a survey of dance literature through film; and video and written materials. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
DNS 207 Dance Production (B)
Covers all aspects of dance production, including light, stage management, costume, scenery and properties, and dance design as an art. Requires extensive evening crew work. While enrolled in DNS 207, students may not enroll in evening classes or perform in major Hartwell productions without instructor's permission. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
DNS 208 Dance Production Practicum (B)
Entails a practicum experience that provides an opportunity to develop an understanding of the dance production process. Students registered for DNS 208 should not take night classes or perform in dance concerts. Cr. (Every Semester.)
DNS 225 Movement and Self Awareness (AF)
Enables students to improve movement habits and increase self-awareness through effective and efficient movement. Develops awareness of postural and movement characteristics, and observational skills for everyday movement and dance. Utilizes both movement and touch. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
DNS 232 African Music and Drumming for Dance (AF)
Studies selected traditional musical instruments for dance accompaniment; and develops performance skills and techniques through studio and live performance applications. Explores traditional styles and their social and artistic needs for formal religious and recreational application. Also explores modern educational and cultural usages in African schools and colleges. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Cross-listed as AAS 232.]
DNS 245 Modern Dance Technique II (A)
Beginning-level course to train the dancer to respond to a broad range of movement demands. Focuses primarily on modern technique. Placement in a technique level is determined by previous training and skill level. Includes studies in dance science and somatics. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: DNS 205 and Instructor's permission.]
DNS 253 Beginning Ballet (A)
Provides an introduction to the fundamentals of classical ballet with an emphasis on technique, body alignment and placement exercises performed at barre and center floor work. Incorporates stretch and strengthening techniques. Emphasizes ballet vocabulary and its application. 1-4 Cr. [Prerequisite - DNS 205 or instructor's permission.]
DNS 300 Music for Dance (A)
Emphasizes the correlation between rhythm and dynamics in music and movement, and rhythmic notation in relation to dance. Studies musical techniques needed to provide percussion accompaniment for dance movement. Provides some analysis of simple musical forms, and an introduction to music resources for the dance. 3 Cr.
DNS 302 Social Forms of the Dance (A)
Survey of dances popular in Western culture: folk/ethnic, ballroom/couple and country/square. Emphasis given to styling and movement characteristics, rhythmic structures, historical backgrounds, and related folkloristic contexts. Development of skills in performing basic dance components such as polka, waltz, sholttische, two step, foxtrot, rumba, tango, lindy, etc. Opportunities given to put these techniques into practice via required field trips. 3 Cr.
DNS 305 Kinesiology (A)
Explores the mechanical, physiological and anatomical requirements of specific dance techniques; limitation of the body in performing these techniques; and methods of safely extending the body's capacity for performance. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: DNS 205.]
DNS 306 Beginning Choreography (A)
Allows for beginning work in movement generation and the development of compositional structure in solo form. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: DNS 205.]
DNS 313 Dance Musical Theater (A)
Develops dance skills as related to basic dance forms commonly used in theater productions. Allows for the execution of basic dance forms such as jazz, tap, ballet and modern dance for the theater; and provides studies in techniques of movement with emphasis on the performance aspect. 3 Cr.
DNS 315 Dynamic Balance: Movement Theories (A)
Allows for the performance of skills from the work of Irmgard Bartienieff, F. M. Alexander, and others; relating of kinesiological principles to the improvement of human movement patterns; significance of the mind/body relationship; and application of skills and principles to one's own performance. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite or corequisite: DNS 305 and intermediate or advanced technique.]
DNS 316 History and Development of Dance (AWY)
This course investigates how dance and dance history connect to issues of gender, sexuality, race, class, and nationality. It incorporates a variety of historical and theoretical texts to examine dance from multiple perspectives and considers the historic practice in relation to present day dance. 3 Cr.
DNS 330 African Dance II (A)
Provides a more detailed examination of the content of DNS 106. Also provides background of the African dance with historical linkages with dance movement forms within the Afro-American, Caribbean and Latin-American setting; a general survey of the material of the dance; the structure and design of African dances in relation to ceremonial and recreational forms, e.g. linear circular forms, massed and team dances; and social organization of the dances. Cross-listed as AAS330. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: DNS106 or instructor's permission.]
DNS 333 African Music and Drumming for Dance II (A)
Studies selected advanced traditional musical instruments for dance accompaniment; and develops advanced performance skills and techniques through studio and live performance applications. Explores traditional styles and their social and artistic needs for formal religious and recreational application. Also explores modern educational and cultural usages in African schools and colleges. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: DNS 232 or AAS 232 or instructor's permission.]
DNS 339 Survey of Tap Dance II (A)
Covers complex rhythmic and technical skills; familiarity with periods, personalities and specific contributions involved in the development of tap dance; notation of dance steps in terms of vocabulary and rhythmic components; and the development of technique that focuses on rapidity of movement articulation and complex sequential patterns of movement, for intermediate/advanced dancers. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: DNS 103, or instructor's permission.]
DNS 345 Modern Dance Technique III (A)
Entails a series of courses on the intermediate level to train the dancer's body to respond to a broad range of movement demands. Focuses primarily on modern dance technique. Placement in a particular section is determined by previous training and skill level. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: DNS 205 or Instructor's permission.]
DNS 353 Intermediate Ballet (A)
Provides a continuation of the study of classical ballet at the intermediate level in a technique class consisting of full barre and center floor work. Incorporates stretch and strengthening exercises. 1-4 Cr. [Prerequisites: DNS 253 and permission of the instructor.]
DNS 364 Dance Improvisation (A)
Provides beginning movement improvisation assignments for the development of compositional and performance tools. May cover historical background and relationship to other arts. 2-3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: DNS 205.]
DNS 371 Modern Dance I (non-majors) (B)
Provides an introduction to contemporary modern dance technique and theoretical background including an appreciation of historical and aesthetic perspectives of modern dance and movement vocabulary. Focuses on acquisition of basic dance skills, conditioning of the body and increased movement body awareness in the studio. Requires concert attendance and discussion of contemporary dance in relation to other dance and art forms. 3 Cr.
DNS 372 Modern Dance II (non-majors) (B)
Continues DNS 371 for students not majoring in dance. Develops motor skills in modern dance, dance vocabulary, body awareness, study of dynamics and rhythm. Emphasizes modern dance technique, but also employs movement exploration, improvisation, basic composition, concert attendance, dance films and discussion. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: DNS 371 or equivalent.]
DNS 375 Introduction to Laban Movement Analysis (A)
Provides an introduction to movement analysis, with an emphasis on qualitative description of movement. Movement analysis, provides a structure for intellectual and physical understanding of the body in motion. Includes reading, observation, lecture and movement activities. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: DNS 205 or instructor's permission.]
DNS 399 Independent Study (B)
Designed individually through consultation between the student and instructor to suit the student's needs and interests and the special competence of the instructor. Additional requirements may be established by the department. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: DNS 205 or instructor's permission.]
DNS 400 Special Topics (B)
Addresses in depth a selected study topic not covered in other courses. Is repeatable with different topic titles. Additional information may be obtained from the department. 4 Cr.
DNS 406 Contact Improvisation (A)
This course explores the technique of partnering through principles of contact improvisation. Through a developmentally linked sequence of exercises, students participate in weight sharing that involves shelving, lofting, recovery from suspended balances and other concepts that incorporate gravity as support. The class also explores how contemporary artists have applied these principles to their choreography through discussion, readings, and video showings, allowing students to develop a fuller understanding of the art form. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
DNS 407 Advanced Improvisation (A)
Addresses the Student Learning Outcomes (SLO) as outlined in the Dance Department/Program Assessment Plan. This course fulfills the following SLOs: SLO #1: Apply artistry through qualitative and rhythmic phrasing, dynamic range and individual expressivity. SLO #8: Apply appropriate professional standards of the dance field throughout choreographic process, collaboration and production. Bringing artistic practices and philosophical discourses into conversation, this course explores improvisation as a way of being through which we can encounter a multitude of ideas around improvisation as a practice. This course is for undergraduate dance majors who have fulfilled the DNS 345, DNS 306, and DNS 364 pre-requisites. Students should register for a Dance Technique class as a co-requisite. 3 Cr.
DNS 412 Gateway to New York (A)
Provides students direct access to the New York City dance community. The immersion portion of the course takes place in New York City over four nights and five days during spring or fall break. Students view performances, share their choreography, attend master classes, dance conferences, lectures and panel discussions in the dance community, and other cultural events. The semester prior to the course students are required to apply for a College grant in order to support the possibility of sharing their choreography and attending conference activities. A final reflection is required. Students actively contribute to creating the itinerary in New York in consultation with the course instructor. 3 Cr.
DNS 424 Dance Repertory I (A)
Enables students to become familiar with a selected body of choreographed works through an in-depth study of the dances; and perform a learned repertory for public concerts. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission.]
DNS 425 Dance Repertory II (A)
Enables students to become familiar with a selected body of more advanced choreographed works through an in-depth study of the dances; and perform a learned repertory for public concerts. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission.]
DNS 427 Dance Performance Techniques (A)
Develops performance skills and awareness of the many components involved in the artistry of the performing dancer, and covers various techniques and aesthetics of performance. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: Advanced technical work; and at least intermediate or advanced technique.]
DNS 429 Costume Design & Construction for Dance (A)
An introduction to the costume design process for dance, which includes basic design research, communication with choreographer and shop manager, building or altering costumes and learning the costume designer’s role throughout the production process. Students will become familiar with the costume shop facility; learning to use the equipment properly and safely to create costumes. They will use design techniques and basic costume construction as they work with student choreographers on realized pieces for the Dance Hartwell and Dance Strasser concerts. This course is offered as an elective for dance majors. 3 Cr.
DNS 430 Intermediate Choreography (A)
Allows students to further develop skills learned in Beginning Choreography, with an emphasis on developing choreographic skills for duet and small groups. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: DNS 306.]
DNS 431 Advanced Dance Composition (A)
Requires students to choreograph two fully developed dance works with an emphasis on choreographic structure, the logistics of rehearsal scheduling and essential production elements. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: DNS 430.]
DNS 433 African Dance III (A)
Covers advanced dance for recreation, and ceremonial dance, including festival, war, court and ritual forms. Enables students to develop a mental, emotional and aesthetic awareness of the performance of an African dance. Examines the role of the African dance in the service of society in campus and off-campus performances. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as AAS 433 & Prerequisites: DNS 330 or instructor's permission.]
DNS 437 Modern Jazz II (B)
Covers basic jazz styles, rhythms, artists and dances; jazz idiom; and performing style and definition of movement. Enables students to perceive and coordinate movement quickly in combined steps, and improvise lengthy jazz sequences in the jazz idiom. Required reading along with exploration of jazz from its historical perspective. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: DNS 102 or instructor's permission.]
DNS 440 Summer Dance Workshop (A)
Entails Summer Arts Festival workshops with guest artists. Includes topics such as dance technique, composition, repertory or other special topics. See SummerSession bulletins for complete descriptions. 1-6 Cr.
DNS 445 Modern Dance Technique IV (A)
Entails a series of courses on the advanced level designed to train the dancer's body to respond to a broad range of movement demands. Focuses on modern dance and ballet technique. Placement in a technique level is determined by previous training and skill level. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission.]
DNS 452 Somatics: Body/Mind Integrity (A)
Covers movement re-education for reducing stress and pain, improving posture, balance, mobility and self-image. Also covers processes of somatics derived from Feldenkrais Awareness Through Movement lessons (ATM). Entails yoga, body/mind centering, dance movement improvisations, and hands-on body work. 3 Cr.
DNS 453 Advanced Ballet (A)
For the advanced-intermediate to advanced-level ballet student. Consists of a ballet technique class incorporating barre and center floor work, adagio, petite allegro, and grande allegro. Expects students to develop and perform the skills and style at the designated level. 4 Cr. [Prerequisite: DNS 353 or instructor's permission.]
DNS 454 Commercial Jazz (B)
Provides a concentrated study in a specific dance form (e.g. jazz, tap, musical theater) or a specific modern dance style (e.g. Martha Graham, Doris Humphrey, Merce Cunningham, Garth Fagan). May be repeated. 1-4 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: DNS 205 or instructor's permission.]
DNS 457 Performance (A)
Through modern dance performance, provides an opportunity for study of performance to intermediate and advanced dance students. 1-4 Cr. [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission.]
DNS 458 Chamber Ballet Brockport (A)
This performance course is distinguished by a focus on the contemporary ballet genre, the collaborative nature of the art, and touring. Ensemble members will learn and rehearse a diverse body of repertory for performance on and off campus. Each semester students will learn repertory for the season as determined by the Artistic Director. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor.]
DNS 460 Foreign Studies in Dance (A)
Explores dance and its uses and forms in another culture. Requires dance performance activities and academic study associated with dance at an institution in another country. The Department of Dance has exchange programs with England, Ghana, and Jamaica. 1-15 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: Junior or senior status and departmental approval.]
DNS 461 Labanotation I (A)
This course presents the basic principles of the Laban method of movement notation. The student develops skills in perceiving and analyzing movement, and in notating and reading back simple movement patterns. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: DNS 205.]
DNS 462 Lighting for Dance (B)
Covers lighting design, techniques, lighting production; relationships among designer, choreographer and other production personnel; and stage lighting as a spatial and temporal art form. Requires students to conceive, design and supervise lighting of a major dance concert. 3 Cr.
DNS 463 Advanced Production and Design (B)
Concentrates on theatrical elements of dance production and design. Allows students to research, render, and in some cases, execute studio design of scenery, costumes, properties and make-up salient to dance. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: DNS 207.]
DNS 479 Senior Capstone Project (A)
Fulfills the BFA capstone requirement in performance and/or choreography and provides elective credit for BA and BS dance students. Enrollment is restricted to students with senior status and permission is required of the instructor to register for this class. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: DNS 445.]
DNS 480 Dance Conditioning and Injury Prevention (A)
Examines various conditioning and/or somatic techniques, along with current information on injury prevention, giving both the dances and the trainer/kinesiologist/exercise physiologist an opportunity to understand the special demands of the dance discipline on the body and its health. Topics vary by semester including: weight and resistance training, cardiorespiratory conditioning, motor imaging, nutrition, and stretching and strengthening techniques. One or two credit hour courses are experientially based; three credit hour courses require theoretical study. 1-3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: DNS 305.]
DNS 481 Dance in Secondary Schools I (B)
Enables students to outline goals for a semester, construct lesson plans, and teach and analyze technique classes. Is a field practicum. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission.]
DNS 482 Dance in Secondary Schools II (B)
Covers class management/organization. Allows students to develop course outlines and unit and lesson plans, and requires students to teach dance skills and conduct simple lectures and discussion. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission.]
DNS 483 Children's Dance I (A)
Covers basic movement skills applied to creative dance with children, especially in the classroom; pertinent resources for children's dances; and how to work effectively with dancers and dance specialists. Is an evening class. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: DNS 115 or DNS 205.]
DNS 484 Children's Dance II (B)
Provides a basic orientation to teaching creative dance to young children; and covers the use of various approaches, such as problem solving, teacher-directed method, and invention. Allows students to develop curricular materials and evaluate procedures. Conducted with children during an after-school program. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission.]
DNS 487 Dance Pedagogy Workshop (A)
Course focus is on methodologies of teaching dance technique. The emphasis will be on modern and ballet technique, but there will be an overview of other forms. Students will prepare and present movement assignments, design lesson plans, observe and practice teaching and deliver presentations. Students will prepare a teaching portfolio including a resume, a teaching philosophy, syllabus and rationale for dance in education. Students will practice teaching in in-class assignments and team-teach non-major dance classes. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: DNS 345.]
DNS 488 Sankofa Dance Performance Lab (A)
An advanced course in Afro-Caribbean dance designed to prepare students interested in performing and teaching the dances. Techniques of performance are stressed. Cultural backgrounds of the dances are explored 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: DNS 332.]
DNS 489 -491 Sankofa I-III (A)
Through an African dance and music performance ensemble, provides an opportunity for study, performance and touring for intermediate and advanced students of African dance. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission.]
DNS 495 Career Seminar (A)
Prepares students for transition from student life to the professional world. Includes self-evaluation, finishing unrealized goals as a student at SUNY Brockport, exploring career options, writing a resume, building a portfolio and pursuing job interviews. Involves discussions about the artist in society, the business of dance, companies and careers and the funding and promotion of dance. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: Junior or Senior status as dance major.]
DNS 499 Independent Study (A)
Designed individually through consultation between the student and instructor to suit student's needs and interests and the special competence of the instructor; and in accordance with College policy. Additional requirements may be established by the department. 1-6 Cr.
DNS 500 Special Topics (B)
Addresses in depth a selected study topic not covered in other courses. Is repeatable with different topic title. Additional information may be obtained from the department. 4 Cr.
DNS 505 Dance Kinesiology (A)
Covers selected topics in kinesiology for dance. Includes problems in movement analysis and requires research assignments. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission.]
DNS 506 Contact Improvisation (A)
This course explores the technique of partnering through principles of contact improvisation. Through a developmentally linked sequence of exercises, students participate in weight sharing that involves shelving, lofting, recovery from suspended balances and other concepts that incorporate gravity as support. The class also explores how contemporary artists have applied these principles to their choreography through discussion, readings, and video showings, allowing students to develop a fuller understanding of the art form. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
DNS 507 Advanced Improvisation (A)
Bringing artistic practices and philosophical discourses into conversation, this course explores improvisation as a way of being through which we can encounter a multitude of ideas around improvisation as a practice. This course is for graduate dance majors who have fulfilled the DNS 545 and DNS 530 pre-requisites. Students should register for a Dance Technique class as a co-requisite. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite DNS 530 and DNS 545.]
DNS 512 Gateway to New York (A)
Provides students direct access to the New York City dance community. The immersion portion of the course takes place in New York City over four nights and five days during spring or fall break. Students view performances, share their choreography, attend master classes, dance conferences, lectures and panel discussions in the dance community, and other cultural events. The semester prior to the course students are required to apply for a College grant in order to support the possibility of sharing their choreography and attending conference activities. A final reflection is required. Students actively contribute to creating the itinerary in New York in consultation with the course instructor. 3 Cr.
DNS 516 History and Development of Dance (A)
Covers the major historical trends in dance, including prehistoric and ancient cultures, the Middle Ages, Renaissance, Baroque and Romantic eras in Western Europe, the German and American backgrounds, and current trends in contemporary dance. Requires a research paper. 3 Cr.
DNS 523 African Dance III (A)
Prepares students at advanced levels who are interested in teaching and performing African dance. 3 Cr.
DNS 524 Dance Repertory I (A)
Explores choreographic works from resources of the notated or filmed repertory of resident or visiting artists, including research of the historical and aesthetic backgrounds of the topical dancers. In some cases, the performance or research project may be an original work drawing upon modern or historical styles. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite Instructor's permission.]
DNS 525 Dance Repertory II (A)
Requires directing or performing a repertory work, and research into the background of the work and documentation of the performance or directing experience. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite Instructor's permission.]
DNS 527 Dance Performance Techniques (A)
Covers performing techniques in a variety of contemporary dance styles. Analyzes and discusses dance artistry and explores improvisational exercises towards the development of personal approaches both to performance and to coaching. Entails experience in, and the study of, elements of dance performance through specific exercises and the learning of excerpts from selected dance works to emphasize a range in styles, phrasing, tone color and production problems. 3 Cr.
DNS 529 Costume Design & Construction for Dance (A)
An introduction to the costume design process for dance, which includes basic design research, communication with choreographer and shop manager, building or altering costumes and learning the costume designer’s role throughout the production process. Students will become familiar with the costume shop facility; learning to use the equipment properly and safely to create costumes. They will use design techniques and basic costume construction as they work with student choreographers on realized pieces for the Dance Hartwell and Dance Strasser concerts. This course is offered as an elective for dance majors. 3 Cr.
DNS 530 Graduate Choreography I (A)
Further develops skills learned in Beginning Composition. Emphasizes developing skills in choreographing for duet and small groups. 3 Cr.
DNS 537 Modern Jazz Dance (B)
An intermediatelevel studio course in jazz techniques. Reviews the historical development of jazz music and jazz dance. Requires applications of music style to movement style in jazz; development of jazz improvisation skills and a personal movement vocabulary; and solving improvisation and composition problems. Also requires a research project focusing on a selected era in jazz music, culminating in a written paper and a jazz dance solo composition or improvisation. 3 Cr.
DNS 540 Summer Dance Workshop (A)
Provides for work with guest dance artists and may include dance technique, composition, repertory or other special topics. See SummerSession bulletin for complete description. Requires a graduate project. 1-6 Cr.
DNS 545 Graduate Modern Dance I (A)
Trains the dancer's body to respond to a broad range of movement demands, including modern dance technique. Places students in a particular section determined by previous training and skill rather than academic standing. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
DNS 552 Somatics: Body/Mind Integrity (A)
Covers movement re-education improving posture, balance, mobility and self-image, as well as somatic process. Includes reading, research and explorations of somatic systems and application to dance processes. 3 Cr.
DNS 553 Graduate Ballet (B)
A ballet course designed for the intermediate to advanced graduate student. Consists of a complete ballet technique class incorporating barre and center floor work, adagio, petite allegro and grande allegro. Requires student to develop and perform the skills and style at the designated level. 1-3 Cr. [Prerequisite DNS453 and Instructor's permission.]
DNS 554 Studies in Major Dance Styles (B)
Provides for a concentrated study on the graduate level in a specific dance style (i.e., Martha Graham, Doris Humphrey, Merce Cunningham, Garth Fagan etc.). Requires studio work and independent, selfdirected practice, research and performance. May be repeated if topics are different. 1-4 Cr. [Prerequisite Instructor's permission.]
DNS 555 Music Resources for Dance (B)
Explores music materials and resources for use in choreography; technique of taping and tape collages for productions; concerns of original percussion scores; and advanced analysis of musical forms of rhythmic structure. 3 Cr.
DNS 556 Modern Dance Laboratory (A)
Allows graduate students to focus on the practical application of concepts from DNS 545, Graduate Modern Dance. Offered concurrently with the department’s progressive technique courses, the expectation for participation and engagement of the student remains equivalent to those enrolled in DNS 545. This course (focusing on modern dance technique) furthers the dancer’s physical training within a guided studio classroom. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite DNS 545.]
DNS 557 Performance (A)
Through modern dance performance, provides an opportunity for study of performance to intermediate and advanced dance students. 1-4 Cr. [Prerequisite Instructor's permission.]
DNS 558 Chamber Ballet Brockport (A)
This performance course is distinguished by a focus on the contemporary ballet genre, the collaborative nature of the art, and touring. Ensemble members will learn and rehearse a diverse body of repertory for performance on and off campus. Each semester students will learn repertory for the season as determined by the Artistic Director. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite Permission of the instructor.]
DNS 560 Foreign Studies in Dance (A)
Helps develop broader perspectives of dance through studies in its uses and forms in another culture. May include institutions in London, Ghana, Jamaica or other recommended areas. A full semester of study. 1-15 Cr. [Prerequisite DNS 602.]
DNS 563 Advanced Production and Design (B)
Concentrates on the theatrical elements of dance production and design. Requires students to research, render, and, in some cases, execute studio design of scenery, costumes, properties and make-up salient to dance. Requires a graduate project. 3 Cr.
DNS 567 Field Observation, Grades PreK-4 (B)
Involves student participation as active observers in selected school settings for a minimum of 35 hours in grades PreK-4. Requires that students document school visits, submitting the documentation for review and inclusion in the professional teaching portfolio. Requires mandatory meetings before and during each semester. 1 Cr.
DNS 568 Field Observation, Grades 5-8 (B)
Involves student participation as active observers in selected school settings for a minimum of 35 hours in grades 5-8. Requires that students document school visits, submitting the documentation for review and inclusion in the professional teaching portfolio. Requires mandatory meetings before and during each semester. 1 Cr.
DNS 569 Field Observation, Grades 9-12 (B)
Involves student participation as active observers in selected school settings for a minimum of 35 hours in grades 9-12. Requires that students document school visits, submitting the documentation for review and inclusion in the professional teaching portfolio. Requires mandatory meetings before and during each semester. 1 Cr.
DNS 570 Dance/Movement Therapy I - Foundations and Principles (A)
Compares and contrasts approaches to dance therapy; examines their relationships to dance, other expressive therapies, counseling and psychology; and studies clinical applications for selected populations. Designed to meet the requirements of the American Dance Therapy Association's education and training requirements for the DTR level credentialing. 3 Cr.
DNS 571 Dance/Movement Therapy II - Theory and Practice (A)
Compares and contrasts concepts of authentic movement, related cultural factors and psychological theories to dance/movement therapy; studies the impact of nonverbal communication on human interaction; discusses creativity as therapeutic process; and examines individual and group dance therapy for selected populations. Designed to meet the requirements of the American Dance Therapy Association's education and training requirements for the DTR level credentialing. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite DNS 570.]
DNS 572 Dance/Movement Therapy III - Special Problems (A)
Focuses on theoretical issues such as the identification of one's conceptual framework, the role of the dance therapist, assessment, treatment planning, the relationship between verbal and nonverbal communication, somatic counter transference, creativity as therapeutic process, and clinical applications for selected populations including couples, the eating disordered and borderline personalities. Designed to meet the requirements of the American Dance Therapy Association's education and training requirements for the DTR level credentialing. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite DNS 571.]
DNS 575 Introduction to Movement Analysis (A)
Relates the history, theory and applications of Laban Movement Analysis (effort/shape) to dance and other movement activities. Through lecture/discussion and lab experience, explores LMA as a descriptive tool for use in education, choreography, therapy, research, criticism and other fields. Develops both observation and movement skills. 3 Cr.
DNS 580 Dance Conditioning and Injury Prevention (A)
Examines various conditioning and/or somatic techniques, along with current information on injury prevention, giving both the dances and the trainer/kinesiologist/exercise physiologist an opportunity to understand the special demands of the dance discipline on the body and its health. Topics vary by semester including: weight and resistance training, cardiorespiratory conditioning, motor imaging, nutrition, and stretching and strengthening techniques. Study of pedagogical concerns will be included. One or two credit hour courses are experientially based; three credit hour courses require theoretical study. 1-3 Cr.
DNS 581 Dance in Secondary Schools I (B)
Explores teaching modern dance technique on the high school and college level. Requires reading and preparation of materials for structuring technique classes, seminar discussions of theory, a research project, and practicum teaching under supervision. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite Instructor's permission.]
DNS 582 Dance in Secondary Schools II (B)
Covers developing course outlines, unit plans and lesson plans for teaching dance on the secondary level. Requires practice teaching in basic dance technique, improvisational technique, presenting and evaluation of compositional problems, and lecturing in an academic area of dance. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: DNS 581 and instructor's permission.]
DNS 583 Children's Dance I (B)
Provides for teaching dance in elementary schools. Covers the history and philosophy of dance education, curricular development, evaluation procedures and the implementation of dance programs in education. Requires a research project. 1-3 Cr. [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission.]
DNS 584 Children's Dance II (B)
Covers theories and practices of teaching dance on the elementary school level. Requires an evaluation practicum with an emphasis on creative teaching, concurrent studies in a teaching children's dance course, and completing an independent research project. 1-3 Cr. [Prerequisite: DNS 583 and instructor's permission.]
DNS 585 Principles of Dance Pedagogy (A)
Designed to introduce graduate students to various philosophical, theoretical, and methodological approaches to dance pedagogy for teaching at the college and university level, Content areas include technique, theory, choreography, and improvisation. The course addresses topics of syllabus preparation, grading, and individual teaching styles. Requires reading and preparation of materials for structuring dance classes, seminar discussions of theory, a research project, and practicum teaching under supervision.Students teach an Introduction to Dance, a general education class for non-majors three hours per week. Each student teacher engages with those responsibilities relevant to teaching a class at the university level. Consequently, each teacher will teach a broad survey dance class, will maintain accurate class records, will advise/mentor students, and administer grades at the culmination of the semester. Challenges within the class will be addressed during methods. The methods component of this course is used to prepare class materials. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites DNS 581, DNS 582, DNS 583, and DNS 584.]
DNS 586 Dance Pedagogy Practicum (B)
Allows students to select an area of emphasis for further study of dance pedagogy principles, in dance history, dance science, contemporary modern dance technique, ballet technique, or choreography. Instruction is paired with an undergraduate course in the area of emphasis as practical application. 2 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites DNS 581 and DNS 585.]
DNS 599 Independent Study in Dance (B)
Designed individually through consultation between the student and instructor to suit the student's needs and interests and the special competence of the instructor, in accordance with college policy. Additional requirements may be established by the department. 1-6 Cr.
DNS 602 Dance Research (A)
Acquaints students with the various fields of dance research and methodologies. Requires students to consider thesis topics and the building of a bibliography for a selected topic. Requires completion of a research proposal. Includes theoretical consideration of dance as a discipline and an art. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission.]
DNS 603 Graduate Modern Dance II (B)
Refines students' technical and performance skills at an advanced level. Requires applications of selected theories of contemporary dance technique and analysis of movement in terms of space, time, shape and energy. Covers selected problems in developing technique phrases, style, performance ability, theory and analysis of dance movement. Includes additional meeting time to address dance technique pedagogy. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
DNS 605 Graduate Modern Dance III (B)
Refines students' technical and performance skills at an advanced level. Requires applications of selected theories of contemporary dance technique and analysis of movement in terms of space, time and energy. Covers selected problems in developing technique phrases, style in dance, performance ability, theory and analysis of dance movement. Requires a culminating project selected from above problems and a journal documenting the problem-solving process. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
DNS 606 Field Work (B)
Provides for the application of dance knowledge and skills in practice through teaching or assisting in a class relevant to the graduate emphasis area or a secondary area. 3 Cr.
DNS 608 Dance History, Aesthetics and Culture (A)
Studies theoretical writings based on dance history, aesthetics and culture. Covers the depth and range of contemporary scholarship with considerations for dance as process, as body, as art and as culture. Explores ritual, choreographic, performance, critical and educational processes in dance, and how these intersect with conceptual concerns - historical, social and political. Explores global cycling of dance forms and forms of study and analyzing dance - critical, cultural, aesthetic and descriptive. 3 Cr.
DNS 615 Movement Theories (A)
Provides lecture, discussion and studio experience based on the work of F. M. Alexander, Irmgard Bartenieff and/or others. Covers comparative theoretical study with practical applications made to the training of dancers and to performance of other specialized and everyday activities. 3 Cr.
DNS 621 Dance in African Life (A)
Explores dance in African life as an art form, an avenue for community, a vehicle for preserving social identity, as communication, and as religious and ritualistic expression. 3 Cr.
DNS 622 Sankofa Performance Lab (A)
Prepares students interested in performing and teaching African based dances. Covers performance techniques and the cultural backgrounds of the dances. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission.]
DNS 641 Graduate Dance Choreography II (A)
Requires the choreographing of a substantial dance composition for a large group, with an emphasis not only on the choreography, but on the logistics of this longer form of composition. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: DNS 530.]
DNS 642 Image-Dance-Music: Collaboration Workshop (B)
Focuses on the collaborative process of art making, involving dance, music, film/video/animation, fine art, theater, text, etc. Allows faculty artists from SUNY Brockport's Department of Dance, the Eastman School of Music Composition Department and the Rochester Institute of Technology Film/Video/Animation Department to instruct student artists from the three institutions in the compositional, technical and aesthetic issues of critical importance to innovative collaborations. Requires successful final projects to be produced and performed. 1-6 Cr. [Prerequisite: DNS 530.]
DNS 673 Solo Dance Repertory (A)
Provides for the study, rehearsal and performance of selected solo master works from the modern dance repertory. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: DNS 527.]
DNS 683 Studies in Dance Education (A)
Compares and contrasts various points of view, and studies the educational philosophy underlying dance in education. Surveys the literature on dance in education. Requires a research project. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission.]
DNS 692 Professional Development Seminar (A)
Provides an opportunity to define career goals, and to network in preparation for an application to next career and/or educational effort. Allows students to meet for group discussion/thesis sharing on current issues and career trends in dance. Includes practical experience in professional portfolio creation, rÄsumÄ and statement of philosophy writing, and interview practice, along with appropriate development of networking, grant writing and auditioning skills. 3 Cr.
DNS 693 Student Teaching (B)
A one-semester student teaching assignment. Prepares the dance artist/educator for a specialist teaching position in kindergarten through 12th grade school settings. Under college and master teacher school supervision, expects full participation as a member of the school's professional team, including teacher parent communication and co- curricular activities. Focuses on planning preparing, presenting and assessing dance in the curriculum. 9 Cr. [Prerequisites: DNS 581, DNS 582, DNS 583, DNS 584 and required PreK-12 school observations.]
DNS 696 MFA Thesis Project (B)
Culminating project for the MFA degree. Entails a creative project or apprenticeship involving students with their own creative endeavor. Emphasizes development of performance skills and choreographic experience, supported by written documentation. Requires students to present original choreography in a concert, or to show the results of their creative research in some other form of performance if students choose a creative project and professional paper. May also involve research into topics of interest such as related arts, movement theory, history, dance science and somatics, or production design. Requires professional paper based on the theme of the choreography or creative research. The apprenticeship option involves an apprenticeship with a recognized dance company and presentation of a performance or lecture-demonstration from the apprenticeship experience as well as a final written report. 1-9 Cr.
DNS 697 Field Work II (B)
Requires the application of dance knowledge and skills in practice through teaching or assisting in a class relevant to the MA emphasis area or a secondary area. Must be in a secondary non-emphasis area. 3 Cr.
DNS 698 MA Written Thesis (A)
The culminating course in the MA dance program. Involves the writing of a thesis under supervision of the candidate's MA committee chairperson. Thesis topic and final acceptance are by committee review. 6 Cr.
DNS 699 Independent Study in Dance (B)
Designed individually through consultation between the student and instructor to suit student's needs and interests and the special competence of the instructor; and in accordance with College policy. Additional requirements may be established by the department. 1-6 Cr.
Delta College
DCC 100 Delta Orientation (A)
$200 Course fee required: Prepares students for a successful collegiate experience with the assistance of Delta faculty mentors. Concentrates on academic and personal decision-making by: (a) providing academic advisement, (b) presenting a comprehensive orientation to campus services and student life, (c) engaging in personal assessment and career exploration, (d) investigating personal learning styles, and (e) developing better writing skills. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
DCC 110 Humanities Lab (A)
Allows students to add an experiential component to a concurrent humanities course or develop a humanities project under the direct supervison of a Delta professor. 1 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
DCC 115 Social Sciences Lab (A)
Allows students to add an experiential component to a concurrent social science course or develop a social science project under the direct supervision of a Delta professor. Cr. (By Arrangement.)
DCC 120 Fine Arts Lab (A)
Allows students to add an experiential component to a concurrent fine arts course or develop a fine arts project under the direct supervision of a Delta professor. 1 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
DCC 130 General Science Lab (A)
Allows students to add an experiential component to a concurrent general science course or develop a general science project under the direct supervision of a Delta professor. 1 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
DCC 210 Human Heritage 1 (A)
Introduces students to the humanities by investigating early world civilizations. Explores shared human experience through literature, art and theater, while also focusing on key cultural commonalities and differences. Encourages a deeper appreciation of values, meaning and purpose underlying the human condition by means of discussion, formal and informal written assignments, and participation in theatrical performances. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
DCC 215 Society & Culture (A)
Provides general exposure to the social sciences through an interdisciplinary study of history, political science, economics, and sociology. Specifically examines how societies interact, influence, or collide with one another within a larger global context. Introduces students to their first collaborative symposium, while focusing on scholarly research, writing, and presentation skills. 3 Cr.
DCC 220 Aesthetic Expression (A)
Introduces students to the aesthetic sensibilities of world cultures and fosters a deeper appreciation of the purposes of artistic expression. Examines works of art in a global context, further refines analytical skills in describing the intent of artists and their creations, considers the necessity of artists in society, and emphasizes the mutual influences between the world students personally experience and that which artists depict. 3 Cr.
DCC 225 Professional Development Seminar I (A)
In collaboration with Delta mentors and peers, students, identify, research, and present current issues facing their home communities, while refining personal communication and public speaking skills. Requires students to complete the necessary steps for their first Integrative Learning Experience (DCC 235) contract by engaging in resume development, networking, and interviewing techniques. 2 Cr. [Prerequisite: DCC 100.]
DCC 230 Scientific Exploration (A)
Introduces students to science and the scientific method, as well as the commonalities and differences between various scientific disciplines. Highlights global achievements, implications, and consequences of science within everyday life, and considers scientific problem-solving vital to human inquiry. 3 Cr.
DCC 235 Experiencial Learning Practicum I (A)
Requires students to complete a volunteer, work or internship experience related to career exploration of academic major. After receiving mentor approval for final placements, students complete a minimum of 90 clock-hours at the site, and fulfill the assignments and evaluations contained in their contracts by electronic mail or post. 2 Cr. [Prerequisite: DCC 225.]
DCC 245 Professional Development Seminar 1 (AY)
Prepares students to identify, research, and present on a selected topic, while refining personal communication and public speaking skills. Prepares students to complete the Delta Experiential Learning Requirements. Engages students in resume development, cover letters, networking, and interviewing techniques. 3 Cr.
DCC 250 Introduction to Leadership (A)
Introduces students to basic leadership theories and best practices. Required serving as a leader within Delta College (Peer Mentor, Delta Diplomat, DCSA Leader, etc.) *elective 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
DCC 310 Human Heritage 2 (A)
Investigates Western Civilization as experienced through its literary, musical, and artistic traditions. Develops analytical, critical and creative thinking skills in the areas of Western literature, art and music. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: DCC 210.]
DCC 315 Global Development (A)
Expands an understanding of modern global history and the processes of modernization and development, which serve as a continuation of the various modes of social science inquiry. Engages students in a semester-long examination of a current theme or conflict facing the world community and promotes collaborative group-work. Emphasizes scholarly research, informal and formal presentations, individual and co-authored written work, and participation in the annual Delta College World Conference. 3 Cr.
DCC 320 Arts in Society (A)
Surveys trends in modern American society as they relate to the arts. Familiarizes students with issues of censorship, public funding, and the First Amendment through written assignments, creative projects, and presentations. Refines analytical skills in the areas of aesthetic construal, community standards, controversial content, and artists’ freedom of expression. 3 Cr.
DCC 330 Scientific Experimentation and Research (A)
Allows students to identify and explore fundamental scientific principles in a semester- long research project. Emphasizes the design of experiments, including the formulation of hypotheses, interpretation of data, and formal presentations of results. Also includes practical computer applications that assist in scientific experimentation. 4 Cr.
DCC 340 Narrative Writing (A)
Introduces students to the methodology, genres, and discipline of narrative writing for both personal and professional contexts. Provides resources for reflecting on experiential, service, and cultural learning, and for completing the Captstone Project. *required course 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
DCC 345 Professional Development Semkinar 2 (A)
Develops critical thinking and persuasive argumentation skills through study of current issues and rhetoric. Provides training in data management and statistical analysis through use of Microsoft Excel. Requires students to complete the necessary steps to finalize their Experimental Learning Practicum 2 contract (DCC 355). 2 Cr. (Spring.)
DCC 350 Advanced Leadership (A)
Develops students' understanding of leadership and relational dynamics. Requires serving as coordinators of other Delta College leaders (Peer Mentors, Delta Diplomats, DCSA committee members, etc.) *elective 2 Cr. (Every Semester.)
DCC 355 Experiential Learning Practicum ()
Requies students to complete an internship or mentored work/volunteer practicum in a local, regiional, or national setting. After receiving instructor approval for placements, students must complete a minimum of 45 clock-hours on site/credit, and finish all assignments and evaluations contained in their learning contracts. *required course 1-12 Cr. (Every Semester.)
DCC 356 Service Learning Practicum (A)
Requires students to complete a service learning practicum in a local, regional or national setting. After receiving instructor approval for placements, students must complete a minimum of 45 clock-hours on site/credit, and finish all assignments and evaluations contained in their learning contracts. *required course 1-12 Cr. (Every Semester.)
DCC 357 Cultural Learning Practicum (A)
Requires students to spend time in an alternative culture, domestic or foreign, studying and reflecting upon cultural differences. After receiving instructor approval for placements, students must complete a minimum of 5 days on site/credit and finish all assignments and evaluations in their learning contracts. *required course 1-12 Cr. (Every Semester.)
DCC 395 Delta College Topics Course (A)
To be defined by the instructor-sponsor in accordance with the specific topic to be covered that semester. Additional information may be obtained from the Delta College office. 1-6 Cr. (Every Semester.)
DCC 400 Intdisciplinary Studies Seminar (A)
Integrates perspectives from the natural and social sciences to examine how human societies understand their relationship to the natural world, use natural resources, and shape environmental outcomes. Focuses on the issue of human-induced climate change to explore how the practice of science and human interactions with nature reflects broader societal trends. Includes a major project integrating course concepts. 3 Cr.
DCC 410 Professional Development Seminar 3 (A)
DCC 410 Integrative Learning Seminar III (A). Identifies the “best practices” of ethical conduct and professional leadership by employing both analytical skills and personal reflection. Considers earlier philosophical approaches to ethics and investigates solutions to daily ethical dilemmas. Additionally, assists students with planning the Capstone Experience (DCC 420) and oversees the creation of academic portfolios and websites. 2 Cr.
DCC 420 Delta Capstone (A)
Requires students to complete a semester abroad, semester long internship aligned with career goals, or culminating Capstone Experience. Fulfills predetermined contracts of academic study that will generate 12 to 15 credits approved by The College at Brockport, or produce 540-675 clock-hours on-site in the case of internships and volunteer placements. Delivery and assessment of assignments vary depending upon individual placements in international academic institutions, internships or national volunteer placements. 1-15 Cr.
DCC 440 Capstone Project (A)
Requires students to complete a final report that details their experiential learning journeys within the context of their entire Brockport education and prepare a presentation for Fall Symposium, World Conference, Scholar's Day, or other similar event. *required course 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
DCC 445 Professional Development Seminar 2 (A)
Identifies "best practices" of ethical conduct and professional leadership by employing critical thinking and persuasive rhetoric. Prepares students for life after college through furthur development of professional, personal, and technological competencies. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
Earth Science
ESC 102 Elements of Geography (A)
Seeks to understand how earth processes affect and are affected by human activities by describing and explaining physical environments and features of the earth. Includes tectonic processes that shape the earth; structure of the atmosphere and solid earth; hydrologic cycle and distribution of water; formation of landscapes and characterization of regions; location of political boundaries and physical features using maps; and human-environment interactions. Not acceptable credit towards any major or minor offered by the Department of the Earth Sciences. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ESC 115 Science and Society (A)
Examines how science as an enterprise explains processes and phenomena that humans experience, infer and observe. Using a specific theme (e.g. future of life on earth, anthropogenic climate change, mutation and exchange of genes from viruses to humans, space travel and biodiversity), the student will explore how scientists use basic principles of energy, matter, motion, behavior, ecology and evolution to understand and predict phenomena on many different scales, ranging from the microscopic to universal. (Cross listed with PHS115) 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ESC 160 Principles of Engineering Science (A)
Introduces students to the science of engineering through design and practice. Emphasis is placed on the synthesis of knowledge, skills and the methodologies that are the essential to all types of engineering professions. The course is structured to integrate core scientific foundations into an engineering perspective through the use of team-based projects, analytical tools and technical communications. 3 Cr.
ESC 195 Natural Disasters (AL)
Examines the causes, effects, and options available to respond to and potentially mitigate the effects of natural disasters such as earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, tsunami, landslides, severe weather, and floods. Differing impacts in developing and industrialized countries will be discussed. 4 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ESC 210 Introduction to Meteorology (A)
An entry- level course for students wanting to learn about the atmosphere. It examines atmospheric parameters (temperatures, humidity, pressure, winds); the formation of clouds, rain and snow; middle-latitude cyclones and hurricanes; and the development of thunderstorms, lightning, hail and tornadoes. Basic weather forecasting, climate change, air pollution, and optical phenomena are also examined. This is a lecture-only version of ESC 211 (Introduction to Meteorology), and meets at the same time in the same location as the ESC 211 lecture. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
ESC 211 Introduction to Meteorology (AL)
An entry- level course for students wanting to learn about the atmosphere. It examines atmospheric parameters (temperatures, humidity, pressure, winds); the formation of clouds, rain and snow; middle-latitude cyclones and hurricanes; and the development of thunderstorms, lightning, hail and tornadoes. Basic weather forecasting, climate change, air pollution, and optical phenomena are also examined. Includes a laboratory component where students learn to analyze meteorological concepts, data, and maps. Students taking this course may not take ESC 110 for credit. 4 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ESC 212 Introduction to Meteorology Laboratory (A)
An introductory laboratory where students learn to analyze meteorological concepts, data, and maps. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: ESC 210 and instructor’s permission.]
ESC 221 Introduction to Water Resources (A)
Water is an essential element for many processes that occur on Earth, and is found naturally in all three states, solid, liquid and gas. Consequently, water is being realized as a critical resource that requires us to better understand water based processes. In this course, we will examine the components of the hydrologic cycle with respect to processes that occur in each component. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
ESC 222 Introduction to Water Resources w/Lab (AL)
Introduction to Water Resources will examine the components of the hydrologic cycle with respect to processes that occur within each component, processes that transfer water from one component to another, and human influence on these processes. A laboratory component will provide students the opportunity to explore applied aspects of the discipline through various ‘hands-on’ activities. Students will also be introduced to instrumentation and software that are used in upper division courses. There are no prerequisites for the course. 4 Cr. (Spring.)
ESC 230 Introduction to GIS (A)
Examines the geographic and information data processing methods associated with earth systems science and human geography studies. Covers geographic data selection, analysis, and presentation. Requires use of real data to develop an individual hands-on study application. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: Computer literacy.]
ESC 251 Scientific Computing (A)
Scientific computing involves the design and analysis of mathematical models and computer programs used to study problems in a variety of disciplines such as the earth sciences, biology, physics, engineering, mathematics, chemistry, and business. Topics include program construction, array variables, conditional logic, looping structures, subroutines, functions and applications to the sciences. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ESC 261 Science and Sustainability (A)
A survey of the scientific and policy principles of sustainability with an emphasis on systems approach. Besides introducing a wide variety of Earth System concepts, the course will delve into such topics as population, ecosystems, climate change, energy, water and agriculture, environmental policy and justice, biodiversity, and legal as well as regulatory strategies. It will also provide an overview and knowledge of theory, analytical methodology, and policy challenges in the field of sustainability. Crosslisted with SUS261. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
ESC 300 Physical Oceanography (A)
Students will learn the chemical and physical processes that govern environments in oceans and nearshore areas, the geophysical and geological evidence that supports the theory of plate tectonics, the chemistry of seawater, and sediment movement. 3 Cr.
ESC 311 Synoptic Meteorology (A)
Qualitative and quantitative evaluation of mid-latitude weather systems via conceptual models and theoretical ideas. Covers meteorological data and analysis products, scales of atmospheric motion, kinematic properties of the wind field, fronts and frontogenesis, and extratropical cyclones and cyclogenesis. Lab emphasizes subjective/objective analysis and application of meteorological data. 4 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: ESC 211 or equivalent; co-requisite MTH 201.]
ESC 312 Synoptic Meteorology II (A)
Application of qualitative and theoretical concepts to the prediction of mid-latitude weather systems. Covers geostrophic and ageostrophis winds, upper-level jet streak dynamics, methods of computing vertical motion, quasi-geostrophic theory, quantitative evaluation and verification methods, and numerical weather prediction products. Lab emphasizes real-time diagnosis and prediction of local, regional, and large-scale weather systems. 4 Cr. [Prerequisites: ESC 311 and MTH 201.]
ESC 313 Environmental Climatology (A)
Discusses the physical, chemical, and biological factors regulating the climate of the earth. Covers radiation and energy balance, climatic elements, atmospheric and oceanic circulations, natural and anthropogenic climate change and variations. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: ESC 211 or BIO 303.]
ESC 314 Climatology Laboratory (A)
Covers principles and analytical techniques used to study global, regional and local climates. 1 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: ESC 211, ESC 313 can be concurrent.]
ESC 318 Sustainable Land and Water Management (A)
17 Practices and technologies for evaluating land and water resources, leading to management strategies which meet human needs while ensuring long-term sustainability, ecosystem services, biodiversity, and livelihoods. Presents a socio-technical framework which integrates hydrology, soils, GIS, simulation modeling, and environmental science with socio-economics and organizational behavior. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
ESC 325 Wetland Systems (A)
Covers the soils, plants, and hydrology that are characteristic of wetland systems; the history of attitudes towards and use of these areas; methods of classification of wetlands; legal and regulatory issues’ management and preservation strategies; and design and use of constructed wetlands. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: ESC 222 or permission of instructor.]
ESC 327 Broadcast Meteorology (A)
Learn: 1) how to improve weather presentation skills by developing a plain language weather presentation and forecast using the National Weather Service Forecast Discussion and Model Output products; 2) the common meteorological terminology and concepts used in weather broadcasts; 30 how television viewers process weather information, and the reasoning skills associated with scientific information processing. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
ESC 330 Geographic Information Systems (A)
Provides an introduction to the use of computer-geographic information systems (GIS). Examines the geographic and information data-processing methods associated with earth systems sciences studies. Covers geographic data selection analysis and presentation using spatial data-processing hardware and software techniques. Requires use of earth systems data to develop an individual hands-on study application. 4 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: PC-computer literacy and GEL 201 or ESC 211, 350, and 391.]
ESC 331 Digital Cartography (B)
Covers the methods and principles of designing maps for visualization, communication and analysis. Cover color, symbology, scale, projection and other cartographic principles. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
ESC 332 Air and Water Pollution (A)
A course on air and water pollution. The course reviews the major constituents that make up air and water pollution, as well as their sources, sinks and environmental effects. The course introduces the mechanics of how pollutants are transported in air and water, including diffusion, advection and dispersion. 3 Cr. (Even Fall.)
ESC 350 Computational Methods in the Field Sciences (AM)
(Topics) Discusses methods of collecting, analyzing, and visualizing field data. Covers descriptive statistics, graphical techniques, data transformations, analysis of sequential and orientation data, parametric and non parametric hypothesis testing, correlation, and linear modeling. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections) 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: ESC 211 or ESC 222, or GEL 201 and MTH 122.]
ESC 351 Laboratory Experiences in Scientific Programming (A)
Provides laboratory activities concerning writing scientific computer programs in FORTRAN. Covers basic features of FORTRAN, including arithmetic computations, control structures, data files, array processing, and modular programming. Also familiarizes students with commonly used numerical methods in earth sciences. 1 Cr. [Prerequisite or corequisite: ESC 350.]
ESC 352 Advanced Scientific Computing and Modeling (A)
Mathematical modeling forms a critical component to scientific discovery. The solutions to these models often cannot be computed by hand due to the size of the problem and/or complexity. This course provides and introduction to scientific modeling and the associated computational tools and processes necessary to solve such models. The emphasis will be on deterministic models that result in linear systems of equations and systems of differential equations; however, stochastic methods will also be briefly discussed. 3 Cr.
ESC 362 Climate Change & Global Warming Issues (AI)
Explores aspects of the global warming debate, including the present scientific understanding of climate change, uncertainties associated with future climate predictions, and how developed, developing, and underdeveloped countries perceive potential impacts of climate change. Assesses how science impacts and is impacted by politics. Not acceptable credit towards any major or minor offered through the Department of the Earth Sciences. 3 Cr. (Odd Fall.)
ESC 364 Water Resources Issues (AI)
Studies water and hydrologic perspectives on problems of politics, the economy, and the environment. Addresses issues involving water quality or supply by case studies ranging in scope from local to international. Requires participants to address and debate points of view in selected issues involving water resources. Not acceptable credit towards any major or minor offered through the Department of the Earth Sciences. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
ESC 371 Essentials of GIS (A)
An introduction of the concepts, principles, and theories behind Geographic Information Systems and Science (GIS) with emphasis on the nature of geographic information, data models and structures for storing geographic information, geographic data input, data manipulation, and simple spatial analysis and modeling techniques. 1 Cr. (Fall.)
ESC 372 Introduction to Python Programming in the Sciences (B)
Covers the fundamentals of the Python programming language, including data types, objects, control structures, input/output, and computation. Introduces the powerful scientific analysis packages included in the Python environment. Applications are drawn from various scientific fields. 1 Cr. (Spring.)
ESC 390 Intermediate Weather Laboratory (A)
Familiarizes students with state-of-the-art weather analysis and forecasting systems. Provides for observation and presentation of weather briefings and forecasts using these products via analysis of real-time and archived data. 1 Cr. (Fall.)
ESC 391 Writing in the Earth Sciences (A)
Covers style and the conventions of scientific writing including letters, memoranda, proposals, data reports, abstracts, as well as longer technical papers. Emphasizes style requirements of major professional earth science societies and their journals. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: ESC 211 or ESC 222 or GEL 201.]
ESC 399 Independent Study in Earth Science (A)
To be defined in consultation with the instructor/sponsor prior to registration, in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement. 1-3 Cr. (By Arrangement.) [Prerequisite: ESC 211 or 222 or GEL 201.]
ESC 412 Hydrology with Lab (A)
$30 Course fee required: Prerequisites: ESC 222, ESC 350, ESC 391, MTH 201 or permission of instructor. Covers the water cycle, including precipitation, runoff, streams and lakes, ground water, and other hydrologic topics. Discusses the collection and analysis of hydrologic data, including gauging streams, well monitoring, and surveying. Weekly laboratory session. 4 Cr. (Odd Fall.)
ESC 415 Physical Meteorology (A)
Examines the principles of atmospheric thermodynamics, cloud microphysics, atmospheric radiation, and cloud electrification. 3 Cr. (Odd Fall.) [Prerequisites: ESC 312, ESC 350, ESC 391, PHS 235, PHS 240, and MTH 202.]
ESC 416 Thermodynamics and the Boundary Layer (A)
Focuses on atmospheric energy processes. Examines basic thermodynamic concepts including the importance of moisture and latent heat on atmospheric stability. Analysis of thermodynamic diagrams and indices, and their role in weather forecasting are discussed. Also explores the transfer processes of mass, energy, and momentum in the Planetary Boundary Layer, as well as other micrometeorology topics, such as atmospheric turbulence and fluxes. 3 Cr. (Odd Spring.) [Prerequisites: ESC 312, MTH 201 and PHS 235.]
ESC 417 Dynamic Meteorology (A)
A theoretical perspective of atmospheric motion. Covers mathematical tools and numerical methods as applied to the atmosphere, the development to the governing equations of motion and simplifications, introduction to wind relationships and the concepts of divergence, circulation, and vorticity. The theory of mid-latitude synoptic-scale motions is introduced. 3 Cr. (Odd Spring.) [Prerequisites: ESC 312, PHS 235, MTH 202, MTH 255 or PHS 332.]
ESC 420 Radar and Satellite Meteorology (A)
Examines remote sensing devices and other meteorological instruments. Students lean the World Meteorological Organization’s standards for weather observation and the physical operating principles of radars, satellites, and in situ instruments. Multispectral and RGB composite satellite imagery are also studies. Laboratory component to practice data collection and the interpretation of Doppler and polarimetric radar imagery. 4 Cr. (Even Spring.) [Prerequisites: ESC 211 & MTH 122.]
ESC 421 Air Pollution Meteorology (A)
For students, engineers and professional people training to measure air pollution levels or measure and evaluate meteorological parameters which affect the diffusion and concentration of pollutants in the atmosphere. Provides knowledge of the effects of meteorology in air pollution. Covers factors related to site selection, control programs, and interpretation of surveys. Also studies diffusion using mathematical models. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites or corequisites: ESC 350 and ESC 391.]
ESC 431 GIS Applications in Earth and Environmental Science (A)
Introduces students to spatial analysis theories, techniques, and issues associated with hydrological, geological, meteorological and environmental applications. Provides hands-on training in the use of spatial tools while addressing a real problem. Students will link GIS analysis to field assessments and monitoring activities. 1 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: ESC 230 or ESC 318 or permission of instructor.]
ESC 432 Tropical Meteorology (A)
Provides a comprehensive description of the characteristics of the atmosphere in the Tropics, as well as in-depth discussions on the weather systems and climatic patterns that affect and develop in tropical regions, such as hurricanes, monsoonal circulations, El Nino Southern Oscillation, convergence zones, and the Madden-Julian Oscillation. Students also conduct weather briefings on select tropical locations or active cyclones and analyze tropical data. 3 Cr. (Even Fall.) [Prerequisites: ESC 312, 391, MTH 201, PHS 235.]
ESC 433 Storm Dynamics and Forecasting (B)
A theoretical and practical overview of storm scale processes that govern storm formation, mode, and evolution. Supercells, mesoscale convective systems, tornadoes, and other severe hazards will be covered from both a dynamics and an environmental ingredients perspective. A portion of the course will focus on severe weather forecasting. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: ESC311 & co-requisite: ESC312.]
ESC 434 Climatological Data, Modelling, and Predictability (B)
Pre-req: ESC313 passing grade, D-. This course introduces the basics of climate modeling. The course is divided into three units focusing on radiation, the methods of climate modeling and evaluating future climate change impact from climate model outputs. The course will provide hands-on experience in working with simple climate models and discuss their importance in policymaking. 3 Cr.
ESC 435 Climate Change and Mitigation (B)
Prereq: ESC313. The course will focus how the knowledge of climate change can be translated into policy decisions. The course aims to bring together a whole range of complex issues surrounding the potential impact of climate change in different parts of the world, the economics of climate change in developing and developed nations, and use of technologies to adapt to and mitigate climate hazards. 3 Cr.
ESC 452 Mesoscale Meteorology (A)
A introduction to mesoscale processes and precipitation systems, with an emphasis on deep convection and severe weather. Covers severe storm type, structure, and organization, radar and satellite signatures of mesoscale and convection features, and the roles of atmospheric instabilities in the growth of mesoscale phenomena. Diagnosis and short-term prediction of severe storms via lecture and exercises. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ESC 312, ESC 350, ECS 391, MTH 201 and PHS 235.]
ESC 455 Introduction to Soils Science (A)
The formation, properties and characterization of soils, especially those found in New York State; measurement of physical and chemical properties in field and classroom; management, conservation, and applications of Soil Survey. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: GEL 201, CHM 205, or with instructor’s permission.]
ESC 460 Meteorological Internship (A)
Provides first-hand knowledge and experience concerning the application of meteorology to industrial and governmental requirements. Requires group work in scientific fields. Allows students to design and conduct applied meteorological research. 1-3 Cr. (By Arrangement.) [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission.]
ESC 462 Hydro Meteorology (A)
The interface between meteorological and hydrological processes governs the impact that weather has on the human and natural environments. This course examines extreme weather events such as flooding, climate change, and urban heat island effects. Students will learn about the processes that govern them as well as the extent of their effects, their causes, and the models used to predict them. 3 Cr. (Even Fall.) [Prerequisites: ESC 211, 350, and MTH 201.]
ESC 464 Environmental Internship (A)
Application of skills acquired in course work to selected earth science problems in the environmental field. Directed by professionals in the field; project work must meet their standards. 1-6 Cr. (By Arrangement.) [Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission.]
ESC 475 Web GIS (B)
An introduction to Web GIS. Participants will learn about the usefulness and application of Web GIS tools such as GoogleEarth, GoogleMaps, ArcGIS Online, ArcGIS Earth. Also covered are VGI (Volunteered Geographic Information) tools such as OpenStreet Map. There is some instruction in programming tools that can be used to customize standard tools and programs. 1 Cr. (Spring.)
ESC 477 Storm Chasing (A)
Course fee: $2000 - covering travel expenses. Students are taken on a two- week field experience course devised to study severe thunderstorms in the Great Plains of North America. It fosters the acquisition of practical, hands-on experience in the observation of thunderstorm formation, growth, decay, and structure as well as forecasting and nowcasting of severe weather. Course fee of $2000.00 to cover travel expenses. 3 Cr. (Summer.) [Prerequisite: ESC 211 and instructor’s permission.]
ESC 478 Using Google Earth Engine (B)
Covers the practical skills needed to develop projects using Google Earth Engine (GEE). GEE is a cloud-based platform that enables large-scale processing of satellite imagery and other large spatial data sets to solve many problems in the Earth and Environmental Sciences. Swing course ESC578. 1 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: ESC371.]
ESC 490 Advanced Weather Laboratory (A)
Familiarizes students with state-of-the-art weather analysis and forecasting systems. Provides for observation and presentation of weather briefings and forecasts using these products via analysis of real-time and archived data. 1 Cr. (Fall.)
ESC 492 Senior Capstone Experience (A)
The student will work with a faculty member to develop a project or internship to pursue as a capstone experience. It cannot be a paper, project or internship that has been completed in another course for which the student has received credit. Registering for the course commits the student to the project topic. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ESC 494 Senior Research (AY)
In depth consideration of an earth sciences topic beyond formal course offerings; development of a scientific research project. The project proposal, bibliographic research, and data collection will be developed both as written document and oral presentation in a critical, professional setting to faculty and students. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: ESC 350, ESC 391 and senior status.]
ESC 495 Senior Seminar (AY)
In-depth consideration of an earth sciences topic beyond formal course offerings; completion of a scientific research project. The final project analysis and findings will be developed both as a written document and oral presentation in a critical, professional setting to faculty and students. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: ESC 494.]
ESC 499 Independent Study in Earth Science (A)
To be defined in consultation with the instructor/sponsor prior to registration, in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement. 1-6 Cr. (By Arrangement.) [Prerequisite: ESC 211, ESC 222 or GEL 201.]
ESC 512 Hydrology with Lab (A)
$30 Course fee required: Prerequisites: ESC222 or ESC211 or GEL201 and ESC350, ESC391, MTH201. Covers the water cycle, including precipitation, runoff, streams and lakes, ground water, and other hydrologic topics. Discusses the collection and analysis of hydrologic data, including gauging streams, well monitoring, and surveying. Weekly laboratory session. 4 Cr. (Odd Fall.)
ESC 515 Physical Meteorology (A)
Covers atmospheric thermodynamics; physical processes of condensation; electrical phenomena in the atmosphere; radiative transfer. 3 Cr. (Odd Fall.) [Prerequisites ESC311, 350, 391, and PHS235, 240, and MTH202.]
ESC 516 Thermodynamics and the Boundary Layer (A)
Focuses on atmospheric energy processes. Examines basic thermodynamic concepts including the importance of moisture and latent heat on atmospheric stability. Analysis of thermodynamic diagrams and indices, and their role in weather forecasting are discussed. Also explores the transfer processes of mass, energy, and momentum in the Planetary Boundary Layer, as well as other micrometeorology topics, such as atmospheric turbulence and fluxes. 3 Cr. (Even Fall.) [Prerequisites ESC312, MTH201, and PHS235.]
ESC 517 Dynamic Meteorology (A)
A theoretical perspective of atmospheric motion. Covers mathematical tools and numerical methods as applied to the atmosphere, the development to the governing equations of motion and simplifications, introduction to wind relationships and the concepts of divergence, circulation, and vorticity. The theory of mid-latitude synoptic-scale motions is introduced. 3 Cr. (Odd Spring.) [Prerequisites ESC312, PHS235, MTH202, and MTH255 or PHS332.]
ESC 518 Watershed Sciences (A)
Cover the art and science of evaluating water, air and land resources in a watershed to provide scientific information for management policy decisions. Utilizes maps and other physical resource information, sampling, data processing and analysis. 3 Cr. (Odd Spring.) [Prerequisite: ESC 222 or permission of instructor.]
ESC 520 Radar and Satellite Meteorology (A)
Examines remote sensing devices and other meteorological instruments. Students lean the World Meteorological Organization’s standards for weather observation and the physical operating principles of radars, satellites, and in situ instruments. Multispectral and RGB composite satellite imagery are also studies. Laboratory component to practice data collection and the interpretation of Doppler and polarimetric radar imagery. 4 Cr. (Even Spring.) [Prerequisites ESC211, MTH122.]
ESC 521 Air Pollution Meteorology (A)
For students, engineers and professional people training to measure air pollution levels or measure and evaluate meteorological parameters which affect the diffusion and concentration of pollutants in the atmosphere. Provides knowledge of the effects of meteorology in air pollution. Covers factors related to site selection, control programs and interpretation of surveys. Also studies diffusion using mathematical models. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: ESC 350 and ESC 391 or instructor's permission.]
ESC 531 GIS Applications in Earth and Environmental Science (A)
Introduces students to spatial analysis theories, techniques, and issues associated with hydrological, geological, meteorological and environmental applications. Provides hands-on training in the use of spatial tools while addressing a real problem. Students will link GIS analysis to field assessments and monitoring activities. 1 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: ESC 230 or ESC 318 or permission of instructor.]
ESC 532 Tropical Meteorology (A)
Provides a comprehensive description of the characteristics of the atmosphere in the Tropics, as well as in-depth discussions on the weather systems and climatic patterns that affect and develop in tropical regions, such as hurricanes, monsoonal circulations, El Nino Southern Oscillation, convergence zones, and the Madden-Julian Oscillation. Students also conduct weather briefings on select tropical locations or active cyclones and analyze tropical data. 3 Cr. (Even Fall.) [Prerequisites ESC312, 417, MTH201, PHS235.]
ESC 552 Mesoscale Meteorology (A)
A introduction to mesoscale processes and precipitation systems, with an emphasis on deep convection and severe weather. Covers severe storm type, structure, and organization, radar and satellite signatures of mesoscale and convection features, and the roles of atmospheric instabilities in the growth of mesoscale phenomena. Diagnosis and short-term prediction of severe storms via lecture and exercises. 3 Cr. (Even Spring.) [Prerequisites: ESC 312, ESC 350, ECS 391, MTH 201 and PHS 235.]
ESC 555 Soils Science (A)
The formation, properties and characterization of soils, especially those found in New York State; measurement of physical and chemical properties in field and classroom; management, conservation, and applications of Soil Survey. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: GEL 201, CHM 205, or with instructor’s permission.]
ESC 557 Marine Geology-Bahamas (A)
Involves preparation in the fall semester for a 2-week January intersession field experience in coral reef biology and geology on San Salvador island in the Bahamas. Covers identification, behavior and ecology of marine organisms in five habitats associated with coral reefs. Teaches students to prepare a scientific field notebook and to design, conduct and write a paper on a personal research project. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
ESC 562 Hydro Meteorology (A)
The interface between meteorological and hydrological processes governs the impact that weather has on the human and natural environments. This course examines extreme weather events such as flooding, climate change, and urban heat island effects. Students will learn about the processes that govern them as well as the extent of their effects, their causes, and the models used to predict them. 3 Cr. (Even Fall.) [Prerequisites ESC 211, ESC 350, and MTH 201.]
ESC 564 Environmental Internship (A)
Application of skills acquired in course work to selected earth science problems in the environmental field. Directed by professionals in the field; project work must meet their standards. 1-3 Cr. [Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission.]
ESC 575 Web GIS (B)
An introduction to Web GIS. Participants will learn about the usefulness and application of Web GIS tools such as GoogleEarth, GoogleMaps, ArcGIS Online, ArcGIS Earth. Also covered are VGI (Volunteered Geographic Information) tools such as OpenStreet Map. There is some instruction in programming tools that can be used to customize standard tools and programs. 2 Cr. (Spring.)
ESC 577 Storm Chasing (A)
Students are taken on a two- week field experience course devised to study severe thunderstorms in the Great Plains of North America. It fosters the acquisition of practical, hands-on experience in the observation of thunderstorm formation, growth, decay, and structure as well as forecasting and nowcasting of severe weather. 3 Cr. (Summer.) [Prerequisite: ESC 211 and instructor’s permission.]
ESC 578 Using Google Earth Engine (B)
Covers the practical skills needed to develop projects using Google Earth Engine (GEE). GEE is a cloud-based platform that enables large-scale processing of satellite imagery and other large spatial data sets to solve many problems in the Earth and Environmental Sciences. Swing course ESC478. 1 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: ESC371.]
ESC 593 Seminar in Earth Science Problems (A)
In depth consideration of an earth sciences topic beyond formal course offerings; synthesis of material from background of courses taken to be applied in a technical report. The report will also be presented in a critical, professional setting to faculty and students. 2 Cr. [Prerequisites: ESC 350 and ESC 391, senior status, and instructor’s permission.]
ESC 599 Independent Study in Earth Science (A)
Defined in consultation with the instructor sponsor prior to registration. 1-3 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
ESC 636 Water Resources Topics (A)
A distance-learning course covering the study of selected topics in water dealing with its sensing, analysis, causes, impacts and prediction. Administered by American Meteorological Society (www.ametsoc.org/dstreme). 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ESC 676 Real-time Ocean Studies (A)
Develops principles of oceanography from analysis of electronically delivered current environmental data and learning activities. Relies on computer receipt, analysis, and display of geoscience data with classroom applications. A distance-learning course. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ESC 677 Real-time Climate Studies (A)
A distance-learning course covering selected topics in the study of climate and social interactions utilizing current environmental data. Administered by the American Meteorological Society (www.ametsoc.org/amsedu) 3 Cr. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
Economics
ECN 100 Contemporary Economic Issues (AS)
Covers economic reasoning through the application of essential economic principles, basic principles underlying competing economic systems, and differences between macro- and micro-economic theory as applied to current issues confronting the American economic system. ECN 100 does not meet the requirements for any major in the department. 3 Cr.
ECN 201 Principles of Microeconomics (AS)
Covers issues of scarcity and choice; determination of prices, demand and supply, production, cost, behavior of the firm, and the role of government. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: MTH 111 or equivalent.]
ECN 202 Principles of Macroeconomics (AS)
Covers topics of the aggregate economy, including the determination of output, inflation, unemployment, interest rates, government debt, and international trade. Also covers monetary and fiscal policies used to control macroeconomic problems. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: MTH 111.]
ECN 204 Introduction to Business Statistics (AM)
This course covers basic concepts of statistical analysis, including descriptive statistics, probability and expected value, sampling, and estimation. It aims at applying statistical methods in business contexts to address business related questions and make evidence-based decisions using inferential statistics that are based on well-reasoned statistical arguments. Course requires a minimum grade of C- (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification). 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: MTH 111 or higher.]
ECN 260 US Economic History (AV)
Uses the experience of the United States to show how economic tools can make sense of history. Students will use economic theory to interpret and critically analyze data from points in US history all the way from the pre-colonial period to the current day. Topics include pre- and post-colonial social structures, voting systems, war finance, and economic growth. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ECN 301 Intermediate Microeconomics (A)
Continues the study of the basic tools and techniques of microeconomic analysis, the theory of consumer behavior and demand, theory of the firm, and market equilibria. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ECN 201, ECN 202 and MTH 111.]
ECN 302 Intermediate Macroeconomics (A)
Continues the study of the basic tools of macroeconomic analysis, including the determination of national income, employment and price levels, an analysis of macroeconomic stabilization policies, and economic growth. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ECN 201, ECN 202 and MTH 111.]
ECN 304 Intermediate Statistics (A)
Includes inferential statistics, index numbers, regression and correlation analysis, time series analysis, and chi-square tests. Emphasizes both the proper use and possible abuse of statistical methods in the context of business and economic applications. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ECN 204 and MTH 111.]
ECN 305 Managerial Economics (A)
Provides an introduction to the economic analysis of business decisions. Includes decision theory, demand theory, and the economic theory of production and costs. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: ECN 201, ECN 202 and MTH 111.]
ECN 320 Game Theory (A)
Game theory is a set of economic tools to analyze strategy. This course will teach how to analyze any sort of interaction as a game – including in politics, finance, business, and even in the animal kingdom – and model its outcome by focusing on the knowledge, the incentives, and the goals of the players involved. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: (ECN 201 and ECN 202) OR (ECN 204 or equivalent stats course).]
ECN 321 Money and Banking (A)
Covers the role of money in the modern economy, emphasizing the role of depository institutions, and the evolution of the central banking structure together with domestic and international monetary policy. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ECN 201 and ECN 202.]
ECN 333 Health Economics (A)
Analyzes both narrow questions, such as the distribution, efficiency and equity of health delivery systems, and broader issues of the relation between public health and economic activity. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: ECN 201.]
ECN 361 Labor Market Analysis (A)
Focuses on the issues and the analysis of labor markets. Includes wage determination and income distribution, skill structure of the work force, unionism and unemployment. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: ECN 100 or ECN 201.]
ECN 425 Financial Institutions (A)
Covers financial institutions, their operations, and the interrelationships among those that operate in the domestic and international money and capital markets, with emphasis on current problems and issues. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: ECN 302 or 321.]
ECN 443 International Economics (A)
Uses basic economic tools to study pure trade theory and interrelations between the domestic and the international economy. Examines the basis of trade; gains from trade; theory and practice of protection; nature, disturbance, and readjustment of the balance of payments; international monetary systems; internal and external balance; macroeconomic coordination; exchange rate variation; and other topics. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: ECN 201 and ECN 202.]
ECN 461 Human Resource Economics (A)
Covers the development and utilization of labor as a productive resource. Has a policy emphasis. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ECN 201 and ECN 202.]
ECN 473 Econometrics (B)
Econometrics is the use of economic theory to interpret and analyze data of any form. Techniques include regression analysis, causal inference, data collection, and identification, with topics including economic indicators, financial data, and sports. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: ECN 204 & ECN 202 & ECN 201 all with minimum grade of C.]
ECN 485 Economic Research (A)
Emphasizes the skills of inquiry, analysis, and communication required of a professional economist. Helps students learn to find information, analyze it, and communicate the results of their analysis. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ECN 304; ECN 302 and either ECN 305 or ECN 301.]
ECN 490 Senior Thesis Research (A)
Part of a two-semester course of study aimed at providing students with an opportunity to acquire in-depth knowledge in a specialized area. Allows students to select a faculty member willing to serve as their thesis advisor. Requires students to identify a research topic, and conduct background research to include the preparation of an introduction and bibliography. The data should be collected by the end of the semester. 3 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
ECN 498 Economics Internship (A)
Provides supervised experience in a work environment, with an opportunity to apply concepts learned in economics course work. Provides an opportunity for students to better understand career opportunities in the field of economics, including careers related to economic development, economic planning, international trade, banking systems, and banking policy. Helps students understand the professional expectations of employers and the work culture. 1-6 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ECN 499 Independent Study in Economics (A)
Entails special projects in economics under direction of individual staff members. Arranged in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-6 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
ECN 605 Economic Analysis for Managers (B)
This course examines micro- and macro-economic principles at the advanced level. Topics in microeconomics include economic models, individual choice and demand, production and the firm, and pricing in the goods and factor markets. Macroeconomic topics include aggregate supply and demand, inflation, fiscal and monetary policy, and international trade. Cases may be used. Prerequisite: Undergraduate Courses in Principles of Microeconomics and Macroeconomics with a minimum grade of C-. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
Education and Human Development
EDI 105 Exploring Teaching as a Profession (AS)
Encourages students to think more deeply, broadly, and systematically about what teaching is and what teachers do. Students examine research and theory and critically reflect upon their own learning experiences and clarify their motivation for choosing a career in education. Examines diversity and inclusion in American education and the importance of welcoming all students into learning communities regardless of race, class, gender, or ability. 3 Cr.
EDI 212 Disability and Schools (B)
This course explores the ways in which disability is represented, embodied, constructed, and marginalized in educational systems. This course addresses and defines concepts such as disability, impairment, ableism, neurodivergence, accessibility, and inclusion. Students will learn about how educational systems are structured in ways that normalize and reproduce systems of exclusion and oppression. The work of the course will focus on understanding socio-cultural influences that shape how students with disabilities are served in educational systems and how that influences their life trajectories. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 331 Adolescence Classroom Management (B)
Provides participants with an understanding and application of recent theoretical models employed in the practice of classroom management. Emphasizes problem-solving techniques. Allows participants to explore the role of the teacher as the manager of the classroom environment, student, relationships and the curriculum. Emphasizes the design of a comprehensive classroom management plan based on multiple theories and practices most applicable to specific classroom situations. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections) or “B- (graduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) " 1 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Corequisites: PRO 430 or 431 or 432.]
EDI 360 America Reads I (B)
Provides opportunities for students to work with children to improve their literacy skills in a classroom setting (k-6). Students are placed primarily with the Brockport Central School District. Students have the opportunity to learn tutoring techniques, create lesson plans and grade papers. Includes a 60 hour field component. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 361 America Reads II (B)
Provides opportunities for students to work with children to improve their literacy skills in a classroom setting (k-6). Students are placed primarily with the Brockport Central School District. Students have the opportunity to learn tutoring techniques, create lesson plans and grade papers. Includes a 60 hour field component. Requires students to serve as student mentors to help coordinate the activities of the first year students. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: EDI 360.]
EDI 407 Emergent Language and Literacy (B)
Explores universality and diversity in the development of oral and written language. Emphasizes constructivist, sociocultural, and sociopsycho-linguistic perspectives. Examines language processes, strategies, and materials for supporting all young children's oral and written language development. Also examines national and state standards for literacy learning. Explores authentic assessment strategies. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of a C (undergraduate sections) or a B- (graduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) " " 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 408 Differentiating Instruction for Diverse Learners (B)
This course provides an introduction to the basics of education law, including topics ranging from academic freedom to student discipline. Students will read and discuss redacted court cases with an emphasis on gleaning the factual situation and legal rules from the text. Lectures will provide an overview of the legal principles applicable to primary and secondary education law in the United States. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 409 Teaching Students with Special Needs Across the Curriculum (B)
Understanding categories of disabilities, identifying students with diverse needs and providing effective individualized instruction are an integral part of this course. Laws, regulations and processes in special education, issues of family/professional partnerships, learner-centered constructivism, collaboration and consultation skills, and community building, and topics of a philosophy of inclusion, effective teacher performance in terms of addressing student and classroom management will be examined. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
EDI 411 Early Childhood Development and Learning (B)
This course will explore social, physical, emotional and cognitive developmental perspectives and milestones for children from birth through 2nd grade. It will provide candidates with theoretical resources for understanding early childhood and approaches to analyze young children experiences and positions in multiple contexts. We will unpack the common conceptions of the early stages of human development within both research and public contexts, and how culture impacts development. Lastly, students will use their understandings developed in this course to construct a classroom management plan and rationale. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections) or “B- (graduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 412 Introduction to Special Education for Early Childhood (B)
"May be completed prior to acceptance or completed during the Early Childhood Education major. Introduces teacher candidates to the characteristics of students with exceptionalities according to state and national standards and laws. Identification of students with diverse needs is an integral part of this course. Issues of diversity will be explored across race, culture, language, gender, religion, disability and socioeconomic status. An introduction will be required into issues of family/professional partnerships, learner-centered constructivism, collaboration and consultation skills, and community building. Addresses the philosophy of inclusion and collaboration for all students, effective teacher performance, and special education. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections) or “B- (graduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification)" 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 413 Introduction to Special Education (B)
Introduces teacher candidates to the characteristics of students with exceptionalities according to state and national standards and laws, and includes consideration of students at the childhood, middle childhood, and adolescence levels. Identification of students with diverse needs is an integral part of this course. Issues of diversity will be explored across race, culture, language, gender, religion, disability and socioeconomic status. An introduction will be required into issues of family/professional partnerships, learner-centered constructivism, collaboration and consultation skills, and community building. Addresses the philosophy of inclusion and collaboration for all students, effective teacher performance, and special education law for educators. Swing course EDI 513. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) & NYSED requires a minimum course grade of C (undergraduate sections) 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 414 Methods and Materials for the Inclusive Classroom (B)
Emphasizes serving students with a variety of needs in the inclusion classroom setting. Teacher candidates will learn to develop a positive and supportive learning environment for all students, including students at the childhood, middle childhood, and adolescence levels. Teacher candidates will also learn to select, modify and evaluate inclusive curricular materials and instructional techniques for individuals and groups of learners with disabilities taking into account the learner's abilities, learning rates and styles of learning. They will develop and apply instructional techniques for use in the inclusive classroom with individuals with disabilities, including the use of assistive technology services and devices. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of a C (undergraduate sections) or a B- (graduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) Swing course EDI 514. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: EDI413.]
EDI 415 Developmentally Appropriate Practice (B)
This course provides a study of the fundamentals of developmentally appropriate practices in early care and school-based education programs for children birth through grade 2 with an emphasis on play. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections) or “B- (graduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 416 Assessment in Inclusive and Special Early Childhood Educatio (B)
Complete prior to Phase IV Practicum. Prepares teacher candidates with the skills, theory, practice and knowledge to engage in quality assessment of special education students. Examines principles and criteria of evaluative and diagnostic techniques, norm referenced testing, criteria/referenced testing, and informal teacher-made tests. Explores the use and understanding of standardized tests and test scores in statewide assessments; necessary skills in the practical application of classroom assessment for special education students. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of a C (undergraduate sections) or a B- (graduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: EDI 412 Introduction to Special Education for Early Childhood and Childhood.]
EDI 417 Instructional Design Theories (B)
This course introduces students to the history of instructional design and addresses current trends in the field. This course seeks to provide students with a concrete definition of instructional design, provide students with an introduction to theories, and explore instructional processes. students learn about basic instructional principles and concepts and how these ideas are applied in a variety of learning spaces and design contexts and how these implementations are guided by external contexts and theory. Course requires a minimum grade of B for major/minor/certification. Swing course EDI 517. 3 Cr.
EDI 418 Language, Literacy and the Learner (B)
Expands understanding of language and literacy processes. Develops increasingly sophisticated understanding and skill in implementing strategies for supporting the language and literacy learning of diverse learners. Continued inquiry into a range of assessment strategies linking assessment and instruction. Examines integration of language and literacy across all curricular areas; creates environments that support children's language and literacy learning. Includes a 50-hour field component. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of a C (undergraduate sections) or a B- (graduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) Swing course EDI 518. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: EDI 407 or 422.]
EDI 419 Assessment for Special Education (B)
Prepares teacher candidates with the skills, theory, practice and knowledge to engage in quality assessment of special education students with disabilities, including students at the childhood, middle childhood, and adolescence levels. Examines principles and criteria of evaluative and diagnostic techniques, norm referenced testing, criteria/referenced testing, and informal teacher-made tests. Explores the use and understanding of standardized tests and test scores in statewide assessments; necessary skills in the practical application of classroom assessment for special education students. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of a C (undergraduate sections) or a B- (graduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) Swing course EDI 519. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: EDI413.]
EDI 420 Childhood Education for Language Teachers (B)
Explores the nature and development of the childhood curriculum including cognitive, affective, psychomotor, and linguistic development. Focuses on the theory, teaching methodology, classroom management, and development of appropriate foreign language materials at the childhood level. Designed for foreign language teacher candidates certified for grades 7-12 who wish to extend their certification to teach a language in grades 1-6. 3 Cr.
EDI 421 Teaching and Assessing English Language Learners (B)
Explores the social, emotional, cognitive and cultural implications of being bilingual or an English learner in classrooms. Examines culturally responsive teaching. Embeds literacy instruction and considers disabilities related to language development. Examines educational/assistive technology. Explores teaching and assessment of native or heritage language and English language arts according to Common Core Learning Standards. Relates theoretical knowledge to observation in bilingual/ESL settings. Crosslisted with EDI 521. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of C (undergraduate sections) or B- (graduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification). 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Preqrequisite: EDI462.]
EDI 422 TESOL: Materials and Techniques (B)
Covers the methods and materials used in teaching English as a second language to children and adults. Competency-based. Swing course EDI 628. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 423 Diverse Learners in Social Studies (B)
Fosters a teacher candidate's ability to appropriately design and deliver elements of social studies instruction in grades 1 through 6. Includes implementing social studies lessons for diverse learning needs, integrating technology and other content areas, and developing meaningful assessments. Addresses New York State Learning Standards and Social Studies Core Curriculum, and the Ten Thematic Strands from the National Council for the Social Studies. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of a C (undergraduate sections) or a B- (graduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) Swing course EDI 523. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 424 Diverse Learners in Mathematics (B)
Allows teacher candidates to apply appropriate elements of instruction of mathematics in inclusive grades 1 through 6. Includes implementing problem-based mathematics lessons for diverse learning needs, integrating technology and other content areas, developing a range of meaningful assessments and addressing state and national learning standards in mathematics. In addition. teacher candidates will increase their content knowledge. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of a C (undergraduate sections) or a B- (graduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) Swing course EDI 524. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 425 Diverse Learners in Science (B)
Allows teacher candidates to apply appropriate elements of instruction of science in grades 1 through 6. Includes implementing inquiry-based science lessons for diverse learning needs, integrating technology and other content areas, connecting to families through science, developing a range of meaningful assessments and addressing state and national learning standards in science. In addition, teacher candidates will increase their content knowledge in science. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of a C (undergraduate sections) or a B- (graduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) Swing course EDI 525. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 427 Cultural Heritage and the African American Child (A)
Explores African-American creativity, as well as the despair African-Americans have and continue to exhibit in response to discrimination and opportunity. Contrasts children's game songs with the black English controversy. Examines the influence of social and educational policies on the behavior of African-Americans. Cross listed with AAS427. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 428 Meth & Mat for the Inclusive Early Childhd & Chldhd Clssrm (B)
Emphasizes serving students with a variety of needs in the inclusive classroom setting. Teacher candidates will learn to develop a positive and supportive learning environment for all students. Teacher candidates will also learn to select, modify, and evaluate inclusive curricular materials and instructional techniques for individuals and groups of learners with disabilities taking into account the learners' abilities, learning rates, and styles of learning. They will develop and apply instructional techniques for use in the inclusive classroom with individuals with disabilities, including the use of assistive technology services and devices. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of a C (undergraduate sections) or a B- (graduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification)". 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: EDI 412.]
EDI 430 Education and Society (AIY)
Focuses on social, cultural, historical, and philosophical foundations of education; changing roles of teachers within contexts of contemporary schools; and other programs serving children. Considers contexts for students at the early childhood, childhood, middle childhood, and adolescence levels, including students with disabilities and multilingual learners. The course will also explore the idea that education reflects the wider society in which we live. Swing Course EDI530. 3 Cr.
EDI 431 Teaching Literacy in Middle & High School Content Areas I (B)
Focuses on the notion that reading and listening for meaning are critical to thinking about and learning content knowledge in all disciplines of study in the middle and high schools. Stresses the development of these language skills in early and later adolescence and examines the individual differences among learners and multiple approaches and strategies that may be used to improve students' thinking and learning. Requires an analysis of reading and listening skills and abilities essential to successful learning in the disciplines that are taught in the middle and high schools. Identifies the successful strategies teachers and others have used to be effective readers and listeners and uses these as bridges to the construction of instructional units that improve performance. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of C (undergraduate sections) or B- (graduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) Swing Course EDI531. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: Admission to an Adolescence Education Program .]
EDI 432 Teaching Literacy in Mid/High School Content Area II (B)
This is the application level of literacy instruction, emphasizing effective teaching methods. This course explores the notion that reading, writing, and speaking are fundamental to thinking about and learning content knowledge in all disciplines of study. Students use written and verbal presentations to explore thinking processes, and to take skills and theory from EDI 431 and translate them into teaching practice. Learners will achieve an understanding of the kinds of experiences that help students make meaning from text, write and speak with an authentic voice, and produce writing and verbal presentations of consequence. Students will design and deliver literacy lessons, integrate literacy lessons into their specific content, integrate technology into literacy lessons, engage learners through multiple research based methods, and further their understanding of an inclusive environment to promote literacy development. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of C (undergraduate sections) or B- (graduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) Swing course EDI 532. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: EDI 431 Builds on students' study in EDI 431.]
EDI 436 Gender and Sexuality Topics in K-12 Education (AW)
Focuses on the topics of gender and sexuality in schools K-12. Identifies and examines the ways in which gender roles and sexuality are reinforced in schools and studies the ways in which race and class interact with gender and sexuality to influence the schooling experience. Presents ways in which teachers and other educators can promote an equitable educational experience for all students. Swing course EDI536. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 437 Latinx Heritage and Cultures in Education (B)
This interdisciplinary course examines the racial, ethnic, cultural, gender, and intersectional nuances of the diasporic populations from Latin America and the Caribbean in schooling and education. Students will engage in discussing key concepts surrounding these communities such as identity, multilingualism, immigration, cultural differences, perspectives on gender, indigenous heritages, and other opportunities and challenges as they pertain to education. Through the use of literature, case studies, media exploration, and biographical stories, students will reflect and analyze historical and current issues and design ways to properly represent and advocate for these communities in education. cross listed with AAS & WMS 437 swing courses EDI AAS WMS 537 3 Cr. (Fall.)
EDI 438 Pedagogical Math Knowldge for Early Childh Teachrs (B)
Open to students seeking early childhood teaching certification. The focus of this course is on developing pedagogical content knowledge promoting conceptual understanding, procedural fluency, and problem solving skills in early number, geometry and measurement concepts. This course employs on a social constructivist approach, focusing on mathematical practices, and explores content from an advanced perspective, including how young children develop concepts, mathematical strategies, and misconceptions. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections) 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: MTH 111 College Algebra, or its equivalent.]
EDI 439 Pedagogical Mathematics Knowledge for Teachers I (A)
The focus of this course is on developing pedagogical content knowledge promoting conceptual understanding, procedural fluency, and problem solving skills in early number concepts, base ten, whole numbers, integers, rational numbers and their operations, fractions, ratios and proportions. This course employs on a social constructivist approach, focusing on mathematical practices, and explores content from an advanced perspective, including how children develop concepts, mathematical strategies, and misconceptions. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of a C (undergraduate sections) or a B- (graduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) Swing course EDI 539. " 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: MTH111 or MTH112 or MTH122 or MTH201 or MTH202 or MTH203 or MTH221 or MTH243 or MTH244.]
EDI 442 Pedagogical Mathematics Knowledge for Teachers II (A)
The focus of this course is on developing pedagogical content knowledge promoting conceptual understanding, procedural fluency, and problem solving skills in various aspects of algebra, geometry, including area, volume, coordinate and transformational geometry, probability, statistics, and the instructional use of calculators and computers. This course employs on a social constructivist approach, focusing on mathematical practices, and explores content from an advanced perspective, including how children develop concepts, mathematical strategies, and misconceptions. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of a C (undergraduate sections) or a B- (graduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) swing course EDI 542. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: MTH113 or EDI439 or MTH114 or MTH122 or MTH132 or MTH201 or MTH202 or MTH203.]
EDI 444 eLearning Design (B)
Students will learn about the multiple facets of eLearning environments and fundamentals of designing online courses, including designing online versions of face-to-face courses/components. Graduate students from Instructional design must be allowed to register first. Graduate students will complete an extra assignment. Swing course EDI444. Course requires a minimum grade of B- (for Major/Minor/Certification) NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C†(undergraduate sections) or “B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 445 Inclusive Middle Level Teaching in English (B)
Introduces students to the methods and strategies involved in inclusive middle level English teaching. Explores the nature of teaching, instructional planning, designing unit and lesson plans, interdisciplinary approaches, assessment, and teaching portfolios. Includes practice teaching and reflection. Focuses on ability to work collaboratively as team members of teams clarify goals and construction of an educational philosophy. Requires 50 hours of field experience in a middle level inclusion classroom. Fall course only. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of a C (undergraduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) Swing course EDI545. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Co-requisite: PRO430.]
EDI 446 Inclusive Middle Level Teaching in Mathematics (B)
Introduces students to the methods and strategies involved in inclusive middle level Mathematics teaching. Explores the nature of teaching, instructional planning, designing unit and lesson plans, interdisciplinary approaches, assessment, and teaching portfolios. Includes practice teaching and reflection. Focuses on ability to work collaboratively as team members of teams clarify goals and construction of an educational philosophy. Requires 50 hours of field experience in a middle level inclusion classroom. Fall course only. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of a C (undergraduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) Swing course EDI546. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Co-requisite: Pro430.]
EDI 447 Inclusive Middle Level Teaching in Science (B)
Introduces students to the methods and strategies involved in inclusive middle level Science teaching. Explores the nature of teaching, instructional planning, designing unit and lesson plans, interdisciplinary approaches, assessment, and teaching portfolios. Includes practice teaching and reflection. Focuses on ability to work collaboratively as team members of teams clarify goals and construction of an educational philosophy. Requires 50 hours of field experience in a middle level inclusion classroom. Fall semester. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of a C (undergraduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) Swing Course EDI547. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Co-requisite: PRO430.]
EDI 448 Inclusive Middle Level Teaching in Social Studies (B)
Introduces teacher candidates to the methods and strategies involved in the teaching of middle and high school social studies. Begins the teacher candidates' exploration of the nature of teaching, instructional planning, designing unit and lesson plans, interdisciplinary approaches, assessment, and teaching portfolios. Requires teacher candidates to practice teaching lessons they have designed and be reflective about their own and others' lessons. Focuses on teacher candidates' ability to work collaboratively as members of teams. Provides opportunities for teacher candidates to clarify their goals in pursuit of a teaching career and requires them to construct a personal statement of educational philosophy. Requires 50 hours of field experience in a middle level inclusion classroom. Fall semester. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of a C (undergraduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) Swing Course EDI548. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Co-requisite PRO430.]
EDI 449 Inclusive Middle Level Teaching in Foreign Language (B)
Introduces teacher candidates to the methods and strategies involved in the teaching of middle and high school foreign language. Begins the teacher candidates' exploration of the nature of teaching, instructional planning, designing unit and lesson plans, interdisciplinary approaches, assessment, and teaching portfolios. Requires teacher candidates to practice teaching lessons they have designed and be reflective about their own and others' lessons. Focuses on teacher candidates ability to work collaboratively as members of teams. Provides opportunities for teacher candidates to clarify their goals in pursuit of a teaching career and requires them to construct a personal statement of educational philosophy. Requires 50 hours of field experience. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections) or “B- (graduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification)" 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Co-requisite:PRO430.]
EDI 450 Disability Studies in Education (A)
This course provides an introduction to Disability Studies in Education and is appropriate for anyone who will be working with humans in any educational field of study. Students will learn about the social construction of disability through a study of the history and culture of disability in mutiple contexts. Disability as a social and intersectional identity is explored through first-person narratives and reflective journaling. Swing course EDI550. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 454 Accessible Design Basics (B)
Students will learn the legal and technological aspects of accessible design. As part of this course students will research and apply a blend of accessible design best practices to designs for online and onsite learning environments and evaluate learning materials using a legal compliance lens. The course is useful for those engaged in teaching and course designing for online and face to face settings. Swing course is EDI554. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 455 Practicum and Seminar inInclusive Childhood Education (B)
The Practicum with Seminar is a semester-long student teaching experience at the Childhood level (1-6) that provides opportunities to develop teaching skills with students who have diverse learning needs. The practicum provides candidates with the opportunity to spend substantial time getting to know students individually and to develop differentiated teaching skills. Further, it provides opportunities to interact with students’ families/caregivers and to become a contributing member of the school community. Weekly seminars provide support and encouragement. Teacher candidates are expected to consider the connections between theory and practice, to share new knowledge about teaching skills and the profession, and to reflect upon their teaching experiences. 12 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 456 Practicum and Seminar in Early Childhood Inclusive Educatio (B)
The Practicum with Seminar is a semester-long student teaching experience at the Early Childhood level (B-2) that provides opportunities to develop teaching skills with students who have diverse learning needs. The practicum provides candidates with the opportunity to spend substantial time getting to know students individually and to develop differentiated teaching skills. Further, it provides opportunities to interact with students’ families/caregivers and to become a contributing member of the school community. Weekly seminars provide support and encouragement. Teacher candidates are expected to consider the connections between theory and practice, to share new knowledge about teaching skills and the profession, and to reflect upon their teaching experiences. 12 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 458 Women and Education in the Arab World (AW)
Examines the persistent cultural and socioeconomic barriers to women’s education in the Arab World. Investigates how women’s education is influenced by religion, culture, family, teachers and costs, not only in relation to the decision of going to school but also to their education path. Contemporary concerns in education such as equity in schools, in higher education, and in the job market are also addressed. Crosslisted as FCE & WMS 458. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 459 Adolescent Development and Learning (B)
This course will explore social, cultural, and developmental perspectives on adolescence and youth. It will provide students with theoretical resources for understanding adolescence and approaches to analyze young people's experiences and positions in multiple contexts. We will unpack the common conceptions of this state of human development within both research and public contexts. We will also explore youth cultures and the ways that youth use, transform, and are represented in popular culture and contemporary media. Lastly, students will use their understandings developed in this course to construct a classroom management plan and rationale. Course requires a minimum grade of "C" for major/minor/certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 460 Childhood Development and Learning (B)
This course will explore social, cultural, and physical developmental perspectives on pre- adolescent youth. It will provide students with theoretical resources for understanding childhood and approaches to analyze young people's experiences and positions in multiple contexts. We will unpack the common conceptions of this stage of human development within both research and public contexts. Lastly, students will use their understandings developed in this course to construct a conceptual unit. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of a C (undergraduate sections) or a B- (graduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) Swing Course EDI560. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 461 Childhood Inclusive Classroom Management (B)
Provides participants with an understanding and application of recent theoretical models employed in the practice of managing learning environments of students with disabilities in a variety of classroom settings. This includes a focus on the theoretical foundations of classroom management. Inclusive topics such as the effects of classroom environment on student behavior and the development of positive, problem-solving strategies, such as conflict resolution skills and strategies for keeping students engaged are reviewed. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C†(undergraduate sections) Swing course EDI 561. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: EDI 413.]
EDI 462 Inquiry to Learning (B)
[Must be in Childhood Education Majors] Explores current theories of learning with a particular attention to social constructivism in childhood education. Also explores how students and others learn and examines the implication for inquiry-based learning experiences. Ties how one learns to how we teach and assess understanding in inclusive settings. Attention is given to meeting the diverse needs of all learners. Includes a 50-hour field component in which students explore professional standards, ethics, and dispositions in meeting the needs of all learners. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections) 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Corequisite: PRO 434.]
EDI 463 Seminar in Childhood Inclusive Education (B)
The course is weekly, small-group student teaching seminar that provides opportunities to develop teaching skills with students who have diverse learning needs, including students who have been identified for special education support (IEPs). The student teaching seminar provides support and encouragement for the teacher candidate through meetings with other teacher candidates, the college supervisor(s), and resource personnel. Teacher candidates are expected to consider the connections between theory and practice, to share new knowledge about teaching skills and the profession, and to reflect upon their teaching experiences in terms of evaluation of self and future goals." 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Corequisite: PRO 437.]
EDI 464 Seminar in Adolescence Inclusive Education (B)
The course is a weekly, small-group student teaching seminar that provides opportunities to develop teaching sills with students who have diverse learning needs, including students who have been identified for special education support (IEPs). The student teaching seminar provides support and encouragement for the teacher candidate through meetings with other teacher candidates, the college supervisor(s), and resource personnel. Teacher candidates are expected to consider the connections between theory and practice, to share new knowledge about teaching skills and the profession, and to reflect upon their teaching experiences in terms of evaluation of self and future goals. Teacher candidates will also have opportunities to develop their edTPA portfolios. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Co-requisite: PRO 433.]
EDI 465 Methods of Teaching Secondary English (B)
Focuses on inclusive teaching strategies, lesson planning, instruction and assessment in English content areas. Emphasizes secondary curriculum content; New York State English Language Arts standards; technological applications that apply to teaching and learning. Requires teacher candidates to become reflective practitioners, develop personal portfolios and become familiar with research in the field. Includes 50 hours of field experience in a high school inclusion classroom. Spring semester. NYSED requires a minimum course grade B- (graduate sections) for certification. Swing Course EDI565. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Co-requisite: PRO431.]
EDI 466 Teaching Mathematics Inclusively (B)
Focuses on inclusive teaching strategies, lesson planning, instruction and assessment in mathematics content areas. Emphasizes secondary curriculum content; New York State MST standards; technological applications that apply to teaching and learning. Requires teacher candidates to become reflective practitioners, develop personal portfolios and become familiar with research in the field. Includes 50 hours of field experience in a high school inclusion classroom. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections) or “B- (graduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) Swing Course EDI566. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Co-requisite: PRO431.]
EDI 467 Teaching Science Inclusively (B)
Focuses on inclusive teaching strategies, lesson planning, instruction and assessment in science content areas. Emphasizes secondary curriculum content; New York State MST technological applications that apply to teaching and learning. Requires teacher candidates to become reflective practitioners, develop personal portfolios and become familiar with research in the field. Includes 50 hours of field experience in a high school inclusion classroom. Spring semester. NYSED requires a minimum course grade B- (graduate sections) for certification. Swing Course EDI567. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Co-requisite: PRO431.]
EDI 468 Teaching Social Studies Inclusively (B)
Focuses on inclusive teaching strategies, lesson planning, instruction and assessment in social studies content areas. Emphasizes secondary curriculum content; New York State social studies standards; technological applications that apply to teaching and learning. Requires teacher candidates to become reflective practitioners, develop personal portfolios and become familiar with research in the field. Includes 50 hours of field experience in a high school inclusion classroom. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C†(undergraduate sections) or “B- (graduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) Swing Course EDI568. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Corequisite: PRO 431.]
EDI 469 Methods in Teaching Foreign Language Inclusively (B)
Focuses on inclusive teaching strategies, lesson planning, instruction and assessment in foreign language content areas. Emphasizes secondary curriculum content; New York State second language standards; technological applications that apply to teaching and learning. Requires teacher candidates to become reflective practitioners, develop personal portfolios and become familiar with research in the field. Includes 50 hours of field experience in a high school inclusion classroom. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections) or “B- (graduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification)" 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Corequisite: PRO431.]
EDI 470 Methods for Supporting English Language and Multilingual Learners in the Early Childhood Classroom (B)
Provides an overview of second language acquisition theories as well as social, emotional, and cultural implications for ELLs and emergent bilinguals. Focus is on early childhood settings. Discusses ways all teachers can support ELLs in their classrooms and other settings. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections) 3 Cr.
EDI 471 Supporting English Lang & Multilingual Learners in the Clssr (B)
This course is for in-service teachers and pre-service teacher candidates, as well as for practitioners in other areas, who work with English language learners (Ells) and culturally and linguistically diverse students in any capacity, especially in school settings. In order to support Ells, this course will provide an overview of second language acquisition theories as well as social, emotional, and cultural implications for Ells and emergent bilinguals. The course will delve into ways all teachers can support Ells in their classrooms by not only engaging in co-teaching and co-planning with teachers of Ells, but by modifying their own teaching and materials to support Ells as they acquire not only content area knowledge but academic language necessary to build that knowledge and also demonstrate it. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of a C (undergraduate sections) or a B- (graduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification). 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: EDI 414 or EDI 445 or EDI 465.]
EDI 475 Practicum and Seminar in Adolescence Inclusive Generalist Ed (B)
Adolescence Inclusive Phase I, II and III courses. A full-time supervised teaching experience and seminar in inclusive middle level and adolescence classrooms and settings. The semester is divided into two placements; one in grades 5 - 8, the other in grades 9-12. This is the final course taken in the Inclusive Adolescence Certification Program. Swing course EDI575. 6-13 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 481 Technology for Learning (B)
This course explores information technologies, tools for communication, and course delivery systems. Examines the technical features and characteristics of technology and the implications of integrating technology into learning contexts. Provides a foundation for technological troubleshooting of tools that will be used throughout the program in the field. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “B- (graduate sections) for certification. Swing course EDI 481. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 482 Integrated Early Childhood Curriculum I (B)
Candidates will explore strategies for supporting the learning and growth of all young children across developmental domains and curricular areas, birth through grade two. Emphasis will be on birth through pre-kindergarten. Topics to be explored include creating integrated, inquiry-based, anti-bias curricula and learning environments; understanding children’s thinking and development; strategies for assessment; and meaningful integration of technology across the curriculum. Extensive field experiences with infants/toddlers and/or preschool children are an integral part of this course. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections). 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Co-Requisite: PRO 435.]
EDI 483 Integrated Early Childhood Curriculum II (B)
A continuation of Integrated Early Childhood Curriculum I. Candidates will continue to explore and refine their understanding of strategies for supporting the learning and growth of all young children across developmental domains and curricular areas. Topics to be explored in greater depth include creating integrated, inquiry-based, anti-bias curricula and learning environments; understanding children’s mathematical, scientific, social, and artistic thinking and development; strategies for assessment; and meaningful integration of technology across the curriculum. Extensive field experiences with children in Kindergarten and/or 1st or 2nd grades are an integral part of this course. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections)" 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) ["Pre-requisite: EDI 482.]
EDI 486 Early Childhood Seminar: Sociocultural Diversity/Working with Families and Communities (B)
Explores how individuals, families, communities, and institutions are socioculturally situated. Examines family systems and processes, as well as ways of equitably and meaningfully working with diverse families and community members. Also examines possible causes, indicators, and outcomes of child abuse and neglect, including the role of educators in identifying and reporting suspected abuse and neglect. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections) 3 Cr.
EDI 487 Supporting Young Children's Language and Literacy Learning (B)
Continuation of EDI 407 Emergent Language and Literacy. Candidates will expand their understanding of language and literacy processes. They will develop increasingly sophisticated understanding of and skill in implementing a range of strategies for supporting the language and literacy learning of diverse learners birth through grade 2 Candidates will engage in continued inquiry into a range of assessment strategies, and develop skill in linking assessment and instruction. Candidates will examine strategies for integrating language and literacy across all curricular areas, as well as creating learning environments that support children's language and literacy learning. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections)" 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Pre-requisite: EDI 407.]
EDI 488 Seminar in Early Childhood Inclusive Education (B)
The course is a weekly, small-group student teaching seminar that provides opportunities to develop teaching skills with students who have diverse learning needs, including students who have been identified for special education support (IEPs). The student teaching seminar provides support and encouragement for the teacher candidate through meetings with other teacher candidates, the college supervisor(s), and resource personnel. Teacher candidates are expected to consider the connections between theory and practice, to share new knowledge about teaching skills and the profession, and to reflect upon their teaching experiences in terms of evaluation of self and future goals. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Co-requisite: PRO 438: Practicum in Early Childhood Inclusive Education.]
EDI 490 Topics of Instruction (B)
Meets the needs of intact groups of clients at the upper-division undergraduate level. Transcript title, content, bibliography and assessment procedures vary with the predetermined needs and interests of the group of clients served. 1-3 Cr.
EDI 499 Independent Study (B)
To be defined in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-15 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 508 Differentiating Instruction for Diverse Learners (B)
Introduces students to the philosophy of differentiation through a review of the literature and examples of real world applications. The course modules will take an in-depth look at the many sub-components of differentiation, including learning environment, data driven differentiation, tiering instruction, flexible grouping, and differentiated instructional strategies. Students will apply their learning in each module by developing artifacts for use in real world environment. Minimum grade B-. students will create a new classroom assessment plan that will aid in gathering student data to better differentiate instruction. This activity will focus on gathering learning profile data which is the type of data often forgotten about when conducting pre-assessments and classroom surveys. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 509 Teaching Students with Special Needs Across the Curriculum (B)
Understanding categories of disabilities, identifying students with diverse needs and providing effective individualized instruction are an integral part of this course. Laws, regulations and processes in special education, issues of family/professional partnerships, learner-centered constructivism, collaboration and consultation skills, and community building, and topics of a philosophy of inclusion, effective teacher performance in terms of addressing student and classroom management will be examined. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
EDI 513 Introduction to Special Education (B)
Introduces teacher candidates to the characteristics of students with exceptionalities according to state and national standards and laws, and includes consideration of students at the childhood, middle childhood, and adolescence levels. Identification of students with diverse needs is an integral part of this course. Issues of diversity will be explored across race, culture, language, gender, religion, disability and socioeconomic status. An introduction will be required into issues of family/professional partnerships, learner-centered constructivism, collaboration and consultation skills, and community building. Addresses the philosophy of inclusion and collaboration for all students, effective teacher performance, and special education law for educators. Swing course EDI 413 NYSED requires a minimum course grade of B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 514 Methods in Special Education (B)
Teacher candidates will learn to develop a positive and supportive learning environment for all students, including students at the childhood, middle childhood, and adolescence levels. Teacher candidates will also learn to select, modify and evaluate inclusive curricular materials and instructional techniques for individuals and groups of learners with disabilities taking into account the learner's abilities, learning rates and styles of learning. They will develop and apply instructional techniques for use in the inclusive classroom with individuals with disabilities, including the use of assistive technology services and devices. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of B- (graduate sections) for certification. Swing course EDI 414. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: EDI 513 Emphasizes serving students with a variety of needs in the inclusion classroom setting.]
EDI 517 Instructional Design Theories (A)
This course introduces students to the history of instructional design and addresses current trends in the field.1bis course seeks to provide students with a concrete definition of instructional design, provide students with an introduction to theories, and explore instructional processes. students learn about basic instructional principles and concepts and how these ideas arc applied in a variety of learning spaces and design contexts and how these implementations are guided by external contexts and theory. Course requires minimum grade of B for General Education/major/minor/certification 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 518 Language, Literacy, and the Learner (B)
Expands understanding of language and literacy processes. Develops increasingly sophisticated understanding and skill in implementing strategies for supporting the language and literacy learning of diverse learners. Continued inquiry into a range of assessment strategies linking assessment and instruction. Examines integration of language and literacy across all curricular areas; creates environments that support children's language and literacy learning. Includes a 50-hour field component. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of B- (graduate sections) for certification. Swing course EDI 418. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 519 Assessment for Special Education (B)
Prepares teacher candidates with the skills, theory, practice and knowledge to engage in quality assessment of special education students with disabilities, including students at the childhood, middle childhood, and adolescence levels. Examines principles and criteria of evaluative and diagnostic techniques, norm referenced testing, criteria/referenced testing, and informal teacher-made tests. Explores the use and understanding of standardized tests and test scores in statewide assessments; necessary skills in the practical application of classroom assessment for special education students. Swing course EDI 419. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: EDI 513.]
EDI 520 Childhood Education for Language Teachers (B)
Explores the nature and development of the childhood curriculum including cognitive, affective, psychomotor, and linguistic development. Focuses on the theory, teaching methodology, classroom management, and development of appropriate foreign language materials at the childhood level. Designed for foreign language teacher candidates certified for grades 7-12 who wish to extend their certification to teach a language in grades 1-6. 3 Cr.
EDI 521 Teaching and Assessing English Language Learners (B)
Explores the social, emotional, cognitive and cultural implications of being bilingual or an English learner in classrooms. Examines culturally responsive teaching. Embeds literacy instruction and considers disabilities related to language development. Examines educational/assistive technology. Explores teaching and assessment of native or heritage language and English language arts according to Common Core Learning Standards. Relates theoretical knowledge to observation in bilingual/ESL settings. Crosslisted with EDI 421. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of C (undergraduate sections) or B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: EDI 628.]
EDI 522 Learning Experience Design (B)
Students will learn the theories and applications pertaining to Learning Experience Design (LXD) in education, using the framework of Human Centered Design. As part of this course students will engage with users and learning environments locally, nationally and/or globally. They will research and apply a blend of learner preferences, learning sciences and technology to design and develop learning experience prototypes that are cognitively usable and useful. The course requires a minimum of B. 3 Cr.
EDI 523 Diverse Learners in Social Studies (B)
Fosters a teacher candidate's ability to appropriately design and deliver elements of social studies instruction in grades 1 through 6. Includes implementing social studies lessons for diverse learning needs, integrating technology and other content areas, and developing meaningful assessments. Addresses New York State Learning Standards and Social Studies Core Curriculum, and the Ten Thematic Strands from the National Council for the Social Studies. All EDI 524 graduate students will be required to complete one additional assignment. Graduate students will make a proposal to the course instructor and meet with the course instructor to discuss planning and progress over the course of the semester. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of B- (graduate sections) for certification. Swing course EDI 423. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 524 Diverse Learners in Mathematics (B)
Allows teacher candidates to apply appropriate elements of instruction of mathematics in inclusive grades 1 through 6. Includes implementing problem-based mathematics lessons for diverse learning needs, integrating technology and other content areas, developing a range of meaningful assessments and addressing state and national learning standards in mathematics. In addition. teacher candidates will increase their content knowledge. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “B- (graduate sections) for certification. All EDI 524 graduate students will be required to complete one additional assignment. Graduate students will make a proposal to the course instructor and meet with the course instructor to discuss planning and progress over the course of the semester. Swing course EDI 424. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 525 Diverse Learners in Science (B)
Allows teacher candidates to apply appropriate elements of instruction of science in grades 1 through 6. Includes implementing inquiry-based science lessons for diverse learning needs, integrating technology and other content areas, connecting to families through science, developing a range of meaningful assessments and addressing state and national learning standards in science. In addition, teacher candidates will increase their content knowledge in science. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “B- (graduate sections) for certification. Swing course EDI 425. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 530 Education and Society (B)
Focuses on social, cultural, historical, and philosophical foundations of education; changing roles of teachers within contexts of contemporary schools; and other programs serving children. Considers contexts for students at the early childhood, childhood, middle childhood, and adolescence levels, including students with disabilities and multilingual learners. The course will also explore the idea that education reflects the wider society in which we live. Swing Course EDI430. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 531 Teaching Literacy in Middle & High School Content Areas I (B)
Focuses on the notion that reading and listening for meaning are critical to thinking about and learning content knowledge in all disciplines of study in the middle and high schools. Stresses the development of these language skills in early and later adolescence and examines the individual differences among learners and multiple approaches and strategies that may be used to improve students' thinking and learning. Requires an analysis of reading and listening skills and abilities essential to successful learning in the disciplines that are taught in the middle and high schools. Identifies the successful strategies teachers and others have used to be effective readers and listeners and uses these as bridges to the construction of instructional units that improve performance. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of C (undergraduate sections) or B- (graduate sections) for certification. Swing Course EDI431. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 532 Teaching Literacy in Mid/High School Content Area II (B)
Builds on students' study in EDI 431. This is the application level of literacy instruction, emphasizing effective teaching methods. This course explores the notion that reading, writing, and speaking are fundamental to thinking about and learning content knowledge in all disciplines of study. Students use written and verbal presentations to explore thinking processes, and to take skills and theory from EDI 431 and translate them into teaching practice. Learners will achieve an understanding of the kinds of experiences that help students make meaning from text, write and speak with an authentic voice, and produce writing and verbal presentations of consequence. Students will design and deliver literacy lessons, integrate literacy lessons into their specific content, integrate technology into literacy lessons, engage learners through multiple research based methods, and further their understanding of an inclusive environment to promote literacy development. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of C (undergraduate sections) or B- (graduate sections) for certification. Swing Course EDi432. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: 531.]
EDI 536 Gender and Sexuality Topics in K-12 Education (AW)
Focuses on the topics of gender and sexuality in schools K-12. Identifies and examines the ways in which gender roles and sexuality are reinforced in schools and studies the ways in which race and class interact with gender and sexuality to influence the schooling experience. Presents ways in which teachers and other educators can promote an equitable educational experience for all students. Swing Course EDI436. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 537 Latinx Heritage and Cultures in Education (B)
This interdisciplinary course examines the racial, ethnic, cultural, gender, and intersectional nuances of the diasporic populations from Latin America and the Caribbean in schooling and education. Students will engage in discussing key concepts surrounding these communities such as identity, multilingualism, immigration, cultural differences, perspectives on gender, indigenous heritages, and other opportunities and challenges as they pertain to education. Through the use of literature, case studies, media exploration, and biographical stories, students will reflect and analyze historical and current issues and design ways to properly represent and advocate for these communities in education. Graduate students will engage in an additional project that will assess their research skills and deepen their understanding of the content. They will also be held accountable to produce quality of work commensurate to their academic level. cross listed with AAS & WMS 537 swing courses EDI AAS WMS 437 3 Cr. (Fall.)
EDI 539 Pedagogical Mathematics Knowledge for Teachers I (A)
The focus of this course is on developing pedagogical content knowledge promoting conceptual understanding, procedural fluency, and problem solving skills in early number concepts, base ten, whole numbers, integers, rational numbers and their operations, fractions, ratios and proportions. This course employs on a social constructivist approach, focusing on mathematical practices, and explores content from an advanced perspective, including how children develop concepts, mathematical strategies, and misconceptions. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “B- (graduate sections) for certification. Pedagogical Content Knowledge Portfolio (Part 11): For graduate students only; this will include a collection of articles that address pedagogical content knowledge for a topic of choice, with a focus on strategies, mistakes and misconceptions, and will address mathematical reasoning, conceptual understanding, and procedural fluency. Swing course EDI 439. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 542 Pedagogical Mathematics Knowledge for Teachers II (A)
The focus of this course is on developing pedagogical content knowledge promoting conceptual understanding, procedural fluency, and problem solving skills in various aspects of algebra, geometry, including area, volume, coordinate and transformational geometry, probability, statistics, and the instructional use of calculators and computers. This course employs on a social constructivist approach, focusing on mathematical practices, and explores content from an advanced perspective, including how children develop concepts, mathematical strategies, and misconceptions. Pedagogical Content Knowledge Portfolio (Part II): For graduate students only; this will include a collection of articles that address pedagogical content knowledge for a topic of choice, with a focus on strategies, mistakes and misconceptions, and will address mathematical reasoning, conceptual understanding, and procedural fluency. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “B- (graduate sections) for certification. swing course EDI 442. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 544 eLearning Design (B)
Students will learn about the multiple facets of eLearning environments and fundamentals of designing online courses, including designing online versions of face-to-face courses/components. Swing course EDI544. Course requires a minimum grade of B- (for Major/Minor/Certification) NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections) or “B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 545 Inclusive Middle Level Teaching in English (B)
Introduces students to the methods and strategies involved in inclusive middle level English teaching. Explores the nature of teaching, instructional planning, designing unit and lesson plans, interdisciplinary approaches, assessment, and teaching portfolios. Includes practice teaching and reflection. Focuses on ability to work collaboratively as team members of teams clarify goals and construction of an educational philosophy. Requires 50 hours of field experience in a middle level inclusion classroom. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of C (undergraduate sections) or B- (graduate sections) for certification. Swing Course EDI445. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 546 Inclusive Middle Level Teaching in Mathematics (B)
Introduces students to the methods and strategies involved in inclusive middle level Mathematics teaching. Explores the nature of teaching, instructional planning, designing unit and lesson plans, interdisciplinary approaches, assessment, and teaching portfolios. Includes practice teaching and reflection. Focuses on ability to work collaboratively as team members of teams clarify goals and construction of an educational philosophy. Requires 50 hours of field experience in a middle level inclusion classroom. Every semester. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of C (undergraduate sections) or B- (graduate sections) for certification. Swing Course EDI446. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 547 Inclusive Middle Level Teaching in Science (B)
Introduces students to the methods and strategies involved in inclusive middle level Science teaching. Explores the nature of teaching, instructional planning, designing unit and lesson plans, interdisciplinary approaches, assessment, and teaching portfolios. Includes practice teaching and reflection. Focuses on ability to work collaboratively as team members of teams clarify goals and construction of an educational philosophy. Requires 50 hours of field experience in a middle level inclusion classroom. Fall semester. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of C (undergraduate sections) or B- (graduate sections) for certification. Swing Course EDI 447. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 548 Frameworks for Teaching Social Studies (B)
Introduces teacher candidates to the methods and strategies involved in the teaching of middle and high school social studies. Begins the teacher candidates' exploration of the nature of teaching, instructional planning, designing unit and lesson plans, interdisciplinary approaches, assessment, and teaching portfolios. Requires teacher candidates to practice teaching lessons they have designed and be reflective about their own and others' lessons. Focuses on teacher candidates' ability to work collaboratively as members of teams. Provides opportunities for teacher candidates to clarify their goals in pursuit of a teaching career and requires them to construct a personal statement of educational philosophy. Requires 50 hours of field experience in a middle level inclusion classroom. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of C (undergraduate sections) or B- (graduate sections) for certification. Swing Course EDI 448. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: Adolescence Inclusive Program admission.]
EDI 550 Disability Studies in Education (A)
This course provides an introduction to Disability Studies in Education and is appropriate for anyone who will be working with humans in any educational field of study. Students will learn about the social construction of disability through a study of the history and culture of disability in mutiple contexts. Disability as a social and interesectional identity is explored through first-person narratives and reflective journaling. (Graduate Assignment) Students will do a presentation for 20 minutes in length to the class with an annotated bibliography of 10 peer-reviewed articles used to develop the project. Swing Course EDI450. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 554 Accessible Design Basics (B)
Students will learn the legal and technological aspects of accessible design. As part of this course students will research and apply a blend of accessible design best practices to designs for online and onsite learning environments and evaluate learning materials using a legal compliance lens. The course is useful for those engaged in teaching and course designing for online and face to face settings. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of B- (graduate sections) for certification. Swing course is EDI454. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 556 Literacies in the Digital Age (B)
Explores research and theory regarding the relationship between literacy practices and technology. Investigates broader frames of literacy (i.e., new literacies, multiliteracies, and digital literacies) and questions how technologies shape literacy practices in educational spaces. Emphasizes the analysis and evaluation of emerging literacies, the technological frameworks in education, different uses of technology, and the effects of technology on pedagogies in classroom spaces. 3 Cr.
EDI 557 Digital Pedagogies (B)
Applies pedagogical digital competencies to the creation of a portfolio that focuses on effective digital pedagogies in classroom spaces. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: EDI 517 & 581.]
EDI 558 Women and Education in the Arab World (A)
Examines the persistent cultural and socioeconomic barriers to women’s education in the Arab World. Investigates how women’s education is influenced by religion, culture, family, teachers and costs, not only in relation to the decision of going to school but also to their education path. Contemporary concerns in education such as equity in schools, in higher education, and in the job market are also addressed. 3 Cr.
EDI 560 Childhood Development and Learning (B)
This course will explore social, cultural, and physical developmental perspectives on pre- adolescent youth. It will provide students with theoretical resources for understanding childhood and approaches to analyze young people's experiences and positions in multiple contexts. We will unpack the common conceptions of this stage of human development within both research and public contexts. Lastly, students will use their understandings developed in this course to construct a conceptual unit. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of B- (graduate sections) for certification Swing Course EDI460. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 561 Childhood Inclusive Classroom Management (B)
Provides participants with an understanding and application of recent theoretical models employed in the practice of managing learning environments of students with disabilities in a variety of classroom settings. This includes a focus on the theoretical foundations of classroom management. Inclusive topics such as the effects of classroom environment on student behavior and the development of positive, problem-solving strategies, such as conflict resolution skills and strategies for keeping students engaged are reviewed. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of a B- for certification. Swing course EDI 461. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 565 Teaching English Inclusively (B)
Focuses on inclusive teaching strategies, lesson planning, instruction and assessment in English content areas. Emphasizes secondary curriculum content; New York State English Language Arts standards; technological applications that apply to teaching and learning. Requires teacher candidates to become reflective practitioners, develop personal portfolios and become familiar with research in the field. Includes 50 hours of field experience in a high school inclusion classroom. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C†(undergraduate sections) or “B- (graduate sections) for certification. Swing Course EDI465. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 566 Teaching Mathematics Inclusively (B)
Focuses on inclusive teaching strategies, lesson planning, instruction and assessment in mathematics content areas. Emphasizes secondary curriculum content; New York State MST standards; technological applications that apply to teaching and learning. Requires teacher candidates to become reflective practitioners, develop personal portfolios and become familiar with research in the field. Includes 50 hours of field experience in a high school inclusion classroom. Swing Course EDI466. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of a B- for certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 567 Teaching Science Inclusively (B)
Focuses on inclusive teaching strategies, lesson planning, instruction and assessment in science content areas. Emphasizes secondary curriculum content; New York State MST technological applications that apply to teaching and learning. Requires teacher candidates to become reflective practitioners, develop personal portfolios and become familiar with research in the field. Includes 50 hours of field experience in a high school inclusion classroom. Swing Course EDI467 NYSED requires a minimum course grade of a B- for certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 568 Teaching Social Studies Inclusively (B)
Focuses on inclusive teaching strategies, lesson planning, instruction and assessment in social studies content areas. Emphasizes secondary curriculum content; New York State social studies standards; technological applications that apply to teaching and learning. Requires teacher candidates to become reflective practitioners, develop personal portfolios and become familiar with research in the field. Includes 50 hours of field experience in a high school inclusion classroom. Swing course EDI468. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of a B- for certification. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite Adolescence Inclusive Program admission & EDI548.]
EDI 575 Practicum and Seminar in Inclusive Adolescence Education (B)
A full-time supervised teaching experience in a high school or middle school setting, grades 7-12. Candidates obtain experience with students in their content area of certification and students with disabilities over a full-semester placement while they gain knowledge in all aspects of teaching including planning, delivery, and assessment of student learning. A weekly student teaching seminar provides support and encouragement for teacher candidates through meetings with peers, college supervisor(s) and resource personnel as well as support for the edTPA. Swing Course EDI475. 9-13 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 581 Technology for Learning (B)
This course explores information technologies, tools for communication, and course delivery systems. Examines the technical features and characteristics of technology and the implications of integrating technology into learning contexts. Provides a foundation for technological troubleshooting of tools that will be used throughout the program in the field. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of B- (graduate sections) for certification. Swing course EDI 481. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 590 Topics of Instruction (B)
Meets the needs of intact groups of clients. Transcript title, content, bibliography and assessment procedures vary in accordance with the predetermined needs and interests of the group of clients served. 1-6 Cr.
EDI 601 Diversity in Education (A)
Engages students in critical examination, grounded in historical, philosophical, theoretical and legal frameworks, of issues of diversity, including race, ethnicity, language, culture, class, disability, gender, sexual orientation, ability and religion as applied to education in a pluralistic democracy. Exploration of identity construction, family systems, power, privilege, oppression, and implications for our work as teachers, and for children's and family experiences within a variety of inclusive educational settings. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 603 Educational Assessment and Evaluation (B)
Provides an overview of the theory and practice of assessment. Emphasizes assessment and evaluation practices consistent with appropriate standards. Methods include performance assessments, instructional rubrics, portfolios and exhibitions, and objectively-scored tests. Includes assessments used for improving performance, design, and instructional practices. Course requires a minimum grade of "B-" for major/minor/certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 610 Children with Behavioral Problems (A)
Provides a comprehensive study of the use of learning principles in the comprehensive assessment and treatment of problem behavior displayed by children both with and without developmental and intellectual disabilities (e.g. emotional disturbances, ADHD, Autism, Down syndrome). Additionally, the course content includes a review of current New York State Education Department policy related to the assessment and treatment of problem behavior for all children both with and without intellectual and developmental disabilities. Finally, the role of the general education and special education teacher in these assessments and intervention will be provided. 3 Cr.
EDI 612 Bilingual Methods of Teaching Content (B)
Provides practical experience in planning, developing materials, and instructing in the childhood or adolescence content area of the student's certificate. Examines the relationship between language acquisition and learning content areas. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
EDI 616 Project Management (B)
Project management is a highly desirable skillset, which can be applied across multiple disciplines and job prospects. Instructional design projects are inherently different from regular academic and corporate projects, which is why managing ID projects requires a special set of skills. In this course students will learn the tenets of project management across multiple situations and fields, including instructional design. Course requires a minimum grade of "B-" (for Major/Minor/Certification) 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 617 Advanced Methods in Teaching Adolescence Science (B)
Explores the methods, materials and techniques for the teaching of adolescence science. Includes topics such as the psychological aspects of teaching and learning, systematic classroom management and effective instruction. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
EDI 620 Learning Theories for Instructional Designers (A)
Explores current theories of learning. Also explores how students and others learn and examines the implications for instructional design. Ties how one learns how to teach and assess understanding. Course requires a minimum grade of "B" for major/ minor/ certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 621 Applications of Instructional Design (B)
In this course, students will display instructional design competencies and then apply those competencies to instructional design models and processes .This course advances knowledge gained in earlier coursework to gain experience that translates to external contexts. Course requires minimum grade of B for General Education/major/minor/certification. Course requires minimum grade of B for General Education/major/minor/certification." 3 Cr. (Spring.) ["Prerequisites: EDI 517.]
EDI 622 Advanced Adolescence Curriculum: Mathematics (A)
Provides a study of mathematics curriculum with emphasis on development, content and implementation of new programs. Provides students with a deeper understanding of the math they teach and barriers to learning. Expects students to formulate their own action research question for possible use with their project/thesis and develop a literature review for the question, including an evaluation of the research they are reading. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
EDI 623 Reading Research in Adolescence Science (B)
Examines current and relevant research in science education. Analyzes methods, procedures, implications, and applications for research-based science teaching. Requires the ability to gain access to, and express knowledge of, multiple thematic areas of science education research and delve into and develop expertise in one or more self-selected thematic area(s). NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (for undergraduate sections). or “B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
EDI 628 Meth & Mat for the Inclusive Early Childhd & Chldhd Clssrm (B)
Prepares teachers in bilingual or TESOL programs who wish to achieve pedagogical competency in the teaching of English as a second language. 25-hour field experience. Swing course with EDI 422. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 632 Graduate Childhood Foundations (B)
Explores current theories of learning with a particular attention to social constructivism in childhood education. Also explores how students and others learn and examines the implication for inquiry-based learning experiences. Ties how one learns to how we teach and assess understanding in inclusive settings. Explores the social, cultural, historical, and philosophical foundations of inclusive education; the changing roles of teachers within contexts of contemporary schools; and other programs serving diverse children. Includes a 50-hour field component in which students explore professional standards, ethics, and dispositions in meeting the needs of all learners. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 634 Teaching Reading to Children with Diverse Needs (A)
Explores learning, cultural, language and behavioral challenges for students with diverse needs, including students with disabilities and English Language Learners, through readings, videos, and discussions. Examines research-informed techniques for supporting the literacy development of students with various learning differences and how these relate to “best practice” instruction for all students. Develops the practitioner’s observational and reflective techniques to promote responsive teaching and differentiated instruction. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (for undergraduate sections). or “B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 641 Theories and Trends in Bilingual/Multicultural Education (A)
Provides advanced study and research in bilingual/multicultural education. Focuses on philosophy, theoretical foundations, principles, and current trends. Identifies historical and political foundations in the US and roles federal and state governments have played. Investigates the role of advocacy and empowerment on local, state, and national scales for parents, teachers, and children enrolled in bilingual/multicultural programs. Investigates various types of bilingual programs and English-only movements. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
EDI 645 Research in Literacy Education (B)
Designed to assist students in understanding current research in literacy education and the connections between research and practice. Through this course, students will learn to examine critically various types of research, apply findings of research to classroom contexts, synthesize research findings, write literature reviews, and lead discussions about various topics in the field of literacy. Students will consider qualitative and quantitative methodologies, and formulate an inquiry question and the research methodology for their EDI 736 capstone project. Students will register for the section of EDI 736 taught by their EDI 645 instructor the semester following EDI 645. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections) or “B- (graduate sections) for certification. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: 9 completed credits.]
EDI 647 Teaching Adolescence Reading, Writing, and Literature ()
Examines secondary student reading needs; provides a survey of methods, materials and assessments for reading instruction. Uses the writing workshop model to enhance writing skills, teaching of composition. Provides a survey of major theories of literary interpretation and develops methods for reading and responding to literature. Emphasizes contemporary language arts curriculum content, NYS Education Standards and assessments and technological applications related to teaching secondary English. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
EDI 655 Practicum in TESOL (B)
A field-based, supervised experience in planning, testing, developing materials and providing instruction to English Language learners in an ESOL setting. The practicum is for six weeks in either a childhood or adolescence setting. Candidates will complete the practicum in the opposite area (Childhood or Adolescence) of their initial certification. Students are responsible for securing their own placements with an English to Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) certified teacher in a school or related setting. The experience is supervised by a School Based Teacher Educator and a college instructor who interacts with the students via video and online conferencing. Students have the opportunity to share experiences and reflect on their progress during the online and video sessions. The practicum provides candidates with experiences with English language Learners in a variety of communities, and across student developmental levels. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: EDI521 and EDI628.]
EDI 661 Research in Linguistics and Second Language Acquisition (A)
Through the in-depth analysis and later creation of research studies, the course centers on a contrastive analysis of the language components of English and Spanish; phonetics and phonology, morphology, syntax, lexicon, and semantics. Examines sociolinguistic and psycholinguistic perspectives related to the role of language in culture, identity, and learning. Explores language acquisition theories and their application to bilingualism and the teaching of English to speakers of other languages. Writing intensive and creation of extended research studies. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
EDI 665 Classroom Management (B)
Provides participants with an understanding and application of some of the most recent theoretical models employed in the practice of classroom management. Emphasizes problem-solving techniques. Allows participants to explore the role of the teacher as the manager of the classroom environment, the students and the curriculum. Emphasizes the design of a comprehensive classroom management plan. 3 Cr.
EDI 670 Issues in Social Studies Education (B)
Assesses current scholarship in history, anthropology and other social science disciplines in order to analyze a variety of perspectives on historical topics. Begins the first phase of the research and writing that forms the basis of the capstone project. Requires completion of literature review in the student's chosen area. Uses field experiences, workshops with authorities in their fields, and classroom discussion. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
EDI 671 Supporting English Lang & Multilingual Learners in the Clssr (B)
This course is for in-service teachers and pre-service teacher candidates, as well as for practitioners in other areas, who work with English language learners (Ells) and culturally and linguistically diverse students in any capacity, especially in school settings. In order to support Ells, this course will provide an overview of second language acquisition theories as well as social, emotional, and cultural implications for Ells and emergent bilinguals. The course will delve into ways all teachers can support Ells in their classrooms by not only engaging in co-teaching and co-planning with teachers of Ells, but by modifying their own teaching and materials to support Ells as they acquire not only content area knowledge but academic language necessary to build that knowledge and also demonstrate it. Graduate students will be responsible for additional assignments including, but not limited to, discussion leading, creating a lesson plan with assessment and book review and sharing. In order to support Ells, this course will provide an overview of second language acquisition theories as well as social, emotional, and cultural implications for Ells and emergent bilinguals. The course will delve into ways all teachers can support Ells in their classrooms by not only engaging in co-teaching and co-planning with teachers of Ells, but by modifying their own teaching and materials to support Ells as they acquire not only content area knowledge but academic language necessary to build that knowledge and also demonstrate it. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of a B- for certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 674 Applied Social Studies Seminar (B)
This course addresses specific topics of interest in social studies education. Uses workshops with experts in their fields and classroom discussions. Designed to coordinate with the second phase of capstone research. Supports original, individual research in keeping with the types of experiences, readings and workshops conducted during the class. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (for undergraduate sections). or “B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
EDI 678 Issues in English Education (B)
Examines contemporary instructional, curricular and assessment issues. Combines theory and practice in a manner designed to lead students toward formulating their culminating master's capstone projects. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (for undergraduate sections). or “B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
EDI 686 Issues in Adolescence Mathematics Education (A)
Masters candidates will discuss issues and trends in math, science, and technology education and its impact on classroom practice. They will apply research-based math education methods and curricular topics and implement an extensive action research project. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: EDI622.]
EDI 687 Literacy, Literature, & Imagination (A)
Explores the relationship between play, imagination and literacy- engaging students in transactions with socially situated and multimodal texts. 3 Cr. (Summer.)
EDI 690 Topics of Instruction (A)
Topic varies. May be repeated with instructor's permission. 1-3 Cr.
EDI 695 Common Core and ELA: Reform or Revolution? (A)
Examines multiple issues and perspectives related to the introduction of The Common Core State Standards (CCSS), focusing specifically on the English Language Arts Standards. Participants will have an opportunity to study the origins of the CCSS as well as the range of conversations leading up to their anticipated adoption and implementation in the 2014-1015 school year. This is not a “methods course” in terms of examining specific ELA methods and materials, but it is an assessment of what national, state, and local educators and business leaders are expecting the ELA Standards to do and the impact they are likely to have on the many dimensions of schooling, K-12. A guiding question for the course is: Will the introduction of the K-12 ELA Standards simply reform education as we know it today or will this result in a game-changing revolution of education as we know it today? 3 Cr.
EDI 699 Independent Study in Education (B)
Designed individually through consultation between student and instructor to suit the student's needs and interests and the special competence of the instructor. Additional requirements may be established by the department. 1-3 Cr.
EDI 722 Seminar in Bilingual/TESOL Education (B)
Must have completed 21 credits in bilingual or TESOL programs. Requires students to identify trends, practices, and issues in current bilingual or TESOL programs, and to investigate the current research in the area of the students’ specialization. Requires students to create a product that will help to resolve the identified issue(s). Guides students in the creation of a Capstone project, which is the culminating assessment for the MSED. 3 Cr. (By Arrangement.) [Prerequisites: EDI 521 & 641.]
EDI 726 Methods and Materials B-6 (B)
Examines pedagogy, materials, and assessment strategies to support the literacy needs of diverse learners including English Language Learners (ELLs) (B-6). Includes methods and materials to instruct students in the use of multimodalities and multiliteracies. Critically applies current research-based methods, materials, and resources including digital tools and technology. Prepares students to provide increased educational opportunities for all learners of all abilities. Explores and develops adult pedagogy and materials for professional development. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (for undergraduate sections). or “B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
EDI 727 Methods and Materials 5-12 (B)
Examines pedagogy, materials, and assessment strategies to support the literacy needs of diverse learners including English Language Learners (5-12). Includes methods and materials to instruct students in the use of multimodalities and multiliteracies. Critically applies current research-based methods, materials, and resources including digital tools and technology. Prepares students to provide increased educational opportunities for all learners of all abilities. Explores and develops adult pedagogy and materials for professional development. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (for undergraduate sections). or “B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
EDI 728 Critical Literacy B-12 (B)
Focuses on the critical literacy practices for children and adolescent youths (B-12). Grounded in the concept and the theoretical framework of critical literacies, it introduces multiple forms of making meaning that involve print, images, video, and combinations of forms in various contexts including digital contexts. Focuses on exploring and using critical literacy as a theoretical framework for engaging in literacy practices that disrupt the commonplace, interrogate multiple viewpoints, highlight sociopolitical issues, and take action and promote social justice. A critical literacy stance emphasizes complex ways of knowing, analyzing, and encourages reflection on teaching practices for academic, social, and political goals. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (for undergraduate sections). or “B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 729 Critical Approaches to Digital Literacies (B)
This course focuses on the Instructional Design paradigms of critical digital literacy practices, using the lens of User Experience Design (UX). Students will use key UX principles and processes to evaluate and create user focused digital media that will help them learn critical digital issues and ways to sustain digital equity and ethical practices. Course structure will concentrate on using UX for Critical Digital Production, Distribution, and Invention, following Mirra et al (2020). Hands on experience in visual prototyping and wireframing, interface/application design, storyboarding and web prototyping using Adobe Creative Suite and other design software will be integrated into the core course package. Course requires a minimum grade of "B" for major/minor/certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 730 Literacy Assessment (B)
Explores current issues involving different types of literacy assessments, including standardized testing, and the impact of socio-cultural background on assessment results. Provides opportunities to conduct a variety of classroom assessments and analyze those assessments to construct appropriate instructional plans. Fall and Summer, 3cr. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (for undergraduate sections). or “B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr.
EDI 735 Emergent Language and Literacy (B)
Examines the development of children's oral and written language from a sociopsycholinguistic perspective. Students will have opportunities to explore cognitive, social, and cultural bases for language development and use, including dialect, variation and second-language learning. Fall and Spring, 3 cr. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (for undergraduate sections). or “B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
EDI 736 Literacy Seminar (B)
Serves as a forum for integrating learning from other courses and from field experiences. Specific focuses includes communications and program development as well as final development of a research project. Major topics to be considered include: action research in literacy curriculum and literacy programs; supervision of literacy resources and programs at local, state and federal levels. Students will register for the section of EDI 736 taught by their EDI 645 instructor the semester following EDI 645. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: EDI 645.]
EDI 739 Teachers as Writers; Teachers Teaching Writing (B)
Explores six areas of literacy instruction: teaching and assessing writing, using the writing process, word study (spelling, vocabulary), development and instruction, the conventions of written English, connecting the arts and literacy development, and technology. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (for undergraduate sections). or “B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
EDI 740 Childhood Literacy Internship (B)
Provides a field-based experience in literacy education. Students will engage in a literacy education teaching experience in education programs where elementary students with reading or writing problems are given extra support. Candidates are required to demonstrate various instructional competencies and content knowledge and to exhibit traits such as responsibility, reliability, punctuality, empathy, basic communication skills, and a positive attitude toward all children, parents, and colleagues. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (for undergraduate sections). or “B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr. (Summer.) [Prerequisite: Enrollment in the Literacy Education Program (MSEd).]
EDI 742 Literacy Policy, Advocacy and Coaching (B)
Must have completed 18 credits in the Literacy Masters Program. Supports reading specialists in becoming advocates for all students’ literacy development. Prepares reading specialists to coach other educators and to advocate for literacy instruction that meets children’s needs across the social, cultural and political contexts of education that shape students’ language and literacy developments. Examines the effects of current educational practices on students’ learning and on teachers’ curricular design and instructional practice. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (for undergraduate sections). or “B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: EDI 634.]
EDI 743 Insructional Design Capstone (B)
Students must complete all other courses required for the program to enroll in this capstone. Students will use their instructional design competencies gained through participation in all other courses in the program to engage in workplace practice sessions and showcasing of their instructional design skills. Reflective and mentoring practices may also be part of this course experience. Students will design/consult for local, national and/or international organizations and educational institutions (for -profit or non-profit) who will act as real clients. 3 Cr. (Summer.) [Prerequisite: EDI 621.]
EDI 745 Adolescent Literacy Internship (B)
Provides a field-based experience in literacy education in which students will engage in a literacy education teaching experience with upper elementary, middle and high school (5-12) students who need extra support with reading and or writing skills. Students are required to demonstrate various instructional competencies and content knowledge and to exhibit traits such as responsibility, reliability, punctuality, empathy, basic communication skills, and a positive attitude toward all school-aged students, parents, and colleagues NYSED requires a minimum course grade of a B- for certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: Enrollment in the Literacy Education Program (MSEd) and EDI 634 AND EDI 735 AND EDI 727.]
EDI 763 Seminar in Childhood Inclusive Education (B)
The course is a weekly, small-group student teaching seminar that provides opportunities to develop teaching skills with students who have diverse learning needs, including students who have teen identified for special education support (IEPs). The student teaching seminar provides support and encouragement for the teacher candidate through meetings with other teacher candidates, the college supervisor(s), and resource personnel. Teacher candidates are expected to consider the connections between theory and practice, to share new knowledge about teaching skills and the profession, and to reflect upon their teaching experiences in terms of evaluation of self and future goals. Teacher candidates will also have opportunities to develop their edTPA portfolios. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Co-requisite: PRO 737.]
EDI 791 Seminar in English Education (B)
Designed to be a culminating experience. Expects creative, innovative and extensive individual work at the highest level of proficiency. Offers three options for meeting the requirements of this course: a curriculum project, an analytic review of professional literature or a professional teaching portfolio. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: EDI678.]
EDI 792 Seminar in Mathematics Education (B)
Designed to be a culminating experience. Expects creative, innovative and extensive individual work at the highest level of proficiency. Offers three options for meeting the requirements of this course: a curriculum project, an analytic review of professional literature or a professional teaching portfolio. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: EDI622.]
EDI 793 Seminar in Science Education (B)
Designed to be a culminating experience. Expects creative, innovative and extensive individual work at the highest level of proficiency. Three options are available for meeting the requirements of this course: a curriculum project, an analytical review of professional literature or a professional teaching portfolio. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: EDI623.]
EDI 794 Seminar in Social Studies Education (B)
Designed to coordinate with the third and final phase of the master's capstone project research. A culminating experience that will lead to the completion of the master's degree. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: EDI674.]
Educational Administration
EDA 501 Prequel to Administration (B)
The purpose of the Leadership Institute is to identify educators in the Wayne-Finger Lakes region who exhibit strong leadership skills but who have not yet committed to entering the field of school administration. The goal of the Institute is to offer a rigorous three-year school administrator preparatory program that results in well qualified, certified administrators. The course provides a broad perspective on the administration of public schools in a setting that requires analysis of current issues and policy, as well as reflection and critique of the myriad roles of a school administrator. 3 Cr.
EDA 600 Foundations of Educational Leadership (B)
Provides an introduction to school administration, including organizational dynamics and the managerial skills of communication, decision making, leadership, planning and small group dynamics. 6 Cr. [Prerequisite Two years of satisfactory teaching or certificated pupil personnel services experience; Plus a master degree in an educational related field.]
EDA 653 Building Level Leadership (B)
Defines site as a discrete unit with varying amounts of autonomy, accountability and responsibility, e.g., building or department. Focuses on management of personnel, students, resources, programs and facilities within the unit, including policy implementation, assessment and long-term planning. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: EDA 600.]
EDA 656 Personnel Administration (B)
Covers personnel administration at the business office level, including the identification and determination of school policies; collective negotiations; recruitment, selection and appointment of personnel; affirmative action; the formulation and administration of salary schedules and general working conditions; and the separation of personnel from service. 3 Cr.
EDA 678 Evidence-Based Techniques for Teacher Assessment (B)
Provides for school supervision, including observation and conferencing skills, induction and professional growth of personnel, and performance appraisal. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: EDA 600.]
EDA 691 Principles and Practices of Budgeting (B)
Covers budgeting theories and practices used by the school business official, including estimating expenditures, personnel costs and revenues. Provides an in-depth explanation of budget administration and function/object coding. Examines board, community and staff support, including determining local needs and constraints, educating the public, conducting annual referenda, and contingent budgets. 3 Cr.
EDA 692 Data Management and Presentation (B)
Helps students develop skills in using technology for school business administration. Concentrates on the use of the Microsoft Office suite of programs for performing business office functions. Gives attention to the use of the Internet and technology planning. 3 Cr.
EDA 693 Administration of Support Services (B)
Covers services that support the instructional operations of the district: food service, transportation, school store, supply management, purchasing and bidding, insurance and records management. Also explores the question of in-house vs. contracted services. 3 Cr.
EDA 694 Resource Management (B)
Provides students with concepts that aid understanding of the school district budget, practices that aid participation in the development and management of a building's budget, and tools that aid recruitment and selection of teachers and building support staff. Also covers labor-management relations and grievance response practices. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: EDA 600.]
EDA 699 Independent Study in Educational Administration (B)
Designed individually through consultation between student and instructor to suit the student's needs and interests and the special competence of the instructor. Additional requirements may be established by the department. 3 Cr.
EDA 830 Leading Instructional Improvement Strategies (B)
Designed for principals, vice principals, department leaders, lead teachers and central office managers who have responsibility for instructional program evaluation and development. Provides for experience in program design, implementation and management with an emphasis on evaluation. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: EDA 600.]
EDA 871 Legal Basis of Education (B)
Covers laws, judicial decisions and constitutional provisions relating to education; the legal responsibilities of teachers and school officials; and the role of the state as it relates to practical problems of public school administration. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: EDA 600.]
EDA 885 Practicum in Educational Leadership (B)
A field experience that allows students to demonstrate leadership, communication and planning proficiency in a realistic school setting, under the supervision of a department member. Requires students to attend seminars and conferences. Also requires students to submit evidence of successful completion of practicum requirements. Successful completion is a prerequisite to internship application. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: EDA 600 and successful completion of two of the following courses: EDA 653, EDA 678, EDA 694, EDA 830, or EDA 871.]
EDA 888 Administrative Internship I (B)
A field experience that further develops administrative competencies. Supervised by a department member in cooperation with an appropriate administrator. Requires students to attend seminars, conferences, and have personal conferences with their supervisors. Also requires students to submit evidence of successful completion of the internship requirements. 6 Cr. [Prerequisites: Successful completion of and a grade of "B" or better in each of the following courses: EDA 600, EDA 653, EDA 678, EDA 694, EDA 830, EDA 871 and EDA 885.]
EDA 890 Issues in Site Management for School Business Administrators (B)
Teaches SBA students behaviors to be effective leaders in their districts by giving them skills and techniques to identify organizational culture, to lead a group, to understand diversity, to resolve conflicts and human relations problems, to be a good communicator and listener, to make good decisions, and to plan for change. Provides a better understanding of the educational mission of the district and their role in accomplishing that mission. 3 Cr.
EDA 891 Facilities Planning and Management (B)
Covers the administration and use of existing district buildings and grounds, new construction, and renovation, including capital fund management. Also covers health and safety issues that affect students, staff and community. 3 Cr.
EDA 892 Legal Issues for School Business Administrators (B)
Presents sections of law affecting school business operations. Includes sources of law such as: education law, general municipal law, local finance law, public officers law, court cases, and commissioner's decisions and regulations. Also discusses records management and ethics. 3 Cr.
EDA 893 School Finance and Revenue Management (B)
Covers school district revenue sources, including taxation concepts and practices, theoretical models in state funding, state aid in New York, federal aid and special education, and public support for non-public schools. Also discusses revenue management in terms of forecasting and long-term financial planning, maximizing revenues, and cash management. 3 Cr.
EDA 894 Public School Accounting (B)
Examines in depth fund accounting in New York state for the general and other funds. Also covers the duties of the district treasurer and other accounting operations of the district in the areas of district census and pupil attendance and extracurricular fund management. Studies payroll development, administration, and reporting for both salaries and fringe benefits. 6 Cr. [Prerequisite: EDA 691.]
EDA 896 Central Office Administration (B)
A six-credit course combining direct instruction and field experiences in central office responsibilities. Designed to complete the preparation of a candidate for serving as a central office administrator, such as the positions of superintendent, assistant superintendent of instruction, and director of special education. Builds heavily upon the competencies acquired during school building leadership preparation and provides a grounding in the more global role of district-wide responsibilities. Includes five Saturdays (9am – 4:30) distributed throughout the semester and requires a set of field experiences (125 clock hours) under the guidance of a College professor and a mentor. The mentor must hold SDA certification and have served in a central office administrative position full-time for at least two years. 6 Cr. [Prerequisites Successful completion of all required EDA courses listed in the Plan of Study, and successful completion of EDA 885; Completion of EDA 888 is not a prerequisite for EDA 896; EDA 888 may be taken before or after EDA 896 but not concurrently.]
EDA 897 Practicum in School Business Administration (B)
EDA 897 must be successfully completed prior to the start of the sixth course in the SBA program. A shadowing experience for the student to engage in a limited number of school business tasks at a school business office. Augmented by 37.5 class hours covering the role and function of the school business administrator and legal and procedural issues for the district clerk. 6 Cr. [(Prerequisites EDA656 and EDA691 and EDA692 and EDA693 and EDA890) Successful completion of at least two required SBA courses.]
EDA 898 Internship in School Business Administration (B)
A field experience enabling the student to gain direct experience in the role of school business administrator under the supervision of a practitioner. A department professor, in cooperation with the field administrator, supervises the student during this experience. 6 Cr. [Prerequisites (EDA890 and EDA891 and EDA892 and EDA893 and EDA894) An earned master's degree and successful completion of all 10 required SBA courses, including the SBA Practicum.]
English
English
ENG 102 Fundamentals of College Composition (A)
For students who need practice in expository writing skills. Provides intensive work in writing standard, edited English as preparation for entering ENG 112. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 112 College Composition (AQ)
Develops skills in composition, critical inquiry and information literacy. Students generate, revise and edit several essays with special attention to the writing process. Includes an argumentative research paper that incorporates critical analysis of various sources and the use of proper documentation. 3cr. every semester. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 210 Creative Writing (AF)
Examines techniques for writing poetry, prose, and/or creative nonfiction and requires students to critique each other's and to revise their own work. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 220 Early World Literature (AH)
Explores literatures of the world from antiquity to the early modern world, with considerable attention to texts outside the Western tradition. Fulfills the World Literature requirement. 3 Cr.
ENG 221 Who Wrote the Bible (AH)
Introduces students to the Bible through consideration and application of various theories of biblical authorship. Situates the Bible in its ancient near eastern cultural context. Fulfills the World Literature requirement. 3 Cr.
ENG 223 Modern World Literature (AH)
Explores literatures of the world since 1700, with a focus on texts outside the British and American literary traditions. Fulfills the World Literature requirement. 3 Cr.
ENG 224 Filming Rome (AH)
Studies the history, institutions and society of the Roman Empire, including Rome's emergence as a global power and the roles women and slaves played in its cosmopolitan imperial society. Each unit of inquiry culminates in consideration of how Roman history and society have been represented in contemporary film and TV productions focusing on Rome. 3 Cr.
ENG 229 Shakespeare and Film (AH)
Engages with questions of close reading, performance, adaptation, and translation by exploring several of Shakespeare's greatest comedies and tragedies as well as various film productions of them. Fulfills the British Literature before 1800 requirement. 3 Cr.
ENG 230 British Literature I (AH)
Explores works from British literature written between 800 and 1800, including those of such writers as Chaucer, Shakespeare and Milton. Examines various styles, forms, and genres. Fulfills British Literature before 1800 requirement. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 231 British Literature II (AH)
Explores British literature written from 1800 to the present, including works by writers such as Wordsworth, Browning, Yeats and Woolf. Fulfills the British Literature after 1800 requirement. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 232 Women and British Short Fiction: Shelley to Woolf (AHW)
Surveys the short story from the early nineteenth to the early twentieth centuries, paying particular attention to the spread of new genres (the detective story, for example). Emphasize women’s contributions to the genre, especially as innovators in the fields of Gothic and sensation tales. Fulfills the British Literature after 1800 requirement. 3 Cr.
ENG 234 Jane Austen and Pop Culture (AHW)
Introduces students to the early nineteenth-century contexts that Jane Austen wrote her works in, and the modern and post-modern offshoots, adaptations, transformations of, and obsessions with her works. Studies four Austen novels in both their Regency contexts and in relation to the twentieth and twenty-first century continuing popularity of Austen’s work. Special attention to questions of gender and genre will help to shape the course. Fulfills the British Literature after 1800 requirement. 3 Cr.
ENG 235 Introduction to African-American Literature (AH)
Provides an introductory survey of the literature of people of African ancestry in the Americas. Acquaints students with major literary figures and significant historical periods. Discusses issues regarding the relationship between the writers and socio-political and cultural movements and questions concerning the socio-cultural function that the black writer serves for his/her community. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Cross-listed as AAS 235.]
ENG 236 Reinventing Alice (A)
Examines how the extraordinary popularity of Lewis Carroll’s Alice books has persisted to the present day across a wide variety of media and genres. In addition to the original novels, students will read responses in fiction from the late nineteenth century to the present day, as well as examples from theater, TV, and film. 3 Cr.
ENG 240 American Literature I (AV)
Surveys texts written in or about America prior to the Civil War. May include exploration and captivity narratives, Puritan writing, writing of the American Revolution, and major romantic authors such as Emerson, Fuller, Hawthorne, Melville, Douglass, and Stowe. Fulfills American Literature before 1900 requirement. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 241 American Literature II (AHW)
Surveys texts written in or about America from the post-Civil War era to the present. Introduces students to literary movements of the period such as realism, modernism, the Harlem Renaissance, the Beat generation, postmodernism, and the rise of ethnic American writing. May include writers such as James, Stein, Hughes, Ginsberg, Pynchon, and Kingston. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 243 Immigration in Literature (ADW)
Explores transcultural experiences and encounters represented in contemporary fiction, literary non-fiction, film and fine art. Retraces trajectories taken by twenty and twenty-first century immigrants. Confronts what it takes and feels like and means to make complex geo-cultural crossings. Considers the ways writers, directors, and artists interrogate various kinds of borders and boundaries and redefine national, racial, ethnic, religious, gender and other geo-cultural constructs, while pushing also beyond conventional confines of genre. Investigates how they represent the different degrees and kinds of agency, autonomy, and authority experiences in the migration, immigration, emigration, and trafficking. Crosslisted with WMS243. 3 Cr.
ENG 245 Imagining Women's Lives in American Literature (AHW)
Explores ways in which writing by and about women has exposed structural gender inequality in the United States while also fostering resistance and social change through the revelation of the imagination. Examines how women writers from a variety of identity positions—those of race, class, and sexual orientation—have imagined women’s lives and new possibilities in the US since the early twentieth century. Crosslisted with WMS245. 3 Cr.
ENG 300 Advanced Composition (AQ)
Covers analytical, persuasive, and research writing and introduces advanced writing techniques. Revision is expected. Encourages participants to think critically and solve writing problems creatively. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Pre-requisite ENG 112: A workshop course.]
ENG 303 Introduction to Literature Analysis (A)
For English majors and prospective majors. Provides skills needed to understand literature in English. Includes close reading of selected texts and study of literary genres, critical terms, and the relationship between text and context. Provides practice in writing literary analyses. Emphasizes skills of generating, rewriting, and editing the documented critical essay and other nonfiction prose suitable to the needs and future careers of English majors. Majors and minors must earn a "C" or better. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 304 Fiction Workshop (A)
Develops mastery of the materials and techniques of writing fiction. Requires students to objectively criticize their own work and the work of others. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: ENG 210.]
ENG 305 Poetry Workshop (A)
Examines the substances and processes of writing poetry through contemporary study and objective workshop criticism of student writing. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: ENG 210.]
ENG 306 Literary Nonfiction Workshop (A)
This course will introduce students to diverse subgenres of creative non-fiction such as domestic memoir, travel writing, graphic novels, and critical reviews among others. Students will develop a greater array of formal possibilities and areas of content in their own non-fiction writing. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: ENG 210.]
ENG 308 Close Reading Topics in Early British Literature (A)
Examines authors, issues, and/or topics in early (pre-1800) British literature. Develops students' close reading skills. Content varies, with appropriate subtitles for each individual course. May be repeated for credit with significant change in topic and content. Fulfills British Literature before 1800 requirement. 3 Cr.
ENG 309 Close Reading Topics in World Literature (A)
Examines authors, issues, and/or topics in World (ie, non-British or American) literature. Develops students' close reading skills. Content varies, with appropriate subtitles for each individual course. May be repeated for credit with significant change in topic and content. 3 Cr.
ENG 311 Bible as Literature (A)
Provides an extensive examination of the design, moral, ethical and historical significance of the Bible, as well as its major literary forms, including short story, myth, proverbs, psalms, historical narrative and apocrypha. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
ENG 312 Classical Mythology (A)
Studies Greek and Roman myths as background for Western culture, literature and fine arts. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
ENG 313 Close Reading Topics in Late British Literature (A)
Examines authors, issues, and/or topics in late (post-1800) British literature. Develops students' close reading skills. Content varies, with appropriate subtitles for each individual course. May be repeated for credit with significant change in topic and content. Fulfills British Literature after 1800 requirement. 3 Cr.
ENG 314 Modern European Literature (A)
Examines particular themes, genres, historical moments or movements in European literature in translation, charts the development of a discrete European national literary tradition, or critically engages the works of a seminal European author such as Balzac, Kafka, Pessoa, Mann, Proust, Sarraute, etc. Emphasizes textual analysis while attending to European cultural and socio- historical contexts. 3 Cr.
ENG 315 Arthurian Literature (A)
Considers one of the most important genres of earlier British literature. Topics to be discussed will include the mysterious origins of the Arthur myth in early British history, its revival in later centuries, and its evolution as the principal British genre exploring the culture of knighthood. The centerpiece of the course is the great narrative poem "Sir Gawain and the Green Knight." 3 Cr.
ENG 318 Approaching Religion (AIW)
Introduces students to disciplinary methods used by scholars in the humanities and the social sciences to study religion and its cultural artifacts, including literary, philosophical, and historical analysis. The course is structured as a series of case studies, in which different religious texts, traditions, and phenomena are analyzed from discrete and carefully defined methodological perspectives. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
ENG 319 Comparative Literature (A)
Studies major literary trends, movements, genres, or problems from a comparative perspective. Specific topics will vary but always includes a comparative study of non-Western literature analysis of social conflict arising from the particular topic. 3 Cr.
ENG 320 Myths and Sagas of the Viking Age (A)
Considers the literature of medieval Iceland, and Norway. Readings will include the collections of mythological texts known as the Eddas (which narrate the deeds of the major Norse gods) as well as historical and pseudo-historical narratives such as the Saga of the Volsungs, Njal's Saga and the Laxdoela Saga. Attention will also be given to representations of the Viking Age in nineteenth-century prose and verse. 3 Cr. (Odd Spring.)
ENG 321 Rewriting the Pilgrim's Progress: From Bunyan to Vonnegut (A)
John Bunyan’s allegory The Pilgrim’s Progress from This World, to That Which is to Come (1678) was, along with the Bible, omnipresent in Protestant households until the early twentieth century. This course charts how Bunyan’s work informed later novels about pilgrimage. In the process of reading novels from England, South Africa, and the United States, students will explore how authors transformed the significance of the quest, by secularizing its outcome, granting new meanings to its many dangers, and undermining its central claims. Fulfills the British Literature after 1800 requirement. 3 Cr.
ENG 322 Victorian Childhoods (A)
Analyzes the multiple, often conflicted representations of Victorian childhood experience, from the nonsensical adventures of Lewis Carroll’s Alice to the blighted urban existence of Hesba Stretton’s working-class protagonists. Through close readings of works for and about children, students will ask how the Victorians understood childhood voice and agency—the possibility that children could actively shape their worlds, from the home to the empire. Fulfills the British Literature after 1800 requirement. 3 Cr.
ENG 323 Shakespeare's Histories and Tragedies (A)
Explores several histories and tragedies to gain a detailed and in-depth understanding of the issues and themes central to Shakespeare's works. Although knowledge of historical background is essential, the primary focus will be on the poetic, thematic and dramatic elements that cause these plays to resonate so profoundly today. 3 Cr.
ENG 324 Shakespeare¿s Comedies and Romances (A)
Explores several comedies and romances to gain a detailed and in-depth understanding of the issues and themes central to Shakespeare's works. Although knowledge of historical background is essential, the primary focus will be on the poetic, thematic and dramatic elements that cause these plays to resonate so profoundly today. 3 Cr.
ENG 325 Shakespeare (A)
Shakespeare plays, relating them to their cultural, historical, and political contexts. Play titles vary depending on the instructor. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 326 Genres in British Literature (A)
Undertakes the study of British drama, poetry, or short story and novelistic fiction with an emphasis on genre study, close reading, formal analysis and critical writing. Content, genre focus and time period vary with each course centering upon the conventions of selected genres within their historical frames such as Modern and Contemporary British Drama or Poetry. 3 Cr.
ENG 328 Close Reading Topics in Early American Literature (A)
Topics - Examines authors, issues, and/or topics in early (pre-1900) American literature. Develops students' close reading skills. Content varies, with appropriate subtitles for each individual course. May be repeated for credit with significant change in topic and content. Fulfills American Literature before 1900 requirement. 3 Cr.
ENG 330 Dante: Inferno and Beyond (A)
Explores Dante’s Divine Comedy, read in translation; may also include discussion of medieval Italian art and architecture and of sources and influences. 3 Cr.
ENG 331 American Novel I (A)
A historical survey of the American novel to 1900, with readings from a number of significant novelists. Fulfills the American Literature before 1900 requirement. 3 Cr.
ENG 332 American Novel II (A)
Examines selected American novels after 1900 according to thematic, stylistic, and chronological patterns. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 333 Close Reading Topics in Late American Literature (A)
Examines authors, issues, and/or topics in late (post-1900) American literature. Develops students' close reading skills. Content varies, with appropriate subtitles for each individual course. May be repeated for credit with significant change in topic and content. 3 Cr.
ENG 337 Modern American Poetry (A)
Provides an investigation into the formative period 1910 - 1945 of 20th-century American verse, emphasizing significant figures from Robinson, Lowell, and Frost, to Cummings, Stein, and Eliot. 3 Cr.
ENG 338 Contemporary American Poetry (A)
Examines the unique character of poetry after World War II: aesthetic theory, significant themes, prominent contributors. Improves students' critical analytical skills via written assignments of varying character. 3 Cr.
ENG 339 American Drama (A)
Examines a representative set of twentieth- and twenty-first century American plays and develops students' close reading skills. Covers representations of social issues, such as Family, Gender and Sexuality, African-American Experiences, Labor and the American Dream, and the Nation, and how playwrights used and modified the genre to tell their stories. Emphasizes a critical approach to the content and historical context of American plays (rather than performance). Requires that students write regularly in both formal and informal contexts, research reviews and critical interpretations of plays (and understand the difference), and consider the implications of film adaption. Crosslisted with THE339. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr.
ENG 340 Native American Literature (A)
Native American Writing from Oral Tradition through contemporary writings. Attention to geography and history. Emphasis on post-1970s writing in historical and cultural contexts. Authors likely to include Leslie Marmon Silko, James Welch, M. Scott Momaday, Joy Harjo, Louise Erdrich, Hanay Geiogamah, Gerald Vizenor, Margaret Verble, among others. 3 Cr.
ENG 341 Edgar Allan Poe, Louisa May ALcott and Issues in Horror (A)
This course studies the origins of thriller stories in America.. Edgar Allan Poe and Louisa May Alcott are the central figures of the course, but their explorations are part of a larger cultural project that is integral to understanding how people reacted to a rapidly changing world. As a course in close reading, we will focus on unpacking a limited number of texts and studying how they function both as formal literary artifacts and as representations of material experiences. We will also maintain a consistent interest in analogies between representations of horror in the nineteenth century and representations in popular visual texts in our own day. By the completion of the course you will have a sophisticated understanding of how representations of fear and horror articulate changing assumptions about the human body, and how these narratives shape our responses to cultural and news events that are part of our lives. 3 Cr.
ENG 345 Issues in Science Fiction (AI)
Covers significant developments in the history of speculative and science fiction. Explores major themes such as sex, science and prejudice. Includes representative authors such as Wells, Asimov, Heinlein and Le Guin. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 346 Techniques in the Novel (A)
Course is designed to acquaint students with varieties of novels, emphasis on conventions and techniques of English and American novels. Takes both a generic and a historical approach. Students practice close reading skills and study critical terms related to the novel and related genres (e.g. medieval romance and travel narrative). Critical writing and basic literary-critical and /or historical research are required. 3 Cr.
ENG 347 Major African American Novels (A)
Examines the genealogy of African American novels, beginning with the19th Century fictional slave narrative and resulting in contemporary novels written by African American authors that reveal a cultural mulattoism, or the merging of Eurocentric and black literary aesthetics. Explores canon politics as well as readings that restrict the material to matters of race alone. 3 Cr.
ENG 348 Sex and Gender in Literary Theory (AW)
Provides an advanced introduction to the traditions of literary theory and criticism related to sex and gender studies. Closely analyzes primary theoretical material as well as literary texts in relation to theory. Requires students to write papers of analysis from multiple critical perspectives, classify and describe perspectives of various critics, and define critical terms. 3 Cr.
ENG 349 Introduction to Literary Theory (A)
Analyzes literary texts in terms of form and content. Requires students to write papers of analysis from at least three literary perspectives, classify and describe perspectives of various critics, and define critical terms. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 350 Tragedy & Trauma (A)
Explores tragic drama with special attention to how tragedians represent physical and emotional violence. May focus on a single period of literary history (e.g. classical antiquity or early modern Europe) or approach tragedy diachronically. May also consider non-dramatic literary works written in the tragic mode (e.g. the novels of Toni Morrison) 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: ENG 303.]
ENG 351 Disability Studies and American Literature (AI)
Synthesizes an introduction to disability studies with narrative and linguistic analysis. Includes a number of 20th and 21th century American literary texts in multiple genres (including drama, novels, short stories, memoir, and poetry) through the lens of disability studies. Integrates knowledge from multiple knowledge areas (Humanities, Social Sciences, Natural Sciences, and Arts) and disciplinary perspectives (including medicine, sociology, political science, history, cultural studies, and literary studies). Students will be expected to learn the basic tenets of disability studies and apply them to upper level literary analysis. Crosslisted with WMS351. 3 Cr.
ENG 352 Early British Magazine Culture (A)
Charts the development of magazine culture in eighteenth-century Britain. Looks at periodicals in their historical and cultural contexts, such as: coffeehouse culture of the early eighteenth century, the periodical press, women authors and printers, gender identity, fashion and dress, cosmopolitanisms, commerce and trade, colonial expansion, the transatlantic slave trade, and artistic and literary taste. The newspapers, essay periodicals, and magazines of this era offer a fascinating window into the everyday lives of eighteenth-century British subjects, and we will spend the semester peering through that window. Fulfills British Literature before 1800 requirement. 3 Cr.
ENG 353 Bible and Modernity (AI)
Provides an interdisciplinary investigation of controversies surrounding the Bible in the modern world. 3 Cr.
ENG 354 Texts and Contexts Topics in Early British Literature (A)
Examines authors, issues, and/or topics in early (pre-1800) British literature. Develops students' ability to relate literary texts to theoretical, historical, biographical, or other context. Content varies, with appropriate subtitles for each individual course. May be repeated for credit with significant change in topic and content. Fulfills British Literature before 1800 requirement. 3 Cr.
ENG 356 Medieval Law and Literature (A)
Considers the development of law in England from the Anglo-Saxon period to the Reformation. Begins with early influences on English law (such as the "barbarian laws" of the Continent and Norse law) as preparation fror examining the Magna Carta and other legislation. Examines texts as responses to legal change. Fulfills British Literature before 1800 requirement. 3 Cr.
ENG 357 Texts and Contexts Topics in Late British Literature (A)
Examines authors, issues, and/or topics in late (post-1800) British literature. Develops students' ability to relate literary texts to theoretical, historical, biographical, or other context. Content varies, with appropriate subtitles for each individual course. May be repeated for credit with significant change in topic and content. Fulfills the British Literature after 1800 requirement. 3 Cr.
ENG 359 Romantic Nationalism and the Origin of Human Rights (AI)
Examines the simultaneous origins of human rights and the modern idea of the nation. Studies literary texts that represent this intersection in antebellum America. Texts include James Fenimore Cooper, Last of the Mohicans, Daniel Defoe's Moll Flanders; and important theoretical works on the rise of the modern idea of nationhood and on the origins of human rights. Draws on material from the Humanities and Social Sciences. Fulfills American Literature before 1900 requirement. 3 Cr.
ENG 360 Bleak House (A)
A semester-long reading of Charles Dickens' Bleak House (1852-53) according to its original part publication. In addition to examining the relation between serialization and narrative form, the course reads the novel in the context of contemporary mid-Victorian debates about urban life, including crime and poverty. 3 Cr.
ENG 361 Editing & Production (A)
This course serves as the editorial and production process for a “time capsule” of the work of your peers. Students work together to conceive a magazine that works in the contemporary literary landscape by creating a mission statement and aesthetic, marketing and soliciting work for that magazine, and then carrying out the editorial and publication process of an original magazine that stands as a work of integrity, rigor, and good writing. Students will develop deep, first-hand understanding of publishing standards and issues. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: ENG 210 or ENG 303.]
ENG 363 Writing in Exile (A)
Examines the exile as a familiar figure in literary history and a quintessential figure of modernity. Considers how exile, positioned between cultures, recasts each. Focuses on how modern exiles—Joyce, Conrad, Beckett, Brodsky, Ionesco, Nabokov, Kundera, Makine, Hoffman, Soyinka, Aciman, Mukherjee, Satrapi—draw on and redraw abandoned and adopted literary landscapes as well as the transnational and transhistorical terrain constituted by literature of exile. 3 Cr.
ENG 365 Confronting Death (AI)
Students are encouraged to consider the implications of human mortality through a varied program of reading that addresses the following issues: the plausibility of life after death, public and private mourning and consolation, the ethical permissibility of suicide, and the effects of modern biomedical advances on our understanding of death. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 367 Women in World Literature (AWY)
May be focused on particular themes, genres, historical moments, movements or international women authors. May address questions concerning literary canons, social and cultural contexts for literary representations of women, women writers working within particular genres, politics of women’s writing and publication, etc. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as WMS 367 Cross-culturally examines writing by and about women.]
ENG 369 Texts and Contexts Topics in World Literature (A)
Examines authors, issues, and/or topics in world literature (i.e., other than British/American). Develops students' ability to relate literary texts to theoretical, historical, biographical, or other context. Content varies, with appropriate subtitles for each individual course. May be repeated for credit with significant change in topic and content. 3 Cr.
ENG 370 Beowulf and Its World (A)
Focuses on the Old English poem Beowulf, its place in the world of Viking-Age Europe, and aspects of its critical reception. Includes instruction in Old English grammar with the aim of reading the poem in its original language. Fulfills British Literature before 1800 requirement. 3 Cr.
ENG 372 Sex and Gender in the Renaissance (A)
Focuses on matters of sex, sexuality and gender in the literature of the British Renaissance. Examines a variety of works from the 16th and 17th centuries, with attention to those by and about women; depictions of masculinity and femininity and the sex act; and treatments of same-sex friendships and sexual relationships. Fulfills British Literature before 1800 requirement. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: ENL303 or ENG303 with min grade of D.]
ENG 374 Tudor and Stuart Drama (A)
Involves close study of plays by men and women in England from 1585-1685 in a cultural, historical and political context. Specific playwrights may include Marlow, Kyd, Beaumont, Fletcher, Jonson, Webster, Marston, Cary, Ford, Milton, Cavendish and Behn. Fulfills the British Literature before 1800 requirement. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: ENG 303 or equivalent.]
ENG 375 British Novel I (Before 1800) (A)
Provides a study of the rise and development of the novel as an art form in 18th-century England from the works of Daniel Defoe to the emergence of the Gothic novel. Fulfills British Literature before 1800 requirement. 3 Cr.
ENG 376 British Novel II (A)
Surveys major British novelists from the Victorian period to the present day. Authors covered may include Dickens, Eliot, Forster, Ishiguro, and McEwan. Fulfills British Literature after 1800 requirement. 3 Cr.
ENG 380 Early American Gothic (A)
Traces the evolution of early American Gothic literature, up to around 1900. Studies the particularly American expression of this movement, rooted in the mystical and Calvinist traditions of Spanish, French, English and African immigrants that resulted in a “native” literature. Fulfills American Literature before 1900 requirement. 3 Cr.
ENG 381 Popular Culture in Early America (A)
Analyzes emergence of genres of popular culture such as scandalous novels, detective story, and popular domestic romance. Also explores changing cultural technology related to mass production in the period between 1760-1900. Fulfills American Literature before 1900 requirement. 3 Cr.
ENG 382 American Gothic (A)
Starting with Poe, Brown and Hawthorne, the course traces the evolution of the Gothic to the present day. Includes other writers who have struggled to portray the power of darkness: Gilman, Faulkner, O'Connor, Oates, Koga, and Morrison. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
ENG 384 Texts and Contexts Topics in Early American Literature (A)
Examines authors, issues, and/or topics in early (pre-1900) American literature. Develops students' ability to relate literary texts to theoretical, historical, biographical, or other context. Content varies, with appropriate subtitles for each individual course. May be repeated for credit with significant change in topic and content. 3 Cr.
ENG 385 Sex, Love, and Marriage in the Jazz Age (AW)
Examines 1920s literature and culture to track and investigate postwar changes in thinking about sex, gender, and marriage, including roots in 19th c radical culture. Addresses the influence of race, class, and age on intimate relationships and identities. May include texts by F. S. Fitzgerald, Z. Fitzgerald, Wharton, Hemingway, Larsen, Faulkner, Loos, and more. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections) 3 Cr.
ENG 388 Texts and Contexts Topics in Late American Literature (A)
Examines authors, issues, and/or topics in late (post-1900) American literature. Develops students' ability to relate literary texts to theoretical, historical, biographical, or other context. Content varies, with appropriate subtitles for each individual course. May be repeated for credit with significant change in topic and content. 3 Cr.
ENG 389 Guilty Pleasures, Potboilers, Popular Fiction: What We Talk (A)
Focuses on several genres of “light” fiction, such as romance, horror, crime, fan fiction, and sci fi, exploring how such categories evolved and how and why they received derogatory labels. Considers American literary history, the evolution of literary criticism, and theoretical understandings of language and text. Explores why we read and in what context and for whom, and why college literature courses include and exclude particular kinds of texts. Fulfills Late American literature requirement. 3 Cr.
ENG 392 Labor and Equality in Nineteenth Century America (A)
Analyzes representations of work and labor in nineteeth-century United States, including factory, slave, unionized, farm and domestic labor. Studies these forms of work in relation to the language of equality. Authors may include Melville, Douglass, Whitman, and lesser known popular authors who wrote about bankruptcy, crime and “get rich quick” schemes. Fulfills American Literature before 1900 requirement. 3 Cr.
ENG 394 Soldiers, Trauma, and Identity in American Literature (AI)
Examines literature of American wars, mostly recent, to understand how the soldier’s identity is tied to American values and how literature registers trauma. Uses readings in Trauma studies to contextualize and engage with literary readings. Requires students to argue for interpretations of texts as representations of trauma. 3 Cr.
ENG 395 Topics in Creative Writing (A)
This workshop course will offer close study of flash fiction, a subgenre defined less by length than by its effects and techniques, as well as practice in conceiving, drafting, critiquing, and revising students' own flash fiction. Text will include considerations of the form by David Jauss as well as exemplars by such established contemporary writers as Alice Walker, Gabriel Garcia Marquez, grace Paley, Ron Wallace, and others. 3 Cr.
ENG 396 Children's Literature (A)
Explores literature written for children and evolving representations of the child, childhood, and/or child-rearing in texts written from the eighteenth- to the present. Course will study historical and social contexts and may include a focus on the “Golden Age” of children’s literature (1865-WWI), representative genres, themes in children’s literature, and an introduction to bibliographic and critical resources in the field. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 397 Young Adult Literature (AW)
Explores the representation of the young adult in literature with an emphasis on the portrayal of the diverse experiences of coming of age across differences in race, gender, nation, and historical era. Covers a wide range of genres and social issues, such as identity formation, discrimination, parent/child conflicts, suicide, and bullying. Introduces students to bibliographic and critical resources. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) Crosslisted with WMS397 3 Cr. (Spring.)
ENG 401 Ancient Christian Literature (A)
300-level lit credits. Explores important texts from the diverse world of ancient Christianity, either surveying the wide body of late antique Christian literature that survives, or focusing on particular topic, such as Gnostic religion and literature or ancient Christian poetry. This course emphasizes cultural and historical context, as well as theoretical approaches to the study of ancient Christian literature. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ENG 303 & 9 hrs.]
ENG 402 Faith and World Literature (A)
300-level lit credits. Considers literature from various eras, national traditions, and religious worldviews; represents and investigates religious faith. In the process of considering how discrete texts engage with particular religious traditions and institutions, the course also considers how literature explores questions about God, revelation, sin, retribution, the afterlife, and related “religious” topics. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ENG 303 & 9 hrs.]
ENG 403 New Testament Literature (A)
300-level lit credits. Explores the diverse literature of the New Testament, either surveying this part of the Christian Bible or focusing on a particular topic, such as Jesus and the gospels or Paul and his epistles. Emphasizes cultural and historical context, as well as theoretical approaches appropriate to the study of the New Testament. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ENG 303 & 9 hrs.]
ENG 405 Sex/Gender and World Literature (A)
300-level lit credits. Explores how sexuality and gender is represented in world literature, with special attention to how diverse cultures and literary traditions construct these concepts differently. May examine sex and gender in various genres and literary traditions during a single period of literary history (e.g. classical antiquity, the European Renaissance, postmodernism) or explore concepts diachronically, to discover how representations of sexuality change over time. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ENG 303 & 9 hrs.]
ENG 406 Internship (A)
This course is for English majors who wish to build work experience related to the skills they have obtained in their coursework in the major. The course meets once in person and the rest of the contact with the instructor is online (except for when the instructor visits the internship site). Course can be taken twice. Swing course is ENG 506. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: ENG303 with min grade of C- and 2 upper level division courses in English.]
ENG 407 Dialogues with Dostoevsky in World Lit (A)
300-level lit credits. Examines how modern literature and art explore pathologies in urban life, moral philosophy, individual psychology, and aesthetics. Taking as its fulcrum Dostoevsky’s fictions and their Gothic, Romantic, and Realist contexts, our inquiry pursues dialogues with Dostoevsky in works ranging from Gogol’s stories to novels by Machado de Assis, Kafka, Bulgakov, Sokolov, Lins, Saramago, Coetze, and Pelevin, to Pessoa’s poetry, to films by Buneuel, Bresson, Bergman, and Tarkovsky. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ENG 303 & 9 hrs.]
ENG 409 Postmodernism in World Lit & Theory (A)
300-level lit credits. Examines postmodern world literature and theory, contending with such issues as literary reflexivity (writing in the margins of the text or the rewriting of literary tradition), rewriting of history (writing on cultural margins), problematics of memory, cultural identity, dissent and dissembling, the death of the author, cosmopolitanism, globalization, etc. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ENG 303 & 9 hrs.]
ENG 416 Slavic and European Theory (A)
300-level lit credits. With particular attention to historical and cultural contexts, critically examines intersections, insights, and limits of literary study through such critical lenses as Russian formalism, Bakhtinian scholarship, French Structuralism, Post-Structuralism, the Tartu School of Cultural Semiotics, and transnational cultural theory. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ENG 303 & 9 hrs.]
ENG 420 Topics in World Literature (A)
Provides a study of significant authors or topics in world literature (i.e., other than British/American). Content varies, with appropriate subtitles for each individual course. May be repeated for credit with significant change in topic and content. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 422 New Worlds in Renaissance Literature (A)
Examines the significance of these “new worlds”—both real and fantastic—for early modern literature throughout the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. Readings will include texts by Christopher Columbus, Sir Walter Raleigh, St. Thomas More, Edmund Spenser, Francis Bacon, William Shakespeare, John Donne, Johannes Kepler, and Margaret Cavendish. Fulfills British Literature before 1800 requirement. 3 Cr.
ENG 423 Medieval British Literature (A)
Studies medieval British literature in its principal forms: lyric, drama, allegory, and romance; its antecedents in Old English literature; its influence on 15th-century writers; and its connections to European and Middle Eastern literatures. Fulfills British Literature before 1800 requirement. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 424 Chaucer and His Contemporaries (A)
Examines a variety of works by Chaucer. Emphasizes The Canterbury Tales. Fulfills British Literature before 1800 requirement. Swing course ENG 524.uirement. 3 Cr.
ENG 427 Milton and Paradise(s) Lost (A)
300-level lit credits. Focuses on the life and works of John Milton, one of England’s greatest writers and most radical thinkers. Opens with Milton’s early poems and selections from his daring defenses of divorce, freedom of speech, and political revolution. Focus will be on products of the writer’s later years: Paradise Lost, paradise Regined, and Samson Agonistes. Fulfills British Literature after 1800 requirement. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ENG 303 & 9 hrs.]
ENG 429 British Gothic Literature (A)
300-level lit credits. A study of the social, psychological, and aesthetic significance of British Gothic literature. It begins with an examination of the Gothic revolution at the opening of the nineteenth century and its relationship to the catastrophic historical events of the time. It explores the extent to which this literature developed as an avant garde art form, its connection with British romantic writings, and the impact it had on nineteenth-century American literature. Fulfills British Literature before 1800 requirement. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ENG 303 & 9 hrs.]
ENG 430 The Long Eighteenth Century (A)
Covers selected works from British literature written between 1660 and 1800, including samples from Dryden, Congreve, Pope, Swift, Defoe and Johnson. Examines some ways these writers resolve the tensions created by the competing demands of reason, tradition, and the imagination during this period. Fulfills British Literature before 1800 requirement. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: ENG303.]
ENG 431 English Romantic Writers (A)
In this course, we will study the major themes and contexts of English Romantic writers from approximately 1789-1833. The Romantic era is a pivotal moment in the history of British literature; it is an era of great philosophical, cultural, material, and political change. The literary texts we will study respond directly to the upheaval, change, and debate that characterizes the period from the beginning of the French Revolution (1789) to the Abolition of Slavery in Great Britain (1833). This is a required course. Swing course ENG 531. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 432 Victorians and Others (A)
Examines contributions of the era, such as the writings of Tennyson, Browning, Dickens and others from 1832 to World War I, to the development of British literary thought and artistry. Fulfills British Literature after 1800 requirement. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: ENG 303.]
ENG 433 Victorian Poetry (A)
Introduces major poets and poetic forms from c. 1832 – 1901 with attention to emerging genres such as the dramatic monologue and the verse novel. Requires substantive research essay. Authors may include Arnold, the Brownings, the Rossettis, Swinburne and Tennyson. Fulfills British Literature after 1800 requirement. 3 Cr.
ENG 434 Victorian Fiction & The Bible (A)
Analyzes the centrality of the Bible to nineteenth-century culture through its appropriation in Victorian fiction. Drawing on authors with a wide range of religious commitments, the course may touch on such topics as reworkings of specific Biblical narratives; engagements with modes of Biblical interpretation; and experiments with the Bible as a material object. Fulfills the British Literature after 1800 requirement. Swing course with ENG534. 3 Cr.
ENG 436 Modern British Literature (A)
300-level lit credits. Studies major British dramatists, poets, and novelists of the 20th century. Usually includes Shaw, Woolf, Lawrence, and Auden. Fulfills British Literature after 1800 requirement. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ENG 303 & 9 hrs.]
ENG 437 Contemporary British Literature (A)
Provides a study of major British writers in the later 20th and 21st centuries. Usually includes Amis, Osborne, Pinter, Golding, Lessing, and Ishiguro. Fulfills British Literature after 1800 requirement. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: ENG 303.]
ENG 440 Seminar in Later British Writers (A)
Provides a study of significant authors treated singly or in coherent combinations. Content varies, with appropriate subtitles provided for the individual course. May be repeated for credit with significant change in focus. Fulfills British Literature after 1800 requirement. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: ENG303 with minimum grade of "D".]
ENG 442 Topics in Women's Literature (AWY)
Provides advanced study of women in literature and women's literature, focusing, for example, on some aspect of female lives, such as adolescence; on one or more female authors writing in a shared tradition, genre, or period; or on women writing on a common topic or from perspectives held in common. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: ENG 303 or equivalent; Cross-listed as WMS 442.]
ENG 445 Issues in Early American Literature and Culture (A)
Focuses on new World writing before 1800, with particular emphasis on cultural contexts of a limited scope. Contexts will differ from seminar to seminar: e.g. the immigrant experience, politics, the natural world, religion, etc. Fulfills American Literature before 1900 requirement. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ENG 303 & 9 hrs of 300-level lit credits.]
ENG 449 20th Century Asian American Writing (A)
Examines the formation of the Asian American Literary canon from the late 19th Century to the present. Examines issues of racialized gender and sexuality, cultural memory, the immigrant experience and American identity. Considers similarities and differences between Asian American writers of different backgrounds. 3 Cr. (Odd Spring.)
ENG 450 Transcendental Movement (A)
Provides an intensive study of the influential Transcendentalist cultural and intellectual movement and its theories of aesthetics, spirituality, politics, and culture. May include readings from Emerson, Thoreau, Fuller, Parker, Very, as well as important peripheral figures who were influenced by the movement such as Noyes, Garrison, Dickinson, and Whitman. Fulfills American Literature before 1900 requirement. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: ENG303.]
ENG 451 American Literature: the Romantic Era (A)
An intensive study of the blossoming of American literature in the decades prior to the Civil War, the growth of individualism, and its impact on various groups through Transcendentalism, slave narratives and women's novels. Features major authors such as Cooper, Dickinson, Melville and Stowe. Fulfills the American Literature before 1900 requirement. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: ENG303.]
ENG 452 American Literature: 19th Century Women's Novel (A)
Provides an intensive study of the novel as a form of women's self-representation and cultural criticism. May include novels about family life, anti-slavery and temperance, slave narratives; historical novels; and representations of urban and industrial experience. Fulfills the American Literature before 1900 requirement. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: ENG 303; Cross-listed as WMS 452.]
ENG 454 American Modernism (A)
Focuses upon writers of the first half of the 20th century who defined American modernism by consciously breaking away from artistic conventions of the 19th century through experimentation in language, form, style and a heightened awareness of writing itself. Writers may include Pound, Stein, Hemingway, Hurston, Hughes, and Faulkner. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 455 WW I Re-Makes America: Gender, Class, Race (A)
Examines literary texts about U.S. participation in the Great War with particular attention to how such works register changes in attitudes toward gender, race, and class. Attends to historical contexts that illuminate these ideas and the discourses surrounding them. Students will be expected to direct their own learning, including preparing and delivering a group presentation on historical issues and developing, researching, and writing a substantial argumentative essay. 3 Cr.
ENG 456 Toni Morrison: Race and the American Psyche (A)
Looks at selected works by Toni Morrison, focusing on her representations of race in the American national psyche. We read Morrison’s novels in relation to the theoretical schools of Critical Race Theory and Psychoanalysis. Students will choose a focused approach to this topic mid-semester and do additional outside research which they will present in class and utilize to write an extended, theoretically-informed seminar paper. Swing ENG 556. 3 Cr.
ENG 471 Topics in Late American Literature (A)
Provides advanced study in literature, theory, and culture in twentieth-century and later U.S. literature. Topics vary by semester. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ENG 303.]
ENG 472 Capstone Seminar in Literature and Theory (A)
Designed for students in their senior year, capstone seminars give students the opportunity to pursue specialized work based on focused reading of texts, criticism, literary history, and/or theory. Students engage in independent research and writing, culminating in the completion of an extended, theoretically-informed seminar paper or project. This class requires students to bring together skills and knowledge developed through throughout their pursuit of the major. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 473 Linguistics for Second Language Acquisition (A)
Crosslisted with FCE473. Contrastive analysis of the language components of English, French and Spanish; phonetics and phonology, morphology, syntax, lexicon, and semantics. Examines sociolinguistic and psycholinguistic perspectives related to the role of language in culture, identity and learning. Explores languages acquisition theories, and their application to bilingualism and the teaching of English to speakers of other languages. 3 Cr.
ENG 476 American Dialects (A)
Considers regional and social dialects of American and British English, African-American English and its history, pidgins and creoles, and observed differences in the speech of men and women. Attention given also to matters language policy, such as the use of non-standard dialects in reading instruction or “English Only” laws. Includes instruction in use of the International Phonetic Alphabet and in the methods of descriptive grammar. 3 Cr.
ENG 478 History and Structure of English (A)
Examines the development of Standard English and other varieties from a sociolinguistic, historical perspective. Provides a study of language acquisition, regional and social dialects, and the distinction between grammar and usage. Includes practice in and testing of contemporary usage. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 479 Linguistics (A)
Provides a study of phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics, and sociolinguistics. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: Junior or senior status.]
ENG 480 Old English (A)
300-level lit credits. Focuses on forms of written English employed between 600-1100 A.D., with the aim of reading substantial examples of Old English prose and verse in the original language. Readings may include selections from “Beowulf,” “The Dream of the Rood” and “The Battle of Maldon,” as well as saints’ lives. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ENG 303 & 9 hrs.]
ENG 481 Grammar of Standard Written English (A)
Surveys Perscriptive, Descriptive, Generative, and Contextual theories of grammar. Reviews the conventions of Standard Written English. Students analyze samples of their own writing to discover grammatical structures their personal styles favor, and they become aware of the variety of structural choices available to them as writers. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 483 Career Preparation for English Majors (A)
Prepares English majors for internships and career transition with emphasis on writing cover letters, résumés, and polishing interview skills. Focuses on how students can market the skills honed in the literature and creative writing classroom. The swing course is appropriate for sophomores seeking internships and scholarships through grad students interested in non-academic careers. 3 Cr.
ENG 484 Young Adult Literature (A)
Examines the needs of the young adult reader. Surveys genre literature as well as literature in content areas. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 485 Professional Writing (A)
Builds on the close reading and critical thinking skills of Humanities students to strengthen detail-oriented, audience-driven written documents, both print and electronic, appropriate to expectations in a variety of workplaces. For Humanities majors and graduate students. Crosslisted with CMC485. Swing course ENG585. 3 Cr.
ENG 488 Literature and Public Humanities (A)
Introduces students to the public humanities and career paths that engage communities and publics with literature. Explores how public organizations and activities such as museums, institutes, community-reads programs, and performances relate to the goal of academic humanities to study “what it means to be human.” Focuses on a set of literary texts that have popular resonance. Required attendance at two events outside of scheduled class time. Counts toward the Museum Studies and Public History minor. Swing course ENG 588. 3 Cr.
ENG 491 Advanced Fiction Workshop (A)
Focuses on the writing of fiction and the applied criticism of fiction. Requires students to bring manuscript to a polished state of form, style and content. May be repeated for credit. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: ENG 305 and either ENG 304 or ENG 306.]
ENG 492 Advanced Poetry Workshop (A)
Focuses on original poetry writing and applied criticism. Requires intensive critical discussion, revision, and some consideration of work by selected contemporaries. May be repeated for credit. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: ENG 305 and either ENG 304 or ENG 306.]
ENG 493 Advanced Literary Nonfiction Workshop (A)
Primarily a writing course in which students "workshop" essays. Explores the historical evolution of the essay and its new forms. Requires students to read a variety of essays and create their own. May be repeated for credit. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: ENG 305 and either ENG 304 or ENG 306.]
ENG 495 The Writer's Craft (A)
Allows students to meet with the directors of the Writers Forum and guest artists and critics to discuss contemporary literature and the creative writing process. Contact the department for names of guests set to appear in the semester and other details. May be repeated for credit. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 499 Independent Study in English (A)
To be defined in consultation with the instructor-sponsor in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-6 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 502 Faith and World Literature (A)
300-level lit credits. Considers literature from various eras, national traditions, and religious worldviews; represents and investigates religious faith. In the process of considering how discrete texts engage with particular religious traditions and institutions, the course also considers how literature explores questions about God, revelation, sin, retribution, the afterlife, and related “religious” topics. Additional requirements required for the graduate level: > additional critical readings and monthly meetings to discuss them > final project will be a substantive research paper (15 pages) > possibility of presenting a topic or leading a discussion in class Crosslisted with ENG402. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ENG 303 & 9 hrs.]
ENG 505 Sex/Gender in World Literature (A)
Explores how sexuality and gender is represented in world literature, with special attention to how diverse cultures and literary traditions construct these concepts differently. May examine sex and gender in various genres and literary traditions during a single period of literary history (e.g. classical antiquity or the European Renaissance) or explore the concepts diachronically, to discover how they change over time. 3 Cr.
ENG 506 Internship (A)
This course is for English majors who wish to build work experience related to the skills they have obtained in their coursework in the major. The course meets once in person and the rest of the contact with the instructor is online (except for when the instructor visits the internship site). Course can be taken twice. Swing course is ENG 406. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
ENG 516 The British Renaissance (A)
Studies selected poetry, fiction, criticism, drama, and philosophy by British writers from More to Milton. 3 Cr.
ENG 524 Chaucer and His Contemporaries (A)
Examines a variety of works by Chaucer. Emphasizes The Canterbury Tales. Fulfills British Literature before 1800 requirement. Graduate students will be required to deliver presentations of about 10-15 minutes at the end of the semester and will write longer final papers that must engage with secondary materials; undergraduate papers will focus mainly on primary texts. Swing Course ENG 424. 3 Cr.
ENG 531 English Romantic Writers (A)
In this course, we will study the major themes and contexts of English Romantic writers from approximately 1789-1833. The Romantic era is a pivotal moment in the history of British literature; it is an era of great philosophical, cultural, material, and political change. The literary texts we will study respond directly to the upheaval, change, and debate that characterizes the period from the beginning of the French Revolution (1789) to the Abolition of Slavery in Great Britain (1833). For the graduate level:Presentation: 30-minute presentation with discussion-leading (20%) Response Papers: 5 response papers (10%) Research Proposal: 15% Annotated Bibliography: 20% Final Research Paper (12-15 pages): 35% This is a required course. Swing course ENG 431. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 534 Victorian Fiction & The Bible (A)
Analyzes the centrality of the Bible to nineteenth-century culture through its appropriation in Victorian fiction. Drawing on authors with a wide range of religious commitments, the course may touch on such topics as reworkings of specific Biblical narratives; engagements with modes of Biblical interpretation; and experiments with the Bible as a material object. Fulfills the British Literature after 1800 requirement. Graduate section requires additional primary and theoretical readings, an assignment leading discussion for the entire class, and a longer and more demanding final research project. Swing course ENG434. 3 Cr.
ENG 542 Topics in Women's Literature (A)
Prerequisite: ENG 303 or equivalent; Provides advanced study of women in literature and women's literature, focusing, for example, on some aspect of female lives, such as adolescence; on one or more female authors writing in a shared tradition, genre, or period; or on women writing on a common topic or from perspectives held in common. 3 Cr.
ENG 549 20th Century Asian American Writing (A)
Examines the formation of the Asian American Literary canon from the late 19th Century to the present. Examines issues of racialized gender and sexuality, cultural memory, the immigrant experience and American identity. Considers similarities and differences between Asian American writers of different backgrounds. 3 Cr. (Odd Spring.)
ENG 550 20th Century Asian American Literature (A)
Examines the formation of the Asian American Literary canon from the late 19th Century to the present. Examines issues of racialized gender and sexuality, cultural memory, the immigrant experience and American identity. Considers similarities and differences between Asian American writers of different backgrounds. 3 Cr.
ENG 556 Toni Morrison: Race and the American Psyche (A)
Looks at selected works by Toni Morrison, focusing on her representations of race in the American national psyche. We read Morrison’s novels in relation to the theoretical schools of Critical Race Theory and Psychoanalysis. Students will choose a focused approach to this topic mid-semester and do additional outside research which they will present in class and utilize to write an extended, theoretically-informed seminar paper. Swing ENG 456. 3 Cr.
ENG 562 African Film and Fiction (A)
Examines the emerging field of African cinema and its relation to literature from that continent. Films and readings reflect major cultural issues in contemporary Africa, and offer insight into artists' responses to those issues. Draws on interdisciplinary methods and approaches from the arts (cinema and literary works), the humanities (textual criticism) and the social sciences (postcolonial cultural theory). 3 Cr.
ENG 573 Linguistics and Second Language Acquisition (A)
Crosslisted with FEC573. Contrastive analysis of the language components of English, French and Spanish; phonetics and phonology, morphology, syntax, lexicon, and semantics. Examines sociolinguistic and psycholinguistic perspectives related to the role of language in culture, identity and learning. Explores languages acquisition theories, and their application to bilingualism and the teaching of English to speakers of other languages. 3 Cr.
ENG 576 American Dialects (A)
Considers regional and social dialects of American and British English, African-American English and its history, pidgins and creoles, and observed differences in the speech of men and women. Attention given also to matters language policy, such as the use of non-standard dialects in reading instruction or “English Only” laws. Includes instruction in use of the International Phonetic Alphabet and in the methods of descriptive grammar. 3 Cr.
ENG 577 Language Awareness for Writers (A)
Introduces students to aspects of language and culture currently of importance to writers, educators and the general public. Students explore new perspectives in the study of language about topics including but not limited to the effects of technology on language and communication, language and politics, propaganda, and the language of advertising. Students are encouraged to develop critical thinking to discuss and write about current language issues in the U.S. Helps students to connect language study to reading and writing. 3 Cr.
ENG 578 History and Structure of English (A)
Examines the development of Standard English and other varieties from a sociolinguistic, historical perspective. Provides a study of language acquisition, regional and social dialects, and the distinction between grammar and usage. Includes practice in and testing of contemporary usage. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 579 Linguistics (A)
Provides a study of phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics, and sociolinguistics. 3 Cr.
ENG 581 Grammar of Standard Written English (A)
Surveys Prescriptive, Descriptive, Generative, and Contextual theories of grammar. Reviews the conventions of Standard Written English. Students analyze samples of their own writing to discover grammatical structures their personal styles favor, and they become aware of the variety of structural choices available to them as writers. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 583 Career Preparation for English Majors (A)
Prepares English majors for internships and career transition with emphasis on writing cover letters, résumés, and polishing interview skills. Focuses on how students can market the skills honed in the literature and creative writing classroom. The swing course is appropriate for sophomores seeking internships and scholarships through grad students interested in non-academic careers. 3 Cr.
ENG 584 Young Adult Literature (A)
Examines the needs of the young adult reader. Surveys genre literature as well as literature in content areas. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 585 Professional Writing (A)
Builds on the close reading and critical thinking skills of Humanities students to strengthen detail-oriented, audience-driven written documents, both print and electronic, appropriate to expectations in a variety of workplaces. For Humanities majors and graduate students. Swing course CMC585. 3 Cr.
ENG 588 Literature and Public Humanities (A)
Introduces students to the public humanities and career paths that engage communities and publics with literature. Explores how public organizations and activities such as museums, institutes, community-reads programs, and performances relate to the goal of academic humanities to study “what it means to be human.” Focuses on a set of literary texts that have popular resonance. Required attendance at two events outside of scheduled class time. Counts toward the Museum Studies and Public History minor. Swing course ENG 488. 3 Cr.
ENG 590 Creative Writing for Teachers (A)
Explores how to stimulate writing and creative response to literature. Examines contemporary literature for models and requires students to develop writing exercises and to produce and discuss individual work. Reviews and analyzes current material on the teaching of creative writing. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 595 The Writer's Craft (A)
Allows students to meet with the directors of the Writers Forum and guest artists and critics to discuss contemporary literature and the creative writing process. Contact the department for names of guests set to appear in the semester and other details. May be repeated for credit. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 596 Writers in the Archive (A)
Writers in the Archive explores Brockport’s Writers Forum archives, as well as the literary works they illuminate. We read a selection of books by writers who have participated in the Writers Forum over the past 60 years and discuss their recorded interviews, learning how to use this powerful resource in the interpretation of contemporary authors’ work. Occasionally, we read brief critical or theoretical essays or view clips from other interviews that complement the Writers Forum’s archival resources. You will have the opportunity to explore the archives on your own, writing an essay and giving a presentation on a literary work of your choice in which you draw on those archives and related resources for interpretive and/or stylistic analysis. 3 Cr. (Odd Spring.)
ENG 599 Independent Study in English (A)
To be defined in consultation with the instructor-sponsor in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-6 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 600 Introduction to Graduate Studies in Literature: Critical Discourses and Dialogues in the Discipline (A)
Introduction to Graduate Study in Literature: Critical Discourses & Dialogues in the Discipline introduces students to close and comparative literary analysis at the graduate level, current critical dialogues and theoretical perspectives in the discipline, and different modes and forums for literary discourse in literary texts, journals, conferences, research engines & other online resources, archival repositories, etc. Students engage literary texts and critical contexts through close readings in dialogue with critical scholarship, critical summaries of journals, abstracts, annotated bibliographies, short analytical essay(s), a conference paper, presentation, or other apt exercises. This course will include assignments that can assess students developing capacity to “participate in literary-critical dialogues within the discipline” (ENL SLO2). 3 Cr.
ENG 603 Seminar in Creative Writing (A)
Brings the theory and method of creative writing to the study of selected readings in poetry and/or prose. Topics will vary, but may include the lyric poem; the novel; memoir, publishing and the literary journal; prosody; and the teaching of writing. Instructor’s permission required; may be repeated once for credit. 3 Cr.
ENG 604 World Modernisms (A)
Through close, culturally contextualized, comparative critical readings ranging across conventional geo-cultural and generic divides, this seminar reconsiders Modernist domains, dimensions, and dynamics. While revisiting texts and contexts that have defined Modernism- from Proust’s Paris to Woolf’s London- our study is reoriented towards anticipatory and alternative modernisms in Petersburg texts by Dostoevsky and Bely, in Machado de Assis’s and Mario de Andrade’s hallucinated cities. 3 Cr.
ENG 605 Studies in World Literature (A)
Examines selected authors, issues, or topics in world (non-British or American) literature. Provides intensive study that may vary by course and may be repeated for credit if topic changes. 3 Cr.
ENG 606 Studies in Early English Literature - Topics (A)
Variable topic. Focuses on a major example of literature written in English in either the Old English (ca. 600-1100) or Middle English (1150-1450) periods, along with advanced readings in the relevant scholarship. Repeatable with different topic. 3 Cr.
ENG 608 Ecology and American Literature (A)
Examines different ways of thinking about literature and nature, specifically through a focus on natural ecology. Explores how American literary representations of nature and the environment show understanding or the lack thereof of natural ecology. Considers the human ability to co-exist with nonhuman living entities. Advances skills in making arguments about literature through interdisciplinary and theoretical approaches. 3 Cr.
ENG 610 Studies in 18th Century Literature (A)
Introduces the student to a specific topic in the study of eighteenth-century British literature. Considers a number of texts ( from various genres) alongside important historical and social contexts. The specific topic of the course will vary each time it is offered. 3 Cr. (Even Spring.)
ENG 611 Literary Approaches to the Bible (A)
Studies the Bible, or portions thereof, from critical perspectives informed by contemporary literary theory. May focus on the Bible’s influence on later literature (e.g., the Bible and the novels of William Faulkner or John Milton and the Bible) or on discrete portions of the Bible itself (e.g. the writings of Paul, Jesus and the Gospels, narrative from the Hebrew Bible, etc.). Alternatively, the topic may be driven by theory (e.g. Biblical Intertextualities or Feminist Approaches to the Bible). 3 Cr.
ENG 615 Evil in World Literature (A)
Explores the theme of evil in world literature through careful examination of a handful of texts from a variety of national literatures and literary traditions, ancient and modern. Focuses on analysis and interpretation of works of literary art with an aim toward exploring and understanding the pressing psychological, ethical, philosophical, and even theological problems these texts raise. 3 Cr.
ENG 616 Studies in the English Renaissance (Topics) (A)
Focuses on an important topic in literature and culture in sixteenth- and seventeenth-century England. Topics and authors will vary each year, though authors may include Shakespeare, Milton, Spenser, Marlowe, Donne, Jonson. 3 Cr.
ENG 617 Trans Racial and Dblity Justice: Intsvtns in Contemp US Lit (A)
Offers a comparative reading of Transgender Rights Movements, Racial Justice Movements and Disability Rights/Justice Movements in the contemporary United States. Applies theory from trans studies, critical race theory, and disability studies to 20th and 21st century novels, journalism, popular texts in social and racial justice, and popular culture texts including television and comedy. Students will complete a midterm paper and longer final critical research paper. 3 Cr.
ENG 620 Writing in Exile: Transposition, Translation, Translingualism, Transcultural Consciousness, (A)
In this graduate seminar in modern world literature, we engage poetry, fiction and non-fictional prose, documentary film and art that reflect disparate experiences of exile, even as they reflexively reckon with attendant alienation and absence that similarly condition consciousness and conscience, aesthetics and ethics. We comparatively consider correspondences between literal and literary trangression, transposition, translation, translingualism, critical and creative transformation in works composed across borders. Works are read in English translation (with the option of reading in the original languages). Texts may include works by Mandelstam, Brodsky, Nabokov, Hoffman, Lispector, Levy, Sarraute, Said, Kundera, Aciman, Bouraoui, Agualusa, Akerman, Tarkovsky, among others. 3 Cr.
ENG 629 Seminar in Modern British Literature (A)
Advanced readings in the major authors, genres and themes of the period of British Modernism (approx. 1900 - 1950). Meets requirement for late British Literature for graduate students in English. 3 Cr.
ENG 630 Seminar in Nineteenth Century British Literature (A)
Advanced readings in the major authors, genres, and themes of the British Romantic and Victorian periods, c. 1798-1901. May be repeated for credit when the topic changes. 3 Cr.
ENG 631 Studies in Contemporary British Writers (A)
Studies two or three major contemporary English authors. Typically includes Pinter, Lessing, Fowles, Golding, Stoppard and Lodge. Specific focus indicated by subtitle. 3 Cr.
ENG 632 American Literature to 1870 (Topics) (A)
Covers selected major authors before 1870. Includes authors such as Puritan writers, Cooper, Hawthorne, Melville and other important writers. Specific focus indicated by subtitle. 3 Cr.
ENG 633 Studies in American Literature Since 1870 (A)
Covers selected advanced topics in American Literature since 1870. Provides intensive study of specific topics that will vary by course. May be organized around particular literary figures, movements, or issues. 3 Cr.
ENG 634 American Romanticism and Human Rights (Topics) (B)
In American Romanticism and Human Rights we will read novels, poems, and documents to study the complex relationship between our identities as human beings and as citizens of nations. Focusing on the rise of romantic individualism—a model of selfhood in which the “spirit,” “soul,” or “will” of the individual gained new meanings—we will discuss nationalist poetry of the American revolution and pre-Civil War era, Anti-slavery autobiographies, short stories, novels and essays by major authors such as Walt Whitman and Frederick Douglass as well as more obscure writers such as Elizabeth Stuart Phelps and Frank Webb. All of our texts ask questions about the idea of universal equality and actual experiences of inequality. 3 Cr.
ENG 635 Jane Austen in Context (A)
This course offers an in-depth study of Jane Austen’s works (a combination of her six published novels as well as Juvenilia and unpublished fragments) in the context of both the late 18th and early 19th centuries (when she was writing) and/or the more modern popular contexts of our contemporary world. In addition to reading a selection of Austen’s novels, students will also read novels by her contemporaries and/or by 20th and 21st century authors and filmmakers who were inspired by her work. Students will also be assigned significant theoretical works on Austen and her contemporaries (or on current fandom) that will help them develop their critical analysis of her work. This counts as a Literary Genres and Techniques course in the English MA, Literature Track curriculum. 3 Cr.
ENG 682 Seminar in Children's Literature (A)
Explores literature written for children and evolving representations of the child, childhood, and/or child-rearing in texts written from the eighteenth- to the present. Course may include a focus on the “Golden Age” of children’s literature (1865-WWI), representative genres, themes in children’s literature, and extensive discussion of critical and theoretical resources in the field applied to picture books, poems, or novels. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
ENG 684 Seminar in Young Adult Literature (A)
Explores the representation of the young adult in literature with an emphasis on the portrayal of the diverse experiences of coming of age across differences in race, gender, nation, and historical era. Covers a range of genres and social issues, such as identity formation, discrimination, parent/child conflicts, and bullying. Offers an extensive introduction to the literary-critical dialogue within the field. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
ENG 690 Advanced Writing in the Discipline (A)
Capstone course for the English MA, Literature track. The purpose is twofold: 1) to prepare students for the final project (ENG 697), a 30-35 page scholarly essay that contributes substantially to current discussions within the student’s chosen field; 2) to acquaint students with the practices and conventions of advanced academic writing (such as peer review and revision). 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 691 Prose Workshop (A)
A seminar in the practice of prose writing (fiction and/or nonfiction), with particular attention given to discussion and critique of student’s own work. The workshop is supplemented by readings in modern and contemporary prose, essays on craft etc. May be taken 3 times for credit. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 692 Poetry Workshop (A)
A seminar in the practice of poetry writing, with particular attention given to discussion and critique of students’ work. The workshop is supplemented by readings in modern and contemporary poetry, essays on craft, etc. May be taken 3 times for credit. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 697 Advanced Project in Literature (A)
Allows students to complete their final project for the MA in Literature, supervised by the Director of Graduate students and an additional reader. The project will consist of revising and enhancing a paper previously submitted in ENG 690 Advanced Writing. Successful completion of the project will include an oral defense. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENG 698 Creative Thesis (A)
Each student will produce a creative thesis of 50-60 pages, typically a collection of poems or short prose pieces carefully revised and brought to a finished state, and accompanied by a critical introduction. Students will read and critique each other's introductory essays in a workshop format. A required course in the Creative Writing track of the English MA. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
ENG 699 Independent Study in English (A)
Designed individually through consultation between student and instructor to suit the student's needs and interests and the special competence of the instructor. Additional requirements may be imposed by the department. 1-6 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
Environmental Science
ENV 201 Environmental Science (A)
Non-majors only. Environmental science is an interdisciplinary study combining ideas and information from the natural and social sciences. The eight integrated themes of lecture and discussion are biodiversity, sustainability, connections in nature, pollution and its prevention, population growth, energy consumption and efficiency, solutions to environmental problems, and the importance of individuals changing their lifestyles and working with others to bring about environmental change. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENV 202 Environmental Science (ALY)
$50 Course fee required: Required for majors. Open to non-majors. Environmental Science is an interdisciplinary study combining ideas and information from the natural and social sciences. The eight integrated themes of lecture and discussion are biodiversity, sustainability, connections in nature, pollution and its prevention, population growth, energy consumption and efficiency, solutions to environmental problems, and the importance of individuals changing their lifestyles and working with others to bring about environmental change. Laboratory and field activities emphasize hands-on applications of environmental science methods, problem solving, and proper writing of laboratory reports. 4 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENV 204 Biology of Organisms (AL)
$50 Course fee required, Prerequisite: ENV 202 with min grade of C-. Required for majors. Open to non-majors. Explores basic concepts in the biological sciences from a whole organism (animals and plants) and environmental science perspective. The unifying theme for the course is evolution, and T. H. Dobzhansky's dictum that "Nothing in biology is understandable except in the light of evolution." Topics covered in lectures and laboratories include scientific method, molecular and population genetics, cell biology, diversity of life, and evolution and natural selection. 4 Cr. (Spring.)
ENV 205 Environmental Science Laboratory (AL)
$50 Course fee required: Prerequisite: ENV 201. This course focuses on experiential learning in environmental science. Students will use the scientific method, learn to collect and analyze data, and write scientific lab reports covering topics in the broad-ranging field of environmental science. This field and lab-based course is designed to cover real world topics including climate change, environmental sustainability, ecosystem conservation and management, water quality, and invasive species. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENV 290 Introduction to Honors Research (A)
This course provides an introduction to scientific research and the scientific method. Field and laboratory techniques will be introduced in the context of developing a thesis proposal. Only students with less than 54 college credits may register. Requires prior approval of the faculty mentor. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: ENV 303 and 202 and 204 with min grade of C-.]
ENV 303 Ecology (AY)
$50 Course fee required: Cross-listed as BIO 303. Prerequisites: ENV 202 or ENV 204. Required for majors, open to non-majors. Ecology addresses interrelationships among organisms and the physical environment. Considers energy flow, nutrient cycling, population and community dynamics, principles of animal behavior, and natural history in lecture, laboratory and field studies. 4 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: ENV 202 or 204 with min grade of C-.]
ENV 337 Biostatistics (AM)
Introduction to statistical analysis including descriptive statistics, test selection (including t-tests, regression, ANOVA and nonparametric alternatives), calculation, and interpretation, hypothesis formation and testing, Consideration is given to experimental design and appropriate evaluation of statistical application and interpretation. *fulfills undergrad core req. for 437 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: ENV 202 with min grade of C- and (MTH 111 or higher level MTH).]
ENV 400 Plant Diversity (A)
$50 Course fee required: Prerequisites: ENV 202, 204, 303. Introduction to the diversity of plants from an evolutionary perspective to taxonomic and botanical characteristics. Laboratory and field work surveys plant structures and principles of plant classifications and identification from the cellular to organismal level. Projects include plant collection and preservation, plant propagation, plant reproduction, and review and presentation of botanical literature. 4 Cr. (Even Fall.)
ENV 403 Isotope Ecology (A)
Isotope ecology will explore how atomic structure leads to traceable patterns in biological systems. After building a basic foundation in isotopic theory and measurement, the course will explore common biogeochemical cycles and how these are influenced by humans. Students will also be exposed to practical aspects of analysis, with regular problem sets to understand isotope data. Students, working as teams, will ultimately develop a proposal utilizing isotopic analysis. Swing course ENV 503. 3 Cr. (Even Spring.) [Prerequisites: ENV 303 and ENV 202 and 204 with min grade of C-.]
ENV 404 Stream Ecology (A)
Course fee: $50. Multiple Course fees: Introduction to stream ecology. Topics include geomorphology, hydrology, stream chemistry and temperature, nutrient spiraling, trophic interactions, primary production, stream invertebrate ecology, stream vertebrate ecology, biodiversity in streams, stream habitat diversity, and stream management and restoration. 4 Cr. (Even Fall.) [Prerequisites: ENV 202, 204, and 303 with min grade C-.]
ENV 406 Wildlife Ecology (A)
$50 Course fee required: Prerequisite: ENV 202, 204, 303. Introduction to the scientific study of wildlife biology. Lecture topics include population ecology, behavior, nutrition, disease, habitat management, predator prey systems, economics, and the human dimensions of wildlife management. Laboratories and field work include radio telemetry, census methods, aging white-tailed deer, and computer modeling. 4 Cr. (Even Fall.)
ENV 407 Invasion Ecology (A)
Topics include invasive species transport and spread, impacts of invasive species on communities and ecosystems, traits of invasive species, and management strategies for invasions. 3 Cr. (Odd Spring.) [Prerequisite: ENV 202, 204, & 303 with min grade C-.]
ENV 408 Principles of Wildlife Management (A)
Principle of Wildlife Management will chronicle an overview of the management and conservation of animals, their habitats, and how people influence both. Special emphasis on game species, habitat management, and the human dimensions of wildlife management. Swing course ENV508. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: ENV303, 202, 204 with min grade of C-.]
ENV 413 Topics in Plant Biology (A)
Students with a substantial background in plant biology or ecology review recent scientific literature while addressing selected topics in plant biology, ecology or systematics. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ENV 303 and 202 and 204 with min grade of C-.]
ENV 414 Data Collection and Management (A)
Data Collection and Management discusses methods of collecting, organizing, and visualizing environmental and ecological data. Students will gain experience designing and undertaking data collection in field and lab settings, including positional data using GPS. Additional topics include data quality control, manipulation of data in spreadsheets and databases, and visualizing and sharing data. 1 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: ENV303 202 and 204 with min grade of C-.]
ENV 419 Limnology (A)
$60 Course fee required: Prerequisites: ENV 202, 204, & 303 with min grade C-. Introduces students to the physical, chemical and biological characteristics of lakes and streams. Lecture topics include top-down: bottom-up control of food webs, eutrophication, nutrient cycling, acid precipitation effects on lakes, paleolimnology, etc. Recommended for students interested in oceanography and marine biology. Required for students in the aquatic ecology track of the environmental science major. Laboratory and field methods covered include sampling and identification of selected aquatic organisms, chemical analysis of water, and operation of physical and chemical sampling gear. Includes field exercises on lakes and streams. 4 Cr. (Fall.)
ENV 425 Microbial Ecology (A)
This course explores the role of microorganisms in various environmental contexts, including their interactions with ecosystems, biogeochemical cycles, and their applications in bioremediation and environmental monitoring. Emphasis will be placed on understanding microbial diversity, ecological functions, and the impact of human activities on microbial communities. Cross list & Swing course info BIO425 ENV425 BIO525 ENV525. 4 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: BIO302 OR (ENV202 AND ENV204 AND and ENV 303 AND CHM205 AND CHM206).]
ENV 427 Animal Behavior (A)
Introduction to the mechanisms and evolution of animal behavior. Topics include methods for the observation and quantification of behavior, natural selection and evolution of behavior, behavioral genetics, neural and physiological mechanisms of behavior, development of behavior, communication, migration and orientation, foraging behavior, social behavior, sexual reproduction, parental investment, and mating systems. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: ENV 202, 204, & 303.]
ENV 430 Ornithology (A)
$50 Course fee required: Prerequisites: ENV 202, 204, & 303. Introduction to the scientific study of birds. Explores their form, function, ecology, and evolution. Topics include anatomy, physiology, origins and biophysics of flight, migration and annual cycle, mating systems, and population and community ecology of birds. Includes lab and field study of anatomy and flight, identification techniques, census methods, and trapping and banding. 4 Cr. (Even Spring.)
ENV 435 Northern Wetlands (A)
Introduction to wetlands of the northern United States - peatlands and Great Lakes coastal marshes. Wetland development will be addressed starting with underlying geology and hydrology, then proceeding to biogeochemistry and development of plant communities and faunal habitats. Human impacts on these wetland types will be assessed, along with potential means for preventing degradation and restoring wetland functions. 3 Cr. (Even Spring.) [Prerequisites: ENV 202, 204, and 303 with minimum grade of C-.]
ENV 436 Water Quality Analysis (A)
Course fee: $50. Introduction to standard methods and analytical techniques associated with environmental chemistry. Students gain experience, including set up and trouble shooting, with UV-V spectrophotometry, wet chemical techniques by autoanlyser, fluorometry, gas chromatography and atomic absorption spectrophotometry, by analyzing unknowns. Although the medium for analysis is water, methods are applicable to air samples, tissues and soils. 4 Cr. (Even Spring.) [Prerequisites: ENV 202, 204, 303 with minimum grade of C-, and CHM 206.]
ENV 438 Ecological Data Analysis in R (A)
Topics include an introduction to the R language, writing simple functions, creating graphs, and analyzing ecological data using descriptive, univariate, and multivariate techniques. 3 Cr. (Odd Spring.) [Prerequisites: ENV 202, 204, 303 with minimum grade of C-.]
ENV 439 Conservation Biology (A)
Introduction to the scientific study of conservation biology. Examines current theories and data from evolutionary biology, ecology, and genetics as they relate to the conservation of biological diversity. Topics include causes of extinction, habitat loss and fragmentation, design of nature reserves, landscape ecology, application of basic principles of population biology to species conservation, and restoration ecology. 3 Cr. (Even Spring.) [Prerequisite: ENV 202, 204, 303 with a min grade C-.]
ENV 440 Herpetology (A)
$50 Course fee required: Prerequisites: ENV 202, 204, 303. Introduction to the scientific study of reptiles and amphibians. Explores their form, function, ecology, and evolution. Topics include anatomy, physiology, mating systems, population and community ecology of reptiles and amphibians, and their conservation biology. Includes lab and field study of identification techniques, capture and census methods. 4 Cr. (Odd Spring.)
ENV 444 Plant and Ecosystem Ecology (A)
Introduction to the major terrestrial ecosystems of the world and the stresses they face due to global environmental change such as rising atmospheric carbon dioxide levels, global warming, declining biodiversity, invasive species and elevated nitrogen deposition. Systems will be compared and contrasted with respect to their major characteristics, including vegetation, energy flow, and nutrient cycling and inputs. 3 Cr. (Odd Spring.) [Prerequisites: ENV 202, 204, 303 with a minimum grade of C-.]
ENV 446 Wetland Ecology (A)
$50 Course fee required: Prerequisite: ENV 202, 204, 303 with a minimum grade of C-. In-depth study of wetland science, including wetland types, functions and values, hydrology, biogeochemistry, development and succession, and plant and animal communities. Focuses on practical application of knowledge gained and concludes with wetland management and restoration, as well as wetland management problems. 4 Cr. (Fall.)
ENV 447 Wetland Delineation (A)
There is a course fee of $50.00. Introduction to technical criteria, field indicators, and accepted methods for identifying and delineating wetlands. Topics include the history of wetland regulation, hydrology, hydric soils, and hydrophytic vegetation. Laboratory and field activities will focus on identification of hydrologic indicators, soils, and plant communities to determine wetland boundaries, as well as the understanding and use of the Army Corps of Engineers 1987 Wetland Delineation Manual. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ENV 202, 204, 303 with a minimum grade of C-.]
ENV 448 Restoration Ecology (A)
Introduction to restoration of terrestrial, wetland, and aquatic ecosystems to be addressed by focusing on regulatory constraints, site characterization/evaluation, conceiving and designing restoration projects that fit within the surrounding landscape, monitoring requirements, control of invasives, and adaptive management. Students working in groups will develop conceptual restoration projects of their own choosing. 3 Cr. (Even Fall.) [Prerequisites: ENV 202, 204, 303 with a minimum grade of C-.]
ENV 449 Isotope Ecology (A)
Isotope ecology will explore how atomic structure leads to traceable patterns in biological systems. After building a basic foundation in isotopic theory and measurement, the course will explore common biogeochemical cycles and how these are influenced by humans. Students will also be exposed to practical aspects of analysis, with regular problem sets to understand isotope data. Students, working as teams, will ultimately develop a proposal utilizing isotopic analysis. Course requires a minimum grade of D- (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification). Swing course ENV549. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: ENV 303&204&202 with minimum grade of C-.]
ENV 452 Environmental Laws and Regulations (A)
Introduction to key federal and state environmental laws, how branches of government interact to enforce environmental laws and regulations, and the roles scientists and lawyers play in resolving environmental issues. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
ENV 459 Mammalogy (A)
Introduction to the scientific study of mammals. Explores their form, function, ecology, and evolution. Topics include origins, anatomy, physiology, diet and feeding strategies, population and community ecology, and social systems. Laboratory and field activities emphasize mammalian classification, habitat selection, and population biology. 4 Cr. (Odd Fall.) [Prerequisites: ENV 202, 204, & 303 with a minimum grade of C-.]
ENV 462 Aquatic Toxicology (A)
$50 Course fee required: Prerequisites: ENV 202, 204, 303 with a minimum grade of C-, and CHM 206. Introduction to performing aquatic tests on water and sediment using standard fish and aquatic invertebrate test species. This will be accomplished through lectures, hands-on labs, data analyses, and student presentations. 4 Cr. (Odd Spring.)
ENV 464 Aquaculture (A)
$40 Course fee required: Prerequisites: ENV 202, 204, 303 with a minimum grade of C-. An introduction to the principles and practices of intensive and extensive aquaculture. Topics include system design and operation; water quality maintenance; diet and nutrition; reproduction; selective breeding and genetics; disease identification and treatment; and the biology of cultured organisms. 3 Cr. (Even Fall.)
ENV 466 Great Lakes Issues (A)
Introduction to the major environmental issues facing the Great Lakes. Topics include an overview of the physical, chemical and biological components of the Great Lakes ecosystem, toxic substances and areas of concern, invasive species, nearshore health and nonpoint source pollution, habitat and wildlife destruction and degradation, alteration of natural lake levels, and action plans to monitor, assess and protect the overall health of the Great Lakes ecosystem (GLRI, LaMPs). 3 Cr. (Odd Spring.) [Prerequisite: ENV 202, 204, 303 with a minimum grade of C-.]
ENV 476 Animal Ecophysiology (A)
Introduction to physiological adaptations of animals to their physical environment and the influence of these adaptations on animal distributions. Topics include temperature and energy metabolism, water and ion balance, oxygen availability, sensory and reproductive adaptations. Biochemical, cellular, and organism responses to these factors will be examined using an integrative and comparative approach. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: ENV 202 204, 303 with min grade of C-.]
ENV 477 Field Biology (A)
$40 Course fee required: Prerequisite: ENV 202, 204, 303 with a minimum grade of C-. Introduction to the flora and fauna of various habitats in Western New York. Topics include structure and function of communities, species identification, qualitative and quantitative assessment of communities and ecosystems, and general conservation theory and practice. 1-4 Cr.
ENV 484 Fisheries Science and Management (A)
Course fee of $60.00. Prerequisite: ENV 202 204 & 303 with min grade of C-. Introduction to fish ecology and fisheries science and management. Lecture topics include ecology (e.g. environmental constraints, bioenergetics, competition, predation, biodiversity), population dynamics (e.g., mortality, growth, recruitment), and management (e.g., history, regulations, habitat and population manipulations, stocking, and aquatic systems). Laboratory will focus on practical experience required by fishery scientists; collection methods, fish identification, quantitative measures (e.g., length-mass relationships), age and growth, mark-recapture. 4 Cr.
ENV 486 Fish Biology (A)
$20 Course fee required: Prerequisites: ENV 202 204, 303 with a min grade of C-. This course covers fundamental concepts in fish biology, which includes diversity and taxonomy, evolution, anatomy, locomotion, thermo-regulation, osmoregulation, age and growth, reproduction, sensory systems, behavior, communication, and conservation. Weekly laboratories focus on diversity, anatomy, physiology, growth, and behavior of fish. Swing course ENV 586. 4 Cr.
ENV 492 Global Environmental Issues (A)
This capstone course for senior environmental science majors will explore one or more major global environmental issues during the semester. Students will research the topic, analyze primary literature, engage in class discussion and formal speaking, and write a paper critically evaluating the issue and what should be done about it. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: ENV 202, 204, 303 with minimum grade of C-.]
ENV 493 Environmental Science and Ecology Seminar (A)
This course provides a venue for professional development and discussion of current topics in Environmental Science and Ecology. Juniors and seniors only. Permission of Instructor required. 1 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: ENV 202 204 303 with min grade C-.]
ENV 494 Honors Research (A)
This course provides an independent research experience for Honors students in Environmental Science and Ecology with a faculty mentor (to be identified). Juniors and seniors only. Requires prior approval of the faculty mentor. Only three credits of ENV 494 can count towards the Degree. 1-3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: ENV 290 202 204 303 with min grade of C-.]
ENV 495 Topics in Environmental Science (A)
Introduces a special field of study in the environmental sciences not offered in the regular curriculum. Details reflect student demand, needs, topics of interest, and instructor availability. 1-6 Cr. (By Arrangement.) [Prerequisites: ENV 202 204 303 with min grade of C-.]
ENV 496 Honors Thesis (A)
The Honors Research Project culminates in a written Honors Thesis to be presented at Scholars Day or another appropriate scientific forum. The thesis must be approved by the Honors Coordinator and College Honors Program designee. Requires prior approval of the faculty mentor. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: ENV 290 202 204 303 with min grade of C-.]
ENV 497 Undergraduate Internship (A)
Designed for the student who wishes to gain experience working with an environmental organization in the public or private sector (e.g., industry, government, environmental organizations). A total of three credits from ENV 497, ENV 498 (Collaborative Research) and ENV 499 (Independent Study) combined can be applied toward the Environmental Science major. 1-3 Cr. (By Arrangement.) [Prerequisites; ENV 303 202 204 with min grade of C-.]
ENV 498 Collaborative Environmental Biology Research (A)
In collaboration with a faculty mentor, the student designs, conducts and prepares a scientific report on a research project in the field or laboratory. A total of three credits from ENV 497, (Undergraduate Internship), ENV 498 and ENV 499 (Independent Study) combined can be applied toward the Environmental Science major. 1-3 Cr. (By Arrangement.) [Prerequisites: ENV 303 202 204 with min grade of C-.]
ENV 499 Independent Study in Environmental Science (A)
In collaboration with a faculty mentor, the student reviews literature and prepares a paper on a topic of interest in the environmental sciences. A total of three credits from ENV 497 (Undergraduate Internship), ENV 498 (Collaborative Research) and ENV 499 combined can be applied toward the Environmental Science major. 1-6 Cr. (By Arrangement.) [Prerequisites: ENV 303 202 204 with min grade of C-.]
ENV 500 Plant Diversity (A)
$50 Course fee required: Prerequisite - One general biology and one 400-level ecology course. In-depth study of the diversity of plants from an evolutionary perspective to taxonomic and botanical characteristics. Laboratory and field work surveys plant structures and principles of plant classifications and identification from the cellular to organismal level. Projects include plant collection and preservation, plant propagation, plant reproduction, and review and presentation of botanical literature. 4 Cr. (Even Fall.)
ENV 503 Isotope Ecology (A)
Isotope ecology will explore how atomic structure leads to traceable patterns in biological systems. After building a basic foundation in isotopic theory and measurement, the course will explore common biogeochemical cycles and how these are influenced by humans. Students will regularly read and summarize peer-reviewed research with written and oral summaries. In addition, they will be exposed to practical aspects of analysis, with regular problem sets to understand isotope data. Students will each develop a proposal utilizing isotopic analysis. Swing course ENV 403. 3 Cr. (Even Spring.)
ENV 504 Stream Ecology (A)
Course fee: $50. In depth study of stream ecology. Topics include geomorphology, hydrology, stream chemistry and temperature, nutrient spiraling, trophic interactions, primary production, stream invertebrate ecology, stream vertebrate ecology, biodiversity in streams, stream habitat diversity, and stream management and restoration. 4 Cr. (Even Spring.) [Prerequisites - one general biology and one 400-level ecology course; Multiple Course fees.]
ENV 506 Wildlife Ecology (A)
$50 Course fee required: Prerequisites - One general biology and one 400-level ecology course. In-depth study of wildlife ecology. Lecture topics include population ecology, behavior, nutrition, disease, habitat management, predator-prey systems, economics and the human dimensions of wildlife management. Laboratories and field work include radio telemetry, census methods, aging white-tailed deer and computer modeling. 4 Cr. (Even Fall.)
ENV 507 Invasion Ecology (A)
Topics include invasive species transport and spread, impacts of invasive species on communities and ecosystems, traits of invasive species, and management strategies for invasions. 3 Cr. (Odd Spring.) [Prerequisites - One general biology and one 400-level ecology course.]
ENV 508 Principles of Wildlife Management (A)
Principle of Wildlife Management will chronicle an in depth overview of the management and conservation of animals, their habitats, and how people influence both. Special emphasis on game species, habitat management, and the human dimensions of wildlife management. Graduate students will be required to demonstrate greater proficiency on exams, undertake additional readings from the primary literature, and remain abreast of recent developments in the field by turning in a summary of one wildlife management related news story per week. Swing course ENV 408. 3 Cr.
ENV 513 Topics in Plant Biology (A)
In-depth discussion of recent scientific literature and experimental data in plant biology, ecology, and systematics. Students critically analyze current scientific literature and write a research paper. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites - ENV 400 or 405 or 500 or 505.]
ENV 519 Principles of Limnology (A)
$60 Course fee required: Prerequisites - one general biology and one 400-level ecology course; Introduces students to the physical, chemical and biological characteristics of lakes and streams. Lecture topics include top-down: bottom-up control of food webs, eutrophication, nutrient cycling, acid precipitation effects on lakes, paleolimnology, etc. Recommended for students interested in oceanography and marine biology. Laboratory and field methods covered include sampling and identification of selected aquatic organisms, chemical analysis of water, and operation of physical and chemical sampling gear. Includes field exercises on lakes and streams. 4 Cr. (Fall.)
ENV 525 Microbial Ecology (A)
This course explores the role of microorganisms in various environmental contexts, including their interactions with ecosystems, biogeochemical cycles, and their applications in bioremediation and environmental monitoring. Emphasis will be placed on understanding microbial diversity, ecological functions, and the impact of human activities on microbial communities. Graduate students will need to complete the following in addition to normal course content: 1) Two academic paper written assignments where students must find a relevant paper, summarize the information, and link it to class topics. As well as, critique the article, highlighting strengths, weaknesses, and any questions that remain unanswered. 2) Present one of these publications to the class including a summary and critique of the article. 3) Hypothesis driven research proposal where the graduate students must write a proposal that aims to address an unresolved question in microbial ecology. This includes proposing a novel experiment, including experimental design, methods, and expected outcomes. Cross list & Swing course info BIO425 ENV425 BIO525 ENV525. 4 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: BIO302 OR (ENV202 AND ENV204 AND and ENV 303 AND CHM205 AND CHM206).]
ENV 527 Animal Behavior (A)
In-depth study of the mechanisms and evolution of animal behavior. Topics include methods for the observation and quantification of behavior, natural selection and evolution of behavior, behavioral genetics, neural and physiological mechanisms of behavior, development of behavior, communication, migration and orientation, foraging behavior, social behavior, sexual reproduction, parental investment, and mating systems. Reading and discussion of primary literature. 3 Cr. (Odd Fall.) [Prerequisite - One general biology and one 400-level ecology course.]
ENV 530 Ornithology (A)
$50 Course fee required: Prerequisite - One general biology and one 400-level ecology course. In-depth study of birds. Explores their form, function, ecology and evolution. Topics includes anatomy, physiology, origins and biophysics of flight, migration and annual cycle, mating systems, and population and community ecology of birds. Includes lab and field study of anatomy and flight, identification techniques, census methods, and trapping and banding. 4 Cr. (Even Spring.)
ENV 535 Northern Wetlands (A)
In-depth study of wetlands of the northern United States - peatlands and Great Lakes coastal marshes. Wetland development will be addressed starting with underlying geology and hydrology, then proceeding to biogeochemistry and development of plant communities and faunal habitats. Human impacts on these wetland types will be assessed, along with potential means for preventing degradation and restoring wetland functions. 3 Cr. (Even Spring.) [Prerequisites - one general biology and one 400-level ecology course, & ENV 446 or 546.]
ENV 537 Biostatistics (A)
Graduate introduction to univariate statistical analyses. Topics include descriptive statistics, hypothesis formation, test selection, calculation, and interpretation (including t-tests, regression, ANOVA, and non parametric alternatives) Consideration is given to appropriate evaluation of statistical application, interpretation, and presentation. *elective 3 Cr. (Fall.)
ENV 538 Ecological Data Analysis in R (A)
Topics include an introduction to the R language, writing simple functions, creating graphs, and analyzing ecological data using descriptive, univariate, and multivariate techniques. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite - ENV 537 or instructor permission.]
ENV 539 Conservation Biology (A)
In-depth study of conservation biology. Examines current theories and data from evolutionary biology, ecology and genetics as they relate to the conservation of biological diversity. Topics include causes of extinction, habitat loss and fragmentation, design of nature reserves, landscape ecology, application of basic principles of population biology to species conservation, and restoration ecology. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: One general biology and one 400-level ecology course.]
ENV 540 Herpetology (A)
$50 Course fee required: Prerequisites: One general biology and one 400-level ecology course. In-depth study of reptiles and amphibians. Explores their form, function, ecology and evolution. Topics include anatomy, physiology, mating systems, population and community ecology of reptiles and amphibians, and their conservation biology. Includes lab and field study of identification techniques, capture and census methods. 4 Cr. (Odd Spring.)
ENV 544 Plant and Ecosystem Ecology (A)
Introduction to the major terrestrial ecosystems of the world and the stresses they face due to global environmental change such as rising atmospheric carbon dioxide levels, global warming, declining biodiversity, invasive species and elevated nitrogen deposition. Systems will be compared and contrasted with respect to their major characteristics, including vegetation, energy flow, and nutrient cycling and inputs. 3 Cr. (Odd Spring.) [Prerequisite - One general biology and one 400-level ecology course.]
ENV 546 Wetland Ecology (A)
$50 Course fee required: Prerequisites: One general biology and one 400-level ecology course. In-depth study of wetland science, including wetland types, functions and values, hydrology, biogeochemistry, development and succession, and plant and animal communities. The course is directed toward practical application of knowledge gained and concludes with wetland management and restoration and addressing wetland management problems. 4 Cr. (Fall.)
ENV 547 Wetland Delineation (A)
There is a course fee of $50.00. Introduction to technical criteria, field indicators, and accepted methods for identifying and delineating wetlands. Topics include the history of wetland regulation, hydrology, hydric soils, and hydrophytic vegetation. Laboratory and field activities will focus on identification of hydrologic indicators, soils, and plant communities to determine wetland boundaries, as well as the understanding and use of the Army Corps of Engineers 1987 Wetland Delineation Manual. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite - ENV 546 or 446.]
ENV 548 Restoration Ecology (A)
In-depth approach to restoration of terrestrial, wetland, and aquatic ecosystems to be addressed by focusing on regulatory constraints, site characterization/ evaluation, conceiving and designing restoration projects that fit within the surrounding landscape, monitoring requirements, control of invasives, and adaptive management. Students working in groups will develop conceptual restoration projects of their own choosing in terrestrial, wetland, or aquatic ecosystems. Case studies will be assigned for further analysis of restoration options. 3 Cr. (Even Fall.) [Prerequisites - One general biology and one 400-level ecology course.]
ENV 549 Isotope Ecology (A)
Isotope ecology will explore how atomic structure leads to traceable patterns in biological systems. After building a basic foundation in isotopic theory and measurement, the course will explore common biogeochemical cycles and how these are influenced by humans. Students will regularly read and summarize peer-reviewed research with written and oral summaries. In addition, they will be exposed to practical aspects of analysis, with regular problem sets to understand isotope data. Students will each develop a proposal utilizing isotopic analysis. Swing Course ENV449. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
ENV 552 Environmental Laws and Regulations (A)
In-depth discussion of key federal and state environmental laws, how branches of government interact to enforce environmental laws and regulations, and the roles scientists and lawyers play in resolving environmental issues. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite - One general biology and one 400-level ecology course.]
ENV 559 Mammalogy (A)
In-depth study of mammals. Explores their form, function, ecology and evolution. Topics include origins, anatomy, physiology, diet and feeding strategies, population and community ecology, and social systems. Laboratory and field activities emphasize mammalian classification, habitat selection and population biology. 4 Cr. (Odd Fall.) [Prerequisites - One general biology and one 400-level ecology course.]
ENV 562 Aquatic Toxicology ()
$50 Course fee required: Prerequisite: One general biology and one 400-level ecology course; one 200-level chemistry course. In-depth study of toxicity testing equipment, procedures and organisms. Students design toxicity tests and culture test organisms. 4 Cr. (Odd Spring.)
ENV 564 Aquaculture (A)
$40 Course fee required: Prerequisite: One general biology and one 400-level ecology course. In-depth study of the principles and practices of aquaculture. Topics include history of aquaculture and its future outlook; types and components of culture systems; water quality; nutrition; reproduction and selective breeding; aquatic animal health; culture of major species; environmental concerns associated with aquacultural operations; regulations pertaining to aquaculture practices; and aquaculture marketing. 3 Cr. (Even Fall.)
ENV 566 Great Lakes Issues (A)
In-depth study of the major environmental issues facing the Great Lakes. Topics include an overview of the physical, chemical and biological components of the Great Lakes ecosystem, toxic substances and areas of concern, invasive species, nearshore health and nonpoint source pollution, habitat and wildlife destruction and degradation, alteration of natural lake levels, and action plans to monitor, assess and protect the overall health of the Great Lakes ecosystem (GLRI, LaMPs). 3 Cr. (Odd Spring.) [Prerequisite - One general biology and one 400-level ecology course.]
ENV 576 Animal Ecophysiology (A)
Introduction to physiological adaptations of animals to their physical environment and the influence of these adaptations on animal distributions. Topics include temperature and energy metabolism, water and ion balance, oxygen availability, sensory and reproductive adaptations. Biochemical, cellular, and organism responses to these factors will be examined using an integrative and comparative approach. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: ENV 204, 303.]
ENV 577 Field Biology ()
$40 Course fee required: Prerequisites - One general biology and one 400-level ecology course. Explores flora and fauna of various habitats in Western New York. Topics include structure and function of communities, species identification, qualitative and quantitative assessment of communities and ecosystems, and general conservation theory and practice. 4 Cr.
ENV 584 Fisheries Science and Management (A)
Course fee of $60.00. Prerequisite ENV 303. Introduction to fish ecology and fisheries science and management. Lecture topics include ecology (e.g. environmental constraints, bioenergetics, competition, predation, biodiversity), population dynamics (e.g., mortality, growth, recruitment), and management (e.g., history, regulations, habitat and population manipulations, stocking, and aquatic systems). Laboratory will focus on practical experience required by fishery scientists; collection methods, fish identification, quantitative measures (e.g., length-mass relationships), age and growth, mark-recapture. Graduate students will be required to demonstrate greater proficiency on homework, exams, laboratory reports, and laboratory practical, undertake additional readings, and develop/present a research proposal relevant to Fisheries Science and Management. 4 Cr.
ENV 586 Fish Biology (A)
$20 Course fee required: This course covers in depth study of fish biology concepts, which includes diversity and taxonomy, evolution, anatomy, locomotion, thermoregulation, osmoregulation, age and growth, reproduction, sensory systems, behavior, communication, and conservation. Weekly laboratories focus on diversity, anatomy, physiology, growth, and behavior of fish. 4 Cr.
ENV 616 Multivariate Statistics (A)
Provide students with a working knowledge of the basic concepts underlying the most important multivariate techniques, such as principal component analysis, factor analysis, cluster analysis, discriminant analysis, canonical correlation analysis, and multivariate regression analysis. More specifically, the course will help students to identify the appropriate multivariate method with respect to research questions and data sets; to compute multivariate statistical analysis using standard statistical software, interpret and present results; and provide hands-on practice with multivariate techniques that are employed in preparations of Theses, dissertations and research papers. 3 Cr. (Even Spring.) [Prerequisite: ENV 614.]
ENV 621 Water Chemistry (A)
Course fee: $50. In-depth study of the theory and operation of analytical environmental chemistry instruments. Hands-on activities include flame and graphite furnace atomic absorption spectrophotometry, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISA), gas chromatography by micro-ECD, and autoanalyser techniques for nutrients. Extraction techniques for tissue (soxhletic) and water (C-18 empore filters) analysis are covered. Each student develops a water quality profile for a body of water. 4 Cr. (Even Spring.) [Prerequisite: CHM 206.]
ENV 692 Graduate Intership (A)
Designed for the student who wishes to gain experience working with an environmental organization in the public or private sector (e.g. industry, government, environmental organizations). Can be taken only once for credit. 1-3 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
ENV 695 Topics in Environmental Science (A)
Designed for the student who wishes to gain experience in a special field of study. Details reflect student demand, needs, topics of interest, and instructor availability. 1-3 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
ENV 699 Independent Study in Environmental Science (A)
Designed individually through consultation between student and instructor to suit the student's needs and interests and the special competence of the instructor. Additional requirements may be imposed by the department. 1-6 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
ENV 704 Research Thesis (A)
Individual investigation of an original research problem to be submitted in a format acceptable to satisfy the requirements for the master's degree as determined by department rules and regulations. 1-6 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENV 705 Instroduction to Graduate Study and Research (A)
The student takes two semester-long 1 credit seminars during the first year of the graduate program. Fall: Steps in the program, designing a thesis research project and critical review of scientific papers, Spring: scientific writing and critical review of scientific papers. 1-2 Cr. (Every Semester.)
ENV 706 Experimental Design (B)
This course will present a framework for designing hypothesis-driven experiments that will result in publishable data and analyses. Students will translate a scientific question into testable hypotheses, design logical experiments, understand and avoid common pitfalls of experimental design, and understand and apply data management and quality control. *required 1 Cr. (Spring.)
ENV 707 Graduate Seminar in Scientific Writing (A)
This course will focus on improving students' technical writing skills and introduce them to the format requirements of the Environmental Science and Ecology thesis. It also will teach students how to write, submit, and review scientific manuscripts. *required 1 Cr. (Fall.)
ENV 708 Professional Development (B)
This course will prepare students for careers in their chosen environmental science profession or for future graduate study. Students will create a 5-year plan, develop effective application materials, improve their oral communication and networking skills, and present their research at a scientific conference. *required 1 Cr. (Spring.)
Film Studies
FLM 200 Art of the Film (AF)
An introduction to film as an art form combining visual, dramatic, and aural arts. Covers basic film vocabulary, elements of film art, trends in film aesthetics, and analysis of style of important selected filmmakers; includes screening of short and feature films. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
FLM 250 Film History Part 1- Origins to 1945 (AF)
Traces the evolution of cinema from its origins in the 19th century through the silent era, into the Golden Age of sound cinema. Examines the major films and movements in the development of film as a global, cross-cultural art form and industry. By situating cinema historically, investigates how different cultures imagine themselves within diverse social, historical, and ideological contexts with an emphasis on aesthetics. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
FLM 251 Film History Part 2- 1945 to Present (AF)
Traces the evolution of cinema from WWII until the present-day “blockbuster era.” Examines the major films and movements in the cross-cultural evolution of film since the emergence of the “international art cinema” in the 1950s and the new Cinemas of the 1960s. Investigates how different cultures imagine themselves within diverse social, historical, and ideological contexts as film culture becomes increasingly globalized in the latter half of the twentieth century. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
FLM 301 Theory and Criticism of Film (AW)
Introduces and develops a specialized set of advanced critical tools used to evaluate, explicate, and interrogate filmic texts. 3 Cr.
FLM 302 Documentary and Experimental Film (A)
Provides an introduction to documentary and experimental films. Explores the nature of documentary and experimental films as creative scientific works; as statements by individuals living within particular cultural frame works; as instruments of persuasion and propaganda; and as devices which expand our perspectives on the world around us. 3 Cr.
FLM 303 Ecocinema (AI)
Applies contemporary ecocritical theory to cinematic texts. Raises students’ awareness about the ecological and environmental issues impacting the world today and sharpens students’ critical media analysis skills. Draws on techniques and content of film (Fine Arts) and ecocriticism (Social Sciences and Natural Sciences). 3 Cr.
FLM 310 Topics: Film Auteurs (A)
Provides an in-depth study of major films of selected film directors using various critical perspectives. Specific focus shown by subtitle. May be repeated for credit with significant change in focus. 3 Cr.
FLM 354 American Film (AW)
Focuses on how American history has been presented on film. The course follows a chronological format and looks at important films about the crucial eras and events in US history, such as the Civil War, the West and the Sixties, as well as the history of film-making itself. Stresses the ideological function of films and the contrast between how historians and films present the past. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as WMS354 and HST354.]
FLM 360 Film Genres (Topics) (A)
Film Genres (Topics) 3 Cr.
FLM 401 American Independent Cinema (A)
Many factors contributed to the upsurge in popularity and profitability of American independent film production over the course of the 1980s and 1990s. These included new developments in the industrial and financial infrastructure of studio-based and independent cinema, as well as an increased market for offbeat, alternative, queer, and “smart” cinema in the U.S. This course will serve as both an historical survey of American Independent cinema since 1986 as well as an introduction to the formal analysis of film and visual media texts in general. We will approach these concerns through rigorous textual analysis (close readings) of the films themselves, secondary readings, and class discussions. 3 Cr.
FLM 402 Bollywood Film Music (A)
Uses film to examine the culture and music of India. Introduces Indian films, popular music genres, and use of melodrama and emotion in narrative development and as an expression of the Indian psyche. Adopts critical approaches for looking at the representation of India through cinema, music, and constructions of mainstream and marginalized identities (gender, caste, religion), narrative formulas, song picturizations, theatrical characterizations, and spectacle. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
FLM 403 Hollywood Renaissance (A)
Surveys the New Hollywood period, roughly 1967-1980. Studies young filmmakers who were influenced by the American social upheavals of the 1960s and the cinematic innovations of the French New Wave and who brought explicit sex, drugs, rock and roll, and a countercultural ethos to the American cinema throughout the decade of the 1970s. Uses historical and critical readings as well as formal analysis of films. 3 Cr.
FLM 430 World History on Film (AI)
Investigates the oft-complex topic of historical memory by looking at how filmmakers have shaped historical moments as part of their own lived history as well as for national and international audiences. Stresses the ideological function of films and the contrast between how historians and film makers present the past. Tackles still controversial topics like gender, sexuality, fascism, imperialism, cold war, and Islamic fundamentalism, all topics which play important role in national origins stories. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
FLM 456 Race, Ethnicity, and Film (AHI)
This class explores the relationship between racial and ethnic identity, cinematic representation, film production, pleasure, and power. We will investigate the complex representation of people of all races (including whites) in mainstream Hollywood cinema and, to some extent, independent and experimental cinema. We will move beyond the examination of stereotypes to analyze the complex ideological negotiations at play as race relations – onscreen and off – continually adapt to shifting cultural and social circumstances. This is an elective course that would count as such toward the Film Studies Minor or the English Major. 3 Cr.
FLM 457 Women and Film (AWY)
Explores aesthetic, social, psychological, and political issues that inform the relation between women and film. Traces the evolution of women’s work in front of and behind the camera in diverse filmmaking institutions worldwide. Focuses on both the roles women have played in mainstream cinema and the contributions they have made to the genre as directors. Cross-listed as WMS & FLM 457. 3 Cr.
FLM 458 Contemporary Global Film Directors (A)
Provides a breadth study of major films and filmmakers active in contemporary global and transnational cinema, with a focus on contemporary international art films. These filmmakers will be examined within their specific national contexts and also as an enactment of resistance to and negotiation with the dominant Hollywood aesthetic. Exposes how American cultural isolationism tends to limit access to such films. Applies a variety of critical perspectives including formalism, postcolonial theory, ethnic studies, queer theory, and theories of globalization. 3 Cr.
FLM 459 New Queer Cinema (A)
This course serves as an introduction to gay, lesbian, bisexual, trans- and queer film theories, applying them to critical readings of selected independent and Hollywood films produced between 1974 and the present. Our course will particularly focus on the films and impact of the New Queer Cinema “movement” of the early 1990s. Throughout the course we will investigate the various meanings of the terms “queer” and “independent” as they apply to cinema, and attempt to discover how various independent films, especially those of the New Queer Cinema, have participated in the purported increase of queer media visibility in American culture through the decade of the 1990s and beyond. We will view and discuss selected NQC and post-NQC films and investigate the after-effects of the NQC. Crosslisted with WMS459. 3 Cr.
FLM 490 Topics in Film (A)
Addresses current topics, issues, controversies, etc. in film studies. Specific topics vary each semester. Descriptions of specific topics offered may be obtained from the director of film studies. May be taken more than once for credit if the topics differ. 3 Cr.
FLM 491 Seminar in Film (A)
To be defined by the instructor in accordance with the specific subject matter covered that semester. Content varies with the appropriate subtitles provided. Example: "The Coen Brothers." 3 Cr.
FLM 557 Women and Film (A)
Explores aesthetic, social, psychological, and political issues that inform the relation between women and film. Traces the evolution of women’s work in front of and behind the camera in diverse filmmaking institutions worldwide. Focuses on both the roles women have played in mainstream cinema and the contributions they have made to the genre as directors. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as WMS 557.]
FLM 558 Contemporary Global Film Directors (A)
Provides a breadth study of major films and filmmakers active in contemporary global and transnational cinema, with a focus on contemporary international art films. These filmmakers will be examined within their specific national contexts and also as an enactment of resistance to and negotiation with the dominant Hollywood aesthetic. Exposes how American cultural isolationism tends to limit access to such films. Applies a variety of critical perspectives including formalism, postcolonial theory, ethnic studies, queer theory, and theories of globalization. 3 Cr.
Foreign Cultures in English
FCE 201 The French Speaking World (AHW)
An examination of the concept of the Francophone community. Course explores theoretical texts and Francophone novels from Africa, the Caribbean and North America to develop an understanding of the political and literary history of the Francophone world. 3 Cr.
FCE 207 Haiti The Most Important Counrty in the World (AO)
Haiti is the home of the only successful slave revolt in history and this highly interdisciplinary course analyzes its history, society, music, film, art, dance and religious practices. Evaluates French and American colonization and exploitation of the country in addition to its contentious relationship with the Dominican Republic. Contextualizes Zombies, which originated as manifestations of post-slavery fear. 3 Cr.
FCE 333 French Hip-Hop and Rock: How Music Mirrors Society (AI)
Traces the development of popular music in France and the manner in which it reflects societal change. Contextualizes cultural transformation from the youth revolt of the 60’s to the modern day issues of racial/religious integration. Studies the effect of globalization and increasing influence of America on French mainstream culture. Students will listen to a wide variety of songs, analyze their lyrics in translation and view video selections from television and cinema. 3 Cr.
FCE 334 Ghosts of Contemporary Spain (AIW)
Through cultural products and practices (novels, essays, plays, newspaper articles, films, art) students will identify cultural assumptions behind constructions of race, class and gender privilege, sexual behaviors, and religious values in contemporary Spain. Immigration, terrorism, domestic violence, anti-establishment movements, and nationalism are among the topics of this course. 3 Cr.
FCE 340 Hip-Hop Music and Culture (ADI)
Crosslisted: with FRN340. Historical and societal analysis of Hip-Hop culture as it moved from its humble beginnings in the south Bronx in the 1970s to become a national and international movement with an ever growing influence on popular consciousness across the globe. Highly interdisciplinary course that covers music, dance, art, film, social revolutions, economic inequality, film, television, gender, class and race. 3 Cr.
FCE 420 Multiculturalism in the United States (AI)
Examines the development of multiculturalism in the United States from its beginnings to the present day. Studies how race, social class, ethnicity, gender, religion, and ability have influenced cultural interrelations of the many groups that compose US society. Analyzes the many theories of multiculturalism and how cultural perspectives have influenced social acceptance, economic possibilities, and political rights of the various groups present in the United States. Minimum grade of C required for teacher certification. Swing course FCE 520. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: must be JR status.]
FCE 473 Linguistics for Second Language Acquisition (A)
Contrastive analysis of the language components of English, French and Spanish; phonetics and phonology, morphology, syntax, lexicon, and semantics. Examines sociolinguistic and psycholinguistic perspectives related to the role of language in culture, identity and learning. Explores languages acquisition theories, and their application to bilingualism and the teaching of English to speakers of other languages. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed with ENG473.]
FCE 520 Multiculturalism in the United States (A)
Examines the development of multiculturalism in the United States from its beginnings to the present day. Studies how race, social class, ethnicity, gender, religion, and ability have influenced cultural interrelations of the many groups that compose US society. Analyzes the many theories of multiculturalism and how cultural perspectives have influenced social acceptance, economic possibilities, and political rights of the various groups present in the United States. Minimum grade of C required for teacher certification. Swing course FCE 420. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
FCE 526 Foundations of Bilingual Education (A)
Studies the history of bilingual education as well as the laws and regulations governing its development locally, nationally and internationally. Explores the various models of bilingual education and their effectiveness in reaching their goals. Presents different methodologies dealing with language acquisition theories as related to classroom practices. Examines the role of advocacy at different levels as a process for supporting the effectiveness of bilingual education programs versus English-only programs. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
FCE 573 Linguisticss and Second Language Acquisition (A)
Crosslisted with ENG573. Contrastive analysis of the language components of English, French and Spanish; phonetics and phonology, morphology, syntax, lexicon, and semantics. Examines sociolinguistic and psycholinguistic perspectives related to the role of language in culture, identity and learning. Explores languages acquisition theories, and their application to bilingualism and the teaching of English to speakers of other languages. 3 Cr.
French
FRN 111 Beginning French I (AR)
Provides students with an active command of basic French in four skill areas (speaking, writing, reading, and listening) and increases cultural awareness of the French-speaking world. 3 Cr.
FRN 112 Beginning French II (AR)
Provides further development of language proficiency in four skill areas (speaking, writing, reading, and listening) as well as increased familiarity with the culture of the French-speaking world. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: FRN 111 or 85 or higher on the NYS Regents French Language Regents Exam.]
FRN 211 Intermediate French I (AR)
Prerequiste: FRN 112. Course provides further refinement of language skills (speaking, writing, reading, and listening) and concentrates on increasing students' ability to communicate across a broad range of cultural situations. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
FRN 212 Intermediate French II (AR)
Continuation of FRN 211. Course provides further refinement of lanuage skills (speaking, writing, reading, and listening) and concentrates on increasing students' ablility to communicate across a broad range of cultural situations. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: FRN 211.]
FRN 213 Accelerated Intermediate French (AR)
Covers the concepts of the intermediate sequence (211/212) with an emphasis on preparing students for upper division courses. Provides further refinement of language skills (speaking, writing, reading, and listening) and concentrates on increasing students’ ability to communicate across a broad range of cultural situations. 3-4 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: FRN 112, not open to students with credit for FRN 212.]
FRN 300 French for Global Business (A)
French for Global Business will build students’ intercultural competence-from the basics of understanding core concepts of culture to the complex work of negotiating identity and resolving cultural differences. The program covers traditional business topics, as well as career practices, communication skills, and cultural concepts particular to French businesses. Students will acquire valuable vocabulary and insights that will improve their understanding of the French and Canadian business worlds. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: FRN 212 or 213.]
FRN 302 Advanced French Grammar (A)
Designed to expand active vocabulary, including idioms, as well as modern usage as the basis for oral and written language. It examines linguistic and cultural contrasts as reflected in the language. Emphasis will be placed on correct written expression. 3 Cr.
FRN 312 French Civilization to 1945 (A)
Beginning in prehistoric times and ending with World War II, students will explore artistic, social,political, and cultural events which have produced a rich and varied French culture. Includes reading of short literary texts and use of audiovisual materials. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: FRN 212 or 213.]
FRN 320 Diction and Comprehension (A)
Practice in hearing and producing French speech sounds. Emphasis on accuracy to produce native-like intonations of words and cadence of connected speech and listening comprehension of a variety of French accents. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: FRN 212 or 213.]
FRN 321 Introduction to French Literature (A)
Introduction of elements of literary genres, fiction, poetry and drama used by representative writers of French literature. Presentation of films to illustrate various genres. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: FRN 212 or 213.]
FRN 323 French Composition (A)
Provides active class discussion on a variety of topics geared to the readings in the course. Allows for practice with vocabulary, idiomatic expressions and grammatical structures. Requires weekly compositions. Offered only in a study abroad context. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: FRN 212 or 213.]
FRN 324 Reading French (A)
Improves reading comprehension and introduces rudiments of written and oral textual analysis. Includes readings, brief at first, which will increase in length and difficulty throughout the semester. Includes short written assignments, oral presentation and a final exam. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: FRN 212 or 213.]
FRN 325 France Today (A)
An introduction to France, its people and its institutions. Concentrates on France after World War II: the school system, political and cultural life, the economy, family life. Contrastive analysis of French and American cultures. Continued practice in oral and written French. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: FRN 212 or 213.]
FRN 333 French Hip-Hop and Rock: How Music Mirrors Society (AI)
Traces the development of popular music in France and the manner in which it reflects societal change. Contextualizes cultural transformation from the youth revolt of the 60’s to the modern day issues of racial/religious integration. Studies the effect of globalization and increasing influence of America on French mainstream culture. Students will listen to a wide variety of songs, analyze their lyrics in translation and view video selections from television and cinema. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: FRN 350 or 355.]
FRN 340 Hip-Hop Music and Culture (AI)
Crosslisted: with FCE340. Historical and societal analysis of Hip-Hop culture as it moved from its humble beginnings in the south Bronx in the 1970s to become a national and international movement with an ever growing influence on popular consciousness across the globe. Highly interdisciplinary course that covers music, dance, art, film, social revolutions, economic inequality, film, television, gender, class and race. 3 Cr.
FRN 350 Conversing with French Cinema (AY)
This film-based course builds upper division students’ language skills through engaging activities that move students from basic comprehension to analysis and synthesis while reinforcing communication and critical thinking. Emphasis will be placed on discourse strategies, range of expression, and vocabulary acquisition. A review of French grammar will expand knowledge of idioms and improve accuracy. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: FRN 212 or 213.]
FRN 351 Compose Yourself: Writing in French (A)
This course teaches upper division students to write clear expository French with correct syntax, clear organization, and with some degree of sophistication in the use of French vocabulary. Numerous compositions will be written covering a variety of modes and using a process approach. A review of French grammar will facilitate accuracy and range of expression. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: FRN 212 or 213.]
FRN 352 French Civilization (A)
From prehistoric cave paintings to the end of World War II, this class goes beyond names and dates to study how literary texts reflect the socio-cultural reality found in French history books. Seeks to immerse the student in the sights and sounds of France through the history of art, architecture, and music. Regular tastings of French cheese will equally engage the senses while simultaneously teaching geography. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: FRN 212 or 213.]
FRN 355 France Under the Fifth Republic (A)
Couscous: A popular North African dish now widely available in France; Coca-cola: An icon of American culture recognized around the world; Camembert, a symbol of Frenchness. This course will address questions of identity. What is Frenchness? To what extent is France a melting-pot? Examines whether globalization, immigration, and the European Union threaten the French language and the cultural heritage that has made France a privileged nation. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: FRN 212 or 213.]
FRN 369 French Theater: From Farce to Comédie (A)
Covers 500 years of funny French plays from the Medieval Farce all the way through 20th century Absurdist anti-plays. Analyzes how the whimsical façade of comedy is always linked to more serious societal and cultural movements. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: FRN 212 or 213.]
FRN 371 Community Service Learning in French (B)
This course provides French majors the opportunity to participate in Community Service Learning (CLS) programs that apply language skills outside the classroom. CLS aims to connect the classroom with the local French-Speaking community in a way that is mutually beneficial to all participants: students, faculty, and the community partners. The community can contribute in multiple and meaningful ways to the student learning objectives and Brockport students can contribute knowledge and skills towards developing sustainable solutions to community-identified needs. Civic engagement also allows students to make positive impact in local and global communities. 1-3 Cr. (By Arrangement.) [Prerequisite: FRN 212 or 213.]
FRN 399 Independent Study in French (A)
Content to be identified in consultation with the instructor/sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: Minimum of 3.0 GPA in French courses and instructor's permission.]
FRN 401 Culture Wars? France and the United States (AI)
Analyzes the complex, plural and uneven nature of cultural globalization using France and the United State as case studies. Examines the history of cultural globalization, the nature of culture, the contribution of the media and contemporary information and communications technologies to cultural globalization, the emergence of global culture , globalization and national culture, globalization and cultural conflict and the impact of globalization on attitudes and lifestyles. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: Two 300-level FRN courses.]
FRN 404 Advanced French Grammar and Conversation (A)
The goal of Advanced French Grammar and Conversation is to improve communicative competence through the study of grammatical structures used in context. Students will increase their ability to express themselves accurately and comprehensibly in conversation and use grammatical knowledge practically and critically across a range of communicative situations. 3 Cr. (Odd Spring.) [Prerequisites: FRN 350, FRN 351 and either FRN 352 or FRN 355.]
FRN 450 French Studies (A)
Closely studies a specific topic in French/Francophone language, civilization, or culture. Requires practice in oral and written French at the advanced level. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: FRN 350, 351, and 352 or 355.]
FRN 453 The French Female Gaze: Women Writers and Filmmakers (A)
Through an exploration of texts and films authored by women, introduces students to a range of leading contemporary French-speaking writers and directors. Students examine recurrent themes and forms in recent women’s writing and filmmaking, including the representation of identity; the concept of origins; the intersection of class, race and gender; sexual repression and/or liberation; and the textual and cinematic strategies underpinning these considerations. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: FRN 350, 351, 352 or 355.]
FRN 454 French Literature I: Texts and Context (A)
Examines texts by major authors from the Middle Ages to the Revolution. Emphasis is placed on an in-depth reading of texts (including prose, poetry, and theatre) with the purpose of expanding vocabulary and improving writing skills. French history will provide the backdrop to help students understand the social forces at play in the periods under study. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: FRN 350, FRN 351, FRN 352 and FRN 355.]
FRN 456 Literature and Cultures of the Francophone World (A)
Through an exploration of short stories, poems, novels, plays or films written by authors from France, Africa, North America, and/or the Caribbean; examines the framework of the International Organization of La Francophone (IOF) within the context of Francophone postcoloniality. Themes include (colonial) education, the use and promotion of the French language, cultural and national identity, immigration and women’s roles as they evolve from colonialism to today. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: FRN 350, 351, 352 or 355.]
FRN 457 French Thought in Social Contexts (A)
A collage of literature, philosophy, and history gives students a broad perspective of major intellectual currents in their social context. Readings will be selected from early periods to the 18th century. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: FRN 350, 351, 352 or 355.]
FRN 458 Romanticsm to Existentialism: French Literary Movements (A)
Examines texts by major authors from the Napoleonic era to the recent past. Emphasis is placed on close reading of the texts (including prose, poetry, and theatre) with the purpose of expanding vocabulary and improving writing skills. The course is also designed to acquaint students with the social circumstances that determined the aesthetic movements that marked the period: romanticism, realism, symbolism, surrealism, and existentialism. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: FRN 350, 351, 352 or 355.]
FRN 499 Independent Study in French (A)
Arranged in consultation with the instructor-sponsor in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: Six credits of 400-level French with a minimum of 3.0 GPA in French and instructor's permission.]
FRN 550 Topics in French Studies (A)
Closely studies a specific topic in French/Francophone language, civilization or literature. The topic selected for analysis may be from a historical or contemporary perspective and gives the opportunity to examine a particular aspect of French/Francophone studies in great depth. Requires practice in oral and written French at the advanced level. 3 Cr.
FRN 551 Doing Business in French (A)
Designed to help students to communicate in a French business environment by increasing their knowledge of French geography and economics, by helping them acquire the vocabulary and syntactical structures related to business, and by making students more aware of cultural differences in the conduct of business between the US and France. Emphasizes the reinforcement of oral and written skills. 3 Cr.
FRN 553 French Female Gaze: Women Writers and Filmmakers (A)
Through an exploration of texts and films authored by women, introduces students to a range of leading contemporary French-speaking writers and directors. Students examine recurrent themes and forms in recent women’s writing and filmmaking, including the representation of identity; the concept of origins; the intersection of class, race and gender; sexual repression and/or liberation; and the textual and cinematic strategies underpinning these considerations. 3 Cr.
FRN 554 French Literature I: Texts and Context (A)
Examines texts by major authors from the Middle Ages to the Revolution. Emphasizes close readings of the texts (including prose, poetry and theatre) with the purpose of developing critical vocabulary and writing skills. Uses French history to provide the backdrop to help students understand the social forces at play in the periods under study. 3 Cr.
FRN 556 Francophone Cultures in Africa (A)
Offers an array of short stories, poems, novels or plays written by authors from Africa, North America or the Caribbean. Papers and discussions focus on cultural themes and issues related to the political and literary history of the francophone world. 3 Cr.
FRN 557 French Thought in Social Contexts (A)
A collage of literature, philosophy and history to give students a broad perspective of the major intellectual currents in their social context. Uses readings selected from early periods to the 19th century. 3 Cr.
FRN 558 Romanticism to Existentialism: French Literary Movements (A)
Examines texts by major authors from the Napoleonic era to the recent past. Emphasis is placed on close reading of the texts (including prose, poetry, and theatre) with the purpose of expanding vocabulary and improving writing skills. The course is also designed to acquaint students with the social circumstances that determined the aesthetic movements that marked the period: romanticism, realism, symbolism, surrealism, and existentialism. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: FRN 350, 351, 352 OR 355.]
FRN 599 Independent Study in French (A)
Arranged in consultation with the instructor-sponsor prior to registration. 1-3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
FRN 699 Independent Study in French (A)
Graduate status and appropriate background in French. Provides an in-depth study on a given topic arranged in consultation with the instructor-sponsor prior to registration. 1-3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
General Education
GEP 100 Academic Planning Seminar (A)
Provides an initial orientation to college life, learning skills, careers, and the information and ideas necessary to plan an overall academic program. Includes oral communication opportunities. 1 Cr.
GEP 101 English for Speakers of Other Languages (A)
For speakers of other languages whose command of English is limited. Involves intensive experience in spoken and written English and prepares students for either ENG 102 or ENG 112, depending on the recommendation of the instructor. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
GEP 102 English for Non-Native Students II (A)
A continuation of GEP 101. For speakers of other languages whose command of English is limited. Involves intensive experience in spoken and written English and prepares students for either ENG 202 or ENG 212, depending on the recommendation of the instructor. 3 Cr.
Academics, Professions, & Exploration (APEX) empowers students to get the most out of their Brockport education with resources to support their personal and professional development. In APEX 1 (Fall), students will build skills to successfully navigate their academic transition, including tools to learn effectively and connect with the campus community, while also fostering resilience and well-being at Brockport and beyond. Students will also discover what it means to be a professional in the classroom and workplace, explore majors and minors, identify relevant experiences, and develop a resume to support their future academic and career goals. 3 Cr.
Academics, Professions, & Exploration (APEX) empowers students to get the most out of their Brockport education with resources to support their personal and professional development. In APEX 2 (Spring), students will further explore their career aspirations and begin their paths towards career readiness through development of professional skills and resources. Students will learn best practices to become competitive applicants in their desired field and will leave the course with a Career Portfolio of their professional documents. 1 Cr. [Prerequisite: GEP 104.]
GEP 114 Learning to Learn for Freshmen and Sophomores (A)
Strategies from the science of how people learn, the habits of highly successful students, and the practices of high achievers in all areas of life. Students will apply what they learn immediately to the other courses they are enrolled in. Topics covered include: self-assessment, goal-setting, time management, reading and writing strategies, note taking and making, and test preparation and test-taking. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
GEP 115 Science and Society (AN)
Cross listed as PHS GEP ENV 115. Examines how science as an enterprise explains processes and phenomena that humans experience, infer and observe. Using a specific theme (e.g. future of life on earth, anthropogenic climate change, mutation and exchange of genes from viruses to humans, space travel and biodiversity), the student will explore how scientists use basic principles of energy, matter, motion, behavior, ecology and evolution to understand and predict phenomena on many different scales, ranging from the microscopic to universal. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
GEP 120 Self, College and Career (A)
Gives students a foundation for a successful college experience, providing information about SUNY Brockport and a structured setting for examining individual interests and skills, and relating them to each student¿s academic program. Introduces learning strategies and study skills. Emphasizes decision-making strategies and the process of career planning. Includes oral communication opportunities. The instructor serves as the student's academic advisor until an academic major has been declared. 3 Cr. Every Semester. 3 Cr.
GEP 125 (A)
Gives students a foundation for a successful college experience, providing information about The College at Brockport and a structured setting for examining individual interests and skills, and relating them to each student's academic program. Introduces learning strategies and study skills. Emphasizes decision-making strategies and the process of career planning. Includes oral communication opportunities. The instructor serves as the student's academic advisor until an academic major has been declared. 3 Cr. 3 Cr.
GEP 200 Academic and Self Exploration (A)
Designed to support students with the process of exploring self-knowledge, academic interests, majors, and careers. Activities will include formal and informal self-assessments, self-reflections, and informational interviews. Approaches for applying assignment outcomes toward major and career planning and decision making will be taught. Students will be introduced to campus resources that support exploration. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
GEP 300 Transfer Academic Planning Seminar (A)
Closed to students who have credit for GEP 100. A small-group orientation to College, designed for matriculated transfer students in their first semester at The College at Brockport. This seminar introduces students to the academic expectations and opportunities of college life and helps them plan their individual academic programs in relationship to degree requirements and students' personal interest and career goals. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
GEP 301 Making Career and Major Decisions (A)
Students will gain an understanding of the process of career decision-making. The will learn how interests, skills and values relate to major and career choices, and acquire information about educational and career options. Emphasis is placed on self-awareness and goal setting. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
GEP 302 Job Search Management (A)
Students will develop an understanding that a job search is not a one-time event but an ongoing process. This course assists students in developing career objectives, planning job search strategies, developing resumes, cover letters and job-search correspondence. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
GEP 303 Leadership and Society (A)
Offers the opportunity to review, analyze and discuss current issues in government, non-profit and for-profit sectors. Serves as the advanced leadership class for The College at Brockport's Student Leadership Program. 1-3 Cr. (Fall.)
GEP 314 Learning to Learn for Juniors and Seniors (A)
Addresses strategies from the science of how people learn, the habits of highly successful students, and the practices of high achievers in all areas of life, and practitioners in the disciplines. Students will apply what they learn immediately to the other courses they are enrolled in. Topics covered include: self-assessment, goal-setting, time management, reading and writing strategies, note taking and making, and test preparation and test-taking, and learning in their major discipline. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
GEP 397 Peer Mentoring (A)
Develops leadership, communication, team work and public speaking skills. Informs and assists Peer Mentors in the Peer Mentoring Program for Traditional First-semester Students, providing a coherent, informed approach to their concurrent mentoring activities, and enabling them to properly address major issues of common concern. 1 Cr. (Fall.)
GEP 398 Peer Mentoring (A)
Provides training, support, and skill development for Peer Mentors for traditional first-semester students; specifically covers theories of student development and identity development, development of leadership and professional skills, advancement of public speaking and reflective writing skills. Prepares students to effectively and positively mentor new students through transitive period by advising on getting involved, adjusting to college life, time management, etc. 2 Cr. (Fall.)
Geology
GEL 100 Our Earth (A)
Develops an understanding of our earth and of the processes that operate within it and upon its surface; and basic scientific principles and earth phenomena of importance including the observation of rocks, minerals, landforms, structures, volcanoes, earthquakes, water on and beneath the surfaces, and other natural processes that affect earth and life. Not acceptable credit towards major or minor offered through the Department of the Earth Sciences. Cannot be taken for credit after successful completion of GEL 201. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
GEL 201 Introduction to Physical Geology (AL)
$15 Course fee required: Covers processes that form physical environments of the earth and principles used to interpret rocks, landscapes, and geologic events. Includes tectonic processes, mineral and rock formation, measurement of geologic time, volcanoes, earthquakes, surface and groundwater, glaciers, landforms, and mountain-building. Laboratories focus on rock and mineral identification, and interpretation of topographic and geographic maps. Required local field trip during lab session. 4 Cr. (Fall.)
GEL 302 Historical Geology (A)
$30 Course fee required: Prerequisite: GEL 201. The origin and evolution of the earth, emphasizing observations of rocks and fossils to interpret geologic events. Introduces principles of stratigraphy, tectonic settings, and the geologic history of North America. Develops observational skills in the field and laboratory. Laboratories emphasize identifying sedimentary rocks and fossils, reconstructing paleoenviroments, constructing and interpreting stratigraphic sections, and using geologic maps. Saturday field trip required. 4 Cr. (Spring.)
GEL 305 Paleontology and Paleoenvironments (A)
Course fee: $30. Emphasizes the principles of paleontology, and how fossils are used to reconstruct paleoenvironments, to infer the mode of life of extinct animals, to determine the relative ages of rocks, and to explain how evolution works on a large time scale. 3 Cr. (Even Fall.) [Prerequisite: GEL 201.]
GEL 310 Mineralogy-Petrology I (A)
$15 Course fee required: Prerequisites: GEL201 & CHM206. An integrated study of mineralogy and petrology beginning with basic fundamentals of mineral identification and symmetry. Systematic mineralogy will be discussed in the context of the formation of granitic rocks, basalts, regional metamorphism and selected ore deposits. Requires a weekend field trip. 3 Cr. (Odd Fall.)
GEL 362 Energy and Mineral Resources Issues (AI)
Examines the significance of energy and mineral resources to modern social, economic, and political forces. Covers current issues involving energy and mineral resources through local to global case studies. Requires participants to discuss perspectives on energy and mineral resource development and exploitation, present use and management, and alternatives to current utilization practices. Not acceptable credit towards any major or minor offered through the Department of the Earth Sciences. 3 Cr. (Even Spring.)
GEL 363 Environmental Geology (A)
Human interaction with the geologic environment; response of land and water systems; strategies of mitigation and management; emphasis on recognizing natural system behavior; developing solutions to current environmental questions. 3 Cr. (Odd Spring.) [Prerequisite: GEL 201.]
GEL 399 Independent Study in Geology (A)
To be defined in consultation with the instructor/sponsor prior to registration, in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement. 1-3 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
GEL 402 Petroleum Geology (A)
Geology of Petroleum is a course for geoscience and engineering students. Course objectives are to provide students with a basic understanding of the concepts and methods of petroleum geology in use in current exploration and development programs. Among the topics covered are sedimentary basins, origin and migration of hydrocarbons, reservoir traps and seals, and geologic methods used in exploration and development. 3 Cr. (Even Fall.)
GEL 409 Structural Geology (A)
Course fee: $30. Covers the principles of the mechanical behavior of rocks during deformation: theories of origin of major and minor rock structures (fold, faults, rock cleavage, etc.) and their relationships to each other: and the plate tectonics models for some major crustal structures. Emphasizes techniques of analyzing and solving three dimensional problems, and gathering structural data in the field. Requires a weekend field trip and report. Course is required course for Geology majors, and an elective course for Geology minors and Earth Science majors and minors. Swing course with GEL 509. 4 Cr. [Prerequisites: GEL 302 and MTH 122 or MTH 201, and PHS 205 or PHS 235.]
GEL 411 Stratigraphy and Sedimentology (A)
$30 Course fee required: Prerequisites: GEL 302, ESC 350, and ESC 391. Covers the physical, chemical and biological characteristics of sedimentary materials; sedimentary environments and geologic time; and the application of stratigraphic principles to a variety of problems involving sedimentary rocks in the geologic record. Employs techniques and instruments used in stratigraphy and sedimentology. Requires a weekend field trip and report. 4 Cr. (Odd Fall.)
GEL 418 Geomorphology and Surficial Processes (A)
Covers the surface features of the Earth and their origins. Empasizes processes that influence the Earth's critical zone, both internal and external, which interact to produce landforms. Stresses n analytical approach to the formulation of valid inferences based on accurate observations. Requires two Saturday field trips. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: GEL 201.]
GEL 420 Economic Geology (A)
Covers the application of geologic principles to investigations of earth materials as used for economic or industrial purposes. The course will use a project based approach to study deposits of economic significance including ferrous and non-ferrous metals, industrial minerals and fossil fuels. 3 Cr.
GEL 450 Low Temperature Geochemistry (A)
Course fee: $30. Applies basic chemical principles of thermodynamics, kinetics, and equilibrium to the investigation of common processes in the Earth's critical zone ranging from carbonate equilibrium to surface reactions on soil minerals and the role of microorganisms in geochemical reactions. This studio style course will emphasize the bridge between theory and practice. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: GEL 201 & CHM 206.]
GEL 460 Hydrogeology (A)
This course is required for the Water Resources major, and is an elective for the Geology and Earth Science majors. Studies groundwater occurrence, movement, and use, and its place in the hydrologic cycle. Examines the origin of aquifers, use and effects of wells, and water quality and other groundwater problems. This studio style course will emphasize the bridge between theory and practice, and use a project-based learning approach. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: GEL 201.]
GEL 476 Geologic Techniques (A)
Covers techniques needed by the professional geologist, complex mineral and rock forms, interpretation of map and structure sections, thin-sectioning, surveying, photo-micrographic methods, and the use of seismograph methods. 2 Cr. (By Arrangement.) [Prerequisites: GEL 306 and GEL 312 or instructor's permission.]
GEL 490 Geology Field Camp (A)
The geology field camp develops skills of observation and interpretation while teaching the technical aspects of field mapping, stratigraphic interpretation and structural analysis. Preparation of maps, stratigraphic charts, geologic cross sections, and reports is a critical part of the course. *the course will run 3 weeks immediately following commencement; the course will be off campus in western Montana. Course fee of $1925.00. 3-6 Cr. (Summer.) [Prerequisite: GEL 409.]
GEL 492 Field Geology of New York State (A)
Provides a general overview of the geology of New York State to earth science majors and science education graduate students. A series of six field trips are designed to enhance knowledge of the geologic events that shaped New York State. The course provides an understanding of the geologic features and processes that shaped the landscape of New York State. 3 Cr. (Summer.)
GEL 499 Independent Study in Geology (A)
To be defined in consultation with the instructor/sponsor prior to registration, in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement. 1-3 Cr. (By Arrangement.) [Prerequisite: GEL 302, ESC 350, and ESC 391.]
GEL 508 Structural Geology (A)
$30 Course fee required: Prerequisites: GEL302, ESC350 and ESC391 or instructor's permission. Covers the principles of mechanical behavior of rocks during deformation, theories of origin of major and minor rock structures (folds, faults, rock cleavage, etc.) and their relationships to each other. Also covers plate tectonics models for some major crustal structures. Emphasizes laboratory techniques of analyzing and solving three-dimensional problems gathering structural data in the field. Requires a weekend field trip and report. 4 Cr. (Even Spring.)
GEL 509 Structural Geology (A)
Course fee: $30. Covers the principles of the mechanical behavior of rocks during deformation: theories of origin of major and minor rock structures (fold, faults, rock cleavage, etc.) and their relationships to each other: and the plate tectonics models for some major crustal structures. Emphasizes techniques of analyzing and solving three dimensional problems, and gathering structural data in the field. Requires a weekend field trip and report. Graduate level requires: • Writing assignment - Article Review: Pick a journal article in geosciences but NOT in structural geology and analyze and discuss how methods in structural geology play the key role in the research • Writing assignment - Research Design and proposal: Formulate a geoscience question and propose a research project that uses methods in structural geology to answer the question • Project - Geologic history of an actual geographic area: Study an actual geologic map, construct cross sections for the area, and compose the detailed geologic history of the area. Then, compare the proposed history with the published information on the area. • Activities - Digital tools/software for structural geology: Learn how to use digital tools/software commonly used in the related industries or in academia Course is required course for Geology majors, and an elective course for Geology minors and Earth Science majors and minors. Swing course with GEL 409. 4 Cr. [Prerequisites: GEL 302 and MTH 122 or MTH 201, and PHS 205 or PHS 235.]
GEL 511 Stratigraphy and Sedimentology (A)
$30 Course fee required: Prerequisites: GEL302, ESC350 and ESC391 or instructor's permission. Covers the physical, chemical and biological characteristics of sedimentary materials; sedimentary environments and geologic time; and the application of stratigraphic principles to a variety of problems involving sedimentary rocks in the geologic record. Employs techniques and instruments used in stratigraphy and sedimentology. Requires a weekend field trip and report. 4 Cr.
GEL 515 Geomorphology (A)
$15 Course fee required: Prerequisites: GEL201, ESC350 and ESC391 or instructor's permission. Explores surface features of Earth and their origin. Emphasizes processes, both internal and external, which interact to produce land forms. Stresses analytical approach formulations of valid inferences based on accurate observations. 4 Cr. (Odd Fall.)
GEL 518 Geomorphology and Surficial Processes (A)
Empasizes processes that influence the Earth's critical zone, both internal and external, which interact to produce landforms. Stresses n analytical approach to the formulation of valid inferences based on accurage observations. Requires two Saturday field trips. 3 Cr. [(Prerequisite GEL201) Covers the survace features of the Earth and their origins.]
GEL 520 Economic Geology (A)
Covers the application of geologic principles to investigations of earth materials as used for economic or industrial purposes. The course will use a project based approach to study deposits of economic significance including ferrous and non-ferrous metals, industrial minerals and fossil fuels. 3 Cr.
GEL 550 Low Temperature Geochemistry (A)
$15 Course fee required: Prerequisites GEL201 & CHM206. Applies basic chemical principles of thermodynamics, kinetics, and equilibrium to the investigation of common processes in the Earth's critical zone ranging from carbonate equilibrium to surface reactions on soil minerals and the role of microorganisms in geochemical reactions. This studio style course will emphasize the bridge between theory and practice. 3 Cr.
GEL 557 Geochemistry (A)
Applies basic chemical principles of thermodynamics, kinetics and equilibrium to the investigation of common geologic problems ranging from the crystallization of silicate melts to surface reactions on soil minerals. Focuses on application of good laboratory practices to wet chemical and instrumental techniques involving geologic materials. 4 Cr. (Even Spring.) [Course fee. Prerequisites: CHM 205, CHM 206 and GEL 201.]
GEL 560 Hydrogeology (A)
This course is required for the Water Resources major, and is an elective for the Geology and Earth Science majors. Studies groundwater occurrence, movement, and use, and its place in the hydrologic cycle. Examines the origin of aquifers, use and effects of wells, and water quality and other groundwater problems. This studio style course will emphasize the bridge between theory and practice, and use a project-based learning approach. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite GEL201.]
GEL 562 Groundwater (A)
Studies groundwater, its occurrence, movement and use, and its place in the hydrologic cycle. Examines the origin of aquifers, use and effects of wells, and water quality and groundwater problems. Laboratory focuses on practical application of principles to solving hydrogeologic problems. 4 Cr. (Odd Spring.) [Prerequisite: GEL201.]
GEL 590 Geology Field Camp (A)
Geology field camp is an upper-level capstone course that provides the opportunity to integrate geoscience knowledge and skills and develop 4-dimensional problem solving in the field. 3-6 Cr. (Summer.) [Prerequisite - GEL409.]
GEL 592 Field Geology of New York State (A)
Provides general overview of the geology of New York State to earth science majors and science education graduate students. A series of six field trips are designed to enhance knowledge of the geologic events that shaped New York State. The course provides an understanding of the geologic features and processes that shaped the landscape of New York State. 3 Cr. (Summer.)
GEL 599 Independent Study in Geology (A)
Arranged in consultation with the instructor-sponsor prior to registration. 1-3 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
Healthcare Studies
HCS 211 Professionalism for Healthcare (A)
Introduces students to the integral knowledge and professional skills required to be successful in healthcare careers. It prepares students for the rigor of healthcare career programs. It emphasizes understanding of the professional culture, retention and application of key foundational skills for professional healthcare practice, application of health information technology, and demonstrating cultural competence in interactions with others. 1 Cr. (Fall.)
HCS 230 Medical Terminology for Health Professionals (A)
Engages students in a systematic study of medical terminology with emphasis on constructing, pronouncing, understanding, and using medical terms. Includes diseases, symptoms and signs of disease; diagnostic and clinical procedures; and treatment modalities. Prerequisites: Program or department consent. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
HCS 302 Survey Clinical & Administrative Information Systems (B)
Provides students with an overview of information systems and applications in healthcare organizations, issues and challenges in system design and implementation. Every spring. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
HCS 310 Healthcare Systems (B)
Provides students with an overview of the U.S. healthcare system; implications of environmental trends and healthcare policy on healthcare organizations; and an introduction to the financing of healthcare. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
HCS 311 Technical Skills for Health Professionals (B)
Introduces students to the use of spreadsheet, database, file management, information systems, internet, and presentation applications in managerial functions for healthcare professionals. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
HCS 312 Organizational Behavior in Healthcare (B)
Introduces students to organizational behavioral science concepts including leadership, managing change, negotiating and conflict resolution, team building, organizational assessment, marketing, and entrepreneurship. Offered in spring. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Co-erequisite: HCS 310.]
HCS 313 Quality Management in Healthcare (B)
Students are introduced to the concepts of monitoring and evaluating the quality and appropriateness of patient care and services provided in health care organizations. It also provides an overview of regulatory guidelines and industry standards, and current issues in quality measurement and outcomes. 3 Cr. [Corequisite: HCS 310 or 410.]
HCS 317 Healthcare Ethics (B)
Provides students with an overview of healthcare ethics including: major ethical theories; ethical decision-making models; application to patients’ rights, confidentiality, informed consent, professional relationships, and allocation of scarce resources. 3 Cr. [Corequisite: HCS 310.]
HCS 335 Marketing in Healthcare (B)
The Landscape in healthcare continues to shift to focus more on consumers and patients are becoming more involved with their own health. These and other trends influece healthcare administrators and providers to adjust how they engage their target audience to remain televant and successful. This course provides students with an overview of the key managerial activities related to marketing, branding and "selling" healthcare services. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Co-erequisite: HCS 310.]
HCS 337 Healthcare Policy (B)
Provides students with an overview of the health policy issues facing the U.S. and the economic implications of health policy and healthcare reforms over time. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: HCS 310.]
HCS 338 Group Practice Management (B)
Provides students with an introduction to the practices and principles of group practice management. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: HCS 310.]
HCS 340 Healthcare Leadership (B)
Provides students with an overview of the critical knowledge and skills needed to be effective leaders in today’s complex healthcare environment. Sessions cover conflict resolution, leadership and negotiation skills, strategic planning and ethics. Guest speakers include business leaders and entrepreneurs from the local healthcare industry. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Co-requisite: HCS310.]
HCS 404 Criminal Justice and Addictions (A)
Junior status required. Presents a survey on core knowledge about addictions to alcohol and other drugs and the responses of society and the criminal justice system. It presents an intervention and effectiveness focus addressing addictions to alcohol and other drugs. 3 Cr.
HCS 409 Introduction to Alcohol and Other Drugs (A)
Introduces students to a variety of drug problems, including alcohol and tobacco, in contemporary society. Analyzes the diverse determinants (e.g., pharmacologic, behavioral, social, economic, historic) of these problems. Discusses effective substance abuse prevention and treatment strategies. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
HCS 410 Introduction to Health Care Administration (A)
Provides an overview of health systems in this country, including the personal health care and public health sectors. Presents critical factors in the history, organization, delivery, and financing of health services. Places emphasis on identifying and analyzing current trends in the health field and their implication for health care administrators. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
HCS 411 Management Communications in Health Care Administration (AY)
Provides an overview of health care communication issues essential in performing the managerial role. Includes a wide variety of topics that will enhance skill development in the areas of interpersonal, public speaking, and persuasive communication; meeting organization and management; and business letter, memo, and policy writing. Provides instruction in the use of graphics presentation software. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
HCS 412 Health Care Administration Planning (A)
Investigates the planning process as applied to a health care setting. Includes these topics: assessing need, analyzing quantitative and qualitative data, health care law and regulations, the budgeting process, and process and outcome evaluation. Involves applying the planning process toward the preparation of a proposal. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
HCS 413 Risk Management (A)
Identifies the risks within health care institutions in order to protect the assets of organizations, agencies and individual providers. Risk management will be explored as part of an organizational strategic response. Areas of risk will be identified, discussed and strategies developed to eliminate, mitigate, prevent and defend against errors. Course topics will include health care operations, regulations, corporate compliance, employer risks, patient communication and financing. 3 Cr.
HCS 415 Financial Management in Healthcare (B)
Provides an overview of financial management functions at the departmental level of healthcare organizations including budgeting and cost analysis for department-level operations and capital expenditures. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: ACC 281.]
HCS 416 Insurance and Managed Care (B)
Provides students with an overview of diverse financial systems within American healthcare, focusing on reimbursement methods and payment systems and how they affect providers and payers. Reviews major insurance programs, federal healthcare legislation, legal/regulatory issues, diagnosis and procedure coding systems, and the impact of coding on reimbursement, compliance, fraud, and abuse. 3 Cr. [Co-requisite: HCS 310.]
HCS 417 Law in Healthcare Practice (B)
Develops students’ knowledge and understanding of the principles of law and the U.S. legal system as applied in health care organizations; documentation, privacy, security, and release of health information; liability, consent, and malpractice. 3 Cr.
HCS 418 Statistics for Healthcare Professionals (B)
Emphasizes intermediate statistical principles that healthcare managers use for achieving optimal organizational performance, pursuing organizational transformation and conducting research. Topics include descriptive statistics, normality, probability and non-probability sampling, parametric and non-parametric hypothesis testing, and regression. Statistical software packages including SPSS and Excel will be utilized. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: MTH243.]
HCS 419 Managerial Epidemiology (B)
Familiarizes students with the methods and applications of managerial epidemiology. Also equips students with an understanding of the measurement and epidemiologic tools that inform health care management decisions. 3 Cr. [Corequisite: HCS 310.]
HCS 420 Research Methods in Healthcare (A)
Understanding and implementing evidence-based health practice is imperative for all health care practitioners. This course develops students’ ability to use research methodology in healthcare and provides an overview of study designs, writing research proposals, and communicating research findings. Students will develop a critical understanding of the approaches, methods and procedures involved in generating rigorous healthcare research knowledge. Students will also have the opportunity to investigate and critique the issues that surround the implementation of research evidence in health care. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: HCS 418 or 419.]
HCS 421 Group Counseling Skills (B)
Introduces students to the basic foundations of group dynamics and group therapy. Deals with the historical development of the group process movement, stages and techniques of group therapy, curative aspects of the group process, interpersonal learning, and problems associated with group process. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite/corequisite: HCS 409 (may be taken concurrently).]
HCS 422 Individual Counseling Skills for Addiction (BY)
Introduces students to the elements of individualized treatment planning; provides in-depth coverage of client goal formulation and writing and evaluation of corresponding attainable client objectives. Also reviews Motivational Interviewing in depth including opportunities for students to practice the skills. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: HCS 423 and HCS 409.]
HCS 423 Theories of Addiction & Behavioral Health (B)
Reviews major contemporary theories on substance use disorders and other addictions (disease model, psychoanalytic formulations, conditioning models, social learning analyses, family systems perspectives, socio-cultural view points, transtheoretical model (stages of change) and harm reduction. Critically evaluates the concepts and research generated from each perspective. Analyzes the usefulness of each theory in the practice of substance abuse prevention and counseling. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite/corequisite: HCS 409 (may be taken concurrently).]
HCS 424 Counseling Diverse Populations (ADW)
Prepares students for working in a counseling setting with alcohol/substance abusers having multiple emotional and developmental disabilities, criminal justice clients, and individuals from diverse population groups. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites/corequisites: HCS 409 (may be taken concurrently).]
HCS 425 Long Term Care/Nursing Home Management (B)
Provides students with an introduction to the long term care industry and nursing facility operations through seminars, independent media research, and experiential learning. Swing course with HCS 525. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: HCS 310.]
HCS 426 Legal and Regulatory Issues for Long Term Care (B)
Provides students with an introduction to the governance and administrative responsibilities for compliance with Long Term Care licensure laws, government and accrediting regulations, and facility policies. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: HCS 310.]
HCS 430 Gerontology and Health Issues for Aging Populations (A)
Introduces the study of gerontology and health issues that affect aging populations, including implications for individuals, families, and societies. Provides the background for health policy related to older persons. Students will gain an understanding of aging from different perspectives including: public health, epidemiology of diseases, physical and mental disorders, functional capacity and disability, health services, federal and state health policies, social aspects of aging, and ethical issues in the care of older individuals. For swing 530, in addition to the undergraduate course requirements for undergraduate students, graduate students will write a final paper on a topic related to gerontology and health issues for aging populations. Req min C grade. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: HCS 310.]
HCS 432 Counselor Wellness (B)
Counselor Wellness is a course designed for students who plan to go into a counseling field. It will help students explore how their own wellness impacts their ability to perform their job and to create better care for future clients. Students will have the opportunity to explore multiple wellness activities and create a plan that is suited for them. Swing course is HCS 532. 3 Cr. (Summer.)
HCS 435 Evaluation of Substance Use Disorders (B)
Covers the theory and methodology of measurement, assessment and evaluation in substance use disorders. Studies the more widely researched and utilized methods of assessment: clinical interviews, structured interviews, and standardized instruments. Reviews instruments used in screening, diagnosis, treatment planning and neuropsychological evaluation. Also covers documentation, report writing and the ethics of assessment. Employs extensive use of clinical materials to illustrate uses and limitations of various techniques. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: HCS 409.]
HCS 436 Economics for Healthcare Managers (B)
Provides students with an overview of the principles or economics of the healthcare system on the basis of incentives, risk management, asymmetrical information, and moral hazards. This course emphasizes the practical application of economic principles, including supply and demand, market structure and forecasting. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: ACC 281, ACC 282, HCS 310.]
HCS 437 Co-Occurring Disorders (B)
Explores the overlap between substance use disorders and mental health disorders, concepts and theories related to treatment, the mental health disorders most likely to be present in dual diagnosis, and assessment strategies and intervention approaches for working with clients who have dual disorders. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: 409.]
HCS 439 Grief and Loss for Counseling Professionals (A)
Provides an overview of the field of grief and loss, including its psychological impact, and social responses to a variety of losses. In addition, the course will examine grief and loss among substance abuse clients, both during active use and throughout the process of recovery. 3 Cr.
HCS 440 Trauma Informed Care (B)
Provides an overview on trauma and trauma-informed care for students in the helping professions. Prepares students to identify signs of past and/or current trauma as well as exploring the intersection of trauma and addiction. Provides students with knowledge and a plan of how to care for themselves while working with this challenging population and protect against vicarious traumatization. 3 Cr.
HCS 441 Families and Addiction (B)
For students in counseling-related majors, the course examines the impacts of substance use disorder (SUD) on families, and explores theories and approaches to family treatment. Attention to specific populations including gender-specific, race & ethnicity, sexual orientation, disabilities interpersonal violence, military status, homelessness, criminal justice populations, and other contextual factors. Policy concerns and Program approaches are addressed. Swing Course HCS541. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
HCS 445 Psychopharmacology of Addiction (B)
Covers the effects of alcohol, sedatives, stimulants, opiates, hallucinogens and other drugs, especially their effects on the central nervous system, behavior and mood. Relates the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics to intoxication tolerance, withdrawal, abuse and dependence of each drug. Includes the learning and motivational components of drug tolerance and addiction. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite/corequisite: HCS 409.]
HCS 455 Ethics for Addiction Professionals (B)
Students are introduced to content to assist them to develop a personal framework for ethical action and become more effective in addressing ethical issues in the field of alcohol and drug dependency counseling. Numerous ethical standards including OASAS and NAADAC codes of ethics are examined so that students thoroughly understand their ethical obligations as counselors. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite/corequisite: HCS 409 (may be taken concurrently).]
HCS 464 Operations Management in Healthcare (B)
Introduces students to the operational functions of mid-level managers including: work design and re-engineering; systems theory; development, planning and analysis; ergonomics and work environment; quality improvement techniques. 3 Cr. [Corequisite: HCS 310.]
HCS 465 Human Resource Management for Healthcare (B)
Provides students with an overview of managerial activities related to job descriptions, recruiting, interviewing, hiring, firing, orientation, benefits, appraisal, discipline, and developing clinical and non-clinical personnel. 3 Cr.
HCS 495 Capstone in Addictions and Behavioral Health (B)
The Capstone in Addictions and Behavioral Health is the culminating experience for students in the Non-Clinical track. It provides an opportunity for students to engage in high-level inquiry focusing on an area of specialization within the addictions field. Capstone projects will be inquiry and practice-centered and will draw upon areas of interest to the student and content from the Addictions and Behavioral Health (ABH) major. Should be taken in final semester of the program when most major courses have been completed. Requires departmental permission. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: ABH majors only and HCS409 with a minimum grade of C.]
HCS 496 Management Internship (B)
$21 Course fee required: Prerequisites: HCS 420 & 302 & 310 & 311 & 312 & 313 & 317. Provides students with an administrative field work experience at a health care setting. Student will apply course work knowledge and skills to a health care administrative problem through the completion of a major, negotiated project at the targeted organization. 1-9 Cr.
HCS 497 Internship Seminar for Addiction Professionals (B)
Designed to be taken concurrently with HCS 498. Allows students to process their experience in the field in a clinical group supervision format. Addresses issues which present themselves within the internship setting, including situations with clients, peers, and supervisors. Covers ethics, confidentiality, and diversity issues. Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory Grading. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: HCS 421, HCS 422, HCS 423, HCS 424, HCS 435, HCS 445 and HCS 455; 2.5 GPA for all courses completed at SUNY Brockport and instructor's permission.]
HCS 498 Internship for Addiction Professionals (B)
$21 Course fee required: Prerequisites: HCS 421; HCS 422; HCS 423; HCS 424; HCS 435, HCS 445 and program coordinator's permission. Enables students to apply their knowledge from course work in a variety of treatment settings with people in varying stages of alcohol and substance abuse and dependence. Allows students to gain experience in assessment, evaluation, treatment planning, referrals, counseling, therapeutic treatment and making referrals. Examines professional ethics in the practice setting. Satisfactory/ Unsatisfactory grading. 1-12 Cr. (Spring.)
HCS 499 Independent Study in Health Care Studies (A)
To be decided in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement. 1-6 Cr.
HCS 504 Alcoholism & Sub Abuse: Specialized Interv in Crim Just Syst (A)
Presents a survey on core knowledge about addictions to alcohol and other drugs and the responses of society and the criminal justice system. It presents an intervention and effectiveness focus addressing addictions to alcohol and other drugs. 3 Cr.
HCS 509 Introduction to Alcohol and Other Drugs (A)
Introduces students to a variety of drug problems, including alcohol and tobacco, in contemporary society. Analyzes the diverse determinants (e.g., pharmacological, behavioral, social, economic, historic) of these problems. Discusses effective substance abuse prevention and treatment strategies. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
HCS 521 Group Counseling for Alcohol and Other Drugs (B)
Introduces students to the basic foundations of group dynamics and group therapy in alcoholism counseling. Addresses the historical development of the group process movement in addition to stages of group therapy, techniques of group therapy, curative aspects of the group process, interpersonal learning and problems associated with group process. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites or corequisites: HCS 509.]
HCS 522 (B)
Introduces students to the elements of individualized treatment planning; provides in-depth coverage of client goal formulation and writing and evaluation of corresponding attainable client objectives. Also reviews Motivational Interviewing in depth including opportunities for students to practice the skills. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: HCS 509.]
HCS 523 Theories of Addiction & Behavioral Health (B)
Reviews major contemporary theories on substance use disorders and other addictions (disease model, psychoanalytic formulations, conditioning models, social learning analyses, family systems perspectives, socio-cultural view points, transtheoretical model (stages of change) and harm reduction. Critically evaluates the concepts and research generated from each perspective. Analyzes the usefulness of each theory in the practice of substance abuse prevention and counseling. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite/corequisite: HCS 409 (may be taken concurrently).]
HCS 524 Counseling Diverse Populations (B)
Prepares students for working in a counseling setting with alcohol/substance abusers having multiple emotional and developmental disabilities, criminal justice clients and individuals from diverse population groups. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites or corequisites: HCS 509 (may be taken concurrently).]
HCS 525 Long Term Care/Nursing Home Management (B)
This course provides students with an introduction to the long term care (LTC) industry and nursing facility operations through seminars, independent media research, and experiential learning. 1) Interview/shadow Administrator in LTC Industry and present findings; 2) Complete written organizational assessment/feasibility study related to practice/segment within LTC/LTSS and present findings; 3) complete additional requirements related to assignment #3 - laws/regulations unique to LTC industry and present findings/implications for LTC Administrators. Swing course with HCS425. 3 Cr.
HCS 530 Gerontology and Health Issues for Aging Populations (A)
Introduces the study of gerontology and health issues that affect aging populations, including implications for individuals, families, and societies. Provides the background for health policy related to older persons. Students will gain an understanding of aging from different perspectives including: public health, epidemiology of diseases, physical and mental disorders, functional capacity and disability, health services, federal and state health policies, social aspects of aging, and ethical issues in the care of older individuals. For swing 530, in addition to the undergraduate course requirements for undergraduate students, graduate students will write a final paper on a topic related to gerontology and health issues for aging populations. Req min C grade. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: HCS 310.]
HCS 532 Counselor Wellness (B)
Counselor Wellness is a course designed for students who plan to go into a counseling field. It will help students explore how their own wellness impacts their ability to perform their job and to create better care for future clients. Students will have the opportunity to explore multiple wellness activities and create a plan that is suited for them. Graduate students will have to complete an additional assignment. swing course is HCS 432. 3 Cr. (Summer.)
HCS 535 Evaluation of Substance Use Disorders (B)
Covers the theory and methodology of measurement, assessment and evaluation in substance use disorders. Studies the more widely researched and utilized methods of assessment: clinical interviews, structured interviews, and standardized instruments. Reviews instruments used in screening, diagnosis, treatment planning and neuropsychological evaluation. Also covers documentation, report writing and the ethics of assessment. Employs extensive use of clinical materials to illustrate uses and limitations of various techniques. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: HCS 509.]
HCS 537 Co-Occurring Disorders (B)
Explores the overlap between substance use disorders and mental health disorders, concepts and theories related to treatment, the mental health disorders most likely to be present in dual diagnosis, and assessment strategies and intervention approaches for working with clients who have dual disorders. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
HCS 539 Grief and Loss for Counseling Professionals (B)
Provides an overview of the field of grief and loss, including its psychological impact, and social responses to a variety of losses. In addition, the course will examine grief and loss among substance abuse clients, both during active use and throughout the process of recovery. 3 Cr.
HCS 540 Trauma Informed Care (B)
Provides an overview on trauma and trauma-informed care for students in the helping professions. Prepares students to identify signs of past and/or current trauma as well as exploring the intersection of trauma and addiction. Provides students with knowledge and a plan of how to care for themselves while working with this challenging population and protect against vicarious traumatization. Graduate students must complete a literature review on a specific therapy for trauma and present it to the class. 3 Cr.
HCS 541 Families and Addiction (B)
For students in counseling-related majors, the course examines the impacts of substance use disorder (SUD) on families, and explores theories and approaches to family treatment. Attention to specific populations including gender-specific, race & ethnicity, sexual orientation, disabilities interpersonal violence, military status, homelessness, criminal justice populations, and other contextual factors. Policy concerns and Program approaches are addressed. Swing Course HCS441. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
HCS 545 Psychopharmacology of Addiction (A)
Studies the effects of alcohol, sedatives, stimulants, opiates, hallucinogens and other drugs, especially on the central nervous system, behavior and mood. Relates the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics to intoxication, tolerance, withdrawal, abuse and dependence of each drug. Also explores the learning and motivational components of drug tolerance and addiction. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites or corequisites: HCS 509 may be taken concurrently.]
HCS 555 Ethics for Addiction Professionals (A)
Students are introduced to content to assist them to develop a personal framework for ethical action and become more effective in addressing ethical issues in the field of alcohol and drug dependency counseling. Numerous ethical standards including OASAS and NAADAC codes of ethics are examined so that students thoroughly understand their ethical obligations as counselors. This course requires completion of a "Skill Demonstration Project". It is repeatable for up to 9 credits when skill demonstration projects vary. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite/corequisite: HCS 509 (may be taken concurrently).]
HCS 571 Healthcare Informatics (B)
Students will learn about the current state of health information technology in a variety of clinical settings through a review of systems and tools in practice, the interactions and relationship of various information systems, and the overall architecture of health information systems, data networks, and data flow. Students will understand the types and structure of health data, as well as principles of data exchange, interoperability, and data integration. An important aspect of the course will be institutional and local data governance. Key concepts of data security and privacy will be taught. This course will further address the use of information technology in health and its impact on care delivery and the healthcare marketplace. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
HCS 572 Managing Healthcare Organizations and Systems (B)
Systematic and practical examination of contemporary theories and principles of organizational behavior, systems thinking, management, and leadership applied to nurturing, leading, and managing healthcare organizations and systems effectively. Real-world cases will be analyzed to promote relevant skill development. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
HCS 573 Health Insurance and Payment Reform (B)
As a course designed for users of health care services, students will explore the history of US healthcare reform and landmark healthcare legislation known as the Affordable Care Act (ACA). Focus is on the impact of healthcare organizations, employers, insurers, medical practice, the economy, and especially the consumer of health care services. Exploration of varying ACA plans, interpretation of EOBs, and a review of coding/billing mechanisms such as ICD, CPT, Co-Pays, Deductibles, Assignment of Benefits, Capitation, Co-Insurance, Coordination of Benefits, etc. will be explored to aid consumers of health care services in making informed health care decisions. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
HCS 575 Entrepreneurship and Applied Marketing in Healthcare (B)
Systematic and practical examination of theory, concepts, skills, and principles of entrepreneurship and marketing applied to health-related organizations, systems, and networks. Course requires a minimum grade of B (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification). 3 Cr.
HCS 597 Internship Seminar for Alcohol and Other Drugs (A)
Designed to be taken concurrently with HCS 598. Allows students to process their experience in the field in a clinical group supervision format. Addresses issues which present themselves within the internship setting, including situations with clients, peers and supervisors. Covers ethics, confidentiality and diversity issues. (Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory grading). 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: HCS 521; HCS 522; HCS 523; HCS 524; HCS 535, HCS 545 and instructor's permission.]
HCS 598 Internship for Addiction Professionals (B)
$21 Course fee required. Prerequisites: HCS521; HCS522; HCS523; HCS524; HCS535, HCS545 and program coordinator's permission. Enables students to apply their knowledge from course work in a variety of treatment settings with people in varying stages of alcohol and substance abuse and dependence. Allows students to gain experience in assessment, evaluation, treatment planning, referrals, counseling, therapeutic treatment and making referrals. Examines professional ethics in the practice setting. Satisfactory/ Unsatisfactory grading. 1-12 Cr. (Spring.)
HCS 616 Financial Management for Healthcare Administrators (B)
This course provides students with knowledge of the principles of healthcare finance. The course will explore topics such as financial and management accounting, the financial reporting structure of healthcare organizations, healthcare financial statement analysis, costing and budgetary methods, sources of healthcare revenue and expenses, processes for healthcare billing, and capital investment decisions. 3 Cr.
HCS 617 Health Policy, Law and Ethics (B)
This course covers healthcare policy issues in the United States and around the world. It focuses on the financing, organization, and delivery of care. Topics will include: federal health policymaking, health policymaking at the state and local levels, health policy related to financing and delivery, diverse populations, international health policy issues, health policy research, and health policy research methods. The course also provides extensive coverage of healthcare ethics including: major ethical theories, ethical decision-making models, application to patients’ rights, confidentiality, informed consent, professional relationships, and allocation of scarce resources. The intersection of health policy, health, and law in the United States will be reviewed. Course requires a minimum grade of B (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification). 3 Cr. (Fall.)
HCS 619 Managerial Epidemiology and Methods for Healthcare Administr (B)
This course provides students with a foundation of knowledge and skills to plan, organize and manage health services while addressing various epidemiologic methods. The course focuses on the need for healthcare administrators to evaluate epidemiologic data on incidence and prevalence while addressing the impact of administrative data on cost and quality to improve access and delivery of high-quality services in a cost-effective and efficient manner. This graduate-level course will also examine crucial issues in the design and analysis of epidemiologic studies (e.g., bias, confounding, effect modification), as well as some specialized topics (e.g., screening, causation, evidence-based medicine and systematic reviews). 3 Cr. (Spring.)
HCS 620 Advanced Human Resource Management (HRM) in Healthcare (B)
Progressive examination of human resource management (HRM) applied to healthcare organizations and systems. Emerging and unique opportunities/challenges associated with a dynamic, evolving healthcare workforce will be examined to achieve the organization’s mission, organizational ‘health’ (culture), and sustainability. Real-world cases will be analyzed to promote relevant skill development. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
HCS 621 Strategic Planning in Healthcare (B)
Essential processes, strategies and methods for planning and delivering healthcare to the community within competitive markets, such as needs assessment, feasibility (market) studies, strategic planning, implementation, and evaluation. Simulation exercises will promote practical skill-building and sound decision-making. Course requires a minimum grade of B (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) 3 Cr. (Spring.)
HCS 636 Healthcare Economics for Healthcare Administrators (B)
This course provides students with a detailed overview of the principles of economics of the healthcare system on the basis of incentives, risk management, asymmetrical information, and moral hazards. This course emphasizes the practical application of economic principles to healthcare administration, including supply and demand, market structure and forecasting. This course is designed to provide healthcare administration students with an appreciation for issues in health economics, particularly as it pertains to healthcare administration. By the end of this course, students will have developed a set of analytical and conceptual tools that can be used to gain valuable insights into a host of health care issues and problems from an economic perspective. Course requires a minimum grade of B (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) 3 Cr. (Fall.)
HCS 677 Health Outcomes & Performance (B)
This course explores the subject of health outcomes and performance for evaluating the effectiveness of medical care by emphasizing the development of research questions, study designs, analyses, and research communication strategies related to the field of healthcare administration. The course explores frequently used study designs, including observational studies and randomized controlled trial. Other topics include: techniques for evaluating and selecting health outcomes measures, analytical approaches appropriate to conducting health outcomes research, and reporting of health outcomes research. A core component of the course is the development and presentation of a research protocol related to the field of healthcare administration. This will be accomplished as the course evolves. 3 Cr.
HCS 679 Executive Leadership and Governance in Healthcare (B)
Executive leadership and governance in healthcare demand ways of thinking and behaving that are proactive, systematic, future-oriented, and situationally aware. In the face of uncertainty and as communities and the workforce continues to evolve, executive leaders must interact collaboratively with engaged boards of directors (governance) to propel healthcare organizations and systems forward, drive growth, and ensure enriching, supportive, and sustainable cultures. Course requires a minimum grade of B (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification). 3 Cr.
HCS 696 Emergent Issues in Healthcare (B)
This course critically evaluates emergent issues in healthcare administration and management. Relevant topics are examined in order to provide students with a strong foundation on issues that will directly impact their effectiveness as administrators in the healthcare industry. Topics include: quality management, effective communication strategies, evidence-based practice, ethics, decision analyses, leadership, technology, as well as professional networking. Also, the course will examine how to promote quality of life in individuals, families, communities, and populations. Healthcare leaders from the Rochester, New York area and beyond will be invited to share their insights with students. Course requires a minimum grade of B (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification). 3 Cr. (Spring.)
Hebrew
HBR 211 Intermediate Hebrew I (A)
Prerequisite: HBR 112. 3 Cr.
HBR 212 Intermediate Hebrew II (A)
Prerequisite: HBR 211. 3 Cr.
Higher Education Administration
HEA 600 Foundations of Leadership in HE (B)
Provides an introduction to higher education leadership, including organizational, political and cultural dynamics across various college and system types, leadership styles and leader attributes, and leadership skills of communication, conflict resolution, and collaboration in complex organizations. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
HEA 651 Integrated & Disruptive Technologies in Higher Education (B)
Prerequisite HEA600 can be taken concurrently: Examines the dynamic role & influence of advancements in instructional and system technology advancements, applications, e-documents, communications, distance learning, e-labs, simulation technologies, e-security/privacy, adaptive technologies, social media, and micro-credentials, etc. 3 Cr.
HEA 655 Enrollment Management & Student Supports (B)
Provides a comprehensive overview of principles and strategic processes utilized to recruit and retain students in colleges, including admissions, financial aid and scholarships, registration and records systems and processes, academic advisement, transfer students, non-traditional and special populations, systematic intervention strategies for retention, and academic assistance for diverse student populations. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite HEA600 can be taken concurrently.]
HEA 661 Seminar in Higher Education 1 (B)
Experiences will emphasize small group work, relationship building, problem solving, critical thinking, and communication skills. Seminars required advanced preparation relative to the planned topics and will focus on relevant higher education topics not offered elsewhere in the curriculum. Students must complete each of three distinct (1,2, and 3) seminars. 1 Cr. [Prerequisite HEA600 can be taken concurrently: Provides professional development training and learning.]
HEA 662 Seminar in Higher Education 2 (B)
Experiences will emphasize small group work, relationship building, problem solving, critical thinking, and communication skills. Seminars require advanced preparation relative to the planned topics and will focus on relevant higher education topics not offered elsewhere in the curriculum. Students must complete each of three distinct (1,2,and3) seminars. 1 Cr. [Prerequisite HEA600 can be taken concurrently: Provides professional development training and learning.]
HEA 663 Seminar in Higher Education 3 (B)
Experiences will emphasize small group work, relationship building, problem solving, critical thinking, and communication skills. Seminars required advanced preparation relative to the planned topics and will focus on relevant higher education topics not offered elsewhere in the curriculum. Students must complete each of three distinct (1, 2,and 3) seminars. 1 Cr. [Prerequisite HEA600 can be taken concurrently: Provides professional development training and learning.]
HEA 670 Organizational and Administration of Higher Education (B)
Explores the impact of organizational structure on colleges and discusses the role of administration in addressing system challenges. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite HEA600 can be taken concurrently: Examines the American system of higher education: its historical basis and evolution, its purposes and characteristics, and current and future challenges presented by societal trends.]
HEA 671 Legal Issues in Higher Education (B)
Prerequisite HEA600 can be taken concurrently: Studies legal issues impacting the administration of higher education including but not limited to discrimination, sexual harassment, affirmative action, discipline and dismissal procedures, tortious acts, collective bargaining contracts, academic freedom, and constitutional rights protected under the 1st, 4th, 5th, and 14th Amendments to the US Constitution. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
HEA 672 Human Resource Management in Higher Education (B)
Prerequisite HEA600 can be taken concurrently: Provides an overview of human resource management consideration and practices in the higher education setting, including resource planning, staff recruitment, selection and diversity, professional development and evaluation, tenure and promotion, collective negotiations, and compensation. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
HEA 673 Finance in Higher Education (B)
Includes a survey of the budget function, collective negotiations, accounting systems, budget management and construction, and long-term policy and financial planning. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite HEA600 can be taken concurrently: Analyzes the roles of government, boards of trustees, administrators, faculty and students in the financial control of colleges and universities.]
HEA 674 Student in the College Environment (B)
Prerequisite HEA600 can be taken concurrently: Analyzes students in higher education: their perceptions, attitudes and achievements and the impact of the college experience upon them, including special populations and programs (e.g., leadership development, living/learning communities, early college high schools, concurrent programs, affinity groups, at-risk and transition programs, veterans, adults, commuters, special talent, athletes, Greeks, international, lower SES, working students, under-represented, LGBTQ, disables, homeless, food-stressed, undocumented, etc.). 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
HEA 675 Planning Evaluation and Research (B)
Examines techniques of data collection and analysis of organization subsystems and environments and their use in management and planning. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite HEA600 can be taken concurrently: Explores research methods used in institutions of higher education.]
HEA 676 Assessment & Accreditation in Higher Education (B)
Examination of accrediting and regulating agencies, institutional and program reviews, compliance issues, sanctions, and their influence on institutional operations, policies, and staffing. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite HEA600 can be taken concurrently: Provides a comprehensive overview and fundamental skills of conducting academic and administrative area, program, and course assessments.]
HEA 677 Two-Year College (B)
Places particular emphasis upon the history and function of the community college, including administration, curriculum, finance, student personnel services, students, and instruction. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite HEA600 can be taken concurrently: Surveys the role of he two-year college in American higher education.]
HEA 678 Diversity in Higher Education (B)
higher education, relative to gender, race, religion, sexual orientation, physical/mental ability, and social class. Provides students with a historical overview of diversity in higher education and the complex, interrelated sociological, economic, and political forces affecting access, attainment, and completion rates accross varying student demographics. Students will examine various institutional structures and policies, equity issues and campus climate, systems and processes, administrators, faculty, staff, students, and curriculum issues as they relate to the current status of diversity in higher education. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite HEA600 can be taken concurrently: Explores multiple facets of cultural diversity in U.S.]
HEA 880 Higher Education Administrative Internship (B)
Requires attendance in professional seminars and conferences. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite HEA600 can be taken concurrently: Upon successful completion of at least 27 credits of coursework, students complete a total of three credits of internship field experience in a higher education setting to develop further administrative competencies.]
History
HST 110 Early America Survey (AV)
Surveys in interactive lecture format the dramatic history of America from Native-European first contact through the Revolution to the Civil War and Reconstruction. Students analyze struggles over land, liberty and authority that yielded systems of power, patterns of resistance, and socio-political identities. Develops students' skills in critical reading, analysis, and writing. Closed to students who have completed HST211 or equivalent transfer course. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
HST 113 Introduction to African American History (AD)
Examines the historical experience and conditions of persons of African descent within the American historical milieu. Crosslisted with AAS113. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
HST 114 African-Amer Hist II 1865 to Present (AS)
Surveys the history of African Americans from 1865 to the present, covering such themes as emancipation, reconstruction, migration, urbanization, community formation and development, the political and cultural movements of the 1960s and 1970s, affirmative action, the underclass, and the reparations debate. Makes students aware of the historical conditions and development of people of African descent in the United States along with their contributions to American society. Crosslisted with AAS114. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
HST 118 History of American Capitalism (AV)
Explores the evolution of American capitalism from the purchase of Manhattan to the domination of Wall street. Students analyze the conquest and monetization of indigenous land; the centrality of enslaved labor to the creation of a world economic system; the power struggle between capital and labor in the creation of massive oligopolistic corporations; the "creative destruction of capitalism". Develops skills in critical reading, analysis, and writing. 3 Cr.
HST 120 Modern America Survey (AV)
Surveys in interactive lecture format the dramatic history of America since the Civil War. Students Analyze diverse communities' struggles over wealth, rights, and authority that shaped systems of power, patterns of resistance, and socio-political identities during a period that saw the nation's emergence as a global power. Develops skills in critical reading, analysis, and writing. Closed to students who have completed HST212 or equivalent transfer course. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
HST 130 Ancient World Survey (AO)
Ancient World Survey. Surveys in interactive lecture format the pre-1500 foundations of civilizations, the spread of world religions, the rise and decay of ancient societies, and the multiple encounters among them. Students practice global and comparative analysis of these major themes and situate human societies within that framework. Develops students' skills in critical reading, analysis and writing. Closed to students who have completed HST201 or equivalent transfer course. 3 Cr.
HST 131 World Civilizations (AO)
This course takes an integrative and comparative approach to world civilizations and history from ancient times to the present day. Students will learn about early world civilizations and their religions and governments, while considering how these societies worked with and against their environments to achieve remarkable architectural and navigational feats. Students will address such issues as trade and scarcity before moving forward in time to consider the continued relevance of these ideas and histories today. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
HST 140 Modern World Survey (AO)
Surveys in ineractive lecture format post-1500 history including economic competition and exploitation; imperialism, nationalism, and decolonization; cultural encounters and ideologies; resistance to authority and exploitation; and technological change. Students practice comparative analysis while tracing growing global interdependence. Develops students' skills in critical reading, analysis, and writing. Closed to students who have completed HST202 or equivalent transfer course. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
HST 201 Ancient World History (AO)
Explores in seminar format the foundations of pre-1500 civilizations, the spread of world religions, the rise and decay of ancient societies, and the multiple encounters among them. Students engage in global and comparative analysis of major themes and situate human societies within that framework. Develops students' skills in critical reading, analysis, discussion of historical texts and debates, and writing. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
HST 202 Modern World History (AO)
Explores in seminar format post-1500 history including economic competition and exploitation; imperialism, nationalism, and decolonization; cultural encounters and ideologies; resistance to authority and exploitation; and technological change. Students engage in global and comparative analysis of these major themes while tracing the growing interdependence of the world's societies and states. Develops students' skills in critical reading, analysis, discussion of historical texts and debates, and writing. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
HST 211 Early American History (AV)
Explores in a seminar format the dramatic history of America from Native-European first contact through the Revolution to the Civil War and Reconstruction. Students analyze struggles over land, liberty, and authority that yielded systems of power, patterns of resistance, and socio-political identities. Develops students' skills in critical reading, analysis, discussion of historical texts and debates, and writing. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
HST 212 Modern American History (AV)
Explores in seminar format the dramatic history of the United States since the Civil War. Students analyze diverse communities' struggles over wealth, rights, and authority that shaped systems of power, patterns of resistance, and socio-political identities during a period that saw the nation's ermergence as a global power. Develops skills in critical reading, analysis, discussion of historical texts and debates, and writing. 3 Cr.
HST 230 History of Women and Medicine (AHW)
Addresses key themes in the history of women in medicine with a transnational focus, both in terms of women as nurses, midwives and doctors, as well as patients. Looks at the medicalization of women’s bodies, reproductive issues, diseases and education. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Cross-listed as WMS 230.]
HST 234 Puerto Rico & Puerto Ricans: Colony, Nation, Race, Diaspora (ADW)
Explores through interactive lecture and discussion Puerto Rico as a Spanish and U.S. colony and homeland/patria for millions, and the Puerto Rican diaspora. Through films, music, and documents students analyze struggles that yielded evolving systems of power, patterns of resistance, and identities, especially in terms of race and gender. Develops skills in critical reading, analysis, discussion of historical texts and debates, and writing. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) Crosslisted with HST234. 3 Cr.
HST 235 The Vikings (AH)
Explores the origins, nature, and consequences of the "Viking-Age" -- a period between the 8th and 11th centuries C.E. when Scandinavians traveled across the seas as explorers, traders, conquerors, and colonists, setting in motion events that transformed their norther homelands, reshaped the rest of Europe, and touched the wider world. Course requires a minimum grade of "C" for major/minor/certification. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
HST 252 Oral History Interviewing Across Time and Place (AH)
A COIL course that trains students in the best practices of oral history, including interviewing skills, transcription, use of technology and analysis of interviews. Students will conduct interviews focusing on the college experience: of students of different backgrounds, alumni, family members and students at foreign universities. Students will develop communication skills that are applicable to a wide variety of future professions. **crosslisted with CMC252 *elective 3 Cr. (Fall.)
HST 302 History of Science and Technology in America (A)
Examines the changing relationships among science, technology and American society as it developed from rural colony into modern, urban and industrial power. Assesses how government and private institutions influenced scientific and technological development and how that development affected the ways Americans worked, consumed, recreated, communicated, traveled and made war. 3 Cr.
HST 307 The Computerized Society: History of the Computer in the USA (AI)
How has the history of the computer shaped our contemporary "digital" era? This course provides a past to our digital present, helping you get your grounding in today's wireless world. Through historical sources, we study how the computer relates to politics, economics, law, race, gender, class, culture, and other factors in recent American history? A particular focus is placed on the hidden history and continued relevance of women in computing. No previous digital or historical training is required, just an eagerness to explore our topic critically and creatively. Course requires a minimum grade of C for major/minor/certification. Crosslisted with CPS307. Course requires a minimum grade of C for major/minor/certification. 3 Cr.
HST 308 American Environmental History (A)
This course examines the changing relationships between people and nature over the course of American history, with a focus on the past century. It treats the “natural environment” as a critical factor in history and considers how human activities depended on and affected their world, traces changing environmental attitudes and policies, and assesses how Americans shaped the national (and global) landscape, thereby influencing the character of the U.S. economy and its human, animal, and plant communities. 3 Cr.
HST 309 The Revolutionary War (AV)
Examines the United States' war for independence against Great Britain (1775-1783) and its immediate aftermath from a variety of perspectives, including its military, social, and international dimensions. Gives particular attention to the conflict as a civil war that intersected with class, racial, and ethnic antagonisms. Course requires a minimum grade of "C" for major/minor/certification. 3 Cr.
HST 310 American Indian History (AV)
Provides an overview of the history of North America's native people from the pre-Columbian period to present day. Addresses the diversity and commonalities of Indian culture and experience, the consequences of Indian-European contact, the nature of Indian-European relations and the evolution of Indian identity. 3 Cr.
HST 311 Empire State: The History of New York (A)
Empire State: The History of New York is a broad survey course designed to introduce students to the history of New York State from the pre-contact (the contact between the indigenous peoples of New York and Europeans and African newcomers) to the modern era. Themes include colonial New York, The industrial to the post-industrial eras. Special emphasis is place on New York's role in creating a diverse nation. Students will examine New Yorkers's contributions to the Civil Rights Movement, the Women's Rights Movement, and the broader "Rights Revolution" that reshaped notions of power, community and nation in post-World War II America. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
HST 313 Slavery in the Antebellum South (A)
Provides a study of some of the dynamics of slavery in the South between 1800 and 1860. Includes firsthand accounts of observers and the political, economic and racial implications of this system. Compares the US plantation slavery to other slave systems in the Americas. Encourages students to borrow from the disciplines of anthropology, sociology, literature, and economics, as well as from political and intellectual history. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Cross-listed as AAS 313.]
HST 318 Approaching Religion (AIW)
Introduces students to disciplinary methods used by scholars in the humanities and the social sciences to study religion and its cultural artifacts, including literary, philosophical, and historical analysis. The course is structured as a series of case studies, in which different religious texts, traditions, and phenomena are analyzed from discrete and carefully defined methodological perspectives. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
HST 320 Africa: Ancient and Precolonial (A)
Explores the diversity of peoples and cultures in Africa from the earlier period of human history. Provides an overview of Africa's historical foundation and development. 3 Cr.
HST 321 Modern Africa (AI)
Explores continuities and diversity in the African experience, focusing on the eras of colonization and decolonization (c.1870s-1970s). Students are introduced to major events in modern African history while engaging in discussions regarding central themes in African historiography, including cultural encounters, gender roles, the conflicting demands of tradition and modernity, religion, development, and violence. Cross-listed with AAS 321. 3 Cr.
HST 325 Modern Irish History (A)
This course examines the history of modern Ireland (1603-) by giving the students a broad understanding of all of Irish history. The course also explores Irish culture and in particular uses film, literature, and music to inform students about the everyday lives and worldviews of the Irish. Irish nationalism and the emergence of an independent Ireland will be areas of particular historical focus. 3 Cr.
HST 327 American Military Experience (AV)
Presents a survey of American military history from the colonial period to present. Major themes include the changing experience of battle, combat motivation, systems of recruitment for the armed forces, the impact of technology on warfare, civil-military relations, the rise of the military as a professional institution, and the evolution of military doctrine. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
HST 328 Women in America (AVW)
Focuses on the changing history of American women, including the intersections of gender and sexuality with ethnicity, race, immigration, and class. We analyze cultural images of American women, as well as individual and organized resistance to conventional definitions of womanhood as well as contemporary issues, including employment, reproductive freedom, and anti-racism. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as WMS 328.]
HST 332 Witchcraft & Witch-hunting in Early Modern Europe, 1450-1750 (AW)
Students will deepen their understanding of witchcraft and witch-hunting in early modern Europe through discussions of readings, writing assignments, and lectures. The relationship between women, gender and witch-hunting forms a major focus of the class. Other topics include elite and popular views on magic and witchcraft; the links between religion, the rise of the modern state and witch-hunting; and the decline of witch prosecutions. Crosslisted with WMS332. 3 Cr. (Even Spring.)
HST 335 The Roman Empire (A)
Investigates reasons for the fall of the Roman Republic and the establishment of the Empire. Explores Rome's imperial administration and cultural achievements, Rome's relations to Persia and the barbarian tribes, and reasons for the decline of the Roman Empire in the West but not the East. 3 Cr.
HST 336 Medieval Europe (A)
Introduces the social, cultural, religious, and intellectual life of medieval Europe from the fourth to the 15th centuries. Focuses on themes such as the ideals of piety, nobility, and chivalry that shaped medieval people's lives and how these changed or stayed the same over time. 3 Cr.
HST 339 Latinx History of the United States (ADW)
Latinx History of the United States is a course that offers a comprehensive introduction to the diversity of Latinx cultures and history in the United States. Students will explore the intersections of race, class, gender, ethnicity, and citizenship in the lives of Latinx peoples. This course spans over 200 years, evaluating the Latinx experience in various locations and times, from the first Spanish North American colonies to the rise of Latino/a studies departments on college campuses. Elective within major. Crosslisted with AAS WMS 339. 3 Cr.
HST 341 Middle East Crisis: Historical Perspective (AO)
Explores reasons for the recurrent crises in the Middle East and their global implications, especially for the United States. Concentrates on 20th Century events which have direct consequences on events in the Middle East today. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
HST 343 History of the Soviet Union (AIO)
Highlights the multiple legacies of the Russian Empire; examines the Russian Revolution; explores the nature of the Stalinist regime; and seeks to explain the collapse of the Soviet Union. 3 Cr.
HST 349 Europe in the 20th Century (A)
Surveys Europe during the 20th century. Includes the emergence of racial nationalism, two world wars, decolonization, the rise and fall of communist regimes, and the impact of migration on European societies. 3 Cr.
HST 354 American Film (AW)
Focuses on how American history has been presented on film. The course follows a chronological format and looks at important films about the crucial eras and events in US history, such as the Civil War, the West and the Sixties, as well as the history of film-making itself. Stresses the ideological function of films and the contrast between how historians and films present the past. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as WMS354 and FLM354.]
HST 357 Modern American Dream: Economics and U.S. Society & Culture (AIV)
Examines the critical influence of economics on American society and culture since the late 19th century. Looks at the modernization of agriculture, industry, and labor, the emergence of mass consumption, the economics of foreign policy, and the influence of economics on race, gender, ethnic, and class relations during this period. In short, examines the many factors that influenced how people imagined and strived for the "American Dream" of economic success. 3 Cr.
HST 359 History of European Women (AWY)
Examines the history of European women since 1500, including traditional roles in political, economic, cultural and social life. Focuses on the changes over the centuries. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Cross-listed as WMS 359.]
HST 360 Of Silk and Swords: Great Eurasian Empires (AO)
Surveys the history of empire building in Eurasia from Antiquity to the birth of the modern world. Topics include the political and cultural characteristics of empires and the role of trade and economy in the birth and growth of empires. A comparative approach to specific empires from Roman times up to the Mongol and Ottoman Empires illustrates historical diversity and commonalities. 3 Cr.
HST 361 History of Japan: From Samurai to Godzilla (A)
Studies Japanese political, economic and cultural history from the early Yamato state to the status as an economic superpower in the late 20th Century. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
HST 362 The History of World War II (A)
Explores the major theaters and home fronts of World War II Europe, North Africa, Asia and the Pacific. Views war from several perspectives: military-strategic and tactical, political, economic, ideological and social. Examines reasons for the war, and the nature of total, unlimited and national warfare. 3 Cr.
HST 363 Islam (AO)
Explores the personality of Mohammed; his message; the evolution of classical Islam; its spread through Asia, Africa and Europe; the socio-economic expression of the Islamic ideal and its egalitarianism; the status of women; and the breakdown of a unified Islamic state. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
HST 365 Beyond Veils and Magic Carpets: Islam's Golden Age (AO)
This course samples the highlights of classical Islamic civilization, between 700 and 1300. Primary sources in translation and major secondary works provide a thorough overview of Islamic culture, including examples of architecture, decorative arts, cityscapes, courtly and daily life, and scholarly and literary achievements. 3 Cr.
HST 366 Modern Imperial Britain (AIO)
Explores British national and imperial history from 1815 to the present. Students consider major events in modern British history while engaging in discussions regarding systems of dominance, modes of resistance, the concept of a liberal empire, nation building, changing notions of class, gender, race, and citizenship, and the role of Britain in the world today. 3 Cr.
HST 367 Gender in the Islamic World (AOW)
We explore the dynamic tension between beliefs about the nature and proper behavior of men and women, and actual practices in a variety of Islamic societies, both historically and in the contemporary world. Specific case studies and theoretical works by both Middle Eastern and Western authors highlight the challenges of studying the economic and social implications of gender in Islamic societies. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Cross-listed as ANT 367.]
HST 370 Career Development and History (B)
Prepares students for career success by identifying usable knowledge and skills associated with their program of study, examining their personal strengths and interests, and completing a series of workshops and assignments designed to develop professional skills and explore career trajectories relevant to their academic major. 1-3 Cr. (Fall.)
HST 371 Internship (B)
Offers sophomores, juniors and seniors an opportunity for career exploration and skill development in history. 1-3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
HST 372 Practicum in Teaching History (B)
Allows students to experience the basic aspects of teaching history courses, which may include conducting review sessions, assisting in evaluation, developing tutorial techniques or class lecture, etc. [Instructor Permission] 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
HST 375 Born in Blood & Fire: Latin America Age of Conquest & Empire (AW)
Analyzes the dynamics of Spanish and Portuguese conquest in the “New World,” from the 1490s, including gender dynamics; indigenous and enslaved African peoples’ active shaping of colonial rule, including racial concepts and practices; and the Catholic church’s regulation of gender relations. Examines regional diversity and the sudden collapse of the colonial system in the independence wars of 1810s. 3 Cr.
HST 376 Modern Latin America (A)
Analyzes 19th- and 20th Century Latin America's history of struggle against colonial legacies, as well as new forms of economic and military oppression associated with dependent capitalist development. Asks students to consider the meanings of national independence in a region sharply divided by race and class, where peasants, workers and women have fought for political rights, sometimes winning revolutions, and where foreign influences limit state autonomy. 3 Cr.
HST 380 Digital History: Digital Methods for Historical Projects (A)
Students learn how to use new digital technology to study and share knowledge about the past. No prior digital skills required for this course, just an eagerness to experiment and learn. Through a hands-on collective project focused on SUNY Brockport's own history, we investigate the ethical use of digital tools, database development, content management, digital publishing, multimedia storytelling, project management, digital sustainability, digital mapping, timelines, annotation, and basic audio and video production. In the fall of 2021, our project will focus on creating a prototype of a mobile application walking tour of art and history on the SUNY Brockport campus. Students will conduct research, complete oral history interviews, create and assemble digital assets, write text, and work individually and collectively on the research and development of our project. Requires a minimum grade of C for general education/major/minor/certification. Cross-listed with JRB380. 3 Cr.
HST 381 Fannie Barrier Williams Project (ADW)
The Fannie Barrier Williams Project is an ongoing digital public history inquiry into the life, times, and lasting historical significance of Fannie Barrier Williams (1855-1944), Brockport resident, first Black woman to graduate from the Brockport State Normal School (predecessor to SUNY Brockport), antiracist and women's rights activist, educator, writer, thinker, musician, visual artist. This is a project-based, experiential learning course. With guidance and support, each student produces a research project for a curated website, public symposium, and poster session. No advanced computer skills are required. While the course is grounded in historical inquiry, creative and Interdisciplinary approaches are very much welcome. Swing courses AAS & WMS 381 3 Cr.
HST 385 Asian Civilization I, Antiquity to 1600 AD (A)
Surveys the historical development of South and East Asian civilizations with emphasis on cultures of China, India, and Japan. Topics to be explored include the origins of East and South Asian civilizations, and their influence on neighboring areas, the origins of major thought systems in the Asian civilizations, and the development of national unity before 1600 A.D. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
HST 386 Opium to Hiroshima (AO)
This course surveys the historical development of Asian civilizations with emphasis on China, India, and Japan with some reference to Korea and Vietnam. Topics to be explored include 1) the decline of pre-European South and East Asian empires; 2) the emergence of nation-states in Asia during the 19th and 20th centuries; and 3) the involvement of the United States in the transformation. 3 Cr.
HST 390 Research Methods (AY)
Engages students in the creation of historical knowledge as they research, draft and polish a major research paper. Topics vary by instructor but in all sections students craft their own sub-topics, learn to use databases and research tools, and develop oral presentation skills. Required for History majors. Open to History minors and others by advisement. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: Completion of at least 3 of HST 201, 202, 211, and 212 or equivalents, with a minimum grade of C.]
HST 399 Independent Study in History (A)
Arranged in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-6 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
HST 407 American Environmental History (A)
Examines the changing relationship between people and the natural environment over the course of American history. Focuses on how agriculture, resource extraction, nature conservation, industrial production and urbanization and suburbanization created opportunities for and limitations on American economic and social activity. 3 Cr.
HST 409 American Mind—What Were They Thinking? US Intellectual Hist (A)
How have Americans thought about themselves and their world? Is there such a thing as the American Mind? How have Americans contested who is part of it? We explore a diversity of past voices that remain relevant today. Students read, write, discuss, and have the opportunity to work on the Society for US Intellectual History (SUSIH) Review, acquiring digital editing, research, and project management skills. (swing course HST509) 3 Cr. (Fall.)
HST 412 Public History (A)
This introduction to “public history” examines how historians preserve historical memory and convey the ‘mystic chords of memory’ to the public. After considering the challenges of popularizing specialized knowledge, students examine the work and techniques of archives, popular historical writing, historical societies, museums, and oral history. The course culminates with a ‘hands-on’ project in one of those areas. 3 Cr.
HST 413 The Rochester Reform Trail (A)
Examines the role of Rochester in the history of the American Reform Movement. Topics include women’s rights, abolition, temperance, sabbatarianism, religious revivals and political economy. Also analyzes how time and place affected the development of reform. Finally, the course examines how these historical narratives are constructed and reconstructed in physical and virtual museum spaces like the Susan B. Anthony House, the National Women’s Hall of Fame, various Erie Canal museums, the proposed “Rochester Heritage Trail” and others. 3 Cr.
HST 414 The Salem Witch Crisis (A)
Explores the various ways historians have sought to understand the most infamous witch-hunt in American history. Focuses on scholarship that explores the Salem Crisis so students can trace an unfolding historiography and compare various approaches to understanding this event. Demonstrates the contingent/contested nature of historical knowledge and investigates the process of historical inquiry. 3 Cr. (Summer.)
HST 416 The Invasion of America, 1492 - 1774 (A)
Examines the history of North America from the advent of European expansion to the collapse of Europe’s North American empires (c. 1400 – 1800). Focuses on cultural encounters and exchange between Indian, European and African peoples; European methods of colonization; the struggle for imperial domination in North America; and the evolution of colonial societies with particular emphasis on Britain’s North American colonies. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: HST 390 with a grade of C or better, or junior status with a GPA of 3.0.]
HST 418 Early Republic: America 1789-1848 (A)
Students will examine the American nation from its founding to circa 1848. Topics include political change from Federalism to the Age of Jackson; the changes to finance, transportation and communications collectively known as the Market Revolution; the dominance and international significance of cotton agriculture and enslaved labor; the first Industrial Revolution and the fundamental social changes it engendered; the radical challenges to race and gender based systems of power. Students will complete a significant research paper based on one of the topics discussed in the course. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: HST 390.]
HST 419 Civil War and Reconstruction (A)
Provides an intensive study of the Civil War era (1848-1877). Surveys the breakdown of the American institutions that led to the Civil War, followed by an examination of the War itself and its controversial aftermath in the Reconstruction era. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: HST 390 with a grade of C or better, or junior status with a GPA of 3.0. Cross-listed as AAS 419.]
HST 420 America from Its Centennial to Pearl Harbor (A)
Examines the period of dramatic change unleashed by America’s precipitous transformation from rural, agrarian, Protestant society into an urban-industrial giant reshaped by immigration. Explores the impact of these forces on the American economy, family life, religion, politics, education and international role. Ends on the eve of American entry in WWII after analyzing the impact of the Great Depression on the resulting New Deal. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: HST 390 with a grade of C or better, or junior status with a GPA of 3.0.]
HST 421 America Since 1929 (A)
Uses the Depression as a watershed and then examines American society to the present. Features political change from Roosevelt to Reagan, foreign policy from Pearl Harbor to the present, and the evolution of popular culture since the 1920s. Also gives attention to economic and social developments, including the rise of the civil rights movement and the women’s and gay liberation movements. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: HST 390 with a grade of C or better, or junior status with a GPA of 3.0.]
HST 426 American Cultural History 1865-Present (A)
Examines the emergence of modern American culture between the late 19th and early 21st centuries. Focuses on how nationalism and war, race and gender, industrial production and consumption, science and technology and mass education and entertainment affected the way Americans identified themselves and made sense of their world. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: HST 390 with a grade of C or better, or junior status with a GPA of 3.0.]
HST 427 The Material Culture of Early America (A)
Investigates material culture and lived experience in the United States through the 18th and 19th centuries. Defining material culture to include various aspects of Early Americans’ everyday lives, the course includes discussion and analysis of various topics: clothing production and consumption; the cultural construction of hygiene; the meaning and utility of lived spaces; interior furnishings and their relationship to users; amenities such as the lighting and heating of homes; cultural expressions such as art, music and print culture; the shaping and reshaping of urban and rural land, time and soundscapes; the theoretical frameworks through which historians interpret these cultural productions. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
HST 428 The 1960s in the US and the World (A)
What happened between 1960 and 1970 in the Uniited States and the world and why did "The Sixties" become a highly fraught symbol (of social change, disruption, revolution, and reaction)? In this upper-level course, we investigate primary sources as well as debates among historians about politics, economics, culture, and more. 3 Cr.
HST 430 World History on Film (AI)
Investigates the oft-complex topic of historical memory by looking at how filmmakers have shaped historical moments as part of their own lived history as well as for national and international audiences. Stresses the ideological function of films and the contrast between how historians and film makers present the past. Tackles still controversial topics like gender, sexuality, fascism, imperialism, cold war, and Islamic fundamentalism, all topics which play important role in national origins stories. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
HST 434 Modern Caribbean History (A)
As an advanced course, covers the French, Spanish, and British Caribbeans since the Haitian Revolution of the 1790s. Investigates how slavery and abolition, colonialism and nationalism, social and cultural movements, racism and dependency have forged this fascinating and paradoxical region. Considers questions of identity, especially for Afro-Caribbean women and men, in comparative framework. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: HST 390 with a grade of C or better, or junior status with a GPA of 3.0.]
HST 436 Medieval England and Ireland (A)
This course examines the histories of medieval England and Ireland from the ancient Celts to the early 1500’s, with particular emphasis on the cultural foundations of each island’s early settlements and the comparative development of each under the rule of foreign invaders following the Norman invasion of England in 1066 and the English invasion of Ireland in 1167. We will focus on the cultural and social history of the peoples and institutions of early Britain and place them in the wider context of the European Middle Ages. Course requires a minimum grade of "C" (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “B” (graduate sections) for certification. Swing course HST536. 3 Cr.
HST 438 Women and Gender in Latin American History (A)
As an advanced course, examines the diversity of Latin-American and Caribbean women's experiences from the Iberian conquest to the 20th -century. Analyzes the gender dynamics of colonial, national, dictatorial and revolutionary states, economies and cultures, and the importance of women's movements and feminism. Includes discussion of Latina history in the US and of Latin-American and Caribbean masculinity in historical perspective. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as WMS 438.]
HST 440 Race War: The Second World War in History and Memory (A)
Combines analysis of cutting edge secondary scholarship in conjunction with primary accounts to explore the Second World War as a race war. We will examine how notions of racial superiority, empire-building, and extreme violence were central in all three major theaters of war. We will explore the antecedents, practices, and legacies of this racial violence while also interrogating the contested terrain of historical memory which continues to shape the politics of various nations major implications for the fate of democracy and peace on a global scale. HST 540. 3 Cr.
HST 441 World War I (A)
Explores the Great War focusing on its causes, diplomacy, technology and medicine, social and cultural movements, women’s roles on the home front and war work, soldiers’ experience, as well as peace process and memory of the war. Students will produce a primary source research paper on their own as well as write shorter papers on the in-class reading. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: HST 390 with a grade of C or better, or junior status with a GPA of 3.0.]
HST 444 Sexuality, Gender, and Identity in Medieval Europe (AW)
500-1500, particularly as women experienced them. Examines the perceptions medieval society fostered about gender; analyzes factors such as social class, work and professional status, legal structures, and sexuality and compares/contrasts their effect on women's and men's lives. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as WMS 444; Studies European Middle Ages, ca.]
HST 445 The High Middle Ages (A)
A Study of the European experience from the First Crusade to the Black Plague, the general crises of the mid-14th Century, and the new institutions of a rapidly expanding European culture. 3 Cr.
HST 448 Enlightenment and French Revolution (A)
Considers the Revolution's origins in the Old Regime and the Enlightenment before examining its political and cultural development as well as its immediate aftermath in the Napoleonic era and its influence on Europe in the 19th Century. 3 Cr.
HST 452 Religion in American Civilization (A)
Historical analysis of the role of religious ideas and movements as they have influenced and shaped the American experience and in turn been influenced by unique features of American life. 3 Cr. 3 Cr.
HST 455 The Black Death (A)
The Black Death or "Plague" changed society, medicine, global trade, religion, and intellectual life from its outbreak in 1348 to 1700. As one microbe changed European society, it left in its wake a pessimistic fascination with death, but also a resolve to survive and discover causes and remedies for the plague, contributing to the Renaissance, the Scientific Revolution, and Europe's transition to the modern. 3 Cr.
HST 457 Dark Continent to Wakanda: the Image of Africa (ADI)
Students will analyze Western images of African nature, ranging from the idea of Africa as a Dark Continent to the images of Africa in recent films. We will consider how colonial travel, exploration, hunting, and movies constructed ideas about Africa and how those 'old' ideas continue to shape and create major controversies over conservation, tourism, hunting, and movie representations to this day. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as AAS 457 or HST 557.]
HST 458 Overseas Empires, 1800-Present (A)
Offers a comparative look at the rise and fall of the major overseas empires of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, especially the British, French, and Japanese Empires. The course is organized thematically and considers issues of gender, race, culture, lived experience, colonial resistance, nationalism, and decolonization. It also addresses the lingering impacts of overseas imperialism in our world of today and public awareness of these histories. 3 Cr.
HST 462 US - Asian Relations (A)
The topic of this course is war and peace that involved Asia and the United States since the turn of the twentieth century. By focusing on the human, cross-cultural dimensions of various conflicts in the domestic and international scenes, this course will encourage students to develop an understanding of the experience of war and peace through reading, thinking, discussing, and writing. (Research Intensive) 3 Cr.
HST 466 Stalinism: The Soviet Union Under Stalin (A)
Explores the origins, manifestations, and legacies of the "Stalinism" in the Soviet Union. Using a combination of primary and secondary sources, it interrogates the appropriateness of using the term "totalitarianism" in describing the Stalinist system, examines the impact of Stalinsim on "ordinary" Soviet citizens with a special emphasis on women and non-Russian nationalities, and questions the significance of Stalin's Revolutions and the Great Patriotic War in shaping the U.S.S.R. until its collapse in 1991. 3 Cr.
HST 468 Cold War in the Soviet Union: Myths, Realities, and Legacies ()
Challenges Western stereotypes to illuminate the complexities of the history of the Soviet Union during the Cold War. Primary sources and secondary scholarship allow students to gain a deeper understanding of everyday life in the USSR from the perspective of women, workers, intellectuals, and non-Russian nationalities. Special attention will be given to the Stalinization of Eastern Europe the de-Stalinization efforts of Khrushchev, the space race, the Cuban Missile Crisis, the battle for influence over the emerging Third World , and the emergence of a dissident movement. Will also explore the collapse of the USSR and arguments regarding a new Cold War with Putin's Russia. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: HST390.]
HST 472 The War on Terror (A)
This course introduces students to the roots and consequences of the so-called War on Terror, with special reference to its impact on politics, economy and society, in the US and other countries. Requires a substantial term paper; satisfies the Research-Intensive requirement for the major. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: HST 390.]
HST 478 Gender and Race in Modern America (A)
This reading seminar will focus on ideas about, and the lived experiences of, gender and race from Reconstruction (1865) to the present. This course explores the intersections of race, gender, and sexuality and examines a multiplicity of themes affecting differing women's lives. Discussions will include a focus on the historical social construction of gender, the impact of race, sexuality, reproduction, work, education, media, material condition (class), and women's agency. 3 Cr. [Cross-Listed as AAS & WMS 478.]
HST 483 Digital History (A)
Digital technology seems futuristic but how can we wield it to understand and communicate about history too. No prior digital skills required for this course, just an eagerness to experiment and learn by doing. Students develop basic digital fluency, acquire information literacy, and deepen their historical understanding through a mix of readings, discussion, scaffolded skills-development workshops, individual assignments, and one overarching project. We investigate the ethical use of digital tools for studying the past as well as database development, content management systems, text-mining and algorithmic analysis, data visualization, digital publishing, multimedia storytelling, project management and workflow, digital sustainability, digital editing, digital mapping, timelines, annotation... Swing course HST 583. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: HST 390 with min grade of "C".]
HST 485 Public History Internship (A)
Combines a ‘hands-on’ public history internship experience with classroom seminars for discussing readings and sharing experiences. Students will intern in local or regional archives, historical societies, historians’ offices, and museums. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
HST 487 Wars in Asia Since 1750 (A)
Swing course is HST 587. Students will examine how and why various kinds of war have taken shape in Asia since the 1750s-and their impacts on the region and the rest of the world. We will read, write, discuss, and explore rich, contested histories of key inter- and intra-national wars by paying attention to diplomacy, migration, science and technology, ethnicity, and ideology. 3 Cr.
HST 499 Independent Study in History (A)
Arranged in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-6 Cr. (Every Semester.)
HST 501 American History: Topics (A)
Provides an overview of selected topics in American history for teachers and nonspecialists interested in acquiring, updating or refreshing basic understanding. Topics vary yearly. May be repeated for credit. 3 Cr. (Summer.)
HST 502 Topics in American History -Research Intensive (A)
Studies selected issues and topics according to student demand and faculty interest. Defined by the instructor in accordance with the specific topic offered that semester. Course requires the completion of a substantial research paper. 3 Cr.
HST 503 Graduate Internship (A)
Entails field experience in an archive, museum, historical society or other institution that can provide a professionally valuable period of training closely related to the student's academic program. Arranged through the Graduate Committee. 1-3 Cr.
HST 504 Topics in World History (A)
Considers the development of world history during the 20th century and introduces the study of several of its separate civilizations, such as India, China, Islam, Europe, Africa and America and topics such as gender, ecology, demography and war. 3 Cr.
HST 505 Topics in World History -Research Intensive (A)
Studies selected issues and topics according to student demand and faculty interest. Defined by the instructor in accordance with the specific topic offered that semester. Course requires the completion of a substantial research paper. 3 Cr.
HST 507 American Environmental History (A)
Examines the changing relationship between people and the natural environment over the course of American history. Focuses on how agriculture, resource extraction, nature conservation, industrial production, and urbanization and suburbanization created opportunities for an limitations on American economic and social activity. 3 Cr.
HST 509 American Mind—What Were They Thinking? US Intellectual Hist (A)
How have Americans thought about themselves and their world? Is there such a thing as the American Mind? How have Americans contested who is part of it? We explore a diversity of past voices that remain relevant today. Students read, write, discuss, and have the opportunity to work on the Society for US Intellectual History (SUSIH) Review, acquiring digital editing, research, and project management skills. Graduate students will develop a longer final essay and participate in the editorial work of the Society for US Intellectual History Review, acquiring professional skills in digital editing and project management related to historical scholarship. (swing course HST409) 3 Cr. (Fall.)
HST 511 New York: The History of the Empire State (A)
This is a graduate reading seminar focusing on the history of New York State from the pre-contact (the contact between the indigenous peoples of New York and Europeans and African newcomers) to the modern era. Themes include colonial New York, the industrial to the post-industrial eras, New York's role in creating a diverse nation, and the reform tradition in New York State.. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
HST 512 Public History (A)
This introduction to “public history” examines how historians preserve historical memory and convey the ‘mystic chords of memory’ to the public. After considering the challenges of popularizing specialized knowledge, students examine the work and techniques of archives, popular historical writing, historical societies, museums, and oral history. The course culminates with a ‘hands-on’ project in one of those areas. 3 Cr.
HST 513 The Rochester Reform Trail (A)
Examines the role of Rochester in the history of the American Reform Movement. Topics include women’s rights, abolition, temperance, sabbatarianism, religious revivals and political economy. Also analyzes how time and place affected the development of reform. Finally, the course examines how these historical narratives are constructed and reconstructed in physical and virtual museum spaces like the Susan B. Anthony House, the National Women’s Hall of Fame, various Erie Canal museums, the proposed “Rochester Heritage Trail” and others. 3 Cr.
HST 514 The Salem Witch Crisis (A)
Explores the various ways historians have sought to understand the most infamous witch-hunt in American history. Focuses on scholarship that explores the Salem Crisis so students can trace an unfolding historiography and compare various approaches to understanding this event. Demonstrates the contingent/contested nature of historical knowledge and investigates the process of historical inquiry. 3 Cr. (Summer.)
HST 515 Natives and Newcomers (A)
Explores the context and consequences of Indian-European contact in North America (c. 1500-1840). Topics include the nature of pre-contact Native societies; the encounter of Indian and European cosmologies, economies, and methods of warfare; and the relationship between Indian-European contact and developing constructs of race, gender, and identity. 3 Cr.
HST 516 The Invasion of America, 1492 - 1774 (A)
Examines the history of North America from the advent of European expansion to the collapse of Europe’s North American empires (c. 1400 – 1800). Focuses on cultural encounters and exchange between Indian, European and African peoples; European methods of colonization; the struggle for imperial domination in North America; and the evolution of colonial societies with particular emphasis on Britain’s North American colonies. 3 Cr.
HST 517 The American Revolution (A)
Explores the era of American Revolution -- the period from the colonies' anti-imperial protests of the 1760s and 1770s, through the United States' war for independence against Great Britain between 1776 and 1783, to the tumultous two-decade period of nation building that followed -- and the profound social, political, and cultural transformations it set in motion. 3 Cr.
HST 518 The Early Republic (A)
Examines in depth the young American nation from 1800 to 1848, the ages of Jefferson and Jackson. Focuses on the market revolution and the transforming social and political changes that followed in its wake and prepared the way for Civil War. 3 Cr.
HST 519 Civil War and Reconstruction (A)
Provides an intensive study of the Civil War era (1848-1877). Surveys the breakdown of the American institutions that led to the Civil War, followed by an examination of the war itself and its controversial aftermath in the Reconstruction era. 3 Cr.
HST 520 America from Its Centennial to Pearl Harbor (A)
Examines the period of dramatic change unleashed by America’s precipitous transformation from rural, agrarian, Protestant society into an urban-industrial giant reshaped by immigration. Explores the impact of these forces on the American economy, family life, religion, politics, education and international role. Ends on the eve of American entry in WWII after analyzing the impact of the Great Depression on the resulting New Deal. 3 Cr.
HST 521 America Since 1929 (A)
Uses the Depression as a watershed and then examines American society to the present. Features political change from Roosevelt to Reagan, foreign policy from Pearl Harbor to the present, and the evolution of popular culture since the 1920s. Also gives attention to economic and social developments, including the rise of the civil rights movement and the women’s and gay liberation movements. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
HST 526 American Cultural History 1865-Present (A)
Examines the emergence of modern American culture between the late 19th and early 21st centuries. Focuses on how nationalism and war, race and gender, industrial production and consumption, science and technology, and mass education and entertainment affected the way Americans identified themselves and made sense of their world. 3 Cr.
HST 527 The Material Culture of Early America (A)
Investigates material culture and lived experience in the United States through the 18th and 19th centuries. Defining material culture to include various aspects of Early Americans’ everyday lives, the course includes discussion and analysis of various topics: clothing production and consumption; the cultural construction of hygiene; the meaning and utility of lived spaces; interior furnishings and their relationship to users; amenities such as the lighting and heating of homes; cultural expressions such as art, music and print culture; the shaping and reshaping of urban and rural land, time and soundscapes; the theoretical frameworks through which historians interpret these cultural productions. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
HST 528 The 1960s in the US and the World (A)
What happened between 1960 and 1970 in the Uniited States and the world and why did "The Sixties" become a highly fraught symbol (of social change, disruption, revolution, and reaction)? In this upper-level course, we investigate primary sources as well as debates among historians about politics, economics, culture, and more. *HST528 requires a longer historiographic or research project developed in consultation with the instructor. 3 Cr.
HST 530 World History on Film (AI)
Investigates the oft-complex topic of historical memory by looking at how filmmakers have shaped historical moments as part of their own lived history as well as for national and international audiences. Stresses the ideological function of films and the contrast between how historians and film makers present the past. Tackles still controversial topics like gender, sexuality, fascism, imperialism, cold war, and Islamic fundamentalism, all topics which play important role in national origins stories. Graduate students will watch 1 more full movie a week and do 1 more reaing a week, their papers will be more analytical and longer than the undergraduates. Graduate students will watch 1 more full movie a week and do 1 more reading a week, their papers will be more analytical and longer than the undergraduates. *elective 3 Cr. (Spring.)
HST 533 Cool Japan: History in Anime (A)
This course will examine the history of Japan as it is represented in various anime. Together, we will analyze the content and historical context of key Studio Ghibli productions and others, delving into the interplay between culture, war, and peace in Asia since 1600. Topics for class discussion, based on readings and film analysis, include state formation, science and technology, modernization, militarization, World War II, science fiction, and the roles of women in times of war and peace. 3 Cr.
HST 534 Modern Caribbean History: Puerto Rico/Cuba Since 1898 (A)
As an advanced course, covers the French, Spanish and British Caribbean since the Haitian Revolution of the 1790s. Investigates how slavery and abolition, colonialism and nationalism, social and cultural movements, racism and dependency have forged this fascinating and paradoxical region. Considers questions of identity, especially for Afro-Caribbean women and men, in comparative framework. 3 Cr.
HST 536 Medieval England and Ireland (A)
This course examines the histories of medieval England and Ireland from the ancient Celts to the early 1500’s, with particular emphasis on the cultural foundations of each island’s early settlements and the comparative development of each under the rule of foreign invaders following the Norman invasion of England in 1066 and the English invasion of Ireland in 1167. We will focus on the cultural and social history of the peoples and institutions of early Britain and place them in the wider context of the European Middle Ages. Course requires a minimum grade of "C" (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “B” (graduate sections) for certification. Swing course HST536. 3 Cr.
HST 538 Women and Gender in Latin American History (A)
Examines at an advanced level the diversity of Latin-American and Caribbean women's experiences from Iberian conquest to the 20th century. Analyzes the gender dynamics of colonial, national, dictatorial, and revolutionary states, economies, and cultures, as well as the importance of women's movements and feminism. Discusses Latina history in the US and Latin-American and Caribbean masculinity in historical perspective. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as WMS 538.]
HST 540 Race War: The Second World War in History and Memory (A)
Combines analysis of cutting edge secondary scholarship in conjunction with primary accounts to explore the Second World War as a race war. We will examine how notions of racial superiority, empire-building, and extreme violence were central in all three major theaters of war. We will explore the antecedents, practices, and legacies of this racial violence while also interrogating the contested terrain of historical memory which continues to shape the politics of various nations major implications for the fate of democracy and peace on a global scale. Graduate students will be required to conduct at least one extra critical review essay, compose a slightly longer comprehensive final essay, help facilitate discussion on two occasions of two class readings, and overall will be held to a higher standard in terms of analytical performance in class discussions and written assignments. Swing course HST 440. 3 Cr.
HST 541 World War I (A)
Explores the Great War focusing on its causes, diplomacy, technology and medicine, social and cultural movements, women’s roles on the home front and war work, soldiers’ experience, as well as peace process and memory of the war. Students will produce a primary source research paper on their own as well as write shorter papers on the in-class reading. 3 Cr.
HST 542 War & Terrorism (A)
Seminar discussing the meanings of and reasons for war and terror, and the linkages between them. 3 Cr.
HST 544 Sexuality, Gender, and Identity in Medieval Europe (AW)
Studies European Middle Ages, ca. 500-1500, particularly as women experienced them. Examines the perceptions medieval society fostered about gender; analyzes factors such as social class, work and professional status, legal structures, and sexuality and compares/contrasts their effect on women's and men's lives. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed with WMS544.]
HST 545 The High Middle Ages (A)
A study of the European experience from the First Crusade to the Black Plague, the general crises of the mid-14th century and the new institutions of a rapidly expanding European culture. 3 Cr.
HST 547 Revolutions and Revolutionaries in the Modern World (A)
Investigates the critical role revolutions and revolutionaries have played in shaping the modern world from the late 18th through the 20th century. Using a comparative framework, it interrogates definitions and theories of revolution, explores who historically is attracted to revolutions, examines the historical processes which have converged to realize revolutions, and questions the types of societies, cultures and leaders revolutions have produced. 3 Cr.
HST 548 Enlightenment and French Revolution (A)
Considers the revolution's origins in the Old Regime and the Enlightenment before examining its political and cultural development as well as its immediate aftermath in the Napoleonic era and its influence on Europe in the 19th century. 3 Cr.
HST 552 Religion in American Civilization (A)
Historical analysis of the role of religious ideas and movements as they have influenced and shaped the American experience and in turn been influenced by unique features of American life. 3 Cr.
HST 555 The Black Death (A)
The Black Death or "Plague" changed society, medicine, global trade, religion, and intellectual life from its outbreak in 1348 to 1700. As one microbe changed European society, it left in its wake a pessimistic fascination with death, but also a resolve to survive and discover causes and remedies for the plague, contributing to the Renaissance, the Scientific Revolution, and Europe's transition to the modern. 3 Cr.
HST 557 Dark Continent to Wakanda: the Image of Africa (AI)
Students will analyze Western images of African nature, ranging from the idea of Africa as a Dark Continent to the images of Africa in recent films. We will consider how colonial travel, exploration, hunting, and movies constructed ideas about Africa and how those 'old' ideas continue to shape and create major controversies over conservation, tourism, hunting, and movie representations to this day. Graduate students will be responsible for leading discussion twice and will be required to read several additional readings over the course of the semester. Graduate discussion and written work will also be assessed at a higher academic level, and their mid-term and final papers are expected to be longer than that of undergraduates and draw on more sources. 3 Cr.
HST 558 Overseas Empires, 1800-Present (A)
Offers a comparative look at the rise and fall of the major overseas empires of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, especially the British, French, and Japanese Empires. The course is organized thematically and considers issues of gender, race, culture, lived experience, colonial resistance, nationalism, and decolonization. It also addresses the lingering impacts of overseas imperialism in our world of today and public awareness of these histories. 3 Cr.
HST 560 Modern Africa (A)
Surveys major patterns of pre-colonial Africa; examines the colonial experience and African struggles for independence; and explores the problem of "development" in post-colonial African states. 3 Cr.
HST 562 US - Asian Relations (A)
The topic of this course is war and peace that involved Asia and the United States since the turn of the twentieth century. By focusing on the human, cross-cultural dimensions of various conflicts in the domestic and international scenes, this course will encourage students to develop an understanding of the experience of war and peace through reading, thinking, discussing, and writing. (Research Intensive) 3 Cr.
HST 566 Stalinsim: The Soviet Union Under Stalin (A)
Explores the origins, manifestations, and legacies of the "Stalinism" in the Soviet Union. Using a combination of primary and secondary sources, it interrogates the appropriateness of using the term "totalitarianism" in describing the Stalinist system, examines the impact of Stalinsim on "ordinary" Soviet citizens with a special emphasis on women and non-Russian nationalities, and questions the significance of Stalin's Revolutions and the Great Patriotic War in shaping the U.S.S.R. until its collapse in 1991. Graduate students will be required to facilitate at least two class discussions, compose slightly longer, more sophisticated critical review essays and final synthesis essays, and overall will be held to a higher standard in terms of analytical permformance in class discussions and written assignments. 3 Cr.
HST 567 Modern South Asia (A)
Surveys the background of South Asian nations under European colonialism and the movement to independence. Also examines the post-independence problems of the area and the contemporary impact of these nations on the world. 3 Cr.
HST 568 Cold War in the Soviet Union: Myths, Realities, and Legacies ()
Challenges Western stereotypes to illuminate the complexities of the history of the Soviet Union during the Cold War. Primary sources and secondary scholarship allow students to gain a deeper understanding of everyday life in the USSR from the perspective of women, workers, intellectuals, and non-Russian nationalities. Special attention will be given to the Stalinization of Eastern Europe the de-Stalinization efforts of Khrushchev, the space race, the Cuban Missile Crisis, the battle for influence over the emerging Third World. and the emergence of a dissident movement. Will also explore the collapse of the USSR and arguments regarding a new Cold War with Putin's Russia. 3 Cr.
HST 570 Consumerism in Europe and the World, 1600-Present (A)
Introduces students to a gendered interpretation of history of consumerism in a global context through the lens of literature, sociology, psychology and economics. Students will read novels, primary sources and articles pertaining to the history of shopping, advertising, fashion, globalization of trade and goods, and effects on workers. 3 Cr.
HST 571 Islamic Spain: Histories and Legacies (A)
This "reading-intensive" course introduces you to the political and cultural history of al-Andalus through studying some of the major secondary works on this remarkable era, as well as by exploring the rich heritage of literature and material culture that has survived and continues to influence both the Arab-Islamic and European civilizations in many ways. 3 Cr.
HST 572 The War on Terror (A)
This course introduces students to the roots and consequences of the so-called War on Terror, with special reference to its impact on politics, economy and society, in the US and other countries. Requires a substantial term paper; satisfies the Research-Intensive requirement for the major. 3 Cr.
HST 573 The Middle East, Then and Now (A)
Surveys the history behind current circumstances in the Middle East in a reading-oriented online format. Topics include Orientalism, the formation of Islam, the Ottoman Empire, women in the Middle East, and the problem of Palestine. 3 Cr.
HST 578 Gender and Race in Modern America (A)
This course is equivalent to AAS or WMS 578. This reading seminar will focus on ideas about, and the lived experiences of, gender and race from Reconstruction (1865) to the present. This course explores the intersections of race, gender, and sexuality and examines a multiplicity of themes affecting differing women's lives. Discussions will include a focus on the historical social construction of gender, the impact of race, sexuality, reproduction, work, education, media, material condition (class), and women's agency. Graduate students are expected to do extra reading and lead at least one discussion as well as write longer papers. 3 Cr.
HST 580 US Popular Music History (A)
Listen to the American past in order to learn about it. By tracing the emergence of popular music in America as cultural history, students learn about the larger stakes of politics, economics, and social life (race, class, gender, market, region, nation, world) in the development of the modern United States as they improve skills in analyzing non-written historical artifacts. No formal musical training is required. Readings, listenings, online lectures, analytic writing, and online discussion. (Requires a minimum grade of C for General Education/ major/minor/certification) 3 Cr.
HST 583 Digital History (A)
Digital technology seems futuristic but how can we wield it to understand and communicate about history too. No prior digital skills required for this course, just an eagerness to experiment and learn by doing. Students develop basic digital fluency, acquire information literacy, and deepen their historical understanding through a mix of readings, discussion, scaffolded skills-development workshops, individual assignments, and one overarching project. We investigate the ethical use of digital tools for studying the past as well as database development, content management systems, text-mining and algorithmic analysis, data visualization, digital publishing, multimedia storytelling, project management and workflow, digital sustainability, digital editing, digital mapping, timelines, annotation... Swing course HST 483. 3 Cr.
HST 585 Public History Intern (A)
Combines a ‘hands-on’ public history internship experience with classroom seminars for discussing readings and sharing experiences. Students will intern in local or regional archives, historical societies, historians’ offices, and museums. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
HST 587 Wars in Asia Since 1750 (A)
The swing course for this is HST487. Students will examine how and why various kinds of war have taken shape in Asia since the 1750s-and their impacts on the region and the rest of the world. We will read, write, discuss, and explore rich, contested histories of key inter- and intra-national wars by paying attention to diplomacy, migration, science and technology, ethnicity, and ideology. 3 Cr.
HST 588 Medieval England and Ireland (A)
This course examines the histories of medieval England and Ireland from the ancient Celts to the early 1500’s, with particular emphasis on the cultural foundations of each island’s early settlements and the comparative development of each under the rule of foreign invaders following the Norman invasion of England in 1066 and the English invasion of Ireland in 1167. We will focus on the cultural and social history of the peoples and institutions of early Britain and place them in the wider context of the European Middle Ages. Swing Course HST488. Course requires a minimum grade of "C" (for Major/Minor/Certification) NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr.
HST 599 Independent Study in History (A)
Arranged in consultation with the instructorsponsor prior to registration. 1-3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
HST 600 Introduction to Historical Study (A)
Explores the nature of historical knowledge and the means whereby that knowledge is achieved. Stresses the development and execution of a simple research design. Introduces students to modern historical scholarship. Should be taken early in a student's MA program. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
HST 601 Topics in American History (A)
Provides a thematic approach to American history with specific topics changing each semester. May be repeated for credit. 3 Cr.
HST 602 Topics in World History (A)
Provides a thematic approach to world history with specific topics changing each semester. May be repeated for credit. 3 Cr.
HST 612 Modern America at War (A)
Course requires a grade of "B". Students will examine how militarism, war, and violent confrontation have affected the fabric of American life since the late 19th century. They will further explore the evolving connections between war and issues of race, gender, and political ideology and nationalism, as well as the scientific and technological, economic and environmental consequences of U.S. militarism over the past 150 years. 3 Cr.
HST 613 Race, Nationality, and Empire in Modern Russia (A)
Explores the intersection of race and nationality in the building of empire in late tsarist Russia, the Soviet Union, and post-communist Russian Federation. Special emphasis is given to Soviet nationality policies and the experiences of non-Russians in the USSR which was officially conceived as an anti-racist anti-empire. Examines how the legacies of the tsarist and Soviet empires inform developments in the present-day Russian Federation. 3 Cr.
HST 614 Reading Seminar in Early America (A)
A broad reading course in early American history that examines writings from the colonial beginnings through Reconstruction. Acquaints students with the principal literature and major recent interpretations of the field. Requires students to read, interpret and synthesize a variety of readings in social, political, economic and intellectual history. 3 Cr.
HST 615 Reading Seminar in Modern America (A)
Examines writings on American history since Reconstruction. Students learn to analyze historical scholarship through readings and seminar discussions. Requires a concluding essay to help students develop a synthetic overview. 3 Cr.
HST 616 Reconstruction Seminar (A)
A comprehensive exploration of the history and historiographical debates associated with Reconstruction, 1865-1877. Military, economic, political, racial, social, cultural, and gender changes in the United States offer opportunities for special readings and research projects for students. Major historical monographs on the era will constitute the core of the readings. Course requires a minimum grade of "B-" (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) Add statement - NYSED requires a minimum course grade of B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
HST 617 Recent US History: 1970s to Now (B)
From Watergate to Donald Trump, stagflation to the Great Recession, a post-Vietnam War malaise to the War on Terror, Saturday Night Fever to Taylor Swift, deindustrialization to the covid-19 pandemic, recent US history hovers in an uncertain place. It is neither quite fully past, nor simply just current affairs. Given its ambiguous quality, how might we focus on the recent past as historians? In this online/in-person synchronous graduate course, students read, explore a wide range of materials, participate in seminar discussions, write analytic essays, and complete a final, more ambitious project of research as we probe the recent US past and ask what historical methods can bring to the study of a time period that is almost, but not quite yet, history. 3 Cr.
HST 618 Human Rights History (A)
The struggle for human rights was a definitive development in the history of the twentieth century that transcended national and regional borders. Opponents of liberal democratic, fascist, and communist empires played indispensable roles in articulating the ideas, forging the organizations, and creating the practices that made possible the modern human rights regime. Scholarship on the so-called human rights revolution has proliferated in the past few decades and provides us with an important foundation for understanding the strengths and weaknesses of some of the most salient movements for human rights and their legacies for the twenty-first century. 3 Cr.
HST 619 U.S. Gilded Age & Progressive Era (1870-1920) (B)
America underwent a rapid expansion between the U.S. Civil War and WWI. This class will explore the economic, political, racial, social, cultural, and gender changes in the United States during the Gilded Age and Progressive Era. 3 Cr.
HST 642 Regional Seminar: Early Modern Europe (A)
Examines the writings concerned with European history before 1789. Investigates historiography of the Renaissance, Reformation, Absolutist States, Scientific Revolution and Enlightenment. Focuses especially on popular culture, state making, gender and the interaction of Europe with the world economy. 3 Cr.
HST 643 Darkest Europe: War, Race, and Empire in the 20th century (A)
Introduces students to influential and controversial scholarship on the history of modern Europe, focusing on the twentieth century. We will examine European ideas of race, class, and gender and use popular culture to enhance our understanding of the First and Second World Wars, the Holocaust, European imperialism and decolonization, nationalism, and the Cold War. We will consider how Western Europe viewed itself as uniquely modern and civilized in the midst of mass death and destruction and the long shadows of that violence. 3 Cr.
HST 644 Regional Seminar: Latin America (A)
Examines key themes in Latin American history with a focus on the post-1800 period. May include topics such as economic dependency, race and gender relations, state-building and popular movements. Places the region in a comparative and transatlantic context. 3 Cr.
HST 645 Seminar: East Asia (A)
Examines the history of the Sinocentric world, Southeast Asia and Central Asia (Tibet, Xinjiang and contiguous Turkic-Muslim areas). Entails two segments: a) selected readings on a discrete, specific historical issue or development, and b) a critique and overview of significant English language works in Asian history. 3 Cr.
HST 646 Regional Seminar: Africa (A)
Examines a series of themes or topics that cast Africa's historical experience in a larger world historical and comparative framework. Includes topics such as state-building, Islam in Africa, slavery and slave trades, the colonial experience, race relations and nationalism. 3 Cr.
HST 648 Regional Seminar: Medieval Europe (A)
Examines key themes of medieval European history in seminar format. 3 Cr.
HST 649 The Middle East and North Africa (A)
Examines major themes in the study of the Islamic Middle East and North Africa, such as the foundations of Islamic religious, political and cultural discourses; the early-modern empires; the role of colonialism and modernity in shaping the contemporary Middle East, and the trajectory of Islamic revivalism. 3 Cr.
HST 650 The Enemy in the Mirror: East-West (Mis)Representations (A)
Cross-cultural contact often involves mis-perceptions of the cultural Other framed by differentil relations of power. This course reviews the literature on Orientalism, both pro and con, and explores historical trends and examples from European and American History. The last third of the course presents examples of "Occidentalism" -- appropriation of images of the West by Eastern societies. 3 Cr.
HST 651 U.S. Women’s History Seminar (A)
Crosslisted: as WMS651. Students will explore the history of women in the United States. Seminar readings will begin with the colonial period and continue through the latter twentieth century. Topics of focus include women’s work and family lives; involvement in political movements; differences and conflicts across race and class; the expression and regulation of female sexuality; changing definitions of femininity and womanhood; and women’s relationship to the state. Students will also explore historiographical trends in women’s history and read feminist theory that is relevant to historical interpretation. Regular short writing assignments, one longer book essay, and a longer final paper are required. 3 Cr.
HST 652 War and Peace in 20th Century - Topics ()
This is a reading seminar intended for graduate students majoring in history. It focuses mostly on the twentieth century, during which war and peace alternated with vast implications for various cultures around the world. Within and outside of the West, World Wars I and II and the Cold War elevated the importance of various cultures, leading to both intended and unintended consequences in peacetime. In this course, we will explore the interrelatedness of war and peace—that is, how each has helped shape the other in the cultural sphere. 3 Cr.
HST 654 Race Riots in the Twentieth Century (A)
Explores the class, gender, and racial dimensions of manifestations of mob violence in the twentieth century. Yields insight into the programs of the first half of the century that often targeted minority communities, were aided by government and law enforcement officials, and penalized economic success. Examines the role of economic and social inequalities in fueling the urban rebellions of the 1960s and beyond in the United States and Europe. 3 Cr.
HST 655 Puerto Rico Across Empires: Colony, Patria, Race, Diaspora (A)
Analyzes through student-led/faculty-facilitated discussion the history and historiography of Puerto Rico as a homeland (patria) for millions, within the Spanish Empire from 1508 and the U.S. Empire since 1898. Features scholarship on systems and constructions of class, race, gender, and citizenship, including within the Puerto Rican diaspora in the U.S. Final project choice shaped by individual interests and/or career path. 3 Cr.
HST 691 Research in American History (A)
An individualized research experience. Allows students to develop skills in original scholarly research in American history and to explore the methods and resources appropriate for a selected area of investigation. Themes vary with the student and instructor. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
HST 695 Research in World History (A)
An individualized research experience. Allows students to develop skills in original scholarly research in World history and to explore the methods and resources appropriate for a selected area of investigation. Themes vary with the student and instructor. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
HST 699 Independent Study in History (A)
Arranged in consultation with the instructor-sponsor prior to registration. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
HST 700 Historical Integration (A)
Entails an individualized project supervised by two faculty, culminating in an integrative essay answering a broad historiographical question based on previous readings plus an extra list of readings agreed on by the committee. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
HST 701 Masters Thesis (A)
A six-credit thesis. Original and focused primary research project that must be spread out over at least two semesters and supervised by two faculty. Students must have a 3.8 GPA or the written permission of two faculty to register. Students who earn an A or A- will have their theses bound in the library. 6 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Cross-listed with HST798.]
HST 702 Public History Capstone (A)
Students produce a public history project in consultation with two advisors. Projects can include: an exhibit and catalogue of historical objects (virtual, digital or material); a website based on a non-material topic in public history; an essay aimed at public history scholars; a project based in an internship experience; an oral history project. All projects must have a formal written component; minimum fifteen pages with an attached project; thirty pages as stand-alone essay. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
HST 703 History Capstone Project (A)
Student must be registered concurrently in a 600-level seminar in History, designated by prearrangement with the instructor as the host course for the capstone project. Enables students to embed an individualized capstone project into a 600-level seminar in which the student is concurrently enrolled, with prearrangement with the instructor and the Graduate Director. The project will culminate in a substantial research paper. Cr. (By Arrangement.) [Prerequisite: HST 600, Corequisite: HST 6XX.]
HST 710 College Teaching Practicum (B)
Provides the mature graduate student in his or her second or third semester with extensive reading in the literature on current teaching practices, audio-visual material utilization, curriculum design, and experience in all aspects of collegiatelevel teaching at the introductory level: lecturing; small-group discussion; and the preparation, administration and evaluation of written assignments and exams. Culminates with a report containing a pedagogical essay by the student, a description of the teaching experience, and the instructor's evaluation of both the pedagogical essay and the teaching experience. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
Honors Program
HON 112 Introduction to Honors (AQW)
The course is required of all first-year students entering the Honors College Program. This theme-based seminar introduces students to an Honors education and fulfills General Education requirements for Written Communication, Oral Communication, Diversity, Perspectives on Women & Gender, and Academic Planning. 3 Cr.
HON 380 Interdisciplinary Colloquium (A)
Topics course; This interactive seminar involves a "deep dive" into a special topic that touches upon a variety of disciplinary perspectives. Topics will vary from semester to semester and will focus on analyzing a particular text, ethical issue, pedagogical concern, or research question that is relevant to multiple fields of study. Students should refer to the course handout available from the Honors College for individual course descriptions. 1 Cr.
HON 395 Thesis Practicum (A)
Required of all students enrolled in the Honors College. Guides students through the process of planning their thesis project, including formulating a topic and methodology, choosing a faculty advisor, and preparing a thesis proposal. Orients students to the resources and strategies that are essential to producing a thesis that reflects high standards of academic excellence. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
HON 490 Senior Honors Thesis (A)
Required of all students enrolled in the Honors College Program. Students conduct a major scholarly or creative project under the supervision of a faculty advisor. Provides students the opportunity to extend the current understanding of a problem with original research, to analyze existing research, to generate new knowledge, and/or to create new works of art, technology (e.g. software), etc. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: HON 395.]
Integrative Studies
IGS 300 Introduction to Integrative Studies (A)
Provides a multidisciplinary overview of the Humanities, Natural Sciences, Social Sciences and the Arts; introduces students to research methods including library utilization, online resources, portfolio information and writing. Prerequisites: requires a minimum of 60 completed credits. Course provides the foundation for and introduction to the major. Required course for degree. 3 Cr.
IGS 400 Humanities & Natural Science Seminar (A)
Generic topics course for IGS major. This integrating seminar draws on Humanities & Natural Science methodologies to examine an interdisciplinary field. Course readings and combinations of instructors will change according to topic. Requires students to practice Humanities methodologies (from, for example, English, Philosophy, History) and the Sciences (from, for example, Environmental Sciences and Biology). The course demonstrates the range of ideas and practices in each of the disciplines represented. This is a required course. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: IGS300 with min grade D-.]
IGS 405 Humanities & Social Sciences Seminar (A)
Topics course for IGS major. This integrating seminar draws on Humanities & Social Sciences methodologies to examine an interdisciplinary field. Course readings and combinations of instructors will change according to topic. Requires students to practice Humanities methodologies (from, for example, English, Philosophy, History) and Social Sciences (from, for example, Sociology or Political Science). The course demonstrates the range of ideas and practices in each of the disciplines represented. This is a required course. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: IGS300 with min grade of D-.]
IGS 410 Social Sciences & Natural Sciences Seminar (A)
Topics course for IGS major. This integrating seminar draws on Social & Natural Sciences methodologies to examine an interdisciplinary field. Course readings and combinations of instructors will change according to topic. Requires students to practice Social Science methodologies (from, for example, Sociology or Political Science) and the Sciences (from, for example, Environmental Sciences and Biology). The course demonstrates the range of ideas and practices in each of the disciplines represented. This is a required course. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: IGS300 with min grade of D-.]
IGS 430 Mixed Methods (A)
Introduces mixed research methods as the first of a two-course capstone experience for majors. Demonstrates changes in and stakes of interdisciplinary study over time. Offers a grounding in research methodologies across the humanities, social sciences, and the natural sciences. Guest instructors will enhance the interdisciplinary focus. Requires collaboration and independent research, culminating in individual and group projects. Projects connect mixed research methods to specific research interests of students. 3 Cr.
IGS 435 Capstone Research Project (A)
Provides individualized tutorials and group feedback on the Mixed Methods Final Research Project. Designed to improve and professionalize the interdisciplinary Research Project by 1) requiring further research; 2) requiring different group feedback from the groups formed in Mixed Methods; and 3) requiring students to model their research product on appropriate professional standards and examples. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: IGS 430 with min grade of "D-".]
International Studies
INS 111 Introduction to International Relations (AO)
Studies the macro international political system, traditional power politics and theories, emerging global interdependence, and the challenge represented by terrorism and globalization. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Cross-listed as PLS111.]
INS 112 Introducton to Comparative Politics (ASW)
Examines the government and politics of selected foreign countries. Both industrialized and developing countries will be studied. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Cross-listed with PLS112.]
INS 305 Politics of European Integration (A)
An examination of the largest transnational regional experiment in European and world history. Prepares students for participation in simulation of decision-making process of the European Union. Simulation alternates annually between SUNY campuses and a European university. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Cross-listed with PLS305.]
INS 323 Development & Globalization (AI)
Examines transnational and international processes shaping the economic, political, and cultural dimensions of social life. Attention is paid to economic and financial globalization, the place of the state in globalized world, and global struggles over health, the environment, and human rights. Students will explore factors influencing cross-cultural communication and cooperation. Course requires a minimum grade of D- (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification). Cross listed with PLS 323 and SOC 323. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
INS 333 American Foreign Policy (A)
Examines contemporary challenges confronting American foreign policy, including such topics as historic approaches and debates in U.S. foreign policy, the process by which U.S. foreign policy is made (and the various institutional and political factors shaping that policy), and the U.S.’s role in the world 3 Cr. [Cross-listed with PLS333.]
INS 338 Global Issues (A)
Covers a selection of issues such as military weapons growth, problems of world order, gender issues, terrorism, globalization, international politics of energy, food, population growth and natural resources. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Cross-listed with PLS338.]
INS 410 International Political Economy (A)
Explores the political forces behind global economic relations. Includes key topics such as international trade and monetary relations, the impact of the international system on domestic politics, and the relationship between rich and poor countries. Also includes these specific issues: the importance of the World Trade Organization, regional trade blocs, and the political influence of multi-national corporations. 3 Cr. [Cross-Listed with PLS410.]
INS 470 Nationalism ()
Examines the post-World War II force of nationalism as a driving force in the international system, with special attention to the post Cold War period. Includes topics such as ethnic nationalism and regional conflicts, multinational states and multistate nations. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as PLS 470.]
INS 475 Political Geography (A)
Covers key aspects of geopolitics as it affects foreign policy and international politics in the post-World War II period. Examines topics such as resources, environment and human geography, as well as issues associated with the study of geography-politics relationships: gate-way states; shatterbelts; heartland concept; and trade ties. 3 Cr.
Italian
ITA 111 Beginning Italian I (AR)
Develops language skills in Italian (listening, speaking, reading and writing), as well as an understanding and appreciation of Italian culture. Includes oral comprehension drills, pronunciation exercises, sentence formation, vocabulary, verbs, and simple readings on Italian culture. Provides succinct explanations in English, followed by group and individual practice in Italian. Includes audio/video work. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
ITA 112 Beginning Italian II (A)
Provides a continuation of ITA 111. Further develops language skills (listening, speaking, reading and writing), as well as the understanding and appreciation of Italian culture. Includes regular and irregular verbs, vocabulary building, more complex sentences, and more varied readings on Italian culture. Provides succinct explanations in English, followed by group and individual practice in Italian. Includes audio/video work. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: ITA 111 or two years of High School Italian or one semester of College Italian or equivalent.]
ITA 211 Intermediate Italian I (A)
Prerequisite: ITA 112. 3 Cr.
ITA 212 Intermediate Italian II (A)
Prerequisite: ITA 211. 3 Cr.
ITA 399 Independent Study in Italian (A)
Arranged in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-3 Cr. [Prerequisite: ITA 212 and considerable study of literature and instructor's permission.]
Japanese
JPN 111 Beginning Japanese I (AR)
Introductory course in Japanese designed to develop language skills in Japanese (listening, speaking, reading and writing) as well as an understanding and appreciation of Japanese culture. Content includes oral comprehension drills, pronunciation exercises, sentence formation, vocabulary, verbs, and simple readings on Japanese culture. Succinct explanations in English are followed by group and individual practice in Japanese. 3 Cr.
JPN 112 Beginning Japanese II (AR)
Continuation of JPN 111. Designed to further the development of language skills in modern Japanese as well as the understanding and appreciation of Japanese culture. Emphasis is on communication. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: JPN 111.]
JPN 211 Intermediate Japanese I (A)
Prerequisite: JPN 112. 3 Cr.
JPN 212 Intermediate Japanese 2 (A)
Prerequisite: JPN 211. 3 Cr.
JPN 399 Independent Study in Japanese (A)
Prerequisite: JPN 212. 1-3 Cr.
Journalism, Broadcasting and Public Relations
JRB 200 Introduction to Video (B)
Course Fee: $50. Introduces students to the fundamental terminology, concepts and techniques of digital videography and digital audio. Introduces students to various technical aspects of video and audio production. Examines the basic techniques of production, including camera operation, tripods, lenses, framing and composition, lighting and editing. Presents the basics of the audio production process, including sound recording, basic mixing concepts and digital audio recording. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
JRB 219 Advertising and Consumer Culture (AHY)
Explores the role and influence of advertising and mass persuasion in today's society, theories of persuasion and persuasive techniques commonly employed in advertising and mass persuasion, techniques of persuasive manipulation and its neutralization, and ethics in persuasion. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
JRB 220 Social Media Video (A)
Students learn the basics of shooting and editing video for social media sites like Instagram, YouTube, TikTok and Facebook. Covers the basics of good storytelling, the fundamentals of shooting and editing for different social media, the standards that attract views and likes, and the law/ethics of good video. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
JRB 221 Social Media Writing (A)
Provides an overview of the professional, ethical and best practices of writing content for a variety of social media. Students will have the opportunity to practice writing for a variety of social media audiences and improve their writing by integrating feedback and critique. A minimum grade of a "C" is required for Social Media Majors. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
JRB 222 Social Media Literacy (A)
Examines how to effectively and ethically create and consume social media messages. Includes instruction on the fundamentals and history of social media networks as well as what scholars have said about social media. Students will be required to follow, create and critique social media content as part of the course. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
JRB 224 Newswriting (A)
Provides instruction in the elements of writing news for print, broadcast and online; types, style and structure of news stories; and the lead. Covers fundamentals of news gathering, newswriting and news judgment. Studies news sources, field work, research and interviewing techniques. Strongly encourages participation in student campus-community news media. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
JRB 225 Public Relations Principles and Practices (A)
Covers the principles, practices, media and methods of public relations and information. Emphasizes public relations functions, communication and publicity techniques. Analyzes relations with publics such as the press, employees, stockholders, and consumers. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
JRB 227 Mobile Journalism (A)
$50 Course fee required: Prerequisite: CMC 224 or JRB 224. Students learn the principles of news writing and reporting with hands-on use of mobile technology. Melds reporting and writing skills and adapts them to mobile and social media. Students work in a newsroom environment to develop story ideas and report on news and issues using tablets and social media, applying audio and video editing techniques. Students produce professional social media portfolios and build online communities. (course Fees). 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
JRB 242 Introduction to Media (AY)
Provides an introduction to media. Studies basic principles and historical, economic, technological and ethical aspects of media. Requires readings in fundamental theory and current practices. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
JRB 243 Intro to Studio (A)
A beginning course in writing for media, concentrated on radio, TV and Internet news, commercials and public service announcements. The course is taught in the TV studio so that students learn about the studio and perform their writing in studio. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
JRB 304 Teaching Assistant I (B)
Teaching assistants help faculty members with a designated course. Responsibilities will be determined by the faculty member but may include assisting in grading, being available outside of class to assist students, directing of student productions and/or lab supervision. Students should have passed the class for which they will be the teaching assistant prior to taking JRB 304. Offered as a directed study. By permission of instructor. 3 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
JRB 321 Advanced Reporting and Writing (A)
An advanced journalism course covering and providing extended practice in essential skills of reporting and writing for print, broadcast and online news media. Emphasizes use of online sources and databases in gathering and reporting information. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: JRB 224 with minimum grade of C.]
JRB 324 Community Journalism (A)
Students pitch, research, write, and produce stories for the online media outlet CanalsideChronicles.com, which covers the communities of Brockport, Clarkson and Sweden. Revisions allow students to learn from instructor's detailed feedback. Provides instruction on best ways to promote stories on social media. Assumes basic proficiency in writing for at least one medium. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
JRB 325 Feature Writing (A)
Continues and extends instruction and practice in writing for all media forms and in a variety of formats. Provides guided practice in writing features, public affairs, opinion and other media content types and practice in gathering, interpreting and synthesizing information from a wide variety of sources, including print and electronic databases. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: JRB 224.]
JRB 326 Equipment Management (B)
Allows students to develop an understanding of the equipment management process through a practicum experience. Counts as an elective in the Media Production concentration Taking it three times will equal any of the courses under "Choose at least TWO courses from the specified list." Repeatable to maximum of 3 credits. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: JRB 200 with min grade of C.]
JRB 328 Public Relations Writing (A)
Instruction and practice in all aspects of public relations, publicity and institutional advertising writing for print and broadcast media. Covers writing news releases, backgrounders, brochures and flyers, speeches, radio and television materials and reports. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
JRB 343 Media Performance (BY)
Course fee: $20. Explores styles of speech, analysis and interpretation of copy, voice development, on-camera behavior and techniques in both radio and television and more broadly in various types of performance. The general objective is to make the student a more effective communicator. 3 Cr.
JRB 346 Audio Production (B)
$25 Course fee required. Covers the principles and practices of audio production while providing practical experience. Includes assigned projects on production of commercials/PSAs/Promos, news and public affairs programming. Students are taught skills such as digital recording/editing and remote recording along with discussion of audience measurement and program strategies. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
JRB 348 Video Production (B)
$95 Course fee required: Prerequisite: JRB 200. This class is designed as a foundation Field Production class learning to create short videos for news and documentaries. It will focus on practical side of gathering images with the camera, editing those images into a sequence, and placing those edited images into a final product. Students will also learn the foundation of television graphics. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
JRB 353 Media Sales and Marketing (B)
Explores techniques and problems of media sales and marketing. Projects are designed as real-world proposal writing and presenting using the latest methods for various media. Includes discussion of product marketing, planning, audience analysis and programming. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
JRB 356 Audio Storytelling (A)
Students will develop knowledge of the history of the radio documentary, and various public radio documentary styles, while producing their own documentaries over the course of the semester. In the process students will develop advanced production, interviewing, narration, reporting, writing, and editing skills. In addition, regular story conferences will help students sharpen their "story sense" as the documentary projects move from planning to the streets of Rochester, and, later, the production studio. All along the emphasis will be on in-depth storytelling, as students will be trained to produce the thoughtful, sound-rich, in-depth radio associated with the best tradition of public radio. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: JRB 224; Course Fee.]
JRB 358 Advanced Shooting and Editing (B)
$120 Course fee required: Prerequisite: JRB 200. Focuses on advanced editing techniques in non-linear editing systems. Includes advanced field shooting to provide source material for editing. Students may learn synchronous sound and video, multi-camera music video shooting and editing, color correcting, time re-mapping, audio filters. 3 Cr. (Odd Fall.)
JRB 361 Sports Journalism (A)
Examines the style and approach to covering sports and writing stories such as previews, features, profiles and gamers. Provides students with interviewing and note-taking techniques necessary in covering sports. Also covers sports terminology, podcast recording and actual game coverage/interviewing at live sports events on and off campus with deadline writing. 3 Cr. (Even Fall.) [Prerequisite: JRB 224.]
JRB 366 Television Reporting (BY)
$75 Course fee required: Prerequisite: JRB 224. Designed to teach students the fundamentals of television news reporting. Students will learn how to find, write, shoot, and edit news packages for broadcast on television and the internet. Students will learn how to weave words, pictures and sound together in a factual, compelling, and interesting manner. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
JRB 372 Film as Social Commentary (A)
Explores the film as persuasive communication, explicit and hidden messages of films, the inherent messages of specific film genres, and rhetorical analysis as a means to discover film messages. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
JRB 380 Digital History: Digital Methods for Historical Projects (A)
Students learn how to use new digital technology to study and share knowledge about the past. No prior digital skills required for this course, just an eagerness to experiment and learn. Through a hands-on collective project focused on SUNY Brockport's own history, we investigate the ethical use of digital tools, database development, content management, digital publishing, multimedia storytelling, project management, digital sustainability, digital mapping, timelines, annotation, and basic audio and video production. In the fall of 2021, our project will focus on creating a prototype of a mobile application walking tour of art and history on the SUNY Brockport campus. Students will conduct research, complete oral history interviews, create and assemble digital assets, write text, and work individually and collectively on the research and development of our project. Requires a minimum grade of C for general education/major/minor/certification. Cross-listed with HST380. 3 Cr.
JRB 399 Independent Study - Journalism & Broadcasting (A)
To be decided prior to registration in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement. 1-6 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
JRB 404 Teaching Assistant II (B)
Teaching assistants help faculty members with a designated course. Responsibilities will be determined by the faculty member but may include assisting in grading, being available outside of class to assist students, directing of student productions and/or lab supervision. Students should have passed the class for which they will be the teaching assistant prior to taking JRB 404. Offered as a directed study. 3 Cr. (By Arrangement.) [Prerequisites: JRB 304 and instructor’s permission.]
JRB 432 PR Cases, Methods and Campaigns (A)
Focuses on the treatment of an organization's public relations and information, including examination of PR cases and methods, situation analysis and research, program and campaign planning, development of communications materials and activities, and program management. Provides experience in planning and executing public relations campaigns and programs. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: JRB 225 or CMC225, JRB 328.]
JRB 445 Advanced Audio Production (A)
$25 Course fee required: Prerequisite: JRB 346. Covers advanced principles and practices of audio productions while providing practical experience. Includes assigned projects, studio work and digital production. May also include audio for video and the Internet. 3 Cr. (Odd Spring.)
JRB 446 Advanced Video Production (B)
$95 Course fee required: Prerequisite: JRB 348. Course fee. Requires students to write, produce and direct advanced programs for television. Allows students to work individually and in small production units. Focuses on the development and execution of professional video production. Allows students to gain practical skills and finish the course with work that could be used in their video resume tape or portfolio. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
JRB 448 Live TV Prod (A)
$25 Course fee required: Prerequisite: JRB/CMC 200 and JRB/CMC 243. Covers the practical and theoretical applications of television production. Students learn to identify and describe major production tools and processes and to employ the tools in the production of messages for television. Course is taught using the apprenticeship technique. Apprentice – someone who works under a skilled professional in order to learn an art, craft or trade and become qualified in it. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
JRB 452 Writers Forum Production (B)
Provides students with opportunity to produce, shoot, edit, caption, and archive conversations with nationally-known authors. In addition to the course instructor, students will work with the English Department's Writers Forum, a project that began in 1967 in which nationally-recognized authors discuss their work with an English professor and the video is archived and made available to the public. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: JRB 200 and JRB 242 with min grade "C".]
JRB 455 Motion Graphics 1 (A)
Covers the structure of motion graphics to illustrate the how and why of effects in video. Course works with industry standard tools. Emphasis is on the process of creating effective, efficient and dynamic communication through motion graphics/animations for broadcast, filmmaking and the web. We explore each stage of the development and production process with emphasis on individual working style and problem solving. 3 Cr. (Even Fall.)
JRB 456 Social Media (A)
Focuses on thinking critically about the role of social media platforms in our society and in our relationships. After this class, students should be able to use social media as a lens with which to view the ongoing changes to our public and private lives. 1 Cr.
JRB 463 Media and Society (A)
Covers significant phases, issues and controversies in U.S. and global media from a Cultural Studies perspective. Emphasizes contemporary media relationships with, and impact on, intellectual, socio-political, economic, and technological aspects of culture and society. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: JRB 242 and Junior status.]
JRB 466 Television News Producing (BY)
$75 Course fee required: Prerequisite: JRB 224. JRB 466 introduces students to the skills required to write and produce news, weather, and sports content for television newscasts. Instruction will include lessons on using various sources for news content, determining news content, stacking shows, using graphics, writing headlines and teases, writing news and sports scripts, legal and ethical issues in television news, managing stress and dealing with difficult personalities in the newsroom. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
JRB 467 Theories of Mass Communication (A)
Examines and critiques the theoretical and research literature describing and explaining mass communication purposes, processes, messages, media, audiences, settings and effects at the individual, group and societal levels. Gives attention to the cognitive, attitudinal and behavioral outcomes of mass communication in social, political, economic and other societal domains. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: junior status.]
JRB 468 Media Law and Ethics (A)
Studies the legal considerations and issues affecting media communication in all its forms, including computer database, Internet and "new media" issues. Emphasizes defamation and libel, privacy privilege, copyright and trademark law, contempt, obscenity, fairness and responsibility in media practice. Examines both governmental regulation and controls and self-regulatory media codes. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
JRB 475 JRB Internship (B)
Provides a supervised practicum in professional organization appropriate to the student's academic program. Applications are accepted the preceding semester for internship experience. For minimum GPA requirements and other information consult www.brockport.edu/cmc/internships.html. 1-6 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission and junior status.]
JRB 482 Race, Gender and Media (A)
Explores how America media influence representations of race and gender. Promotes critical thinking about the social construction of race, gender and class and the role media have in perpetuating and challenging those constructs. Examines how entertainment, advertising and news media have historically influenced and continue to influence how we think about others and ourselves in terms of race and gender. Culminates in a research paper on the representation of an identified group. 3 Cr.
JRB 489 Corporate Video (B)
Provides hands-on opportunities that will refine skills in production planning, videography, interview techniques, non-linear editing, lighting, sound design, producing, and directing. Student teams under the instructor's supervision will produce real-world client video projects. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: JRB 200 & JRB 243 with min grade of C.]
JRB 490 JRB Special Topics (A)
An umbrella course enabling the instructor to define the course focus and subject matter to address a topic or topics not covered in other JRB courses. May be repeated for credit under different topics course title. Additional information can be obtained from Communication department office. 1-3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
JRB 491 Special Topics Media Studies (A)
This course is designed to address topics of significant concerns in the interdisciplinary field of media studies. Possible topics include: issues of public health; electronic waste; transnational media labor exploitation; the media and rape culture; the media and systemic racism; the media and the military; the media and urban infrastructure. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
JRB 494 Senior Seminar for Multimedia Journalism Students (B)
Culminating course for students in the Multimedia Journalism Concentration in which students produce in-depth journalistic projects on current societal issues and prepare for their futures as journalists after Commencement through portfolio development. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: JRB 321 and JRB 324 and Senior Status, Corequisite: JRB 468.]
JRB 496 Contemporary Media Issues and Problems (B)
Provides an in-depth study of one or more instructor-selected contemporary issues or problems in journalism, public relations and/or mass communication. Issues and problems selected will vary with each offering and may be either conceptual or applied. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: JRB 242 and Junior Status.]
JRB 499 Independent Study 2 (A)
To be decided prior to registration in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement. 1-6 Cr.
Kinesiology, Sport Studies and Physical Education (PEP)
PEP 221 Volleyball/Pickleball (B)
Provides the foundation for teaching and learning volleyball and pickleball. 1 Cr.
PEP 255 Taping for Athletic Training (B)
Provides the entry-level athletic training student with knowledge of supplies utilized for taping and strapping in athletics; and provides instruction in functional application of taping and wrapping in order to prevent/reduce athletic injury. 1 Cr. [Prerequisite: PES 385, Acceptance into the Athletic Training Program.]
PEP 276 Softball Officiating (B)
Spring. 1 Cr.
PEP 277 Volleyball Officiating (B)
Fall. 1 Cr.
PEP 278 Basketball Officiating (B)
Fall. 1 Cr.
PEP 279 Football Officiating (B)
Spring. 1 Cr.
PEP 281 Water Safety Instructor (B)
Provides for the analysis and correction of skills, sound teaching progressions, and learning proper techniques of swimming and life-saving skills. Successful completion results in Red Cross FIT (Fundamentals of Instructor Training) Certification. 2 Cr. (Fall.)
PEP 282 Lifeguard Training (B)
Improves life guarding skills necessary to save one's own life or the lives of others in the event of an emergency, in accordance with American Red Cross requirements. Includes cretification in CPR and AED training. 2 Cr. (Spring.)
PEP 283 Adapted Aquatics (B)
Prepares students to teach aquatics to learners with disabilities. Students should have a minimum intermediate swimming ability. 2 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: PES 214 or equivalent.]
PEP 299 Physical/Motor Activity (A)
Used to articulate transfer credit for courses that do not align with activity classes offered at Brockport and aids in the facilitation of seamless transfer. 1-3 Cr.
PEP 301 Fitness Education for Teachers (B)
Activity based course that focuses on praticipating in activities as well as teaching physical education activities that focuses on health related fitness components and the physical best curriculum model. 2 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PEP 304 Technology in Physical Education (B)
This course is an introduction to technology literacy, focusing on the effective use of technology in physical education. The course is designed to provide students with experience integrating technology into physical education programs. Students will be exposed to a variety of technology tools and their application in physical education. In addition, students will be exposed to software applications available for use in physical education programs. 3 Cr.
PEP 305 Strength and Conditioning for Exercise Science (B)
This is an advanced course emphasizing anaerobic physiology and conditioning techniques. A knowledge of muscle function, physiology, and human movement is necessary to succeed in this course. The student will have an opportunity to practice a wide variety of weight training techniques during the hands on portion of the class. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: PES 335.]
PEP 310 Curriculum Models (B)
A lecture/lab based course designed to provide participation in and practice of teaching games using a hybrid of two common curricular models: sport education and tactical games approach. Provides students the opportunity to participate in activities using the hybrid sports education/tactical games approach as well as the opportunity to plan lessons using this approach. Students must achieve a grade of C or better in this course in order to continue in the teacher certification concentration. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PEP 342 Elementary Activities (B)
Designed to provide the activity base for teaching elementary physical education. Students will be exposed to a variety of movement activities that are developmentally appropriate for primary and intermediate level children. Students will receive a solid foundation in the Skills theme approach to teaching physical education to elementary school children. 2 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: PEP 441 and Corequisite: PEP 444.]
PEP 346 Strategies for the Physical Education Teacher/Coach (B)
Students will learn about coaching principles, behaviors, and methodologies as well as ways in which to implement these in a sport environment. Emphasis will be on coaching youth sport, however, there will also be information presented concerning older athletes in the college or professional ranks. Students will learn how to develop effective coaching behaviors and techniques, how to effectively manage athletes, and how to improve athletes cognitive, affective, and physical domains. Prospective coaches will leave with requisites knowledge on how to create and implement a quality environment for athletes to develop character as well as physical skills. 3 Cr.
PEP 347 Athletic Injury Assessment I (B)
Focuses on anatomical/physiological systems of the human body as they relate to athletic injury in the upper extremity. Emphasizes identifying anatomical structures and landmarks in the human body, as well as recognizing and assessing injuries occurring to the upper extremity during physical activity. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PEP 350 Scientific Foundations of Coaching (B)
For non-physical education majors who wish to develop a beginning understanding of the scientific foundations of coaching athletic teams. Includes exposure to the biological sciences, the psycho-social aspects of sport, as well as growth and development of athletes. Meets New York State requirements for Health Sciences Applied to Coaching. 3 Cr.
PEP 351 Coaching Sports (B)
Covers the rules, duties, legal aspects and administrative methods of coaching an athletic team, and the philosophies, methods and strategies involved in coaching. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PEP 353 Administration of Intramurals (B)
Covers the philosophy of intramural sport organization and administration of an intramural activity, administrative problems, and current trends in intramural programming. Meets New York State requirements for Philosophy, Principles, and Organization of Athletics. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PEP 354 Coaching Practicum (B)
$21 Course fee required: Prerequisites: PEP 350 and PEP 351. Requires students to perform as members of a coaching staff for one season; also requires goal setting and planning communication. Meets NYS requirements for Theory and Techniques (Sport Specific). 4 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PEP 355 Sport Marketing and Sponsorship Sales (B)
Examination and analysis of trends, practices and strategies involved in marketing, promotional, public relations, publicity efforts for sport and sport businesses. Examination of the theory of communications in the world of sport and sport management. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Corequisite: PEP 360.]
PEP 356 Therapeutic Modalities (B)
Emphasizes the use and knowledge of various therapeutic modalities used in athletic training. Stresses a working knowledge of each modality as well as its practical application. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: PES 385.]
PEP 358 Therapeutic Exercise (A)
Provides extensive experience with an athletic team, including applying techniques related to preventive, protection and emergency care measures. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: PES 411, PES 412, and PEP 356.]
PEP 359 Organization and Administration AT (A)
Provides intensive experience in athletic training in a seminar format. Examines athletic training room techniques, the design of a training room facility budget, equipment and supplies. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: PEP 412, PEP 356, & PEP 358.]
PEP 360 Modern Day Sport Management (B)
Examines the implications of management theory for sport organizations, and management considerations in retail, manufacturing, professional sports, sport services and athletic settings. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: 2nd Semester Sophomore Status.]
PEP 361 Cardiac Rehabilitation (B)
Examines the physiological responses to exercise, graded exercise testing, and exercise prescription for disease prevention and rehabilitation. Populations studied include those with cardiovascular, pulmonary, and/or metabolic disorders. Provides experience in exercise testing, programming, and the interpretation of electrocardiograms. Course requires a minimum grade of "C" for major/minor/certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: PES 335.]
PEP 362 Physical Performance Training (A)
This course helps prepare students for careers in physical fitness and athletic performance enhancement. A variety of conditioning techniques are explored with an emphasis on improving general and sport specific function. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PEP 363 Administration of Physical Education (B)
The objective of this course is to provide an overview of the administrative functions involved in physical education as well as administering school-wide physical activity programs at the elementary and secondary level. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PEP 364 Theory and Techniques of Coaching in Lacrosse (B)
This course is designed to serve as a foundation for future coaching experiences in Lacrosse. This course will help students develop an understanding of coaching lacrosse techniques including practice planning, program organization, coaching roles, teaching skill development, game situations, scouting, and offensive/defensive principles. 1 Cr.
PEP 370 Sport Facility and Event Management (B)
Provides knowledge related to sport facility planning, design, construction, operations, supervision, and the management of sporting events across indoor and outdoor sport facilities including all levels of sport organization domains. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Corequisite: PEP 360.]
PEP 379 Athletic Training for the Teacher Coach (B)
Focuses on the fundamental knowledge of athletic injuries; their prevention and care. Introduces and explains various techniques in prevention and care of injuries, strength and conditioning, pre-in-off-season training, nutrition, taping and wound care. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PEP 381 Theory and Techniques of Coaching in Basketball (B)
Course is designed for individuals interested in coaching basketball. Consists of essential offensive, defensive and special situation strategies, factors in seasonal planning and basic skill analysis. 1 Cr.
PEP 382 Theory and Techniques of Coaching in Football (B)
Focuses on the philosophy, strategy, techniques, administration and organization of coaching football. 1 Cr.
PEP 383 Theory and Techniques of Coaching in Gymnastics (B)
Course is designed for individuals interested in coaching Gymnastics. It will consist of essential safety measures, progressions to skill learning, spotting knowledge, organizational techniques, rules and policies. 1 Cr.
PEP 384 Theory & Techniques of Coaching in Soccer (B)
The primary concern of this course is to develop a tactical and theoretical understanding of the game of Soccer. This will be accomplished by game conditions and an examination of various coaching philosophies. 1 Cr.
PEP 385 Theory and Techniques of Coaching in Softball (B)
Course is designed for individuals interested in coaching softball. Consists of essential offensive, defensive and special situation strategies, factors in seasonal planning and basic skill analysis. 1 Cr.
PEP 386 Theory and Techniques of Coaching in Swimming (B)
This course is designed to provide the student with the necessary foundation for the development of sound swim training and coaching skills. Selected topics include: physiological and psychological testing and training concepts in swimming, meet management and officiating, and competition strategy and line up. 1 Cr.
PEP 387 Theory and Techniques of Coaching in Volleyball (B)
An introductory level course dealing with coaching the sport of volleyball. Emphasis is on teaching progressions, drills, basic strategies, planning and record keeping. 1 Cr.
PEP 388 Theory and Techniques of coaching in Wrestling (B)
An introductory level course dealing with coaching the sport of wrestling. Emphasis is on teaching progressions, drills, basic strategies, planning and record keeping. 1 Cr.
PEP 389 Coaching Tennis (B)
A lecture course designed to serve as a foundation for future coaching experiences in tennis. This course will help students develop an understanding of coaching, tennis techniques including practice planning, program organization, coaching roles, teaching individual and doubles play, game situations, scouting, analysis and offensive/defensive components. 1 Cr. (Spring.)
PEP 392 Coaching Baseball (A)
Coaching Baseball is a lecture course designed to serve as a foundation for future coaching experiences in Baseball. This course will help students develop an understanding of coaching Baseball techniques including practice planning, program organization, coaching roles, teaching skill development, game situations, scouting, analysis and offensive/defensive components. Also including, but not limited to recruiting, evaluation of skills, video analysis and breakdown. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PEP 399 Independent Study (B)
To be defined in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PEP 400 Computer Applications to Physical Education and Sport (B)
Offers students a hands- on introduction to the use of computers in sport performance analysis, individual sport-related hypertext application programs, brochures and flyers, hypertext sport information links, and studying sport sites on the Internet. 3 Cr.
PEP 412 Athletic Injury Assessment I (B)
Focuses on anatomical/physiological systems of the human body as they relate to athletic injury in the upper extremity. Emphasizes identifying anatomical structures and landmarks in the human body, as well as recognizing and assessing injuries occurring to the upper extremity during physical activity. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PEP 413 Athletic Injury Assessment II (B)
Focuses on anatomical/physiological systems of the human body as they relate to athletic injury in the lower extremity. Emphasizes identifying anatomical structures and landmarks in the human body, as well as recognizing and assessing injuries occurring to the lower extremity during physical activity. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
PEP 414 Seminar in Athletic Training I (B)
This course provides Athletic Training majors instruction in the competencies and clinical integration proficiencies required in the major. The course will focus on required topics such as first aid/CPR techniques, the College at Brockport emergency action plan, immediate care or head and spinal cord injuries, environmental conditions and general medical topics. 1 Cr. [Course fee. Corequisite: PES 411.]
PEP 415 Seminar in Athletic Training II (B)
This course provides Athletic Training majors instruction in the competencies and clinical integration proficiencies required in the major. The course will focus on required topics such as blood borne pathogen management, the College at Brockport emergency action plan, immediate care or head and spinal cord injuries, padding, taping and bracing techniques, equipment fitting, pre-participation physical examinations and general medical logics. 1 Cr. [Course fee. Prerequisites: PEP 414.]
PEP 416 Seminar in Athletic Training III (B)
Provides Athletic Training Majors instruction in the competencies and clinical integration proficiencies required in the major. Focuses on required topics such as blood-borne pathogen management, the College at Brockport emergency action plan, immediate care of head and spinal cord injuries, aquatic rehabilitation and general medical topics. 1 Cr. [Course fee. Prerequisites: PEP 415.]
PEP 417 Seminar in Athletic Training IV (B)
Provides Athletic Training Majors instruction in the competencies and clinical integration proficiencies required in the major. Focuses on required topics such as blood-borne pathogen management, the College at Brockport emergency action plan, immediate care of head and spinal cord injuries, career and graduate school opportunities, injury reporting procedures, allied health professions and organizations and general medical topics. 1 Cr. [Course fee. Prerequisite: PEP 416.]
PEP 418 Seminar in Athletic Training V (B)
Provides Athletic Training Majors instruction in the competencies and clinical integration proficiencies required in the major. Focuses on preparing senior Athletic Training majors for the BOC, Inc. Certification Examination. 1 Cr. [Course fee. Prerequisite: PEP 417.]
PEP 420 Sports Medicine Health Fitness Specialist Seminar (B)
Content is specific to the base of knowledge identified by the American College of Sports Medicine required to successfully attain the title of Health Fitness Specialist. This course will involve the study of theory, knowledge skills and abilities pertinent to competencies in exercise physiology, pre-exercise health screening, health-related physical fitness testing, and the interpretation of results to create and implement exercise prescriptions for both healthy and clinical populations across the age-span. 1 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: PES 410.]
PEP 441 Instructional Planning and Strategies in Physical Education (B)
$30 Course fee required: Corequisite: PEP 451. Class content focuses on instructional strategies in Physical Education. Class has a field experience component that provides opportunity for students to put theory into practice. 3 Cr.
PEP 442 Secondary Methods and Instruction (B)
Designed to help students develop their knowledge of content, planning, organization, trends and teaching methods appropriate for physical education at the secondary level. Laboratory experiences both on campus and in secondary schools provide students with an opportunity to put theory into practice. Requires a field experience. 4 cr. 4 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: PEP 444.]
PEP 443 Assessment for Teachers (B)
Explores assessment theory and techniques used today by physical education teachers in PK-12 educational settings Focus is on creating developmentally appropriate assessments in the psychomotor, cognitive and affective domains. Students will have the opportunity to observe and analyze performance using assessment instruments. In addition, emphasis will be placed on using assessment to align instruction and provide feedback to learners, as well as how to interpret assessment data to inform instruction. Creation of and practical application of assessments to align instruction will be emphasized. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: PEP 441.]
PEP 444 Elementary Methods and Instruction (B)
Allows students to acquire the skills and knowledge for a fundamental foundation necessary for sequencing and teaching physical education activities in the elementary school setting. Requires a field experience. 4 Cr. [Prerequisite: PEP 441.]
PEP 445 Adapted Physical Education (B)
Develops knowledge of current concepts and trends in adapted physical education and student's ability to assess, plan, and implement a physical education program to meet the unique needs of individuals with disabilities. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Corequisite: PEP 441.]
PEP 451 Teaching Culturally Diverse Learners in Physical Education (B)
This course will help future physical education teachers develop an awareness, understanding, and appreciation of diveristy in our society, its impact on our educational system, and more specifically, in physical education settings. Consequently, students will be able to develop pedagogical strateigies to facilitate the teaching-learning process and ensure success for all students as culturally responsive physical educators. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Corequisite: PEP 441.]
PEP 455 Practicum for Exercise Programming (B)
Major restricted for Exercise Science Major, intents can not take this course. The Practicum for Exercise Programming course is designed to prepare students for careers in health and fitness and/or strength and conditioning. This will be achieved by using the theory, knowledge, skills, and abilities learned from previous coursework in the Exercise Science Major. Exercise Science students will screen, test, and prescribe exercise for one semester to the general population and student athletes. Course requires a minimum grade of "C" (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification). 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: PEP305 & PES417 or PEP464.]
PEP 456 Sport Finance (B)
Provides an overview of the financial and contemporary economic issues related to sports, athletes and the sport industry. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PEP 457 Sport Sales and Consumer Behavior (B)
Provides an overview of sport consumers and the effect they have on the marketing of sport. It takes into consideration the various phenomenal convergences between sport and culture that enrich the sport industry as well as our society. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite Corequisite: PEP 360.]
PEP 458 Internship in Exercise Science (B)
$21 Course fee required: Prerequisites: grade of "C" or better in all required courses in the exercise science major that are within the KSSPE department, with a 2.75 major GPA, and the submission of an internship application to the internship coordinator. The main purpose of the internship in the Exercise Science Major is to offer students an opportunity to use the knowledge, skills and abilities attained in the courses of the professional program and practicum and apply them in an internship field experience. These experiences take place at agencies such as hospitals, cardiac rehabilitation programs, research programs at universities, strength & conditioning programs at universities, community settings and commercial settings. The internship experience allows the student to expand his or her professional knowledge through the interactions with the internship site personnel, clients, and others in the field. 6 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PEP 460 Administrative Practices in Sport Management (B)
Covers the management functions involved in amateur, business, services, educational and professional sports organizations. Includes topics such as business procedures, legal and financial responsibilities, management of sporting events, health aspects, staff requirements and relationships, public relations, players recruiting and eligibility, employee relationships, and leadership techniques. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: PEP 360.]
PEP 461 Research in Sports Management (B)
Considers current problems in sport management in a seminar format. Requires solution of practical problems, and visits to sport facilities to consider management problems. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: PEP 360.]
PEP 463 Scientific Basis of Strength and Power (B)
This course is designed as an interdisciplinary study of the principles and mechanisms involved in force production, strength development, and power, with an emphasis in· biomechanics. Topics include: biomechanical mechanisms of strength/force and power from anatomical, mechanical, neurological, and physiological perspectives. Includes the development and modification of force, strength and power with training; and the effect of mechanical load and equipment on strength and power productlon. Course requires minimum grade of "C" for major/minor/certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: PES 325 and restricted to major .]
PEP 464 Applications of Strength and Conditioning (B)
This course is designed to prepare students to create exercise programs for athletic populations of various ages, genders, and sports. Students will learn how to select and administrate appropriate tests to evaluate a person's current level of performance. Students will receive hands-on exposure to a variety of athletic performance techniques . Students will learn proper perlodization strategies and how to implement these concepts to maximize athletic performance for various sports and seasons. Course requires minimum grade of "C" for major/minor/certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: PES 335.]
PEP 468 Internship in Sport Management (B)
$21 Course fee required: Prerequisites: PEP 360, PEP 370, PEP 355, PEP 456, PEP 457, and PEP 461. Provides entry-level experience in a selected sport organization, including participation in its day-to-day duties and observation of higher level management operations. 9 Cr.
PEP 470 Pre-Practicum Seminar in Kinesiology (B)
This course will prepare students to pursue careers that utilize the skills and knowledge they have developed throughout the Kinesiology program. Students will research career options and hone their professional skills for the job market. This course will also prepare students to enroll in the Kinesiology practicum course (PEP 479 or PEP 480). 1 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: PES 300.]
PEP 471 Clinical Experience in Athletic Training I (B)
$21 Course fee required: Provides initial athletic training clinical experience. Focuses on the application of basic psychomotor skills and completion of clinical integration proficiencies involved in the prevention, management and rehabilitation of athletic injuries. The course also includes general medical experiences and health care administration topics. 2 Cr. (Spring.)
PEP 472 Clinical Experience in Athletic Training II (B)
$21 Course fee required: Provides initial athletic training clinical experience. Focuses on the application of basic psychomotor skills and completion of clinical integration proficiencies involved in the prevention, management and rehabilitation of athletic injuries. The course also includes general medical experiences and health care administration topics. 2 Cr. (Fall.)
PEP 473 Clinical Experience in Athletic Training III (B)
$21 Course fee required: Provides initial athletic training clinical experience. Focuses on the application of basic psychomotor skills and completion of clinical integration proficiencies involved in the prevention, management and rehabilitation of athletic injuries. The course also includes general medical experiences and health care administration topics. 2 Cr. (Spring.)
PEP 474 Clinical Experience in Athletic Training IV (B)
$21 Course fee required: Provides advanced level athletic training clinical experience. Focuses on the application of psychomotor skills and completion of clinical integration proficiencies involved in the evaluation and management of athletic injuries, as well as the application of therapeutic modalities and therapeutic exercise in the rehabilitation of athletic injuries. The course also focuses on health care administration and professional development in athletic training. 2 Cr. (Fall.)
PEP 476 Seminar in Student Teaching/Coaching (B)
Provides the opportunity to discuss issues and problems which arise in student teaching. Also provides for coaching competencies to be met in the student teaching practicum, including such topics as planning, assessment and evaluation in a coaching environment. 2 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PEP 479 Research in Kinesiology (B)
The Kinesiology research experience is a culminating experience for the Kinesiology major who seeks to obtain some experience working with research in a related area. Majors rnust be in their final semester of the program and have a 2.5 GPA in the major to take this course. The student must work with a faculty member and develop a research plan. Requirements for this experience will vary based upon tile area of study and the research mentor, but all will include weekly reflections and a final presentation. 2 Cr. [Prerequisite: PEP470.]
PEP 480 lnternship in Kinesiology (B)
$21.00 Course fee required: This course will be an upper-level undergraduate culminating experience for kinesiology majors. Majors must be in their final semester of the program and haven 2.5 GPA in the major to take this course. Internships will consist of a minimum of 90 hours. Students will be required to come to three class sessions including a final session in which students will present on their experiences. Students also have the option to participate in a study abroad experience or virtual exchange which is kinesiology focused. Either option, internships or study abroad experiences (virtual exchanges or in person) must be preplanned and objectives must be preapproved by the department. 2 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: PEP470.]
PEP 481 Instructional Strategies in Adapted Physical Education (B)
Studies instructional strategies in adapted physical education. Emphasizes instruction for students with intellectual disabilities, learning disabilities, and/or behavioral/emotional disabilities. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: PEP 445.]
PEP 482 Adapted Physical Activity and Sport (B)
Covers the effects of physical and sensory disabilities on the physical/motor performance of children of youth, and emphasizes the effects of spinal cord injuries, cerebral palsy, and auditory and visual impairments. Discusses the implications of the selection and adaptation of appropriate activities in physical education and sport. 3 Cr. Every Fall. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Pre-requisite: PEP 445.]
PEP 483 Early Childhood Physical Education (B)
Involves teaching physical education to children ages birth through 5 with and without disabilities. Emphasizes developmentally appropriate practices for providing motor programs to young children. Incorporates a 15-hour field experience to supplement lectures and discussion. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification). NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections). 2 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Co-erequisites: PEP 441 with min grade of C.]
PEP 484 Intro to Program Planning in Adapted Physical Education (B)
This course prepares students to deelop a school district or agency plan for thre priovision of adapted physical education including consulting. The plan is built upon a selected definition and orientation to adapted physical education, legal influences, and forces impacting upon curriculum. 3 Cr. Every Spring. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: PEP 445 or permission of the instructor.]
PEP 485 Adapted Physical Education Practicum (B)
Students are required to meet established course competencies and teach a minimum of 120 clock hours. At least 70 clock hours must be under the supervision of a supervisor and/or sponsor-teacher in a structured physical education program and in a school or agency. 3 Cr. Every Semester. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: PEP 445.]
PEP 486 Physical Education for Children with Sensory Impairments (B)
Course will focus on understanding the etiology of the disability as well as the social, emotional and cognitive needs of children with sensory impairments such as visual impairments, deafness, or deafblindness. The focus is on the teaching-learning process as well as effective teaching strategies used in physical education. Includes practicum experiences. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: PEP 445.]
PEP 487 Elementary Student Teaching/Coaching (B)
Requires working cooperatively for a quarter in an elementary school with a master teacher and a college supervisor to achieve a variety of specified teaching competencies. 5 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PEP 488 Secondary Student Teaching/Coaching (B)
Requires working cooperatively for a quarter in a secondary school with a master teacher and College supervisor to achieve a variety of specified teaching competencies. 5 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PEP 489 Adapted Physical Activity Practica: Low Incidence (B)
This course provides a seminar and practicum related to teaching physical education to individuals with low incidence disabilities. Practical experience includes planning, implementing, and evaluating motor programs for individuals with low incidence disabilities. Sites for practical and field experience are slected on the basis of interests and needs of students and required course objectives and outcomes. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: PEP 445.]
PEP 499 Independent Study (B)
To be defined in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-6 Cr. (Every Semester.)
Kinesiology, Sport Studies and Physical Education (PES)
PES 113 Beginning Diving (A)
Basic diving fundamentals for 1-meter divers. 1 Cr.
PES 201 Rhythms and Dance (B)
Students will be exposed to and have the opportunity to teach and deliver educational dance experiences that would be taught at both the elementary and secondary levels in schools. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PES 215 Teaching Aquatics (B)
Provides prospective teachers with content and strategies for teaching aquatics to children. The course will include but not be limited to: teaching fundamental swimming skills, teaching aquatic fitness activities, teaching aquatic games and teaching water polo. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: PES 214 or PEP 281 or PEP 282.]
PES 225 Group Fitness Activities (B)
$20 Course fee required: Students will be exposed to and have the opportunity to teach and deliver group fitness experiences that would be taught at the secondary level in schools. 1 Cr.
PES 226 Lifetime Activities (B)
Students will be exposed to and have the opportunity to teach and deliver lifetime activities that would be taught at the secondary level in schools. 2 Cr.
PES 227 Outdoor Education Activities (B)
$20 Course fee required: Students will be exposed to and have the opportunity to teach and deliver outdoor education experiences that would be taught at both the elementary and secondary levels in schools. 1 Cr.
PES 228 Team Activities (B)
Students will be exposed to and have the opportunity to teach and deliver team sport experiences that would be taught at the secondary level in schools. 2 Cr.
PES 290 Ethics of Fair Play in Sport and Life (A)
Enables students to examine and understand fair play as a moral concept, and to develop students' abilities to ascertain the demands of fair play in sports contests and other applicable life situations. Provides for clarification and evaluation of different types of reasons for action, examination of different standards for fair action, and an opportunity to evaluate fair actions in areas of interest to students. Gives attention to the evaluation of moral maturity. 3 Cr.
PES 300 Introduction to Kinesiology (A)
An introductory course designed to familiarize students with the fundamental principles of human movement and their inter-relationship to physical activity. Emphasis is on the practical application of these concepts as practitioners in sport, exercise and movement-oriented careers. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PES 305 Significance of Physical Activity (A)
Examines the intrinsic and extrinsic values of physical activity across the lifespan from philosophical and historical perspectives. Includes a critical analysis of the contribution physical activity makes to the liberating consequences of healthful living, personal pleasure, self-knowledge, and skill acquisition. Major societal trends impacting on physical activity and its related professions are identified and examined. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PES 311 Principles of Athletic Training (A)
Focuses on the fundamental knowledge of injuries to the physically active. Provides strategies for prevention, treatment and rehabilitation. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: BIO 221 or BIO 321 or 322 (may be taken concurrently).]
PES 315 Physical Fitness for Healthful Living (A)
Requires student to pass all components of a health-related fitness test. Emphasizes developing health-related components of physical fitness through physical activity. Allows student to gain understanding of how physical activity enhances health-related physical fitness. Includes laboratory. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PES 325 Kinesiological Bases for Exercise and Sport (A)
Involves study of the anatomical bases of movement in exercise and sport and application of kinesiological principles to movement and sport-specific skills. Includes laboratory experiments to provide opportunity for the analysis of exercise and sport from both anatomical and mechanical perspectives, muscle roles, types of muscle contractions, movement sequencing, and kinesiological analyses. 4 Cr. Every Semester. 4 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: BIO 221 or BIO 321.]
PES 326 Kinetics of Sport and Exercise (A)
Studies the mechanical basis of movement in sport and exercise, with applications of kinesiological and biomechanical principles to identify critical elements for basic motor skills, and describes and demonstrates concepts and strategies related to skillful movement and physical activity. Includes description of the skeletal and neuromuscular structures of the human body, to identify how these systems contribute to skillful movements, physical activity, and fitness. 3 Cr. Every Semester. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: BIO 221 or BIO 321, and BIO 322.]
PES 335 Physiological Basis for Exercise and Sport (A)
$20 Course fee required: Prerequisite: BIO 221 or both BIO 321 and BIO 322. This course will assist the student in examining the functional capacity of the human body and how it adjusts to the demands of sport and exercise. Individual limitations to performance will be assessed, as well as possibilities for extending these limitations. The metabolic, cardiovascular, and neuromuscular adjustments to acute and chronic exercise will be addressed for exercise of various durations and intensities. The relationship between physical activity and various disease states will also be addressed. Required by the following majors: Exercise Science, Kinesiology, PETE. 4 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PES 350 History of Sport, Play and Exercise (A)
Provides a broad look at the history of physical activity from ancient to modern times, and the effects of social institutions (e.g., war, religion, politics) on the development and role of sport in the Western world. 3 Cr.
PES 353 Advanced Climbing/Backpacking (A)
$65 Course fee required 1-3 Cr.
PES 358 Advanced Snowboarding (A)
Advanced snowboarding is an advanced level activity course designed to improve the intermediate level snowboarder, to refine the advanced snowboarder, and to explore the extremes of snowboarding. Skill related topics include advanced skills in body position, stability and board control to effectively and efficiently perform on increasingly varied, faster, and steeper terrains. Additional topics include history, safety, etiquette, technique, biomechanics, physiology, and limitations. 3 Cr.
PES 360 Philosophy of Sport, Play and Exercise (A)
Examines fundamental issues in sport from a philosophical perspective. Focuses on the theoretical frameworks through which these issues can be understood. Emphasizes the practical import that different theories of sport have and institutional decision-making and practices. Examines the philosophical underpinnings of the experience of sport participation. 3 Cr.
PES 385 Basic Athletic Training (A)
Focuses on the fundamental knowledge of sports injuries and their care. Introduces and explains various techniques in treatment, prevention and rehabilitation of sports injuries. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: BIO 221 or BIO 321 (may be taken concurrently).]
PES 391 Stress and Tension (A)
Thoroughly evaluates concepts of stress and tension in terms of their philosophic bases (mind-oriented, body-oriented or interactional models), and supported by evolutionary explanations of physical, mental and cultural phenomena contributing to a variety of stress and tension-related disorders. Critically evaluates contemporary approaches in therapy designed to impact upon stress and tension, enabling the student to construct a personal coping strategy. 3 Cr.
PES 396 Women in Sport (AIW)
Examines the historical, contemporary and future perspectives of women in sport. Reviews insights from history, psychology and sociology related to women in sport, as well as athletes' perceptions of their performance. Focuses on information and issues which are fundamental to understanding women's participation in sport. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Cross-listed as WMS 396.]
PES 399 Independent Study (A)
To be defined in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-6 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PES 401 Physical Activity and Aging (A)
Focuses on how people age physically and how physical activity affects various aspects of life. Covers influences on physical activity and the quality of life from youth to older adulthood. Course is beneficial to a wide range of disciplines, including physical education, exercise physiology, cardiac rehabilitation, physical therapy, athletic training, health promotion, counseling psychology, gerontology, etc. 3 Cr. Summer. 3 Cr. (Summer.)
PES 405 Obesity in Society (AI)
Provides an interdisciplinary overview of the causes, treatment and prevention of obesity/overweight among children, adolescents and adults in the United States. The complex interaction between psychological, sociological, biological, physiological and environmental factors will be explored. The effectiveness of individual, community and school-based obesity prevention programs will be discussed, as well as safe and appropriate methods of weight loss. Exercise, physical activity and dietary guidelines for Americans will be examined. 3 Cr.
PES 410 Physiology of Exercise II (A)
$20 Course fee required: Prerequisite: Grade of C- or better in either BIO 221 or in both BIO 321 and BIO 322; Grade of C- or better in PES 335. This course will examine the primary human physiological systems and their response to acute and chronic exercise stimuli. In addition, the response of the physiological systems to various environmental situations including heat, cold, altitude, microgravity, and sport diving will be discussed. The laboratory experience will expose the student to many exercise physiology-related assessment techniques. These include, but are not limited to: body composition, VO2max assessments, body temperature changes during exercise, blood-borne markers of exercise metabolism and field tests for physical fitness. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification). Restricted to Exercise Science Majors Only. Not open to Exercise Science Intents. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PES 411 Advanced Athletic Training (A)
Covers muscles, tendons, and ligaments, and the injury mechanism involved in given injuries for each major articulation of the body; inflammatory responses and wound healing; the effects of locally applied heat and cold on each; prevention, care and reconditioning techniques for sport injuries; and methods used during each phase of injury conditioning-reconditioning. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: PES 385.]
PES 413 Motor Development (A)
Motor Development addresses how movements change across the lifespan as well as why they change. This course not only examines the motor domain, but also the interaction of the affective, cognitive, and physical domains with the motor domain. A main focus of this course is examining the constraints that influence movement, including the individual, task, and environment, as well as the interaction across these three. This includes sociocultural, psychosocial, and cognitive constraints and their influence upon growth and development in addition to physiological changes. Both atypical, as well as typical, human conditions will be discussed in regards to movement and development. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PES 415 Nutrition for Exercise and Sport (A)
This course will examine proper nutrition for those participating in physical activity as well as those involved in competitive sport. The course will begin with general healthful nutrition guidelines and then progress into specific information regarding carbohydrate, fat, protein, vitamins and minerals. Proper hydration and post exercise rehydration techniques will then be discussed, followed by proper weight gaining techniques and finally nutrition oriented to ergogenic aids. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite or Corequisite: PES 335.]
PES 416 Exercise Physiology Lecture & Laboratory (A)
$20 Course fee required: Prerequisite: PBH 488, Corequisite: PES 410; & Prerequisite: MTH 111 or MTH 121. Lecture - The course will include the theoretical background and laboratory techniques used to measure fatigue, muscular force production, and cardiovascular & metabolic responses to work of various intensities. In addition, students will be taught how to understand and critically evaluate scientific research in the field of Exercise Physiology. Laboratory - Students will be exposed to the processes involved in conducting a research project, which will result in writing a research manuscript. The manuscript will include the following sections: 1.) abstract; 2.) introduction; 3.) development of a testable hypothesis; 4.) experimental design and methods; 5.) data collection and analysis; and 6.) presentation of the results. Course is required by the Exercise Science major Cross-listed as BIO 416. Course requires minimum grade of "C" for major/minor/certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PES 417 Exercise Testing and Prescription (A)
$20 Course fee required: Prerequisites: PES 335. Designed to prepare students for health and fitness professional career pursuits and participation in the Practicum for Exercise Programming course. This will be achieved by acquiring theory, knowledge, skills and abilities pertinent to competencies in pre-exercise health screening, health-related physical fitness testing, and exercise prescription for both healthy and clinical populations across the age-span. This course will begin discussing general terminology, exercise testing guidelines, and cardiorespiratory and physical activity assessment. Students will then learn about assessing strength, endurance, flexibility and body composition. The semester will end with discussion of exercise testing and prescription appropriate for generally healthy and clinical populations. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PES 420 Biomechanics (A)
Focuses on the observation, analysis, and description of movement skills. Includes quantitative and qualitative analyses; descriptive systems; the applications of basic laws and principles of physics; and applications to basic movements, sport training, and technique 3 Cr. [Corequisite: PES 325 or PES 326.]
PES 428 Psychology of Injury (B)
Addresses the psychological aspects of sport and exercise-related injury, inclusive of relevant research and implications for the practicing professional. Topics include psychological risk factors associated with injury; personal and situational factors influencing injury recovery (e.g. sociocultural, mental, and emotional factors); and psychological tools to optimize the recovery process (e.g. prevention, detection, assessment, and intervention strategies). 3 Cr. (Summer.)
PES 430 Sport and Exercise Psychology (A)
Examines psychological concepts, research, and theories in relation to sport and exercise participation. Studies individual and environmental factors affecting the performance and experience of athletes and exercisers. Familiarizes students with aspects of psychological skills training (goal setting, self-confidence, arousal regulation, imagery and concentration), as well as knowledge concerning how motivation, cognition and affect influence psychological well-being in sport and exercise setting. Course Objectives: (@01-2022) 1. Describe how factors specific to individuals can influence individuals’ performances or their participation in sport and exercise. 2. Define motivation, compare and contrast theories of motivation, and describe methods to foster intrinsic motivation. 3. Understand, analyze, and compare relationships among arousal, stress, and anxiety on sport and exercise performance. 4. Define leadership and explain the process of group cohesion and teambuilding. 5. Explain how to build an effective team and foster strong relationships among team members. 6. Describe common methods for building self-confidence in sport and exercise. 7. Discuss and apply key concepts of mental skills training (e.g., relaxation, concentration, imagery, goal setting, self-talk, and cognitive restructuring) that are capable of enhancing performance, positively impacting rehabilitation, etc. 8. Explain how sport can foster character development. 9. Understand unique needs of diverse populations regarding mental skills training. 10. Describe and explain mental toughness. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PES 431 Clinical Examination and Diagnosis I (B)
Provides in-depth coverage of assessment processes, principles, skills and techniques related to the clinical examination of orthopedic injuries and conditions. Emphasis is placed on the evaluation process, anatomical principles and mechanisms of injury for the head, cervical spine and upper extremity. All of the skills and techniques covered in the course are founded in evidence-based practice. Cross listed with PES 531. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PES 434 Therapeutic Agents for Musculoskeletal Injuries (B)
$50.00 Course fee required: Emphasizes the use, knowledge and practical application of therapeutic agents used in athletic training. Treatment planning which establishes a coordinated implementation of patient care from intake to discharge addressing identified impairments, functional limitations and participation restrictions. Cross listed with PES 534. 4 Cr. (Fall.)
PES 437 Health Care Informatics (B)
Health care informatics involves principles and practices related to maintaining data privacy, protection, and data security; applying medical classification systems and terminology; the use of electronic health records; and longitudinal biometrics and physiologic monitoring data. Students will learn to apply the ICF model of Disability, Function and Health in the health care setting. Current regulations such as HIPAA, FERPA, OSHA, etc. will be covered. Cross listed with PES 537. 1 Cr. (Fall.)
PES 439 Motor Learning (A)
The main purpose of the course is to provide a theoretical background to the process of learning movement skills using an application-based approach. The course will emphasize application of theoretical work in the area of motor learning providing the student with a general knowledge base to be able to teach movement skills in the fields of teaching, coaching, or rehabilitation. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: PES 413.]
PES 441 Sport and Society (A)
An introductory survey course which investigates the linkage between sport and society from a sociological perspective. The sport-society nexus is examined from functionalist, conflict critical, and feminist theoretical frameworks. Organized around several intellectual discourses (e.g., gender, race, social class), sport is analyzed and discussed within multiple social and cultural contexts. The incorporation of a social justice perspective challenges the student to explore ways in which the sport institution can be made more democratic and just. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PES 445 Social Psychology of Sport (A)
The study of individuals and groups engaged in physical activity and sport, and social influence processes which affect self, behavior, and performance. Emphasis is on social context in which individuals and groups participate in physical activity and sport, and the impact social processes have on selected individuals and group variables. Topics include self-esteem, formal leadership, coach-athlete dyad, group dynamics and social facilitation. Opportunities provided for the conduct of applied, field-based research projects. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PES 446 Sports Spectating in the United States (A)
An interdisciplinary study of the phenomenon of sports spectatorship/sport fanship in American society; discussion of issues pertaining to sports spectating from theoretical, empirical and experiential perspectives, e.g. patterns of sport spectatorship, the "business" of sports spectating, psychology of sport fandom, sports spectating as popular culture, spectator violence, and the importance of sport spectatorship in society; opportunities for student-initiated field research projects. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
PES 447 Taping and Wound Care in Athletic Training (B)
$70.00 Course fee required: Integrate restrictive, assistive and prophylactic devices into the plan of wound/injury care, (including surgical adhesives and suturing), including durable medical equipment, orthotic devices, taping/bracing/splinting/casting, prosthetics and gait training devices. Crosslisted with PES 547. 2 Cr. (Fall.)
PES 451 The Modern Olympic Games (A)
Examines the development of the Modern Olympic Games from an interdisciplinary approach. Focuses on the Olympic Movement as an evolving cultural phenomenon in which local as well as global social, economic and political forces are contested. Addresses the dynamic character of the Olympic Movement by studying its history, the philosophy of Olympism, and current and past problems (commercialism, gigantism, boycotts) associated with the Olympic Games. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
PES 456 Clinical Experience in Athletic Training I (B)
This clinical experience course is designed to allow the first semester athletic training student the opportunity to apply clinical knowledge and skills in the clinical athletic training setting. This course will typically involve clinical experience in the collegiate setting. Students will complete required clinical integration proficiencies. Crosslisted with PES 556. 2 Cr. (Fall.)
PES 460 Ethics of Sports (A)
Crosslisted with PHL460. Examines how basic ethical theories relate to problems facing sport communities and professionals today. Provides critical analysis of ethical dilemmas in contemporary sport. Emphasizes the understanding of ethical frameworks and the application of these frameworks to ethical problems arising in sport contexts. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PES 490 Physical Education Exchange Program (A)
Provides several opportunities for physical education majors of at least junior status to spend one or more semesters studying in Canada (Dalhousie University), or at one of several overseas locations, e.g., Chelsea School of Human Movement (England), Dunfermline College of Physical Education (Scotland), University of Ulster (Northern Ireland), College of Winneba (Ghana), or Zinman College of Physical Education (Israel). 15 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PES 495 Problems in Physical Education (A)
To be defined by the instructor in accordance with the specific topic to be covered that semester. May be repeated, but under another topic area in physical education. Additional information may be obtained from the department. 1-3 Cr.
PES 499 Independent Study (A)
To be defined in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-6 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PES 528 Psychology of Injury (B)
Addresses the psychological aspects of sport and exercise-related injury, inclusive of relevant research and implications for the practicing professional. Topics include psychological risk factors associated with injury; personal and situational factors influencing injury recovery (e.g. sociocultural, mental, and emotional factors); and psychological tools to optimize the recovery process (e.g. prevention, detection, assessment, and intervention strategies). 3 Cr. (Summer.)
PES 530 Foundations of Sport and Exercise Psychology (A)
Examines psychological concepts, research, and theories in relation to sport and exercise participation. Studies individual and environmental factors affecting the performance and experience of athletes and exercisers. Familiarizes students with aspects of psychological skills training (goal setting, self-confidence, arousal regulation, imagery and concentration), as well as knowledge concerning how motivation, cognition and affect influence psychological well-being in sport and exercise setting. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PES 531 Clinical Examination and Diagnosis I (B)
Provides in-depth coverage of assessment processes, principles, skills and techniques related to the clinical examination of orthopedic injuries and conditions. Emphasis is placed on the evaluation process, anatomical principles and mechanisms of injury for the head, cervical spine and upper extremity. All of the skills and techniques covered in the course are founded in evidence-based practice. Graduate students in this course will be required to perform practical examinations for each unit while the undergraduate students will only be required to complete the written examinations. Cross listed with PES 431. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PES 532 Achieving Peak Performance (A)
Examines factors that allow individuals to reach their potential in sport and play. Emphasizes psychological issues, such as learning how to relax, focus attention, concentrate on useful cues, and conserve energy. 3 Cr.
PES 533 Therapeutic Interventions I (B)
$30.00 Course fee required: Provides in-depth coverage of the principles of therapeutic exercise and manual therapy. Students will learn to prescribe and perform therapeutic interventions to address identified impairments, functional limitations, and participation restrictions. Interventions include: therapeutic and corrective exercise, joint mobilization and manipulation and various soft tissue techniques. All of the skills and techniques covered in the course are founded in evidence based practice. Upper extremity rehabilitation protocols will be emphasized. 3 Cr.
PES 534 Therapeutic Agents for Musculoskeletal Injuries (B)
$50.00 Course fee required: Emphasizes the use, knowledge and practical application of therapeutic agents used in athletic training. Treatment planning which establishes a coordinated implementation of patient care from intake to discharge addressing identified impairments, functional limitations and participation restrictions. Graduate students in this course will be required to perform practical examinations for each unit while the undergraduate students will only be required to complete the written examinations. Cross listed with PES 434. 4 Cr. (Fall.)
PES 535 Nutritional Considerations for Athletic Training (B)
Examine recommendations and education of clients/patients on fluids and nutrients for pre-activity, activity and recovery for a variety of activities and environmental conditions. Educate clients/patients on the importance of nutrition, healthy caloric intake, hydration, regular exercise, and general preventative strategies for improving/maintaining health and quality of life. 1 Cr.
PES 536 Injury and Illness Management (B)
This course provides the knowledge necessary to recognize and manage injuries/ illnesses that occur in athletic participation, physical fitness and conditioning, and recreational activities. The student will apply principles and policies of public health, including integration of epidemiological data, in planning prevention programs and the care of patients/ clients, communities, and populations. 3 Cr.
PES 537 Health Care Informatics (B)
Health care informatics involves principles and practices related to maintaining data privacy, protection, and data security; applying medical classification systems and terminology; the use of electronic health records; and longitudinal biometrics and physiologic monitoring data. Students will learn to apply the ICF model of Disability, Function and Health in the health care setting. Current regulations such as HIPAA, FERPA, OSHA, etc. will be covered. Graduate students in this course will be required to complete the project/presentation while the undergraduate students will only be required to complete the written examinations. Cross listed with PES 437. 1 Cr. (Fall.)
PES 538 Functional Movement Assessment (B)
This course presents principles of functional movement screening, posture analysis and gait analysis. Students will learn to perform a functional movement screen, an assessment of posture and a general analysis of gait. Following the assessments, students will incorporate their findings into an overall clinical examination and diagnosis. 1 Cr.
PES 539 Evidence Based Practice in Athletic Training (B)
Focuses on the use of evidence based practice as a foundation for the delivery of patient-centered healthcare. Students will develop a system for the collection, analysis and translation of healthcare outcomes to determine appropriate changes for the improvement of patient care. Emphasis will be placed on quality assurance and improvement in the delivery of cost effective health care. 2 Cr.
PES 540 Ethical Issues and Professional Development (B)
Focuses on ethical healthcare practice that aligns with professional standards and regulations. Emphasis is placed on the role of the athletic trainer as a healthcare provider within the context of an evolving healthcare system while complying with local, state and federal regulations that pertain to healthcare delivery. Students will practice collaboratively with other healthcare professionals in a manner that respects the cultures, values and circumstances of individual patients. 1 Cr.
PES 541 Clinical Experience in Athletic Training I (B)
$21.00 Course fee required: This clinical experience course is designed to allow the first semester athletic training student the opportunity to apply clinical knowledge and skills in the clinical athletic training setting. This course will typically involve clinical experience in the collegiate setting. Students will complete required clinical integration proficiencies. This required course will fulfill the requirement for PES 541 Clinical Experience in Athletic Training I. 2 Cr. (Fall.)
PES 545 Clinical Experience in Athletic Training II (B)
$121.00 Course fees required: This clinical experience course is designed to allow the second semester athletic training student the opportunity to apply clinical knowledge and skills in the clinical athletic training setting. This course will typically involve clinical experience in the collegiate setting. Students will begin to work autonomously and complete required clinical integration proficiencies. This required course will fill the requirement for PES 545 Clinical Experience in Athletic Training II. 2 Cr. (Spring.)
PES 546 Clinical Examination and Diagnosis II (B)
Provides in-depth coverage of assessment processes, principles, skills and techniques related to the clinical examination of orthopedic injuries and conditions. Emphasis is placed on the evaluation process, anatomical principles and mechanisms of injury for the thoracic/lumbar spine and lower extremity. All of the skills and techniques covered in the course are founded in evidence based practice. 3 Cr.
PES 547 Taping and Wound Care in Athletic Training (B)
$70.00 Course fee required: Integrate restrictive, assistive and prophylactic devices into the plan of wound/injury care, (including surgical adhesives and suturing), including durable medical equipment, orthotic devices, taping/bracing/splinting/casting, prosthetics and gait training devices. Graduate students in this course will be required to perform practical examinations for grades while the undergraduate students will only be required to complete the practical examinations with a minimum level of competency. Crosslisted with PES 447. 2 Cr. (Fall.)
PES 552 The Challenges of Coaching (B)
Takes a case-study approach to dealing with specific problems involved in coaching. Examines the problem solving process as it can be applied to the coaching of sports at the youth, junior and senior high level, and collegiate level. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PES 556 Clinical Experience in Athletic Training I (B)
This clinical experience course is designed to allow the first semester athletic training student the opportunity to apply clinical knowledge and skills in the clinical athletic training setting. This course will typically involve clinical experience in the collegiate setting. Students will complete required clinical integration proficiencies. The graduate level will involve additional clinical experience hours, as compared to the undergraduate course. Crosslisted with PES 456. 2 Cr. (Fall.)
PES 560 Ethics of Sport (A)
Examines how basic ethical theories relate to problems facing sport communities and professionals today. Provides critical analysis of ethical dilemmas in contemporary sport. Emphasizes the understanding of ethical frameworks and the application of these frameworks to ethical problems arising in sport contexts. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PES 581 Instructional Strategies in Adapted Physical Education (B)
Co requisite: PEP 445. This course studies instructional strategies in adapted physical education. It emphasizes instruction for students with intellectual disabilities, learning disabilities, and/or behavioral/emotional disabilities. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PES 582 Adapted Physical Activity and Sport (B)
Covers the effects of physical and sensory disabilities on the physical/motor performance of children and youth, and emphasizes the effects of spinal-cord injuries, cerebral palsy, and auditory and visual impairments. Discusses the implications for the selection and adaptation of appropriate activities. Closed to students who have completed PEP 482. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: PEP 445 and PES 413 or equivalent.]
PES 583 Early Childhood Physical Education (B)
Involves teaching physical education to children aged 0-5 with and without disabilities. Emphasizes assessment and program planning for an early childhood population. Incorporates a field experience to supplement lectures and discussion. Closed to students who have completed PEP 483. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: PEP 445 and PES 413 or equivalent.]
PES 590 Administration and Supervision of Physical Education and Athletics (B)
Acquaints interscholastic or intercollegiate athletic administrators with an overview of the idealistic, realistic and practical realms of the management of the competitive sport process. Analyzes the objectives, policies and strategies for the management and supervision of high school and collegiate athletic programs. Focuses on the total responsibility of the athletic director. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
PES 595 Problems in Physical Education (A)
Provides an analysis of selected problems in the liberal arts. Examines professional or performance aspects of physical education problems listed in class schedule. May be repeated for credit. 1-3 Cr.
PES 599 Independent Study (B)
Considered an enlargement of the graduate program, enables students to pursue in greater depth topics studied previously in conventional graduate-level courses. Designed individually through consultation to suit the student's needs and interests and the special competence of the instructor. Additional requirements may be established by the department. 1-3 Cr.
PES 601 Analysis of Teaching Physical Education (B)
Provides an investigation and analysis of decisions and behaviors of physical education teachers in relation to their role as facilitators of learning. Requires students to use descriptive analytic observation systems to analyze personal teaching behaviors. Requires a research paper to include use of an observation system under controlled situations and field experiences in observing physical education teachers. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PES 604 Research Methods and Evaluation (B)
A lecture /discussion course designed to further students’ knowledge about various methodologies employed in physical activity research including analytical, descriptive, experimental and qualitative approaches to problem solving. Students learn about the research process and apply their knowledge through various research-based projects, analyze and critique existing studies which appear in the literature, and develop library skills for research, which will underpin all other aspects of the course. 3 Cr.
PES 605 Research Design (A)
Explores quantitative research designs and matching strategies for data analysis in physical activity research. Presents quantitative analysis, including describing relationships among variables and differences among groups. Also introduces multivariate, nonparametric and meta-analysis. Includes the use of preasheet programs and statistical software packages to do data analysis. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: PES 604.]
PES 606 Qualitative Research Methods in PE (A)
This course is designed to provide students with the skills and knowledge related to qualitative methods of data collection and analysis of qualitative data. The course approaches the topic of qualitative research methods from both a theoretical and a practical perspective through assigned readings, class discussion, writing and projects. The class provides hands-on experience with qualitative methods of data collection and analysis of various types of qualitative data. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PES 607 Curriculum Design in Physical Education (B)
Examines the general principles and assumptions underlying development of curriculum as they apply to physical education studied in relation to the student, environment, needs and society. Analyzes and evaluates contemporary models and/or conceptual frameworks of physical education programs as a basis for the development of student's personal beliefs, skills and techniques in design or redesign of curriculum at various organizational levels and program emphases. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
PES 614 Behavior Management in Physical Education (A)
This course is designed to provide students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop and implement behavior plans based on the results of a functional behavior assessment. As well, students will learn how to utilize the principles of positive behavior support to build relevant replacement skills, incorporate prevention strategies and improve the aspects of the student’s environment that relate to the problem behavior. In addition, students will develop the skills to develop and implement, as appropriate, individually designed crisis intervention procedures. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
PES 617 Seminar in Physical Education and Coaching (B)
PES 617 is a seminar course organized to build on prior experience and knowledge in undergraduate courses and serves as a forum for discussion of current trends and issues that are of concern to elementary and secondary school physical education teachers and youth-sport coaches. This course includes concepts and activities specific to physical education and youth sport coaching, and an exploration of research related to both teaching and coaching. Student will have an opportunity to explore these topics through a variety of assignments Course requires a minimum grade of "B-" (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification when applicable) 3 Cr.
PES 621 Instructional Design in Physical Education (B)
Focuses on relevant concepts from educational psychology and learning theory, as well as on a "generic" instructional design model. Provides methods for analyzing instructional tasks and writing behavioral objectives to elicit desired results. Discusses emerging trends in instructional design, including the use of computer-assisted instruction (CAI) in physicaleducation settings. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PES 607.]
PES 627 Seminar in Secondary School Physical Education (B)
Explores current issues and trends in secondary school physical education. Provides practical experiences in development of new curriculum materials, innovative instructional strategies, grant writing, technology and assessment for middle and high school teachers. Seeks to apply current research to practical situations. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: PES 607.]
PES 632 Health Care Administration (B)
This course presents current administrative issues in health care and athletic training including athletic training facility design, record keeping procedures, personnel management, health care informatics, legal considerations in health care and budgetary principles. 3 Cr.
PES 633 Therapeutic Interventions II (B)
This is an advanced course emphasizing medical techniques necessary for injury treatment, rehabilitation, and reconditioning. The course stresses skills needed to return physically active individuals to play as well as task specific functional training, proprioceptive activities, and therapeutic and corrective exercises. The course also stresses conditioning techniques, principles, and practices that are functionally based to aid in performance enhancement and injury prevention in physically active individuals. Rehabilitation protocols for the lower extremity will be emphasized. 3 Cr.
PES 634 Practical Applications of Evidence Based Practice (B)
Focuses on the practical application of evidence based practice in athletic training. Students will develop a system for the collection, analysis and translation of healthcare outcomes to determine appropriate changes for the improvement of patient care. Emphasis will be placed on quality assurance and improvement in the delivery of cost effective health care. 2 Cr.
PES 635 General Medical Conditions (B)
$50 Course fee required: Students will learn to perform a comprehensive examination to formulate a clinical diagnosis and treatment plan for common medical conditions effecting the cardiovascular system, integumentary system, respiratory system, reproductive system, gastrointestinal system, genitourinary system, and endocrine system. The eyes, ears, nose, and throat along with common dental trauma will be explored. 3 Cr.
PES 636 Clinical Experience in Athletic Training III (B)
$21.00 Course fee required: This clinical experience course is designed to allow the third semester athletic training student the opportunity to apply clinical knowledge and skills in the clinical athletic training setting. This course will typically involve clinical experience in the collegiate, sports medicine clinical, high school and general medical settings. Students will be required to work more autonomously and complete required clinical integration proficiencies. This required course will fill the requirement for PES 636 Clinical Experience in Athletic Training III. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PES 637 Clinical Experience in Athletic Training IV (B)
$21.00 Course fee required: This clinical experience course is designed to provide the fourth semester athletic training student an immersive clinical experience. This course will typically involve clinical experience in the collegiate, sports medicine clinical, high school and/or general medical settings. Students will be expected to work more autonomously and complete required clinical integration proficiencies. This required course will fulfill the requirement for PES 637 Clinical Experience in Athletic Training IV. 6 Cr. (Spring.)
PES 640 Event and Facility Management in Sport (A)
Students will learn the factors involved in managing events. They will also learn strategies for planning, designing, constructing, maintaining, scheduling and managing facilities and equipment. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
PES 660 Fitness and Conditioning for Teachers and Coaches (B)
Provides students with an indepth understanding of the factors determining physical fitness and various techniques used for physical conditioning. Emphasizes recent findings by researchers. Discusses subject matter relative to its application by teachers and coaches. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PES 681 Development in the Aging Adult (A)
This course will be a graduate course focusing upon a variety of issues spanning adulthood. The content is multidisciplinary covering a variety of issues across adulthood through current literature and research in the biological, physiological, sociological, and psychological domains with an emphasis upon health, wellness, and physical activity in adulthood. Discussion will expand upon ideas on how health and wellness influence physical and cognitive function in the older adult. 3 Cr. (Summer.)
PES 682 Low Incidence Disabilities (B)
This course provides a seminar and teaching experiences with children with low incidence disabilities and unique physical education needs. Sites for practical and field experiences are selected on the basis of interests and needs of students and required course objectives and outcomes. Pre-requisite: PEP 445 or equivalent or instructor's permission. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: PEP 445.]
PES 683 Program Development in Adapted Physical Education (B)
Covers the organization and administration of physical education programs for students with unique needs. Discusses legal implications, instructional adaptations, adapted physical education curricula and other factors that must be considered when programming for students whose needs cannot be met in regular educational programs. 3 Cr. (Summer.) [Prerequisites: PES 581 and PES 582.]
PES 684 Seminar and Practicum in Adapted Physical Education (B)
Provides practical teaching experience in adapted physical education programs. Select schools or agencies are selected on the basis of interests of students and required course competencies. Includes seminar discussion related to practicum assignments and general problems in the area of adapted physical education. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: PES 581, PES 582.]
PES 685 Seminar and Practicum in Early Childhood Adapted Physical Education (B)
Provides a field experience working with infants, toddlers and/or preschool children with disabilities. Emphasizes the development of competencies for providing physical activity/education services. Seminar experiences supplement field work. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: PES 581, PES 582, PES 583.]
PES 686 Consultation in Adapted Physical Education (B)
Designed to develop knowledge and skills required to plan, implement and evaluate consultancy services in adapted physical education. Incorporates opportunities to develop abilities for consultation with field experiences designed to provide consultation. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: PES 581, PES 582.]
PES 690 Problems in Physical Education and Athletic Administration (A)
Examines problems and challenges encountered by secondary and collegiate physical educators and coaches in the administration of physical education and sport programs. Also examines possible courses of action to meet such problems and challenges. Includes case study and problem-solving approaches. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
PES 691 Sport Marketing (B)
This course is intended to provide students with a broad appreciation for marketing; up-to-date understanding of marketing concepts and they are currently being applied to athletic contexts; and serve as a foundation for students who plan to do advanced study and work in marketing, consumer behavior and related fields. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
PES 692 Budget and Finance in Sport (A)
This course is intended to broaden the students’ perspective on the various means for budgeting and financing sport organizations and to examine the various means of controlling costs and increasing revenue. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PES 791 Internship in Athletic Administration (B)
$21 Course fee required: Provides an entry-level experience in an athletic administrative setting. Requires involvement in day-to-day duties in athletic administration and observation of higher level management operations. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PES 795 Thesis (B)
Requires the preparation and oral defense of a substantial research and writing project planned and completed under the guidance of a graduate faculty committee. 1-6 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PES 796 Comprehensive Graduate Capstone Project (A)
The Graduate Comprehensive Capstone requires the preparation of an investigated topic of the student's choice as it relates to teaching and coaching or youth sport development. The capstone project is meant to be a demonstration of the student's learning throughout the program of study, so meaningful connections must be made between theory and practice from across the student's program. This is a required course. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: PES604 with a minimum grade of B-.]
PES 798 Synthesis Project Seminar (B)
Requires preparation and presentation of a literature review in a widely investigated topic of the student's choice. Involves analysis, evaluation and integration of the published literature on the topic, as well as the student's conclusions pertaining to the research findings. Students in the early childhood emphasis of the adapted physical education concentration must complete a project related to early childhood adapted to physical education as a part of PES 798. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: PES 604 and PES 605 or PES 606; with instructor's permission PES 798 may be taken cocurrently with PES 605.]
Latin
LTN 111 Beginning Latin I (A)
- 3 Cr.
LTN 112 Beginning Latin II (A)
Prerequisite: LTN 111. 3 Cr.
LTN 211 Int Latin I (A)
Prerequisite: LIN 112. 3 Cr.
Liberal Studies (BLS - undergraduate)
Liberal Studies (LST - graduate)
LST 711 The Black Death (A)
Having lived through a 21st –century pandemic, we are in a unique position to consider historical pandemics. The onset of Plague in medieval Europe in from 1346 to 1349, known as “The Black Death,” was a cataclysmic experience and introduced a period of recurring plague epidemics into global Eurasian culture until the 18th century. Although historians debate the process and details of plague’s impact, they agree that the presence of plague throughout this era changed society, medicine, global trade, religion, and intellectual life from its outbreak in 1348 to 1700. Why did one disease have such sweeping effects? In this course, we will attempt to understand these effects and investigate how plague changed European life forever, leaving in its wake a pessimistic fascination with death, NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “B-” (undergraduate sections) or “B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr.
LST 713 Music in Contemporary Society (A)
Explores the complex role of music in contemporary society. This course utilizes theoretical approaches from the field of ethnomusicology to study of music as it permeates, underscores and accompanies our daily lives at many levels. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
LST 714 Democratic Philosophies of Education (A)
Students will be exposed to a variety of democratic philosophies of education - to examine whether or not democracy needs educated citizens or education needs to be more democratic. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
LST 715 Graphic Novel & Comic Studies (A)
Draws on the fields of English, media studies, history, and education to understand the development of comics and graphic novels as a popular genre in American culture. Interdisciplinary in nature, the course provides an overview of how comics and graphic novels emerged and proliferated across American culture, how comics and graphic novels responded to social and political movements across American history, and how comics and graphic novels became vital to contemporary popular culture (through various media adaptations) in America and abroad. Students will also consider how the study of graphic novels operates in a chosen area of study (ex. Women and gender studies, education, political science). Fulfills MALS arts/humanities requirement NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr.
LST 716 The Literature and Culture of Gambling (A)
Will examine gamblers and the culture of gambling as a metaphor for social interaction and a marker of social class, and the character of gamblers as examples of classic American types (e.g., the frontiersman, the femme fatale, the lone wolf, etc.), attempting to account for the popularization of various gambling activities, for example, horse racing, poker tournaments, fantasy sports leagues, etc., as spectator sports and national pastimes. 3 Cr.
LST 717 The Literature and Culture of Terrorism (A)
We will survey definitions of the term "terrorism" and themes conventionally associated with terrorism in stories, poems, and novels, to better understand the cultural, political and historical dimensions of the text. We will trace how terms such as “terrorism,” “freedom,” and “war on terror” are used to create frames that enable the representation of "others" as terrorists. If, as novelist Don DeLillo says, “true terror is a language,” then what does it mean to be able to speak that language, and to understand it? 3 Cr.
LST 718 Social Class and Culture in American Literature (A)
Examines the relationship between social class, culture, and work, as expressed in the writing of mid-twentieth century American poets, fictionists, essayists, and directors, emphasizing representations of what conventionally has been termed “working class” labor. In relation to the depiction of such work, we will explore the contradictions at the heart of the “American Dream” and the myth of America as a classless society, and we will examine how historically writers have challenged that myth. 3 Cr.
LST 719 Professional Communication (A)
Students practice communicating professionally; learn to write in work-related genres; design compelling presentations using varied technologies; strategize group problem solving. 3 Cr.
LST 720 Graphic Novel & Comic Studies (A)
Draws on the fields of English, media studies, history, and education to understand the development of comics and graphic novels as a popular genre in American culture. Interdisciplinary in nature, the course provides an overview of how comics and graphic novels emerged and proliferated across American culture, how comics and graphic novels responded to social and political movements across American history, and how comics and graphic novels became vital to contemporary popular culture (through various media adaptations) in America and abroad. Students will also consider how the study of graphic novels operates in a chosen area of study (ex. Women and gender studies, education, political science). Fulfills MALS arts/humanities requirement NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr.
LST 721 Environmental Issues (A)
Examines ecology, environmental quality, pest management, water quality, energy utilization, economics and waste to develop a responsible awareness of natural resource use and availability. Addresses interrelationships between organisms and the physical environment. Focuses on population and community dynamics, energy flow, nutrient cycling, environmental disease, pollution, climate change, and toxic substances. Overall, the course will foster a deeper understanding of nature and society. 3 Cr.
LST 724 Vaccines: Science, History and Controversies (A)
Explores vaccines, one of the most effective public health interventions ever developed, from a scientific, historical, and sociological perspective. This includes how vaccines were/are developed, what diseases/conditions they can prevent or mitigate, and vaccine hesitancy, herd immunity, and side effects. 3 Cr. (Odd Spring.)
LST 730 Evolution and Disease (A)
Applies human evolution to understand infectious, chronic, psychiatric, and environmentally-linked disease. Covers a diverse range of related topics including scientific research methods, the fundamentals of evolutionary theory, diversity of infectious disease agents, immunology, epidemiology, evolution and longevity, drug-resistant antibiotics, longevity, evolution and industrial pollutants, acculturation and health. 3 Cr. (Summer.)
LST 731 Ethical Issues in Science and Medicine (A)
Examines ethical problems and policy issues that rise in contemporary science, medicine, healthcare, and biomedical research. Also examines the field of bioethics, raising questions about what issues count as ethical ones and exploring the role of ethical expertise in contemporary societies. Perspectives from social science, history, and law will also be discussed which will consider ethical issues in their social and institutional context. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
LST 740 Suicide Warfare (A)
This course will employ various analytical frameworks and quantitative data from the social sciences to examine historical cases of suicide missions during 20th-century wars. The academic disciplines this class draws from include political science, military science, sociology, psychology, and anthropology. Class discussions, based on readings and films, will explore the roles of nation-states, organizations (both military and non-military), science and technology, and gender in shaping the context and content of key suicide missions worldwide, in both Western and non-Western settings. 3 Cr.
LST 750 The Food System (A)
Provides an overview of the global, industrial food system interdisciplinary social science perspective. Describes the structure of the food system and its impact on farmers, consumers, human health, and the environment. Questions the resilience of the contemporary food system in the face of global challenges and explores efforts to change the system to achieve equity, sustainability, and a high quality of life. 3 Cr.
LST 755 Sustainability (A)
Explores the emergence of sustainability as a compelling concept inspiring efforts at local, regional, national and international levels. Examines different definitions and measures of sustainability and their relation to corporate and public policy. Uncovers the surprising ties between ecological integrity, democracy, and human well being. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr.
LST 756 Sexuality and Society (A)
Students learn to apply the sociological perspective to the examination of human sexuality and its expression. Topics covered include sexuality as a social construction, biosocial perspectives on sexuality, research methodology in the investigation of sexuality, sexual practices and diversity, and cross cultural differences in the expression of sexuality. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
LST 757 The Food System (A)
Provides an overview of the global, industrial food system interdisciplinary social science perspective. Describes the structure of the food system and its impact on farmers, consumers, human health, and the environment. Questions the resilience of the contemporary food system in the face of global challenges and explores efforts to change the system to achieve equity, sustainability, and a high quality of life. Add statement - NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr.
LST 758 Families and Society (A)
Examines families from a sociological perspective. Explores the meaning of family in contemporary American culture, including what relationships are included and excluded, paying special attention to same sex and interracial relationships. The gendered and classes nature of parenting are explored in depth. The intersections of work and family life, including paid and unpaid work inside and outside the home are also examined. 3 Cr.
LST 759 Social Science Perspectives on Health and Illness (A)
Provides an overview of social scientific perspectives on health and illness. Specific topics to be addressed in this course include the social determinants of health, with special attention on social class, race and ethnicity, gender; the social meanings and experiences of illness; and the medicalization of society. 3 Cr.
LST 760 Family Violence (A)
Examines physical, sexual and emotional violence between family members and intimate partners. The student develops the capacity to think critically, actively, and deeply about family violence and abuse. Using a multi-disciplinary approach, the student will learn how family studies, sociology, psychology, criminology and related disciplines research and view family violence and how it could be prevented, reduced, or eliminated. 3 Cr.
LST 797 Portfolio (A)
Portfolio to include: a paper reflecting an appreciation of the three Liberal Studies perspectives (Arts and Humanities, Social Sciences, Natural Sciences) and their contributions to understanding an issue or problem in contemporary society; documentation of an integrational experience leading to one?s educational goals; sample work from both required and elective courses. Students may not register for this course until they have completed all of the Liberal Studies degree requirements or, in exceptional cases, are concurrently registered for their final course requirements (for a maximum of 3 credits subject to approval by the Director) as specified in their Plan of Study. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
LST 799 Independent Study in Liberal Studies (A)
Course content defined in consultation with the instructor. 1-6 Cr.
Master of Business Administration
MBA 604 Data Visualization (B)
Write course description paragraph here: This course introduces the fundamental concepts of data visualization, visual analytics, and visual data storytelling. The coverage will include the implementation stages of visual analytics from collecting, preparing, and analyzing data to creating dashboards. Students will learn important design principles for creating meaningful visualizations to convey business insights utilizing both Tableau and Power BI. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) 3 Cr.
MBA 605 Analytics Tools (B)
This course is designed to introduce the fundamentals of two important programming languages for business analytics: R and Python. We will cover basic programming concepts and introduce useful packages for business analytics for both languages. This course will provide a foundation for more advanced concepts in business data analytics. The objective is to help MBA graduates translate technical data science results into actionable business insights. 3 Cr.
MBA 606 Applications of Analytics (B)
This course explores the real-world applications of data analytics techniques to generate valuable insights across key business functions, including operations, marketing, accounting, and finance. Students will learn and apply widely used methods such as clustering, linear and logistic regression, decision trees, random forests, support vector machines, neural networks, and deep learning. Through hands-on analysis of real-world case studies, students will examine how data-driven decision-making is transforming industries and driving business success. 3 Cr.
MBA 610 Leadership & Organizations (B)
Focuses on laying down a fundamental understanding of leadership. The course’s orientation will be both analytical in introducing concepts and frameworks related to leadership and talent management, and managerial in terms of considering action plans and implementation approaches necessary to put these practices and policies into effect. Covers topics such as frameworks and models of leadership, leadership styles and behaviors, ethical leadership, organizational culture, change management, motivation theories, and talent management. The course is designed to achieve three goals: 1) to enhance the understanding of leadership behaviors and to encourage development of competencies for becoming an effective leader; 2) to enhance organizational awareness by understanding organization dynamics, change, and culture; 3) to understand various aspects of motivation and talent management techniques. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
MBA 620 Marketing Management (B)
Introduces participants to marketing strategy and planning through the discussion of theoretical and practical aspects of modern marketing management and application of marketing knowledge to students’ own organizations. Covers such topics as marketing analysis and planning, marketing segmentation and targeting, marketing research, social marketing, and international marketing. Students will discuss cases, develop an actual marketing plan, and conduct a market research project for their own organization. 3 Cr.
MBA 640 Business Analytics (B)
This module will introduce students to the importance of data-driven decision making. Topics include Data Warehousing, Data Mining, Business Statistics, and Decision Analysis. Students will use Excel throughout the module using good spreadsheet design techniques and advanced functionality to build models to support management decision making. Students will also use big data techniques and tools to analyze their own company data, mining for trends and opportunities. 3 Cr.
MBA 642 Operations and Project Management (B)
Surveys theories of lean production and the theory of constraints, including inventory management (economic order quantity), Godratt’s theory, dealing with bottlenecks, and policy constraints. Also designed for people who work in teams on projects in either the private or public sector. Students will be able to apply fundamental project management principles, theories, and practices. Students will be able to use project management tools and techniques to define a project’s scope, schedule, and budget as well as control and monitor project progress, and assess and manage risk. Furthermore, students will be able to develop coherent plans for managing inter-project dependencies. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
MBA 660 Accounting for Managers (B)
This module will assist students in learning the essential aspects of internal and financial control. With respect to internal control, students will learn the components established under the COSO Framework as a basis for developing internal controls along with risk management. Business processes will be studied with the context of the five major transaction cycles. From a financial controls perspective, students will learn how to use both the financial statement and managerial accounting analyses tools to help managers evaluate the past performance of the corporation, identify the potential issues and opportunities for the operations of the company, and provide ways to improve the future performance of the company, thus achieving the control function of the top managers. Financial statement analysis examines horizontal and vertical analysis and the use of financial ratios. Managerial accounting analysis tools include cost-volume-profit analysis, standard cost and variance analysis, flexible budgets, regression, and balanced score card. Fraud prevention within the context of creating a culture of honesty and integrity will also be covered. 3 Cr.
MBA 662 Applied Financial Analysis (B)
Introduces participants to financial statement analysis, forecasting and planning (covering ratio analysis, common size statements, growth and financial planning), and cost-volume-profit (CVP) analysis. Also introduces participants to capital budgeting (estimation of project cash flows; valuation of project cash flows; cost of capital determination), capital structure choice (how firms choose between financing alternative, principally debt and equity), and international trade financing (an introduction to the financing terms and payment arrangements that support international trade). 3 Cr. (Fall.)
MBA 663 Entrepreneurship (B)
This course covers various aspects of entrepreneurship, including the creation and growth of ventures. Students will learn how to conceptualize, develop, and manage successful new ventures. This course places particular emphasis on the practical application and integration of theories and practices from strategic management, finance, accounting, marketing, and operations management in the context of new venture development. While most of the illustrations will be drawn from new venture formation and implementation, the underlying principles also apply to new business development in corporate settings and to entrepreneurial endeavors in the non-profit sector. Crosslisted with BUS 663. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: Must be enrolled in one of the following Majors: MBA.]
MBA 680 Special Topics in Business and Economics (B)
Features rotating topics, based on student needs and on current industry and labor market dynamics. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
MBA 682 Special Topics in Accounting and Finance (B)
Follows up on the required MBA core course in finance by requiring students to review core topics in more depth and complexity and to apply them to sophisticated “Harvard Business School” type cases, characterized by complexity and often, unstructured situations. Stresses both theoretical underpinnings and applications of corporate finance. Covers topics such as valuation, capital budgeting, capital structure choice, dividend policy and the cost of capital. A key aspect of the course is the requirement that students utilize advanced Excel techniques in the development of sophisticated spreadsheets and utilize both proprietary financial databases such as Bloomberg and Compustat, as well as public domain financial information from sites such as the financial sections of yahoo.com and aol.com 3 Cr. (Summer.)
MBA 684 Seminar on Emerging Issues in Management Theory and Practice (B)
Covers emerging topics in management from both theory and practice angles. With a focus on applications, the course will integrate readings with case analysis to examine such management topics as managerial decision making, knowledge management, innovation management, change management, social network analysis, corporate governance, corporate social responsibility and other emerging topics in the management field. Provides tools for students to integrate and apply management theories to key managerial issues and to enhance their capabilities to make sound managerial decisions in practice. The course is also developed to strengthen students’ critical thinking and analytical skills. 3 Cr. (Summer.)
MBA 690 Strategic Organization and Management (B)
Presents an in-depth introduction to strategic planning, management, and organization processes. Stresses both theoretical underpinnings and applications of strategic planning and organization. Covers topics such as analysis of organizations’ mission, vision, and values, industry analysis, competitive analysis, strategic execution, international strategy, organizational structure and design. Provides theories and tools for students to integrate and apply multidisciplinary knowledge and skills to understand strategic planning and organization design and to enrich their appreciation for managerial decision-making. Throughout the course, real-world case analysis is applied to develop students’ critical thinking and analytical skills. A global perspective is also taken and both the readings and the class discussions will focus on international as well as U.S. issues. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
MBA 720 Human Capital Strategies (B)
Human Capital Strategies explores how to think systematically and strategically about managing an organization's human capital, and how human capital management provides a distinct competitive advantage in the marketplace. Topics such as talent acquisition, performance management, talent development, and reward systems explore how choices in these areas relate to the organization’s strategic objectives and can impact company performance, as well as the role that management plays in implementing effective human capital systems and organizational processes. 3 Cr.
MBA 792 Capstone Completion Project (B)
The capstone project represents the required culminating experience in the all SUNY Master’s degree programs. It marks an important integrative step for students’ progress as scholar practitioners, and should be regarded as evidence that the student has achieved a high level of understanding and sophistication as a result of their MBA studies. 3 Cr. (Summer.)
Math
MTH 110 Introduction to Mathematics (A)
Placement for students with weak backgrounds in mathematics; Closed to students who have passed MTH 111 or 121 or higher or any statistics course. Places major emphasis on algebraic skills, basic operations on signed numbers (decimal and fractional forms): percents; techniques for solving linear and quadratic equations and systems of equations using two variables; algebraic operations on polynomials, roots and radicals. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
MTH 111 College Algebra (A)
Covers algebra at the intermediate level, including operations on polynomials and algebraic fractions, solution of first- and second-degree equations, graphs of functions, logarithms and exponential functions. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: Closed to students who have completed MTH 122 or a calculus course.]
MTH 112 College Mathematics (AM)
Develops college-level skills in algebra, geometry, data analysis, and quantitative reasoning. Practice with linear and non-linear equations, geometric problem-solving, probability, algorithms, tabular and graphic techniques, modeling real world problems. Must pass final comprehensive examination to pass course. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: MTH 110 or higher; Placement for most students with good high school mathematics background, meets Brockport General Education Mathematics course requirement.]
MTH 122 Pre-Calculus (AM)
Designed to prepare students for the study of calculus. Covers algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions. 4 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: MTH 111 or instructor's permission.Closed to students who have credit for MTH 201.]
MTH 201 Calculus I (AM)
Prerequisite: MTH 122 or Instructor's Permission.. Covers limits and continuity; derivatives and integrals of algebraic, trigonometric, exponential, and logarithmic functions; and applications of the derivative. 4 Cr. (Every Semester.)
MTH 202 Calculus II (AM)
Covers techniques and applications of integration, approximation methods, Taylor polynomials, improper integrals, polar coordinates, and an introduction to infinite series. 4 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: MTH 201.]
MTH 203 Calculus III (AM)
Covers vectors and 3-space, functions of several variables, applications of partial derivatives, multiple integrals, and vector calculus. 4 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: MTH 202.]
MTH 221 Calculus for Business, Social and Life Sciences I (AM)
Closed to students who have completed MTH 201 with a grade of "C" or better. Provides an introduction to calculus, with an emphasis on its applications to business and the behavioral sciences. Covers derivatives of functions of one and several variables, applied maximization and minimization problems, exponential growth and decay models, the natural logarithm function, and an introduction to integration. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: MTH 111, 121 or higher .]
MTH 243 Elementary Statistics (AM)
Closed to students who have received academic credit for ECN 204, MTH 244, PSH 202, SOC 200, or transfer credit for an elementary statistics course at another institution. Covers the use and limitations of various statistical concepts, including frequency distributions, measures of central tendency and of variation, use of normal curve and t-tables, sampling, estimation, tests of significance for means, and correlation. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: MTH 110 or higher .]
MTH 255 Differential Equations (A)
Covers first order differential equations and applications, second order and higher order linear differential equations, series solutions about ordinary points and the Laplace Transform. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: MTH 202.]
MTH 281 Discrete Mathematics I (B)
Provides an introduction to discrete mathematics. Includes these topics: propositional and predicate logic, sets, functions, matrix algebra, algorithms, valid arguments, direct and indirect proofs, mathematical induction, permutations and combinations, and discrete probability. 4 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: MTH 122 or 201/202/203.]
MTH 324 Linear Algebra (A)
Covers matrices, determinants, vector spaces and subspaces, dimension, linear transformations and Euclidean vector spaces. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: MTH 202 and MTH 281 or instructor's permission.]
MTH 346 Probability and Statistics I (A)
Covers random variables and vectors, moments and moment generating functions, discrete and continuous probability distributions, and sampling distributions. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: MTH 202 and MTH 281 or instructors approval.]
MTH 347 R Programming for Statistics (A)
Provides an introduction to R, a widely used open-source statistical program. Students will learn basic statistical visualization and analysis in R studio, including charts and tables, data distributions, simple linear regression, estimation, and hypothesis-testing. Includes a lab component. 4 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: MTH 122 AND CSC 120 OR instructor permission.]
MTH 394 Topics in Competition Problem Solving (A)
Covers topics needed to solve problems in the Putnam exam and other national math competitions in the past five years. Will discuss different approaches used to solve such problems and the background theory. 1 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: Instructor's Permission.]
MTH 395 Research Seminar in Mathematics (A)
Provides an introduction to specific research methods and techniques. Will discuss typing of mathematical documents using LATEX. Each student will be assigned a research project. Emphasizes theory and proofs in different areas. Requires extensive writing. 1-3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: Instructor's Permission.]
MTH 399 Independent Study in Mathematics (A)
To be defined in consultation with the instructor sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-3 Cr. [Prerequisite: Instructor Permission.]
MTH 405 Mathematical Problem Solving (A)
Develops problem-solving ability in mathematics. Includes how to get started, methods of proof, devising a strategy, and "looking back." Places strong emphasis on critical reasoning and clarity of written expression. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: - MTH 202 & 281 plus Instructor's Permission.]
MTH 412 History of Mathematics (A)
Covers the history and development of mathematical ideas from primitive origins to the present. Includes topics such as arithmetic, number theory, geometries, algebra, calculus, and selected advanced topics. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: MTH 202 and MTH 281.]
MTH 421 Number Theory (A)
Topics include but are not limited to: mathematical induction, divisibility, primes, arithmetic functions, congruencies, modular arithmetic, Diophantine problems and the distribution of primes. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: MTH 202 and MTH 281.]
MTH 423 Data Science (A)
An introduction to techniques and topics of data science. This course will cover both the mathematical background behind models in machine learning, as well as an emphasis on programming projects done in Python. Covers linear and logistic regression, classification problems, k-nearest neighbors, random forest decision trees, support vector machines and unsupervised learning. Swing course MTH 523. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: MTH 281 & 202.]
MTH 425 Modern Algebra (A)
Provides a study of algebraic systems, with special attention to groups and their classification properties. Emphasizes theory and proofs, but clarifies the ideas by means of specific examples involving modular arithmetic, real and complex numbers, permutations, and matrices.Requires extensive writing. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: MTH 324 with "C" or above and Instructor's Permission.]
MTH 430 Topology (A)
Provides a study of topologies on various spaces. Emphasizes theory, abstraction, proof techniques and clarifies these by means of many specific examples. Bridges topics such as geometry, analysis and algebra. Topics include, but are not limited to set theory, continuous functions, connectedness, compactness, and separation. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: MTH 324.]
MTH 432 College Geometry (A)
Provides a study of geometry from the synthetic, analytic, transformational, and vector viewpoints. Includes these topics: axiomatic systems, finite geometries, absolute geometry, Euclidean geometry, non-Euclidean geometries, geometric transformations, and projective geometry. Requires extensive writing. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: MTH 324.]
MTH 441 Statistical Methods (A)
This course focuses on investigative statistics, emphasizing the process of data collection and data analysis. It will incorporate case studies from current events and interdisciplinary research, taking a problem-based approach to learn how to determine which statistical techniques are appropriate. Topics will typically include making connections between the two-sample t-test, Regression and ANOVA; Multiple Regression; Design and Analysis of Experiments; Logistic Regression and Survival Analysis. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: MTH 346.]
MTH 446 Probability and Statistics II (A)
Covers the Central Limit Theorem, maximum likelihood estimation, unbiased and sufficient statistics, minimum variance, confidence intervals, Neyman-Pearson Lemma, power calculations, and likelihood ratio tests. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: MTH 346.]
MTH 447 Time Series (A)
This course introduces the theory and practice of Time Series Analysis. Students will learn how to model and forecast a time series as well as read papers from the literature. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites - MTH 243 or MTH 346.]
MTH 452 Financial Mathematics (A)
Provides fundamental concepts of financial mathematics and prepares students for EXAM FM (Financial Mathematics) of the Society of Actuaries. Students will learn about inflation, rate of interest, stocks, bonds, and other financial instruments. MTH 552 is the swing course. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: MTH 202 or 203.]
MTH 453 Actuarial Mathematics (A)
Introduces students to Actuarial Science, emphasizes the development of strong problem solving skills in preparation for the Exam P (Probability) of the Society of Actuaries. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: MTH 346 or instructor's permission.]
MTH 456 Advanced Differential Equations (A)
Covers series solutions about singular points, systems of linear first-order differential equations, plane autonomous systems, Fourier series, Sturm Liouville problems, partial differential equations of physics including the heat, wave and Laplace equation. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: MTH 255, MTH 324 or some exposure to matrix theory.]
MTH 457 Real Analysis (A)
Provides a study of functions of a real variable. Emphasizes theory, proof techniques, and writing skills. Includes: real numbers, denseness of the rational numbers, convergence of sequences of real numbers, Cauchy sequences, Bolzano-Weierstrass theorem, continuous functions, uniform continuity, differentiable functions, and integrable functions. Enhances understanding of the topics through a series of required writing tasks. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: MTH 324 with C grade or >.]
MTH 458 Complex Analysis (A)
Provides a study of functions of a complex variable. Focus on the theory of analytic functions. Includes: Cauchy-Rienmann equations, Cauchy’s Theorem, Cauchy’s integral formula, the Fundamental Theorem of Algebra, Laurent series, Residue Theorem, Contour intergration and applications to real integrals. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: MTH203 and MTH324.]
MTH 460 Mathematical Modeling (A)
Topics covered include Linear Programs, Duality Theory and Sensitivity Analysis, Simplex Method, Integer Programs, Branch and Bound, Markov chains (Ergodic and Absorbing), Critical Path Method, Birth and Death Processes, Intro to Queuing: M/M/1 queues; M/M/1 queues with finite capacity; M/M/s queues; finite source models; general distribution service models. Optimization and Algebra software will be used. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: MTH 202 and MTH 281.]
MTH 463 Graph Theory (A)
An introduction to graph theory, including distance concepts, symmetry and structure, trees and connectivity, Eulerian and Hamiltonian Graphs, planar graphs and imbeddings, and applications of graphs. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: MTH 324 or instructor's permission.]
MTH 465 Combinatorics (A)
An introduction to combinatorics, including basic counting techniques involving permutations, combinations, compositions, and partitions; binomial coefficients; the twelve-fold way; recursions and generating functions. Other topics may include a more advanced study of permutations, sequences in combinatorics, magic squares, the probabilistic method, etc. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: MTH 324.]
MTH 471 Numerical Analysis I (A)
Provides a survey of methods used to numerically approximate the solutions of a variety of mathematical problems. Covers the generation and propagation of round-off errors, convergence criteria, and efficiency of computation. Includes: roots of non-linear equations, systems of linear or non-linear equations, polynomial approximations, and an introduction to numerical differentiation and integration. Mathematical software, such as MAPLE, will be used. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: MTH 203.]
MTH 481 Discrete Mathematics II (A)
A second course in discrete mathematics. Includes: study of algorithms, recurrence relations, inclusion-exclusion principle, partial order and equivalence relations, graph theory and trees. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: MTH 201 and MTH 281.]
MTH 492 Mathematics Internship (A)
Allows for a supervised experience in applying mathematical skills and techniques in a practical work environment. Requires projects that may include applications in business, the social sciences, or physical sciences. A maximum of three credits can be applied toward the mathematics major. 1-6 Cr. [Prerequisite: Instructor's Permission.]
MTH 499 Independent Study in Mathematics (A)
To be defined in consultation with the instructor/sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-3 Cr. [Prerequisite: Instructor's Permission.]
MTH 505 Mathematical Problem Solving (A)
Develops problem-solving ability in mathematics. Includes how to get started, methods of proof, devising a strategy, and "looking back." Places strong emphasis on critical reasoning and clarity of written expression. 3 Cr. (Summer.) [Prerequisite - Instructor's Permission.]
MTH 512 History of Mathematics (A)
Covers the history and development of mathematical ideas from primitive origins to today. Includes topics such as arithmetic, number theory, geometries, algebra, calculus and selected advanced topics. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: MTH 202 and either MTH 245 or MTH 281.]
MTH 521 Number Theory (A)
Topics include but are not limited to: mathematical induction, divisibility, primes, arithmetic functions, congruencies, modular arithmetic, Diophantine problems and the distribution of primes. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: MTH 202 and MTH 281.]
MTH 523 Data Science (A)
An introduction to techniques and topics of data science. This course will cover both the mathematical background behind models in machine learning, as well as an emphasis on programming projects done in Python. Covers linear and logistic regression, classification problems, k-nearest neighbors, random forest decision trees, support vector machines and unsupervised learning. Swing course MTH 423. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: MTH 281 & 202.]
MTH 525 Modern Algebra (A)
Provides a study of algebraic systems, with special attention to groups and their classification properties. Emphasizes theory and proofs, but clarifies that ideas by means of specific examples involving modular arithmetic, real and complex numbers, permutations, and matrices. Requires extensive writing. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
MTH 530 Topology (A)
Provides a study of topologies on various spaces. Emphasizes theory, abstraction, proof techniques and clarifies these by means of many specific examples. Bridges topics such as geometry, analysis and algebra. Topics include, but are not limited to set theory, continuous functions, connectedness, compactness, and separation. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites - MTH324.]
MTH 532 College Geometry (A)
Studies geometry from the synthetic, analytic, transformational and vector viewpoints. Includes these topics: axiomatic systems, finite geometries, absolute geometry, Euclidean geometry, non-Euclidean geometries, geometric transformations and projective geometry. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: MTH 324.]
MTH 541 Statistical Methods (A)
This course focuses on investigative statistics, emphasizing the process of data collection and data analysis. It will incorporate case studies from current events and interdisciplinary research, taking a problem-based approach to learn how to determine which statistical techniques are appropriate. Topics will typically include making connections between the two-sample t-test, Regression and ANOVA; Multiple Regression; Design and Analysis of Experiments; Logistic Regression and Survival Analysis. 3 Cr.
MTH 546 Probability and Statistics II (A)
Covers the Central Limit Theorem, maximum likelihood estimation, method of moments, unbiased and sufficient statistics, minimum variance, Cramer-Rao lower bound, confidence intervals, Neyman-Pearson Lemma, power calculations, likelihood ratio tests. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: MTH 203 and MTH 346.]
MTH 547 Time Series (A)
This course introduces the theory and practice of Time Series Analysis. Students will learn how to model and forecast a time series as well as read papers from the literature. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites - MTH243 or MTH346.]
MTH 552 Financial Mathematics (A)
Provides fundamental concepts of financial mathematics and prepares students for EXAM FM (Financial Mathematics) of the Society of Actuaries. Students will learn about inflation, rate of interest, stocks, bonds, and other financial instruments. Midterm and final exam will contain more advanced problems specifically designed for graduate students. In addition graduate students will complete a project. MTH 442 is the swing course. 3 Cr.
MTH 556 Advanced Differential Equations (A)
Covers series solutions about singular points, systems of linear first-order differential equations, plane autonomous systems, Fourier series, Sturm Liouville problems, partial differential equations of physics including the heat, wave and Laplace equation. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: MTH 255, MTH 324 or some exposure to matrix theory.]
MTH 557 Real Analysis (A)
Provides a study of functions of a real variable. Emphasizes theory and proof techniques. Includes: real numbers, denseness of the rational numbers, convergence of sequences of real numbers, Cauchy sequences, Bolzano-Weierstrass theorem, continuous functions, uniform continuity, differentiable functions and integrable functions. Enhances understanding of the topics through a series of required writing tasks. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: MTH 203 and MTH 324.]
MTH 558 Complex Analysis (A)
Provides a study of functions of a complex variable. Focus on the theory of analytic functions. Includes: Cauchy-Rienmann equations, Cauchy’s Theorem, Cauchy’s integral formula, the Fundamental Theorem of Algebra, Laurent series, Residue Theorem, Contour intergration and applications to real integrals. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: MTH203 and MTH324.]
MTH 560 Mathematical Modeling (A)
Topics covered include Linear Programs, Duality Theory and Sensitivity Analysis, Simplex Method, Integer Programs, Branch and Bound, Markov chains (Ergodic and Absorbing), Critical Path Method, Birth and Death Processes, Intro to Queuing: M/M/1 queues; M/M/1 queues with finite capacity; M/M/s queues; finite source models; general distribution service models. Optimization and Algebra software will be used. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: MTH 202 and MTH 281.]
MTH 563 Graph Theory (A)
An introduction to graph theory, including distance concepts, symmetry and structure, trees and connectivity, Eulerian and Hamiltonian Graphs, planar graphs and imbeddings and applications of graphs. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: MTH324 or instructor's permission.]
MTH 565 Combinatorics (A)
An introduction to combinatorics, including basic counting techniques involving permutations, combinations, compositions, and partitions; binomial coefficients; the twelve-fold way; recursions and generating functions. Other topics may include a more advanced study of permutations, sequences in combinatorics, magic squares, the probabilistic method, etc. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: MTH 324 and instructor's permission.]
MTH 571 Numerical Analysis I (A)
Covers the development of methods used to numerically approximate the solutions to mathematical problems, with consideration given to generation and propagation of round-off errors, convergence criteria and efficiency of computation. Includes these topics: roots of nonlinear equations, systems of nonlinear and linear equations, polynomial approximations, numerical differentiation and integration, and curve fitting. Mathematical software, such as MAPLE, will be used. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: MTH 203.]
MTH 581 Discrete Mathematics II (A)
A second course in discrete mathematics. Includes: study of algorithms, recurrence relations, inclusion-exclusion principle, partial order and equivalence relations, graph theory, and trees. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: MTH 201 and MTH 281.]
MTH 592 Mathematics Internship (A)
Requires projects that may include applications in business, the social sciences, or physical sciences. A maximum of three credits can be applied toward the mathematics major. 1-6 Cr. (Every Semester.) [(Prerequisite - Instructor's Permission) Allows for a supervised experience in applying mathematical skills and techniques in a practical work environment.]
MTH 599 Independent Study in Mathematics (A)
(Prerequisite - Instructor's Permission) To be defined in consultation with the instructor/ sponsor prior to registration. 1-3 Cr.
MTH 605 Problem Solving in Mathematics (A)
Develops problem-solving ability at the graduate level. Emphasis on meaning, strategies and written communication. Especially appropriate for adolescence mathematics teachers. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite - Instructor's Permission.]
MTH 621 Algebra (A)
Includes these topics: groups and subgroups, normal subgroups and quotient groups, permutation groups, finite Abelian groups, some special classes of rings, homomorphisms, ideals and quotient rings Euclidean rings and polynomial rings. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: MTH 425.]
MTH 628 Applications of Algebra (A)
Applies group theory and ring theory to the solution of polynomial equations and to problems in number theory, geometry, coding theory, combinatorics and selected areas of computer science. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: MTH 425 and either MTH 621 or permission of instructor.]
MTH 629 Topics in Algebra and Number Theory (A)
Introduces topics of current interest in research or topics not covered in other courses in algebra and number theory. An outline of selected topics will be announced before the course is offered. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: permission of instructor.]
MTH 639 Topics in Geometry (A)
Introduces topics of current interest in research or topics not covered in other courses in geometry. An outline of selected topics will be announced before the course is offered. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: MTH 324.]
MTH 641 Mathematical Statistics (A)
Allows for rigorous development of probability concepts in the sample space and models for discrete and continuous random variables. Introduces bivariate normal distribution, transformation of variables, statistics and sampling distributions, Central Limit Theorem, parametric estimation, Rao-Cramer inequality, hypothesis tests, power functions, Neyman-Pearson Theorem and both UMP and Likelihood Ratio tests. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: MTH 446 or MTH546.]
MTH 651 Real Analysis (A)
Includes topics such as uniform continuity and the Weierstrass Approximation Theorem, theory of differentiation and the Riemann integral, convergence of series of functions, uniform convergence of series of functions, functions of bounded variation, Riemann-Stieltjes integration, Lebesque measure and Lebesque integration. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: MTH 457.]
MTH 659 Topics in Analysis (A)
Introduces topics of current interest in research or topics not covered in other courses in analysis. An outline of selected topics will be announced before the course is offered. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: permission of instructor.]
MTH 669 Topics in Applicable Mathematics and Statistics (A)
Introduces topics of current interest in research or topics not covered in other courses in applicable mathematics and statistics. An outline of selected topics will be announced before the course is offered. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: permission of instructor.]
MTH 681 Topics in Discrete Mathematics (A)
Includes topics of current interest in areas of discrete mathematics not covered (in depth) in other discrete math courses. An outline of selected topic(s) will be announced before the course begins. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite - Instructor's Permission.]
MTH 699 Independent Study in Mathematics (A)
To be defined in consultation with the instructor/sponsor prior to registration. 1-3 Cr.
Military Science
MSC 101 Introduction to the Army and Critical Thinking (A)
Introduces students to the personal challenges and competencies critical for effective leadership. Students learn how personal development of life skills such as goal setting, time management, physical fitness and stress management relate to leadership, officership and the Army profession. Focus is placed on developing basic knowledge and comprehension of Army Leadership Dimensions while gaining an understanding of the ROTC program, its purpose in the Army, and its advantages for the student. Classes meet for one hour of classroom instruction and two hours of leadership lab per week. Students incur no military obligation. Meets GEP 100 requirement. See Option 1 Academic Minor MSC 101. 2 Cr. (Fall.)
MSC 102 Adaptive Leadership and Professional Competence (A)
Provides an overview of leadership fundamentals such as setting direction, problem-solving, listening, presenting briefs, providing feedback and using effective writing skills. Explores dimensions of leadership values, attributes, skills and actions in the context of practical, hands-on and interactive exercises. Classes meet for one hour of classroom instruction and two hours of leadership lab per week. Students incur no military obligation. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
MSC 104 Military Conditioning Lab (B)
Provides hands-on application of the Army whole body fitness concept. This progressive program enhances strength, flexibility and endurance. Requires participation in group organization activities, cardiovascular training, muscle strengthening exercises and agility events contained in Army Field Manual 21-20. Includes monthly fitness tests to measure individual progression. Students incur no military obligation. 1 Cr. (Spring.)
MSC 201 Leadership and Decision Making (A)
Explores dimensions of creative and innovative tactical leadership strategies and styles by studying historical case studies and engaging in interactive student exercises. Students practice aspects of personal motivation and team building in the context of planning, executing and assessing team exercises. Focuses on the continued development of the knowledge of leadership values and attributes, through an understanding of rank, uniform, customs and courtesies. Classes meet for two hours of classroom instruction and two hours of leadership lab per week. Students incur no military obligation. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
MSC 202 Army Doctrine and Team Development (A)
Examines the challenges of leading in complex contemporary operational environments. Dimensions of the cross-cultural challenges of leadership in a constantly changing world are highlighted and applied to practical Army leadership tasks and situations. Develops greater self-awareness as students practice communication and team-building skills. Contemporary Operating Environment case studies give insight into the importance and practice of teamwork and tactics in real-world scenarios. Classes meet for two hours of classroom instruction and two hours of leadership lab per week. Students incur no military obligation. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
MSC 203 Leaders' Training Course (B)
Provides practical leadership for students with little or no military experience in a four-phased course. Phases 1 and 2 focus on individual skill and confidence building exercises used to create a foundation for later learning. Phase 3 utilizes physical and mental obstacles to challenge students and evaluate their leadership potential. Phase 4 provides each student with personal feedback from their team of instructors. 4 Cr. (Summer.)
MSC 301 Training Management and the Warfighting Functions (A)
Challenges cadets to study, practice, and evaluate adaptive leadership skills as they are presented with the demands of the ROTC Leader Development Assessment Course (LDAC). Challenging scenarios related to small unit tactical operations are used to develop self-awareness and critical-thinking skills. Cadets receive systematic and specific feedback on their leadership abilities. Cadets begin to analyze and evaluate their own leadership values, attributes, skills and actions. Primary attention is given to preparation for LDAC and the development of leadership qualities. Classes meet for three hours of classroom instruction and two hours of leadership lab per week. 1-4 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: MSC 202.]
MSC 302 Applied Leadership in Small Unit Operations (A)
Uses increasingly intense situational leadership challenges to build cadet awareness and skills in leading small units. Skills in decision-making, persuading and motivating team members are explored, evaluated, and developed. Aspects of military operations are reviewed as a means of preparing for the ROTC Leader Development Assessment Course (LDAC). Cadets are expected to apply basic principles to Army training, and motivation to troop-leading procedures. Emphasis is also placed on conducting military briefings and developing proficiency of operation orders. Classes meet for three hours of classroom instruction and two hours of leadership lab per week. 4 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: MSC 301.]
MSC 303 Leadership Development and Assessment Course (B)
Formalized evaluation of leader behavior during an intense, five-week training program with emphasis on proficiency in military skill, teamwork and leadership. Students are stressed in a time-constrained environment to accomplish complex tasks while leading a small team of students and managing scarce resources. At the conclusion of each evaluated task, and in summation at the completion of the course, each student receives personalized performance counseling. 6 Cr. (Summer.)
MSC 310 Saga of the American Military (A)
Does not count toward the major in history or fulfillment of General Education requirements for history. Focuses on a narrative of American military history following a chronological format. Emphasizes the application of American military combat power in regards to governmental decisions, and domestic and foreign relationships concerning the United States. Class discussions and course work also cover the impact of technology on war, civil and political-military relationships, growth and the overall organization of the American armed forces and impact of its use on United States and world history. 3 Cr.
MSC 327 American Military Experience (A)
Presents a survey of American military history from the colonial period to present. Major themes include the changing experience of battle, combat motivation, systems of recruitment for the armed forces, the impact of technology on warfare, civil-military relations, the rise of the military as a professional institution, and the evolution of military doctrine. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
MSC 401 The Army Officer (A)
Develops cadet proficiency in planning, executing and assessing complex operations, functioning as a member of a staff, and providing leadership performance feedback to subordinates. Cadets are given situational opportunities to assess risk, make ethical decisions and provide coaching to fellow ROTC cadets. Cadets are challenged to analyze, evaluate and instruct younger cadets. Both their classroom and battalion leadership experiences are designed to prepare cadets for their first unit of assignment. Cadets identify responsibilities of key staff, coordinate staff roles, and use situational opportunities to teach, train and develop subordinates. Classes meet for three hours of classroom instruction and two hours of leadership lab per week. 1-4 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: MSC 301, MSC 302 and one of HST 327, HST 355, HST 356, HST 362, HST 417 or HST 419.]
MSC 402 Company Grade Leadership (A)
Explores the dynamics of leading in the complex situations of current military operations. Cadets examine differences in customs and courtesies, military law, principles of war, and rules of engagement in the face of international terrorism. Aspects of interacting with non-governmental organizations, civilians on the battlefield, and host nation support are examined and evaluated. Significant emphasis is placed on preparing cadets for their first unit of assignment. Case studies, scenarios and "What Now, Lieutenant?" exercises are used to prepare cadets to face the complex ethical and practical demands of leading as commissioned officers in the United States Army. Classes meet for three hours of classroom instruction and two hours of leadership lab per week. 4 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: MSC 401, MSC 301 and MSC 302.]
Music
MUS 105 Introduction to Music (AF)
Open to all students. Required for Arts for Children and Dance majors and Music minors. Includes a performance component. No musical background is required. Covers fundamentals such as reading music in treble and bass clefs, keyboard, scales, intervals, chords and ear training. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
MUS 112 World Music (AF)
Examines the universal principles that connect music around the world. Includes the music of India, Africa, Japan, South America, the United States and Europe. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
MUS 135 Class Piano I (A)
Allows development of practical skills in reading music at the keyboard, including some knowledge of scales and chords to provide basic accompaniment. 2 Cr. (Fall.)
MUS 139 Class Voice I (A)
Allows development of basic vocal skills, including breathing, placement, sight reading; study of vowels, consonants, and appropriate song literature. 2 Cr.
MUS 211 Music Appreciation (AF)
The class introduces students to basic musical principles as they apply to music in western civilization. It begins with the materials of music (melody, harmony, rhythm, tempo, dynamics) then examines how these are combined into musical structures, musical forms, and musical styles. Students will hear how all these elements combine in examples of music from the middle ages through the present day. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
MUS 235 Class Piano II (A)
Piano II provides students an opportunity to continue the skills developed in Class Piano I. Emphasis will be on further mastery of the keyboard through increased technical abilities such as sight-reading, improvisation and harmonization. By the end of the course students will be able to play all major scales and minor scales on white keys, 2 octaves, hands together and all white key major and minor arpeggios. Repertoire will focus on pieces by great masters at the late elementary or early intermediate levels and will stress hand independence, a broader choice of articulation, a wider dynamic range, scale passages, chords in root and inverted position and 7th chords. 2 Cr. (Fall.)
MUS 277 Jin Shin Jyutsu (A)
Jin Shin Jyutsu Physio-philosophy is an ancient art of harmonizing the life energy in the body promoting optimal health and well-being. Principles may be applied to optimize creative flow and artistic performance. 3 Cr.
MUS 278 Afro-American Music and Culture (A)
Provides a basic history of African-American music and related aspects of theatre, dance, and literature from the 17th century to the present. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Cross-listed as AAS 278.]
MUS 302 Music History I: Antiquity to Baroque (A)
The class introduces students to basic musical principles as they apply to music in western civilization. It begins with the materials of music (melody, harmony, rhythm, tempo, dynamics) then examines how these are combined into musical structures, musical forms, and musical styles. Students will hear how all these elements combine in examples of music from the middle ages through the present day. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
MUS 303 Introduction to Audio Recording Technology (A)
Introduction to audio recording technology, sound theory, psychoacoustics and the recording industry Students will develop skills in microphone selection and technique as well as familiarity with the use of ProTools for tracking and mixing sound and music recordings. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
MUS 304 Musical Theatre Audition Techniques (A)
Explores elements of the audition process with a focus on preparing for successful musical theatre auditions. Emphasis is placed on refining performance skills, compiling a resume and professional materials, and building a repertoire portfolio that showcases each student's strengths. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Cross-listed as THE 304.]
MUS 305 Music Theory I (A)
Music Theory I has written exercises in the basic harmonic system, melodic principles of part-writing, the chorale and four-part writing in root position and in inversions, secondary dominants and modulation. It also contains exercises in rhythmic, melodic, and simple harmonic ear-training. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
MUS 306 Music Theory II (A)
Music Theory II is a continuation of Music Theory I and begins with exercises in chromatic harmony, secondary dominants, jazz and popular harmony, modulation and beginning counterpoint. Students will use computer notation software in completing assignments for the course. Advanced ear-training in rhythmic, melodic, and harmonic dictation is included. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: MUS 305 or equivalent.]
MUS 307 Eurhythmics (A)
Teaches fundamentals of music and musicianship through a synthesis of movement, improvisation, and aural engagement. Students explore music concepts through interactive experiences designed to integrate body, mind, and creative expression. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
MUS 308 Introduction to Ethnomusicology (A)
Introduces ethnomusicology principal concepts, history, development and approaches to fieldwork. Readings and case studies in the field introduce students to applied ethnomuciological and anthropological theory, method and analysis, while class projects and discussions prepare students to document and discuss a world of music on their own terms. Students complete an original research paper, surveying and documenting sound in their local environments. 3 Cr.
MUS 309 Music and Healing (A)
A research-based exploration of the fundamentals of music through the lens of recent findings in the neuroscience of music, and therapeutic applications of music in historical, theoretical, and clinical contexts, and in specific settings and with specific populations. 3 Cr.
MUS 311 Women in Music (AW)
A survey of roles and contributions of women in music and examination of cultural, political, and socioeconomic contexts surrounding them. Discussions of feminist theory and music. 3 Cr.
MUS 320 Brockport College Community Chorus (B)
Includes performance of standard choral works from many styles and periods. 1 Cr.
MUS 321 Vocal and Instrumental Jazz Ensemble (B)
Includes performance of instrumental and vocal jazz. Provides an instruction in improvisation, stylistic elements, and historical background. 1 Cr.
MUS 322 Gospel Music I (B)
Provides a basic history of black American gospel music and its relationship to contemporary music form; and includes performances of Gospel Music. 1 Cr. [Cross-listed as AAS 322.]
MUS 323 Instrumental Ensemble (A)
Instrumental ensemble acts as a blanket course for all ensembles such as Concert Band, Xylophone-Percussion, Jazz, Brass, Brockport College and Community Orchestra, etc. Can be repeated for up to 8 credits. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
MUS 335 Class Piano III (B)
Allows development of more advanced skills in piano performance techniques, including pedaling, phrases and fingering, and study of polyphonic and homophonic styles. 2 Cr. (Fall.)
MUS 339 Class Voice II (A)
Studies standard vocal repertoire, improvement of technical vocal problems through performance, and stage awareness. 2 Cr. (Every Semester.)
MUS 342 Songwriting 101 (A)
In this course, students will learn the basics of songwriting through an examination of songs from the pop, rock, folk, and R and B genres. Topics will include rhythm, melody, harmony, form, and lyrics. Students will write their own songs modeled on one or more of the songs studied over the course of the semester. Students will accompany songs with a brief essay defending their creative decisions using terms and concepts covered in the course. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: MUS105.]
MUS 399 Independent Study in Music (A)
To be defined in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-3 Cr.
MUS 402 Bollywood Film, Music and Culture of India (A)
Uses film to examine the culture and music of India. Introduces Indian films, popular music genres, and use of melodrama and emotion in narrative development and as an expression of the Indian psyche. Adopts critical approaches for looking at the representation of India through cinema, music, and constructions of mainstream and marginalized identities (gender, caste, religion), narrative formulas, song picturizations, theatrical characterizations, and spectacle. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
MUS 412 History of Rock and Popular Music in America (AI)
An historical and topical approach to the study of rock music including the study of popular music from the late 19th century into the 21st century, through the blues, jazz, and R&B. The chronological outline places the history of rock music into both socio-historical and political events contexts, while tying in the economic history of the music industry, radio, and the effect of changing media trends. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
MUS 413 American Music (A)
Provides a study of representative music styles and idioms of North America from Colonial times to the present; analysis of visual and aural, structural and stylistic characteristics of the music; and recognition of important composers and musicians who contributed to the development of American music. 3 Cr.
MUS 414 American Musical Theatre (BW)
Surveys the American musical theatre, including Broadway shows, through investigation of its form. Provides analyses, discussions, viewing and research of selected works to serve as a basis for a more aware listening technique. Crosslisted with THE 414. 3 Cr.
MUS 415 Music and the Environment (A)
Pairing the disciplines of ecology and ethnomusicology, this interdisciplinary course examines the relationships between music and our natural and constructed environments. Students will explore how music and performances, from around the world, express the human-nature relationship, and how musical practices, rituals, and activities impact the environment. 3 Cr.
MUS 422 Music Business (A)
An overview of the music business landscape and its key players. Topics include music management, record labels, booking agencies, promotion and advertising, contracts, and legal matters that surround the career paths of musical artists, songwriters and music industry professionals. Emphasis on current events and technologies in the music business as well as industry research. 3 Cr.
MUS 475 Contemporary Social Issues in Music (AI)
Explores music’s unique influence in modern Western society. Topics include music globalization, mediaization, music as cultural expression and political change agent through a variety of technological and media formats and live performance venues. Students will examine their own participation in a music culture as well as the participation of others as they implement an original ethnographic fieldwork project. No prior musical experience is necessary. 3 Cr.
MUS 485 American Roots Music (A)
Takes a performance approach to the history, styles, and repertoire of North-American folk music. Allows students to learn approximately 100 folk songs, covering all geographic regions, from performances by the instructor, guest artists, members of the class, films, and recordings. Especially recommended for arts for children, recreation and leisure, education, and music education majors. 3 Cr.
MUS 487 Music and the Child (A)
Covers current approaches in using music with children and ways in which music can contribute to the total growth of the child. Explores existing vocal and instrumental materials suitable for children, creating original songs, rhythmic games, and sound stories. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: MUS 105.]
MUS 488 Music Practicum (A)
Provides students with the opportunity to observe elementary music classes and gain experience teaching in a school setting. Students will be placed in a local elementary/middle school to work with a tenured instructor, either in general, choral, or band, as per the student’s area of concentration. 3 Cr.
MUS 499 Independent Study in Music (A)
To be defined in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-3 Cr.
MUS 513 American Music (A)
Explores musical styles and idioms of North America from colonial times to the present. Requires visual and aural analysis of structural and stylistic characteristics; and recognition of important composers and musicians. 3 Cr.
MUS 575 Contemporary Social Issues in Music (A)
Explores music’s unique influence in modern Western society. Topics include music globalization, mediaization, music as cultural expression and political change agent through a variety of technological and media formats (digital/online, tv, radio) and live performance venues. Students will examine their own participation in a music culture as well as the participation of others as they implement and implement an original ethnographic fieldwork project. No prior musical experience is necessary. 3 Cr.
MUS 585 American Folk Music (A)
Provides a performance approach to the history, styles and repertoire of North American folk music. Requires a research paper. 3 Cr.
MUS 587 Music and the Child (A)
Covers methods and approaches in the use of music with children and for the total growth of children. Explores various vocal and instrumental materials suitable for children in creating original songs, rhythmic games and sound stories. 3 Cr.
MUS 595 Special Topics in Music (A)
Covers topics in music, including special explorations and advanced projects. The exact nature of the topic and instructional methodology are defined by the instructor. 3 Cr.
MUS 599 Independent Study (B)
Defined in consultation with instructor prior to registration. 1-6 Cr.
Nursing
NUR 321 Introduction to Pharmacology (A)
Designed to safely and effectively prepare and administer common medications used in patients of various ages in various health care settings. The nursing process is utilized to assist the student in synthesizing the various factors related to medications, including health status, diet, education, culture and environmental factors. Pertinent topics such as pharmacology and the elderly, ethnopharmacology, and herbal and complementary medicines are discussed. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
NUR 322 Pharmacotherapeutics for the RN (A)
Registered nurses have exposure to details on medications in their two-year ADN program. The content provided in this curriculum is factual and NCLEX driven. The purpose of the RN to BSN course is to provide higher-level information on the connection between the pathophysiological processes of illness in relation to pharmacotherapy. This course covers pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics across the lifespan with an emphasis on genetic influences. 3 Cr.
NUR 328 Math for Safe Medication Administration (B)
Students develop the necessary knowledge and skill of basic medication therapy, drug dosage calculations and drug administration in order to safely, effectively, and competently care for clients across the lifespan in a variety of healthcare settings. 1 Cr.
NUR 342 Foundations for Professional Practice for Nursing (B)
Course fee: $155. Presents both the skills and theoretical basis for professional practice in nursing with an emphasis on a systems approach and patient safety. Introduces the components and use of the nursing process and basic nursing techniques, national safety goals and adults' reaction to illness and hospitalization. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Co-requisite: NUR 343 (must be taken concurrently).]
NUR 343 Foundations for Professional Practice for Nursing Clinical (B)
$409 Course fee required: Co-requisite: NUR342 (must be taken concurrently). Presents both the skills and theoretical basis for professional practice in nursing with an emphasis on a systems approach. Introduces the components and use of the nursing process and basic nursing techniques. 1 Cr. (Fall.)
NUR 344 Health Assessment (B)
Bridges the gap between the basic sciences and their application in assessing the physiologic, psychologic, developmental, socio-cultural, and spiritual factors that determine a patient’s health status. nursing care. Teaches the necessary physical examination skills to complete a basic health assessment. The information and exam findings are then utilized to develop a nursing plan for client care. 2 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Co-requisite: NUR 345 (must be taken concurrently).]
NUR 345 Health Assessment Clinical (B)
Course fee: $21. Examination skills and techniques are taught and practiced in a lab setting. 1 Cr. (Fall.) [Co-rerequisite: NUR344 (must be taken concurrently).]
NUR 346 Adult Medical Surgical Nursing 1 (B)
Examines the response of adult patients to stressors affecting body systems, emphasizing primary and secondary preventions and strengthening lines of defense/resistance. Focus includes nursing care provided for patients with medical and focus surgical diagnoses in both outpatient and hospital settings. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Co-rerequisite: NUR 347 (must be taken concurrently).]
NUR 347 Medical Surgical Nursing I Clinical (B)
Course fee: $23. Application of the nursing process in a clinical setting to assist patients in strengthening their flexible lines of defense and to diminish the impact of stressors on core stability. 2 Cr. (Fall.) [Co-requisite: NUR346 (must be taken concurrently).]
NUR 348 Childbearing Family and Women's Health (BW)
Examines the responses of families to expected and high-risk obstetrical and neonatal stressors, and complications that occur during the prenatal, intrapartum and post-partum periods. Also examines stressors inherent in women's health care such as gynecological health concerns. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [(Prerequisite NUR-342,343,344,345,346,347,PRO310) (Co-requisite NUR349 ust be taken concurrently).]
NUR 349 Childbearing Family & Women's Health Clinical (B)
$21 Course fee required: Prerequisite NUR342, NU343, NUR344, NUR345, NUR346, NUR347, PRO310; Co-requisite NUR348 must be taken concurrently. Utilizes the nursing process and provides an opportunity for implementation of nursing care in a variety of obstetrical and women's health care clinical settings. 2 Cr. (Spring.)
NUR 350 Medical Surgical Nursing II (B)
This is a continuation of NUR336 (see description). 3 Cr. (Spring.) [(Prerequisite NUR321, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 347, PRO310) (Corequisite NUR351 must be taken concurrently).]
NUR 351 Medical Surgical Nursing II Clinical (B)
Course fee: $23. Application of the nursing process in a clinical setting to assist patients in strengthening their flexible lines of defense and to diminish the impact of stressors on core stability. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite NUR321, NUR342, NUR343, NUR344, NUR345, NUR346, NUR347, PRO310; Corequisite NUR350 must be taken concurrently.]
NUR 360 Nursing Care of the Older Adult (B)
Course fee: $35. Adults over the age of 65 are the fastest growing demographic. Older adults commonly receive healthcare services across the healthcare continuum, including the community, hospital, and long-term care settings. They will continue to be the largest users of healthcare resources. This course will provide nursing students with the theoretical background and knowledge to address the complex healthcare needs of this population throughout the care continuum. 2 Cr. (Every Semester.)
NUR 364 Health Assessment for the RN (B)
Registered Nurses currently use health assessment skills learned in their 2-year AON program in their clinical work settings. The content provided in this curriculum will continue to build off of that knowledge and the purpose of the RN to BSN course is to develop higher levels of learning in assessment techniques in preparation for professional roles and/or Graduate level clinical nursing programs. 2 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Co-requisite: NUR 365 must be taken concurrently.]
NUR 365 Health Assessment Clinical for the RN (B)
$20 Course fee required. Co-rerequisite: NUR364 (must be taken concurrently). Examination skills and techniques are taught and practiced in a virtual Jab setting. The purpose of the RN to BSN course is for the further application of techniques for completing a complete physical examination for the adult. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
NUR 390 Junior Clinical Preceptorship (B)
In Collaboration with Rochester Regional Health System, this is a two-credit elective course for nursing students who have completed the first 2 semesters of their nursing program at Brockport. This course provides the student with the opportunity to choose a select setting of their interest in order to strengthen their clinical skils in preparation for senior-level courses. The student will work with their assigned preceptor, following their assigned nurses' schedule for 2 weeks. The student may also be "floated" for on day each week to another unit to experience a different population of patients. This clinical experience will include a total 80 hours within the designed 2 weeks. 2 Cr.
NUR 440 Psychiatric - Mental Health Nursing (B)
Examines the use of the nursing process in situations that require complex interpersonal skills. Focuses on the use of these skills in promoting the ability of patients to successfully respond to stressors. Includes the provision of primary, secondary and tertiary interventions with patients who are experiencing major mental illnesses violence, and sexual dysfunction. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [(Prerequisite NUR321, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 347, PRO310, NUR348, 349, 350, 351, 360) (Corequisite NUR441 must be taken concurrently).]
NUR 441 Psychiatric - Mental Health Nursing Clinical (B)
$21 Course fee required: Prerequisite NUR321, NUR342, NUR343, NUR344, NUR345, NUR346, NUR347, PRO310, NUR349, NUR350, NUR351, NUR360; Corequisite NUR440 must be taken concurrently. Clinical application of the concepts of mental health nursing. 2 Cr. (Every Semester.)
NUR 442 Critical Care Nursing (B)
Implements secondary and tertiary preventions for the critically ill patient. Includes topics such as health problems seen in emergency departments, intensive care units, burn centers and trauma units. Course requires a minimum grade of "C" (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections) 1-3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [(Prerequisite - NUR321, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 347, PRO310, NUR348, 349, 350, 351, 360) (Corequisite NUR443 (must be taken concurrently). Course fee.]
NUR 443 Critical Care Nursing Clinical (B)
Course fee: $23. Provides opportunities for implementing secondary and tertiary preventions for the critically ill patient. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Co-requisite: NUR442; must be taken concurrently.]
NUR 444 Community Health Nursing (B)
Students will be able to apply knowledge based on principles of public health and epidemiology to meet the community health needs of individuals, families and groups through primary, secondary, tertiary and primordial preventions. Students critically examine proposed determinants of health and their influence on the health of individuals, populations, and communities and utilize the nursing process to promote and plan for optimal individual population/community stability. Various sustainability goals and concepts are embedded in the determinants of health and levels of prevention throughout the course. 2 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite NUR321,342,343,344,345,346,347, PRO310, NUR348, 349, 350, 351, 360).]
NUR 445 Community Health Nursing Clinical (B)
$21 Course fee required: Prerequisite NUR321, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 347, PRO310, NUR348, 349, 350, 351, 360). Students will be able to apply knowledge based on principles of public health and epidemiology to meet the community health needs of individuals, families and groups through primary, secondary, tertiary and primordial preventions. Students critically examine proposed determinants of health and their influence on the health of individuals, populations, and communities and utilize the nursing process to promote and plan for optimal individual/population/community stability. Various sustainability goals and concepts are embedded in the determinants of health and levels of prevention throughout the course. 2 Cr. (Every Semester.)
NUR 446 Pediatric Nursing (B)
Examines the multiple stressors in the critically and chronically ill infant, child, and adolescent; and their effects on the child, family and community. Examines the nursing process to promote optimal stability. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite NUR321, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 347, PRO310, NUR348, 349, 350, 351, 360.]
NUR 447 Pediatric Nursing Clinical (B)
$21 Course fee required: Prerequisite NUR321, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 347, PRO310, NUR348, 349, 350, 351, 360). Utilizes the nursing process in clinical settings to promoter optimal stability of infants, children, and adolescents experiencing stressors. 2 Cr. (Every Semester.)
NUR 449 Costa Rica Preparation for Nursing Students (B)
Prepares nursing students for Community Health Clinical in Costa Rica. Explores cultural factors needed to be able to comprehend the Costa Rican health care system and to interact with the Costa Rican people. Includes language support and preparation which will allow students to meet the government-required criteria for international students working in the health care system in Costa Rica. 2 Cr. (Fall.)
NUR 471 Community Epidemiology (B)
The purpose of the course is to explore the various roles filled by community health nurses and the public health system. Entry-level epidemiology will be incorporated and applied to appropriate clinical settings. This course is designed for the adult learner and offers frequent opportunities to develop public health awareness in the area of individual interest, in addition to including multiple independent learning projects. Various sustainability goals and concepts are embedded in course lectures, discussions, and assignments that pertain to health inequality, the determinants of health, and levels of prevention, throughout the course. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Co-requisite: NUR 472 (must be taken concurrently).]
NUR 472 Community Clinical (B)
This course provides the RN-BSN student with clinical experiences with issues relevant to both local and global public health. Clinical activities as outlined in this syllabus total a minimum of 40 hours of epidemiology clinical work inclusive of a volunteer project with a final paper due upon completion. There are weekly activities including reflection questions, application of principles of epidemiology, and global topics in epidemiology. Various sustainability goals and concepts are embedded in course lectures, discussions, and assignments that pertain to health inequality, the determinants of health, and levels of prevention, throughout the course. Course requires a minimum grade of "C+" (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) Add statement - NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections) 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Co-requisite: NUR 471 (must be taken concurrently).]
NUR 473 Evience Based Practice for the RN I (A)
Examines the role of the baccalaureate educated RN and promotes professional development. Beginning skills to produce a final project related to clinical practice will be developed. Professional presentation and communication skills will be explored. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
NUR 475 Evidence Based Practice for the RN II (AY)
Explore professional development of the baccalaureate prepared nurse in depth. A final evidence-based practice project related to clinical practice will be completed and presented. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
NUR 478 Problem Solving in Nursing I (B)
Focuses on problem solving and decision making in nursing. Emphasizes synthesis of knowledge as it applies to the care of patients with multiple needs. Examines test-taking skills, relaxation and stress management techniques. 1 Cr. (Fall.)
NUR 479 Problem Solving in Nursing II (B)
Focuses on problem solving and decision making in nursing. Builds on skills learned in NUR 478. 1 Cr. (Spring.)
NUR 480 Clinical Skills Course for RN to BSN Students (B)
This clinical course assists international RN to BSN students, new associate degree graduates who are not yet employed in the nursing profession, as well as seasoned RNs without patient care experience in the last five years, to review and practice their clinical skills. Students will be able to review and practice critical elements of safe patient care and nursing practice. 1-4 Cr. [Prerequisite: NUR 344.]
NUR 485 Introduction to Teaching in Nursing (A)
This course is designed to teach the foundational theories and applications of nursing education. Faculty shortages at nursing schools across the country are limiting student capacity at a time when the need for professional registered nurses continues to grow. In the hospital setting, nurse educators serve an essential role. A nurse educator can help mitigate mistakes, streamline processes, shorten new hire time from novice to proficient, and identify opportunities to improve processes while decreasing risks to the patient, nurse, and hospital. 3 Cr.
NUR 495 Senior Nursing Seminar (B)
Course Fee: $23. Concentrated clinical course that includes 128 hours with an experienced RN from a local hospital or agency. This course provides the student with the opportunity to choose a select setting of their interest in order to further develop their clinical experience and assist in the transition to professional practice. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite NUR321, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 347, PRO310, NUR348, 349, 350, 351, 360).]
NUR 500 FNP Clinical Practicum I (B)
Multiple Course fees: This clinical practicum for the family nurse practitioner candidate affords the opportunity to develop and improve essential skills in diagnosing and managing common and chronic conditions in care of middle aged and older aged individuals and/or families. Students will apply their knowledge through simulated experiences, case studies, and experiential learning. Emphasis on developing sound clinical decision-making and diagnostic reasoning skills is included. Students will begin to synthesize and apply relevant skills and knowledge gained during the introductory courses of NUR 510, NUR 521 and NUR 545 to real and simulated patient cases. (4 credits- 200 clinical hours: a minimum of 50 cases related to the content of this course will be evaluated and managed by students during the 200 clinical hours) 4 Cr. (Spring.)
NUR 510 Pathophysiology for Advanced Practice Nursing (B)
Examines the pathophysiology of common illnesses within a systems and life span framework. The course presents the basic knowledge needed to support advanced nursing practice. Mastery of this course content facilitates the role of the APN in proper assessment, diagnosis and treatment of patients. Emphasis is on understanding the alteration in normal physiological functioning and the effect on the individual, as well as, recognizing physical and identifiable findings of common illnesses, providing the APN with the necessary knowledge to manage common health problems and promote health maintenance. The course will cover selected common health problems related to gender, ethnicity, and lifespan along with the current state of the science on genetic influences. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
NUR 518 Using Information Systems and Analytical Methods (B)
This course provides registered nurses with the statistical background and knowledge of computer based information management systems they require to function effectively in an advanced practice role. This course includes discussion and application of descriptive and inferential statistics and population based epidemiological measures. Statistical procedures are taught and applied with an emphasis on the utilization and interpretation of data in practice. An additional emphasis will be on critiquing data analysis in current understanding an applying selected information, technology and statistical procedures. Basic understanding of college-level algebra and statistics is assumed. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
NUR 520 Evaluating Research (B)
Introduces and examines the research process as a multidimensional activity that requires conscientiousness, logic, creativity and active collaboration with others. Students will utilize the scientific method to critically analyze a research question, the quality of a literature review, the appropriateness of research design and methodology and the data interpretation and analysis. They will evaluate how findings gained from research published in professional journals to inform practice. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
NUR 521 Pharmacology for Advanced Practice Nursing (B)
Provides the opportunity to expand pharmacotherapy knowledge to promote safe, competent prescribing practices. Students will apply principles of pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, and pharmacogenomics. The impact of culture, ethnicity, age, pregnancy, gender and funding on pharmacologic therapy will be explored. Legal aspects of prescribing will be fully addressed. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
NUR 545 Health Assessment for Advanced Practice Nursing (B)
Course fee: $99.50. Students will learn the background knowledge as well as the technical, and interpersonal skills required for the advanced practice nurse. The comprehensive health assessment focuses on health history, physical and psychological exam, risk assessment for patients throughout the life span, including pediatrics, mental health and women’s health. Develops a thorough understanding of differential diagnosis that is based on underlying pathology or physiologic changes and develops an effective and appropriate plan of care for patients throughout the life span with consideration of life circumstances. In person lab time is required 3 Cr. (Fall.)
NUR 550 FNP Clinical Practicum II (B)
Course fees: Family nurse practitioner candidates develop and improve essential skills in diagnosing and managing common and chronic conditions in young families, including pediatrics and women of childbearing age. Students will apply their knowledge through simulated experiences, case studies, and experiential learning. Emphasis on developing sound clinical decision-making and diagnostic reasoning skills is included. Students will begin to synthesize and apply relevant skills and knowledge gained during the introductory courses of NUR 510, NUR 521, NUR 545, and NUR 550 to real and simulated patient cases. Students are expected to show movement toward independently formulating differential diagnoses and treatment plans with the oversight of their clinical preceptors and course faculty. 4 Cr. (Fall.)
NUR 566 Health Policy and Advocacy (B)
Students study health policy and the practice of political advocacy. They examine methods for identifying and structuring health policy problems and issues, formulating and analyzing alternative responses, recommending policy actions for decision making, and designing and evaluating implementation plans and the means to monitor and evaluate the resulting policy outcomes. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
NUR 599 Nursing Independent Study (B)
Independent student project under the supervision of a nursing faculty member for student professional growth and development. Individual learning objectives will be developed between the faculty and student involved. 1-4 Cr.
NUR 600 FNP Clinical Practicum III (B)
Course fee: $138.75. Family nurse practitioner candidates develop and improve independent clinical reasoning and formulation of differential diagnoses and management of acute and complex care across the lifespan. Mastery of content from NUR 500, NUR 545, NUR 521, NUR 550, and NUR 699 support management of multiple co-morbid conditions and differentiation of acute versus chronic conditions that may involve referral and co-management. Additionally, professional advanced practice role development and challenges such as access to care, language, and cultural differences, risk taking behaviors, acute mental health problems, addictions, and violence in the home or community are considered in this course. Application of theory to acute and complex care management will be explored. 4 Cr. (Spring.)
NUR 610 NUR Professional Writing (B)
Restricted to DNP students. This course provides students with the skills necessary to be successful writers who will be able to contribute to the nursing professional literature over the course of their careers. Students will learn about various types of professional writing and best practices for presenting their work in abstracts, poster and oral presentations. They will also learn how to participate in the peer-review process, as well as how to select and query publications for their work. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
NUR 650 Care of the Older Adult Clinical Practicum (B)
Course fee: $215.50. This clinical practicum for the nurse practitioner candidate affords the opportunity to develop and improve essential skills in diagnosing and managing common and chronic conditions in care of older individuals and/or families. This course offers a general overview of various aging issues (physical, cognitive, social, cultural, and economic) that impact the individual, community, and society. This course will prepare students to integrate optimal preventive practice into their professional context and translate evidence-based strategies designed to prevent or delay the common conditions of aging and ones that emphasize the importance of healthy behaviors throughout the lifespan. Students will apply their knowledge through simulated experiences, case studies, and experiential learning. 2 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: NUR 510, 521, 545.]
NUR 651 Theoretical Foundations Advanced Practice Nrsng & Leadership (B)
Nurses will utilize nursing theories and models in the care of patients as an advanced nursing practitioner. This course will also expose students to the concepts of nursing leadership in healthcare that will allow nurses to be essential and highly effective contributors and partners of leadership teams to work within complex and rapidly changing healthcare organizations. Students will learn the knowledge, skills, and behaviors of effective leadership. An essential component of this course will be on how to lead, communicate, and collaborate with diverse work forces and organizational cultures to deliver safe, high-quality, cost effective, patient-centered care. Organizational theories, outcomes-based leadership, leadership in significant transformation, crisis management, or rapid changes in healthcare will be a focus. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
NUR 655 Ethics for Advanced Practice Nursing (B)
This course applies the basics of ethics: beneficence, autonomy, justice and veracity to advance nursing practice. Examines ethical concerns that are frequently encountered in health care and advanced nursing practice. Examines how law applies to advanced nursing practice, liability in patient care, and the workplace. Develops and enhances the advanced practice nurse’s confidence in ethical decision making skills. 3 Cr. (Summer.)
NUR 660 Care of Older Adults Across the Care Continuum (B)
Adults over the age of 65 are the fastest growing demographic. Older adults commonly receive healthcare services across the healthcare continuum, including the community, hospital, and long term care settings. They will continue to be the largest users of healthcare resources. This course will provide nursing students with the theoretical background, knowledge, and application strategies to address the complex healthcare needs of this population throughout the care continuum. 3 Cr.
NUR 699 Advanced Diagnostics and Procedures (B)
Course fees: $238.00. Family nurse practitioner students will learn to evaluate, treat, and manage advanced diagnostic decisions and perform procedures commonly seen in ambulatory care practice. Students will learn initial evaluation and management, appropriate referral principles, and patient education essentials, including follow up and home care. Knowledge and skills gained in this course will allow family nurse practitioner students to more effectively delivery safe, cost effective, and patient-centered care across the lifespan. Financial hardship waiver available. See Course Fee Financial Hardship Waiver Policy (search: Course Fee Financial Hardship Waiver Policy: SUNY Brockport) 3 Cr. (Spring.)
NUR 711 DNP Project Planning (B)
The course requires students to identify a need for change that impacts the healthcare outcomes for a selected patient population or for a healthcare system. It examines project design, including planning, implementation, evaluation, feasibility, and sustainability, in a format that supports the synthesis, transfer, and utilization of knowledge. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
NUR 725 Translating Research into Evidence Based Practice (B)
Students will analyze and apply healthcare data to develop evidence-based healthcare knowledge and a better understanding of the care process. The focus is on synthesizing research to address specific health care questions or problems. This knowledge could be used in the tracking of healthcare outcomes to demonstrate the efficacy of care systems and population health indicators. Emphasis is on the understanding and development of evidence-based practice. Students will be exposed to the idea of developing cumulative research programs/projects. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
NUR 771 Health Promotion & Disease Prevention in Diverse Populations (B)
In this course, students will apply epidemiologic principles to examine data, health care systems, and communities. Methodologies used to assess and evaluate population health will be applied to population based health initiatives and risk reduction programs. In this course we will consider the relevance of politics, economics, culture, biological, and social determinants that impact public health. Innovative solutions to global public health problems, including vehicles for global collaboration, use of technology, public-private collaborations, and community and grassroots activities will be highlighted. The course utilizes and epidemiologic approach with population based concepts, to evaluate and discuss the causes and distribution of disease within diverse populations. APN students will have an opportunity to apply knowledge based problem solving strategies to complex public health issues. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
NUR 787 Quality and Safety Measures in Clinical Practice (B)
This course provides the opportunity to develop leaders who create and implement evidence based quality improvement projects and/or programs to meet the needs of specific populations. Topics include but are not limited to the process of identification of clinical issues, continuous monitoring, development of project/program goals, and development of analytical methods appropriate for investigating identified issues. Consideration of quality improvement strategies to address evidence based practice, safe clinical practice/ care, appropriate use of resources (financial, human, equipment), equitable care offered without disparity related to age, gender, ethnicity, geographic location, or socioeconomic status. 2 Cr. (Spring.)
NUR 799 Differential Diagnosis (B)
This class is designed to help Advanced Practice Nursing students master the process of reaching a high quality differential diagnosis. Patient-based case scenarios and common symptoms are provided to help guide students though the diagnosis process. Diagnostic reasoning for each clinical scenario is explicitly linked to the next steps. Students will begin to synthesize and apply relevant skills and knowledge gained during the introductory courses of NUR 510, NUR 521, and NUR 545 to real and simulated patient cases. 2 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: NUR 510 521 545.]
NUR 800 Clinical Practice Populations and Systems (B)
Students will work with their DNP advisor to identify a practicum setting for skill development appropriate to augment their didactic and clinical course foundation. At the beginning of this course students will develop an Individual Plan for Professional Learning (IPPL). The purpose of the IPPL is to provide students with a facilitated learning opportunity that supports the use of best practices to meet individual and population health care needs. Students may focus on an area in clinical practice or nursing leadership that will serve to enhance, strengthen, and solidify their knowledge base. Multiple practicum settings may be combined to meet student learning objectives. Students will begin to advance their assessment, application, and evaluation skills while applying knowledge learned in population health and foundational coursework. The course focus is on the best practices for the delivery of equitable, evidence based, patient centered care across the lifespan. These activities will support the beginning of the project proposal in NUR 898. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
NUR 818 Health Care Systems: Organizational Leadership and Financing (B)
This course will prepare future healthcare leaders to lead systems and organizations while managing change. The effects of processes on practice environments, financing, care delivery, and quality outcomes are explored. Students develop an understanding and comfort with the use of nursing information systems and financial information in the decision-making process. Issues addressed include how health care services are organized, financed, and delivered; cost, access, and quality of problems facing diverse populations and the American healthcare system; and identification and analysis of proposals to improve patient care and reform the health care system. 4 Cr. (Spring.)
NUR 850 Advanced Clinical Practice Population and Systems II (B)
NUR 850 focuses on preparing students to assume a leadership role in the translation of evidence, knowledge and skills in clinical practice in order to meet individual and community health care needs. This course supports the development and evolution of the DNP project in NUR 899. In NUR 850 students are expected to complete the certifications or trainings identified in their Individual Plan for Professional Learning they began in NUR 800. Students continue to work with their DNP advisor in one or multiple clinical settings to further develop leadership, examination/assessment, diagnosis, and management skills while applying knowledge learned in foundational coursework. The course focus is on translation and implementation of best practices for the delivery of equitable, evidence based, patient centered care across the lifespan. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
NUR 860 Transformational Leadership in ACP (B)
Students will have the opportunity to function as a clinical change leader as part of their expanded DNP nurse practitioner role. Students will prepare an implementation plan as well as an assessment plan to facilitate the incorporation of clinical recommendations developed within their DNP project. Students will apply knowledge gained from NUR 651 Theoretical Foundations of Advanced Practice and Leadership, NUR 725 Translating Research into Evidence Based Practice, NUR 655 Ethical and Legal Issues for Advanced Practice Nursing, NUR 877 Outcome Evaluation and Measurement Methods in Clinical Practice and NUR 818 Health Care Systems: Organizational Leadership and Financing as they develop hands-on experience with leadership principles while planning the implementation and assessment of their DNP project. Students will prepare these plans in conjunction with their clinical sites to ensure feasibility and value in the clinical setting. Students will also be involved with professional networking and systems leadership 2 Cr. (Fall.)
NUR 877 Outcome Evaluation and Measurement Methods in Clinical Pract (B)
The course helps doctor of nursing practice students become familiar with concepts and processes related to outcome evaluation and measurement methods in clinical practice via program evaluation processes. Program evaluations seeks to answer the following questions: Is the human service needed? Will a program meet an unmet need? Are services being offered as planned to the intended population? Are the costs of helping people feasible? Are there unintended side effects of the offered program and are the unintended effects acceptable or not acceptable? Students will engage in content related to theoretical underpinnings and methods of program evaluation to assess quality of care and delivery of outcomes . Students will have the opportunity to create a program evaluation proposal. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
NUR 896 DNP Project I (B)
The DNP program culminates in a capstone project that focuses on addressing complex practice, process or system problems, translates evidence into practice, evaluates a practice innovation or a care delivery gap that effects health outcomes or quality of care for populations of patients and healthcare systems. In NUR 898, all students will work with their DNP faculty advisor to develop and defend an evidence-based project proposal which when implemented will become the DNP project. The DNP faculty advisor will work with the student to identify appropriate committee members to involve and review the project proposal. During this course, students are responsible for completing the necessary IRB proposal components in conjunction with their DNP faculty advisor. This DNP proposal will demonstrate identification and resolution of a systems, policy or practice issue through the culmination of knowledge gained in the DNP program. The supervised clinical experiences in NUR 800 will support the completion of the project proposal. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
NUR 898 DNP Project I (B)
The DNP program culminates in a capstone project that focuses on addressing complex practice, process or system problems, translates evidence into practice, evaluates a practice innovation or a care delivery gap that effects health outcomes or quality of care for populations of patients and healthcare systems. In NUR 898, all students will work with their DNP faculty advisor to develop and defend an evidence-based project proposal which when implemented will become the DNP project. The DNP faculty advisor will work with the student to identify appropriate committee members to involve and review the project proposal. During this course, students are responsible for completing the necessary IRB proposal components in conjunction with their DNP faculty advisor. This DNP proposal will demonstrate identification and resolution of a systems, policy or practice issue through the culmination of knowledge gained in the DNP program. The supervised clinical experiences in NUR 800 will support the completion of the project proposal. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
NUR 899 DNP Project II (B)
This course requires the student to perform in an expanded comprehensive nurse practitioner role by completing and defending their DNP project. The DNP project is focused on clinical scholarship that impacts health outcomes or the quality of care for populations or patients within a health care system. The project proposal was developed and defended in NUR 898 and will be completed in NUR 899. The project should be an original contribution to the professional field. The supervised clinical experiences in NUR 850 will support the project aims and the completion of the project. The supervised clinical experiences in NUR 850 will support the project aims and the completion of the project. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
NUR 900 DNP Project Dissemination (B)
This course requires the students to disseminate their DNP project results by submitting a manuscript to an appropriate nursing publication or submitting an appropriate professional presentation to a state/national or international nursing conference. 1 Cr. (Fall.)
Overseas Academic Program
OAP 491 Washington Semester Internship in National Politics Program (A)
Enables selected students to serve as interns in an executive branch, Congressional office/committee, judicial office, political party organization, or a politicized private organization in Washington. Requires a major research project. 1-6 Cr.
OAP 497 Washington Semester Internship Seminar (A)
Focuses on the evaluation of lessons learned from the internship experience. Requires oral presentations concerning research projects. 1-4 Cr.
OAP 591 Washington Semester Internship in National Politics Program (A)
Enables selected students to serve as interns in an executive branch, Congressional office/committee, judicial office, political party organization, or a politicized private organization in Washington. Requires a major research project. 3-9 Cr.
OAP 597 Washington Semester Internship Seminar (A)
Focuses on the evaluation of lessons learned from the internship experience. Requires oral presentations concerning research projects. 4 Cr.
Philosophy
PHL 101 Introduction to Philosophy (AH)
Provides a general introduction to the study of philosophy, including discussion of major problems of philosophy, based on the writings of historical and contemporary thinkers. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PHL 102 Introduction to Ethics (AH)
Provides for the study of major ethical systems in Western philosophy, including their intuitive, authoritarian, deontological, utilitarian, pragmatic or other justifications, through study of selected works of the chief moral philosophers. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PHL 103 Introduction to Philosophy of Religion (AH)
Examines basic issues such as arguments for the existence of God, the coherence of the concept of God, the problem of evil, the relation between faith and reason, and the evidence of religious experience and miracles. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
PHL 104 Critical Thinking (AH)
Provides a study of the kinds of fallacious reasoning and arguments found in editorials, political statements, advertising, philosophical works, textbooks and statistics. Focuses on the functions of language, the construction of valid arguments, the avoidance of fallacy, and the relationships among opinion, belief, evidence and fact. 3 Cr.
PHL 202 Logic (AH)
Provides a study of deductive and inductive processes of reasoning, including the relation of logic to scientific inquiry and method, and the identification of fallacies in reasoning and discourse. 3 Cr.
PHL 203 Political Thought (A)
Crosslisted with PLS 203. Studies the works of major political philosophers, including Plato, Aristotle, Machiavelli, Hobbes, Locke, and J.S. Mill. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PHL 205 Modern logic (A)
Uses the mechanism of an artificial language to provide a systematic study of deductive reasoning. Students will learn to translate English sentences into an artificial language and construct formal proofs of validity for deductive arguments. Covers classical sentential logic and predicate logic with identity. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PHL 304 Ancient Philosophy (A)
Provides a critical analysis of the central ideas of the ancient Greek philosophers, especially those of Plato and Aristotle. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PHL 305 Modern Philosophy ()
Provides a systematic study of the views of major modern philosophers such as Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Hume and Kant. 3 Cr.
PHL 320 Philosophy of Science (AI)
Offers a general introduction to the philosophy of sciences. Topics considered include Aristotelianism and the scientific revolution, the possibility of scientific progress, the nature of scientific explanation, what, if anything, science can tell us about the external world, and how the natural and social sciences might inform our philosophical theorizing. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PHL 321 Medical Ethics (AI)
Using case studies, examines some of the complex ethical issues in medicine today: abortion on demand; euthanasia for defective newborns and for the terminally ill; medical experimentation and informed consent; psychosurgery and behavior control; genetic counseling and research; and allocation of medical resources. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
PHL 323 Epistemology (A)
Offers a careful consideration of competing answers to basic philosophical questions such as: What is truth? What is the difference between belief and knowledge? Is knowledge based on reason or experience? How much force do skeptical arguments regarding sense perception, reason, memory and induction have? 3 Cr.
PHL 326 Political Philosophy (AIW)
Studies major political theories in the Western tradition, and critically examines such salient questions as: Why should some people have political power over others? Why should people obey any government? What are the alternatives, if any, to a political society? 3 Cr.
PHL 329 Philosophy and Evolution (AI)
Focuses on how evolution through natural selection bears upon philosophical questions about things such as knowledge, consciousness, language, sex, gender, religion, and morality. 3 Cr.
PHL 332 Death and Dying (A)
Critically examines competing answers to controversial philosophical issues surrounding death and dying. Includes topics such as defining death, the morality and rationality of suicide, euthanasia, ethical problems of pain alleviation, and the rights of the terminally ill. 3 Cr.
PHL 333 Metaphysics (A)
Provides an introduction to certain basic metaphysical problems, such as the existence of God, freedom vs. determinism, the mind/body problem, personal identity, the problem of immortality, substance, universals, primary and secondary qualities. 3 Cr.
PHL 342 Business Ethics (A)
Studies ethical issues arising in business practice. Considers, for example, corporate responsibility, the nature of meaningful work, the morality of the marketplace, and competition. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PHL 343 Data, Robots, and Value: Ethics in the Age of Technology (AI)
Using case studies, this course considers diverse ethical issues in the design and use of emerging technologies. Such issues include algorithmic fairness, big data and privacy, the ethics of artificial intelligence, the value of simulated lives and virtual reality, as well as issues regarding autonomy, misinformation, and polarization. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
PHL 345 Ethical Theory (A)
Addresses a number of questions regarding the nature of morality-including whether there is a societal morality or a single true morality. Class will discuss what it is to be a morally good agent and how to reach those decisions. Recommended for students who have taken at least one prior philosophy class. 3 Cr.
PHL 352 Philosophy of Mind (A)
Studies the nature of the mind from various philosophical perspectives. Considers phenomena such as consciousness, volition, intentionality, motivation and emotion. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
PHL 360 Philosophy of Sport, Play and Exercise (A)
Crosslisted with PES360. Examines fundamental issues in sport from a philosophical perspective. Focuses on the theoretical frameworks through which these issues can be understood. Emphasizes the practical import that different theories of sport have and institutional decision-making and practices. Examines the philosophical underpinnings of the experience of sport participation. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Pre/Corequisite: PES350.]
PHL 362 Women in Western Political Thought (AIW)
Covers major theories of sexual politics, which include Freud's theory of femininity, reform liberalism, socialist theory, and the theory of radical feminism. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Cross-listed as WMS 362 & PLS 362.]
PHL 396 Seminar on Philosophical Problems (topics) (A)
Studies specific philosophic problems and issues (e.g., justice, freedom, skepticism, etc.). Subject matter varies as topics change. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
PHL 439 Practicum in Teaching Philosophy (A)
Allows students to assist philosophy faculty in lower-division courses. Their specific duties are determined by the supervising faculty member(s). Not repeatable for multiple credit for assisting with the same course. Graded exclusively on a Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory basis. 3 Cr.
PHL 452 Neuroethics (A)
Neuroethics course will introduce students to the questions related to the impact of modern science in today’s society. By learning the ethical dilemmas involved in the interactive field of neuroscience, philosophy and biopsychology, the students will challenge their principles in a modern scientific way. Topics will include investigating ethical research within social policy. This course incorporates discoveries of the brain and how they have affected our sense of selves, and how scientists are faced with ethical dilemmas such as gene editing, stem cell debates, the use of medications to improve performance, the implications of uncovering false memories, the use of animals in research, informed consent, the present & future of brain imaging, and cognitive privacy. cross listed with PSH452 swing course PHL/PSH 552 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: PSH110 required and PSH 341 Biopsychology is recommended.]
PHL 460 Ethics of Sports (A)
Crosslisted with PES460. Examines how basic ethical theories relate to problems facing sport communities and professionals today. Provides critical analysis of ethical dilemmas in contemporary sport. Emphasizes the understanding of ethical frameworks and the application of these frameworks to ethical problems arising in sport contexts. 3 Cr.
PHL 491 Seminar on Individual Philosophers (AY)
Provides an in-depth study of the writings of one or two major philosophers, such as Descartes, Hume, Kant, Dewey, Sartre and Rawls. Content varies with appropriate subtitles provided. May be repeated as subtitle varies. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PHL 528 Philosophy of Art (A)
Critically examines competing answers to selected central questions in the philosophy of art using contemporary as well as historical writings. Includes these topics: the definition of art, the nature of artistic expression, validity in interpretation, what makes art representational and the nature of creativity. 3 Cr.
PHL 552 Neuroethics (A)
Neuroethics course will introduce students to the questions related to the impact of modern science in today’s society. By learning the ethical dilemmas involved in the interactive field of neuroscience, philosophy and biopsychology, the students will challenge their principles in a modern scientific way. Topics will include investigating ethical research within social policy. This course incorporates discoveries of the brain and how they have affected our sense of selves, and how scientists are faced with ethical dilemmas such as gene editing, stem cell debates, the use of medications to improve performance, the implications of uncovering false memories, the use of animals in research, informed consent, the present & future of brain imaging, and cognitive privacy. Crosslisted with PSH552 Swing Course PSH/PHL452 3 Cr.
PHL 591 Seminar in Individual Philosophers (A)
Provides an in-depth study of the writings of one or two major philosophers, such as Descartes, Hume, Kant, Dewey, Sartre and Rawls. Content varies with appropriate subtitles provided. May be repeated as subtitle varies. 3 Cr.
Physics
PHS 205 Introduction to Physics I (with lab) (AL)
$5 Course fee required: Prerequisite: MTH 122. Algebra-based introductory physics. Covers the fundamental principles of mechanics. Covers linear, rotational and oscillatory motion including kinematics, Newton's laws, and energy and momentum and their conservation laws. Experiments explore the topics covered in the lectures. Closed to anyone who has successfully completed PHS 235. Three hours of lecture and three hours of lab per week. May not be applied to major or minor programs in physics. 4 Cr. (Fall.)
PHS 210 Introduction to Physics II (AL)
$5 Course fee required: Prerequisite: PHS 205 or PHS 235. Algebra-based introductory physics. Covers sound, thermodynamics, electricity and magnetism, light, and modern physics. Experiments explore the topics covered in the lectures. Closed to anyone who has successfully completed PHS240. Three hours of lecture and three hours of lab per week. May not be applied to Major or Minor programs in Physics. 4 Cr. (Spring.)
PHS 235 Physics I (AL)
$5 Course fee required: Corequisite: MTH 201. Calculus-based introductory physics. Introduces the fundamentals of mechanics from Kinematics to Newton's laws, energy, momentum and their conservation laws, rotational and harmonic motions, then statics and equilibrium. Experiments explore the topics covered in the lectures. Three hours of lecture and three hours of lab per week. 4 Cr. (Fall.)
PHS 240 Physics II (A)
$5 Course fee required: Prerequisites: PHS 235; corequisite: MTH 202. Calculus-based introductory physics. Introduces fluids, waves and their propagation, thermodynamics, kinetic theory of gases, and the first and second law, as well as, the fundamentals of electricity and magnetism, from fields and potentials to electric circuits, and Maxwell's equations. Experiments explore the topics covered in the lectures. Three hours of lecture and three hours of lab per week. 4 Cr. (Spring.)
PHS 260 World of Energy (A)
This course is about how humans use energy. We will start with a brief description of what energy is, and how it is converted from one type to another. We will then go through the various sources of energy, including the science and engineering of renewable energy sources like wind, solar cells, bioenergy, etc. This course will be taught in a workshop style, with a series of mini-lectures combined with group activities. This course will also support the teaching of the NYS P-12 Science Learning Standards for Engineering in Grades 1-6. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
PHS 307 Physics III (A)
The first part of a one year transition to advanced physics. Discusses topics in classical physics beyond the first year courses. Includes topics such as complex mechanical systems, statistical thermodynamics, electromagnetic fields and geometrical optics. Three hours of lecture per week. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: PHS 240; corequisite: MTH 203.]
PHS 308 Electronics Laboratory (A)
Introduction to electronics. Experiments include studying the limits of Ohm's Law, Kirchoff's Laws, semiconductor devices including diodes, light emitting diodes, and transistors, and an introduction to modern electronics including programming Arduino microcontrollers. 1 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: PHS 240 OR PHS 210 Intro to Physics II AND ENG 112.]
PHS 328 Modern Physics (A)
Provides an introduction to the theory of special relativity, quantum physics, atomic and nuclear physics, and elementary particle physics. Three hours of lecture per week. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite PHS 307.]
PHS 329 Modern Physics & Optics Laboratory (A)
This is the companion lab to PHS 328 Modern Physics. The first half of the course explores the wave and particle aspects of light in experiments demonstrating interference, diffraction, polarization, the color-dependence of the refractive index of materials, and the basics of interferometry. The course continues with some of the seminal experiments in modern physics, such as the photoelectric effect, the speed of light, the wavelike nature of electrons, the analysis of emission line spectra, and the charge-to-mass ratio of the electron. This course and PHS 309 Electronics lab will fulfill the two-credit PHS 325 Intermediate Lab requirement. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections) for certification. 1 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: PHS 307 and Corequisite: PHS 328.]
PHS 332 Intermediate Mechanics & Math Methods (A)
Explores Newtonian Mechanics utilizing the mathematical tools necessary for a realistic and comprehensive analysis of topics including Air Resistance, Momentum Conservation, Energy Analysis, and Oscillations. In addition, many of the mathematical tools required for junior and senior level Physics classes will be emphasized. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: PHS 307 & MTH 203 with (Corequisite MTH255).]
PHS 345 Advanced Physics Laboratory (A)
$5 Course fee required: Prerequisites: PHS 329 and 332. Students conduct advanced experiments using modern physical measurement techniques, produce written scientific reports with detailed analyses, and make oral presentations describing methods and results. Particular skills emphasized include the statistical treatment of data, propagation of errors, graphs, and report writing. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PHS 350 Instrumentation Laboratory (A)
$5 Course fee required: Prerequisite: PHS 308 & CSC 203 or instructor permission. This is a project-based laboratory in which students learn to design and 3D print parts for an Arduino-controlled ‘Mars Rover’ robot. Skills developed include programming a small microprocessor, designing and making robotic parts, and LabVIEW programming for automated instrumentation and measurements. Weekly labs include a brief skills-based lecture and project. Students describe their methods, analysis, and results in scientific reports, by demonstrating autonomous completion of a task by the Mars Rover, and in a student-developed final project. Three hours of lab per week. 1 Cr. (Fall.)
PHS 361 Spec Topics in Physics (A)
Provides an intermediate-level introduction to selected areas of physics. Possible topics include Condensed Matter Physics, Astrophysics, and others. May be taken only once for major credit. Three hours of lecture per week. 3 Cr. (Even Fall.) [Prerequisites: PHS 328 and PHS 332, or permission of instructor.]
PHS 362 Solid State Physics (A)
This course will examine the physical nature of matter in the solid state. Topics will include crystal lattices, crystallographic imperfections, transport in metals and semiconductors, x-ray techniques, electronic band structure, semiconductor devices, and phonons. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PHS 332.]
PHS 363 Astrophysics (A)
Connects the observed properties of stars, galaxies, and the universe itself to the underlying physical principles governing their behavior. The main focus will be on the properties and life-cycle of stars, including their birth, death, and the formation of remnants such as black holes and neutron stars. Examines the nature and evolution of galaxies, and the energy output of active galaxies and quasars powered by supermassive black holes. The final portion of the course is an overview of our evolving universe, including the Big Bang model, dark energy and dark matter, the formation and distribution of galaxies, and the ultimate fate of the universe. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: PHS 328 and 332 with min grade of D-.]
PHS 364 Semiconductor Device Physics (A)
This course is about how semiconductor materials and devices operate, in terms of their physical structure, their electronic, optical, and thermal properties, and how devices such as diodes and transistors operate. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PHS 332 with min grade of C.]
PHS 365 Optics (A)
This class explores the nature and propagation of light using the theories of geometric and wave optics. Emphasis is placed on the transmission of light and the associated phenomena of imaging, optical beams, interference, diffraction, and polarization. Throughout the course, practical applications such as beam shaping, coherence, liquid crystals, wave guides, and fiber optics will be discussed. 3 Cr. (Even Spring.) [Prerequisite: PHS 307 & 332.]
PHS 366 Cosmology (A)
This class explores the modern view of universe as a whole, tracing the history of cosmological discoveries and the physical principles that govern the cosmos. Topics include the expansion of the universe, models of the universe, cosmological parameters, the cosmic microwave background, dark matter, dark energy, nucleosynthesis, the early universe, and the formation of large-scale structures such as galaxies and galaxy clusters. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: PHS 328 and 332.]
PHS 399 Independent Study in Physics (A)
Arranged in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-6 Cr.
PHS 403 Physics Project Seminar I (A)
In-depth investigation of an individual topic in physics with agreement of a faculty mentor. Includes topic and project development and investigation as well as attendance at seminars. One hour of seminar/discussion per week. 1 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: senior status and permission of instructor.]
PHS 404 Physics Project Seminar II (A)
Continuation of PHS 403. Student research culminates in preparation and presentation of a public lecture and poster. Attendance at seminars is also required. One hour of seminar/discussion per week. 1 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: PHS 403.]
PHS 411 Quantum Mechanics (A)
Provides a rigorous introduction to quantum mechanics. Topics include the Schrödinger equation with various potentials, hydrogen-like atoms, spin, and approximation methods. Three hours of lecture per week. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: PHS 328 and PHS 332.]
PHS 415 Thermal Physics (A)
The physics of large numbers of particles can be treated in two ways. The first half of the course will investigate the principles of thermodynamics, the measurement of the bulk properties of matter (energy, entropy, enthalpy, etc.) and the exchange of heat between systems. Understanding 'why' heat flows from hot to cold, however, requires an understanding of the quantum behavior of atoms and the statistics that connect one atom with many. In the second half of the course, we will examine the statistical behavior that underlies the laws of thermodynamics. We will explore quantum and classical probability distributions, as well as partition functions and their associated thermodynamical potentials. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: PHS 332.]
PHS 419 Electricity & Magnetism (A)
An introduction to the treatment of electromagnetic fields using vector calculus. Includes electrostatic and magnetic fields in vacuum and in matter, time-varying fields, magnetic induction, Maxwell's Equations and the propagation of electromagnetic waves. Required course. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: PHY332 and MTH255 with min grade of "C".]
PHS 423 Advanced Mechanics (A)
Explores more complex applications of Newtonian mechanics in solving for orbits, coupled oscillators, rotating bodies, and non-inertial frames. Introduces students to the energy-based formulations of Lagrangian and Hamiltonian and the concept of generalized coordinates. Includes a brief overview of the principles of non-linear dynamics and chaos. This is one of the required core courses in the Physics major. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” for undergraduate sections. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PHS332 and MTH255 with a min grade of C.]
PHS 499 Independent Study in Physics (A)
Arranged in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. Graduate level swing course is PHS 599. 1-6 Cr.
PHS 599 Independent Study in Physics (A)
Arranged in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. Graduate level swing course is PHS 499. 1-6 Cr.
Political Science
PLS 111 Introduction to International Relations (AO)
Studies the macro international political system, traditional power politics and theories, emerging global interdependence, and the challenge represented by terrorism and globalization. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Cross-listed with INS111.]
PLS 112 Introducton to Comparative Politics (ASW)
Examines the government and politics of selected foreign countries. Both industrialized and developing countries will be studied. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Cross-listed with INS112.]
PLS 113 American Politics (AV)
Assesses and describes the organization and interaction of the components of American national government. Covers topics such as elections, Congress, the presidency, courts and the US Constitution. 3 Cr.
PLS 203 Political Thought (AS)
Crosslisted with PHL 203. Studies the works of major political philosophers, including Plato, Aristotle, Machiavelli, Hobbes, Locke, and J.S. Mill. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PLS 303 Political Science Research Methods (A)
Has a prerequisite which requires students to complete an elementary statistics class prior to taking this course. Introduces students to the research methods and techniques used in the discipline of political science. Covers elementary statistics and other approaches to political analysis including content analysis, experiments and survey research techniques. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PLS 304 International Relations Simulation (A)
Consists of student preparation for and participation in simulations of parts of the decision making process of various Great Powers. 3 Cr.
PLS 305 Politics of European Integration (A)
An examination of the largest transnational regional experiment in European and world history. Prepares students for participation in simulation of decision-making process of the European Union. Simulation alternates annually between SUNY campuses and a European university. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Cross-listed with INS305.]
PLS 306 The Theatre of Politics (AI)
We combine two different disciplines to gain a unique understanding of many of the current issues that face all of us. The texts used for this course are contemporary plays and additional readings from political science texts. The course will be broken into 5 units, all dealing with modern issues in American politics such as race, gender, and medical ethics. There are multiple presentations throughout the semester. Students from all disciplines are strongly encouraged to take this course- the issues studied are relevant to all. 3 Cr.
PLS 309 Campaigns and Elections (A)
This course explores the election campaigns in the United States, with some attention to campaigns overseas. While campaigns at all levels (federal, state and local) will be discussed, the focus will be on federal elections. Topics include campaign financing, voting behavior, campaign strategies and the use of media in elections. 3 Cr.
PLS 312 Introduction to Public Administration (A)
Covers public management, inter-governmental relations, budgeting and finance, public personnel, program evaluation, and research. 3 Cr.
PLS 313 Gender Politics (AWY)
Explores, from a feminist perspective, the socio-political barriers that have made women the "majority minority" or "silenced majority." Includes barriers such as discriminatory legislation, political folkways, sex gender roles, and myths that have created and perpetuated a male-dominated society. Cross-listed as HON & WMS 313. 3 Cr.
PLS 314 Issues in American Politics and Government (A)
Covers a selection of contemporary issues of concern to our nation. May include topics such as lobbying and democracy, the power of the president, the death penalty and school prayer. 3 Cr.
PLS 315 Perspectives on Citizenship (AI)
Citizenship is a concept central to democratic society yet is one that citizens infrequently reflect upon. Throughout the semester we will take an integrative approach drawing from the humanities and social sciences to explore different facets of citizenship and deliberate about what it takes to be a “good citizen”, what kinds of citizens (if any) do good regimes need/ What practices and institutional structures promote the right kinds of citizenship? 3 Cr.
PLS 316 Congressional Politics (A)
Analyzes elections to and decision making in Congress. Emphasizes factors influencing legislative behavior and the interaction of Congress with other governmental and non-governmental units, such as the media and interest groups. 3 Cr.
PLS 317 American Presidency (A)
Explores the historical roots of the modern presidency. Emphasizes interaction of the presidency with other governmental and non-governmental units such as Congress, the media, the bureaucracy and public opinion. Explores the evolution of the modern presidential campaign. 3 Cr.
PLS 318 State and Local Government (A)
This course introduces students to the study of state and local government and politics by examining the social, economic, and cultural context in which the politics occur. Topics include the study of federalism, the role of the media and the effects of public opinion on state and local politics. 3 Cr.
PLS 320 Introduction to Law and Legal Process (A)
Covers the judicial process, including its structure and organization, and the political dimensions of judicial decision making. 3 Cr.
PLS 323 Development & Globalization (AI)
Examines transnational and international processes shaping the economic, political, and cultural dimensions of social life. Attention is paid to economic and financial globalization, the place of the state in globalized world, and global struggles over health, the environment, and human rights. Students will explore factors influencing cross-cultural communication and cooperation. Course requires a minimum grade of D- (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification). Cross listed with INS 323 and SOC 323. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PLS 324 Constitutional Law I (A)
Covers the practices, customs and traditions of the Supreme Court. Focuses on the founding of the Constitution and the early cases decided by the Court. Includes topics such as judicial review, federalism, presidential and congressional power, the Commerce Clause, and nationalization of the Bill of Rights. 3 Cr.
PLS 328 Politics of Energy Policy (A)
Provides students with an opportunity to apply political science methods from the study of policy analysis and political economy to issues surrounding energy policy. 3 Cr.
PLS 333 American Foreign Policy (A)
Examines contemporary challenges confronting American foreign policy, including such topics as historic approaches and debates in U.S. foreign policy, the process by which U.S. foreign policy is made (and the various institutional and political factors shaping that policy), and the U.S.’s role in the world 3 Cr. [Prerequisites - PLS 111. Cross-listed with INS333.]
PLS 336 Politics and Food: "The Political Feast" (A)
Studies the role and influence of food production in the development and advancement of early political states. Moreover, it explores the relationship of man’s nature to food and its revelation regarding the balance of the soul. 3 Cr.
PLS 338 Global Issues (AIY)
Covers a selection of issues such as military weapons growth, problems of world order, gender issues, terrorism, globalization, international politics of energy, food, population growth and natural resources. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Cross-listed with INS338.]
PLS 340 European Political Systems (A)
Provides an intensive, in-depth study of the politics and governments of selected western European countries, especially Great Britain, France and Germany. 3 Cr.
PLS 342 Latin American Politics (A)
This course provides an overview of the domestic and international politics of Latin American states. It examines the causes and consequences of these states' political institutions and economic development. It also explores these states' relationships with global great powers like the US and China and key transnational challenges like narco-trafficking and migration. 3 Cr.
PLS 345 African Politics (A)
The course seeks to explore the contrast between the promise of the continent's potential and the shortcoming of its reality. To achieve this goal, the course examines briefly the political history of the continent and its encounter with the external world. The course discusses the transformation that ensued, and concretely addresses the consequence of it all, in the functioning of contemporary African politics, economics, society, and culture. Finally, the course discusses the improvements observed in the continent, since the 1990s. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as AAS 345.]
PLS 346 Democratization in Eastern Europe (A)
What lessons are learned from the forced and failed communist experiments across Eastern Europe during the Cold War, the Iron Curtain collapse during the 1989 revolutions, and regime transformations afterward? We pay particular attention to the causes of either democratic backsliding or democratic consolidation. Specifically, we compare and contrast the political systems in Poland, Czechia, Slovakia, Hungary, Ukraine, Belarus, the Baltics, and the Balkans. 3 Cr.
PLS 347 The Global South (A)
Retraces the historical journey of the developing nations/world, since the second half of the 20th century until today. The economies of the nations have been incorporated to the rest of the world economy since the modern era. They become politically independent since the 1950s. Their journey has been tumultuous and recently, in the era of globalizations successful. This course sheds light at that journey to understand today’s globalized world. 3 Cr.
PLS 348 The Politics of East Asia (A)
Examines some of the important theoretical and historical questions and events challenging those who study Asian politics as the world enters a new millennium. China and Japan will be the two primary nations under examination although examples will be taken from all over Asia and the world. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PLS 112.]
PLS 353 American Political Thought (A)
Explores the founding roots of Federalism and Anti-Federalism via early puritan writings, the founding documents, Federalist and Anti-Federalist papers and the personal writings of several Founding Fathers. 3 Cr.
PLS 354 Politics and Literature (A)
This course examines political themes through various means and literary genres. Ten works of history and fiction will be read, spanning from the ancient Greek world to the 21st century. 3 Cr.
PLS 362 Women in Western Political Thought (AIW)
Covers major theories of sexual politics, which include Freud's theory of femininity, reform liberalism, socialist theory, and the theory of radical feminism. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Cross-listed as WMS 362 & PHL 362.]
PLS 374 Sociology of Human Rights (ADI)
Examines the history, theories, and institutions of the modern human rights regime to understand key issues such as universality, the right to life, free speech, humanitarian intervention, war, genocide, human rights activism, globalization, and states of emergency. In addition, it examines how human rights norms change and analyzes some of the challenges of contemporary human rights advocacy. Elective course in SOC & PLS. Cross listed with SOC 374. 3 Cr.
PLS 383 Mid-East in World Politics (A)
Studies political conflict of global issues and international politics. Covers the Arab-Israeli conflict. 3 Cr.
PLS 385 Mock Trial (A)
Introduces the student to the theory and process of the American trial. Students will learn all facets of the trial, from pre-trial motions, to opening statements, through the direct and cross examination of witnesses, and summations. Students will also learn the preparation that is required in order to successfully try a case. At the end of the class, students will engage in an entire mock trial. 3 Cr.
PLS 392 Topics in Political Science (A)
Covers selected topics focusing on contemporary political issues and problems. May be repeated as topics change. 3 Cr.
PLS 395 Perspectives on Democracy (A)
The idea of “democracy” is one with which we are all familiar. However it is one that if you pause for a minute to examine, is not only hard to define, but that raises a multitude of questions. Quite literally, “democracy” means rule by the people; but how can the people rule? Who are the people? What kinds of social conditions, institutions and organizations are needed for the people to rule? Why should the people rule, or who among the people should rule? These are just a few of the questions that we will take up during the semester. 3 Cr.
PLS 399 Independent Study (A)
Defined in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-3 Cr.
PLS 401 Local Government Internship (A)
Enables students to serve as interns in town, city or county government, engaging in such activities as research, constituent service, and planning. Provides placements in administrative agencies, as well as local legislative bodies. 1-6 Cr.
PLS 402 Legal Internship (A)
Provides an experiential learning opportunity. Places student interns in either a public or private law office, undertaking paraprofessional responsibilities. 3-6 Cr. (Summer.)
PLS 410 International Political Economy (A)
Explores the political forces behind global economic relations. Includes key topics such as international trade and monetary relations, the impact of the international system on domestic politics, and the relationship between rich and poor countries. Also includes these specific issues: the importance of the World Trade Organization, regional trade blocs, and the political influence of multi-national corporations. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed with INS410. Prerequisite: PLS 111.]
PLS 412 Public Policy (A)
Public policy describes the process by which groups make act collectively - for social decisions as varied as going lo war, or creating bicycle lanes. How do we analyze which governmental actions should be taken for the collective good. That is the subject of Public Policy. 3 Cr.
PLS 417 Political Science Capstone (A)
This capstone is offered to students as they are nearing completing of the major. It will incorporate the foundational concepts of all four subfields of Political Science. Students will work on a semester long research paper that can be used as a writing sample for a prospective employer, graduate school and or law school. Capstone paper topics will be chose by each student and will reflect the student's interest in one of the subfields of the discipline. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PLS 427 Environmental Politics (A)
Investigates environmental politics and its emergence as a force in democratic systems over the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. Key issues include climate change; air, water, and land use; solid, hazardous, and chemical waste; international agreements; aesthetics and conservation; sustainability. 3 Cr.
PLS 435 Legal Rights of the Disadvantaged (AIW)
An issue-oriented course. Provides an understanding of how the US legal system can improve the status of disadvantaged blacks, Hispanics, women, prisoners, the poor, students, Native Americans, homosexuals, and those with mental and physical disabilities. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as AAS 435, WMS 435.]
PLS 444 National Security (A)
Examines post-World War II and post-Cold War changes in national security (military defense) policy perception, planning and implementation as a result of technological advances. In particular, focuses on military defense policies, including strategies and tactics of the Great Powers, and other powers of military consequence. Considers the challenger of asymmetrical conflict. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PLS 111.]
PLS 445 International Law and Organization (A)
Introduction to modern public international law and to major international organizations such as the United Nations and associated bodies as well as major regional organizations. 3 Cr.
PLS 447 Russia in Transition (A)
The course will focus on current issues relevant to the transition of the former Soviet Union to a democratic form of government and a market economy. 3 Cr.
PLS 475 Political Geography (A)
Covers key aspects of geopolitics as it affects foreign policy and international politics in the post-World War II period. Examines topics such as resources, environment and human geography, as well as issues associated with the study of geography-politics relationships, gateway states, shatterbelts, heartland concept, and trade ties. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as INS 475.]
PLS 490 Moot Court Seminar (A)
Students analyze and discuss the issues and problems of a specific case. They prepare a written brief and present an oral argument related to the case. 3 Cr.
PLS 492 Appl Team Ldrshp (A)
Enables selected students to serve as interns at the New York Assembly or Senate, or a state agency in Albany. Provides an experiential learning opportunity. 1-12 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PLS 493 Public Service Internship II (A)
Enables selected students to serve as interns at the New York State Assembly or Senate, or a state agency in Albany. Conducted on site in Albany. 1-12 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PLS 495 496 Internship in National Politics I and II (Washington Semester Program) (A)
Enables selected students to serve as interns in an executive branch, Congressional office/committee, judicial office, political party organization, or a politicized private organization in Washington. Requires a major research project. 6 Cr.
PLS 497 Seminar: National Interns (Washington Semester Program) (A)
Focuses on the evaluation of lessons learned from the internship experience. Requires oral presentations concerning research projects. 4 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PLS 499 Independent Study (A)
Defined in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-6 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PLS 505 The Food System (A)
Explores the structure, culture and politics of the industrial, alternative and emergency food systems in 8-10 day long field trips to sites in and around Monroe County NY. Students compile and analyze field notes and write a paper integrating social and political factors to compare the industrial food system to its alternatives and evaluate the likely impact of food policy proposals. 3 Cr.
PLS 599 Graduate Independent Study (A)
This course allows Graduate students to earn graduate level credit. Topic and format for the student and Political Science faculty are to be worked out in conjunction with the appropriate Graduate program at SUNY Brockport. 1-3 Cr.
Portuguese
PRT 112 Beginning Portuguese II (A)
Prerequisite: PRT 111. 3 Cr.
Pre-Professional Health
PPH 300 Health Professions Shadowing Experience (B)
A pre-professional health internship course designed to assist students in determining the fit of the profession (Medical, Dental, Physician's Assistant, Physical Therapy, Podiatry and Optometry), including aptitude, dedication and attributes needed to practice. Patient perspectives on the quality of care and the role of the healthcare team will be emphasized. Students will be expected to selfreflect in the context of an aspiring healthcare professional. Students must arrange their own transportation. Enrollment by permission of instructor only. 1-3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PPH 399 Off Campus Shadowing (B)
Students registering for this course will need to use the Independent Study Form. Required of all students enrolled in a Pre-professional Studies Pathway Minor. Students identify and shadow a healthcare professional in their area of interest (Pharmacist, Physician or Physician’s Assistant, Dentist, Optometrist or Veterinarian) under the supervision of a SUNY Brockport faculty advisor to explore a career in healthcare. Students must arrange their own transportation. 1-3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PPH 400 Pre-professional Health Seminar (B)
A pre-professional health seminar course designed to help students prepare applications for professional school (Medical, Dental, Physician's Assistant, Physical Therapy, Podiatry and Optometry). Topics include school selection; application overview; personal statement development; requesting letters of recommendation; interviewing; financing professional school; professionalism; and parallel planning. 1Cr. Every Fall Semester. 1 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: Requires overall GPA is less of 3.00 or greater.]
Professions
PRO 101 Les Mills BodyPump Fitness (B)
The Les Mills BodyPump class will allow students to learn how to use the Rep Effect, low weights and high repetitions, to improve their fitness level. Students will perform exercises that are part of the BodyPump program to develop strength and lean muscle. Upon completion of the BodyPump course, students will be able to safely and effectively perform the exercises used in this fitness program. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PRO 102 TRX Fitness (B)
Presents new exercise techniques which allow students to get into shape, reduce stress, increase energy, build confidence and learn new exercise techniques. The TRX Suspension trainer is the original, best-in-class workout system that leverages gravity and your bodyweight to perform hundreds of exercises. Upon completion of the TRX course, student will be able to design and execute their own fun and challenging TRX fitness program. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PRO 204 Developmental Assessment (A)
Investigates the physiological, psychological, sociocultural, spiritual and developmental influences on the client. Emphasizes the use of multi-disciplinary tools in assessing clients along the age continuum. Examines environmental forces that influence developmental outcomes. Investigates variables which will promote the optimal stability throughout the lifespan. Examines normal lines of defense for each stage to retain the greatest internal resistance. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PRO 206 Public Health and Social Justice (A)
Explores how social justice sheds light on major ongoing controversies in the field of public health and provides examples of the kinds of policies that public health agencies, guided by a robust conception of justice, would adopt. Examines the links between social circumstances/justice and public health within various vulnerable populations. 3 Cr. (Summer.)
PRO 258 Applied Statistics for Nurses (A)
Prepares the professional nurse for the selection and application of statistical analysis techniques and the evaluation of the results derived from this analysis. Students will learn various entry level statistical techniques and analyze them within published clinical research. Designed for the adult learner and involves extensive independent learning and mastery of material. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PRO 306 Introduction to Baccalaureate Practice for Nurses (B)
This introductory course is a pre-requisite course to all of the nursing core courses within the RN-BSN program. It is designed to introduce students to key nursing concepts that will be further developed in the remainder of the courses, such as professionalism, clinical judgment, ethics, evidence-based practice, health policy, diversity/equity/inclusion, and social determinants of health. This course will also introduce students to nursing informatics and scholarly discourse that will prepare them for assessments/evaluation of their competency on these nursing concepts throughout the program. Course requires a minimum grade of "C" (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections) 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PRO 308 Yoga for Personal Health (A)
This class offers knowledge and skills to keep fit for life. It teaches safe performance of movement and exercise in a progressive approach and offers an opportunity to improve and/or maintain a high level of fitness through application of conditioning principles. This class is designed for all fitness levels. Introduces the values and skills of Hatha Yoga (Yoga of exercise) to the beginning student and offers opportunities to expand knowledge, applications and skills for the purpose of personal health. 1 Cr.
PRO 309 Plant-Based Nutritiion and Health (A)
This course will explore the impact that a plant-based diet can have on health. Students will discuss the evidence-based truth about food types, nutrients, and supplements, as well as how to obtain nutrients on a plant-based diet. Evidence peteraining to specific health issues that plan-based diets can positively impact will be discussed. 1 Cr.
PRO 310 Research: Process and Critique (A)
Introduces and examines the research process as it is evidenced in published professional journals. Includes the scientific method as utilized in research: problem formulation, literature review, research design and methodology, data analysis, and interpretation of findings. Presents and applies criteria for critically evaluating research to current published research. Provides for basics of the QSEN competencies for Informatics. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PRO 321 Career Preparation for Mathematics (B)
This course will guide math majors to prepare for careers that utilize the skills and abilities they have honed in their math classes. Students will prepare resumes, cover letters, and LinkedIn profiles. Students will also begin researching job companies, internships, and graduate schools. This course is well suited for sophomores and juniors looking for internships, as well as seniors and graduate students preparing for graduate school or non-academic careers. 2 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: Math major or minor or permission of instructor.]
PRO 350 Summer Nursing Clinical Internship (B)
Fulfills State Education requirements for nursing students participating in summer internship programs. Includes required clinical hours at the internship sponsoring institution, regular on-line communication with course faculty member, and completion of annotated bibliographies on patient care topics encountered in clinical practice. 1 Cr. (Summer.)
PRO 370 Health and Drug Education for Teacher Candidates (B)
Fosters childhood, adolescence, and physical education teacher candidates' awareness of personal health, safety, nutrition and other factors that affect students' readiness to learn. Enhances skills used to create a learning environment free of alcohol, tobacco and other drugs, and which foster the health and learning of all students. Provides Schools Against Violence Education (SAVE) Legislation Certification and Child Abuse Detection Training. Every semester. 1 cr. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PRO 371 Disasters and Public Health (A)
This course is a one credit upper division elective examining public health disasters and preparedness within the larger context of public health policy and national security. Operational aspects of public health preparedness are discussed within the context of September 11, 2001, Hurricane Katrina and Pandemic Influenza. It is taught in an online format. 1 Cr.
PRO 401 Leadership & Professional Development in REL (A)
Students will develop the professional competencies of recreation and leisure students consistent with industry expectations. Focuses on the study of leadership in recreation with emphasis on theory, decision making, group management, communication, and motivation with a focus on ethical and value-based leadership with diverse people and communities. Examines professional career preparation including skills assessment, portfolio building and resume writing, internship application processes, interview techniques, college-to career transition, professional ethics and selected contemporary career building seminar topics. Requires students to participate in professional organizations. Course requires a minimum grade of C for major/minor/certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: Senior status. Cross-listed as REL 401.]
PRO 402 Introduction to End of Life Care for the Healthcare Profesnl (A)
This course will provide an introduction to basic concepts and issues related to death and dying and the provision of end of life care. The vital role of the healthcare professional in assisting patients and families along the journey towards the end of life will be examined. 3 Cr.
PRO 403 Internship in Recreation & Leisure Studies (B)
$21 Course fee required: Prerequisites: PRO 401 and senior status. Cross-listed with REL 403. Provides a directed practicum in an approved leisure service organization. Also provides practical experience in a setting compatible with the student's chosen recreation option with evaluation reports by the practicum agency. 12 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PRO 404 Pathophysiology for Health Related Professions (A)
Examines the pathophysiology of common illnesses within a system and life span framework. Emphasis is on understanding the alteration in normal physiological functioning and the effect on the individual. Covers selected common problems across gender, ethnicity, and the lifespan along with the current state of the science on genetic influences. Information on clinical presentation and appropriate disease management modalities will be presented. 3 Cr. (Summer.)
PRO 410 Grants Writing Seminar (B)
Is a basic, practical, how-to course for the beginning grants writer. Includes types of funding sources, how and where to identify funding sources, and creating sample proposal components to understand how to write a grant. Requires writing brief sample proposal sections. Appropriate for all majors. For information, contact Laura Merkl, Director Scholarship, Research & Sponsored Programs, 585-395-2444. Swing course PRO510. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PRO 421 Field Experience I (ARP) (B)
Provides an introductory practicum experience for students to work with adults who have intellectual and other disabilities in recreational and leisure settings. No prior experience required. 2 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PRO 422 Field Experience II (ARP) (B)
Provides an introductory practicum experience for students who may work with adults with special needs in a recreational setting; e.g., adults with mental retardation, visual impairments, hearing impairments, or physical disabilities. Takes place on campus on Thursday evenings only. 2 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PRO 423 Field Experience III (ARP) (B)
Provides an introductory practicum experience for students who may work with adults with special needs in a recreational setting; e.g., adults with mental retardation, visual impairments, hearing impairments, or physical disabilities. Takes place on campus on Thursday evenings only. 2 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PRO 424 Field Experience IV (ARP) (B)
Provides an introductory practicum experience for students who may work with adults with special needs in a recreational setting, e.g., adults with mental retardation, visual impairments, hearing impairments, or physical disabilities. Takes place on campus on Thursday evenings only. 2 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PRO 425 Field Experience V (ARP) (B)
Provides an introductory practicum experience for students who may work with adults with special needs in a recreational setting, e.g., adults with mental retardation, visual impairments, hearing impairments, or physical disabilities. Takes place on campus on Thursday evenings only. 2 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PRO 426 Field Experience VI (ARP) (B)
Provides an introductory practicum experience for students who may work with adults with special needs in a recreational setting, e.g., adults with mental retardation, visual impairment, hearing impairments, or physical disabilities. Takes place on campus on Thursday evenings only. 2 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PRO 427 Articulate 360 Basics (B)
Students will learn to build interactive, online learning objects and modules using the free trial version of Articulate 360 for PC users (note Articulate for Mac users will need purchasing extra plug ins). This course will use a workshop model to offer students the opportunity to learn the basics of using the Articulate software through multiple content sources and support, with personalized guidance from the professor, peer to peer interactions, a vast library of learning resources and tutorials, as well as training from experts. As part of this course students will design at least one learning object or module, while applying tips, tricks, and best practices of harnessing key features of the software. The course requires a minimum of B-. Swing course with PRO527. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PRO 428 Articulate Storyline Basics (B)
Students will learn to build interactive, online learning objects and modules using the free trial version of Articulate Storyline for PC users (note Articulate for Mac users will need purchasing extra plug ins). This course will use a workshop model to offer students the opportunity to learn the basics of using the Articulate software through multiple content sources and support, with personalized guidance from the professor, peer to peer interactions, a vast library of learning resources and tutorials, as well as training from experts. As part of this course students will design at least one learning object or module, while applying tips, tricks, and best practices of harnessing key features of the software. The course requires a minimum of B-. Elective. Swing course PRO528. 3 Cr. (Summer.)
PRO 430 EHD Adolescence Field Experience 1 (B)
This course should be taken with Adolescence Phase I courses EDI 445 or 446 or 447 or 448 or 449 Teaching Middle Level... It is designed around a 50-hour Field Experience in a middle school classroom in a school district. It is intended to provide teacher candidates with opportunities to experience the daily operations of middle schools while focusing on learning in schools and managing school middle classrooms. Additionally, teacher candidates are required to plan and teach at least one lesson to adolescent students. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Corequisites: EDI 445 or 446 or 447 or 448 or 449.]
PRO 431 EHD Adolescence Field Experience 2 (B)
Inclusively. It is designed around a 50-hour Field Experience in a high school classroom in a school district. It is intended to provide teacher candidates with opportunities to experience the daily operations of high schools while focusing on learning in schools and the management of high school classrooms. Additionally, teacher candidates are required to plan and teach at least one lesson to adolescent students. 1 Cr. [Corequisites: EDI 465 or EDI 466 or 467 or 468 or 469 Teaching.]
PRO 432 EHD Adolescence Field Experience 3 (B)
This course should be taken with the Adolescence Phase III course EDI 414: Methods in Special Education. It is designed around a 50-hour Field Experience in a school district. It is intended to provide teacher candidates with opportunities and experience to work with students with disabilities in a school district and to experience the daily operations of schools while focusing on learning in schools and the management of school classrooms. Additionally, teacher candidates are required to plan and teach at least one lesson. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PRO 433 Practicum in Adolescence Inclusive Education (B)
The Practicum is a semester-long student teaching experience that provides opportunities to develop teaching skills with students who have diverse learning needs, including students who have been identified for special education support (IEPs). The practicum provides candidates with the opportunity to spend substantial time getting to know students individually and to develop differentiatedteaching skills. Further, it provides opportunities to interact with students' families/caregivers and to become a contributing member of the school community. " 9 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Co-requisite: EDI464.]
PRO 434 EHD Childhood Field Experence1 (B)
It is designed around a 50-hour Field Experience in a school district, and is intended to provide teacher candidates with opportunities to experience the daily operations of schools while focusing on learning in schools and the management of school classrooms. Swing course PRO 534. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Corequisite: EDI 462.]
PRO 435 EHD Childhood Field Experience 2 (B)
It is designed around a 50-hour Field Experience in a school district, and is intended to provide teacher candidates with opportunities to experience the daily operations of schools while focusing on learning in schools and them management of school classrooms. Swing course PRO 535. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PRO 436 EHD Childhood Field Experience 3 (B)
It is designed around a 50-hour Field Experience in a school district, and is intended to provide teacher candidates with opportunities to experience the daily operations of schools while focusing on learning in schools and the management of school classrooms. Swing course PRO 536. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PRO 437 EHD Practicum in Childhood Inclusive Education (B)
The Practicum is a semester-long student teaching experience that provides opportunities to develop teaching skills with students who have diverse learning needs, including students who have been identified for special education support (IEPs). The practicum provides candidates with the opportunity to spend substantial time getting to know students individually and to develop differentiated teaching skills. Further, it provides opportunities to interact with students' families/caregivers and to become a contributing member of the school community." 9 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Corequisite: EDI 463.]
PRO 438 Practicum in Early Childhood Inclusive Education (B)
The Practicum is a semester-long student teaching experience that provides opportunities to develop teaching skills with students who have diverse learning needs, including students who have been identified for special education support (IEPs). The practicum provides candidates with the opportunity to spend substantial time getting to know students individually and to develop differentiated teaching skills. Further, it provides opportunities to interact with students’ families/caregivers and to become a contributing member of the school community. 9 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Co-requisite: EDI 488: Seminar in Early Childhood Inclusive Education.]
PRO 439 EHD Field Experience (P-12) (B)
This course is designed around a 25-50 hour Field Experience in a school district in grades P-12; specific grade level to be determined by degree program and the Field Experience Office. It is intended to provide teacher candidates with opportunities to experience the daily operations of schools while focusing on learning in schools and the management of school classrooms. Swing course PRO 539. 1 Cr.
PRO 451 Issues in Nursing Leadership and Management (AIY)
Overview of the course: This course is designed to examine leadership and management in nursing and involvement of this role in contemporary issues in nursing. Topics will include: leadership and management roles, power in nursing, career choices, overview of responsible delegation, legal and ethical issues in nursing, and examination of controversial topics in health care including nursing educational issues, politics and gender. This course also examines the challenge of sustainability of health care and health care costs in the United States. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PRO 452 Leadership & Management for the RN (A)
This course is designed for the RN to BSN student to examine leadership and management in nursing and involvement of this role in contemporary issues in nursing. Topics include but are not limited to leadership styles and management roles, controversial topics in health care, quality, safety, and teamwork/collaboration in nursing from a leadership perspective. This course also examines the challenge of sustainability of health care and health care costs in the United States. Issues will be explored with a systems focus as opposed to bedside nursing focus. Observation and analysis of leadership styles and quality/safety concepts in the clinical setting will be incorporated. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PRO 455 Informatics for Health Professionals (A)
This online course will introduce students who are interested in health care careers to the application of computer-related technology in the health care environment. The course will cover electronic communication, web-based technology, search tools, regulatory and accreditation requirements, and practical application of computer-based education for day-to-day use. This course will also review ways that informatics support evidence based practice and the research process. 3 Cr. (Summer.)
PRO 476 Ireland Conference Experience (A)
This is a health conference experience. Students and Faculty on this international trip will attend a 1-day Nursing and Midwifery Conference; along with a Seminar day at the Royal College of Surgeons and Midwifery in Dublin Ireland. Students and Faculty have the opportunity to submit an abstract for presentation at the conference venue. All Students submitting and abstract will work with a Faculty Advisor to ensure the quality of their presentation. 1 Cr. (Spring.)
PRO 481 Medical Technology I (A)
$21 Course fee required: Provides training through Rochester General Hospital's School of Medical Technology or Women's Christian Association Hospital School of Medical Technology in Jamestown, NY. Teaches several areas under this name that include: Blood Bank, Biochemistry, Hematology, Microbiology, Urinalysis, Mechanisms of Disease, and Independent Research Projects. For admission into this course, students must contact the department chair or the Coordinator of Medical Technology in Lennon Hall nine months prior to the course. 15 Cr.
PRO 482 Medical Technology II (A)
$21 Course fee required: Provides training through Rochester General Hospital’s School of Medical Technology or Women's Christian Association Hospital School of Medical Technology in Jamestown, NY. Teaches several areas under this name that include: Blood Bank, Biochemistry, Hematology, Microbiology, Urinalysis, Mechanisms of Disease, and Independent Research Projects. For admission into this course, students must contact the department chair or the Coordinator of Medical Technology in Lennon Hall nine months prior to the course. 15 Cr.
PRO 490 Oral Health (A)
The greatest burden of oral diseases is on disadvantaged and socially marginalized populations. Poor oral health has a substantial impact producing pain, impairment of function, and is a major etiological factor in the pathogenesis of many common systemic diseases. This course will examine these topics and also discuss the importance of interprofessional collaboration within the health care field to promote the integration of oral health within our public health system. 1 Cr. (Summer.)
PRO 495 Practicum in School Health Education (B)
Provides students with the opportunity to use all of their knowledge, attitude, and behavior skills on a full-time basis in an elementary school site and in a secondary school site under the supervision of an elementary teacher and a health educator respectively. Also provides students with the opportunity to become proficient in delivering content related to the implementation of the three New York State Learning Standards for Health, Physical Education, and Family and Consumer Sciences. Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory grading. 1-12 Cr. [Prerequisites: PBH 485, PBH 486, PBH 491, HLP PBH and PBH 493 and a minimum 2.5 GPA for all courses completed at SUNY Brockport.]
PRO 496 Internship in Public Health (B)
$21 Course fee required: Prerequisites: All Public Health requirements completed with a minimum grade of “C” and a 2.5 GPA Provides students with the opportunity to function as full-time health educators in community, hospital, or work-site settings under the supervision of a health education professional. Allows students to develop, implement, and evaluate health education programs as appropriate for the setting. Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory Grading scheme applies. 6-12 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PRO 499 Independent Study (A)
. 6 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PRO 510 Grants Writing Seminar (B)
Is a basic, practical, how-to course for the beginning grants writer. Includes types of funding sources, how and where to identify funding sources, and creating sample proposal components to understand how to write a grant. Requires writing brief sample proposal sections. Appropriate for all majors. For information, contact Laura Merkl, Director Scholarship, Research & Sponsored Programs, 585-395-2444. Swing course PRO410. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PRO 527 Articulate 360 Basics (B)
Students will learn to build interactive, online learning objects and modules using the free trial version of Articulate 360 for PC users (note Articulate for Mac users will need purchasing extra plug ins). This course will use a workshop model to offer students the opportunity to learn the basics of using the Articulate software through multiple content sources and support, with personalized guidance from the professor, peer to peer interactions, a vast library of learning resources and tutorials, as well as training from experts. As part of this course students will design at least one learning object or module, while applying tips, tricks, and best practices of harnessing key features of the software. The course requires a minimum of B-. Swing course with PRO427. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PRO 528 Articulate Storyline Basics (B)
Students will learn to build interactive, online learning objects and modules using the free trial version of Articulate Storyline for PC users (note Articulate for Mac users will need purchasing extra plug ins). This course will use a workshop model to offer students the opportunity to learn the basics of using the Articulate software through multiple content sources and support, with personalized guidance from the professor, peer to peer interactions, a vast library of learning resources and tutorials, as well as training from experts. As part of this course students will design at least one learning object or module, while applying tips, tricks, and best practices of harnessing key features of the software. The course requires a minimum of B-. Elective. Swing course PRO428. 3 Cr. (Summer.)
PRO 534 EHD Childhood Field Experience 1 (B)
It is designed around a 50-hour Field Experience in a school district, and is intended to provide teacher candidates with opportunities to experience the daily operations of schools while focusing on learning in schools and the management of school classrooms. Swing course PRO 434. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PRO 535 EHD Childhood Field Experience 2 (B)
It is designed around a 50-hour Field Experience in a school district, and is intended to provide teacher candidates with opportunities to experience the daily operations of schools while focusing on learning in schools and them management of school classrooms. Swing course PRO 435. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PRO 536 EHD Childhood Field Experience 3 (B)
It is designed around a 50-hour Field Experience in a school district, and is intended to provide teacher candidates with opportunities to experience the daily operations of schools while focusing on learning in schools and the management of school classrooms. Swing course PRO 436. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PRO 539 EHD Field Experience (P-12) (B)
This course is designed around a 25-50 hour Field Experience in a school district in grades P-12; specific grade level to be determined by degree program and the Field Experience Office. It is intended to provide teacher candidates with opportunities to experience the daily operations of schools while focusing on learning in schools and the management of school classrooms. Graduate students must complete additional reflection or analysis project at instructor's discretion. Swing course PRO 439. 1 Cr.
PRO 576 Ireland Conference Experience (A)
This is a health conference experience. Students and Faculty on this international trip will attend a 1-day Nursing and Midwifery Conference; along with a Seminar day at the Royal College of Surgeons and Midwifery in Dublin Ireland. Students and Faculty have the opportunity to submit an abstract for presentation at the conference venue. All Students submitting and abstract will work with a Faculty Advisor to ensure the quality of their presentation. 1 Cr. (Spring.)
PRO 595 Practicum School Health Education (B)
Enables students to plan, teach and evaluate their effectiveness in utilizing eight methodologies of school health education; determine student needs and engage in student-teacher planning; and apply health education knowledge and skills to promote health services. Requires students to teach at elementary and secondary levels. (Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory grading). 9 Cr. [Prerequisite: All PBH core courses, completed electives and departmental approval.]
PRO 602 End of Life Care for the Health Care Professional (A)
Students will receive an introduction to basic concepts and issues related to death and dying and the provision of end of life care. The vital role of the healthcare professional in assisting patients and families along the journey towards the end of life will be examined. 3 Cr.
PRO 737 EHD Practicum in Childhood Inclusive Education (B)
The Practicum is a semester-long student teaching experience that provides opportunities to develop teaching skills with students who have diverse learning needs, including students who have been identified for special education support (IEPs). The practicum provides candidates with the opportunity to spend substantial time getting to know students individually and to develop differentiated teaching skills. Further, it provides opportunities to interact with students' families/caregivers and to become a contributing member of the school community. 6 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Co-requisite: EDI 763: Seminar in Childhood Inclusive Education.]
Psychology
PSH 110 Principles of Psychology (AS)
An introduction to the scientific study of mind and behavior. Research methods in the field as well as landmark and current research studies and theories will be discussed. Topics such as sensation and perception, biopsychology, learning, memory, social, and abnormal will be explored. Participation in actual research studies to complement course topics required. 3 Cr.
PSH 202 Introductory Statistics for Psychology (AM)
Covers evaluation of experimental and non-experimental results. Analysis and interpretation of data using traditional inferential and descriptive techniques. Students who have received academic credit for other statistics courses (e.g., ECN 204, HLS 488, MTH 243, PLS 303, or SOC 200, or transfer credit for an elementary statistics course at another institution) will not receive credit for this course. Psychology majors and minors do not need to take PSH202 if they have passed an equivalent statistics course. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PSH 203 Statistics Laboratory (A)
Introduces students to the use of common statistical software to calculate descriptive and inferential statistics used in the field of psychology. Students will learn to enter and manipulate raw data, perform statistical tests, interpret statistical output, graphically represent results, and produce reports of analyses in APA format. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: PSH 202 or ENC 204 or MTH 243 or MTH 244 or SOC 200 or HLS 488.]
PSH 211 Happiness (A)
Examines human happiness from a psychological science perspective, including review of historical, cultural, and philosophical traditions in defining happiness. Also covers methods of fostering happiness at individual, familial, and societal levels, with particular attention paid to measurement of happiness and factors influencing persons’ happiness (income, work, social networks). Includes review of existing empirically validated happiness interventions and ways to incorporate these techniques into daily life. PSH 110 required. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PSH100-level.]
PSH 231 Psychology All Around Us (A)
Explores what psychology can tell us about common everyday experiences, including topics such as superstitious beliefs, the design of our living and working spaces, the nature of substance and behavioral addictions, conspiracy theorizing, our relationship with technology, lying and believing lies, and political tribalism. Common myths about psychology are also examined. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PSH 110.]
PSH 301 Research Methods in Psychology (A)
Students learn to use the scientific method to answer questions about behavior, critically evaluate problems and findings, and learn the process of research in psychology. In this writing-intensive course, students will research, develop, and organize ideas towards composing a major research paper--or an equivalent amount of writing in a number of smaller papers--with the opportunity to receive feedback to inform future writing. 4 Cr. [Prerequisites: PSH 202 and PSH 202 or ECN 204 or MTH 243 or MTH 244 or HLS 488 or SOC 200.]
PSH 318 Personal and Professional Development for Psychology Majors (B)
Prepares Psychology majors to develop meaningful personal and professional direction for life after graduation by applying psychological content and skills to career and life goals. Through research, assignments, and workshops, students will develop personal and professional skills and explore how the psychology major can be relevant to various career trajectories. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: Must be at least Sophomore status, Psychology Majors only, and PSH 110.]
PSH 322 Learning and Behavior (A)
Surveys learning theory and research in both human and nonhuman animals. Covers research methods and history of the scientific study of learning. Discusses theoretical approaches to learning including behaviorism and associationism. Focuses on classical and operant conditioning. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PSH 110.]
PSH 331 Personality (A)
Application of scientific methods to the study of personality. Topics include research methods and assessment, as well as some of the following substantive approaches: traits, behaviorism/situations, brain anatomy and chemistry, genetics, evolution, psychoanalytic, attachment theory, cross-cultural, and phenomenological perspectives on personality. Emphasis is on research findings and interpretation, but some clinical application is included where appropriate. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PSH 110.]
PSH 332 Social Psychology (A)
An examination of the ways in which social factors affect the thoughts, motivations, and behaviors of individuals. Topics covered include: the self, social perception, social cognition, attitudes and persuasion, stereotyping and prejudice, social influence, interpersonal attraction, group processes, helping behavior, and aggression. Current research, theories, methodologies, and applications are emphasized. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PSH 110.]
PSH 334 Psychological Disorders of Adulthood (A)
This course offers a theoretical and empirical framework for understanding the symptoms, causes, and treatment of a range of psychological disorders. Relevant legal, ethical, and diversity issues will also be discussed. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: PSH 110.]
PSH 336 Clinical Psychology (A)
Provides an empirical overview of clinical psychology, emphasizing the appraisal of assessment strategies and modalities of treatment. Includes research, professional, and ethical issues in clinical psychology. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PSH 110.]
PSH 337 Science of Sleep (A)
This course introduces students to the biological, psychological, social/environmental bases of sleep. Through readings, in-class activities, classroom discussions, lively debates, videos, and lectures, we will examine the the normative process of sleep as well as sleep disorders. We will explore each area of sleep across diverse perspectives and seek to understand inequities and disparities related to sleep. 3 Cr.
PSH 341 Biopsychology (A)
Covers the biological bases of behavior, including neuroanatomy and neurophysiology, neurotransmitter systems, and the biological bases of vision, hearing, emotions, learning, memory and various diseases and mental illnesses. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PSH 110.]
PSH 342 Animal Behavior (A)
Introduction to the scientific study of animal behavior. Topics include: history of study of animals, evolution, scientific method, genetics, communication, foraging, predation and antipredatory behavior, reproduction, mating systems, parental investment, and social behavior. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PSH 110.]
PSH 351 Cognitive Processes (A)
Examines the basic processes of cognition, including perception, attention, memory, language, decision making, and problem solving. Also focuses on the experimental methods involved in the scientific study of cognitive processes. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PSH 110.]
PSH 352 Sensation and Perception (A)
An introduction to how the five senses directly influence how we interact with our world, including how we take in information from our environment and how we interpret that information. Topics will range from physiology, including mechanisms of neural transduction, transmission, and processing, to cognitive and behavioral topics, including interpretation of visual illusions and the localization of sound. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PSH 110.]
PSH 382 Educational Psychology (A)
Educational Psychology is a course designed to introduce psychological principles, theories, and methodologies to issues of teaching and learning in schools. Topics discussed include socioemotional development and learning, diversity in the classroom and in the education system and classroom assessment and management. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PSH 110.]
PSH 383 Stress and Coping (B)
This half-semester course introduces students to some of the core concepts and theories of the stress and coping field. Topics such as stress psychophysiology, how stress uniquely impacts the college student, and stress interventions will be explored, with an emphasis on practical application of course content . 3 Cr. (Spring.)
PSH 384 Child Psychology (A)
An exploration of human growth and development from conception through early adolescence. Major theories of development, common research methods, and current empirical findings will be evaluated. Physical, cognitive, emotional and social development will be discussed as well as the genetic and prenatal influences on development. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PSH110 recommended.]
PSH 385 Lives Across Cultures (A)
This course introduces human development, from cradle to grave, within a cultural context. Lives Across Cultures will examine physical, cognitive, and socioemotional change and stability across the lifespan, with a particular emphasis on identifying universal and culturally-specific changes over time. This course is also designed to take an applied approach to development by examining opportunities for intervention and services available at different stages of life. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PSH 110 is recommended.]
PSH 390 Topics in Psychology (A)
Topics vary according to instructor and/or student interest. Considered an elective - relationship to degree/program. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PSH110.]
PSH 397 Health Psychology (A)
Presents the combination of educational, scientific, and professional contributions of psychology to the promotion and maintenance of health, the prevention and treatment of illness, the identification of causes and correlates of health and illness, and the analysis and improvement of the health care system. Focuses on the examination of how biological, psychological, and social factors interact to influence individual behavior related to promoting health, preventing illness, and coping with illness. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PSH 110.]
PSH 398 Research Experience ()
Provides and introductory experience to conducting research in Psychology. Arranged in consultation with a faculty mentor. Students apprentice in the mentor’s laboratory. Typical experiences include discussion and review of the pertinent literature, input to the design of research studies, running of subjects, data analysis, or dissemination of results. 1-6 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
PSH 402 Industrial/Organizational Psychology (A)
Survey of theory, research, and applications of psychological principles to the world of work. Topics include personnel selection, job analysis, performance management, training and development, work motivation, job attitudes, stress, leadership, and teams. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: PSH 110.]
PSH 403 Advanced Research Experience in Psychology (A)
Note: for majors only. Students will apply principles learned in PSH 301: Research Methods, by conducting research in a specific area of psychology. In this experiential and writing-intensive course, students will implement and interpret the results of their unique research project culminating in a complete APA style research paper. Students will receive feedback with the opportunity to incorporate this feedback into their final paper to inform their future writing. 3 Cr. [Pre-requisites: PSH 110 & 202 & 301; Suggested corequisite: PSH 203.]
PSH 405 Psychology of Sustainability Issues and Practices (A)
Psychology of Sustainability Issues and Practices will explore the many facets of the inter-relationship between human nature and the potential impact of future generations. Theories and research concerning environment-behavior relationships will be addressed in light of current environmental issues such as overconsumption, waste, environmental hazards, pollution, crowding and noise. Methods of achieving a sustainable relationship with our environment will be reviewed and evaluated. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PSH 110.]
PSH 406 Child Life Theory and Practice (B)
This course is designed for those interested in learning more about the profession of Child Life and aspects of pediatric healthcare. Topics covered include Child Life theoretical foundations, assessment, preparation, play, coping, patient and family-centered care, grief and loss, and the role of Child Life within the interdisciplinary medical team. Attention is given to understanding children and teens in the context of their development as it relates to interventions in medical settings. Swing course PSH 506. 3 Cr. (Odd Fall.)
PSH 410 Psychology and the Law (A)
An overview of how psychology is applied to the criminal justice system, how case law shapes this application and how legal decisions affect the direction of psychological research. Psychology and law is a vibrant area of research within the larger discipline of psychology. This is an interdisciplinary course for students who are interested in criminology, psychology and/or legal issues. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PSH 110; PSH 332 is recommended.]
PSH 424 Positive Psychology (A)
Examines human flourishing, factors linked to happiness, meaning, and sense of purpose in life, and the scientific study of these areas. Also covered are methods to define and measure virtue, positive emotions (joy,gratitude), and positive traits (grit, optimism). Effectiveness of techniques for fostering happiness and life purpose (e.g., via the PERMA model [ Positive emotions, engagement, relatinships, meaning , and achievement]) is also reviewed. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: PSH301 and (PSH 341 or PSH 352) and (PSH 322 or PSH 351) and (PSH 331 or PSH 332) and (PSH 384 or PSH 484) and (PSH 334 or PSH 486).]
PSH 425 Motivation (A)
Survey of motivational theories and research focusing on biological, social, cognitive, and emotional processes that initiate, energize, and direct behavior. Topics include intrinsic/extrinsic motivation, need for achievement, growth motivation, self-efficacy and goal setting as well as the application of theories and research findings to various life domains. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: PSH 301 and PSH 341 or PSH 352 and PSH 322 or PSH 351 and PSH 331 or PSH 332 and PSH 384 or PSH 484 and PSH 334 or PSH 486.]
PSH 426 Psychology of Persuasion (A)
This course is intended to provide a solid grounding in theories, principles, and strategies of social influence as applied to everyday contexts in which influence attempts take place. Students will gain familiarity with findings from empirical psychological investigations on persuasion, social influence, and compliance gaining, and learn about strategies and techniques of persuasion relating to real-life situations. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: PSH 301 And Psychology 341, Or PSH 352 And PSH 322, Or PSH 351 And PSH 331, Or PSH 332 And PSH 384 And PSH 334, Or PSH 486.]
PSH 431 Close Relationships (AW)
This capstone course explores approaches to the study of close relationships across various areas of psychology (developmental, clinical, social, biopsychology, neuropsychology, personality) as well as related disciplines (e.g., anthropology, ethology, counseling, communications) in a writing-intensive, low-enrollment seminar. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites - PSH 301 and PSH 341 or PSH 352 and PSH 322 or PSH 351 and PSH 331 or PSH 332 and PSH 384 or PSH 484 and PSH 334 or PSH 486.]
PSH 433 Psychology of Gender (AWY)
This course examines psychological research related to both men’s and women’s issues in order to evaluate the behavior, biology, and social context in which both women and men function. Topics include: sex roles, gender identity development, gender stereotypes, relationships, sexuality, and sex differences. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PSH 110, Cross-listed as WMS 433.]
PSH 436 Psychology of Aging (A)
This capstone course involves the study of aging from many areas of psychology, all examined from a gerontological perspective, in a writing intensive, low enrollment seminar. Students experience an overview of the psychology of aging, including topics such as research methods in aging; physical changes associated with age, including the psychological impact of physical change; memory changes; retirement; and death and bereavement. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: PSH 301 and PSH 341 or PSH 352 and PSH 322 or PSH 351 and PSH 331 or PSH 332 and PSH 384 or PSH 484 and PSH 334 or PSH 486.]
PSH 438 Talk to Me: Conducting Interviews and Focus Groups (A)
Priniciples of Psychology. This course introduces students to qualitative methods used in the psychological and social sciences. Qualitative methods involve collecting and analyzing non-numerical data (e.g., spoken word, text, video, audio, etc.) to understand concepts, attitudes, perceptions, and/or experiences. Through lecture, classroom activities and practice, students will learn how to develop relevant questions based on existing literature, conduct observations, create interview guides, run interviews and focus groups, and summarize results in meaningful ways through coding and theming of textual data. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PSH 110.]
PSH 441 Clinical Neuropsychology (A)
This capstone course introduces human neuropsychological function and disorders in a writing intensive, low-enrollment seminar. Emphasizes methods of neuropsychological investigation and the links between specific brain regions/structures and higher psychological functions. Explores disorders of emotion, motor and social behavior, speech, memory, and visual-spatial abilities associated with organic brain impairments, including Alzheimer's disease, head trauma, stroke, and other neurologic, psychiatric, and medical illnesses. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: PSH 301 & PSH 341 & "PSH 322 or PSH 351" & "PSH 331 or PSH 332" & "PSH 834 or PSH 484" & "PSH 334 or PSH 486"; or instructor's permission.]
PSH 442 Psychology of Eating (A)
This capstone course provides an in-depth look at the field of the eating in a writing-intensive, low-enrollment seminar. Topics include: theories and biological mechanisms of hunger, determinants of food preferences and choices, effects of food on behavior, eating disorders, overeating and obesity. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: PSH 301 & PSH 341 or PSH 352 & PSH 322 or PSH 351 & PSH 331 or PSH 332 & PSH 384 or PSH 484 & PSH 334 or PSH 486.]
PSH 443 Psychology of Competition & Peak Performance (A)
In this course we will elucidate the relation between competition and performance in discussions of social comparison theory, social facilitation, goal adoption, the opposing process model of competition, performance under stress, deliberate practice, how individuals react to failure, and more. You will develop a scientifically-grounded understanding of how competition affects motivation and performance and learn practical, evidence-based tips for how to reach your own peak performance. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: PSH 301 & PSH 341 or PSH 352 & PSH 322 or PSH 351 & PSH 331 or PSH 332 & PSH 384 or PSH 484 & PSH 334 or PSH 486.]
PSH 445 Psychopharmacology (A)
Covers the effects of psychoactive substances on the central nervous system, behavior, and mood, with emphasis on the role of neurotransmitter systems and receptor sites in the mechanism of drug actions. Includes the pharmacology of recreational drugs as well as those used in the treatment of psychiatric and neurological disorders. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: either PSH 112 or PSH 110, and PSH 341 or instructor's permission.]
PSH 446 Cognitive Development (A)
This capstone course explores the development of cognitive processes during infancy and childhood across various areas of psychology in a writing- intensive, low-enrollment seminar. Important theoretical claims, past and present empirical findings, and research methods of relevant topics including perceptual development, memory, language, and social cognition will be critically evaluated. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: PSH 301 & PSH 341 or PSH 352 & PSH 322 or PSH 351 & PSH 331 or PSH 332 & PSH 384 & PSH 334 or PSH 486.]
PSH 447 LGBTQ+ Psychology (A)
Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender and Queer plus related communities (LGBTQ+) Psychology is an introduction to psychological, social, and cultural aspects of sexual orientation and gender identity. This course will examine the experiences of individuals who identify as lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and queer (LGBTQ) among other identities, through a psychological lens and in a LGBTQ+ affirmative environment. Topics will include historical perspectives on sexual orientation and gender identity; basic research methods used to study gender and sexuality; and applied topics such as identity development, close relationships, mental and physical health, sexuality, and prejudice and discrimination, coming out, resilience, intersectionality, and others. Swing course PSH 547. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PSH 110.]
PSH 451 Cognitive Neuroscience (A)
This capstone course, in a writing-intensive, low enrollment seminar, introduces human cognitive neuroscience. It includes study of cortical functioning, methods of investigation, and the neural basis of cognitive processes, along with principles of neural plasticity and the role of emotion in cognition. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: PSH 341 or PSH 351 & PSH 301 & PSH 341 or PSH 352 & PSH 322 or PSH 351 & PSH 331 or PSH 332 & PSH 384 or PSH 484 & PSH 334 or PSH 486.]
PSH 452 Neuroethics (A)
Neuroethics course will introduce students to the questions related to the impact of modern science in today’s society. By learning the ethical dilemmas involved in the interactive field of neuroscience, philosophy and biopsychology, the students will challenge their principles in a modern scientific way. Topics will include investigating ethical research within social policy. This course incorporates discoveries of the brain and how they have affected our sense of selves, and how scientists are faced with ethical dilemmas such as gene editing, stem cell debates, the use of medications to improve performance, the implications of uncovering false memories, the use of animals in research, informed consent, the present & future of brain imaging, and cognitive privacy. cross listed with PHL452 swing course PSH/PHL552 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: PSH110 required and PSH 341 Biopsychology is recommended.]
PSH 468 Practicum in Teaching Psychology (B)
Allows students to experience the basic aspects of teaching psychology courses, which may include conducting review sessions, assisting in evaluation, developing tutorial techniques or class lecture, supervising lab sessions, etc. Elective. 1-6 Cr. [Prerequisite: Instructor permission.]
PSH 480 Principles of Assessment (A)
Explores methods of assessing people's cognition, emotion, and behavior. Allows students to develop an understanding of assessment procedures, test design, test interpretation, and to become familiar with important intellectual, personality, employment, and neuropsychological tests. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: PSH 110 & PSH 202 or PHS 204 or ECN 204 or MTH 243 or MTH 244 or SOC 200 or HLS 488.]
PSH 482 Community Psychology (A)
Examines the discipline of community psychology, which deals with theory and practice in the prevention of socioemotional disorders and promotion of psychological well-being. Includes historical background of community psychology (e.g., the community mental health movement), the role of stressful life events/life transitions in adjustment, issues and programs in promotion of social competence, and social policy applications of psychology. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PSH 110.]
PSH 483 Applied Behavior Analysis (A)
Covers the application of conditioning and learning principles and procedures to the assessment and treatment of human behavior problems. Examines both child and adult applications in the home, classroom, and institutional settings. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PSH 110.]
PSH 484 Adolescence (A)
This course provides an empirical survey of the literature on adolescence. It focuses on the biological, cognitive, and social changes experienced as individuals move from early to late adolescence. The course explores how the social contexts of family, peers, and schools influence developmental processes of early, middle, and late adolescence. It also considers adolescent sexuality, delinquency, and substance use and abuse. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: PSH 110 is recommended.]
PSH 486 Psychological Disorders of Children (A)
This course offers a theoretical and empirical framework for understanding the symptoms, causes, and treatment of a range of psychological disorders in childhood and adolescence. Relevant developmental, legal, ethical, and diversity issues will also be discussed. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PSH 110.]
PSH 488 Developmental Disabilities (A)
The course will include topics such as: (a) types of developmental disabilities; (b) diagnosis and assessment procedures; (c) causes and prevention; (d) support services and issues across the lifespan; and (e) general treatment approaches and care practices used today and historically. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PSH 110.]
PSH 493 Applications in Developmental Disabilities (A)
This course is designed especially for students who are majoring in psychology or related fields. In this course students will be introduced to developmental disabilities and related disorders. Students will learn how to apply behavioral principles and procedures to assess and teach a person with developmental disabilities a new behavior. 2 Cr.
PSH 494 The Social Psychology of Prejudice and Discrimination (AIW)
This capstone course is designed to familiarize you with basic psychological research on intergroup relations, prejudice, stereotyping, discrimination, and the experience of stigma, in a writing-intensive, low-enrollment seminar. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: PSH 301 & PSH 341 or PSH 352 & PSH 322 or PSH 351 & PSH 331 or PSH 332 & PSH 384 or PSH 484 & PSH 334 or PSH 486.]
PSH 496 Meditation and Mindfulness (A)
This writing-intensive, low enrollment seminar critically examines meditation and mindfulness from the following perspectives: philosophical, methodological, biological, cognitive, health, clinical, interpersonal, and societal. Students will critically evaluate the literature on a topic of their choice pertaining to meditation and mindfulness. (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification). Cross listed with PSH 596. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites:: PSH 301 and (PSH 341 or PSH 352), and (PSH 322 or PSH 351), and (PSH 331 or PSH 332), and (PSH 384 or PSH 484), and (PSH 334 or PSH 486).]
PSH 498 Psychology Internship (A)
Supervised applied experience in a psychology related field with an appropriate organization or agency. Internship goals include the application of classroom theories to practical and professional work experience, preparation for entry-level employment or graduate school. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: JR Status, GPA of 2.5 >, PSH 301, can be concurrently, three upper division courses in Psychology at Brockport.]
PSH 499 Independent Study in Psychology (A)
Provides theoretical and/or empirical investigations into special topics in psychology. Arranged in consultation with the instructor. 1-6 Cr. (By Arrangement.) [Prerequisite: - Instructor's permission.]
PSH 502 Industrial/Organizational Psychology (A)
Survey of theory, research, and applications of psychological principles to the world of work. Topics include personnel selection, job analysis, performance management, training and development, work motivation, job attitudes, stress, leadership, and teams. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite - Instructor Permission.]
PSH 506 Child Life Theory and Practice (B)
This course is designed for those interested in learning more about the profession of Child Life and aspects of pediatric healthcare. Topics covered include Child Life theoretical foundations, assessment, preparation, play, coping, patient and family-centered care, grief and loss, and the role of Child Life within the interdisciplinary medical team. Attention is given to understanding children and teens in the context of their development as it relates to interventions in medical settings. Swing course PSH 406 3 Cr. (Odd Fall.)
PSH 531 (A)
This capstone course explores approaches to the study of close relationships across various areas of psychology (developmental, clinical, social, biopsychology, neuropsychology, personality) as well as related disciplines (e.g., anthropology, ethology, counseling, communications) in a writing-intensive, low-enrollment seminar. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite - instructor's permission.]
PSH 536 Psychology of Aging (A)
This capstone course involves the study of aging from many areas of psychology, all examined from a gerontological perspective, in a writing intensive, low enrollment seminar. Students experience an overview of the psychology of aging, including topics such as research methods in aging; physical changes associated with age, including the psychological impact of physical change; memory changes; retirement; and death and bereavement. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite - Instructor Permission.]
PSH 541 Clinical Neuropsychology (A)
This capstone course introduces human neuropsychological function and disorders in a writing intensive, low-enrollment seminar. Emphasizes methods of neuropsychological investigation and the links between specific brain regions/structures and higher psychological functions. Explores disorders of emotion, motor and social behavior, speech, memory, and visual-spatial abilities associated with organic brain impairments, including Alzheimer's disease, head trauma, stroke, and other neurologic, psychiatric, and medical illnesses. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite - Instructor Permission.]
PSH 542 Psychology of Eating (A)
This capstone course provides an in-depth look at the field of the eating in a writing-intensive, low-enrollment seminar. Topics include: theories and biological mechanisms of hunger, determinants of food preferences and choices, effects of food on behavior, eating disorders, overeating and obesity. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites - Instructor Permission.]
PSH 545 Psychopharmacology (A)
Covers the effects of psychoactive substances on the central nervous system, behavior, and mood, with emphasis on the role of neurotransmitter systems and receptor sites in the mechanism of drug actions. Includes the pharmacology of recreational drugs as well as those used in the treatment of psychiatric and neurological disorders. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites - Instructor Permission.]
PSH 546 Cognitive Development (A)
This capstone course explores the development of cognitive processes during infancy and childhood across various areas of psychology in a writing- intensive, low-enrollment seminar. Important theoretical claims, past and present empirical findings, and research methods of relevant topics including perceptual development, memory, language, and social cognition will be critically evaluated. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite - Instructor Permission.]
PSH 547 LGBTQ+ Psychology (A)
\ Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender and Queer plus related communities (LGBTQ+) Psychology is an introduction to psychological, social, and cultural aspects of sexual orientation and gender identity. This course will examine the experiences of individuals who identify as lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and queer (LGBTQ) among other identities, through a psychological lens and in a LGBTQ+ affirmative environment. Topics will include historical perspectives on sexual orientation and gender identity; basic research methods used to study gender and sexuality; and applied topics such as identity development, close relationships, mental and physical health, sexuality, and prejudice and discrimination, coming out, resilience, intersectionality, and others. Swing course PSH 447. 3 Cr.
PSH 551 Cognitive Neuroscience (A)
This capstone course, in a writing-intensive, low enrollment seminar, introduces human cognitive neuroscience. It includes study of cortical functioning, methods of investigation, and the neural basis of cognitive processes, along with principles of neural plasticity and the role of emotion in cognition. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite - Instructor Permission.]
PSH 552 (A)
Neuroethics course will introduce students to the questions related to the impact of modern science in today’s society. By learning the ethical dilemmas involved in the interactive field of neuroscience, philosophy and biopsychology, the students will challenge their principles in a modern scientific way. Topics will include investigating ethical research within social policy. This course incorporates discoveries of the brain and how they have affected our sense of selves, and how scientists are faced with ethical dilemmas such as gene editing, stem cell debates, the use of medications to improve performance, the implications of uncovering false memories, the use of animals in research, informed consent, the present & future of brain imaging, and cognitive privacy. cross listed with PHL552 swing course PSH/PHL452 3 Cr.
PSH 580 Principles of Assessment (A)
Explores methods of assessing people's cognition, emotion, and behavior. Allows students to develop an understanding of assessment procedures, test design, test interpretation, and to become familiar with important intellectual, personality, employment, and neuropsychological tests. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites - Instructor's Permission.]
PSH 582 Community Psychology (A)
Examines the discipline of community psychology, which deals with theory and practice in the prevention of socioemotional disorders and promotion of psychological well-being. Includes historical background of community psychology (e.g., the community mental health movement), the role of stressful life events/life transitions in adjustment, issues and programs in promotion of social competence, and social policy applications of psychology. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite - Instructor's Permission.]
PSH 583 Applied Behavior Analysis (A)
Covers the application of conditioning and learning principles and procedures to the assessment and treatment of human behavior problems. Examines both child and adult applications in the home, classroom, and institutional settings. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite - Instructor's Permission.]
PSH 584 Adolescence (A)
This course provides an empirical survey of the literature on adolescence. It focuses on the biological, cognitive, and social changes experienced as individuals move from early to late adolescence. The course explores how the social contexts of family, peers, and schools influence developmental processes of early, middle, and late adolescence. It also considers adolescent sexuality, delinquency, and substance use and abuse. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite - Instructor's Permission.]
PSH 586 Psychological Disorders of Children (A)
This course offers a theoretical and empirical framework for understanding the symptoms, causes, and treatment of a range of psychological disorders in childhood and adolescence. Relevant developmental, legal, ethical, and diversity issues will also be discussed. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite - Instructor's Permission.]
PSH 588 Developmental Disabilities (A)
The course will include topics such as: (a) types of developmental disabilities; (b) diagnosis and assessment procedures; (c) causes and prevention; (d) support services and issues across the lifespan; and (e) general treatment approaches and care practices used today and historically. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite - Instructor's Permission.]
PSH 594 The Social Psychology of Prejudice and Discrimination (A)
This capstone course is designed to familiarize you with basic psychological research on intergroup relations, prejudice, stereotyping, discrimination, and the experience of stigma, in a writing-intensive, low-enrollment seminar. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite - Instructor's Permission.]
PSH 596 Meditation and Mindfulness (A)
This writing-intensive, low enrollment seminar critically examines meditation and mindfulness from the following perspectives: philosophical, methodological, biological, cognitive, health, clinical, interpersonal, and societal. Students will critically evaluate the literature on a topic of their choice pertaining to meditation and mindfulness. (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) Cross listed with PSH 496. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites:: PSH 301 and (PSH 341 or PSH 352), and (PSH 322 or PSH 351), and (PSH 331 or PSH 332), and (PSH 384 or PSH 484), and (PSH 334 or PSH 486).]
PSH 599 Independent Study in Psychology (A)
Investigates theoretical and/or empirical investigations into special topics in psychology. Arranged in consultation with the instructor. 1-6 Cr. (By Arrangement.) [Prerequisite - Instructor's Permission.]
PSH 601 Advanced Research Methods in Psychology (A)
This course is restricted to students enrolled in the Department of Psychology’s Masters programs and 3+2 program. Instructor permission required. Provides students with in-depth knowledge and skills necessary to evaluate research, as well as to design and conduct psychological research. Focuses on advanced research designs (including both experimental and quasi-experimental designs) and methodologies. In this writing intensive course, students will research, develop, and organize ideas towards composing a major research paper. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite - Instructor's Permission.]
PSH 602 Applied Multivariate Statistics (A)
Covers advanced inferential statistical procedures relevant to psychological research. Enables students to select, conduct, interpret, and evaluate the results of data analytic techniques that can be utilized in the course of independent research. Analysis of variance procedures and multiple regression will be emphasized. The underlying computations and logic of the procedures will be presented simultaneously with computer-aided data analysis. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite - Instructor Permission.]
PSH 631 Social Psychology (A)
This course will foster an appreciation for, and understanding of social psychological theories and concepts that will enhance students’ understanding of the situational factors that determine human behavior. In addition, this course aims to foster a deeper understanding of the role of diversity in interpersonal interactions, as well as recognition of cross- cultural differences and similarities in reactions to situational factors. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite - Instructor's Permission.]
PSH 634 Psychopathology (A)
Covers theory and research in psychopathology, including the issue of continuity versus discontinuity of normal to pathological behavior. Offers a comprehensive review and critical evaluation of behavioral disorders under the DSM-IV. Examines etiological, diagnostic and treatment/intervention considerations. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite - Instructor's Permission.]
PSH 640 Advance Biopsychology (A)
Examines the physiological bases of behavior. Advanced topics in neurophysiology, biological neural networks, and functional neuroanatomy will be emphasized. The structure and function of neurons will be explored, including electrophysiology. In addition, between-cell communication, including synaptic and hormonal functions, will be discussed. Content will also be concerned with the neural bases of perception, learning, emotion, motivation, movement, and internal regulation. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite - Instructor's Permission.]
PSH 684 Advanced Developmental Psychology (A)
An exploration of the major theories and significant claims of the field of Developmental Psychology. Various aspects of psychological functioning and how these aspects change over the course of an individual’s development will be examined. Current and past empirical research will be critically evaluated. The contribution of genes, environment and the interaction to development will be discussed. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite - Instructor's Permission.]
PSH 690 Child Life Capstone (B)
This course is an independent study designed to allow students to apply what they have learned about children, families, and child life. Specific readings will be identified by the student and will be used to develop an appropriate care plan for a hypothetical child/family case. The student will write and present a full care plan as well as predicted outcomes to the Psychology Department. Add statement - NYSED requires a minimum course grade of B- (graduate sections) for certification. 1 Cr.
PSH 698 Independent Readings (A)
This course is an independent study designed to require the student to master the research literature upon which his/her thesis is to be based. Specific readings will be identified by the student and his/her mentor. The two final projects are a literature review culminating in a research question to be addressed by the student’s thesis and a formal presentation either to the Psychology Faculty or other public venue such as Scholar’s Day or the Graduate Research Conference. 1-6 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite - Instructor's Permission.]
PSH 699 Independent Study (A)
Investigates theoretical and/ or empirical topics in psychology. Arranged in consultation with the instructor. Enrollment normally limited to students matriculated in master's degree program in psychology. 1-6 Cr. (By Arrangement.) [Prerequisite - Instructor's Permission.]
PSH 702 Advanced Applied Behavior Analysis (A)
Examines behavioral intervention techniques, particularly as they apply to children and residential populations. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite - Instructor's Permission.]
PSH 703 Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (A)
Examines cognitive and behavioral therapy, focusing upon evidence-based intervention techniques proven useful for treatment of anxiety and mood disorders, schizophrenia, and personality disorders. Also covered are relevant practice issues in mental health and developmental disability in adults and adolescents, e.g. multiaxial diagnosis, formulation of treatment plans, crisis intervention, and ethical issues. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite - Instructor's Permission.]
PSH 704 Assessment (A)
This course is an introduction to psychological assessment. It provides students with an understanding of the assessment process; psychometric theory; relevant theories of intelligence and personality; and the administration, scoring and interpretation of prototypical psychological assessment instruments such as the Wechsler Scales of Adult Intelligence, the NEO-PI, and the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory. Students will develop skills in clinical interviewing and report writing. The course extensively examines ethical issues in assessment, issues of test fairness and bias, and best practices in the assessment of diverse populations. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite - Instructor's Permission.]
PSH 706 Applications in Psychology (B)
This course will examine models of change and how they are embodied by different therapeutic techniques and approaches. Approaches will include those employed by cognitive behavioral therapy, mindfulness and meditation practices, and applied behavioral analysis. Students will learn ethically appropriate skills in assessment, interviewing, and report writing, as well as how these can be influenced by culture. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Corequisite: required (along with two electives) for clinical coursework in exchange for PSH702, PSH703, and PSH704.]
PSH 709 Pre-Practicum (A)
$21 Course fee required: Prerequisite - Instructor Permission. Refines and develops skills necessary for successful practicum placement experience. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PSH 710 Practicum (A)
$21 Course fee required: Prerequisite: Successful completion of all course work. PSH709 may be taken concurrently. Provides practical experience in a human service agency. Practicum placements developed individually, based on the specific student and agency involved. Practicum is supervised by an agency staff member and a faculty member from the Department of Psychology. 1-9 Cr.
PSH 798 Masters Thesis (A)
Research project to be arranged in consultation with faculty advisor and Thesis Committee. 1-6 Cr. (By Arrangement.) [Prerequisite - Instructor's Permission.]
Public Administration
PAD 512 Poverty Alleviation Initiatives (B)
Poverty has vexed political, social, academic, and religious leaders the world over for centuries. Global and comprehensive, regional-level initiatives that can serve as a model for poverty alleviation will be examined. Students will explore whether or not it is realistic to ameliorate poverty without the resources and policy might of the federal government. Finally, local partnerships with New York State will be examined to understand regional strategies that attempt to combat poverty. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PAD 513 Health Care in America (B)
Provides an overview of the health care system in the United States; the political, economic, and social environment of the American health care system; how health care services are organized, financed, and delivered; cost, access, and quality of problems facing the American health care system; and identification and analysis of proposals to reform the health care system. 3 Cr.
PAD 514 How to Start Your Own Nonprofit (B)
Ready to change the world? This 5-week, virtual, summer course is your roadmap to creating a nonprofit that drives real impact. Whether you’re passionate about social change, the arts, education, or environmental action, we’ll guide you through every essential step of turning your vision into a thriving nonprofit organization. Through engaging lessons, real-world examples, and hands-on projects you’ll build your mission, create bylaws, select board members, and navigate the practical steps of legal setup and financial planning. By the end of the course, you’ll be equipped with a strategic plan, insider tips, and the inspiration to make your nonprofit launch a reality. Get ready to transform your passion into purpose and join the ranks of change-makers who make a difference! Add statement - NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr.
PAD 541 Foundations of Public Administration (B)
Provides MPA students with the intellectual foundation they will need for subsequent study in subfields of public administration. Emphasis is placed on the study of the ideas, value systems, theoretical frameworks, and historical events that have merged to form the field of public administration. 3 Cr.
PAD 546 Foundations of the Nonprofit Sector (B)
Why do nonprofits exist, and how do they shape the world around us? This course explores the big ideas and historical roots of the nonprofit sector, from social impact to global influence. Whether you're a future changemaker or just curious about mission-driven work, this course lays the groundwork for understanding the values, theories, and roles of nonprofits in society—and why they matter now more than ever. 3 Cr.
PAD 601 Leading Organizational Change for Public Administrators (A)
Teaches the prospective public administrator how to effectively lead an organization through a significant change effort from start to finish. Addresses important theories, concepts and tools for leading and managing change with a focus on practical application in the workplace. Uses a mixture of experimental activities, lecture and class assignments. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PAD 602 Economics for Public Managers (B)
Application of basic microeconomic analysis to public policy problems. Primary goal is to learn the basic principles of economic reasoning to untangle complex policy problems encountered by policy makers, policy analysts, and administrators. Differs from traditional microeconomic courses in its emphasis on public policy applications. Designed for students with little or no background in economics. Minimum of mathematics, namely graphs and simple algebra. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PAD 603 Social Policy (B)
Describes the recent trends in poverty throughout the United States, and presents social science frameworks for analyzing and evaluating the public programs available to poor and low-income American families. This includes discussion and coverage of current issues in social policy and poverty, as well as a historical context for program policy and design. We will consider the behavioral implications of transfer programs and also discuss issues in social policy implementation as it relates to bureaucracy and program administration. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
PAD 605 Local Government Management (B)
Introduction to local government organization and administration. Overview of local governments as organizations and the local government system, with special emphasis on New York State. Nature of local government organizations and management, working with elected governing boards, citizens, community organizations, other regional and local governments and professional peers. Overview of administrative-departmental operations and the manager's role. Introduction to services change strategies and innovation. (required course) 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PAD 608 Branding for Nonprofit and Public Organizations (A)
Provides students with the opportunity to learn concepts and develop skills crucial to brand development and management in a nonprofit or public organization. Students will gain an appreciation for the power of a brand to align all members of the organization in achieving its mission and provide a consistent experience for stakeholders, including customers or clients. The course will also give students practical experience working with a community organization. 3 Cr.
PAD 611 Professional Writing for Public Administrators (B)
Examines the relationship of writing, critical thinking, and managing effectively. Describes significant trends and challenges of written communication in today’s networked, digital world. Introduces tools for gaining mastery of grammar, mechanics, and style. Provides strategies for tailoring the message to the target audience, writing informational, persuasive, good news, and bad news communications. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PAD 612 Negotiation & Conflict Management for Public Administrators (A)
Examines a variety of workplace and social dilemmas facing today's public manager. Objectives include helping managers learn how to effectively prepare for negotiation and conflict; enhance their power for troublesome situations; and develop appropriate negations and conflict management styles to deal with multiple parties, navigate social dilemmas, and negotiate across cultures. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
PAD 613 Health Care in America (B)
Provides an overview of the health care system in the United States; the political, economic, and social environment of the American health care system; how health care services are organized, financed, and delivered; cost, access, and quality of problems facing the American health care system; and identification and analysis of proposals to reform the health care system. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
PAD 614 Higher Education Policy (B)
Provides an overview of current topics in higher education in both public and private institutions for students considering careers in higher education. Examines the interrelated and complex relationships between the various functional areas in higher ed environments as well as shifting external pressures faced by colleges and universitites. Explores emerging and accepted best practices in creating environments conducive to student success. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
PAD 615 Strategic Management for Health Care Organizations (B)
Covers current challenges faced by the US Health care delivery system and how health policy, both historically and today, has sought to address these challenges. This system is compared with those of other nations to highlight its relative strengths and weaknesses. Students will examine health care concerns associated with population and public health, risk factors associated with vulnerable populations, logistics of the health care system, and the future of health care delivery in the U.S. and of health care policy. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PAD 617 Disaster Recovery for Public Administrators (B)
Frequently, when disasters occur, the recovery phase may last weeks, months, or years following the event. Understanding recovery theory and practice at the federal, state, and local levels is essential. Students will develop an understanding of topics related to mitigation and planning, continuity of operations planning, and examine disasters that have occurred and the recovery processes related to them. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PAD 619 Financial Management of Health Care Organizations (B)
Helps prospective administrators in healthcare settings understand and use financial information in the decision-making process. Assists students/prospective administrators in developing an understanding of accounting principles and develops basic skills in financial statement analysis, managing working capital, budgeting, cost finding and pricing. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: PAD 640.]
PAD 622 Legal Aspects of Public Administration (A)
Provides students with exposure to legal issues frequently encountered by managers of public and non-profit agencies. Provides students with insight into principles of legal analysis, and conducts an in-depth review of employment issues. Covers discrimination, informed consent issues and the regulatory powers of government agencies. 3 Cr.
PAD 623 Organizational Capacity Building Practicum (B)
Students will work in small student-led teams with a client, most likely a non-profit or government organization, working on a community impact initiative or core organizational challenge, under the supervision of the professor. Students will receive cultural competence training to enhance their understanding of diverse communities and learn effective engagement strategies for public service organizations. During the clinical practicum, students will study articles, case studies, and other texts that support the client project. Students must be available to meet with clients during regular business hours to support onsite meetings and execution of capacity building efforts, which would be estimated at 2-3 hours per week. *elective 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PAD 626 Managing Public Services (B)
Prepare students for managing local government service delivery, addressing public service problems, and leading service change or innovation. Includes an overview of local government service delivery, service cost analysis, assessing services and investigating options for change and innovation. Case examples and practitioner insights will help in understanding service delivery challenges, service innovation and solutions. *required 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PAD 629 Fundraising and Development (B)
Designed for individuals who are currently preparing for leadership roles in this area. Explores the ethics and values in professional fund raising. Also explores various forms of exchange that take place in fund raising, from individuals through corporations. Develops skills, including prospect identification, cultivation and research. 3 Cr.
PAD 637 Marketing for Nonprofits (A)
Students will learn the differences between nonprofit and for-profit marketing techniques and use this knowledge to develop a nonprofit marketing analysis, communication plan, and marketing assets that will directly benefit selected U.S.-based nonprofit organizations. This class further discusses the important topics of cultural intelligence for marketers and ethical storytelling. 3 Cr.
PAD 638 Environmental Issues in Emergency Management (A)
Students will develop a deeper understanding of environmental topics and issues that impact emergency management. Topics include environmental quality topics, roles of various Federal, State, and Local agencies in regulation and management, implications of environmental issues during emergencies, decision-making and problem-solving for environmental disasters, and relationships between government, non-government agencies, and not-for-profit organizations. 3 Cr.
PAD 639 Cyber Security for Public Administrators (B)
Today’s leaders are entrusted to protect sensitive, proprietary and personal data leveraged by their respective institutions. As such, leaders must possess a modicum of cybersecurity acumen. This course will provide leaders with an overview of cybersecurity policy and implementation of cybersecurity controls. This course is intended to serve a diverse group of individuals and organizations primarily in the public sector but also in the private sector. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PAD 640 Financial Management for Public Administrators (A)
Must have taken prior to PAD 619. Geared to enable non-financial managers to understand financial management in government, health and not-for profit organizations. Examines financial management and how to make use of the financial information such as budgets, forecasts, strategic plans and financial statements. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PAD 641 Foundations of Public Administration (B)
Provides MPA students with the intellectual foundation they will need for subsequent study in subfields of public administration. Emphasis is placed on the study of the ideas, value systems, theoretical frameworks, and historical events that have merged to form the field of public administration. 3 Cr. (Summer.) [Cross-listed as EPS 641.]
PAD 643 Information Management in Public Administration (B)
Provides current and future managers with knowledge of key information technology issues faced within modern public and nonprofit organizations. Students will achieve the capability to plan, implement, and evaluate IT projects. An emphasis also is placed on the organizational and social impacts of information technology initiatives. 3 Cr. (Summer.) [Cross-listed as EPS 643.]
PAD 644 Supervision Skills for Public Administrators (B)
For those now in (or preparing for) informal or formal leadership positions. Teaches supervisory skills through discussion, exercises, role plays, and the design/presentation of a training module on topics such as coaching and counseling, leading staff meetings, handling employee complaints, delegating responsibility, performance problem solving, performance appraisal interviewing, disciplinary action and the job interview. 3 Cr.
PAD 646 Foundations of the Nonprofit Sector (B)
Defines the various meanings of "nonprofit;" differentiate and categorize the role of the nonprofit sector in the US economy vis a vis the for profit and governmental sectors; understand the environment calling for increased accountability and transparency in the nonprofit sector; and analyze and critique various proposals for reforming the nonprofit sector and making it more accountable and transparent. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PAD 652 Emergency Management (B)
This course is concerned with the principles of emergency management. It focuses on the practices and policies of the emergency management profession. In addition to exploring the history and evolution of the profession, the course will focus on the concepts of mitigation, preparedness, response, and recovery. The student will learn about the relationships between federal, state, and local agencies in a disaster, as well as explore the social, political, and economic implications of disasters. 3 Cr.
PAD 653 Ethics in Public Administration (A)
Enables students to gain a conceptual and practical understanding of ethics and of the principal ethical theories. Teaches students to appreciate how ethics are applied to decisions and behavior in professional life, whether in the public or nonprofit sectors. Examines the relationship between being ethical and leadership and excellence in management. 3 Cr.
PAD 655 Medicare and Medicaid Policy Issues (A)
Provides a thorough overview of both the Medicare and Medicaid programs: their background and history; eligibility; covered benefits; provider reimbursement methods; program administration; financing; cost and spending patterns; their respective roles and importance in the American health-care system; and how Medicare and Medicaid both affect and are affected by current healthcare reform proposals. 3 Cr.
PAD 661 Creating an Empowered Public Organization (A)
Covers the many issues surrounding the development of empowered teams from both the leader's and team member's perspective. Includes a mix of current theories and experiential activities, with the latter to be used as the primary instruction method. Since there is no generic step-by-step plan for building an empowered organization, challenges students with applying the general theories and methodologies to their own workplace. Focuses throughout the course on the role of manager in developing empowered teams. 3 Cr.
PAD 663 The Leadership Roundtable for Public Administrators (B)
Seminar course that focuses on leadership theory and practice. Explores theories of leadership, critique examples and strategies of leadership, and examine local leadership. Students in this course will be provided with the opportunity to critique leadership styles of both themselves and others 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PAD 664 Non-Profit Advocacy and Government Relations (A)
Designed to prepare current and future nonprofit leaders with the skills and knowledge to pursue effective relationships with government and to influence public policy decision-making on behalf of mission-related goals. Course stresses advocacy, lobbying, and voter education as key strategies for educating policymakers, the media and the public. 3 Cr.
PAD 666 Computer Applications for Public Administrators (B)
An intermediate-level course designed to enhance students' skills in the computer applications used in Public Administration core courses. Applications include the Statistical Package for the Social Sciences (SPSS), MS Excel, PowerPoint, and the use of on-line courseware. This will be done in conjunction with readings and exercises that develop some understanding of the information technology challenges and opportunities in public service organizations. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as EPS666.]
PAD 676 Special Topics in Local Government Management (B)
This course provides more in-depth coverage of 3-4 local government management topics including innovation, project management, capital and infrastructure planning, and community development. Readings on each topic will provide insight and guidance as well management perspective. These readings will include academic journal articles, professional cases and reflections, and sources describing technique, process, and approach. These reading materials will be supplemented with course presentations – PowerPoint/VoiceThread and other related available video and online content. Course activities and assessments will include a combination of assignments and problem-solving exercises designed to apply and use concepts in each key topic area. 3 Cr.
PAD 677 Topics in Health Care (B)
Students will study special topics in health care organization management, focusing on the managerial process, organizational theory, resource utilization and control, leadership theory, and human resource management. They will gain insight into how they can effectively manage their organizations, collaboratively working with external and internal actors toward better organizational performance. 1-3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PAD 678 Nonprofit Management for Public Administrators (B)
Provides an understanding of nonprofit organizations: their characteristics, purpose, structure, role and the management challenges confronting them. Examines practical methods and strategies for strengthening governance and board issues; planning; fund raising; marketing; public relations; financial management; and working with volunteers. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PAD 679 Grant Writing and Management (B)
Provides students with a "hands-on" experience of developing and writing competitive grant proposals for nonprofit and governmental agencies in order to increase their effectiveness in planning for, submitting, obtaining and managing grants. Enables students to: create a competitive grant proposal, identify the strengths and shortcomings of grant funding for program and agency purposes, identify sources of grant funding, and analyze the strengths and shortcomings of agency support for grant writing. 3 Cr.
PAD 680 Public Policy (A)
This course introduces students to the systematic analysis of the policy process and public policy through the exploration of wider questions of democratic governance, public participation, societal problems, and state capacity. The course considers how different frameworks and approaches conceptualize the process through which policy problems are identified and defined; solutions considered and developed, and how the resulting policy programs are implemented and evaluated. Students will develop the ability to apply theoretical tools and approaches to examine and offer insight to the dilemmas facing public sector organizations as they make decisions. 3 Cr.
PAD 681 Strategic Management for Public Organizations (A)
Presents new theories of management, strategic thinking, and the goal-oriented planning and control techniques essential for survival. Explores the dilemmas and challenges of today's managers in a dynamic economy. Provides students with concepts in four areas crucial to modern managers in the present and future such as industry analysis, competitive positioning, management of change, development of strategic thinking, visioning, leadership, long- and short-range planning and control systems. Explores management of diversity and the question of ethics in today's restructured economy. Uses interactive lecture-discussion format and case studies designed to enable students to develop team-building and communication skills. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as EPS 681.]
PAD 682 Organizational Behavior for Public Administrators (A)
Focuses on the interpersonal and social characteristics of organizations and the skills required to manage them. Covers topics from a behavioral perspective, including motivation, communication, leadership, group and intergroup behavior, conflict management, problem solving, ethics, diversity and other special topics. Features role plays, field interviews, films and the application of measurement instruments to complement the lecture-discussion format. Draws examples from governmental, nonprofit and business organizations. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as EPS 682.]
PAD 683 Intergovernmental Relations (A)
Explores tensions between national goals and state and local priorities, and the implications for subnational units of shifts in priorities and grant-in-aid instruments at the national level. 3 Cr.
PAD 684 Budget-State and Local Government (B)
Examines budgeting as a crucial management function in public and nonprofit organizations. Gives special concern to the politics, practice and analysis which surround the budgetary process. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Cross-listed as EPS 684.]
PAD 685 Human Resource Management for Public Administrators (A)
Focuses on human resource management (HRM) principles and skills useful for those interested in the public, nonprofit, and private sectors. Topic areas include workforce planning, onboarding and recruitment, benefits and compensation, employee development, diversity, equity and inclusion in the workplace and discussion about the roles and responsibilities of HR in each of these important functions. Cross-listed as EPS 685. 3 Cr.
PAD 687 Statistics for Public Administrators (B)
Allows students to learn to use SPSS by reading chapters in a text specifically designed to help them gain proficiency in using the software and understanding statistical methods. Also allows students to learn to describe data, develop and test hypotheses, and examine the relationships that exist among variables. Evaluates students on short exercises from the text, a midterm and a final project. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as EPS 687.]
PAD 688 Research and Program Evaluation (A)
Covers methods of measuring the efficiency, effectiveness and impact of programs and services. Teaches students to design research projects, interpret research results and evaluate programs. Places subject matter in a context that the practicing administrator can apply to programmatic needs. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as EPS 688.]
PAD 694 Public Administration Internship Experience (B)
Provides students an opportunity to learn the practical application of theories, concepts and techniques taught in Public Administration program. Through employment in a public sector, health care, nonprofit or public safety organization, teaches students practical administrative or policy practices and how to integrate theoretical issues with those found in the workplace. 3-6 Cr. 3-6 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Cross-listed as EPS 694. Prerequisite: Completion of 21 credits toward the MPA.]
PAD 696 Portfolio Seminar (B)
For the portfolio paper, students assess 5 course competencies (below) as prescribed by the National Association of Schools of Public Administration and Affairs (NASPAA), using what they have learned in their Public Administration courses: 1. To lead and manage in public governance, 2. to participate in and contribute to the public policy process, 3. to analyze, synthesize, think critically, solve problems and make decisions, 4. to articulate and apply a public service perspective, and 5. to communicate and interact productively with a diverse and changing workforce and citizenry. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PAD 699 Independent Study (B)
Allows students to work individually with faculty on an area of special interest. Requires students to develop the objectives and methodologies, subject to review and approval of the faculty. 1-3 Cr. [Cross-listed as EPS 699.]
Public Administration Emphasis in Public Safety
Public Health Education
PBH 230 Public Health Strategies on College Campuses (A)
Provides an introduction to health education and prevention theories to help address health topics and behaviors that affect college students’ everyday lives. All topics will be explored through a gender schema theory lens. Topics include sexual violence, relationship violence, mental health concerns specific to college students, stress and sleep management, alcohol and other drug use and abuse, sexual decision making, LGBTQ issues, nutrition, and physical activity. Students will work to create, plan , and implement a small scale program related to their topic area of choice. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
PBH 235 ZIP Codes, Community, Health (AD)
Examines the influence of the social determinants of health, including economic stability, education, social context, health and healthcare, and neighborhood, on individuals and communities. Explores the causes of health inequity and culturally competent strategies for addressing disparities. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PBH 301 Principles of Healthful Living (A)
Focuses on lifestyle factors and their relationships to well-being, behaviors, and disease. Explores health content areas, defined by NYS Education Department. Includes these topics: drug use and abuse, nutrition, personal and community health, safety education (identifying dangerous environments, prevention of child abduction, fire, and arson), communication skills for productive relationships (i.e. conflict resolution), identifying and reporting suspected child abuse/maltreatment, and SAFE Schools Against Violence Education Legislation Certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PBH 302 Foundations of Health Education (A)
This course covers health education philosophy; history; present status and future projections related to the promotion of healthful lifestyles; appropriate response to human health needs; and principles of learning, goal setting, behavioral objectives, teaching methodologies, evaluation, professional ethics, and legislation. This course supports the constructs of knowledge, reflection and responsible leadership required by those in the fields of public health and health education. Course requires a minimum grade of (for Major/Minor/Certification) 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PBH 303 Environmental Health (A)
Examines the complex relationship between people, environment, and health, highlighting the role of environmental factors as contributors to health disparities. Topics covered include sources of environmental risk (e.g., chemical, microbial, physical), epidemiological methods used to identify environmental hazards, risk assessment methods (e.g., toxicology), health protection strategies (e.g., role of regulatory agencies and policy), health promotion strategies, and risk communication. PBH 303 is required of students in the Public Health Education program. Students in the Health Science (Consumer Health) program may select the course as one of five required content courses. Course requires a minimum grade of "C" (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PBH 306 Contemporary Issues in Health (AIY)
Provides for the identification and analysis of current critical health and health care issues in the US; focuses on ethical, legal, economic, and social implications of controversial health issues; and examines the dynamics of the American health care system from the perspective of the patient, consumer, and health care provider. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PBH 311 Public Health Nutrition (A)
Introduces the fundamentals of nutrition including all classes of nutrients and their sub-categories, their metabolic roles, and the composition of a healthy diet. Examines the relationship between diet and disease, examining acute and chronic disease (including foodborne illness). Students approach nutrition from a public health perspective, examining the determinants of over- and under-nutrition (e.g., access, safety). Students will examine community-based interventions and governmental policies/programs (e.g., federal food assistance) designed to reduce disparities in this context. Hunger from a global and environmental perspective will also be examined. Course requires a minimum grade of "C" (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PBH 312 Mental Health (A)
This course is designed to explore the concept of mental health and dimensions of self-esteem and emotional well-being. It examines the meaning of the various models and theories of mental health and mental illness, the major biological and social influences on human behavior, developmental approaches to human behavior, and the impact of emotional states on physical well-being. This course also presents current information concerning life stages, stress, rape, suicide, and death and loss. The importance of effective interpersonal communication and the careful selection of a lifestyle consistent with a person's needs, goals, and sense of spirituality are emphasized. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for Major/Minor/Certification). 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PBH 313 Introduction to Safety (A)
This course introduces future public health professionals to safety concepts, educational efforts, regulatory policies, and professional agencies that focus on researching and preventing injury. Areas of consumer protection, industrial hygiene, violence prevention, and emergency preparedness are explored. Course requires a minimum grade of (for Major/Minor/Certification). 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PBH 314 Family Life Science (A)
Provides for the study of diverse family forms in the US today. Examines cultural and social factors affecting family life; explores how family dynamics affect the health of each individual, analyzes components of successful family life; and identifies common problems within families and strategies for their resolution. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PBH 317 Introduction to Public Health (A)
An introduction to the theory and practice of public health. Topics will include the history and future of public health, law, government and politics as they pertain to the discipline, the science and analytical methods fundamental to the field, and the determinants of health. The public health workforce and the settings of public health practice will also be examined. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for Major/Minor/Certification). 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PBH 320 Health Behavior Theory (B)
Write a brief course description for the College Catalog. Reflect content as accurately as possible. Explores the fundamental, theoretical foundations of social and behavioral science. The course will provide an introduction to behavior change models and theories, the history of the theories, and principles of ethical decision making for intervention research. Students will become familiar with the health behavior literature and research, and will develop an understanding of the theoretical and scientific basis of health education programs. Students will apply theoretical models to develop health education interventions. Course requires a minimum grade of "C" (for Major/Minor/Certification). 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: PBH 317 (grade of C or better), students must take PBH 488 (grade of C or better).]
PBH 402 Women's Health (AWY)
Provides a study of women as healthy functioning human beings. Includes lecture and discussion with guest speakers (when available) to present positive information and insights on the anatomical, physiological, mental, spiritual, and emotional aspects of contemporary women. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as WMS 402.]
PBH 410 Health Care & Policy (AI)
This course provides an overview of health policy and the health care system, its components, organization, and management. Additionally, health care systems in other countries will be described as well as health care ethics. Implications for public health professionals will be addressed. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification). 3 Cr. (Spring.)
PBH 416 Consumer Health (A)
Provides a framework for evaluating consumer health information. Specifically, the course provides students with tools and resources to identify, and evaluate product information used in the delivery of health care, health services, and other health behaviors. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PBH 419 Human Sexuality (AW)
Sexual knowledge, attitudes, values, and behaviors are examined within various topic areas as part of one’s total health and wellness. Emphasis is placed on knowledge of, experiences with, and modern practices in sexuality education to meet the needs of diverse learners. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification). Cross-listed as WMS419. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PBH 425 Women and Safety (A)
Examines issues of violent crime and personal victimization, especially for women, and the implications for personal crime prevention. Includes an in-depth examination of these violent crimes (e.g.: sexual assault, relationship violence), followed by a focus on individual strategies for maintaining personal safety and reducing crime risks. Considers crime prevention for children and other special populations. 3 Cr.
PBH 426 HIV/AIDS: Issues and Implications (AW)
Examines HIV/AIDS issues and implications facing the United States and the world today; provides an understanding of the disease, its perceived causes, pathways for transmission, and prevention strategies; and explores the development of educational strategies for schools and community agencies. 3 Cr.
PBH 450 Global Health (AI)
This course provides an introduction to the nature of global health issues focusing on factors that determine health in the major geographical regions of the world. The course covers topics regarding child and maternal health, nutrition, epidemiology of infectious diseases such as HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis, malaria. Includes discussions about international agencies, NGOs, successful global health interventions and Millennium Development Goals. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification). 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite or corequisite: PBH 488, may be taken concurrently.]
PBH 460 Leadership in Public Health (A)
Addresses leadership skills needed in health education including recruiting, managing, training and evaluating staff and volunteers, procuring resources, team building, analyzing and changing organizational culture and developing organizational policies. Students will also learn how to develop, facilitate and maintain collaborative efforts, partnerships, and coalitions with emphasis on community organizing principles. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification). 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: PBH302 & PBH317 with a minimum grade of C.]
PBH 470 Health Implications of Stress (A)
Involves a comprehensive study of research, theory, and empirical knowledge of the psychosomatic implications of stress on health and disease. Examines the nature of stress, and the effects of stress on the human organism, including an examination of physiological, psychological, and behavioral symptoms and changes. Also examines the causes of stress during various stages of life, as well as occupational and family sources of stress; and studies and allows for the practice of behavioral interventions and specific techniques. 3 Cr.
PBH 471 Childhood and Adolescent Stress (A)
Provides an overview of stress and its effects on children and adolescents in today's society; the nature, symptoms, and causes of stress in children and adolescents; positive and negative ways children and adolescents manage stress; useful techniques for controlling and reducing stress in a healthful manner; and how parents, teachers, and health professionals can help young people manage stress. 3 Cr.
PBH 475 Computer Applications in Health Education (A)
Provides students with an introduction to the potential issues of microcomputers in the field of health education. Covers a range of hardware and examines general and specific software applications of microcomputer technology to the practice of health education. Explores important social, educational, legal, and ethical issues related to the use of technology in health education. 3 Cr.
PBH 485 Dimensions of Teaching School and Community Health (B)
Focuses on the practice of strategies and methodologies needed for effectively teaching health education in school and community settings. Includes the process of analyzing and discussing field placement experience (HLP 486) to reinforce theoretical content. Includes these discussion topics, often reinforced by guest speakers with particular expertise: elements of effective instruction, classroom management, learning disabilities, controversial issues, school law, health education standards in New York state, and health education programming in community settings. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: Completion of all required courses in General Education and in the professional program in health education, and minimum 2.5 GPA for all courses taken at SUNY Brockport; taken concurrently with PBH 486, PBH 491, PBH 492 and PBH 493.]
PBH 486 Field Experience (B)
Provides a field experience in a school/community site requiring a minimum of two days per week for each six-week placement. Allows students to begin to demonstrate health education planning, teaching, and evaluation skills plus complementary responsibilities in community and school sites. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: Taken concurrently with PBH 485, PBH 491, PBH 492 and PBH 493.]
PBH 488 Applied Biostatistics & Epidemiology (AM)
Provides an overview of developing data analysis plans, analyzing data using descriptive and inferential statistical methods, interpreting results of analysis to address research questions/hypotheses, and disseminating findings. Introduces topics such as hypothesis testing and calculation of odds ratios/relative risk, that will allow students to better interpret literature from the fields of public health, epidemiology, and medicine. *note course grade minimum of "C" is required for general education/major/minor/certification. **this is a required course for Public Health major, Consumer Health concentration. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PBH 489 Epidemiology (A)
Provides an overview of the science of epidemiology regarding the understanding and management of disease. Topics include the examination of procedures to determine the existence and management of epidemics; the study of disease causation; the tracing of disease rates and other health indices; application of research findings to interventions; and the role of epidemiology in public health. Findings from major epidemiology studies will be reviewed. Students also will complete a service learning project. 3 Cr.
PBH 490 Selected Topics in Public Health (A)
To be defined by the instructor in accordance with the specific topic to be covered that semester. May be repeated, but under another topic area in health science. Additional information may be obtained from the department. 1-6 Cr. (Every Semester.)
PBH 491 Methods for Health Education (B)
Enables students to develop, implement, and evaluate a variety of health education programs for school, community, and work-site settings and audiences; and to utilize appropriate instructional methodologies such as discussion, lecture, problem solving, demonstration, experiment, role play, gaming, newsletter, brochure, television, radio, and computer assisted instruction. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: Taken concurrently with PBH 485, PBH 486, PBH 492 and PBH 493.]
PBH 492 Health Communication (B)
Addresses basic principles of interpersonal communication and communication strategies, models, and theories used by health educators in the delivery of health information. Students will design educational materials to address health literacy in various populations using multiple channels of communication. Course requires a minimum grade of "C" (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification). This course is required of students in the Public Health Education major. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: PBH 302, 488, 317, PBH 320; Pre/Corequisite PBH 320.(all min grade of "C").]
PBH 493 Program Planning (B)
Examines contemporary health problems in the United States and investigates the role of health education in solving these problems. Identifies and applies techniques for community needs assessments and how to engage community stakeholders in the program planning process. Examines theories, methods, strategies, and techniques of health education program planning, implementation, and evaluation. Course requires a minimum grade of "C" for Major/Minor/Certification. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: PBH 302, 317, 320, 488; Co-requisites: PBH 320 and 492 can be taken concurrently.]
PBH 495 Health Research (A)
Explores the topic of research in health education and health promotion. Covers topics such as critiquing literature, writing research questions/hypotheses, selecting appropriate research designs, and analyzing and interpreting data. Includes information on instrumentation, sampling, research methods common to epidemiological research (e.g., case control, cohort), and research ethics. * course is required for Public Health major; consumer health concentration. ** a minimum grade of "C" is required for general education/major/minor/certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: PBH 317 and PBH 488 with minimum grade of C.]
PBH 496 Practicum in Community Health Education (B)
$21 Course fee required: Prerequisite: all Public Health requirements must be complete prior to PBH 496 and a 2.5 GPA is required. Provides students with the opportunity to function as full-time health educators in community, hospital, or work-site settings under the supervision of a health education professional. Allows students to develop, implement, and evaluate health education programs as appropriate for the setting. Satisfactory/ Unsatisfactory Grading. 12 Cr.
PBH 497 Program Evaluation (B)
Provides students with foundational knowledge and skills needed to evaluate public health programs, interventions or policies. Covers concepts and methodologies of evaluation including formative and summative evaluation, logic models, research/evaluation designs, measurement, and data analysis techniques. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: PBH 302, 317, 488, AND 495; Corequisites: PBH 320 and 492 and 493.]
PBH 498 Public Health Internship Preparation Workshop (B)
The Internship Preparation workshop provides structured guidance to students in completing all pre-internship tasks necessary to secure their culminating internship in a timely manner Cr. (Every Semester.) [Co-requisites: PBH 493 and PBH 497 should all be taken concurrently.]
PBH 499 Independent Study in Public Health Education (A)
To be defined in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement. 1-9 Cr.
PBH 502 Women's Health (A)
Provides a study of women as healthy functioning human beings. Includes lecture and discussion with guest speakers (when available) to present positive information and insights on the anatomical, physiological, mental, spiritual, and emotional aspects of contemporary women. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as WMS 402.]
PBH 504 Alcohol, Drugs, & Society (A)
Examines relevant issues of alcohol and substance use and abuse in today's society, including an exploration of personal and societal consequences, the needs of diverse populations, and the implementation of evidence-based prevention strategies. 3 Cr. (Summer.)
PBH 513 Healthcare in America (A)
In this course, students will learn the context and background for undertanding the development of today's health legistlation. Also, students will learn how health policymaking results in decisions that afect healthcare providers and patients. They will also gain insight into how they can influence the policymaking process. Through this course's activities, discussions, and assignments, students will assess and gain knowledge about U.S. health policymaking. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
PBH 519 Human Sexuality (A)
Provides each student with the opportunity to gain an awareness of him/herself and others as sexual beings. Examines sexual knowledge, attitudes and behaviors throughout the various life stages, in order to integrate human sexuality into one's total health and well-being. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Cross-listed as WMS 519.]
PBH 526 HIV/AIDS: Issues and Implications (A)
Examines HIV/AIDS issues and implications facing the United States and the world today: understanding the disease, its perceived causes, pathways for transmissions and prevention strategies. Also examines educational strategies for schools and community agencies. 3 Cr.
PBH 550 Global Health (A)
Provides an introduction to the nature of global health issues focusing on factors that determine health in the major geographical regions of the world. Covers topics of child and maternal health, nutrition, epidemiology of infectious diseases such as HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis, malaria. Includes discussions about international health agencies, NGOs, successful global health interventions and the Millennium Development Goals. 3 Cr.
PBH 571 Childhood and Adolescent Stress (A)
Provides an overview of stress and its effects on children and adolescents in today's society; and the nature, symptoms and causes of stress in children and adolescents. Explores positive and negative ways children and adolescents manage stress; useful techniques for controlling and reducing stress in a healthful manner; and how parents, teachers and health professionals can help young people manage stress. 3 Cr.
PBH 586 Field Experience in Health Education (A)
This course provides a field experience in a health education setting requiring a minimum of 50 contact hours. This field experience allows students to demonstrate planning, teaching, and evaluation skills plus the complementary responsibilities of a health education professional. This course supports the conceptual framework of the Professional Education Unit at SUNY Brockport. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: PBH 600 & 645 with B- min grade.]
PBH 600 Foundations in School Health Education (A)
This course serves as an introduction to the field of school health education. It emphasizes knowledge and skills of a health literate educator; Identifies priorities for school health education; Examines components of a coordinated school health education program that serves the Whole School, Whole Community, Whole Child; Explores ways to communicate and advocate for health and school health education; and, enhances abilities to serve as a resource person in health education. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
PBH 601 Advanced Nutrition (A)
Provides students with an overview of nutrition content to enable them to develop nutrition-focused programs in the school or community. Addresses nutrition concepts, controversies, diet and health, and influences and policies on food choices. Students will research and develop an assessable nutrition program/lesson based on individual, school, or community-based needs. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PBH 602 Principles and Philosophy of Health Education (A)
This course explores the epidemiological, philosophical, theoretical and moral foundations of health education and public health. This course also investigates the application of health education practice in school and community settings. More specifically, students in this course will study: (1) epidemiological measures and indices of health and disease; (2) determinants of health, health disparities and ideas of social justice; (3) concepts of health and the role of health education in schools and society; (4) planning models for health education intervention; (5) individual health behavioral theories; (6) social, cultural, and environmental theories; and (7) moral obligations of health educators for improving the health of children. NYSED requires a minimum course grade “B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PBH 603 Environmental Health (A)
An introductory overview of the principles of exposure assessment and toxicology will be provided within the context of specific hazards considered in the course. Exposure pathways will be reviewed, and environmental illness associated with selected exposures will be discussed. Students will learn the accepted approaches to management of known environmental hazards, such as lead, that should be part of any comprehensive public health program. The course will also introduce students to the tools for managing environmental health risks, including the use of risk assessment, the “precautionary principle”, regulatory and legal instruments. These concepts will be placed within the larger context of humanity’s relationship with the natural world. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PBH 604 Health Behavior Theory (A)
Explores the fundamental, theoretical foundations of social and behavioral science. The course will provide an introduction to behavior change models and theories, the history of the theories, and principles of ethical decision making for intervention research. Students will become familiar with the health behavior literature and research, and will develop an understanding of the theoretical and scientific basis of health education programs. Students will apply theoretical models to develop health education interventions. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PBH 605 Promotion of Mental Health (A)
This course explores the dimensions of mental health and emotional wellbeing. It examines risk and protective factors associated with mental health and strategies to effectively promote positive mental health and resilience. Specific emphasis is given to examining mental health in children and adolescents. 3 Cr. (Summer.)
PBH 618 Epidemiology (A)
Students will learn and apply basic concepts of epidemiology to multiple domains of public health. Students will practice using epidemiology to better understand, characterize, and promote health at a population level. The class will engage the students in active and collaborative learning through individual projects, case studies, and group discussion. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
PBH 640 Health Education Curriculum Development (B)
Apply knowledge and skills of a school health educator by planning effective comprehensive school health education curricula and programs based on priorities for school health education. Curriculum development will include empirically based and culturally relevant instructional strategies, student diagnostic assessment plans, and evaluations plans of student learning. 3 Cr.
PBH 641 Community Organization (A)
Examines the organizational context within which health education flourishes. Gives attention to the identification of the community health resource network associated with the delivery of health-education services. Students will learn how to develop, facilitate and maintain collaborative efforts, partnerships, and coalitions with emphasis on community organizing principles. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
PBH 642 Health Care and Policy (A)
This course provides an overview of health policy and the health care system, its organization, structure, and function, both nationally and internationally. Social determinants and their role in health inequity will be examined. Students will use a systems thinking approach to analyze health care systems and policies. Subsequently, they will propose strategies to influence public health outcomes and draft health policies to address health problems. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
PBH 643 Safe and Healthy Relationships (A)
Crosslisted with: WMS 643 This course examines safe and healthy relationships throughout the life cycle. It will provide an emphasis on health literacy, as well as effective ways to teach about safety skills to manage healthy relationships. This will include issues in teaching and learning about social emotional learning (SEL), conflict resolution, violence prevention, HIV/AIDS/STl's and sexuality. The course will also examine risk factors, prevention methods and skill strategies to effectively promote positive safe and healthy relationships in schools and communities. 3 Cr.
PBH 644 Program Planning (B)
Students will be introduced to the core concepts of health education/promotion program planning. Factors that impact individual and community health outcomes will be described. Students will develop skills necessary to plan and implement theory based health interventions to address public health issues. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PBH 645 Teaching Methods in School Health (B)
PBH 600 OR PBH 602 must be a pre OR co-req for PBH 645 This course provides real-world application of knowledge and skills through planning effective comprehensive school health education curricula, lesson planning and program-based priorities for school health education. Health education theory and school-based data driven needs will provide the foundation for curriculum development, lesson planning/implementation. This will include empirically based and culturally relevant instructional methodologies, strategies, unit planning, and assessment plans in school settings that promote healthy behaviors. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites/Co - PBH 600 & 602.]
PBH 646 Planning and Evaluating Programs in Health Education (B)
The course is designed to provide students with the skills to assess population needs/assets, assess/evaluate health information, as well as plan, implement, and evaluate effective health education programs that will assist individuals and groups in maintaining and improving their health. Students learn the fundamentals of epidemiology, factors that impact individuals and communities’ health outcomes, statistical methods, assessment protocols, planning steps with logic models, implementation of programs, conducting evaluations, social marketing, and theory-based health interventions. Add statement - NYSED requires a minimum course of B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites are: PBH 600 or PBH 602 or PBH 645; the prereq course requires a grade of B- or higher.]
PBH 650 Communication in Health Education (A)
Prereq/co: PBH 600 OR PBH 602. Students will develop consumer and school health education skills and use methods, techniques, and strategies of communication to deliver health information to diverse target audiences in the school community. Students will learn how to advocate for health education and improve communications between health educators and the populations that they serve. Students will develop appropriate and relevant health education messages for disseminating information about the knowledge and skills of health and the public’s need for health resources and services in school and community settings. Within the context of communications, students will learn how to promote consumer and school health and enhance health communication using theory-driven health messages, technology, social marketing, and media. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
PBH 653 College Health ()
Explores the integration of health, counseling, wellness, prevention, and campus recreation. This course will examine current trends and best practices and the intersection of this work with all areas of student affairs. Topics will include mental health on the college campus; high-risk behaviors and their reduction; applicable developmental and health theories; wellness, recreation, and athletics; sexual and dating violence; and gender, sexual identity and cultural identity development. 3 Cr. (Summer.)
PBH 684 Introduction to Qualitative and Quantitative Research Methods in Public Health (B)
This course is designed to introduce students to both qualitative and quantitative research techniques in Public Health. The basic steps in the qualitative research process will be discussed and students will be expected to conduct their own qualitative research study. Students will also learn about basic quantitative data analysis methods. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PBH 686 Research Methods in Health Education (A)
This course provides students with the skills needed to effectively use health related information from secondary sources to answer a health-related research question. Students will design and execute a health education research project. Students will present their findings and prepare a manuscript to describe their research question, hypothesis, evaluation methods, findings, and recommendations. In addition to completing a research project, students will learn research design and how to write a proposal for a study, including a review of literature, research questions/hypotheses, analysis, interpretation, and application of qualitative and quantitative research methods. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: HLS 684; Requires Departmental approval.]
PBH 687 Research in School Health Education (B)
PBH 646 with grade of B- or better OR PBH 684 with grade of B- or better This course provides students with the skills needed to effectively use health related information from secondary sources to answer a health-related research question. Students will research, design, and execute a health education research grant project that includes the writing of a grant, a secondary data analysis and review of literature. In addition, students will learn research design, how to write a proposal for a study, research questions/hypotheses, analysis, interpretation, and application of qualitative and quantitative research methods. Add statement - NYSED requires a minimum course grade of B- (graduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: Public Health Education.]
PBH 688 Program Evaluation (B)
The course examines the concepts, tools, data collection and analysis methods, and designs used to evaluate health promotion programs. Students will conduct data analysis and interpret results to be presented in a written evaluation report. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
PBH 693 PBH Public Health Education (A)
$21.00 Course fee required: Provides students with the opportunity to function as a health educator in community, hospital, or work-site settings under the supervision of a health education professional. Allows students to develop, implement, and evaluate health education programs as appropriate for the setting. The course requires the completion of 120 internship hours. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
Recreation and Leisure Studies
REL 202 Fundamentals of Recreation and Leisure Studies (AS)
Presents an overview of the recreation/leisure profession and its impact on the individual and society. Explores the theoretical, conceptual and historical foundations of play, recreation, and leisure. Examines the personal, sociological, and economic impacts of recreation and leisure. Minimum grade of "C" for majors/minors. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
REL 305 Introduction to Therapeutic Recreation (B)
Covers the process, benefits and function of therapeutic recreation, values of therapeutic recreation service, provision of service by diagnostic group and setting including medical terminology, and historical and professional development of therapeutic recreation. Requires field experience. Minimum grade of "C" for majors/minors. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
REL 306 Issues of Diversity and Disability in Recreation (AD)
Explores and provides opportunities for students to learn about the present trends and practices that acknowledge different cultures, diverse groups and individuals who possess a disability. This course aims to build awareness on the importance of developing cultural sensitivity and intercultural competency skills to address the need of a changing demography. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for Major/Minor) 3 Cr.
REL 307 Practicum (B)
Investigates professional issues and problems through on-sight experiential learning. Topics and sites are arranged through the instructor. Requires one or more written projects. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for Major/Minor) 3 Cr. (Summer.) [Prerequisites: REL 202 and REL 308.]
REL 308 Recreation Programming & Group Dynamics (A)
Examines frameworks for designing, implementing, and evaluating recreation programs in multiple settings. Examines the role of, and strategies for, managing group dynamics in recreation programming. Course requires a minimum grade of "C" for major/minor/certification. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Corequisite: REL 202.]
REL 312 Administration of Recreation and Leisure Services (B)
Focuses on the administration of a comprehensive recreation and leisure service system. Covers organizational behavior, marketing, human resources, operations, and finance common to public, private, commercial, and therapeutic sectors. Minimum of grade of "C" for major/minor 3 Cr. [Corequisite: REL 202.]
REL 313 Economic and Community Development in Recreation (A)
Principal emphasis is on the role of recreation to community development. Examines market mechanisms and government as they affect allocation of resources to recreation services. Minimum of grade of "C" for major/minor 3 Cr.
REL 314 Tourism Principles (A)
Covers principles affecting tourism: the scope and magnitude of tourist attractions, services, facilities, transportation, accommodations, and the tourist. Examines travel motivations; demand for destinations; economic, socio-cultural and ecological impact; tourism planning; and tourism marketing. Minimum of grade of "C" for major/minor 3 Cr. (Fall.)
REL 315 International Tourism (AI)
Examines the international tourism environment. Covers tourism growth and development and its costs and benefits as an international, economic, social, cultural, political, and environmental phenomenon. Covers trends in international tourism through the exploration of literature relating to international tourism destinations and looks at the role of various constituents in promoting international tourism. Minimum grade of "C" for majors/minors. 3 Cr.
REL 320 Leisure Education in Therapeutic Recreation (A)
Provides an introduction to leisure education and its use in clinical and community settings. Covers concepts, theories, and practical issues relating to leisure education, including various models, assessment tools, intervention, leisure education programming techniques, and facilitation of leisure education groups. Examines diverse settings for leisure education services. Gives students the opportunity for practical experience that will build on course content. Minimum grade of "C" for majors/minors. 3 Cr.
REL 324 Outdoor and Adventure Recreation (A)
This course will familiarize students with topics important to the management of outdoor and adventure recreation activities. Students will be exposed to research and other readings which cover both theoretical and applied concepts within outdoor and adventure recreation management. Students will be challenged to read about, present on, and discuss a variety of topics pertaining to recreation in natural environments. Minimum of grade of "C" for major/minor. 3 Cr.
REL 395 Sustainability in Recreation (A)
Focuses on the context of sustainable development and balancing the needs of ecosystems, culture and heritage in the recreation and tourism industry for host communities and visitors. Introduces students to the history, concepts, principles, marketing, planning and management of sustainable recreation and tourism. Explores contemporary industry trends and looks for ways to make tourism sustainable in environmental, economic, social and cultural terms. Minimum of grade of "C" for major/minor. 3 Cr.
REL 401 Leadership & Professional Development in REL (A)
Students will develop the professional competencies of recreation and leisure students consistent with industry expectations. Focuses on the study of leadership in recreation with emphasis on theory, decision-making, group management, communication, and motivation with a focus on ethical and value-based leadership with diverse people and communities. Examines professional career preparation including skills assessment, portfolio building and resume writing, internship application processes, interview techniques, college-to career transition, professional ethics and selected contemporary career building seminar topics. Requires students to participate in professional organizations. Course requires a minimum grade of C for major/minor/certification. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: Senior status. Cross-listed with PRO 401.]
REL 402 Current Trends and Issues in Recreation (AY)
This course identifies and analyzes current trends and issues in the recreation profession. Students are expected to develop critical thinking skills through case studies, news reports and debates. requires a minimum grade of C (for Major/Minor) 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: REL 202 and corequisite REL 401.]
REL 406 Leisure and Aging (AI)
Examines various aspects of aging as they relate to leisure in contemporary society, leisure needs of mature adults, services for elderly, and leisure pursuits in the subculture of the aging. Minimum grade of "C" for major/minor. 3 Cr.
REL 407 Methods in Therapeutic Recreation (B)
Covers applications of the therapeutic recreation process (assessment, planning, implementing and evaluating) to planning comprehensive therapeutic programs in health and human service settings. Focus on clinical documentation and professional accountability. Requires field work. Minimum grade of "C" for majors/minors. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
REL 408 Facilitation Techniques in Therapeutic Recreation Recreation (B)
Emphasizes skill building in therapeutic recreation facilitation techniques for healing modalities. Focuses on individual therapy, group process, activity analysis, modality selection, planning multiple sessions, and designing program protocols for persons with disabilities. Requires field experience. Minimum grade of "C" for majors/minors. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Pre/co-requisites: REL 305.]
REL 409 Therapeutic Recreation for Diverse Populations (A)
Examines the characteristics and needs of individuals with various abilities as they tcla to the therapeutic recreation domains of service delivery. Course objectives will aim to increase student understanding of cognitive, physical, psychiatric, emotional, and other related disorders. Course content will also build awareness on the importance of developing cultural sensitivity and intercultural competency skills. Requires some field experience. Minimum grade of "C" for majors/minors. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Pre/co-requisite: REL 305.]
REL 410 Research and Evaluation in Recreation and Leisure Studies (B)
Provides an introduction to research and evaluation in recreation and leisure. Focuses on the tenets of the scientific method as applied to research and evaluation. Develops skill in styles and conventions of formal, scientific writing in recreation and leisure studies and services. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for Major/Minor) 3 Cr.
REL 411 The Recreation Legal Environment (A)
Provides students with an understanding of the U.S. legal environment and an awareness of the fundamental legal issues involved in the management of recreation and park organizations. Minimum of grade of "C" for major/minor 3 Cr.
REL 412 Issues and Trends in Therapeutic Recreation (B)
Investigates how current trends and administrative issues affect the delivery and advocacy of therapeutic recreation services. Emphasizes contemporary approaches to managing changes in practice in the emerging profession of therapeutic recreation. Minimum grade of "C" for majors/minors. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Pre/co-requisite: REL 305.]
REL 414 Planning, Design and Operations of Recreation Facilities (B)
Provides examination of the planning process, design considerations, and operational functions for various components of recreation facilities, including parks, playgrounds, athletic complexes, and recreation centers. Minimum grade of "C" or better for major/minor 3 Cr.
REL 415 Entrepreneurship and Financial Management in Tourism (A)
Explores small business development principles and innovative processes involved in starting small businesses that sustain tourism destinations. Addresses administrative responsibilities in the context of recreation and tourism businesses. Minimum grade of "C" for majors/minors. 3 Cr.
REL 416 Nonprofit Management of Leisure Organizations (B)
Examines the history and background of the development of nonprofit organizations, their missions, how they complement public sector organizations, the process of establishing a non-profit organization and specifically management styles, funding and everyday operations. Covers topics such as grant writing, fund raising, organizational structure, and personnel policies. Minimum grade of "C" for major/minor 3 Cr.
REL 417 Financial Management and Revenue Generation in Recreation an (A)
Provides an integrative view of revenue production for leisure service organizations. Numerous practices of generating income, such as fees and charges, facility rental, bonds, investments and public/private cooperative development will be examined in relationship to their ability to aid an organization in achieving its stated objectives. Financial and economic principles will be discussed and basic accounting practices will be introduced, as these are foundational elements of sound financial management within recreation organizations. REL major restriction. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for Major/Minor) 3 Cr.
REL 418 Women and Leisure (A)
This course is designed to assist students in developing an awareness of the changing roles of women in society, particularly within the leisure and work components of women’s lives. The content of this course aims to encourage students to think critically about the issues surrounding women, work, and leisure. Through a feminist perspective lens, students will explore how women’s lives can be made more visible, exploring how social change is necessary to allow women the opportunities that they deserve related to work and leisure. Course topics will also discuss the role that leisure can play in empowering women. . Minimum grade of "C" for major/minor. 3 Cr.
REL 430 Special Event Planning (B)
Examines the special event planning process and the career of an event planner. Provides an overview of the major segments of the event industry: examination of social and cultural phenomenon of special events, event organization and control, securing contracts and sponsorships, research and Minimum grade of "C" for major/minor 3 Cr.
REL 440 Tourism Marketing (B)
Examines the fundamental marketing and sales principles related to the tourism industry. Covers service marketing; destination marketing; professional marketing and sales organizations; consumer behavior; market segmentation; marketing research; tourism product, distribution, location, and price; marketing communication; marketing and sales information systems; and the role of a manager. Minimum grade of "C" for majors/minors. 3 Cr.
REL 506 Leisure and Aging (A)
Examines various aspects of aging as they relate to leisure in contemporary society, leisure needs of mature adults, services for the elderly and leisure pursuits in the subculture of aging. 3 Cr.
Russian
RSN 112 Beginning Russian II (A)
Continuation of RSN 111. Designed to further the development of language skills (listening, speaking, reading and writing) as well as an understanding and appreciation of Russian culture. Content includes regular and irregular verbs, vocabulary building, more complex sentences and more complex readings on Russian cultures. Succinct explanations in English are followed by group and individual practice in Russian. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: RSN 111.]
RSN 112 Beginning Russian II (A)
Continuation of RSN 111. Designed to further the development of language skills (listening, speaking, reading and writing) as well as an understanding and appreciation of Russian culture. Content includes regular and irregular verbs, vocabulary building, more complex sentences and more complex readings on Russian cultures. Succinct explanations in English are followed by group and individual practice in Russian. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: RSN 111.]
RSN 211 Intermediate Russian I (A)
Continuation of RSN 112. Emphasis is given to the development of language proficiency at the intermediate level as well as of the understanding and appreciation of Russian culture. Content includes introduction to dative, accusative, and instrumental cases and their usage in oral and written language; past and future tenses, advanced vocabulary, and sentence formation. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: RSN 112 or equivalent.]
RSN 211 Intermediate Russian I (A)
Continuation of RSN 112. Emphasis is given to the development of language proficiency at the intermediate level as well as of the understanding and appreciation of Russian culture. Content includes introduction to dative, accusative, and instrumental cases and their usage in oral and written language; past and future tenses, advanced vocabulary, and sentence formation. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: RSN 112 or equivalent.]
RSN 212 Intermediate Russian II (A)
Continuation of RSN 211. Emphasis is given to the development of language proficiency at the intermediate level as well as understanding and appreciation of Russian culture. Content includes further practice of genitive, dative, instrumental, accusative and prepositional cases in oral and written language; verbs of motion, advanced vocabulary, and sentence formation. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: RSN 211 or equivalent.]
RSN 212 Intermediate Russian II (A)
Continuation of RSN 211. Emphasis is given to the development of language proficiency at the intermediate level as well as understanding and appreciation of Russian culture. Content includes further practice of genitive, dative, instrumental, accusative and prepositional cases in oral and written language; verbs of motion, advanced vocabulary, and sentence formation. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: RSN 211 or equivalent.]
Russian
RSN 112 Beginning Russian II (A)
Continuation of RSN 111. Designed to further the development of language skills (listening, speaking, reading and writing) as well as an understanding and appreciation of Russian culture. Content includes regular and irregular verbs, vocabulary building, more complex sentences and more complex readings on Russian cultures. Succinct explanations in English are followed by group and individual practice in Russian. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: RSN 111.]
RSN 112 Beginning Russian II (A)
Continuation of RSN 111. Designed to further the development of language skills (listening, speaking, reading and writing) as well as an understanding and appreciation of Russian culture. Content includes regular and irregular verbs, vocabulary building, more complex sentences and more complex readings on Russian cultures. Succinct explanations in English are followed by group and individual practice in Russian. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: RSN 111.]
RSN 211 Intermediate Russian I (A)
Continuation of RSN 112. Emphasis is given to the development of language proficiency at the intermediate level as well as of the understanding and appreciation of Russian culture. Content includes introduction to dative, accusative, and instrumental cases and their usage in oral and written language; past and future tenses, advanced vocabulary, and sentence formation. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: RSN 112 or equivalent.]
RSN 211 Intermediate Russian I (A)
Continuation of RSN 112. Emphasis is given to the development of language proficiency at the intermediate level as well as of the understanding and appreciation of Russian culture. Content includes introduction to dative, accusative, and instrumental cases and their usage in oral and written language; past and future tenses, advanced vocabulary, and sentence formation. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: RSN 112 or equivalent.]
RSN 212 Intermediate Russian II (A)
Continuation of RSN 211. Emphasis is given to the development of language proficiency at the intermediate level as well as understanding and appreciation of Russian culture. Content includes further practice of genitive, dative, instrumental, accusative and prepositional cases in oral and written language; verbs of motion, advanced vocabulary, and sentence formation. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: RSN 211 or equivalent.]
RSN 212 Intermediate Russian II (A)
Continuation of RSN 211. Emphasis is given to the development of language proficiency at the intermediate level as well as understanding and appreciation of Russian culture. Content includes further practice of genitive, dative, instrumental, accusative and prepositional cases in oral and written language; verbs of motion, advanced vocabulary, and sentence formation. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: RSN 211 or equivalent.]
Social Work
SWO 210 Applied Statistics for Social Work Practice (BM)
Open only to majors and intent-to-major, this class provides a basic introduction to the conceptual and quantitative tools used to describe and interpret data in the conduct of social work practice and research. Students learn how to select, calculate, and interpret appropriate statistical methods applicable to common data analysis situations related to direct practice, administration and planning, and policymaking, including descriptive data analyses, nonparametric tests, and inferential statistical analyses. Meets SUNY M General Education Requirement. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
SWO 221 Intro to Generalist Social Work Practice (B)
This course provides an overview of professional social work. The course examines the historical development of the profession and introduces the profession’s values, ethics, and practice principles to identify trends in the profession with emphasis on undergraduate generalist practice. Prepares social work students for field practicum. The course requires students to complete three hours of volunteering at an approved social service agency as part of a larger service-learning project. Course requires a minimum grade of “C” for Majors. Open only to majors. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites minimum grade of C: (BIO221 or BIO281) and PSH110 and SOC100.]
SWO 301 Human Behavior/Social Environment I (B)
This course explores the bio-psycho-social-spiritual and cultural functioning of human beings across the life span using an ecological-systems lens. Students will analyze major developmental theories for culturally responsive, generalist social work practice. Three credits. Open only to majors.Course requires a minimum grade of "C" for major. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: PSH110, SOC100, and (BIO221 or 281) with minimum grade of C.]
SWO 304 Case Management: The Generalist Method in Social Work Practi (B)
This course provides an introduction for effective case management skills in the profession of social work. Students will develop skills to create client-centered, culturally-responsive service plans, link clients to resources, and continuous case documentation. The focus will be how social workers approach case management and populations served. Open only to majors. Course requires a minimum grade of “C” for Major. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: require a minimum grade "C": (BIO221 or BIO281) and PSH110, SOC100.]
SWO 310 Practice informed Research-Research informed Practice (B)
This course offers an overview of research methods as applied to the assessment and evaluation of social work interventions, methods, policy, and service delivery. It covers the principles of scientific inquiry, culturally informed and ethical approaches to building knowledge and is designed to develop students’ ability to locate, interpret, and critically analyze research-based articles. Open only to majors. Course requires a minimum grade of “C” for Major. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites minimum grade of C: (BIO221 or (BIO281) and PSH110, SOC100, SWO210 or equivalent.]
SWO 311 Social Welfare Policy (B)
This course explores the role of the social worker in policy development and implementation. The course provides students with a basic understanding of the policy process, information on major social welfare policies, social welfare history, economic factors and political contexts, and how to advocate for social, political, and policy changes that address human needs and ameliorate social problems. Open only to majors. Course requires a minimum grade of “C” for Major. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites minimum grade of C: (BIO221 or BIO281) and PSH110 and SOC100.]
SWO 323 Diversity, Equity, Inclusion and Justice (B)
This course explores how diverse identities experience discrimination, oppression, and marginalization, and how these perceptions and experiences relate to social, economic, and environmental justice and injustice. A human rights approach is utilized to identify ways in which oppression of vulnerable groups is perpetuated, as well as ideologies that foster exclusion. Students will begin to explore their own identity and the identify of others through a cultural humility perspective, understanding social and economic justice disparities, both in the United States and internationally. Students will recognize the role of social workers in addressing these disparities. Open only to majors, Course requires a minimum grade of “C” for Major. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: BIO221 or 281 and PSH110 and SOC100 with a minimum grade of "C".]
SWO 341 Micro Social Work Theories and Practice (B)
This course provides basic knowledge, theories, and skills as a foundation for generalist social work practice with individuals and families. More specifically, it analyses the application of theories and methods to social work practice with individuals and families, teaching communication skills, relationship-based social work skills and the utilization of generalist intervention model of change. Open only to majors. Course requires a minimum grade of “C” for Major. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites minimum grade of C: (BIO221 or BIO281) and PSH110 and SOC100).]
SWO 342 Mezzo Social Work Theories and Practice (B)
This course provides students with the knowledge and transferable skills necessary to utilize social group work as a modality in enhancing the well-being of individuals. Students are introduced to the principles of selected group work theories and techniques for effective undergraduate social work group practice. Open only to majors. Course requires a minimum grade of “C” for Major. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites minimum grade of C: (BIO221 or BIO281) SWO341, PSH110 SOC100.]
SWO 441 Macro Social Work Theories and Practice (B)
This course provides basic knowledge, theories, and skills as a foundation for generalist social work practice with a focus on organizations, communities, and policy practice. Critical evaluation and application of macro-practice concepts are explored. Open only to majors. Course requires a minimum grade of “C” for Major. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: (BIO221 or BIO281) and PSH110, SOC100, SWO 341.]
SWO 451 Social Work Field Instruction I (B)
$21 Course fee required. Prerequisites: SWO 210, 221, 301, 304, 311, 323, 341, 342. Corequisite: SWO455. Allows for the application of social-work skills and knowledge to implement tasks and strategies of an entry-level generalist social worker in a service delivery system. Requires minimum grade of "S" for major/minor/certification. Open only to majors. 4 Cr. (Fall.)
SWO 453 Social Work Field Instruction II (B)
$21 Course fee required: Prerequisites: SWO451 with "S" grade and SWO455 and Corequisite SWO457 with minimum "C" grades. Open only to majors. Provides a continuation of SWO 451 with an emphasis on elaboration and refinement of skills in a service delivery system. Requires a minimum grade of "S" for major/minor/certification. 4 Cr. (Every Semester.)
SWO 454 Social Work Field Instruction (Block) (B)
$21 Course fee required. Prerequistites: SWO210, 221, 301, 304, 311, 323, 341, 342 and Corequistie SWO 456 with minimum grade of "C". Prerequisite: open only to majors. Open only to majors. Combines SWO 451 and 453 in a concentrated, four-to-five day/week block field placement. Eight credits per semester, by arrangement with the Coordinator of Field. 8 Cr. (Every Semester.)
SWO 455 Seminar in Field Instruction I (B)
Open only to majors. This must be taken concurrently with Social Work 451. This course provides the opportunity to achieve integration of classroom learning with field experience; resolution of discontinuity regarding the development of social work competencies in the field setting; development and integration of responsibilities of social worker's professional role. Requires minimum grade of "C" for major/minor/certification. 2 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisites: SWO210, 221 301, 304, 311, 341, 342 with minimum grade of C and Corequisite: SWO451 with minimum S grade.]
SWO 456 Seminar in Field Instruction (Block) (B)
SWO 210 221, 301, 304,323, 311, 341 & 342; Corequistie: SWO454 all with minimum "C" grade. Provides a continuation of SWO 455. Open only to majors. 4 Cr. (Fall.)
SWO 457 Seminar in Field Instruction II (B)
Open only to majors. Provides a continuation of SWO 455. Provides an opportunity to review and integrate course content from all of the program components. Requires a minimum grade of "C" for major/minor/certification. 2 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisites: SWO 451 (minimum "S" grade) and SWO455 (minimum D- grade) and Co-requisite SWO453 (minimum "S" grade).]
SWO 475 Women's Lives (AIW)
Examines women as clients, helpers, and policy makers in the context of social forces, values, and attitudes. Explores the theoretical, developmental, political and social implications of women's changing roles. Open to selected upper-division undergraduates. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as WMS 475.]
SWO 476 Issues of Aging in America (AI)
Examines the older person as an evolving individual; bio-psycho-social elements in the aging process; major issues related to the older person, the aging process; and the society. Compares the needs of the elderly with the service systems program and discusses methods of intervention specifically needed for the older person. 3 Cr.
SWO 477 Perspectives on Older Adults and the Aging Family (A)
Provides in-depth analysis of select issues faced by older adults and their families using a multi-systems perspective and service learning activities. Bridging theory and practice, content utilizes a case study methodology to reflect practice-based situations encountered by health providers, older adults and their families. Topics include family caregiver/care recipient experiences, loss/resiliency, advance directives/end-of-life decision-making, impact of substance abuse on aging families, and elder abuse. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
SWO 479 People with Disabilities (A)
Provides an in-depth analysis of select issues faced by people with disabilities and their families using a multi-systems perspective and collaborative learning activities. Bridging theory and practice, the course content utilizes a case study methodology to reflect practice-based situations encountered by people with disabilities. Topics include: policy and laws with emphasis on the American with Disabilities Act and educational laws. Areas of study include vision and hearing loss, developmental disabilities and physical and mobility conditions. 3 Cr. (Summer.)
SWO 481 Social Problems in the Global Community (A)
Explores service in attempting to resolve social problems in the global community through micro and macro activities, from feeding the poor to engaging revolution. Students will explore the influences of history, culture, and practice arenas of services for the poor and particularly vulnerable populations in a variety of nations, with a view toward improving the lives of the exploited and disadvantaged. 3 Cr.
SWO 485 Practice with Sexual Minority Communities (A)
Uses a gay-affirmative framework to examine practice with gender identity and sexual orientation identity. History of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and queer communities, including self-help and professional social service responses, will be discussed. Students will examine own biases and strengths within the context of gay-affirmative, social justice oriented practice. Intersectionality of racial and ethnic identity, social class identity and other cultural identities explored. 3 Cr. (Summer.)
SWO 492 Topics in Social Work (B)
Provides an intensive study of a specific topic with a small group of students. May be repeated for credit if TOPICS are different. 1-6 Cr.
SWO 497 Fall Prevention and Older Adults (A)
Social Work 497/597, an interprofessional elective, is designed to provide students with an opportunity to become trained as a matter of Balance ‘coach’ and implement the program for a group of older adults. The training will prepare students to lead a group of 12 older adults in an 8-session program. 3 Cr. (Summer.)
SWO 498 Integrative Approaches to Global Social Work – Russia (B)
This course is designed to introduce student to international social work practice abroad. The course works on developing knowledge and skills in culturally competent approaches that effectively enhance assets and empower individuals, families, groups, agencies and communities within an international context, specifically those impacted by trauma and domestic violence including child abuse and neglect, intimate partner violence and elder mistreatment. This course provides a beginning knowledge base for international social work practice from a collaborative perspective with emphasis on reciprocity with the host culture, to address the challenges of child abuse and neglect, mental illness, family violence and substance abuse. 3 Cr.
SWO 499 Independent Study in Social Work (A)
Enables students to complete an independent project related to either academic or field study in an individually designed course. Enrollment by permission of and in consultation with social work faculty; and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. Credits Vary. 1-6 Cr.
SWO 576 Issues of Aging in America (A)
Examines the older person as an evolving individual; bio-psycho-social elements in the aging process; and major issues related to the older person, the aging process and the society. Compares the needs of the elderly with the service system's response and discusses methods of intervention specifically needed for the older person. 3 Cr.
SWO 577 Perspectives on Older Adults and the Aging Family (A)
Provides in-depth analysis of select issues faced by older adults and their families using a multi-systems perspective and service learning activities. Bridging theory and practice, content utilizes a case study methodology to reflect practice-based situations encountered by health providers, older adults and their families. Topics include family caregiver/care recipient experiences, loss/resiliency, advance directives/end-of-life decision-making, impact of substance abuse on aging families, and elder abuse. 3 Cr.
SWO 597 Fall Prevention and Older Adults (A)
Social Work 497/597, an interprofessional elective, is designed to provide students with an opportunity to become trained as a matter of Balance ‘coach’ and implement the program for a group of older adults. The training will prepare students to lead a group of 12 older adults in an 8-session program. 3 Cr.
SWO 699 Independent Study in Aging (A)
Provides an individualized opportunity for a graduate student to engage in an aging-focused research and/or service project. Expectations will vary depending on the student’s area of interest and number of credits. (1-3 credit hours). 1-3 Cr.
Social Work
SWK 500 Child Abuse Workshop (B)
This workshop focuses on detection and reporting of child abuse, and meets the New York State mandated requirement for Identification and Reporting of Child Abuse. Completion of this course is required for program completion and for New York State licensure. *The link below is the workshop students are required to take as part of their SWK 533 course work. http://www.nysmandatedreporter.org/TrainingCourses.aspx Cr. (Every Semester.)
SWK 501 Social Work Practice I (B)
Prepares students for generalist social work practice with individuals, families, groups, communities and organizations. Introduces students to the history of social work practice, the place and purpose of generalist practice, and the beginning phases of practice relationships. Considers assessment and developing relationships from a cross-cultural, strength-based, community collaborative perspective across the five client systems. Develops a practice perspective focusing on empowering client systems to address issues of economic and social justice. Must receive a grade of B- or better. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Co-requisite is SWK 504.]
SWK 502 Social Work Practice II (B)
Prepares students for generalist social work practice with individuals, families, groups, communities and organizations. Emphasizes practice with communities and organizations. Introduces students to the work and termination phases of practice. Interventions are considered from a cross-cultural, strength-based, community collaborative perspective across the five client systems. Emphasizes interventions that focus on empowerment of client systems to address issues of economic and social justice. Considers roles such as conferee, enabler, broker, advocate, mediator and guardian. Must receive a grade of B- or better; 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Co-requisite is SWK505.]
SWK 504 Field Practicum I and Seminar I (B)
Course fee of $21.00. Provides the foundation-year, first-semester, agency-based field and seminar internship experience. Provides the required 448 hours of field practice in the first year through completion of two days of field instruction per week over 14 weeks. Uses educational learning objectives developed by the student, field instructor and faculty liaison to provide student learning opportunities in interaction with individuals, groups, organizations and larger community systems. Integrates course work and field instruction experiences in the foundation year. Uses assignments and student generated discussions to enhance knowledge and skill development based on practice situations. Seminar faculty serve as the first- and second-semester field liaison for students in the practicum. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
SWK 505 Field Practicum and Seminar II (B)
"Course fee of $21.00. Provides the foundation year, second semester, agency-based field and seminar internship experience. Provides the required 448 hours of field practice in the first year through completion of two days of field instruction per week over 14 weeks. Uses educational learning objectives developed by the student, field instructor and faculty liaison to provide student learning opportunities in interactions with individuals, groups, organizations and larger community systems. Integrates course work and field instruction experiences in the foundation year. Uses assignments and student-generated discussions to enhance knowledge and skill development based on practice situations. Building on the previous semester's field practicum, requires acquisition of progressively more advanced skills. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
SWK 506 Human Behavior and Social Environment I (B)
Examines major social science theories that inform the social work profession's understanding of human behavior in social systems primarily focused on groups, families and individuals. Uses an ecological/systems framework, together with a developmental approach and a diversity perspective, to provide an interactional understanding of human behavior. Emphasizes relationships among biological, social, psychological and cultural systems. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
SWK 507 Human Behavior and Social Environment II (B)
Examines major social science theories that inform the social work profession's understanding of human behavior in social systems, primarily focused on communities and organizations. Uses an ecological/systems framework together with a developmental approach and a diversity perspective to provide an interactional understanding of human behavior. Explores principles of community development and organizational analysis. Examines linkages between the five social systems with the principles of community collaboration. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
SWK 508 Diagnostic Process: A Strength-Based Social Work Perspective (B)
"Examines mental health challenges from an integrative and ecological perspective. Designed to give foundation level graduate work students an understanding of the etiology, clinical presentation and diagnostic understanding of the major mental health challenges for children, adolescents, adults, and older adults. Includes content on both the use of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual IV-5 and strengths- based understanding and assessment of mental health challenges. The interactions of biological, social, cultural, spiritual, political and environmental factors are stresses in order to accurately understand the presenting challenges. Evidence- based understanding is presented both for assessment and related intervention strategies. Must receive a grade of B- or better. 3 Cr.
SWK 515 Introduction to Substance Abuse and Addiction (B)
Provides an overview of popular substances of abuse and addiction, including their effects, signs and symptoms. Analyzes historic and current theories of use, abuse, addiction, treatment and recovery. Analyzes relevant social policy issues and introduces topic of addiction and special populations, exploring the intersections between human diversity and substance abuse. 3 Cr.
SWK 520 Social Welfare Policy and Services (B)
Social Welfare Policy and Services is the foundation course in the required two- course social policy curriculum content area. This course has as its primary purpose the study of the historical aspects and current nature of the major programs of social welfare, helping students develop skill in analyzing social welfare policies and programs, and exploring strategies for influencing policy at various levels. This course introduces students to the philosophical and historical perspectives of social welfare services and social work practice, and attempts to foster the development of not only descriptive, but also analytical and critical understanding of social welfare programs, policies, and services. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
SWK 524 Social Work Practice and Cultural Diversity (B)
Provides preparation for the student to engage in sensitive, culturally competent, cross-cultural and cross-ethnic social work practice. Focuses on processes of oppression in society, and the experiences, needs and responses of people who have been subjected to institutionalized forms of oppression because of their particular collective characteristics. Emphasizes social work theory, knowledge and practice skills in order to guide culturally competent interventions aimed at addressing the needs of diverse groups. Stresses cognitive and affective processes throughout the course. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
SWK 533 Critical Thinking in Social Work (B)
Focuses on teaching essential skills in critically reflective thinking characterized by skillful conceptualization, analysis, synthesis, evaluation and application of information (Scriven, 1996). Critical thinking skills are practiced through exposure to and analysis of academic research literature including the analysis of quantitative and qualitative research methods and findings. The utilization of logic and reasoning toward the evaluation of various social work topics and problems while assessing potential solutions is emphasized. To this end, students will apply critical thinking to various social work cases representing all levels of social work practice. 3cr. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
SWK 540 Social Work and Family Law (B)
Examines the impact of family law on social work and the daily activities of the social worker. Provides the social worker with a basic knowledge of concepts in jurisprudence and specific understanding of family court and its enabling legislation The Family Court Act. Includes lectures by experts in the fields of juvenile delinquency, persons in need of supervision, custody, child abuse and neglect, domestic violence, adoption and criminal justice. Emphasizes the role of the social worker in court, including responding to subpoenas, confidentiality and testifying effectively. Stresses the practical and realist philosophy of law. 3cr. 3 Cr.
SWK 560 Spirituality and Social Work (A)
As a cultural universal, the importance of religion and spirituality in shaping belief systems, perceptions, culture and approaches to health and As a cultural universal, the importance of religion and spirituality in shaping belief systems, perceptions, culture and approaches to health and wellness has long been recognized. The clients of helping professionals hold religious and spiritual beliefs that play significant roles in their psychological development, environment, and life processes. This course examines the ways in which these beliefs influence individuals, families, small groups, communities, and program development and implementation. Psychosocial issues and perceptions of health, illness, and well-being are explored from an interdisciplinary perspective. 3 Cr.
SWK 563 Fathering and Child Outcomes (A)
Just a few decades ago, fathers were termed occasional mother substitutes and were rarely the subject of psychological inquiry. This course recognizes the role of the father both at the societal level and within the scientific community. Course content will include the conceptions of fatherhood and manhood, methodological concerns, theoretical perspectives, policy issues and their relevance to father involvement and child outcomes. This course will also give consideration and thought to the transition to fatherhood, levels of paternal involvement across cultures, the different family configurations/structure within which fathering occurs and their effect on child development in several domains. 3 Cr.
SWK 570 Professional Ethics (B)
Ethical behavior is rooted in moral philosophy. This course is intended to provide students with the opportunity to demonstrate and in-depth ability to apply ethical theory, rank-ordering, and ethical reasoning to ethical dilemmas in professional practice by examining moral philosophy and critically reflecting on ones own value system. Course content will highlight contemporary professional issues in social work practice (e.g. confidentiality, privileged communication, boundaries, conflict of interest, dual and multiple relationships) as well as examining contemporary moral issues of interest to students( e.g. death penalty). 3 Cr.
SWK 574 Self Care & the Health & Human Svc Profession (A)
Self-care supports professional competence as well as the longevity and integrity of individual professionals and professions as a whole. A commitment to professional self-care and a repertoire of self-care strategies is essential to preventing and addressing consequences of helping work such as compassion fatigue, vicarious trauma, and secondary traumatic stress disorder. Effective self-care is supported by self-awareness; an understanding of coping and human resilience as well as the philosophical and theoretical foundations of self-care strategies; and application of self-care across practice settings and system levels. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
SWK 585 Pracitce with Sexual Minority Communities (A)
Uses a gay-affirmative framework to examine practice with gender identity and sexual orientation identity. History of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and queer communities, including self-help and professional social service responses, will be discussed. Students will examine own biases and strengths within the context of gay-affirmative, social justice oriented practice. Intersectionality of racial and ethnic identity, social class identity and other cultural identities explored. 3 Cr.
SWK 600 Independent Study (B)
Arranged in consultation with the instructor/sponsor and in accordance with procedures of appropriate academic offices prior to registration. 1-6 Cr.
SWK 601 Social Work Practice with Individuals and Families (B)
"Focuses on developing knowledge and advanced skills in approaches that effectively enhance, preserve, and restore individual and family functioning within a community context. Provides a knowledge base for advanced work with individuals and families and the communities within which they live who face the challenges of poverty, mental illness, minority status, family violence, sexual abuse, drug abuse, alcoholism, and major losses. Particular emphasis is given to developing advanced skills in assessment, intervention, and evaluation. The influence of ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, developmental stage, organizations, the community and the wider societal context is integrated throughout the course. Must receive a grade of B- or better." 3 Cr.
SWK 602 Social Work Assessment and Brief Interventions (B)
"This course focuses on developing knowledge and skills in biopsychosocialspritual assessment in order to effectively engage individuals in direct social work practice. The course also focuses on development of assessment-based intervention plans that are person-centered and sensitive to cultural issues. Students will gain an understanding of several short-term intervention models that can be used in a wide range of direct practice settings. Must receive a grade of B- or better." 3 Cr. (Fall.)
SWK 603 Family/Community Empowerment, Advocacy and Development (B)
"Develops knowledge and advanced skills in approaches that effectively enhance, preserve and restore communities and their capacity to support families. Focuses on the knowledge base for work with communities within which families live, and skills to address the challenges of poverty, mental illness, minority status, family violence, sexual abuse and substance abuses. Emphasizes developing advanced skills in assessment, intervention and evaluation. Integrates the influence of ethnicity, gender sexual orientation, developmental stage, organizations, the community and the wider social context. Emphasizes empowerment and advocacy skills to help families create just and compassionate communities. Must receive a grade of B- or better." 3 Cr.
SWK 604 Social Work Practice in Health Care (B)
Focuses on the role and responsibilities of Social Workers in health and mental health care settings. Provides an overview of current health care settings and the unique contributions of Social Work in those settings. Also focuses on the importance of inter-professional work and strategies for ensuring that client needs are always a primary consideration in decision making. Students will explore strategies for health/wellness promotion and explore evidence-based practice resources for various health-related conditions. 3cr. Must receive a grade of B- or better." 3 Cr. (Spring.) ["Prerequisite: SWK604.]
SWK 605 Cultural Humility and Social Work Practice in Health Care (B)
"Prepares students to engage in clinical practice with a diversity of client populations, utilizing a cultural humility framework aimed at helping students develop self-awareness and understanding of sociocultural factors that create inequities. Social work theory, knowledge, and practice skills are emphasized to guide assessment, intervention, and evaluation within a cultural humility framework. Both cognitive and affective processes are stressed throughout the course. Must receive a grade of B- or better." 3 Cr. (Fall.)
SWK 610 Field Practicum and Seminar III (A)
Course fee of $21.00. Provides advanced year first-semester, agency-based field-instruction experience and classroom seminar for advanced learning and practice opportunities relevant to the specific concentration of students. Requires completing 250 field practicum hours of field over 14 weeks fall (SWK 610) and spring (SWK 611) semesters for a total of 500 hours. Builds on the previous semesters and is progressive in knowledge and skill development. Integrates course work and field instruction experiences . Uses assignments and student-generated discussions to enhance knowledge and advanced skill development based on practice situations. Seminar faculty serve as the first- and second-semester field liaison for students in the practicum 4 Cr. (Fall.)
SWK 611 Field Practicum and Seminar IV (A)
Course fee of $21.00. Provides the advanced year, second-semester, agency-based field instruction experience and classroom seminar for advanced-learning and practice opportunities. Integrates course-work and field-instruction experiences. Integrates course work and field instruction. Uses assignments and student-generated discussions to enhance knowledge and advanced skill development based on practice situations. Field seminars in advanced year are taken each semester concurrent with field practicum. Students complete 250 hours of field practivum over 14 weeks in spring semester for a total of 500 hours of advanced field practicum. Seminar faculty serve as the first- and second-semester field liaison for students in the practicum. 5 Cr. (Spring.)
SWK 612 Field Practicum and Seminar III: Gerontological Social Work (A)
"Course fee of $21.00. Provides the year first semester agency-based field instruction and classroom seminar for advanced learning and practice opportunities relevant to gerontological social work. Students complete 280 hours of graduate level field practicum each semester during two concurrent semesters (560 hours) to develop and refine advanced level gerontological social work practice behaviors. The field seminar component of this course provides opportunities for integration of social work course work and field practicum experiences. Seminars feature in-depth analysis of specific gero-social work competency domains of practice as well as the MSW advanced competencies. 4 Cr. (Fall.)
SWK 613 Field Practicum Seminar IV: Gerontological Social Work (A)
Course fee of $21.00. Provides the year second semester agency-based field instruction and classroom seminar for advanced learning and practice opportunities relevant to gerontological social work. Students complete 250 hours of graduate level field practicum each semester during two concurrent semesters (500 hours) to develop and refine advanced level gerontological social work competencies. The field seminar component of this course provides opportunities for integration of social work course work and field practicum experiences. Seminars feature in-depth analysis of specific gero-social work competency domains of practice as well as the MSW advanced competencies. The domains of gerontological social work practice include: ethics, assessment, interventions, aging services, program and policies and service delivery and leadership in the practice area of aging using the nationally recognized Hartford Partnership in Aging Education Model. Seminar faculty members serve as the first and second semester field liaisons for students in the practicum. 5 Cr. (Spring.)
SWK 615 Substance Abuse Treatment (B)
Provides in-depth analysis of the theory and practice of substance abuse assessment and treatment. Examines the processes of intake, assessment, intervention, treatment, case management and relapse prevention with individuals challenged by substance abuse and addiction. Analyzes the nature of evidence-based substance abuse treatment across a variety of systems, ranging from the individual to the family and community. 3 Cr.
SWK 616 Disabilities in Social Work (B)
Disability Studies for Social Work provides both an overview of disability in the sociopolitical context of America and clinical knowledge for social workers working in myriad settings with individuals with disabilities and their families. Students will become familiar with various models and theories of disability, the history of disability rights in America, current policies and programs focused on individuals with disability, and an overview of assessment and intervention strategies for individuals with disabilities and their families across micro, mezzo, and macro levels of practice. 3cr. Must Receive a grade of B- or better. 3 Cr.
SWK 621 Advanced Social Welfare Policy . (B)
This course studies federal, state, local and organizational social welfare policy. It expands on the policy knowledge gained in SWK 520. There is an emphasis on social, economic, environmental justice as well as consideration of how social policy can both benefit and oppress marginalized populations. The course explores the history of social welfare policy as well as trends, current policy shifts and challenges and the policy implications for social welfare agencies and institutions. There is an emphasis on social policy advocacy at the legislative, grassroot and organizational levels. Students engage in ongoing in-class experiential learning requiring in-person attendance. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
SWK 631 Master’s Project Thesis (B)
This course supports students in the implementation and evaluation of their Master's Project Thesis. The course will be based on a seminar format with specific tasks and topics to be covered coming from the needs of the class. Students will read and critique the projects of class peers before they are submitted to the faculty. Students will also develop a research colloquium to present their work at the end of the semester. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
SWK 640 Special Topics (B)
Topics - Provides an opportunity for in-depth class exploration of special topics in social work. Topics vary and change from year to year depending on the interests of students and faculty. 3 Cr.
SWK 642 Contemporary Issues (B)
Provides an opportunity for students and faculty to explore contemporary issues outside of the regular course offerings. 3 Cr.
SWK 645 Sexual Health in Professional Practice (B)
This course will address practice issues pertaining to the assessment, evaluation, and treatment of sexual health issues in professional practice. This course will familiarize students with the biological, psychological, cultural, and behavioral aspects of sexual health that arise in professional Social Work practice. We will focus on sexual health knowledge behavior, attitudes and values. Must receive a grade of B- or better." 3 Cr.
SWK 647 Supervision and Consultation (B)
Identifies and examines central concepts, theories and models of supervision and consultation. Considers strategies and techniques for establishing, improving and maintaining supervisory and consultative relationships as mechanisms for improving service to clients. Gives special attention to organization dynamics and structure, delineating the management function, and to issues of power and authority. Emphasizes the dynamics of supervision and consultation, ethical and value principles, professional boundaries, supervision and consultation as leadership functions, and the importance of collaborative processes. 3 Cr.
SWK 648 Community Collaboration and Organizational Leadership (B)
Examines the concepts, principles and related theories of organizational behavior and leadership, and collaborative planning. Focuses on building a knowledge base for understanding approaches to management of organizational internal and external environments. Examines interprofessional, organizational and interdisciplinary community collaboration as an emerging direction for human services. 3 Cr.
SWK 649 Family Systems and Addiction: Theory and Practice (B)
An introductory exploration of foundational concepts of family systems theory as it relates to clinical practice with systems coping with addiction issues. Topics include a bio-psycho-social perspective on addiction and related mental health issues, Murray Bowen’s theoretical framework of family systems as well as a review of foundational family counseling skills. This will be accomplished through class lecture, class discussion, film analysis, journal research, reading and writing assignments. 3 Cr.
SWK 650 International Social Work: Refugees & Immigrants (B)
Introduces students to international social work practice. Students develop knowledge and skills in culturally competent approaches to effectively enhance assets and empower individuals, families, groups, agencies and communities within an international context, specifically within developing countries, and with immigrants, refugees and asylum seekers in the U.S. This course provides a beginning of knowledge base for international social work practice from a collaborative perspective to address the challenges of human rights, poverty, child abuse and neglect, physical and mental health, HIV/AIDS, environmental justice, and other social/political issues. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
SWK 654 Evidence Based Practice Seminar (A)
This course is aimed at developing the knowledge and skills necessary for working with individuals with a diagnosis of serious mental illness using recovery-oriented, evidence-based practices within the context of a changing service delivery environment. It is designed for MSW students and MSW mental health practitioners. Students will become familiar with evidence-based practices, within a recovery-oriented paradigm, as a general approach to practice as well as specific evidence-based interventions to use for individuals with a diagnosis of serious mental illness. It is assumed that students will have a basic knowledge of serious mental illness as a pre or co-requisite, however a review will be provided. Students will learn to examine research literature to determine the various levels of support for specific interventions and essential principles for translating research into practice. In addition, they will identify the appropriate treatment outcomes that reflect effective, quality mental health practice. Each evidence-based practice presented will also be examined for its utility with diverse groups. Providing assessment and treatment to a diverse group of individuals with a diagnosis of serious mental illness is the focus of this course and will be discussed in detail. Must receive a grade of B- or better." 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: SWK 508.]
SWK 655 Mental Health Recovery (A)
"This course explores the concept of Mental Health Recovery and prepares students to provide Recovery-Oriented Social Work to adult individuals, families and groups. Students will gain an understanding of Mental Health Recovery as a personal process for an individual diagnosed with “mental illness†and will be introduced to various intervention, practices and policies that support Mental Health Recovery. The course will explore the ways in which a Strengths and Empowerment approach support Recovery along with other topics including Self-Determination, Wellness Self Management, Person-Centered Planning, Shared Decision Making and Peer Support. Must receive a grade of B- or better." 3 Cr. (Spring.)
SWK 670 Sex, Drugs & Cigarettes: Addictions in Social Work (A)
Provides a survey of various chemical and behavioral addictions, including, but not limited to, alcohol, illicit drugs, eating disorders, and sexual addictions. Students will learn about the addictive cycle and its impact on persons across the lifespan. Study will participate in the evaluation of various casual and treatment models, focusing upon paradigms for recovery. 3 Cr.
SWK 675 Motivational Interviewing (B)
Examines the theoretical basis of Motivational Interviewing, including critical concepts and principles. Identifies and applies key motivational interviewing strategies designed to facilitate effective conversations about behavior change. Includes lecture and discussion; emphasizes experiential learning in the classroom (role playing and other knowledge and skill development activities) in exploration of how the change process works using motivational interviewing. 3 Cr.
SWK 680 Clinical Interventions: Advanced SWK Practice with Groups (A)
Advances theoretical knowledge and clinical practice skills in clinical settings: builds on the foundation knowledge and skills for creating, facilitating and maintaining groups in social work practice. Provides preparation for use of clinical group work methods with client populations across the life cycle. Complements and builds upon group leadership skills obtained in previous practice level courses. Must receive a grade of B- or better. 3 Cr.
SWK 698 Integrative Approaches to Global Social Work -Russian (A)
This course is designed to introduce students to international social work practice abroad. Students develop knowledge and skills in culturally competent approaches to effectively enhance assets and empower individuals, families, groups, agencies and communities within an international context, specifically those involved with gerontological issues and to health and social services. This course provides a knowledge base for international social work practice from a collaborative perspective with emphasis on reciprocity and formal caregiving, service delivery models and Interprofessional approaches in identifying and managing functional health challenges. 1-6 Cr.
SWK 699 ()
Provides an individualized opportunity for a graduate student to engage in an aging-focused research and/or service project. Expectations will vary depending on the students area of interest and number of credits. 6 Cr.
Sociology
SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology (AS)
Introduces the sociological perspective on society. Explores patterns of human behavior and interaction, including systems of inequalities, the meanings and rules that shape human social activities, the organization of social life and ways in which individual human beings are incorporated into and prepared for social interaction. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
SOC 200 Social Statistics (AM)
Covers basic descriptive and inferential statistics and computer software used in social science research. Students who have received academic credit for ECN 204, HLS 488, MTH 243, PSH 202 or credit for an elementary statistics course from SUNY Brockport or from another institution has this requirement waived, and may not get credit for this (SOC 200) course. If waived, you must substitute another sociology course for the major. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
SOC 210 Social Problems (AS)
Explores the links between private problems and social issues, arguing that both are consequences of how our society is organized. The course focuses on the structural inequalities and cultural forces contributing to problems and addresses potential solutions. The course also emphasizes the interdependent nature of many social problems, as well as the larger global context within which many of these problems are located. 3 Cr.
SOC 211 Social Disparities in Health (AD)
Provides an introduction to sociological research and theory on social disparities in health, with a special emphasis on how structural inequalities based on race, gender, and class intersect to produce differential health outcomes in life expectancy, morbidity, and mortality. Will count for elective credit in both Sociology & AAS for majors & minors. Crosslisted with AAS211. 3 Cr.
SOC 230 Social Institutions (ASY)
Explores theories related to the analysis of social institutions, with a special emphasis on family, religion, economy, politics and education. Factors contributing to institutional stability and change are discussed. The course builds on the concepts and theories covered in Introduction to Sociology, and extends that work by analyzing the social world at the institutional level more thoroughly. 3 Cr.
SOC 235 Sport, Politics & Protest (AVY)
Examines the many ways that sports and politics are intimately bound together in contemporary American and global culture. Includes examinations of the public financing of sport stadiums, politicians’ use of sport to raise approval ratings and push policy, including the use of sports to legitimize authoritarian regimes. We also examine the contested nature of sport through attempts to pass anti-transgender legislation and fights over racist names and mascots. We conclude the course by considering the possibilities and limitations of sport as a site of protest, activism, and impetus for social change. 3 Cr.
SOC 240 Social Inequality (AD)
This course is concerned with the sociological approach to social inequality and difference, particularly in relation to class, gender, sexuality, race and explores the nature, causes and consequences of inequality. 3 Cr.
SOC 271 Gender, Race and Class (ADW)
Examines the intersecting socio-political forces of gender, race and class, and how these forces interact. Looks at how these forces affect individuals, and individual and social responses to these forces. Investigates the history of efforts to end discrimination, and the ways these efforts translate into issues of current concern in the U.S. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Cross-listed as AAS 271 and WMS 271.]
SOC 300 Sociological Theory (A)
Covers the historical development of sociological perspectives over the last two centuries. Focuses on key classical and contemporary theorists tracing the development of major issues and perspectives in sociology. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: SOC 100.]
SOC 305 Urban Sociology (AIY)
Considers the process of urbanization and its social consequences. Explores a number of urban theories; the evolution of U.S. cities; suburbanization, immigration, race relations, redevelopment, urban politics and planning, and international comparison. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed with AAS 305.]
SOC 307 Environmental Sociology (A)
Explores links between society and the natural environment. Topics include the social construction of the “environment”; the impact of humanity’s use of the environment on global ecologies; the complex relationships between economic, political, and environmental systems; and the unequal distribution of environmental problems. Special attention is paid to global trends in environmentalism and the internationalization of environmental issues. 3 Cr.
SOC 308 Popular Culture (AW)
Explores the many different components of popular culture (music, television, movies, arts, sports, festivals, holidays, etc.) from a sociological perspective. We are constantly surrounded by popular culture yet many feel as though we are blind to it and it does not have an impact on us. By the conclusion of this course, we should be able to answer the following questions: Where does popular culture come from and what role does it play in society? What do people do with popular culture? How does popular culture intersect with race, class, gender, sexualities, abilities and what do these intersections mean? Crosslisted with WMS308. 3 Cr.
SOC 310 Methods of Sociological Research (A)
Explores the process and logic of research, the range of research designs, and specific research tools for the collection and analysis of social data, with a focus on quantitative analysis. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: SOC 100 and SOC 200 or an equivalent Statistics course.]
SOC 311 Sociology of Disaster (A)
Explores the social origins and impacts of disasters and how social inequality shapes disaster mitigation, preparation, response, and recovery. Examines the network of governmental and private institutions working to minimize death and destruction and the challenges of conducting social research on disasters. Explores the concept of resilience in its social and environmental context. 3 Cr.
SOC 312 Sociology of Religion (AI)
SOC 312 Sociology of Religion (A,I). Critically analyzes religion as an institutional structure and belief system and explores the relationship of religion to social change and organization. Attention is given to the theories of the sociology of religion and the interaction of religion and society, especially the impact of social change upon religion. 3 Cr.
SOC 314 The Black Family (A)
Explores the sociocultural, political and economic conditions that affect black family life. Confronts the pejorative tradition as the primary modality for examining black family life, and explores the African antecedents and continuities that have influenced the black family in the US. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as AAS 314.]
SOC 323 Development & Globalization (AI)
Examines transnational and international processes shaping the economic, political, and cultural dimensions of social life. Attention is paid to economic and financial globalization, the place of the state in globalized world, and global struggles over health, the environment, and human rights. Students will explore factors influencing cross-cultural communication and cooperation. Course requires a minimum grade of D- (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification). Cross listed with INS 323 and PLS 323. 3 Cr.
SOC 326 The Sociology of Food (A)
Examines the social relations surrounding the production, distribution, preparation and consumption of food. Explores how food relates to individual and group identity, family, work and leisure, social inequality, globalization and social change. Throughout we consider the consequences of food production and consumption on social relationships and population health. 3 Cr.
SOC 328 Racial and Ethnic Relations (ADI)
Explores the dynamic qualities of race and ethnicity in terms of definition, meaning, and experience. Topics include the role of race and ethnicity in social relations, major theoretical orientations on racial and ethnic stratification, and the consequences of and resistance to racial and ethic inequality. Cross listed with AAS328. 3 Cr.
SOC 329 Sports and Society (A)
Focuses of sports as social and cultural phenomena. We will use sociological concepts and critical thinking to investigate such issues as: How do sports and sport participation affect our lives? How do sports impact our ideas about masculinity, femininity, class inequality, race and ethnicity, work, leisure, achievement, competition, individualism, aggression, and violence? How are the organization and meaning of sports connected with social relations in groups, communities, and societies? How are sports connected with important spheres of social life in societies (such as education, politics, economics, media, and religion)? 3 Cr.
SOC 332 Health, Medicine and Society (AIY)
Examines current knowledge about the relationship between society, the individual, and the social structure of the medical system. Topics include the social construction of health and illness; social disparities in morbidity & mortality; the medicalization of human experience; the social experience of illness; and the organization and financing of medical care. 3 Cr.
SOC 334 Sociology Goes to the Movies (AD)
Provides students with an overview of basic sociological theories, and requires students to apply these theories to analyze public discourse on issues of diversity in the mass media. Students will watch popular culture films and apply sociological concepts to analyze a variety of topics. Students will develop and apply research skills to review relevant literature and utilize critical thinking skills to analyze films as a mechanism of popular discourse about complex issues of diversity. 3 Cr.
SOC 340 Digital Sociology and Online Communities (A)
Examines the communities and social interactions that occur in digital spaces. Covers the sociological underpinnings of our apps, likes, shares, swipes, and profiles. Applies sociological theories and methodologies to study online communities, social networks, online practices, and digital tools. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Cross-listed with WMS 340.]
SOC 355 Sociology of the Body (AW)
Focuses on multiple approaches to the relationship between body and society. Explores how we experience the world through out own bodies, how the body is designed and understood through group interaction, and how our bodies become the object of knowledge, expertise, and surveillance. Topics include health/medicine, sport, celebrity, media, gender/sex, sexuality, food, hygiene, and more. 3 Cr.
SOC 356 Sociology of Violence (A)
Examines recent sociological Theories of violence as a general phenomenon, with careful consideration of their underlying assumptions and scope. Asks whether long-term historical trends in the frequency and intensity of violence can be identified, and considers their possible causes and consequences. 3 Cr.
SOC 357 Questioning Masculinity (AW)
Explores the construction and performance of masculinity across both time and space. Engages with key readings from sociology, geography, and gender studies to examine a multitude of institutional and interactional contexts that create, preserve, and alter gender norms in society, including schools, work, sports, and the media. Cross-listed with WMS 357. 3 Cr.
SOC 359 Black Church (A)
Provides an extended definition of the soul (essence) of the black church, and a critical analysis of the works of two exponents of the theology of liberation, in light of the historical experience of black people. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed with AAS 359.]
SOC 361 Sociology of Families (AIW)
Provides an introduction to sociological theory and research on intimate relationships and families in the US. Examines historical and contemporary variations, with the main focus on the gendered nature of marriage and family life. Looks at intimacy and family formation through topics such as love, marriage and sexuality. Investigates key concerns in family life such as the balance of power, negotiating work/family roles, parenthood and divorce. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as WMS 361.]
SOC 364 Sociology of Gender (AIW)
Analysis of the development and role of gender in society. Investigates key issues for men and women that emerge in diverse social environments such as the home and workplace and in educational, religious, and political institutions. Topics included how gender in learned, the role of gender in systems of inequality, and how the meanings of gender have changed over time. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as WMS 364.]
SOC 365 Aging & Society (AWY)
SOC 365 examines aging as both a physical and social phenomenon. We explore how society shapes the experience of aging, including the social meanings and consequences of aging, work and leisure, caregiving, death and dying, as well as policy issues associated with aging including retirement, Social Security, and health care policy. We pay special attention to how the social experience of aging varies by gender, race/ethnicity, and social class, and identify the social impacts of the growing elderly population on society. 3 Cr.
SOC 367 Sociology of Death & Dying (AI)
The sociology of death and dying examines end of life issues from a sociological and cross-cultural perspective. Topics include the definitions of death, death in popular culture, stages of dying, the bereavement process, planning for end of life, and the funeral industry. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
SOC 369 Sociology of Sexuality (AIW)
Sociologists of sexuality understand that sexual identities, desires and behaviors are socially constructed. Each varies historically and culturally. Course examines the social sources of sexual meanings, values, institutions and identities. Additionally, student will explore the influence of other domains and institutions such as the family, the workplace and education over sexuality. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Cross-listed as WMS 369.]
SOC 371 Deviant Behavior (A)
Examines sociological theory and research on non-normative or deviant behavior, including how norm breaking behavior is defined and labeled, and how some groups have greater power to apply deviant labels to others. Explores the consequences of the labeling process, including how people come to develop a deviant identity and career. Throughout, we explore how social definitions of deviance vary and how such definitions are both reinforced and challenged. 3 Cr.
SOC 373 LGBTQ+ Cultures (AIW)
Explores the history and emergence of lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender cultures in the U.S. from the 1940s to present. Topics include the history of the movement before and after Stonewall; the intersections between sexuality and ethnicity, gender and social status; and urban/rural/suburban differences in attitudes and approaches within the homosexual rights movement. Cross-listed as WMS & ANT 373. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
SOC 374 Sociology of Human Rights (ADI)
Examines the history, theories, and institutions of the modern human rights regime to understand key issues such as universality, the right to life, free speech, humanitarian intervention, war, genocide, human rights activism, globalization, and states of emergency. In addition, it examines how human rights norms change and analyzes some of the challenges of contemporary human rights advocacy. Elective course in SOC & PLS. Cross listed with PLS 374. 3 Cr.
SOC 380 Social Movements: Past, Present, and Future (A)
Surveys social movements that address social problems and injustices to enact positive social change. Students examine both foundational sociological theories of social movements and collective action, and empirical cases. Specifically, students explore the structure of social movements and movement framing, recruitment, participation, and outcomes. Challenges students to consider what makes social movements different from other forms of collective action, why some movements are successful while others fade, why social movements often cluster together, and how/why movements intersect with significant social identities. 3 Cr.
SOC 390 Career Exploration in Sociology (B)
Brockport Career Exploration Course (BCEC) in Sociology is a one-semester elective course that encourages sophomores, juniors and seniors to investigate a career through placement in an area human service agency, government office or class room. Allows students to work under the guidance of an immediate supervisor and a college faculty sponsor, and participate in workshops through the Office of Career Services. Credit Varies. 1-6 Cr.
SOC 395 General Topics in Sociology (A)
To be defined by the instructor in accordance with the specific topic to be covered that semester. May be repeated, but under another topic area in Sociology. Additional information may be obtained from the department. (elective) 1-6 Cr.
SOC 400 Capstone Career Seminar (B)
Encourages students to reflect on their interests, values, priorities, and skills and connect these to their career trajectory. Leads students to integrate their sociological knowledge and apply it to considering potential career opportunities. 3 Cr.
SOC 412 Sociology of Education (A)
Examines education as a social institution and its relationship to other social institutions. Explores schools as organizations in terms of structure and functions; compares schools within and across cultures; looks at inequality within education; and considers the role schools play in social change and stability. 3 Cr.
SOC 416 Exiled to America: Experiences of Refugee Resettlement (AI)
Civil war and genocide often force people to flee their homes seeking safety and refuge. Examines refuges living in New York including groups from Burma, Burundi, Somalia and Bhutan. Themes include the causes of displacement, the process of resettlement and adaptation issues. Refugee perspectives are highlighted as well as their interactions with service providers, health professionals, educators and the government. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed with ANT 416.]
SOC 489 Applied Social Research Practicum (A)
Provides direct experience in conducting sociological research under faculty supervision. 1-6 Cr. [Prerequisite: SOC 310 & Instructor's permission.]
SOC 499 Independent Study in Sociology (A)
Examines various theoretical perspectives on a social phenomenon or sub-area of sociology not covered by other registered courses. Arranged in consultation with the instructor. 1-6 Cr. [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission required.]
SOC 510 Capstone Research Seminar (A)
Leads students to integrate their social-science knowledge and apply it to the process of designing andexecuting an original data collection and analysis project in the quantitative and/or qualitative traditions, as determined by the instructor. Also focuses on connecting social research skills and social science insights to various career fields and professional roles therein. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisites: SOC300&310.]
SOC 512 Sociology of Education (A)
Examines education as a social institution and its relationship to other social institutions. Explores schools as organizations in terms of structure and functions; compares schools within and across cultures; looks at inequality within education; and considers the role schools play in social change. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: SOC 100 or instructor's permission.]
SOC 599 Independent Study in Sociology (A)
Explores various theoretical perspectives on a social phenomenon or sub-area of sociology not covered by other registered courses. Arranged in consultation with the instructor. 1-6 Cr.
SOC 690 Strategic Organization and Management (B)
Presents an in-depth introduction to strategic planning, management, and organization processes. Stresses both theoretical underpinnings and applications of strategic planning and organization. Covers topics such as analysis of organizations’ mission, vision, and values, industry analysis, competitive analysis, strategic execution, international strategy, organizational structure and design. Provides theories and tools for students to integrate and apply multidisciplinary knowledge and skills to understand strategic planning and organization design and to enrich their appreciation for managerial decision-making. Throughout the course, real-world case analysis is applied to develop students’ critical thinking and analytical skills. A global perspective is also taken and both the readings and the class discussions will focus on international as well as U.S. issues. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
Spanish
SPN 111 Beginning Spanish I (AR)
Provides students with an active command of basic Spanish in four skill areas (speaking, writing, reading and listening) and increases cultural awareness of the Spanish-speaking world. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C”. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
SPN 112 Beginning Spanish II (AR)
Provides further refinement of language skills (speaking, writing, reading, and listening) with a focus on intercultural competence development. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: SPN 111 or two years of high school Spanish.]
SPN 211 Intermediate Spanish I (AR)
Prerequiste: SPN 112. Provides further refinement of language skills (speaking, writing, reading, and listening; concentrates on increasing students' ability to communicate across a broad range of cultural situations. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
SPN 212 Intermediate Spanish II (AR)
Continuation of SPN 211. Provides further refinement of language skills (speaking, writing, reading, and listening) and concentrates on increasing ability to communicate across a broad range of cultural situations. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: SPN 211.]
SPN 213 Accelerated Intermediate Spanish (A)
NOTE: Not open to students with credit for SPN 212. Covers the concepts of the intermediate sequence (211/212) with an emphasis on preparing students for upper-division courses. Provides further refinement of language skills (speaking, writing, reading, and listening) and concentrates on increasing students’ ability to communicate across a broad range of cultural situations. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections) 3 Cr. [Prerequisite SPN 112 or SPN 211.]
SPN 300 Spanish for the Professions (A)
Addresses the needs of students from different majors who will be in contact with a Spanish-speaking population in their professional careers. Covers a range of contexts useful to career development and gives students a global perspective on language and culture. Minimum grade of C required for Spanish major. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: SPN 212 or 213.]
SPN 334 Ghosts of Contemporary Spain (AD)
Through cultural products and practices (novels, essays, plays, newspaper articles, film, art) students will identify cultural assumptions behind constructions of race, class, and gender privilege, sexual behaviors, and religious values in contemporary Spain. Immigration, terrorism, domestic violence, anti-establishment movements, and nationalism are among the topics of this course. Minimum grade of C required for Spanish majors. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: One 300-level SPN course.]
SPN 350 It's all Debatable! Communication in Spanish (A)
Through class discussion and analysis of visual and written texts, students acquire knowledge of current topics like immigration, Spanglish, etc. Requires active participation. Minimum grade of C required for Spanish majors. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: SPN 212 or 213 Reinforces students’ oral and written proficiency in order to prepare them for advanced-level work.]
SPN 351 Compose Yourself (A)
Addresses techniques to improve writing skills across a variety of writing modes including summary, narration, review, essay and research paper. Through a process approach to writing, students are guided to write with clear organization, complex sentence structure, and advanced vocabulary. Minimum grade of C required for Spanish major. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: SPN 212 or 213.]
SPN 352 Mexico to Madrid: Hispanic World Today (A)
How much do Hispanic cultures around the world have in common with cultures in the US? What cultural aspects do Hispanic countries share? What differentiates them? This course addresses similarities and differences in Hispanic cultures as well as current realities in the Hispanic world. 3 Cr. Minimum grade of C required for Spanish major. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: SPN 212 or 213.]
SPN 371 Community Service Learning in Spanish (B)
Offers Spanish majors and minors the opportunity to participate in community service learning (CSL) programs that will allow them to apply their skills outside the classroom. CSL aims to connect the classroom with the community in a way that is mutually beneficial to all participants: students, faculty and community partners. This course also offers additional benefits to students such as increased civic engagement and the chance for their academic work to make a positive impact in local and global communities. Possible CSL sites include Oak Orchard Health and Monroe County Courts. 1-3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
SPN 380 Topics in Spanish Studies (A)
Topics in Spanish Studies offers advanced study of Spanish culture and literature. Topics may vary and include, but are not limited to, popular culture and arts, regional and ethnic identities, gender studies, religion, politics, and the dialog between literature and historical, political, and social realities. Students will consider the connections among different disciplines and cultural contexts, develop the analytic tools and language specific to the interpretation of cultural moments, and demonstrate those skills in interpretative communication. May be retaken for credit if topic is different from previously taken course. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: One 300-level SPN course; minimum grade of C required.]
SPN 381 Topics in Latin American Studies (A)
Topics in Latin American Studies offers advanced study of Latin American culture and literature. Topics may vary and include, but are not limited to, popular culture and arts, regional and ethnic identities, gender studies, religion, politics, and the dialog between literature and historical, political, and social realities. Students will consider the connections among different disciplines and cultural contexts, develop the analytic tools and language specific to the interpretation of cultural moments, and demonstrate those skills in interpretative communication. May be retaken for credit if topic is different from previously taken course. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: One 300-level SPN course.]
SPN 399 Independent Study in Spanish (A)
Arranged in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
SPN 410 Bilingual Education and Heritage Language Learners (AI)
Examines second language acquision and literacy in Spanish heritage speakers and methods of teaching native language arts (Spanish) to bilingual English-Spanish language learners. Also covers Spanish language variations and the major historical, political, social and linguistic issues regarding bilingual education in the Spanish speaking world. 3 Cr.
SPN 452 Guerrrilla, Gays and Gangs: Outsiders in Hispanic Film (A)
Why do we fear outsiders? Because we don’t know them? Because they are different? Or because their difference makes us question our own identity and values? Students in this class will take a closer look at cultural icons such as Ernesto Che Guevara, Latino gay culture, and the social and economic factors driving gang membership, immigration and prostitution. Requires active class participation and advanced writing skills. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: Any 300 level literature and culture course in Spanish.]
SPN 457 War & Peace: Contemporary Spanish Culture (A)
Minimum grade of C required for Spanish major. * What do contemporary texts show us about identity, history, and power in Spain? This course addresses representative works from various periods during the 20-21st century and gives particular attention to the Spanish Civil War, the dictatorship of Francisco Franco, and democratic Spain today. Students will analyze how literature and film have been used to legitimize a military uprising and dictatorship as well as to protest against it. *Instructor must validate 2 pre-req courses as completed. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: Two 300-level Spanish courses.]
SPN 459 Mexico Today (A)
Provides an introduction to contemporary Mexico: its history and geography; political, social, and economic systems; art, literature, and music; people and their lifestyles. Uses media and other materials to supplement course content. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: Any 300 level literature and culture course in Spanish.]
SPN 461 Advanced Spanish Grammar (A)
Covers grammatical structures of Spanish and includes a study of Spanish morphology, syntax, and lexicon. Gives special attention to analysis and correction of interference from English. Conducts discussions of specific structures in Spanish, followed by oral and written exercises, including translations. Crosslisted with SPN561. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: SPN 351.]
SPN 499 Independent Study in Spanish (A)
Content to be identified in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-3 Cr. [Prerequisite: SPN 351 and a minimum GPA of 3.0 in Spanish courses and Instructor's permission.]
SPN 552 Guerrrilla, Gays and Gangs: Outsiders in Hispanic Film (A)
Why do we fear outsiders? Because we don’t know them? Because they are different? Or because their difference makes us question our own identity and values? Students in this class will take a closer look at cultural icons such as Ernesto Che Guevara, Latino gay culture, and the social and economic factors driving gang membership, immigration and prostitution. Requires active class participation and advanced writing skills.Prerequisite: Any 300 level literature and culture course in Spanish. Why do we fear outsiders? Because we don’t know them? Because they are different? Or because their difference makes us question our own identity and values? Students in this class will take a closer look at cultural icons such as Ernesto Che Guevara, Latino gay culture, and the social and economic factors driving gang membership, immigration and prostitution. Requires active class participation and advanced writing skills. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite - Any 300 level literature and culture course in Spanish.]
SPN 557 War and Peace Contemporary Spanish Culture (A)
What do contempoai:y texts show us about identity, history, and power in Spain?1bis comse addresses representative works from various periods during the 20-21st century and gives partic:ola.r attention to the Spanish Civil War, the dictatorship of Francisco Franco, and demoa:atic Spain today. Students will analyze how liteatture and film have been used to legitimize a miliau:y uprising and dictatol'Ship as well as to protest against it. Gaaduate students are required to complete a 15 page research paper and additional reading responses. 3 Cr.
SPN 559 Mexico Today (A)
Provides an introduction to contemporary Mexico: its history and geography; political, social and economic systems; art, literature and music; people and their lifestyles. 3 Cr.
SPN 561 Advanced Spanish Grammar (A)
Covers grammatical structures of Spanish and includes a study of Spanish morphology, syntax, and lexicon. Gives special attention to analysis and correction of interference from English. Conducts discussions of specific structures in Spanish, followed by oral and written exercises, including translations. Required course. Crosslisted with SPN461. 3 Cr.
SPN 599 Independent Study in Spanish (A)
Content to be identified in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
Sustainability
SUS 261 Science and Sustainability (A)
A survey of the scientific and policy principles of sustainability with an emphasis on systems approach. Besides introducing a wide variety of Earth System concepts, the course will delve into such topics as population, ecosystems, climate change, energy, water and agriculture, environmental policy and justice, biodiversity, and legal as well as regulatory strategies. It will also provide an overview and knowledge of theory, analytical methodology, and policy challenges in the field of sustainability. Crosslisted with ESC261. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
SUS 262 Sustainability and Society (A)
This course focuses on two of the three pillars of sustainability (political economy and society). It explores historical and current: relationships between the natural environment and human societies (i.e. their cultures, economic and political systems, and structures of social identity and power); patterns of environmental use and abuse; and public responses to environmental degradation. The concept of systems thinking is introduced, with special emphasis on social scientific system theories (e.g., world-systems theory) and how such theories assist in understanding the inter-relationships among sustainability, political economy and society. 3 Cr.
SUS 304 Sustainable Development and Planning (A)
Examines sustainable development and planning in the Anthropocene epoch – including environmental, social, and economic sustainability – through analysis of selected critical readings combined with hands-on experiential learning through participation and observation with local /international networks, government, and civil organizations currently pursuing sustainability projects. Write course description paragraph here 3 Cr. (Fall.)
Teaching of Science and Mathematics
NAS 273 Investigation in the Physical Sciences (AL)
Study of the fundamental aspects of physics and chemistry focusing on energy and matter in the world around us. Topics covered in both lecture and laboratory format include: Measurement, Newtons Laws of Motion, Mechanical Energy, Electromagnetism, Sounds and Light Waves, Matter, Heat, Pressure, The Periodic Table, Chemical Bonding, Molecular Interactions, Acids and Bases, and Chemical Reactions. Particular attention is paid to everyday phenomena which demonstrate these scientific principles. Laboratory activities are designed to be done with elementary school aged children and use materials that are readily available. 4 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite or Corequisite: MTH 111.]
NAS 401 Computational Methods for Teachers I (A)
Enables teachers and teacher candidates in mathematical, physical, life, and earth sciences to learn computational tools, advanced graphing calculators, laptop computers, CD- and Web-based tools. Involves computational science as a process in solving real-world problems in sciences. Introduces technology tools (such as graphing calculators), math modeling tools (such as Excel, STELLA, and Geometer's Sketchpad), agent-based modeling tools (such as AGENTSHEETS), science modeling tools (such as Interactive Physics). Includes a section on NY State K-12 standards in math, science and technology. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission.]
NAS 404 Mobile Technology for Teachers (A)
Students will learn about pre-existing mobile technologies available to teachers including websites such as Weebly, QuizStar and Socrative. In addition, they will receive instruction in how to create their own quiz and flash card apps via existing mobile development environments (Google Forms). These environments allow for access to generated content via the web and downloadable apps in both Android and iPhone platforms. 1-2 Cr. (Summer.)
NAS 420 Mathematics for Adolescent Teachers (A)
Examines the adolescence mathematics curriculum (grades 5-12) from an advanced prospective considering the conceptual difficulties and fundamental techniques of teaching high school mathematics. Topics reach across from the secondary to post-secondary levels in algebra, geometry, data analysis, statistics, trigonometry, discrete mathematics, and calculus allowing students to make connections between the advanced mathematics they learn in college to the content they will be teaching in secondary mathematics. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: MTH 432.]
NAS 501 Computational Methods for Teachers I (A)
Enables teachers and teacher candidates in mathematical, physical, life and earth sciences to learn computational tools, advanced graphing calculators, laptop computers, CD-and Web-based tools. Involves computational science as a process in solving real-world problems in sciences. Introduces students to technology tools (such as graphing calculators), math modeling tools (such as Excel, STELLA, and Geometer's Sketchpad), agent-based modeling tools (such as AGENT SHEETS), science modeling tools (such as Interactive Physics). Includes a section on New York state K-12 standards in math, science and technology. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission.]
NAS 504 Mobile Technology for Teachers (A)
Students will learn about pre-existing mobile technologies available to teachers including websites such as Weebly, QuizStar and Socrative. In addition, they will receive instruction in how to create their own quiz and flash card apps via existing mobile development environments (AppMakr/WuFoo). These environments allow for access to generated content via the web and downloadable apps in both Android and iPhone platforms. 1-2 Cr. (Summer.)
NAS 518 History of School Mathematics I (A)
First of a two course sequence. Investigates number and quantity, algebra, geometry ad trigonometry content in American high schools. Explores mathematical problem solving prior to the 1980s NCTM Standards. Assignments will focus on the development of secondary mathematics education prior to the Common Core State Standards, providing a greater understanding of the paradigm shift of the new standards. 3 Cr.
NAS 519 History of School Mathematics II (A)
Second of two course sequence. Investigates calculus, statistics, probability, and discrete mathematics content in American high schools. Explores mathematical problems following the 1980s NCTM Standards. Assignments will focus on how the standards changed secondary mathematics education, and the impact of the Common Core State Standards. 3 Cr.
NAS 520 Mathematics for Adolescent Teachers (A)
Examines the adolescence mathematics curriculum (grades 5-12) from an advanced prospective considering the conceptual difficulties and fundamental techniques of teaching high school mathematics. Topics reach across from the secondary to post-secondary levels in algebra, geometry, data analysis, statistics, trigonometry, discrete mathematics, and calculus allowing students to make connections between the advanced mathematics they learn in college to the content they will be teaching in secondary mathematics. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite MTH432 or MTH532.]
NAS 599 Independent Study in Natural Science (A)
Arranged in consultation with the instructor-sponsor prior to registration. 1-6 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
NAS 601 Computational Methods for Teachers II (A)
Teaches advanced computational tools and programming to secondary school teachers and teacher candidates. Science teachers will learn about computational approach as a scientific inquiry method in physical, life, environmental and social sciences. Mathematics and technology teachers will learn about applications of mathematical and computer skills in a variety of subject areas, aligned with the PreK-12 curriculum and textbooks in New York state. Covers training in advanced software tools for teaching and research. Offers further training in tools from NAS 501. Teachers and teacher candidates will develop lesson plans using computational tools and pedagogy learned in this course. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite NAS501.]
NAS 619 Topics for Teachers: Mathematical Modeling (A)
Designed for secondary school mathematics teachers. Focuses on the use of the computer as a modeling device, and on mathematical models in the social and life sciences. Includes these topics: problem solving, algorithm design and the development of programming skills. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Prerequisite: permission of instructor.]
NAS 673 Physics for Teachers (A)
Covers selected topics in mechanics, thermodynamics, electromagnetism, optics, and modern physics. Gives considerable attention to student participation in planning and performing experiments and demonstrations. Entails four hours of instruction per week. 4 Cr.
NAS 695 Chemical Lecture Demonstrations (A)
Helps teachers use, develop and practice chemistry lecture demonstrations. Requires participants to obtain detailed instructions and practice several demonstrations and present them to their classmates. 1 Cr.
NAS 698 Research for Teachers (A)
Enables students to participate in research projects in the natural sciences. May consist of construction of electronic and/or mechanical devices, computations, data collection and analysis and interpretation of results. 1-6 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
NAS 701 Computational Methods for Teachers III (B)
Prerequisities: NAS601. A continuation of the NAS 501, NAS 601 course sequence. Provides more in-depth training on the use of CMST teaching tools and their effective implementation. Provides experience in the presentation of CMST lesson plans to teachers of varying levels of ability. Requires close interaction with other CMST participants and faculty. 3 Cr.
Theatre
THE 101 Acting Practicum (B)
Allows students to develop an understanding of the theatre production process through a practicum experience in acting. Course open to students who have been cast in Mainstage productions. 1 Cr.
THE 102 Lighting Practicum (B)
Allows students to develop an understanding of the theatre production process through a practicum experience in stage lighting. 1 Cr.
THE 103 Directing Practicum (B)
Allows students to develop an understanding of the theatre production through a practicum experience in directing. 1 Cr.
THE 104 Sound Practicum (B)
Allows students to develop an understanding of the theatre production process through a practicum experience in sound. 1 Cr.
THE 105 Painting Practicum (B)
Allows students to develop an understanding of the theatre production process through a practicum experience in painting scenery for Mainstage productions. 1 Cr.
THE 106 Costume Practicum (B)
Allows students to develop an understanding of the theatre production process through a practicum experience in wardrobe, costume construction, and practical backstage experience. 1 Cr.
THE 107 Stage Crew Practicum (B)
Allows students to develop an understanding of the theatre production process through a practicum experience as part of a stage crew. 1 Cr.
THE 108 Lighting Design Assistant (B)
Students in this course will assist lighting instructor-designers throughout their design process over the course of a semester, while learning about the process from concept through execution. Students will attend instructional sessions, assist with the installation of the light plot, and assist the instructor-designer throughout level-setting and cuing sessions and technical rehearsals. The course is appropriate both as an introduction to the process and for those students who already have some knowledge or facility. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
THE 109 Scene Design Assistant (B)
Theatre 109 – Scene Design Assistant Students in this course will assist scene design instructor-designers throughout their design process over the course of a semester, while learning about the process from concept through execution. Students will attend instructional sessions, assist the instructor-designer with research, design and painting, attend all technical and dress rehearsals, and assist with any upkeep required during the run. The course is appropriate both as an introduction to the process and for those students who already have some knowledge or facility. 1 Cr.
THE 111 Introduction to Theatre (AF)
Allows students to develop an understanding of the basic elements and unique characteristics of the theatre arts. Studies representative dramatic master- pieces. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
THE 114 Props Practicum (B)
Allows students to develop an understanding of the theatre production process through a practicum experience in props. 1 Cr. (Every Semester.)
THE 200 Voice and Diction (AF)
Bring increased awareness, confidence and skill to each participant for breath, vocal power, resonance, clarity and expressivity in any public speaking arena. Become aware of physical and vocal habits which interfere with a free efficient and healthy voice and learn techniques to overcome the habits. Develop public speaking skills. Become fluent in the International Phonetic Alphabet and learn the skills necessary to research and perform a dialect. 3 Cr.
THE 201 Theatre Arts (AF)
Provides an introduction to theatre from a production perspective. The course includes basic analysis of the play script, development of production concepts, exploring production styles from an historical perspective, and following the page to stage process of departmental production. Course requires participation on the crew of a Mainstage production. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
THE 202 Stagecraft (B)
THE202 Stagecraft provides a foundational education in the area of Technical Theater through a combination of traditional lecture, discussion, and lab-based work. Students will learn the principles of shop safety, methods of scenic construction, basics of theatrical sound and lighting, proper tool use and maintenance, rigging, and more. Hands-on experience will be gained through personal and team projects. In addition, this class supports the technical aspects of department mainstage productions. Occasional weekend calls may be necessary depending on the scope and scale of season productions, with a minimum 1 week notice. No previous experience in technical theater is required. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
THE 209 Introduction to Arts Administration (A)
This course focuses on understanding the leadership. and management skills for professional non-profit arts administration (e.g., theatre, music, opera, dance, fine arts). This course will address the changing context in which the arts operate, strategic leadership in arts administration, and management capacities required of emerging leaders in this field. Course topics include artistic administration, programming, artist management, venue/facilities management, operations/production management, leadership, mission development, funding, audience development, evaluation, community relations. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
THE 221 Introduction to Acting (AF)
Provides an introduction to the craft of acting. Emphasizes basic techniques through acting exercises, monologue presentations and scene work. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
THE 232 Improvisational Theatre (AF)
Covers principles and techniques of improvisation as an art form, and fundamentals of ensemble-playing, characterization and play-making (creation of scenarios). Explores the effect of the dramatic process on communication skills and human development. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
THE 235 Stage Lighting I (A)
Introduces the use of various types of lighting equipment. Studies basic design and color theory and practice. Requires students to serve as lighting crew for departmental productions. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: THE 202.]
THE 239 Introduction to Design for the Theatre (A)
An introduction to: the elements and principles of design for theatre; the roles of the scenic, costume, lighting, and sound designer in the production process; the analysis of text from the design perspective and the methods and media used to represent design concepts. Research and analysis includes contemporary and historical concepts and practices in the visual aspects of theatre design. 3 Cr.
THE 244 Costume Construction I (A)
Studies theories and procedures in building stage costumes, including pattern draping, fabric modification and embellishment, basic costume construction techniques, and shop safety. Allows students to acquire basic sewing skills as well as practical costume construction experience. 3 Cr.
THE 281 Creative Drama (A)
Covers theories and practices of creative drama by means of informal experiment oriented student-centered dramatic presentations based on parts or entirety of short literary pieces for young children, factual data or original stories, to foster self-expression and personal growth or participants. Emphasis is also placed on incorporation of original songs, pieces of choreographed dance, and puppetry in presentations. 3 Cr.
THE 304 Musical Theatre Audition Techniques (A)
Explores elements of the audition process with a focus on preparing for successful musical theatre auditions. Emphasis is placed on refining performance skills, compiling a resume and professional materials, and building a repertoire portfolio that showcases each student's strengths. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Cross-listed as MUS 304.]
THE 306 The Theatre of Politics (AI)
We combine two different disciplines to gain a unique understanding of many of the current issues that face all of us. The texts used for this course are contemporary plays and additional readings from political science texts. The course will be broken into 5 units, all dealing with modern issues in American politics such as race, gender, and medical ethics. There are multiple presentations throughout the semester. Students from all disciplines are strongly encouraged to take this course- the issues studied are relevant to all. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
THE 307 Fundamentals of Stage Management (A)
Provides a basic introduction to the role and responsibilities of a production stage manager in the production process. Emphasis is placed on the skills required to stage manage a fully realized production. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
THE 308 Stage Management Practicum (B)
Allows students to develop an understanding of the theatre production process through a practicum experience in the stage management of a department production. 1 Cr. [Prerequisite: THE 307.]
THE 314 History of Theatre I: Classical through Renaissance (A)
Surveys the origin and development, production techniques, acting styles, and significant plays from the classical period through the Renaissance. Also includes the discussion of theatre traditions of non-Western cultures. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
THE 315 History of Theatre II: Romanticism Through Modern (A)
Surveys the development of production techniques, acting styles, and significant plays from the 19th century to the present. Also includes the discussion of theatre traditions of non-Western cultures. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
THE 319 Play Analysis (A)
Play Analysis studies selected plays from a theatrical point of view. Includes analysis of plot, character, themes, genre, and styles. 3 Cr.
THE 322 Intermediate Acting (B)
Continues the exploration of acting. Emphasizes character development and analysis through scene work and discussion. 3 Cr.
THE 323 Advanced Acting (B)
Provides advanced work in developing the craft of acting with particular emphasis on characterization and script analysis. The student will also be expected to be able to articulate and justify his/her acting choices. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: THE 322.]
THE 332 Scene Design I (A)
Requires students to translate a visual metaphor into a design for the stage, use the basic elements of design and the principles of composition and communicate that design to others via the graphic process. Analyzes design and explores our age in the history of theatrical design, both Western and Non-Western. 3 Cr.
THE 339 American Drama (A)
Examines a representative set of twentieth- and twenty-first century American plays and develops students' close reading skills. Covers representations of social issues, such as Family, Gender and Sexuality, African-American Experiences, Labor and the American Dream, and the Nation, and how playwrights used and modified the genre to tell their stories. Emphasizes a critical approach to the content and historical context of American plays (rather than performance). Requires that students write regularly in both formal and informal contexts, research reviews and critical interpretations of plays (and understand the difference), and consider the implications of film adaption. Crosslisted with ENG339. NYSED requires a minimum course grade of “C” (undergraduate sections) for certification. 3 Cr.
THE 341 History of Fashion (AW)
From ancient Egypt to the 21st Century, fashions illustrate the cultural aesthetic of each society, as driven by gender roles, available technology, social patterns, religious pressure, economic prosperity and catastrophic events. Examination of basic textile processes and the silhouettes of each era, the Body Ideal, created by Characteristic garments, embellishment and hairstyles. Expanding communications, social change and shifting attitudes on gender impact the fashion industry. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
THE 345 Stage Makeup I (A)
Covers techniques in stage makeup, including uses and characteristics of makeup materials and methods of application, character analysis and design of realistic, old age, wounds and scars, caricature and fantasy. 3 Cr.
THE 347 Costume Design I (A)
Covers the fundamentals of costume design: principles, character analysis, and use of historical source material; analysis of how clothing reveals character and motive; and selection of colors, forms, fibers, and weaves appropriate to the mood, style, period, and interpretation of a play. 3 Cr.
THE 348 Costume Design II (A)
Advanced projects in costume design and technology, such as exploring styles and techniques in designing film, theatre and dance costumes, involving a variety of historical, contemporary, and non-traditional theatre pieces. Allows students to design/assist in workshop/lab/Mainstage theatre productions in order to apply theory to practical experience. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: THE 347.]
THE 351 Directing I (A)
Prepares students for directing, including intensive analysis of the playscript, collaboration, review of the rehearsal process, basic principles of composition, picturization and movement. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: THE 221 and 319.]
THE 353 Children'S Theatre (A)
Covers a brief history of children’s theatre, play selection process for production, script analysis in writing, program making, rehearsals, and actual presentation of plays with original songs and choreographed dance for young audiences. 3 Cr.
THE 365 Puppet Theatre (A)
Covers the historical roots of puppetry and its relationship to other arts, especially theatre; and designing, constructing, and manipulating various kinds of puppets. Emphasis is placed upon puppet design and construction and the development of puppet theatre scripts. 3 Cr.
THE 387 Drag Culture, Theory, and Performance (A)
Drag Culture, Theory, and Performance will revue the history, politics, and culture of drag, through readings, discussion, and performance. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
THE 399 Independent Study in Theatre (A)
To be defined in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-3 Cr. [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission.]
THE 400 Theatre Viewing (A)
Provides students with the tools and opportunity to critically analyze, evaluate and appreciate theatre productions. Enables students to view several professional theatre productions and participate in backstage tours and discussion with artistic staff. 3 Cr.
THE 402 Capstone in Theatre (B)
Requires preparation and execution of a research project. 2 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: THE 401.]
THE 414 American Musical Theatre (BW)
Surveys the American musical theatre, including Broadway shows, through investigation of its form. Provides analyses, discussions, viewing and research of selected works to serve as a basis for a more aware listening technique. Crosslisted with THE 414. 3 Cr.
THE 422 Acting Lab (B)
Provides the opportunity to explore advanced acting issues, such as developing a character based on movement, phonetic transcription, dialects, and audition techniques. The class includes public performance. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: THE 322.]
THE 426 Improvisational Studio (B)
Provides advanced work in giving dramatic structure to ideas and stories. Requires performance for and leadership of groups of various ages in improvisation. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: THE 232 and instructor's permission.]
THE 430 Children'S Theatre Mini-Tour (B)
Covers methods for development and performance of plays for children in non-theatre spaces and the genre of plays suitable to the specific project. Requires performing in an ensemble, developing skills in group and individual improvisation, material suitable for presentation to a child audience, working with a child audience, and touring production for child audiences. 4 Cr. [Prerequisite: THE 281 and THE 353 or instructor's permission.]
THE 450 Field Experiences in Theatre (A)
Allows students to identify methods, techniques, and procedures involved in the project being studied, perform these functions and/or observations, and plan a design for implementing the project in a different situation. 1-12 Cr. [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission.]
THE 483 Creative Drama Practicum (B)
Examines current theories in creative drama in the United States and England. Requires research and preparation of appropriate activities as part of training leaders, and 20 hours of independent work in an educational institution or community agency. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: Instructor's permission and THE 281.]
THE 490 Special Topics in Academic Theatre (A)
Covers topics such as non-Western theatre, dramatic theory and criticism, and contemporary trends in theatre. The exact nature of the topic and instructional methodology are defined by the instructor. 3 Cr.
THE 491 Special Topics in Theatre Production (B)
Topics such as advanced directing and advanced problems in scenery, costume and lighting will be offered periodically. The exact nature of the topic and instructional methodology will be defined by the instructor. 3 Cr.
THE 492 Special Topics in Theatre - Literature (A)
Covers topics in the study, analysis, creation and criticism of dramatic literature. The exact nature of the topic and instructional methodology are defined by the instructor. 3 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
THE 493 Special Topics in Theatre-Performance (A)
Covers topics in the study, analysis, and creation of theatrical performance. Topics may include but are not restricted to Non-Western performance styles, contemporary schools of performance, guerilla theatre, and the theories of Boal. The exact nature of the topic and instructional methodology are defined by the instructor. 1-3 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
THE 495 Conference Participation (A)
Participation in multi-day regional or national theatre conference, and reflective, written component. Departmental approval required. 1 Cr.
THE 499 Advanced Independent Study in Theatre (A)
To be defined in consultation with the instructor-sponsor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-3 Cr. [Prerequisite: Instructor's permission.]
THE 500 Theatre Viewing (A)
Provides students with the tools and opportunity to critically analyze, evaluate and appreciate theatre productions. Allows students to view several professional theatre productions and participate in backstage tours and discussion with artistic staff. 3 Cr.
THE 510 Contemporary Women Playwrights (A)
Examines selected works by 20th-century female playwrights from America, Africa, China and England, (with units on African-American, Chicana, lesbian, and Asian-American writers) in the context of feminist theory as it applies to theatre practices. Includes explorations of the ways in which contemporary female playwrights present gender and gendered experiences as staged with multiple cultural contexts. 3 Cr.
THE 514 American Theatre (A)
Covers theatre as an aspect of American culture from 1668 to the present. 3 Cr.
THE 522 Workshop Production-Lab Theatre (B)
Examines specific acting techniques pertaining to various periods, particularly Elizabethan, Restoration and others selected by the instructor. 3 Cr.
THE 526 Improvisational Studio (B)
Covers the development of physical, vocal and improvisational techniques for ensemble playing; and traditional and contemporary techniques of improvisation. Requires experimentation leading to the development of original material; and research and a practicum in the application of dramatic process to a specific learning situation. 3 Cr.
THE 530 Children's Theatre Mini-Tour (B)
Requires students to produce and perform drama in educational settings, and/or community centers on an extended run accompanied by workshops with children. 4 Cr.
THE 550 Field Experience in Theatre (B)
Requires students to identify methods, techniques and procedures involved in the project studies; perform these functions and/or observations; and plan a design for implementing the project in a different situation. 1-12 Cr.
THE 583 Creative Drama Practicum (B)
Focuses on creative drama for children and training leaders to guide youth in informal drama. Requires students to independently guide groups of children in a given dramatic form to ideas and stories. 3 Cr.
THE 590 Special Topics in Academic Theatre (A)
Covers advanced directing and advanced problems in scenery, costume and lighting. Topic and instructional methodology is defined by the instructor. 3 Cr.
THE 599 Independent Study in Theatre (A)
Designed individually through consultation between the student and instructor to suit the student's needs and interests and the special competence of the instructor. Additional requirements may be established by the department. 1-6 Cr.
Thesis Continuation Credit
TCC 701 Thesis Continuation in Visual Studies (B)
Graduate students who (1) have registered for the maximum number of program thesis/project credits and (2) have not yet completed the thesis/project, must register for one credit of thesis/project continuance (TCC 700) each semester until the thesis /project has been completed and approved. Continuance credits do not count toward degree requirements, nor do grades for these credits carry quality points used in the calculation of the GPA. 1 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
TCC 702 Thesis Continuation in Biological Sciences (B)
Graduate students who (1) have registered for the maximum number of program thesis/project credits and (2) have not yet completed the thesis/project, must register for one credit of thesis/project continuance (TCC 700) each semester until the thesis /project has been completed and approved. Continuance credits do not count toward degree requirements, nor do grades for these credits carry quality points used in the calculation of the GPA. 1 Cr. (By Arrangement.)
Women and Gender Studies
WMS 101 Introduction to Women and Gender Studies (ASW)
Introduces students to the field of Women and Gender Studies. Examines women and gender in the United States from interdisciplinary, multicultural and feminist perspectives. Course topics include an exploration of the history of women’s rights movements, reproductive freedoms, the social construction of beauty, sexuality, violence against women, gender and work, and masculinity issues. The course is design to help students develop a critical framework for thinking about women and gender issues in a historical and contemporary context. Major and minor requirement. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
WMS 200 Topics in Women's Studies (A)
To be defined by the instructor in accordance with the specific topic to be covered in that semester. Typically, topic areas are gender and language or women on the margins of society. 3 Cr.
WMS 201 Little Women to Riot Grrls: Girls' Studies (AHW)
Introduces students to the interdisciplinary field of Girls' Studies. Surveys the construction of girlhood from infancy through the college years as read in history, literature, and social theory with a focus on contemporary girlhood realized across person and place. Examines social constructions of girlhood, media representations of girls/young women, and girls' lived experiences. Considers ways girls use writing, art, and activism to define their lives and create their identities. 3 Cr.
WMS 212 Disability and Schools (B)
This course explores the ways in which disability is represented, embodied, constructed, and marginalized in educational systems. This course addresses and defines concepts such as disability, impairment, ableism, neurodivergence, accessibility, and inclusion. Students will learn about how educational systems are structured in ways that normalize and reproduce systems of exclusion and oppression. The work of the course will focus on understanding socio-cultural influences that shape how students with disabilities are served in educational systems and how that influences their life trajectories. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
WMS 230 History of Women and Medicine (AHW)
Addresses key themes in the history of women in medicine with a transnational focus, both in terms of women as nurses, midwives and doctors, as well as patients. Looks at the medicalization of women’s bodies, reproductive issues, diseases and education. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Cross-listed as HST 230.]
WMS 234 Puerto Rico & Puerto Ricans: Colony, Nation, Race, Diaspora (ADW)
Explores through interactive lecture and discussion Puerto Rico as a Spanish and U.S. colony and homeland/patria for millions, and the Puerto Rican diaspora. Through films, music, and documents students analyze struggles that yielded evolving systems of power, patterns of resistance, and identities, especially in terms of race and gender. Develops skills in critical reading, analysis, discussion of historical texts and debates, and writing. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) Crosslisted with HST234. 3 Cr.
WMS 243 Immigration in Literature (ADW)
Explores transcultural experiences and encounters represented in contemporary fiction, literary non-fiction, film and fine art. Retraces trajectories taken by twenty and twenty-first century immigrants. Confronts what it takes and feels like and means to make complex geo-cultural crossings. Considers the ways writers, directors, and artists interrogate various kinds of borders and boundaries and redefine national, racial, ethnic, religious, gender and other geo-cultural constructs, while pushing also beyond conventional confines of genre. Investigates how they represent the different degrees and kinds of agency, autonomy, and authority experiences in the migration, immigration, emigration, and trafficking. Crosslisted with ENG243. 3 Cr.
WMS 245 Imagining Women's Lives in American Literature (AHW)
Explores ways in which writing by and about women has exposed structural gender inequality in the United States while also fostering resistance and social change through the revelation of the imagination. Examines how women writers from a variety of identity positions—those of race, class, and sexual orientation—have imagined women’s lives and new possibilities in the US since the early twentieth century. Crosslisted with ENG245. 3 Cr.
WMS 271 Gender, Race and Class (ADW)
Examines the intersecting socio-political forces of gender, race and class, and how these forces interact. Looks at how these forces affect individuals, and individual and social responses to these forces. Investigates the history of efforts to end discrimination, and the ways these efforts translate into issues of current concern in the U.S. Major requirement. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Cross-listed as AAS 271 and SOC 271.]
WMS 302 Introduction to Interdisciplinary Disability Studies (ADW)
Synthesizes an introduction to disability studies with critical visual and linguistic analyses. Takes an interdisciplinary and intersectional approach to social constructions of ability/disability. Explores questions such as: What forms of social oppression are perpetuated by such ableism? How do race, gender, sexuality and dis/ability intersect and how can an understanding of critical disability studies enhance feminist, antiracist, and queer theory and practice? Students will learn the basic tenets of disability studies and apply theme to an analysis of cultural texts. 3 Cr.
WMS 303 Native American Women (ADW)
Representation of Native American women generally conform to two stereotypes: the submissive drudge or the Indian princess. Both ignore the complexity and diversity of Native women's roles in their respective societies. Taught primarily from a Native women's perspective, this course moves beyond the two-dimensional portrait to engage life experiences and social institutions, emphasizing strength and endurance, the complementary nature of traditional gender roles and contemporary strategies for cultural survival. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as ANT 303.]
WMS 305 Gender, Sex and Power: the View from Inside (AIW)
How might your assigned sex and gender categories impact your life? This course explores the power dynamics intertwined within systems of sex and gender. Looking at people's diverse experiences, we will use a multidisciplinary perspective that considers the historical, socio-cultural, and political-economic factors of a range of cultural contexts within the US and abroad. Coursework emphasizes the intersecting connections of sex and gender to race, class, ethnicity and sexual orientation in a globalized and transnational world. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as ANT 305.]
WMS 307 Gendering the Past (ASW)
Introduces students to a wide range of historically conditioned gender roles based on archaeological, historical, and contemporary cultural studies to expand students' understanding of gender as a cultural construction. Teaches students how to critically analyze academic interpretations of past gender constructions based on historical or archaeological data while discussing the theories that influence these interpretations. Course requires minimum grade of C- for general education/major/minor/certification. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as ANT 307.]
WMS 308 Popular Culture (AW)
Explores the many different components of popular culture (music, television, movies, arts, sports, festivals, holidays, etc.) from a sociological perspective. We are constantly surrounded by popular culture yet many feel as though we are blind to it and it does not have an impact on us. By the conclusion of this course, we should be able to answer the following questions: Where does popular culture come from and what role does it play in society? What do people do with popular culture? How does popular culture intersect with race, class, gender, sexualities, abilities and what do these intersections mean? Crosslisted with SOC308. 3 Cr.
WMS 310 Women in Art (AW)
Examines the contributions and creations of women to the visual arts throughout history, with an emphasis on the women artists of the last two centuries. Students will gain an understanding of artistic techniques and movements and become familiar with the social and political history of women, in order to understand how such conditions affect artistic production. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as ARH 310.]
WMS 311 Women in Music (A)
A survey of roles and contributions of women in music and examination of cultural, political, and socioeconomic contexts surrounding them. Discussions of feminist theory and music. 3 Cr.
WMS 313 Gender Politics (AWY)
Explores, from a feminist perspective, socio-political barriers that have made women the "majority minority" or "silenced majority." Includes barriers such as discriminatory legislation, political folkways, sex and gender roles, and myths that have created and perpetuated a male-dominated society. Cross-listed as HON & PLS 313. 3 Cr.
WMS 315 Contemporary Black Woman (ADW)
Eclectically explores the various positions and roles played by black women in contemporary times against their historical backdrop. Focuses on the roles of black women in traditional and contemporary contexts in Africa; black women in rural and urban areas and in the Caribbean; and professional black women and their characteristics. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as AAS 315.]
WMS 324 Politics in America, 1780s-190s: Sex, Race, Culture & Party (A)
Explores American politics from the 18th century until today, emphasizing central tendencies and long-term patterns in the distribution and exercise of power in America, with special attention to gender, interests, and ideologies. 3 Cr.
WMS 328 Women in America (AVW)
Focuses on the changing history of American women, including the intersections of gender and sexuality with ethnicity, race, immigration, and class. We analyze cultural images of American women, as well as individual and organized resistance to conventional definitions of womanhood as well as contemporary issues, including employment, reproductive freedom, and anti-racism. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Cross-listed as HST 328.]
WMS 330 Global Perspectives on Women and Gender (AOW)
Explores historical, social and political factors shaping sex and gender across cultures and countries. Focuses on women and societies outside Euro-American contexts in considering ways global capitalism, gendered division of labor, and commodification of women's bodies contribute to the current position of women. Topics include gender and globalization; gender and work; women and the state; women and reproductive health; gender and religion; women, gender and family; gender-based violence; and the global sex trade. 3-4 Cr. (Every Semester.)
WMS 332 Witchcraft & Witch-Hunting in Early Modern Europe, 1450-1750 (AW)
Students will deepen their understanding of witchcraft and witch-hunting in early modern Europe through discussions of readings, writing assignments, and lectures. The relationship between women, gender and witch-hunting forms a major focus of the class. Other topics include elite and popular views on magic and witchcraft; the links between religion, the rise of the modern state and witch-hunting; and the decline of witch prosecutions. Crosslisted with HST332. 3 Cr. (Even Spring.)
WMS 334 Black Women's Narratives, Resistance, & Joy (A)
Analyzes the ways in which Black female writers and readers across political locations have endured trauma and, ultimately, engaged in moments of recovery, laughter, and hope as registered in literary artifacts. Approaches the subject through interdisciplinarity, in the fields of history, criticism, literary studies, as well as cultural and visual studies. Covers theoretical works, novels, short stories, poems, drama to gain a greater understanding of Black women’s cultural and literary expressions of joy, happiness, and humor. 3 Cr.
WMS 335 Feminism and Philosophy (AWY)
Explores the philosophical foundations of some major strands in feminist theory. Examines the philosophical commitments of, e.g., liberal, radical, lesbian, Marxist, postmodern, and cyber feminisms. Investigates how these feminisms respond to contemporary concerns about work, parenthood, sexuality and technology. Cross-listed with PHL 335. 3 Cr.
WMS 336 Environment, Traditional Arts and Women's Lives (AIW)
Cross listed with ANT 336. What is the relationship between cultural and biological diversity when seen through the lens of "folk arts," rituals, story telling and material culture? In a time of rapid climate change, the traditional ecological knowledge of indigenous peoples as reflected in their artwork, stories, beliefs and their environmental stewardship holds lessons for us all. It enhances scientific knowledge of local environments and broadens our understanding of diversity. 3 Cr.
WMS 338 Lesbian and Gay Literature (ADWY)
Focuses on gay and lesbian authors; analyzes the intersections between race, class, gender, and sexuality in contemporary literature. Requires oral presentations, intensive critical discussion, and written responses to texts. 3 Cr.
WMS 339 Latinx History of the United States (ADW)
Latinx History of the United States is a course that offers a comprehensive introduction to the diversity of Latinx cultures and history in the United States. Students will explore the intersections of race, class, gender, ethnicity, and citizenship in the lives of Latinx peoples. This course spans over 200 years, evaluating the Latinx experience in various locations and times, from the first Spanish North American colonies to the rise of Latino/a studies departments on college campuses. Elective within major. Crosslisted with AAS HST 339. 3 Cr.
WMS 340 Digital Sociology and Online Communities (A)
Examines the communities and social interactions that occur in digital spaces. Covers the sociological underpinnings of our apps, likes, shares, swipes, and profiles. Applies sociological theories and methodologies to study online communities, social networks, online practices, and digital tools. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
WMS 344 Sex, Sin and Sorority: Women in Early American Republic (A)
Explores the origins of the modern American woman. Seeks to describe and explain the ways women in America transformed their reproductive, productive, political, and personal lives during the first century of The Great American Republic, c. 1776-1876. Is aimed at a general audience and has no prerequisites. Entails lectures, reading, discussion, quizzes, and essay exams. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Cross-listed as HST 344.]
WMS 348 Sex and Gender in Literary Theory (AW)
Provides an advanced introduction to the traditions of literary theory and criticism related to sex and gender studies. Closely analyzes primary theoretical material as well as literary texts in relation to theory. Requires students to write papers of analysis from multiple critical perspectives, classify and describe perspectives of various critics, and define critical terms. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as ENG 348.]
WMS 351 Disability Studies and American Literature (AI)
Synthesizes an introduction to disability studies with narrative and linguistic analysis. Includes a number of 20th and 21th century American literary texts in multiple genres (including drama, novels, short stories, memoir, and poetry) through the lens of disability studies. Integrates knowledge from multiple knowledge areas (Humanities, Social Sciences, Natural Sciences, and Arts) and disciplinary perspectives (including medicine, sociology, political science, history, cultural studies, and literary studies). Students will be expected to learn the basic tenets of disability studies and apply them to upper level literary analysis. Crosslisted with ENG351. 3 Cr.
WMS 354 American Film Genres (AW)
The course follows a chronological format and looks at important films about the crucial eras and events in US history, such as the Civil War, the West and the Sixties, as well as the history of film-making itself. Stresses the ideological function of films and the contrast between how historians and films present the past. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as WMS354 and HST354 Focuses on how American history has been presented on film.]
WMS 355 Sociology of the Body (AW)
Focuses on multiple approaches to the relationship between body and society. Explores how we experience the world through out own bodies, how the body is designed and understood through group interaction, and how our bodies become the object of knowledge, expertise, and surveillance. Topics include health/medicine, sport, celebrity, media, gender/sex, sexuality, food, hygiene, and more. Cross registered with SOC355. 3 Cr.
WMS 357 Questioning Masculinity (AW)
Explores the construction and performance of masculinity across both time and space. Engages with key readings from sociology, geography, and gender studies to examine a multitude of institutional and interactional contexts that create, preserve, and alter gender norms in society, including schools, work, sports, and the media. Cross-listed as SOC357. 3 Cr.
WMS 358 Family and Social Change in American History (AW)
Focuses on family structures and strategies, challenges to patriarchal families, and changing views of marriage and motherhood. Includes consideration of Native-American, black and immigrant experiences. Explores issues such as the impact of the women's rights movement on families and working mothers, single parenting, and alternative family structures. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as HST 358.]
WMS 359 History of European Women (AWY)
Examines the history of European women since 1500, including traditional roles in political, cultural, and social life. Focuses on change over the centuries. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as HST 359.]
WMS 360 Sex and Culture (AIW)
Explores human sexuality as variously and richly patterned by different cultures. Covers the evolution of human sexuality; cultural significance of biological sex differences; sex roles; patterning of heterosexuality, homosexuality, and transsexuality in selected world cultures; and changing patterns of sexual behavior in the US and abroad. Instruction considers global feminist concerns in examining the interplay of biological, psychological, and cultural factors in the patterning of human sexuality. Major and minor requirement. 3 Cr.
WMS 361 Sociology of Families (AIW)
Provides an introduction to sociological theory and research on intimate relationships and families in the US. Examines historical and contemporary variations, with the main focus on the gendered nature of marriage and family life. Looks at intimacy and family formation through topics such as love, marriage and sexuality. Investigates key concerns in family life such as the balance of power, negotiating work/family roles, parenthood and divorce. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as SOC 361.]
WMS 362 Women in Western Political Thought (AIW)
Covers major theories of sexual politics, including Freud's theory of femininity, reform liberalism, socialist theory, and the theory of radical feminism. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as PLS 362.]
WMS 364 Sociology of Gender (AIW)
Examines gender as a social construction, embedded in interpersonal interactions, social institutions, and cultural systems, comparing gender in the US to gender in other cultures. Explores topics such as how we learn gender, how gender serves to maintain systems of inequality for men and women, and how the meanings of gender have changed over time. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as SOC 364.]
WMS 366 Gender in the Islamic World (AOW)
Covers gender in the Islamic world, and goes “beyond the veil” and women’s “oppression” to deal with the array of culturally-specific discourses that shape men and women’s lives in Islamic cultures. Presents a detailed look at Islamic history to make sense out of gender in the contemporary world. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as HST 367.]
WMS 367 Women in World Literature (AWY)
Cross-culturally examines writing by and about women. May be focused on particular themes, genres, historical moments, movements or international women authors. May address questions concerning literary canons, social and cultural contexts for literary representations of women, women writers working within particular genres, politics of women’s writing and publication, etc. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as ENG 367.]
WMS 368 Women in the Mediterranean World (AOW)
Examines continuities and changes in the roles and status of women living in Mediterranean societies from prehistoric times to the present. Students become familiar with conceptual problems in the historical study of women in this region through examining recurring social-cultural themes that inform their daily lives, such as class, economic roles, religious ideals and images, gender segregation and concepts of honor. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as HST 368.]
WMS 369 Sociology of Sexuality (AIW)
Sociologists of sexuality understand that sexual identities, desires and behaviors are socially constructed. Each varies historically and culturally. Course examines the social sources of sexual meanings, values, institutions and identities. Additionally, student will explore the influence of other domains and institutions such as the family, the workplace and education over sexuality. 3 Cr. (Fall.) [Cross-listed as SOC 369.]
WMS 372 Sex and Gender in the Renaissance (A)
Focuses on matters of sex, sexuality and gender in the literature of the British Renaissance. Examines a variety of works from the 16th and 17th centuries, with attention to those by and about women; depictions of masculinity and femininity and the sex act; and treatments of same-sex friendships and sexual relationships. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: ENL303 or ENG303 with min grade of D.]
WMS 373 LGBTQ+ Cultures (AIW)
Explores the history and emergence of lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender cultures in the U.S. from the 1940s to present. Topics include the history of the movement before and after Stonewall; the intersections between sexuality and ethnicity, gender and social status; and urban/rural/suburban differences in attitudes and approaches within the homosexual rights movement. Cross-listed as SOC & ANT 373. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
WMS 375 Gender in Latin America (AIW)
Analyzes traditional gender roles in Latin American culture and the intersection between race, ethnicity, socioeconomic class and gender identity in socialization processes that perpetuate the exclusion of women from the spheres of power. Examines the impact of patriarchy and globalization on the lives of women and their contribution to different social spheres, especially in politics, literature, and art. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as FCE 375 and SPN 375.]
WMS 381 Fannie Barrier Williams Project (ADW)
The Fannie Barrier Williams Project is an ongoing digital public history inquiry into the life, times, and lasting historical significance of Fannie Barrier Williams (1855-1944), Brockport resident, first Black woman to graduate from the Brockport State Normal School (predecessor to SUNY Brockport), antiracist and women's rights activist, educator, writer, thinker, musician, visual artist. This is a project-based, experiential learning course. With guidance and support, each student produces a research project for a curated website, public symposium, and poster session. No advanced computer skills are required. While the course is grounded in historical inquiry, creative and Interdisciplinary approaches are very much welcome. Swing courses HST & AAS 381 3 Cr.
WMS 382 Queer Theory (AIW)
Explores historical developments and contemporary debates within interdisciplinary queer theory. Topics include the development of sex/gender/sexuality categories, the relationship between sexuality and the state, scientific discourses on sexuality, the politics of representation, and processes of identity formation. Important authors include Judith Butler, Judith "Jack" Halberstam, Michael Warner, Michel Foucault, and Eve Sedgwick. Also covers queer theory as a deconstructive method which can be applied broadly. 3 Cr.
WMS 386 Writings By African-American Women (AIW)
Surveys literary representations in Afro-American fiction from the Harlem Renaissance to the present. Examines the degree to which sexism, cultural stereotypes and racism influence the portrayals and function of women in black American literature. Explores concerns with women's issues and the emergence of the feminist movement in America. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as ENG 386.]
WMS 387 Drag Culture, Theory, and Performance (A)
Drag Culture, Theory, and Performance will revue the history, politics, and culture of drag, through readings, discussion, and performance. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
WMS 396 Women in Sport (AIW)
Examines the historical, contemporary, and future perspectives of women in sport. Reviews insights from history, psychology, and sociology related to women in sport, as well as athletes' perceptions of their performance. Focuses on information and issues which are fundamental to understanding women's participation in sport. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Cross-listed as PES 396.]
WMS 397 Young Adult Literature (AW)
Explores the representation of the young adult in literature with an emphasis on the portrayal of the diverse experiences of coming of age across differences in race, gender, nation, and historical era. Covers a wide range of genres and social issues, such as identity formation, discrimination, parent/child conflicts, suicide, and bullying. Introduces students to bibliographic and critical resources. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification) Crosslisted with ENG397 3 Cr. (Spring.)
WMS 399 Women and Gender Studies Topics: Directed Study (A)
Focuses on a topic related to Women & Gender Studies not offered in regular course rotation. Credit hours, syllabus, readings, and assignments will be designed by student and faculty member and approved by chair on a case-by-case basis. 6 Cr.
WMS 402 Women's Health (AWY)
Provides a study of women as healthy functioning human beings. Includes lecture and discussion with guest speakers (when available) to present positive information and insights on the anatomical, physiological, mental, spiritual, and emotional aspects of contemporary women. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as PBH 402.]
WMS 403 Biography and Life History (A)
Explores the expression of life stories, their collection and recording, and their presentation in written format. Covers the evolution of the life history in anthropology and oral history; life history as a Western genre; life stories in non-Western form; gender and life stories; the life history as an expression of the self versus the life history as a window on culture; and the limitations of life history research. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Cross-listed as ANT 403.]
WMS 409 Feminist Theory (A)
Provides an advanced interdisciplinary and multicultural introduction to the main traditions of feminist theory, to the impact of feminist theory on a variety of disciplines, and to feminist theory as applied to various issues in society and culture. Major/Minor requirement. 3 Cr. Every Semester. 3 Cr. (Spring.) [Prerequisite: WMS 101.]
WMS 410 Contemporary Women Playwrights (AWY)
Explores ways in which contemporary female playwrights present gender and gendered experiences, and how the construction of women is staged in a variety of cultural contexts through an examination of selected works by 20th-century female playwrights from diverse backgrounds and different countries. Includes an investigation of feminist theory as it applies to theatre practices. Cross-listed as THE 410. 3 Cr.
WMS 411 Feminist Research Methods (A)
Feminist research methods challenges traditional quantitative and qualitative research methods in the social sciences. Feminist research methods are explicitly concerned with the choice of research subjects, the standpoint of the researcher, the effects of social structures on knowledge creation, and with aspects of social reality that may be hidden from traditional research methods. Students will complete a research project that responds to the main themes of the course. Major requirement. 3 cr. 3 Cr.
WMS 418 Women and Leisure (A)
This course is designed to assist students in developing an awareness of the changing roles of women in society, particularly within the leisure and work components of women’s lives. The content of this course aims to encourage students to think critically about the issues surrounding women, work, and leisure. Through a feminist perspective lens, students will explore how women’s lives can be made more visible, exploring how social change is necessary to allow women the opportunities that they deserve related to work and leisure. Course topics will also discuss the role that leisure can play in empowering women. Crosslisted with REL148. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
WMS 419 Human Sexuality (AW)
Sexual knowledge, attitudes, values, and behaviors are examined within various topic areas as part of one’s total health and wellness. Emphasis is placed on knowledge of, experiences with, and modern practices in sexuality education to meet the needs of diverse learners. Course requires a minimum grade of C (for General Education/Major/Minor/Certification). Cross-listed as PBH419. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
WMS 420 Practicum in Women and Gender Studies (A)
Provides students with the opportunity to work from a feminist framework on a service learning project under faculty direction. Students complete an internship in an organization where they work on gender and/or women related issues. Students devise a project that makes use of the internship experience and places that experience within a larger theoretical and feminist organizational framework. Must have completed 12 credits in major and be in good academic standing. 1-9 Cr.
WMS 421 Senior Seminar in Women and Gender Studies (A)
Senior capstone course where, through engagement, activism and synthesis of acquired knowledge, establishes a theoretical foundation to inform future feminist practices in areas of work and or graduate study. The course draws on students’ discipline-specific interests as a critical lens into women and gender studies knowledge in its currency and diversity. The course seeks to build an intellectual forum in which students’ dialogue on a women and gender focused topic enacted into a meaningful capstone project which captures contemporary and emerging undergraduate feminist scholarship, action and production. 3 Cr. [Prerequisites: WMS 101, WMS 271 and WMS 360.]
WMS 423 Black Feminist Theory (AIW)
Cross listed with AAS 423. A critical analysis of Black feminist theoretical approaches to studying Black women's oppression and liberation struggles from 1800s to present. Focus on race, sexuality, gender identity, and expression to understand ways systems of power and dominance operate across state, nation, empire. Analyze seminal theoretical texts, fiction, and poetry to locate feminist theories and practices within a tradition of Black women’s activism, theory, and cultural production. Requires minimum grade of C for general education/major/minor/certification 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
WMS 435 Legal Rights of the Disadvantaged (AIW)
As an issue-oriented course, provides an understanding of how the US system can be used to improve the status of the disadvantaged, such as blacks, Hispanics, women, prisoners, the poor, students, Native Americans, homosexuals, and those with mental and physical disabilities. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as AAS 435, PLS 435.]
WMS 436 Gender Issues K-12 (AIW)
Course focuses on the issue of gender in schools K-12. It identifies and examines the ways in which gender roles are reinforced in schools. It studies the ways in which race and class interact with gender to influence the schooling experience. Students learn the ways in which teachers and other educators can promote equitable educational experience for all students. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as EDI 436.]
WMS 437 Latinx Heritage and Cultures in Education (B)
This interdisciplinary course examines the racial, ethnic, cultural, gender, and intersectional nuances of the diasporic populations from Latin America and the Caribbean in schooling and education. Students will engage in discussing key concepts surrounding these communities such as identity, multilingualism, immigration, cultural differences, perspectives on gender, indigenous heritages, and other opportunities and challenges as they pertain to education. Through the use of literature, case studies, media exploration, and biographical stories, students will reflect and analyze historical and current issues and design ways to properly represent and advocate for these communities in education. cross listed with EDI & WMS 437 swing courses EDI AAS WMS 537 3 Cr. (Fall.)
WMS 438 Women and Gender in Latin American History (A)
As an advanced course, examines the diversity of Latin-American and Caribbean women's experiences from the Iberian conquest to the 20th-century. Analyzes the gender dynamics of colonial, national, dictatorial and revolutionary states, economies and cultures, and the importance of women's movements and feminism. Includes discussion of Latina history in the US and of Latin-American and Caribbean masculinity in historical perspective. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as HST 438.]
WMS 442 Topics in Women's Literature (AWY)
Provides advanced study of women in literature and women's literature, focusing, for example, on some aspect of female lives, such as adolescence; on one or more female authors writing in a shared tradition, genre, or period; or on women writing on a common topic or from perspectives held in common. 3 Cr. [Prerequisite: ENG 303 or equivalent; Cross-listed as ENG 442.]
WMS 443 Beauty and Performance: Black Women's Writing (AW)
Examines how Eurocentric philosophical theories of aesthetics and beauty became popularized and have affected Black women and women in general. Pursues an understanding of the ways Black women writers have engaged in discourse with these theories and resisted the harm they perpetuate. Covers works of literature by and about Black women, films and documentaries, and other artifacts of popular culture. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed with AAS 443 and ENG 443.]
WMS 444 Sexuality, Gender, and Identity in Medieval Europe (AW)
500-1500, particularly as women experienced them. Examines the perceptions medieval society fostered about gender; analyzes factors such as social class, work and professional status, legal structures, and sexuality and compares/contrasts their effect on women’s and men’s lives. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as HST 444; Studies European Middle Ages, ca.]
WMS 452 American Literature: 19th Century Women's Novel (A)
Provides an intensive study of the novel as a form of women's self-representation and cultural criticism. May include novels about family life, anti-slavery and temperance, slave narratives; historical novels; and representations of urban and industrial experience. 3 Cr. (Every Semester.) [Prerequisite: ENG 303; Cross-listed as ENG 452.]
WMS 453 French Female Gaze- Women Writers and Filmmakers (A)
Through an exploration of texts and films authored by women, introduces students to a range of leading contemporary French-speaking writers and directors. Students examine recurrent themes and forms in recent women’s writing and filmmaking, including the representation of identity; the concept of origins; the intersection of class, race and gender; sexual repression and/or liberation; and the textual and cinematic strategies underpinning these considerations. 3 Cr.
WMS 457 Women and Film (A)
Focuses on films by women. Considers the following questions: Have women filmmakers depicted the world differently from "dominant" cinema? What possibilities exist for forms of "feminine" film discourse that are truly different from dominant film discourse? What has been the history of women filmmakers? How many of these women have indeed tried to speak a different "language"? Crosslisted as ENL & FLM 457. 3 Cr.
WMS 458 Women and Education in the Arab World (AW)
Examines the persistent cultural and socioeconomic barriers to women’s education in the Arab World. Investigates how women’s education is influenced by religion, culture, family, teachers and costs, not only in relation to the decision of going to school but also to their education path. Contemporary concerns in education such as equity in schools, in higher education, and in the job market are also addressed. Crosslisted as EDI & FCE 458. 3 Cr.
WMS 459 New Queer Cinema (B)
This course serves as an introduction to gay, lesbian, bisexual, trans- and queer film theories, applying them to critical readings of selected independent and Hollywood films produced between 1974 and the present. Our course will particularly focus on the films and impact of the New Queer Cinema “movement” of the early 1990s. Throughout the course we will investigate the various meanings of the terms “queer” and “independent” as they apply to cinema, and attempt to discover how various independent films, especially those of the New Queer Cinema, have participated in the purported increase of queer media visibility in American culture through the decade of the 1990s and beyond. We will view and discuss selected NQC and post-NQC films and investigate the after-effects of the NQC. Crosslisted with FLM459. 3 Cr.
WMS 470 Women's Popular Culture (AWY)
Explores women's popular culture to engender a cultural analysis. Considers questions such as how women's popular culture responds to women's psychosocial needs, and how it functions within the dominant culture. Examines samples of the fiction and films that represent 20th-century women's popular culture. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as ENL 470.]
WMS 475 Women's Lives (AIW)
Examines women as clients, helpers, and policy makers in the context of social forces, values, and attitudes. Explores the theoretical, developmental, political, and social implications of women's changing roles. Open to selected upper-division undergraduates. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as SWO 475.]
WMS 477 Family Violence (A)
Crosslisted with CRJ 477. This reading seminar focuses on both the ideas about the lived experiences of gender and race change from Reconstruction to the present. This course will focus on intersections of race, gender, and sexuality as well as on who was defined as a citizen, why, and when. 3 Cr. (Fall.)
WMS 478 Gender and Race in Modern America (A)
This reading seminar will focus on ideas about, and the lived experiences of, gender and race from Reconstruction (1865) to the present. This course explores the intersections of race, gender, and sexuality and examines a multiplicity of themes affecting differing women's lives. Discussions will include a focus on the historical social construction of gender, the impact of race, sexuality, reproduction, work, education, media, material condition (class), and women's agency. 3 Cr. [Cross-Listed as HST & AAS 478.]
WMS 479 Victimology (AY)
Develops an understanding of crime victimization, both direct and indirect. Focuses on street crime, social and political oppression, victimization of women, and victims of corporate deviance. Emphasizes theory and policy analysis. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as CRJ 479.]
WMS 481 Women and the Criminal Justice System (AW)
Examines women's relationships with crime and the criminal justice system. Specifically provides a study of women and crime, victimization and occupational obstacles and opportunities. Develops students' understanding of how social, political and economic conditions affect these problems. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as CRJ 481.]
WMS 482 Race, Gender and Media (A)
Explores how America media influence representations of race and gender. Promotes critical thinking about the social construction of race, gender and class and the role media have in perpetuating and challenging those constructs. Examines how entertainment, advertising and news media have historically influenced and continue to influence how we think about others and ourselves in terms of race and gender. Culminates in a research paper on the representation of an identified group. 3 Cr.
WMS 485 Public History Internship (A)
Combines a ‘hands-on’ public history internship experience with classroom seminars for discussing readings and sharing experiences. Students will intern in local or regional archives, historical societies, historians’ offices, and museums. 3 Cr.
WMS 499 Independent Study in Women and Gender's Studies (A)
Arranged in consultation with the professor and in accordance with the procedures of the Office of Academic Advisement prior to registration. 1-6 Cr.
WMS 502 Women's Health (A)
Studies women as healthy functioning human beings. Includes lectures and discussion with guest speakers to present positive information and insights on anatomical, physiological, mental, spiritual and emotional aspects of today's woman. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as HLS 502.]
WMS 503 Biography and Life History (A)
Studies the expression of life stories, their collection and recording, and their presentation in written format. Includes the evolution of the life history in anthropology and oral history; genres of life history; gender and life stories; the life history as an expression of the self vs. the life history as a window on culture; and the limitations of life history research. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as ANT 503.]
WMS 509 Feminist Theory (A)
Provides an advanced interdisciplinary and multicultural introduction to the main traditions of feminist theory, to the impact of feminist theory on a variety of disciplines, and to feminist theory as applied to various issues in society and culture. Major/Minor requirement. 3 Cr. (Spring.)
WMS 510 Contemporary Women Playwrights (A)
Examines selected works by 20th-century female playwrights from America, Africa, China and England, (with units on African-American, Chicana, lesbian, and Asian-American writers) in the context of feminist theory as it applies to theatre practices. Includes explorations of the ways in which contemporary female playwrights present gender and gender experiences as staged with multiple cultural contexts. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as THE 510.]
WMS 511 Feminist Research Methods (A)
This course provides an advanced framework for learning about methods of research from a feminist perspective. The course content explores the research process as a whole with a focus on gathering and interpreting data that gives voice to women and gendered experiences. Readings, written reflections, and a final research project shape the course structure and its learning outcomes. 3 Cr.
WMS 519 Human Sexuality (A)
Provides each student with the opportunity to gain an awareness of him/herself and others as sexual beings. Examines sexual knowledge, attitudes and behaviors throughout the various life stages, in order to integrate human sexuality into one's total health and well-being. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as HLS 519.]
WMS 521 Women in the English Novel (A)
Studies significant authors treated singly or in coherent combinations. Content varies with appropriate subtitles provided for the individual course. May be repeated for credit with significant change in focus. 3 Cr.
WMS 522 Womens Education in the Developing World: Comparative Perspectives (A)
This course looks at women's education in the developing world. It raises questions on social mobility, inequality, women's role in the economic and social development of the third world society. Recent research on the topic will be reviewed; case studies will be drawn from Africa, Asia, and Latin America. A comparative analysis approach will be used throughout this course. 3 Cr.
WMS 523 Black Feminist Theory (AIW)
A critical analysis of Black feminist theoretical approaches to studying Black women's oppression and liberation struggles from 1800s to present. Focus on race, sexuality, gender identity, and expression to understand ways systems of power and dominance operate across state, nation, empire. Analyze seminal theoretical texts, fiction, and poetry to locate feminist theories and practices within a tradition of Black women’s activism, theory, and cultural production. Requires minimum grade of C for general education/major/minor/certification 3 Cr. (Every Semester.)
WMS 525 Women and Safety (A)
Examines issues of violent crime and personal victimization, especially for women, and the implications for personal crime prevention. Includes an in-depth examination of these violent crimes (e.g.: sexual assault, relationship violence), followed by a focus on individual strategies for maintaining personal safety and reducing crime risks. Considers crime prevention for children and other special populations. 3 Cr.
WMS 527 Women in the Novel (A)
Examines in-depth select novels and, on occasion, novels from other countries, to consider their thematic forms and functions, their literary significance, and especially what they reveal about the roles of women and attitudes to patriarchy. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as ENL 527.]
WMS 536 Gender Issues K-12 (A)
Focuses on the issue of gender in schools K-12. Identifies and examines the ways in which gender roles are reinforced in schools and studies the ways in which race and class interact with gender to influence the schooling experience. Presents ways in which teachers and other educators can promote an equitable educational experience for all students. 3 Cr.
WMS 537 Latinx Heritage and Cultures in Education (B)
This interdisciplinary course examines the racial, ethnic, cultural, gender, and intersectional nuances of the diasporic populations from Latin America and the Caribbean in schooling and education. Students will engage in discussing key concepts surrounding these communities such as identity, multilingualism, immigration, cultural differences, perspectives on gender, indigenous heritages, and other opportunities and challenges as they pertain to education. Through the use of literature, case studies, media exploration, and biographical stories, students will reflect and analyze historical and current issues and design ways to properly represent and advocate for these communities in education. Graduate students will engage in an additional project that will assess their research skills and deepen their understanding of the content. They will also be held accountable to produce quality of work commensurate to their academic level. cross listed with AAS & EDI 537 swing courses EDI AAS WMS 437 3 Cr. (Fall.)
WMS 538 Women and Gender in Latin American History (A)
Examines at an advanced level the diversity of Latin-American and Caribbean women's experiences from Iberian conquest to the 20th century. Analyzes the gender dynamics of colonial, national, dictatorial and revolutionary states, economies and cultures, as well as the importance of women's movements and feminism. Discusses Latina history in the US and Latin-American and Caribbean masculinity in historical perspective. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as HST 538.]
WMS 542 Topics in Women's Literature (A)
Provides advanced study of women in literature and women's literature, focusing, for example, on some aspect of female lives, such as adolescence; on one or more female authors writing in a shared tradition, genre or period; or on women writing on a common topic or from perspectives held in common. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as ENG 542.]
WMS 544 Sexuality, Gender, and Identity in Medieval Europe (AW)
Studies thematic history of gender and the roles of women in medieval societies (ca. 500-1500 CE) and the historical study of the European Middle Ages, particularly as women experienced them. Considers the “social construction” of the category of “woman” or “women,” and examines the perceptions medieval society fostered about gender; analyzes how factors such as social class, work and professional status, legal structures, and sexuality created differences among individuals of both genders in medieval society, and compare/contrast how such structures affected both women’s and men’s lives. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as HST 544.]
WMS 551 Women and Work (A)
Examines women's work from cross-cultural, historical, and sociological perspectives, with particular emphasis on the analysis of the role assigned to women in late industrial society as housewives. 3 Cr.
WMS 552 Women and Health (A)
Analyzes the myths and realities of women, health and illness. Includes a review of the place of women in the health-care system as patients and health-care providers. Concentrates on women/health/illness in the 20th-century US, but uses cross-cultural and historical materials to give an added dimension to the theories and substantive materials of this field. 3 Cr.
WMS 553 French Female Gaze: Women Writers and Filmmakers (A)
Through an exploration of texts and films authored by women, introduces students to a range of leading contemporary French-speaking writers and directors. Students examine recurrent themes and forms in recent women’s writing and film making, including the representation of identity; the concept of origins; the intersection of class, race and gender; sexual repression and/or liberation; and the textual and cinematic strategies underpinning these considerations. 3 Cr.
WMS 557 Women and Film (A)
Focuses on films by women. Considers the following questions: Have women filmmakers depicted the world differently from "dominant" cinema? What possibilities exist for forms of "feminine" film discourse that are truly different from dominant film discourse? What has been the history of women filmmakers? How many of these women have indeed tried to speak a different "language"? 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as FLM 557.]
WMS 558 Women and Education in the Arab World (A)
Examines the persistent cultural and socioeconomic barriers to women’s education in the Arab World. Investigates how women’s education is influenced by religion, culture, family, teachers and costs, not only in relation to the decision of going to school but also to their education path. Contemporary concerns in education such as equity in schools, in higher education, and in the job market are also addressed. 3 Cr.
WMS 570 Women's Popular Culture (A)
Explores women's popular culture to engender a cultural analysis. Considers such questions as how women's popular culture responds to women's psychosocial needs and how it functions within the dominant culture. Examines samples of the fiction and films that represent 20th-century American women's popular culture. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as ENL 570.]
WMS 578 Gender and Race in Modern America (A)
This course is equivalent to HST or AAS 578. This reading seminar will focus on ideas about, and the lived experiences of, gender and race from Reconstruction (1865) to the present. This course explores the intersections of race, gender, and sexuality and examines a multiplicity of themes affecting differing women's lives. Discussions will include a focus on the historical social construction of gender, the impact of race, sexuality, reproduction, work, education, media, material condition (class), and women's agency. Graduate students are expected to do extra reading and lead at least one discussion as well as write longer papers. 3 Cr.
WMS 581 Women and the Criminal Justice System (A)
Examines women's relationship with crime and the criminal justice system. Specifically provides a study of women and crime, victimization and occupational obstacles and opportunities. Develops students' understanding of how social, political and economic conditions affect these problems. 3 Cr.
WMS 585 Public History Internship (A)
Combines a ‘hands-on’ public history internship experience with classroom seminars for discussing readings and sharing experiences. Students will intern in local or regional archives, historical societies, historians’ offices, and museums. 3 Cr.
WMS 596 Sex and Censorship (A)
Considers the expression of sexual themes-and censorship of them-in contemporary literature, film and media. Includes topics such as the erotic in art, definitions of pornography and obscenity, evolution of censorship standards and practices, the Hollywood Code, the US Commission on Obscenity and Pornography (1970) and its critics, and recent feminist perspectives. 3 Cr. [Cross-listed as ENL 596.]
WMS 599 Independent Study in Women's Studies (A)
Designed individually through consultation between the student and instructor to suit the student's needs and interests and the special competence of the instructor. Additional requirements may be established by the department. 3 Cr.
WMS 643 Safe and Healthy Relationships (A)
Crosslisted with: PBH 643. This course examines safe and healthy relationships throughout the life cycle. It will provide an emphasis on health literacy, as well as effective ways to teach about safety skills to manage healthy relationships. This will include issues in teaching and learning about social emotional learning (SEL), conflict resolution, violence prevention, HIV/AIDS/STl's and sexuality. The course will also examine risk factors, prevention methods and skill strategies to effectively promote positive safe and healthy relationships in schools and communities. 3 Cr.
WMS 651 U.S. Women’s History Seminar (A)
Crosslisted: as WMS651. Students will explore the history of women in the United States. Seminar readings will begin with the colonial period and continue through the latter twentieth century. Topics of focus include women’s work and family lives; involvement in political movements; differences and conflicts across race and class; the expression and regulation of female sexuality; changing definitions of femininity and womanhood; and women’s relationship to the state. Students will also explore historiographical trends in women’s history and read feminist theory that is relevant to historical interpretation. Regular short writing assignments, one longer book essay, and a longer final paper are required. 3 Cr.
WMS 699 Independent Study in Women's Studies (A)
Designed individually through consultation between student and instructor to suit the student's needs and interests and the special competence of the instructor. Additional requirements may be imposed by the department. 3 Cr.
